INTRODUCTORY 
 
 Tesot^ent GiMiMoD 
 
 HARPE R AN D WE I DN E R 
 
 : .-f.^
 
 LOS ANGELES
 
 AN INTRODUCTOKY 
 
 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK METHOD. 
 
 TOGETHER WITH 
 
 A MANUAL, CONTAINING TEXT AND VOCABULARY 
 OF GOSPEL OF JOHN AND LISTS OF WORDS, 
 
 AND 
 
 THE ELEMENTS OF NEW TPLSTAMENT GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 BY 
 
 WILLIAM RAINEY HARPER, Ph.D., 
 
 Professor in Yale University, 
 ■\ AND 
 
 REVERE FRANKLIN WEIDNER, D.D., 
 
 Professor of Exeytsis in Auyustana Theological Seminary, Rock Island, III. 
 
 NEW YORK: 
 CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS. 
 
 1889.
 
 TO 
 
 BISHOP JOHN H. VINCENT, D.D., LL.D., 
 
 WHOSE INFLUENCE AS A PROMOTER OF RIBLICAL 
 STUDY IS UNIVERSALLY RECOGNIZED, 
 
 2E]^i0 IJoIume 
 
 IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED.
 
 pA 
 H^3 
 
 PREFACE 
 
 To acquire a knowledge of a language three things are neces- 
 sary : 1st, A working vocabulary of the language ; 2d, A knowl- 
 edge of the grammatical principles of the language ; and 3d, An 
 ability to use this vocabulary and to apply these principles, so as 
 to gain the best results, whether for a literary or au exegetical 
 purpose. While all agree as to the end desired, the method of 
 attaining this end is a question of dispute among prominent 
 educators. 
 
 According to the old method, the student is required first to 
 learn the principles as they are laid down in the grammar, and 
 then to apply them to selected words, or short sentences, and 
 after a brief preliminary training of this sort, he is plunged 
 headlong into the reading of some classical author, and expected 
 to make fast progress, and take great pleasure in the study of 
 the language. His vocabulary is to be learned by looking up 
 the words in the lexicon until tliey become familiar. Diift rent 
 forms of this method arc in use among teachers of the ancient 
 classics, but all follow practically the same order : first, study of 
 grammar; second, application of grammar. 
 :v Many of our ablest instructors have long felt that there nnist 
 be something wrong in a system which begets so little enthu- 
 siasm among students, and produces such meagre results, con- 
 sidering the time devoted to study. Tln! nictliod Iicim; presc ntid 
 claims to overcome both these didii iiltiis. It will amuse entliu- 
 siaam, encourage the student, and increase results. It is equally 
 
 41,'J554
 
 vi PREFACE. 
 
 adapted to him who has studied classical Greek, and to him who 
 has not. It is the best method for one who wishes to review 
 his knowledge of the Greek Testament, and to lay the founda- 
 tion for a more thorough study. 
 
 It is not supposed that the claims of this method will be 
 accepted until its merits have been tested in the class-room and 
 by the student ; but the following outline of the plan of work 
 which it advocates may, jterhaps, show the value of the prin- 
 ciples on which it is based. 
 
 1. A portion of the original text is jjlaced before the student. 
 The pronunciation and exact translation of each word are fur- 
 nished him. By the aid which the teacher orally gives him in 
 advance, and with the material given him in the book, he 
 thoroughly masters the words and phrases of the text assigned. 
 His knowledge is tested by requiring him to recite or write 
 the Greek, with only the literal translation before his eye. 
 
 2. In connection with this mastery of the words and phrases 
 of the lesson assigned, the student reads and digests the contents 
 of the "Notes" on these words. This study accomplishes two 
 things, — first, the careful examination of each remark, and its 
 application to the work in hand, aid in fixing more firmly in 
 the mind the words which are to be mastered ; and second, gram- 
 matical material from the very beginning is being collected. 
 
 3. The "Text" and "Notes" having been learned, the next 
 step is of a more general character. Out of the material which 
 has thus far been mastered, those principles which are of most 
 importance, and which the student himself will be most likely 
 to recognize, are pointed out under the head of "Observations." 
 Tlie student may be brought to see these points for himself 
 before having his attention called to them in the Lesson. 
 
 4. The grammatical material obtained in the Lesson is now 
 systematized and arranged, and a grammar lesson directly con- 
 nected with the work studied, is assigned. This not only fur- 
 nishes a review of what already has been learned, but also 
 enables the student to see the connection, as indicated in tho
 
 PREFACE. vh 
 
 grammar, of each uew fact or principle with the otters with 
 which it stands related. 
 
 5. The individual words are now separated from their context 
 and placed in al[ihabetical order. Thus separated, they form the 
 liasis of additional study. 
 
 6. In order, first, to prevent the memorizing of the Greek 
 text without a clear idea of the force of each word, second, to 
 impress more firmly on the memory the words and phrases of 
 the text, and, third, to drill the student in prose composition, 
 "Exercises," Greek into English and English into Greek, are 
 given. These are always founded upon the sentences which 
 furnish the basis of the Lesson. Prose composition, taught in 
 this manner, ceases to be dreaded by tlie student, and becomes, 
 indeed, a source of delight. 
 
 7. Once more the leading points of the entire lesson, whether 
 suggested in the " Notes," the " Observations," or the " Gram- 
 mar Lesson," come up for consideration under the head of 
 " Topics for Study." Upon each topic the student is expected 
 to make a statement of what he knows (not of what has been 
 said in the book). If his statement is not sufficiently clear 
 or full, it is criticised by the class. 
 
 From this outline the idea of the method will be ajiparent. It 
 proposes, first, to gain an accurate and thorough knowledge of 
 .some of the facts of the language ; second, to learn from these 
 facts the principles which they illustrate, and by which they 
 are regulated ; and, third, to a[)i»ly these prii)ci])les in the fur- 
 ther progress of the work. A few words in explanation of 
 this statement are needed. 
 
 1. The method is an inductive one ; yvA, while it is for the 
 most part rigidly employed throughout the course, a slight 
 departurt! is made at times to allow a more comjilete treatment 
 of a subject, in order to elucidate some detail of wliich an 
 exaiuftle has not occurred. 
 
 2. The term "facts," as used, includes data from every source. 
 Sj)ecial emphasi.s is laid upon the collecting of facl.H from the
 
 yiii PREFACE. 
 
 living page of the original text ; but paradigms and vocabularies 
 are also to be used for this purpose. 
 
 3. It is not to be supposed that a long time must elapse be- 
 fore the beginner is ready to take hold of principles. As a 
 matter of fact, he is taught important principles, and that, too, 
 inductively, during the first hour's work. The three processes 
 are all the while going on together. He is increasing the store 
 of facts at his command, learning from the facts thus acquired 
 new principles, and applying these principles to the new forms 
 continually coming to his notice. 
 
 4. The memorizing of the facts of a language before a 
 knowledge of the principles has been acquired is, indeed, a piece 
 of drudgery, and yet not so great as is the memorizing of 
 grammar without a knowledge of the facts. But it will not 
 long remain drudgery ; for very soon the student begins to see 
 analogies, to compare one word with another, in short, to make 
 his own grammar. 
 
 The following work includes three parts : first, the "Method;" 
 second, the " Manual ; " and, third, the " Elements of New 
 Testament Greek Grammar." 
 
 The Lessons in the " Method " cover the Gospel of St. John, 
 and include a formal study of every important part of Greek 
 Grammar. The references to sections are to the Grammar which 
 forms a part of this work. The most important principles of the 
 Syntax of New Testament Greek have also been developed. 
 
 The " Manual " includes, first, a critical text of the Gospel of 
 St. John, edited so as to present at one glance the texts of West- 
 cott and Ilort, Tregelles, and Tischendorf ; second, a literal 
 translation of the first four chapters of St. John; third, a com- 
 plete vocabulary of the Gospel and Epistles of St. John ; and 
 fourth. Lists of Words (686 verbs, 1050 nouns), alphabetically 
 arranged according to their frequency of occurrence. 
 
 In the third part, the " Elements of New Testament Greek 
 Grammar," an attempt is made, to present in a simple and con- 
 cise form all the important facts and principles necessary to an
 
 PREFACE. ix 
 
 imderstauding of the orthography and etymology of the Greek 
 New Testament. 
 
 The authors are indebted to Professor Wdliam E. Waters, 
 Ph.D., Cinn., Ohio, and to Kev. Professor Marcus D. Puell, 
 D.D., of Boston University, for valuable hints in the correction 
 of tlie sheets. 
 
 With a faith in the Inductive Method, which grows stronger 
 every year, and with the hope that the time may soon come 
 when others shall have an equally strong faith in it, we commit 
 this work to its friends, with the earnest wish that it may be 
 the means of opening to many tiie path which leads to the 
 study of the New Testament in the language in which it was 
 written. 
 
 WILLIAM UAINEY HARPER. 
 REVERE ERANKLIN WEIDNER 
 
 September 1, 1888. 
 
 PREFATORY NOTE. 
 
 In the preparation of this "Method," the authors would ex- 
 press their great indebtedness to the classical Greek Grammars 
 of Hadley, Goodwin, and Jelf, and to th(! New Testament Greek 
 Grammars of Winer, Euttmami, T. S. Green, and S. G. Green. 
 Rrudcr's "Concordantiae " and Thayer's " Greek-Engli.sh Lexi- 
 con of the New Testament " have also been constantly used.
 
 SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS. 
 
 1. Use twenty minutes of every hour in explaining to the class the new 
 ]ioiiits of tin; advance-lesson ; ami in no case ask a class to jireparo a lesson 
 which has not thus been explained. 
 
 2. Do not fail to reipiire the student so to master the text that, with the 
 Knijlish translation hi'fore his eye, he can repeat or write the ori|^inal with 
 accuracy and without hesitation ; and with every advance-lesson review the 
 text of the ten preceding lessons. 
 
 3. lict every point referred to in the " Notes " be called up in one form or 
 another in the class-room. 
 
 4. In teaching the "Oljservations," the words or phrases which form the 
 basis of the remarks should be written on the blackboard. 
 
 5. Insist upon the thoiough master}' of the "Vocabularies," Greek into 
 English, as well as English into Greek. 
 
 6. In the translati(»n of the English sentences into Greek, the following 
 order is suggested : (1) The student will write the exercise in a blank -book ; 
 (2) He will copy it upon the blackboard ; (3) The instructor will read and 
 correct the work on the board, tlie student at the same time incorporating the 
 corrections in his blank book ; (4) The instructor will examine the book and 
 mark all words which contain an error ; (5) The student will rewrite all 
 sentences in which errors have been detected in another blank book. 
 
 7. The Les.son may be founil to contain more than some classes can pre- 
 pare for a single recitation, although this will depend largely ujjon the 
 character of the class and the nuniber of recitations during a week. It is 
 better to divide two lessons into three, or even one lesson into two, than to 
 omit any |iortion. 
 
 8. The Review lessons are very important, and should be thoroughly 
 mastered. Each should be made the suTiject of two or more recitations. 
 
 9. Much time can be saved and much good accomjilishcd by having the 
 class do a jiart of the work in concert. This is especially helpful in repro- 
 ducing the original text from the English translation and in translating the 
 Phiglish Exenases into (Jreek. 
 
 10. It is not neces.sary, in fact not advisable, to tell the .student everything 
 that may be .said concerning a word or form, when it first occurs. Nor is it 
 ne(T.s.sary, when a geneial statement is made concerning a given point, to 
 inilicate all the exceptions which exist. 
 
 11. Reijuire the mastery of jiaradigtns, but not merely that they may 
 be recited by rote. T]n: .student should be taught to study and compare 
 them, with a view of a.scertaining the jirinciples in accordance with which 
 they are constructed. As paradigms are conunonly studied, they work more 
 injury than benefit. 
 
 12. Introduce conversation in Greek upon the text as far as possible ; it 
 relieves the monotony of a recitation, and fixes the text more firmly in the 
 mind.
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 PART I. 
 
 NEW TESTAMENT GKEEK METHOD. 
 
 Paqk 
 
 Preface v 
 
 Pkefatory Note ix 
 
 Suggestions to Teachers x 
 
 John i. 1, 2 21 
 
 John i. 3, 4 26 
 
 John i. 5, 6 31 
 
 John i. 7, 8 35 
 
 John i. 9-11 39 
 
 John i. 12, 13 42 
 
 John i. 14, 15a 46 
 
 John i. 15&-17 50 
 
 John i. 18, 19 53 
 
 Review 57 
 
 1. Lesson I. 
 
 2. 
 
 II. 
 
 3. 
 
 III. 
 
 4. 
 
 IV. 
 
 5. 
 
 V. 
 
 6. 
 
 VI. 
 
 7. 
 
 VII. 
 
 8. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 9. 
 
 IX. 
 
 10 
 
 X 
 
 11. 
 
 XI. 
 
 12. 
 
 XII. 
 
 13. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 11. 
 
 XIV. 
 
 15. 
 
 XV. 
 
 16. 
 
 XVI. 
 
 17. 
 
 ' XVII. 
 
 18. 
 
 ' XVIII. 
 
 -I.-liii i. 20-22 
 John i. 23-25 
 John i. 20-28 
 John i. 29-31 
 John i. 32-34 
 
 02 
 GO 
 09 
 73 
 
 78 
 
 John i. 35-:i8 82 
 
 John i. 39-41 86 
 
 John i. 42-45 00
 
 Xll 
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 U). Lesson XTX. 
 
 20. ' 
 
 XX. 
 
 21. 
 
 XXL 
 
 22. 
 
 XXIL 
 
 23. 
 
 xxiir. 
 
 24. 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 25. 
 
 XXV. 
 
 26. 
 
 XXVI. 
 
 27. 
 
 XXVII. 
 
 28. 
 
 XXVIII. 
 
 29. 
 
 XXIX. 
 
 30. 
 
 XXX. 
 
 31. 
 
 XXXI. 
 
 32. 
 
 ' XXXII. 
 
 33. 
 
 XXXIII. 
 
 34. 
 
 XXXIV. 
 
 35. 
 
 XXXV. 
 
 36. 
 
 XXXVI. 
 
 37. 
 
 ' XXXVII. 
 
 38. 
 
 ' XXXVIII. 
 
 39. 
 
 ' XXXIX. 
 
 40. 
 
 XL. 
 
 41. 
 
 XLL 
 
 42. 
 
 XLII. 
 
 43. 
 
 XLIII. 
 
 44. 
 
 XLIV. 
 
 45. 
 
 XLV. 
 
 46. 
 
 XLVI. 
 
 47. 
 
 XLVII. 
 
 48. 
 
 XLVIII. 
 
 49. 
 
 XLIX. 
 
 50. 
 
 • L. 
 
 Page 
 
 John i. 46-51 93 
 
 Review 98 
 
 John ii. 1-6 102 
 
 John ii. 7-11 107 
 
 Johuii. 12-lG Ill 
 
 John ii. 17-25 11.3 
 
 John iii. 1-10 120 
 
 John iii. 11-18 124 
 
 John iii. 19-36 12S 
 
 John iv. 1-14 133 
 
 John iv. 15-42 139 
 
 John iv. 43-54 144 
 
 Review 149 
 
 John V. 1-23 154 
 
 John V. 24-47 159 
 
 John vi. 1-40 164 
 
 John vi. 41-71 168 
 
 John vii. 1-36 172 
 
 John vii. 37-viii. 11 176 
 
 John viii. 12-59 179 
 
 John ix. 1-41 183 
 
 Review 186 
 
 John X. 1-42 189 
 
 John xi. 1-57 193 
 
 John xii. 1-50 198 
 
 John xiii. 1-38 202 
 
 John xiv. 1-xv. 27 207 
 
 John xvi. 1-xvii. 26 210 
 
 John xviii. 1-40 214 
 
 John xix. 1-42 218 
 
 John XX. 1-xii. 25 222 
 
 Review 225
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS. xiii 
 
 PART II. 
 
 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK MANUAL. 
 
 Page 
 
 Prefatory Notk 229 
 
 1. Critical Text of the Gospel of St. John .... 231 
 
 2. Literal Translation of John I.-IV 315 
 
 3. Vocabulary of the Gospel and Epistles of St. John 329 
 
 4. Lists of Words 355 
 
 1. List of Verbs occurring more tlian Fifty Times . 355 
 
 TT. List of Verbs occurring Ten to Fifty Times .... 356 
 
 III. List of Verbs occurring Five to Ten Times .... 300 
 
 IV. List of Nouns occurring more than Fifty Times . 365 
 V. List of Nouns occurring Ten to Fifty Times . . . 368 
 
 V I. List of Nouns occurring Five to Ten Times .... 373 
 
 VJL Table of Correlative Pronouns 380 
 
 VIII. Table of Prepositions 380 
 
 IX. Table of Correlative Adverbs 381 
 
 X. Table of Conjunctions 381 
 
 PART III. 
 
 ELEMENTS OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 Part I. - Orthography. 
 
 Prefatory Note 385 
 
 ijl. The Alphabet 387 
 
 2. The Vowels 388 
 
 3. The Diphthongs 389 
 
 4. The Breathings 390 
 
 5. The Intkrchange of Vowels 390 
 
 0. The LENOvaENiNG of Vowels 391
 
 xiv TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 Page 
 
 §7. The Contkaction of Vowels 391 
 
 8. The Diuresis 392 
 
 9. Crasis and Elision 392 
 
 10. Movable Consonants 393 
 
 11. Additional Vowel Changes 393 
 
 12. The Consonants .... 394 
 
 13. The Euphony of Consonants 395 
 
 11. Syllables 397 
 
 15. Quantity of Syllables 398 
 
 IG. The Accents 398 
 
 17. General Rules of Accent . 399 
 
 18. Accent as affected by Contraction, Ckasis, and 
 
 Elision 100 
 
 19. The Proclitics 400 
 
 20. The Enclitics 401 
 
 21. Punctuation 402 
 
 22. Transference of Greek Words into English . . 402 
 
 Part II. — Etymology. 
 
 I. Introduction. 
 
 23. Definition of Etymology 404 
 
 24. Number and Gender 405 
 
 25. The Cases 40G 
 
 II. The Noun or Substantive. 
 
 26. The Stems of Nouns 407 
 
 27. Declension and Case-endings 408 
 
 28. The Accent of Nouns 409 
 
 29. The First Declension. — Feminines 409 
 
 30. Masculines 410 
 
 31. Terminations of the First Declension 411 
 
 32 Contract Nouns of the First Declension . . . 411
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS. XV 
 
 Page 
 
 New TESTAMEiNT Usage 412 
 
 The Second Declension 413 
 
 Terminations of the Second Declension , , . . 413 
 
 Contract Nouns of the Second Declension . . 414 
 
 New Testament Usage 415 
 
 The Third Declension 416 
 
 Formation of Cases 416 
 
 Paradigms of the Third Declension: 
 
 1. Stems ending in a Labial or Palatal Mute .... 417 
 
 2. Stems ending in a Lingual Mute 418 
 
 3. Stems ending in a Liquid 418 
 
 4. Stems ending in o- 419 
 
 5. Stems ending in i or v 419 
 
 6. Stems ending in a Diplithong 420 
 
 41. Irregular Noun.s of the Third Declension . . . 420 
 
 42. New Testament Usage 421 
 
 in. Adjectives. 
 
 43. The Declension of Adjectives 422 
 
 tl. Ad.jectives of the First and Second Declensions . 422 
 
 45. Contracts ok tiik First and Second Declensions 423 
 
 46. Ad.iectives ok the Third Declension 423 
 
 17. AiMEcrivKs oi TIIK First and Third Declensions . 424 
 
 48. Declension ok Participles 425 
 
 49. Irregular Ad.iecitves . 426 
 
 50. New Testament Usage 426 
 
 51. C«)MI'arison of Ad.iectives ... 427 
 
 52. Irregular Comi'AUison 428 
 
 53. Numerals 428 
 
 54. Cardinal Numbers 429 
 
 55. Compound Numhers 4.30 
 
 50. Distributives and Multu'licativf>h 43(i
 
 xvi TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 IV. Pronouns. „ 
 
 Page 
 
 §57. The Personal Pronouns 431 
 
 58. The Intensive Pronoun 432 
 
 59. The Reflexive Pronouns 432 
 
 60. The Reciprocal Pronoun . 433 
 
 61. The Possessive Pkonouns 433 
 
 62. The Article 433 
 
 63. The Demonstrative Pronouns 431 
 
 64. The Relative Pronouns 434 
 
 65. The Interrogative Pronouns . 135 
 
 66. The Indefinite Pronouns 135 
 
 67. The Distributive Pronouns 436 
 
 68. The Correlation of Pronouns ........ 437 
 
 V. The Verb. 
 
 69. The Voices 438 
 
 70. The Moods 438 
 
 71. The Tenses 439 
 
 72. General View of the Tenses 440 
 
 73. Inflection, the Root, and the Vepb-Stem . . . 441 
 
 74. The Augment 442 
 
 75. The Reduplication 444 
 
 76. The Tense-Systems 445 
 
 77. The Tense-Stem 447 
 
 78. General View of the Present Stem 447 
 
 79. First Class of Verbs 448 
 
 80. Second Class of Verbs 448 
 
 81. Third Class of Verbs 448 
 
 82. Fourth Class of Verbs 449 
 
 83. Fifth Class of Verbs 450 
 
 84. Sixth Class of Verbs 450 
 
 85. Seventh Class of Verbs 450
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS. xvii 
 
 Page 
 
 §86. Eighth Class of Verbs 451 
 
 87. Ninth Class of Verbs 451 
 
 88. Tenth Class of Verbs 451 
 
 89. The Future Stem 452 
 
 90. The First Aorist Stem 452 
 
 91. The Second Aorist Stem 453 
 
 92. The First Perfect Stem 453 
 
 93. The Second Perfect Stem 454 
 
 94. The Perfect Middle Stem 454 
 
 9.j. The First Passive Stem 455 
 
 9*5. The Second Passive Stem 455 
 
 97. The Mood Suffixes 456 
 
 98. Personal Endings of the Indicative, Subjunctivk, 
 
 AND Optative 4.'j7 
 
 99. Use of the Endings 457 
 
 lUU. Personal Endings of the Imperative 458 
 
 101 The Infinitive Endings 459 
 
 102. The Participle 460 
 
 103. The Synopsis of the Present Tense ..... 461 
 
 104. Inflection of the Present Active 461 
 
 105. Inflection of the Present, Middle, and Passive 462 
 
 106. [nflection of the Imperfect 463 
 
 107. The Synopsis of the Future Tense, and its In- 
 
 flection lf;3 
 
 108. The Synopsis of hie Fikst Aorist, and its In- 
 
 flection 463 
 
 109. The Synopsis and Inflection of the Perfect li=5 
 
 110 The Inflection of the Pluperfect 166 
 
 111 Synopsis and Inflection ok the Second Aorist '16(1 
 112. Synopsis and Inflection oe Second I'khehci- and 
 
 Second I'i.upeueeci Active 467 
 
 2
 
 xviii TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 Page 
 §113. Synopsis of Second Aokist and Second Future 
 
 Passive 467 
 
 114. CoNTUACT Verbs 468 
 
 115. Synoptical Table of Verbs in « 470 
 
 110. Impersonal Verbs 472 
 
 117. Defective Verbs in co 473 
 
 118. Verbs in ^t 473 
 
 119. Synopsis of Present and Second Aorist Systems 474 
 
 120. Inflection of Verbs m fit 475 
 
 121. Synoi'Sis of Verbs in /lu 479 
 
 122. List of Verbs of the First Class in fii . . . 480 
 
 123. List of Verbs of the Second Class in /it . . 482 
 
 124. List of the Irregular Verbs in the New Testa- 
 
 ment ..... 484 
 
 VI. Prepositions. 
 
 125. The Use of Prepositions 504 
 
 VII. Adverbs. 
 
 126. The Formation of Adverbs 507 
 
 127. The Comparison of Adverbs 507 
 
 128. The Pronominal Adverbs 509 
 
 129. Impkoper Prepositions used as Adverbs .... 509 
 
 130. Negative Adverbs . 509 
 
 VIII. Conjunctions and other Particles. 
 
 131. The Particles 509 
 
 IX. Formation of Words. 
 
 132. Simple and Compound Words 512 
 
 133. Primitives and Denominatives , 512 
 
 134. Formation of Nouns ... 512
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS. xix 
 
 Page 
 
 5 135. fokmation of adjectives and adverbs .... 514 
 
 136. Formation of Verbs 515 
 
 137. Compounds 515 
 
 138. First Part of a Compound Word 516 
 
 139. Last Part of a Compound Word 517 
 
 UU. Meaning of Compound Words 517 
 
 111. Synthetic Compounds 518 
 
 142. Foreign Words in Greek Testament 518 
 
 143. New Testament Proper Names 519
 
 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK 
 
 BY AN 
 
 (NDUCTIYE METHOD. 
 
 LESSON I. 
 
 John i. 1, 2. 
 
 NotE. — In studying the text and notes, tlie pupil will observe the 
 following suggestions : — 
 
 (1) Take up the words one at a time, and notice the form of each 
 letter, the marks of accent, the transliteration given below it, the num- 
 ber of syllaljles, and the translation. After reading carefully what is 
 said about it in the Notes, copy it on jjaper two or three times, each time 
 pronouncing it aloud ; write it from memory two or three times, compar- 
 ing the result with the printed form ; pronounce it (always aloud) until 
 it can be uttered without hesitation, and always endeavor to associate the 
 meaning with the sound. 
 
 (2) In no case take up a new word until the word preceding it has 
 hefu thoroughly mastered. 
 
 (3) Having mastered the words separately, study tlie verses as a 
 whole, pronouncing the (ireek rej^eatedly. Then, laying aside tlie 
 Greek text, from the literal English translation pronounce the Greek 
 text repeatedly, and from this translation write the Greek text until you 
 can reproduce it without error. 
 
 (1-) Understand from the beginning that every verse of the Greek 
 text is to be mastered. Nothing short of absolute mastery will answer 
 tlie purpose. 
 
 (f)) iJe prepared to pronounce the Greek exercises in the class room. 
 The tran.-ilation of tin- Kiiglish i-xi-rcises into (Sreek should he written 
 out. This direction applies to all the exercises.
 
 00 
 
 JNTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 1 'ri ' '^ 
 
 En ar-che 
 In bef/inning 
 
 y]V Trpo<; 
 en pros 
 
 was with 
 
 TOV 
 
 ton 
 
 the 
 
 TjV 6 \6-yo<;, KoX 6 
 en ho lo-gos, kai ho 
 was the Word, and the 
 
 de-6v, /cat ^e-o? r^v 6 
 the-on, kai the-os en ho 
 
 God, and God was the 
 
 v-To^ TjV ev 
 
 Hou-tos en en 
 
 This was in 
 
 ar-che pros ton 
 
 beginning with the 
 
 6e-6v. 
 th 
 
 God 
 
 e-on. 
 
 Xo-yo? 
 
 lo-gos 
 Word 
 
 Xo-yo?. 
 lo-gos 
 Word. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. 6v, in : (a) c - e in p^t, always short; (l>) v = n ; (c) the 
 apostrophe ( ' ) over the vowel is the smooth breathing, and has 
 no practical value ; (d) iv is a prej)osition. 
 
 2. apxrj, in beginning : (a) u = a in father (a is a doubtful 
 vowel, short in some words, long in others, but is here long by 
 position, because it is followed by two consonants), and »/ = e in 
 prey; (b) two consonants, p = r, and x - ch ; (c) the mark un- 
 der f] is t (iota) = i in ])it, the sign of the dative sing. Here, 
 after a long vowel, this iota is written under the vowel and 
 called iota subscript ; in such a case it is not pronounced ; (d) the 
 mark ( " ) over fj is called the circumflex accent, and indicates 
 the syllable to be accented ; (e) note the smooth breathing over 
 the initial vowel. 
 
 3. yv, he was : (a) imperf. 3 pers. sing, of the irregular verb 
 (l-fiL (ei-mi) I am ; (h) y has the smooth breathing and the cir- 
 cumflex accent (see above).
 
 LESSON I. 23 
 
 4. o, the : (a) o = o in obey ; {h) the mark ( ' ) placed over the 
 vowel is the rough breathing, and indicates that it is to be pro- 
 nounced with a strong emission of the breath, as though the 
 letter h preceded, ho ; (c) 6 is the definite article, nom. sing, 
 niasc. 
 
 5. Aoyos, word : (a) o = o in obey ; (b) X = I, y = gmgo,<;-s 
 in so; (c) in dividing a word into syllables, a single consonant 
 is always connected with the following vowel ; (d) the mark over 
 the lirst syllable, or penult, is the acute accent ; (e) the ending 
 -o? indicates the nom. sing. masc. 
 
 6. Koi, and: (a) ai, = ui in aisle, is a diphthong; (b) the 
 mark ( ' ) is the grave accent ; (f) in a diphthong the accent 
 stands over the second vowel, 
 
 7. Trpos, with: {a)-jr=p, p = r, <; = s ; (b) Trpo? is a preposi- 
 tion ; (c) being immediately ^ followed by another word, it is 
 written npo<?, not Trpos, cf. koI (6). 
 
 8. Tov, the : (a) t = t in to, v = n ; (b) the ending -v indicates 
 the accu.sative sing. ; (c) 6, t?t,e, noin. sing., tov, the, ace. sing, 
 masc. ; (d) tov, not tov, why ? 
 
 9. Oiov, God : (a) 6 = th in thin ; (b) -v marks the ace. sing. ; 
 (c) -ov, the termination of the ace. sing. ; (d) Oct' .', not ^tov, be- 
 cause it is not immediately followed b}' another word. 
 
 10. $(()<;, Gitd: (a) -;, case-ending of nom. sing. masc. ; (i) -«?, 
 tcniiiriation of the nom. sing, masc; (c) -o- indicates that di6<; 
 belongs to the declension, commonly called the Second declen- 
 >ii)n, cf. -()t; of Xoyo<?, -ov of TOV, 6fov; (d) fiak is without the 
 article, and is the predicate of the sentence; (e) 6(o<;, not Otnt:, 
 why ? 
 
 11. ouTo?, this : (a) ov = on in grwfp ; (b) the rough breathing 
 is written ovc^r the accond vowtjl of a proper diiihthong; (c) the 
 <iri;umflex accent is written over the breathing, (;f. ^v ; (rf) -o?, 
 termination of nom. sing. nia.sc., cf. Aoyos, 6'eos ; (e) outos is a de- 
 monstrative j»ronoun. 
 
 ' /. r, so closely connected in sen.ie as not to require any mark of |iunc- 
 tuatiuii.
 
 24 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Five vowels ; c, o, always short, q, always long, a, i, doubtful, 
 '/. e. short in some words, long in others. 
 
 2. Three diphthongs : ai, ov, rj. 
 
 3. Ten consonants : y, 6, k, X, v, tt, p, ?, t, x- 
 
 4. There are two breathings, the smooth ( * ) (not pronounced), 
 and the rough (' ) (= English h). 
 
 5. Every initial vowel of a word has a breathing. 
 
 6. A Greek word has as many syllables as it has separate 
 vowels or diphthongs. 
 
 7. In dividing a word into syllables, a single consonant is 
 connected with the following vowel. 
 
 8. The last syllable of a word is called the ultimate, the one 
 next to the last, the penult, the one before the penult, the ante- 
 penult. 
 
 9. There are three accents, — the acute ('), the grave ('), 
 and the circumflex ( ' ). 
 
 10. The marks of accent stand over the vowel of the accented 
 syllable. 
 
 11. The grave accent can stand only on the last syllable, and 
 takes the place of the acute on a word followed closely by another 
 word in the same sentence (koi for kui, npog for tt/jos, 6eo<; for 
 
 12. The circumflex is placed above the breathing (^j', oStos). 
 
 13. A proclitic (leaning forward) is a word which has no 
 accent, and is pronounced as if it were a part of the following 
 word (cV, 6). 
 
 14. -09 is the termination of the nom. sing, masc of the second 
 declension, -ov ace. sing.
 
 LESSON I. 25 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. ry dpxr], the beginning. 8. 6 Aoyos, the word. 
 
 -■ '^PXi?' '^^ beginning. 9. o (m.), »} (1.), to (u.), the. 
 
 3. ciyj-i", I am. 10. oStos, M/^s (uom. niasc). 
 
 4. €»', iw. 11. 6 Aoyos ovTo<i, this word. 
 
 4. rjv, he was 12. oStos o Aoyos, ^Aiif word. 
 
 5. u 0e6^, the God. 13. tt/jo?, ^f'/Y/t. 
 
 7. Kat, a/w;?. 14. t6v, the (iicc. masc). 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : 1. Ei/xi rj 'ipxv- 2- '^ A.oyo? ^v eV u/^x??* ^' '^^'' 
 ''/'XW ^*' ^ ^€o9. 4. Kat o Aoyos ^v Oeu<;. 5. 'Ev ap^^ V^ " Aoyos 
 OUTOS. 6. llpuS TOl' d/'coi' ^i'. 
 
 2. Translate: 1. He was in [the] beginning. 2. And tlie 
 Word was G<jd. 3. This was the Word. 4. He was with God. 
 5. God was in [th«] beginning. 
 
 6 TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Consonants in this lesson. 2. Vowels. 3. Two breathinfrs. 
 4. Division of words into syllables. 5. The terms idtiniate, ])e- 
 nidt, antepennlt. 0. Three accents. 7. Use of grave accent for 
 the acnte. 8. The circnmflex accent. 9. The proclitics cV and n. 
 10 Terminations -o?, -or.
 
 26 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON II. 
 
 John i. 3, 4. 
 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 ^ TTOLVTa hi av-Tov i-ye-ve-To, koI ^co-pi? 
 
 di' au-tou e-ge-ne-to cho-ris 
 
 All -{things') through him became, and without 
 
 avTov eyevero ovSe ev. 6 ye-yo-vev 
 
 oude hen. Ho ge-go-nen 
 
 him became not one-(thi7ig'). That-which hath-been- 
 
 ev avTio t,(ii-r) r}V, /cai y) ^wr) ^u to (jico^ tcou 
 auto zo-e phos ton 
 
 made in him life was, and the life was the light of-the 
 
 au-0pio-TT(t)v. 
 
 an-thro-pon. 
 
 (^of)-men. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. TTavra, all-things : (a) -u marks nom. plur. neut. 
 
 2. Si', through : (a) for Sia ; (b) -a is cut off because next 
 word begins with a vowel, and an apostrophe ( * ) marks tlie 
 omission ; (c) 8ia is a preposition. 
 
 3. avTov, of -him : (a) av = oic in ho?^se, ov = on in gxoup; 
 (b) -ov is the sign of gen. sing, of the or second declension of 
 nouns ; (c) gen. sing. masc. of the pronoun of the third person ; 
 (d) proper diphthongs take the breathing, as well as the accent, 
 upon the second vowel. 
 
 4. eyevcTo, it became : (a) the root (fundamental part of the 
 word) is yfv-; (b) e- prefixed is the sign of j):ist time; (<■) -to,
 
 LESSOX II. 27 
 
 pers. ending of 3 pors. sing. ; (d) the verb is in the sing., because 
 in Greek a neuter plural regularly takes a singular verb. 
 
 5. x<i>pU, without : (a) u) = n in prone, always long ; (b) origi- 
 nally an adverb, but here used as a prep. ; (c) why grave accent ? 
 
 6. ov^€, not: (a) negative conj., compounded of ov, not and 
 0€, but ; (b) ovSe, not ovSe, why '.' (c) breathing on second vowel 
 of diphthong. 
 
 7. cv, one-thing: (a) the numeral adjective, one, nom. neut. ; 
 {b) the accent always follows the breathing, except in the case of 
 the circumflex, which is written over the accent {Ijv, oSto?) ; 
 {c) h', not fi-; why? ((/) cts, one (masc ), /xm, one (fern.), Iv, one 
 (neut.). 
 
 8. o, which: (a) the relative pron., nom. sing. neut. 
 
 9. ■ye'yovfi', it-hath-been-made : (a) the root is ycv-, cf. iyivero 
 (4) ; {b) ye- is the sign of completed action ; (c) ycyov- is the 
 tense-stem of the 2 perfect, to whicli the personal endings are 
 added ; (d) an e of the root yei- is changed to o in 2 jierfect, as 
 -yov, (e) the -£- of-ev is the pers. ending of 3 pers. sing.; (/) -v 
 of -e(v) is added because tlie next word begins with a vowel. 
 
 10. auTw, in-him : (a) iota subscript is the sign of the dative 
 (see I. X. 2, c) ; (b) -w, the termination of the .second declension 
 in the dative sing. ; (c) avrai, pers. pron. of third per.son, dat. 
 sing, ma.sc, cf. avrov, gen. sing, (3). 
 
 11. (o}r), life : (a) t,-z; (b) -rj is the sign of the feminine, and 
 marks the A or First declension, cf. ilpxr/ ; (r) ^wy/, not (torj, 
 why ? 
 
 12. rj, the: (a) the article, nom. fern, sing.; (b) the form of 
 the article mark.s the gender, // tui,}, the life (fern.), ») npx<), the be- 
 ginning (fem.), !, Aoyos, the word (masc). 
 
 13. TO, the: (a) the article, nom. sing. neut. ; (/<) not rd, but 
 TO, why ? 
 
 14. f^i»9, light: (a) <f> - ph in grajjliic ; (b) o) is long by na- 
 ture ; (c) the circumflfx accent can stiind only over a vowel long 
 by nature, or over a diphthong, '!/<xi)' V^' ovt()<;, niirov, <f>u)<i.
 
 28 INTllODUCTOUY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 15. Toij/, of-the : (a) -wv marks the gen. plur. ; (b) twv is the 
 iirtich", p;en. plur. of all genders. 
 
 16. dj'^/jwTTtov, of-men : (a) -wv marks gen. plur. ; (b) from 
 av^pojTTos, ma7i, of the second declens., like Xdyos, Oeo^ ; (c) avOpw- 
 Tro<i, hut apOpuyiTiov, the acute accent on penult, instead of antepe- 
 nult, because ultimate is long. 
 
 3 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. One new vowel, w, two new diphthongs, an, w. 
 
 2. Three new consonants, 8, t,, <^. 
 
 3. rj and w are called improper diphthongs, because their first 
 vowel is long. Their second vowel, i, is written below the first, 
 and is called iota sub.script, but is not pronounced. 
 
 4. Proper diphthongs take the breathing, as well as the ac- 
 cent, upon the second vowel, oSros, avrov, koI, ovSc. 
 
 5. The cutting off of a short final vowel when the next word 
 begins with a A^owel is called elision. An apostrophe ( ' ) marks 
 the omission, as 8i" for Std. 
 
 6. In elision, prepositions with the acute on the ultima lose 
 the accent with the elided vowel. 
 
 7. The circumflex can stand only on one of the last two syl- 
 lables, and only on the penult when the ultimate is short (oijtos). 
 
 8. The acute can stand only on one of the last three syllables, 
 :uid only on the antepenult when the ultima is short (eyivero, 
 ytyovev, <lv6pu)Tro<;, but dv^pwTrtav) . 
 
 9. -rj indicates nom. sing, fem., -y dat. sing. fern, of A or 
 First declension ; -o? nom. sing , -ov gen. sing., -w dat. sing., -ov 
 ace. sing., -wv gen. plur. of the or Second declension ; -a marks 
 the nom. plur. neut. 
 
 10. The article in the nom. sing, of the three genders is o, r}, 
 TO, and marks the gender of nouns ; cf. 6 Xoyos, r) (ot-q, to (f>w^. 
 
 11. A root is the fundamental part of a word, and is properly 
 of one sjdlable, as ycv-.
 
 LESSOX II. 
 
 29 
 
 12. c- prefixed to the root or stem of a verb beginning with a 
 consonant, indicates past time, and is called the augment. As 
 a new syllable is added, it is called the syllabic augment. 
 
 13. -TO and -e are personal endings of the 3 pers. sing, of 
 verbs. 
 
 14. All verbs of the 3 pers. sing, ending in e, annex v when 
 the next word begins with a vowel. This is called v movable, 
 which may also be added at the end of a sentence. 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 1. 1. The Alphabet. 
 
 2. § 4. 1, 2. Breathings. 
 
 3. § 14. 1-3. Division of Syl- 
 
 lables. 
 
 4. § 16. 1-6. The Accents. 
 
 5. 
 6. 
 
 7. 
 8. 
 
 § 69. 1, 2. The Voices. 
 § 70. 1, 2. The Moods. 
 § 71. 1. The Tenses. 
 § 72. 1-6. General View of 
 the Tenses. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY A. 
 
 1. a.v9p<j)Tro<;, 6, man. 9. ov8e', not. 
 
 2. avTov, ai'TO), of him, to hbu. 10. 09, ry, o, who, which. 
 
 3. avTov, him. 11. irdvTa, all tilings. 
 
 4. avrrjv, her. 12. TTai/Tcs, all {men). 
 
 5. avTo, it. 13. tCdv, of the (plur.). 
 
 6. Stti, throwjh. 14. </)a)?, to, light. 
 
 7. €ts, /xta, 1v, one. 15. xo)fHs, apart from. 
 
 a. ^wi'i, t}, life. 16. ouTos 6 avOf)U)iros, this man. 
 
 6 VOCABULARY B 
 
 PllE-SENT Mill. AND V\fiH. 
 
 2 AoitisT Mid. 
 
 yiv-ofxui, lam, become, am made. 
 yiv-(Tai, he is, becomes, is made. 
 
 i-ytv-6fi t]v, I became, was made. 
 f-ycV-cTo, he became, was made.
 
 30 
 
 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 2 Perfect Act. 
 
 yi-yov-a, I have become, been made. 
 yc-yov-e, he (it) has become, been made. 
 
 7 EXERCISES 
 
 1. Translate : 1. Havra iu opxV f-J^^'^To- 2. 'Ev apx\] ^1^ ovok h>. 
 3. 'O \dyos ^(o^ r)v. 4. 'O dvOpiovos ^t' avTuv eyeVcTO. 5. Ei' avrw 
 Ktti 8i avTOv ^(Drf rjv. 6. AwtoV, auT?;v, auTO. 7. Xwpis twv avOpw- 
 TTwv. 8. "Av^ptOTTos iyfv6p.riv, dvOpwTTos yeyovev. 9. Kai ;^<i)pis uutov 
 tyci/CTO oiiSe ev, o yeyovev. 10. Havre?, -rravra. 
 
 2. Translate : 1. The life was the light of men. 2. All things 
 were made through him. 3. The Word was life, 4. Apart from 
 him not one thing was made. 5 That-which hath been made 
 was life through him. 6. The man, of the men ; through him, 
 in him, without him. 7. He is made man, he was made man, he 
 hath been made man. 
 
 8 TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Place of breathings. 2. Ultimate, penult, antepenult, 
 3. Rules for dividing a word into syllables. 4. Grave accent. 
 5. The acute accent. 6. The circumflex accent. 7. -r; and -r/. 
 8. -OS, -ov, -u), -ov, -o)v, -tt. 9. Three forms of the article. 10. Differ- 
 ence between 6 and o. 11. -v movable. 12. The root. 13. The 
 augment. 14. The active, middle, passive. 15. The moods 
 1(3. The tenses. 
 
 <
 
 LE-SSOX III. 31 
 
 LESSON III. 
 
 John i. 5, 6. 
 
 1 TEXT 
 
 ^ Kat TO (f)(x)<; iu rrj (tkotlo. (fyaCvei, /cat rj 
 And the light in the darkness shines, and the 
 
 aKoria avTo ov Ka-re-Xa-fSev. " 'Eyeuero dvOpconos 
 darkness it not apprehended. There-ivas a man 
 
 d-TTE-dTok-ixe-vo^ napa 6eov, ovofxa avTw ^Iwdurjs- 
 having -heen-sent from God, name to-him John. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. rfj, in the : (a) iota subscript marks dat. sing. ; (h) >/ indi- 
 cates the fem, ; (o) the article, dat. sing. fem. 
 
 2. (TKOTia, in dorkne.'is : (a) rr = s in so, at the end of a word 
 written s, elsewhere rr * (§1, 2),^ cf. Aoyo?, tt/hjs, 0€O5, x^'P'^j 4*''''*' 
 hut o-KOTitt ; (b) iota subs., sign of dat. sing. (I. n. 2) ; (c) a (or t/) 
 is the sign of the A or First dfclension. 
 
 3. fftaivd, (he, she,) it shines : (a) present stem (fxur-, root 
 <txiv-\ {b) -€t, pers end. of 3 pers. sing. ind. act.; (r) used intran- 
 sitively, it shines, to </»ws <^al.vu, the light shines. 
 
 4. (m'to, it: (a) pers. pron. of 3 pers. ace. sing. neut. ; (b) cf. 
 nvToi), gen. sing, masc, uvtw, dat. sing, niasc. 
 
 5. f,v, not : {(I,) ov is a proclitic (§ 19), cf. o, 17, cV. 
 
 ' III .some OiTmfin editions of the N. T. mid of the fSreck clnssics, <j at t)ir> 
 finl of n word fmiiiing pnrt of a pomjtoniid is printed j ; iis, (UtXOilf. 
 
 2 Tlipsp rffcn-nccs 1o sictioiis nreto flu- •Jriiiiiiiiiir of .N'l-w Testnimiit <!nik 
 wliirli forms a jiart of tbis volume.
 
 32 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 6. KariXafSev, (he, she,) it ajjprehefided : (a) compounded of 
 the prep. Kara, doion, and tlie root Aa/3-, take; (b) Aa/i- is the 
 root, but the present stem is Aa/^^av- ; (c) -v movable (§ 10, 1) ; 
 (d) -e iu -t(i') is pers. end. of 3 pers. sing. ; (e) in compound 
 verbs the augment follows the preposition ; (/) e in Kare'Aa^S- is 
 the augment, the sign of past time (§ 74, 1) ; {g) it takes the 
 place of the final a of Kara, wliich is dropi>ed ; (Ji) KareAa^S- is the 
 stem of 2 aor. 
 
 7. uTretrraA/AcVo?, having been sent: (a) -/xevos, ending of part, 
 mid. and pass. ; Qi) compounded of prep. dTrd and o-tuA-, the stem 
 of the perfect ; {e) the present stem is crreAA- ; (d) the prefix t 
 in (iTreo-raA- is not tlie sign of past time, and therefore not the 
 augment, but the sign of com})leted action, and takes this form 
 because the root begins with two consonants ; (e) the final o of 
 ttTTo dropped before prefix e, cf . KarcAa^ev (6) ; {f) the form is the 
 perf. pass. part. ; {g) -os in -fi€vo<; like -os in Aoyos, ^eo?, ovto';. 
 
 8. irufju, from beside : (a) here governing the gen. and used 
 with persons only. 
 
 9. Oeov, (of) God : (a) -ov is the sign of the gen. sing, of the 
 or Second declension. 
 
 10. ovofxa, name : (a) to ovoixa, the name ; (b) acute accent on 
 the .inteponult, because ultima is short (§17, 1). 
 
 11. 'J wdrr^s, John : (a) some manuscripts spell the word 'lojav- 
 '■'?'» ; (!') ending -7/? indicates a masc. of the A or First declension, 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The letter s (sigma) at the end of a word has the form s, 
 elsewhere the form cr. 
 
 2. Improper diphthongs (a, rj, w), in which the first vowel is 
 long, take the accent over the first vowel, cf. ap)(^, airw. 
 
 3. The iota subscrijyt is not pronounced, and it marks the dat. 
 sing., cf. o-p)(rj, avTw, ttj, (TKOTia. 
 
 4. The stem is the fundamental part of a word which is not 
 changed iu inflection.
 
 LESSON III. 
 
 33 
 
 5. The inflective part, called endings, is added to the stem to 
 form cases, tenses, persons, and numbers. 
 
 6. Changes in the form of nouns are made by adding different 
 case-endings to a common stem. 
 
 7. Nouns of the A or First declension are mostly feminine, 
 and end in u, u, or rf. The masculines end mostly in r/s. 
 
 8. Stems of nouns of the or Second declension end in o-, as 
 Aoyo-s, Oeu-v, ui'c'pwTro-?. 
 
 9. The article is conveniently used to designate also the gen- 
 der, as 6 Aoyos (masc), y o-kotiu (fem.), to ovo/xu (neut.). 
 
 10. The tenses do not merely distinguish time (present, past, 
 future) as in English, but also action, as indetinite, continued, 
 or completed. ' 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. 
 
 o 
 
 «^. 
 
 3. 
 4. 
 
 § 12, 1, 2. The Consonants. 
 § 23, 3, a-c. Inflection. 
 § 25, 1-3. The Cases. 
 § 24, 1, 2. Number and 
 Gender. 
 
 5. § 27, 1, 2. Three Declen- 
 
 sions. 
 
 6. § 73, 1-4. Inflection and 
 
 the Verb-stem. 
 
 7. § 74, 1, 2. The Augment. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY A 
 
 1. 'Iwai'i/s, -ov, o, John. 
 
 2. Xa/xfiavi)), I take, receive. 
 
 3. KUTa-Xa/x^ai'fjj, T grasp, n,p- 
 
 Ijrehend. 
 
 4. oi/o/xtt, -Tos, TO, name. 
 
 5. ov, no, not. 
 
 6. Trapa, with gcn., from (in- 
 dicates source). 
 1. (TKOTia, -ds, 7/, darkness. 
 M. (TTcA-Aw, I send, set. 
 9. uTTo-o-TtAAo), I send forth. 
 10. (fiULuo), I shine. 
 
 6 VOCABULARY B. 
 l'uE.s. Ind. Active. 
 
 TTiaTdf-M, J Relieve. 
 7rifrT€u-ci9, thou believest. 
 TTwrTci^ci, he believes. 
 
 iriirTd't-n/i.ti', We helicvc. 
 7rifrT€i^tT€, you believe. 
 iruTriv-uvai(\>\ they believe
 
 34 
 
 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 
 Ind. Active. 
 
 Ind. Middle. 
 
 f.\a(i-ov, I took. 
 
 iy€v-6fj/r)v, I was, became. 
 
 e\a(S-es, thou tookest. 
 
 iyev-ov, thou wast. 
 
 cAa^-c(i'), he took. 
 
 iyev-ero, he 7i)as. <^ "S . r 
 
 i\dP-ofX€v, we took. 
 
 iyev-ofJ-eOa, ive icere. 
 
 eAa/3-CT€, 1/OU took. 
 
 iyh'-eaOe, you were. 
 
 (XajS-ov, they took. 
 
 e'ytV-ovTo, they were. 
 
 7. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : 1. To </)ws twv avOpwTrwv Iv ry dp^^rj (ftaiva. 2. 'O 
 av^pwTTOs TO ^ws ov KaTcAa/3ev. 3. O $€u<i tov uv$p(oirov aTroo-TeAAci. 
 4. Ilapa Oeov cycVcTO. 5. Outos ^v iv Tjj (Tkotlo., kol ttjv ^wrjv ov 
 KariXaftiv. 6. IIpos tov Adyov, 8ia Aoyov, X'^P'-'^ Adyov, iv Adyw, 8tu 
 Twi/ Adywi'. 7. 05to9 6 avdpomo^ aTreo-TaA/xcVos iraph. 6eov iv r^ 
 (TfcoTiijt ^v. 8. "Ovop-a auT<5 ^v l(x)dvr]<;. 
 
 2. Translate : 1. All things were made through him. 2. 
 Through him we believe. 3. The man was in the darkness. 
 4. He apprehended the word of the men. 5. The light does 
 not shine in the darkness. 6. I believe, we believe, he believes, 
 they believe. 7. His name was not John. 8. All believe 
 through him. 
 
 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Consonants. 2. Breathings. 3. -v movable. 4. Division 
 of a word into syllables. 5. Grave accent. 6. Circumflex accent. 
 7. Acute accent. 8. Proclitics iv, ov, o, rj. 9. Endings -(>, -ij. 
 10. Endings -os, -ov, -w, -ov, -wv. 11. Action, indefinite, contin- 
 ued, or completed. 12. The root. 13. The verb-stem. 14. The 
 augment. 15. Personal endings of jjres. ind. act. 16. Of 2 aor. 
 ind. act. 17. Of 2 aor. ind. mid.
 
 LESSON IV. 
 
 35 
 
 LESSON IV. ^ 
 
 John i. 7, 8. 
 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 ' Ovros rjXOev et? ixaprvpiav, tVa fxaprvpijarf 
 Thi8-one came for witness, that he-miyht-tvittiess 
 
 nepl Tov (fycDTos, li^a ndvTe<; irLCTTevaojaLV 
 concerning the light, that all might-helieve 
 
 I avTOv. ovK rjv e/ceii^og to (pcjs, aA\ tva 
 through him. Not ivas that-one the light, but that 
 
 fxapTvp-qcrr) irepl tov (f)0)T6<;. 
 
 he-might-ivitness concerning the light. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. rjkOiv, he came : {a) from Ipyniiai, I come, 2 aor. ^A^oi', I 
 came ; {b) inflected like tKa(iw, the 2 aor. of Xa/x/Suvoj (see Til. 
 Voc. B) ; (c) -V movable, because the next word begins with a 
 vowel sound. 
 
 2. €ts, for : (a) preposition always governing the ace. ; (b) a 
 proclitic. 
 
 3. fiaprvfiidv, ivitness, testimony : (a) v = y, like u in p?<ll ; 
 (h) -av denotes ace. sing, of the A or First declension ; (c) u does 
 not changt' into >/, because it is preceded by i (§ 29, 4). 
 
 4. ij/tt, that : (a) a fniHl (-onjunction indicating purpose, and 
 followed by the subjunctive. 
 
 5. f».ai>TVf)rj(Tr], hf wi(/hf loifness : (a.) sfcm imprvpt-', (h) n- \9. 
 ^ign of 1 iifir. Hteiii (§ 90) ; ('') -c of stnii i.s lengthcncil info t/ 
 l)t'f')r»' (J (§ 6, 1) ; {d) ^ is the sign of subj. 3 pj'rs. sing.
 
 36 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 6. TTepi, about, concerning : {a) a prep, here governing the 
 gen. ; {b) why grave accent ? 
 
 7. TO?, {of) the : (a) -ov indicates gen. sing, of or Second 
 declension ; {b) the article, gen, sing. neut. ( § 62j. 
 
 8. (})(oToi, (of) light : (a) from c^ois, gen. sing. </)ojtos ; (b) of 
 the Third or Consonant declension, stem ^wr-, found by droj)- 
 piug -OS of gen. sing. ; (c) a few neuter stems in t, like </»wt-, 
 change t to cr in the nom. (§ 39, 1 a, note ; § 13, 13). 
 
 9. iriivTes, all: (a) -es, sign of nom. piur. masc. of 3d decl. 
 
 10. TTto-Teucrojo-u', they might believe : (a) stem ttio-tcu- ; (b) ct' 
 is sign of 1 aor. stem (c) -wcri sign of subj. 3 pers. plur. ; (d) -v 
 movable, why ? Such is the reading of best MSS. (§ 10, note). 
 
 11. oi'k, 7iot : (a) ov, not, becomes ovk when the next word 
 begins with a vowel (§ 10, 2). 
 
 12. e'K€?i'os, that-one : (a) a demons, pron. generally referring 
 to the more remote subject, while oi'tos, this, generally refers to 
 the nearest subject. 
 
 13. a\X\ but : (o) for aXka, but, an adversative conj. ; {b) the 
 final a, being short, is cut off by elision, because the next word 
 begins with a vowel (§ 9, 2) ; (c) compare 8t' avrov. 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. oi; before a consonant, but ovk before a vowel. 
 
 2. All nouns whose stems end in a or ?; belong to the A or 
 First declension : rrKort-a, jxaprvpL-a dpx-iQ, C^rj- 
 
 3. All nouns whose stems end in o belong to the or Second 
 declension : Xoyo-?, ^to-s, ai/^/joj7ro-s. 
 
 4. All nouns whose stems end in a consonant belong to the 
 Third declension : (^ws, gen. </)ojr-os. 
 
 5. The augment c- in KttT(e')Aay8€i/, (e)yeVcTo, is the sign of 
 jjast time. 
 
 6. Compounds consisting of a preposition and a verb take the 
 augme7it after the preposition; but the prejwsition, if it ends in 
 a vowel, loses that vowel before e, as in KariXaPev.
 
 LESSON IV. 37 
 
 7. As the augment is the sign of past time, it belongs to the 
 historical tenses (imperf., aor., pluperf.), but it is found only in 
 tlie indicative. 
 
 8. ->; is the sign of the subj. o pers. sing., -wcrt of 3 pers. plur. 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 2, 1, 2. The Vowels. 4. § 17, 1-3. General Rules 
 
 2. § 3, 1, 2. The Diphthongs. of Accent. 
 
 3. § 15, 1-4. Quantity of Syl- 5. § 26, 1, 2. Stems of Nouns. 
 
 lables. G. §29,1-3. lutlectiou of n/Ary. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY A. 
 
 1. oAAa, but. 9. ovTo:;, this (near). 
 
 2. CIS, for, into, unto. lO. ttus, Trao-a, TTuv, all, every 
 
 3. iKilvo%, that one {yoxi^Qv). (sing,). 
 
 4. tf)-)(pixai, I come. 11. Trutres, ira.(rai, vavTa, all 
 
 5. iva, that. (plur.). 
 
 6. fxaprvpia, -as, rj, witness, 12. irepi, concemhuf (gen.), 
 
 testimony. around (ace). 
 
 7. fiaprvpio), -M, I witness. 13. TritrTtt'to, 1 believe. 
 
 8. OV, OVK, not. 14. </)U)S-, </>aJTOS, TO, ^*^/i^ 
 
 VOCABULARY B 
 
 1. orTus o uyOfwyiros, this iiiau. 5. ryA^tr, he Came (2 aor.). 
 
 2. UVT7/ 7/ fjaprvpia, this tesii- G. fiapTvp^iro), T niitjht Witness 
 
 mony. (1 aor. subj.). 
 
 3. Tor/ro TO ^.7»s, <Ats %A<. 7. tniTT€\'(TM, I might believe. 
 
 4. 0UT09, avTt], TDVTi), this S. (TTurrfvint , J believed. 
 
 (near). 0. yivuHTKO), 1 know. 
 
 4i.'ir>5'i
 
 38 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 1 AOR. SUBJ. 
 
 TTto-TciV-w, I might believe. iria-Tiva-mfx^v, we might believe. 
 
 TTLUTiva-ij^jthonmigJttst believe. Tna-revcr-rjTi, you might believe. 
 TTUTTcva-y, he might believe. TnaTf.va--w(TL{v),t]iey might believe. 
 
 6 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : 1. ''O yiyovtv ^wrj rjx: 2. Ovtos 6 av6pw7ro<; ci? 
 fj.o.pTvpiav rjXdev. 3. Ai avTov eTrto-reucra. 4. Hv to <f)w<; o iv rij 
 (TKOTLCf. <^atVci, Ktti J) (TKOTitt ttuTo OX) KaTc'Aa/Sei'. 5. Ets Tov Kocrfinv 
 r]\6ov. 6. lwdi'r]<; yjXOiv cis //.aprvpiav, iva Tras apOpoiiros TrKTrtvarj 
 8i airrov. 7. Tivuxtkoi, yivo'xrKfi, TTi(mvop,(.v, 7ricrT€uoi'cri(i'), ylvoixai, 
 yivtrai, (.p\ofjiai, tp^trai. 8. EycfCTo, yeyova, y€yovf(i'), iKajiov, 
 rjXOov, tkal3({v), y]\0((y), ifiapTvprjaa, /xapTvpT^ar), VLcmvar], tticttcv- 
 (Ttjirriv. 
 
 2. Translate : {a.) 1. I am made, I was made, I bave been 
 made. 2. I believe, I believed, I may believe. 3. I take, I 
 took. 4. I come, I came. 5. I sbine, I send forth, I apprehend, 
 I witness, I send. 
 
 (b) 1. In the beginning the Word was with God. 2. All 
 things were made through God. 3. Not one (thing) was made 
 without him. 4. He was the life of men. 5. The darkness 
 apprehended not the light. 6. John came that he might bear 
 witness concerning the light, and that all might believe. 
 
 7. TOPICS FOR STUDY 
 
 1. Short and long vowels. 2. Two breathings. 3. Division 
 of words into syllables. 4. Use of grave accent for acute. 5. 
 Circumflex accent. 6. Iota subscript. 7. Endings -d, -77. 8, De- 
 clension of Ti/u.77. 9. Three declensions. 10. The historical 
 tenses. 11. The augment. 12. -v movable.
 
 LESSOX V. 39 
 
 LESSON V. 
 
 John i. 9-11. 
 
 1 TEXT. 
 
 * Hv TO (ftax; to akrjOivov o ^cori^ei iravTa 
 He-was the Unlit the true which lighteth every 
 
 avOpwTTOv ip^oji^vov els Tov Kocrixov. ^^ iv tw 
 man comin;/ into the world. In the 
 
 Kocr/jioj rju, kol 6 Koaj-ios Si' avTOv iyeveTO, 
 world he-was, and the world through him became, 
 
 Kol 6 KocrfMOS avTov ovK eyvct). ^^ Et9 ra tSta 
 and the world him not knew. Unto the his-own- 
 
 rjXOei^, KOL ol tStot avTov ov wapiXajSov. 
 things he-came, and the his-own him not they-received. 
 
 2. NOTES 
 
 1. aXrjOivov, true : (a) -ov is the nom. sing. neut. ending of 
 adjectives of the 1 and 2 declensions ; (/;>) the adjective follows 
 the noun which it (jualilies {(fjuis), and the article (to) is repeated 
 before it. 
 
 2. o, u'liirh : ('/) rcl. prcHi., nom. sing. neut. agreeing with its 
 antecrulent f/>ws in num. and g(!n. ; (h) cf. os, r;, o (§ 64, 1). 
 
 3. (()i,)TiXn, he (it) ffives lifjht : (n) pres. stem (/m.iti^-; (6) -ci 
 sign of ind. act. 3 pers. sing., cf. f^tuv-n (III. n. .3). 
 
 4. TTi'ivTii, every : ('/) stem ttui't-, but nom. sing, ttus (for 7rai'T9, 
 $; 39, 1, /' ; also § 13, •'), fl), vua-a, TTui' ; (f>) ace. sing. masc. ttuvth ; 
 ('') cf. iriivTn (11. N. 1). ('/) TTas in sing, without flic urt. often 
 means every.
 
 40 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. c7);^o/i,evov, coming: (a) stem cpx""5 (^) •/"-f^'o^^ ending of 
 part. mid. and pass. ; (o) nom. sing. neut. agreeing with </)a(s,^ cf. 
 u7rc(TTaA-/x,£Vos (III. N. 7). 
 
 6. Kua-fxov, tvorld : (a) -ov ace. sing, of the O or Second de- 
 clension. 
 
 7. Tw, (in) the: (a) article, dat. sing. masc. (§ 62, 1). 
 
 8. ovK, not : {a) not ov, why ? 
 
 9. eyvoj, (he, she,) it knew : (</) stem yvo- ; {b) e- is augment, 
 sign of past time (2 aor.) ; (o) -w marks 3 pers. sing, of stems in 
 o inflected like 2 aor. of verbs in -/xt (§ 120). 
 
 10. Tu, </ie .• (<■<) article, ace. plur. neut. (§ 62). 
 
 11. tSia, his-own-things : (a) -a is sign of neut. plur. ace. 
 
 12. oi, the: (a) article, nom. plur. masc. (§ 62). 
 
 13. iStot, his-oxvn : {a) -ot is sign of nom. plur. masc. of or 
 Second declension. 
 
 14. TTapi.\a(iov, they received: (a) irapa, beside, and the root 
 Xa/?-, take ; (b) ci. KariXaftiv (III. N. 6) ; (c) -ov, pers. end. of 2 
 aor. 3 pers. plur. (III. Voc. B). 
 
 3 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Adjectives are inflected as substantives, and are mainly of 
 the first and second declensions, ending in -os, ->/, -ov. 
 
 2. Participles ending in -09, -r], -ov, are declined like adjectives 
 having the same endings. 
 
 3. The relative pronoun is os, rj, o, ivho, which. 
 
 4. The neuter relative pronoun o can readily be distinguished 
 from the masculine article 6 because of its accent. 
 
 5. Tras, TTacra, trav, all, in the sing, without the article often 
 means every : irdvTa avOpumov, every man (ace. sing.). 
 
 6. The personal endings of the 2 aor. ind. act. are, in the 
 sing,, -ov, -cs, -^{y)i in the plur., -ofi^v, -ere, -ov, as KariXafS-^^v), 
 ^\6-((v), irapiXafi-ov. 
 
 * Some construe it with dvBpwtrov, in the ace. sing. masc.
 
 LESSON V. 41 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 9, 2 a, b. Elision. 
 
 2. § 10, 1, 2. Movable Consonants. 
 
 3. § 18, 4. Accent as affected by Elision. 
 
 4. § 19, 1. The Proclitics. 
 
 5. § 29, 4. Inflection of o-kotio. 
 
 6. § 34, o. InHection of uf^'/jwTros. 
 
 7. § 62, 1. Inflection of the Article. 
 
 8. § 98, 1, 2. Personal endings of the Ind. 
 
 9. § 99, 1-3. Use of the Endings. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY A. 
 
 1. aA.?y6'ivos, -?/, -ov, true, (jen- 5. /cocr/xo?, -ov, o, world. 
 
 nine. 6. os, y, '6, who, which. 
 
 2. yivwa-Kw, I know. 7. Trafja-Xa/j.(3ui'(jj, I take to TniJ- 
 
 3. ipxoixevfK, -Tf, -ov, coming. self, receive. 
 
 4. rSi-os, tSt-a, Ihi-ov, one's oivn. 8. <^ujti^w, I give Uylit. 
 
 VOCABULARY B. 
 
 TO 
 
 TO 
 
 X . /I V - \ ^^''^ ^''^<^ light (attributive position). 
 
 , , , n I (^'^^ Light IS true (predicate position). 
 TO <^s uXqvivov, ) 
 
 6. EXERCISES 
 
 1. J raiislate : 1. Wv to aXqOiviiv </)o»s. 2. \\v to (/(uj? ipvofitvov 
 lis Toi' Koirfj.ov. '). WdvTa uvOixottov rfjuni^ii.. 4. 'Kr toI koo"/jI<i» oi'k 
 r)V. O. IlafTu Oi avTov f.yivcrti. (). 'I']i' opXTZ " x'xff'os fyeVtTo. 
 7. Oi irtiot ttUTfV Trnf)(\afi(n'. 8. Tor 0o*tos, tw Knir/io), toi' Kotrfiop, 
 iravra uvufiiirrrov, rwv avOpiDirtDi', tj) ctkhtui. \). ViyMiTt«i>, lyi'to • t/iYfr 
 fiai, T)\d€v, if))^ofxivo<; • KaTiX.n/ic(i'), 7ra/)c'A(x/ioi', iXafim'.
 
 42 INTRODUCTORY X. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 2. Translate : (a) Orally from the literal translation into Greek: 
 1. Vv. 1-3. 2. Vv. 4, 5. 3. Vv. 6-8. 4. Vv. 9, 10. 5. V. 11. 
 
 {b) 1. The light is true. 2. The true light lighteth every 
 man. 3. The light came unto his own. 4. 1 do not know him. 
 5. He knew him and received him. 6. In the beginning the 
 world was made through him. 
 
 7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Diphthongs. 2. Elision. 3. Movable consonants. 4. Quan- 
 tity of syllables, o. Proclitics. 6. Stems of nouns. 7. Three 
 declensions of nouns. 8. Endings -a, -17. 9. Endings -os, -ov, -w, 
 -ov, -01. 10. The article o, r), to. 11. Personal endings of pres. 
 ind. act. 12. Of participle. 13. Of 2 aor. ind. act. 14. Of 2 
 aor. ind. mid. and pass. 15. Inflection of ti/a?/, crKortd, avdpwn-o'i. 
 
 LESSON VI. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John i. 12, 13. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. 00-01, as-m.any-as : (a) -01 marks nom. plur. masc. of adjec- 
 tives of 1 and 2 declensions (§ 44, 1) ; (b) a derivative rel. pron. 
 of number (§ 64. 2). 
 
 2. Sc, but ; (a) an adversative conj., much weaker than d\Xa 
 (IV. N, 13), often rendered by and ; {b) postpositive, i.e. always 
 put after one or more words in its sentence. 
 
 3. eSojKci', he gave : (a) c-, augment, sign of past tense ; (b) 
 root So-, give ; (c) -v movable; (</) -k- marks an irregular 1 aor. 
 (§ 90, 3) ; (e) -e(v) is ending of 3 pers. sing. ; (/') from Siriw/xi. 
 
 4. avToi?, to them: {a) -ots marks dat. plur.; {h) flic pers. 
 pron. of third person ; (<•) cf. avrov, avrw, avrov, o.vt6 (§ 57. 1).
 
 LESSON VI. 43 
 
 5. i^ovaiau, i)ower : (p) -av, ace. sing, of First declension ; 
 {h) -a is not changed into 17, because it is preceded by t (§ 29, 4). 
 
 6. T€Ki'a, children : (a) -a marks neut. plur. of Second declen- 
 sion (§ 34, 4). 
 
 7. y€vea6ai, to become : (a) root yu-, to become ; (b) -crOai 
 marks the inf. mid. (here 2 aor.) (§ 111) ; ('•) -ifrOai, with accent 
 on penult, marks 2 aor. inf. 
 
 8. TTia-T^voviTiv, to-belitivinff-ones : (a) -v movable (§ 10, 1 ) ; 
 (b) -cri mark.s dat. plur. of Third or consonant declension (§ 27, 
 2, b) ; ('•) root TTio-Ttr- ; {d ) pres. part. Trio-Tet'-tov, -ovcra, -ov 
 (§ 104) ; (e) 7rto-T€u-ovcri(r) is for Tna-Tev-ovTai(i'), as t is dropped 
 before o- (§ 13, 4), and then v is dropped (§ 13, 5, d), and o is 
 lengthened into ov (§ 6, 2). 
 
 9. 01, who : (a) rel. pron. nom. plur. (§ 64, 1) ; (b) How does 
 it differ from the article (nom. plur.) ? 
 
 10. ii,of, from: ('/) the prep. tV becomes i$ when the next 
 word begins witli a vowel (§ 10, 2) ; (b) always governs the 
 gen. 
 
 11. at/xttTojv, of-f)lood.<i ■ (^n) -wv sign of gen. plur. ; (b) stem 
 ai/xuT-, ending in a consonant, and so of the Third tleclension 
 (? 38. 1) ; (c) nom. sing, aifta, final t 'if the stem being dropped 
 (§ 39, 1, a). 
 
 12. (WKr'jiJMToi;, of will: (a) -09, sign of gen. sing, of Third 
 declension; (/v) stem OfXrjfjMT- \ {r) nom. sing. 6i\r]na\ (d) note 
 the change of accent. 
 
 13. <T«pK<js, of-Jtesh : (a) -os, sign of gen. sing, of Third de- 
 clension ; (b) stem rrap«-; (c) the nom. sing. (a-dp$) is formed by 
 ;ulding o- to the stem (^ 39, 1, b) ; (d) <TapK<; = crdp^ (§ 13, 4). 
 
 14. i'iM?)i><)s, of-miin : (n) -o<;, sign of gen. sing, of 'I'hird fh-cl. ; 
 (//) stctn I'lytf)-, :ind irregular in its dt-rjlension (§ 40, 3, 7wte ; also 
 § 13, 10). 
 
 15. ir/(vvr}Orj(Tav, tJu'Jj-^imredtetjntten : (r/) roitt yci/va-, bc^Pt ; 
 (/>) e-, augment, sign of jiast tense ; (c) Srj- is the sign »if 1 aor. 
 pa.ss. (§ 95. 1); ('I) -<r„.v marks .'{ pns. plur. ( ^; 108. 1); (r) a 
 in ytfi/a- lengthened into rj before -Oyj- (§ 95, 2).
 
 44 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Most words ending in crt annex v when the next word be- 
 gins with a vowel. 
 
 2. When the next word begins with a vowel, ck becomes cf, 
 and oi becomes ovk. 
 
 3. Before o-, palatal mute (k, y, ^) forms $, as o-apKs = crdp^. 
 
 4. Before cr, a lingual mute (t, 8, 0) is dropped, also v is 
 dropped, and the preceding vowel lengthened : 7rtcrTei;-ovo-i(i') for 
 TTtaTCv-ovrtri ( f) • 
 
 5. Such a lengthening of a short vowel is called compensative. 
 
 6. Nouns whose stems end in a consonant are of the Third 
 declension, as ai/xaT-iDv, 6eXi^iJ.aT-o<s, dv8p-ds. 
 
 7. The stem of Third declension may generally be found by 
 dropping the ending -os of the gen. sing., as o-apK-os, OtXrjfxuT-os. 
 
 8. Neuter nouns of the Second declension, in the nom. sing. 
 end in -ov, in the nom. plur. in -a : tcki/ov, reKva. 
 
 9. In neuter words, the nom., ace, and voc. are always alike, 
 and in the plural end in -a. 
 
 10. Se is much weaker than aXXd. 
 
 11. -wv, -ova-a, -ov is the ending of the pres. act. part, in nom. 
 sing. 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 1. Names and characters of first twelve Greek letters. 
 
 2. § 6, 1, 2. Lengthening of Vowels. 
 
 3. § 12, 2. Semivowels, Mutes, and Double Consonants. 
 
 4. § 13, 4. Mutes before a. 
 
 5. § 21. Punctuation. 
 
 6. § 28. 1-3. Accent of Nouns. 
 
 7. § 29, 1-4. Declension of Fcminines of First Declension, 
 
 8. § 34, 4. Neuters of Second Declension. 
 
 9. § 38, 1, 2. Tbird Declension. 
 
 10. § 104. The Inflection of Present Indicative Active.
 
 LESSON VI. 46 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1 . alfiu, a'/AaT-osj to, blood. 7. $iX.i]fia, 6(Xr)^aT-o<:, to, will. 
 
 2. avi'jp, di'Sp-os, 6, ma7i. 8. oo-os, -rj, -ov, as many as. 
 
 3. yOTfiw, -u), I beget. 9. Trio-Tcvtov, -ovaa, -or, believ- 
 
 4. 8£, ^>«^, moreover. ing. 
 
 5. SiSuifjiif I give. 10. adp$, aapKo^, ij,^fles?i. 
 
 6. e^ovcrid, -ds, rj, power. 11. tckvoi', -ou, to, child. 
 
 6 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : 1. Ai'rrov cXaPev. 2. Auto ou KaTeXa^ei'. 3. AiV 
 Toj/ ou irapiXuftei'. 4. AiScu/it aura! i^ovcTiav tIkvov Oeov ytveaOui. 
 5. "ESw/ce Tots 7rio'Teuoi;o"ti' eis to ovop.a avTov i^ovaiav TtKva Oeov 
 yeviubai. 6. E/c OeKujiimo^ (rapKu<; iyevinjOrjaai'. 7. 'E^ at/i.uTO)i', 
 €^ dvSpo?, eic ^'eXr/zAaTos, ck o^apKo:, e/c ^cov. 8. rtVo/xai, ytVeo-^ai • 
 cyeVfTO, yertcrOai. 
 
 2. Tran.slato : 1. Thoy were begotten of God. 2. They were 
 begotten of (tlie) will of (the) flesh, and of (the) will of man. 
 
 3. He gave to him power to become a ehild of God. 4. In (the) 
 beginning was the tnith. 5. He came into the world, and the 
 world wa.s made through him, but the worhl received hiui not. 
 0. I believe on lii.s name and know him. 7. The true light, 
 coming into the world, ligliteth every man. 
 
 7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Movable consonant.s. 2. Mntcs. 3. Double con.sonants. 
 
 4, Eupbori}'- of mutes before a. 5. Stems ending in a conso- 
 nant. G. Endings d, a, or 7j. 7. d ]>receded by i. 8. -oi<r, -wv, -d. 
 0. Inflection of article. 10. The historical ti-naes. 11. The 
 augment. 12. -mv, -ovn-a, -or. 13. Per.sonal endings of 2 aor. 
 iud. act. 14. yivca-Out and ytvtaOui. 15. -uvtrtv for -oyru-iv.
 
 46 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON VII. 
 1. TEXT 
 
 John i. 14, 15 a. — koX o , . . Xeymv. 
 2 NOTES. 
 
 1. ia-Krivwaey, he-dwelt : (a) -v movable ; {Ji) -cr- sign of 1 aor. ; 
 (c) -ae sign of 3 pers. sing. 1 aor. ; (d) c-, augment ; (e) root 
 a-K-qvo- ; (/) a vowel or pure verb, because stem ends in a vowel 
 (§ 73, 4) ; {(j) 1 aor. stem (TKr]vu>a- (§ 90, 1), of. -yevni- (VI. 
 N. If)). 
 
 2. iOeao-dfieOa, we-heheld : (n) e- augment and -a-- sign of 1 
 aor. ; (h) -adfieOa, 1 pers. plur. ending of 1 aor. mid. (§ 108, 1), 
 from deponent verb (§ 69, 2) Oedoixai, I hehuld. 
 
 3. 8d^av, glory : (a) -av, ace. sing, of First declension (§ 29, 
 3, h) ; (6) cf. c^ovcridv. 
 
 4. o)?, as .• (a) an adverb of comparison. 
 
 5. /Aoj/oycvoi)?, of-an-only-hegottcn : (a) -oti?, a contraction of 
 -€o? (§ 46, 1), gen. sing. masc. of /i.ovoyci'-Tys -t^s -e's, an adjective 
 of Third declension ; (/>) e followed by o contracts into ou (§ 7, 1) ; 
 (c) -COS before contraction had the accent on the penult, and 
 therefore after contraction the syllable takes the circumflex 
 (§ 18, 2). 
 
 6. 7raT/305, of-f either : (a) for Trarcpo?, a short vowel between 
 two consonants being sometimes dropped (§11, 3; §40, 3, 
 Note) ; (i) -o?, gen. sing, of 3 declension; (c) stem 7rart/j-, end- 
 ing in a liquid (§ 12, 2, a) ; {d) nom. sing. Trarr/p (§ 39, 1, h). 
 
 7. Tr\i]py)^, full : («)- >/?, -•>;?, -e?, ending of adjectives of Third 
 declension, cf. //.ovoyevv^s. 
 
 8. ;;^dptTo?, of-rjrace : (a) -05, gen. sing, of Third declension ; 
 {h) stem -^piT-y ending in a lingual mute (§ 40. 2) , (c) nom. 
 eing. xapis (§ 39, 1, ^0-
 
 LESSON VII. 47 
 
 9. a\'qO(.iuL<;, of-truth : (a) -ds, gen. sing, of First declension 
 (§ 29, 3, /') ; (I') nom. sing. aXyOcLu. 
 
 10. 'IwciKj;?, John : (a) -i;?, masc. ending of First declension 
 (§ 29,2; §30,1). 
 
 11. fxaprvpei, ke-bears-witness : (a) -d, contraction for -t'-tt, with 
 circumflex accent, of. -cos, -ovs in fiovoyevov^ ; (b) stem fiaprvpi-, a 
 pure verb (§ 73, 4) ; (c) -ti in -e'ei is sign of 3 pers. sing. ind. 
 act., cf. (fiaiv-ei, (^wti^-ci. 
 
 12. KiKpayfv, }u-has<ried : (r/) stem K/jay- ; (b) Kt.-, reduplica- 
 tion, the sign of completed action (§ 75, 1); (c) -v movable; 
 {d) -I, sign of 3 pers. sing. ; (e) 3 pers. sing. perf. ind. act., used 
 with the meaning of the present tense ; (/) cf. yi-yov-tv. 
 
 13. Xiyiiiv, sayiiuj : («) -utv, sign of pres. part. act. (§ 102, 1). 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS 
 
 1. Two successive vowels, or a vowel and diphthong, are often 
 contracted. 
 
 2. € followed b}-- o contracts into ov ; followed by u, into u. 
 
 3. A contracted ultimate takes the circumflex accent if the 
 penult is accented, as -io<i, -ov<;\ -id, -ci. 
 
 4. A >hort vowel is sometimes lengthened in the inflection of 
 words. Tliis is called formative lengthening, as aKrjvo-, but 1 
 aor. stem arKqvMr- ; ytvva-, but 1 aor. pass. fytwrjOr}-. 
 
 5. A >hort vowel between two consonants is sometimes 
 dro[iped (syncope) : iruTpik for Trarcpo?. 
 
 6. 86$a and uXi'iOaa have short a in nom., ace, and voc. sing. 
 
 7. -YJ9 is the ending of many masculines of tlie iMrst dcclen 
 sion. 
 
 8. The paradigms of the Third declension are arranged accord 
 ing to the stem-ending. 
 
 9. Some f»f these stems end in lingual mutes (t, 8, 0), as x«/"?> 
 gen. sing. ;^apiT-os ; Oikq/xa, hiki'ipaT-ix; J aipm, ui/xkt-os ; </>d(S, </)wt-o9; 
 ovop.a, dvo^ar-o?.
 
 48 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 10. Some end in liquids (X, v, p), as ttutt^p, (jraTtpo^) Trarp-os ; 
 
 dv/jp, (rlvcpo?) flv(S)p-os (§ 13, 10). 
 
 11. Adjectives are of three classes (§ 43). 
 
 12. Adjectives of two endings, as -t/s, -es, are of the Third de- 
 clension, as fjLovoyevrj'i, Tr\y)pr]<; (§ 46). 
 
 13. In forming the 1 aor. stem, in vowel stems a short vowel 
 is generally lengthened : o-ktjvo-, 1 aor. act. i-aKrjvwa- ; 6ea-, 1 aor. 
 mid. i-6ea(r- (§ 90, 1) ; yeuva-, 1 aor. pass. iyevvr)6r]-. 
 
 14. The augment in the 1 aor. is found only in the indicative 
 (§ 108, 1). 
 
 15. In reduplication, verbs beginning with a mute and liquid 
 repeat the first consonant with e, as Kt-Kpay-ev. 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 1. The Letters of the Greek Alphabet. 
 
 2. § 7, 1. Contraction of Vowels. 
 
 3. § 11, 3. Syncope. 
 
 4. § 13, 10. Epenthesis. 
 
 5. § 18, 1, 2. Accent as affected by Contraction. 
 
 6. § 29, 3, I). Inflection of dX-^Oeia and So^a. 
 
 7. § 27, 2, b. Case-endings of the Third Declension. 
 
 8. § 39, 1, b. Formation of the Nom. Sing, of Masculines 
 
 and Feminines of the Third Declension. 
 
 9. § 57, 1. Inflection of auro?. 
 10. § 75, 1, 2. Reduplication. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. dXyjOeia, -us, >;, truth. 8. Kpa^w, I cry aloud. 
 
 2. 8o^a, -T^s, I'l, glory. 9. Xiyui, I say. 
 
 3. eyw, /. 10. p.oi/oyevr/s, -cs, only-begottcn. 
 
 4. T^/Act?, ?^e. 11. TTttTT/p, Trarpos, 6, father. 
 
 5. ^/Atv, ifo ^iS. 12. 7rXr;p>7?, -^'i-.full. 
 
 6. rjfiwv, of US, our. 13. o-K7;i'oa», -uJ, I dwell. 
 
 7. Oedop.ai, I behold, look upon. 14. x'^P'?> ;^aptTo?, 7}, grace.
 
 LESSON VII. 49 
 
 6 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : 1. Sa^^ iyevtro. 2. Ej' tw Kocrfno a-K-rivow. 
 3. Trjv 86^av uvtov Beuofxai. 4. Ei? ra iSta -/jkOev dTreaTaX/xevo'' irafia 
 Trarpo?, kui laKi'jvoiaev iv 'rjfuv, dXA* ol tSiot airov o^k I\u/3ov. 5. ' Hi' 
 fj.ovoy€v'ij<i irapa Oeov, TrX.i]pr]<; (fiWTo^ kol ^^apiTos. 6. lfa>uK>}; »)/\,^£i' 
 tVa fiapTvpi/ay irepX uvtov. 7. IIavT€s avToK ovk cAu^ov. 8. Mupru- 
 pei, fiaprvp.'/rii] yeyovcv, KtVpaycv ; Acywv, £p;^o/i,£vos, aTrfo-TuX^eVos. 
 
 2. Translate : («) from the literal translation orally into 
 Greek: I. Vv. 1-3. 2. Vv. 4, 5. 3. A^ 6 8. 4. Vv." 9, 10. 
 5. Vv. 11-13. 
 
 (b) 1. This man came for a witness. 2. We beheld the ploi-y 
 of (iod. 3. He was the only-]>egotten of the father, full of life 
 and truth. 4. The word became man and dwelt in the world, 
 liut the world knew hiui not. 5. He came iii-order-that all might 
 bear-witness. 6. He gave to-those-believing on his name power 
 to become children of God. 
 
 7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Short and long vowels. 2. Contraction of -eo and -eei. 
 3 Fdi'iiKitlra lengthening of short vowel. 4. Trarpos for traripo^. 
 o. avhp6<i for avipoc. (). Mutes. 7. Licjuitls. 8. Adjectives in 
 -o5, -r/, -nv. '). Adj(,'ctiv(!S in -^7?, -c?. 10. Tntlection of article. 
 11. The augment. 12. Reduplication. 13. Participles -odi', -oucra, 
 -nv. 11. Tarticiples -o/xci/o?, -v;, -ov. 15. Personal endings of 
 pres. ind. act. 10. Of 2 aor. iud. act. 1
 
 60 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON VIII. 
 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John i. 15fe-17. — outo? . . . eyepero. 
 
 2. NOTES 
 
 1. tlirutv, having said: (a) -wv is the sign of a part. ; (b) the 
 accent marks it as 2 aor. part. ; (c) with the art. the part, is 
 equivalent to the relative with the finite verb: 6 dirwi- - he-u-ho- 
 said. 
 
 2. oTTio-u), after : (a) adv., used in N. T. as a prep, wdth gen., 
 denoting here time. 
 
 3. fiav, of-me : (a) gen. of pers. pron. of 1 pers. eyw ; (b) an 
 enclitic, as it loses its own accent, and is pronounced as if a part 
 of the preceding word (§ 20, 1, a). 
 
 4. if)x^6fi€vo?, coming : (a) -o^i^vo^, sign of pres. part. mid. and 
 pass.; (b) o ipxofJLevo'i = he-who-comes (see uTzdiv above). 
 
 5. qiirpnrrOiv, before : (a) adv., used also as a pj'ep. with gen., 
 as here ; (/>) has two accents, because, if a word which has the 
 acute on the antepenult comes before an enclitic, it also takes the 
 acute on the ultima (§ 20, 2, h). 
 
 6. on, because: (a) a causal conj. 
 
 7. TTpwTik, first : (a) -o? marks an adj. of First and Second de- 
 clensions; (b) an ordinal numeral adj. (§ 53, 1); (c) adds an 
 acute on the ultimate, because it precedes an enclitic (§20, 
 2, b). 
 
 8. 7rXqpu')fiaTo^, of-fullness : (a) -:,<; marks gen. sing, of Third 
 decl. ; (b) stem irXypwfjiaT-, ending in a lingual mute (§ 40, 2) ; 
 (c) to form the nom., final t of the stem is dropped, to irkripuipa. 
 
 9. x'^P^''' grace : (a) for x<^piTn, ace. sing, of \api<; ; (i) bari/- 
 tone stems (§ 16, 6) in it-, of the Third decl. commonly omit t 
 in the ace. sing., and take the case-ending -i (s- 40, 2).
 
 LESSON VJII. 51 
 
 10. avri, for, histead-of : (a) prep, always governing the gen. 
 
 11. vo/xos, law : (a) -os marks the Second decl., c£. \6yos, Oeos, 
 
 12. Mwvaetix;, of-Moses : (a) the word Moses in N. T. is de- 
 clined in two ways (j 42, 3); (b) tla- gen. always ends in -cw5 
 (Third di'cl), as if from the nom. AlwucrcJ? (s 40, 0), which 
 never ocnirs ; (c) the nom. Mwv-o-r^s is written as a dissyllable 
 by Tr and WH, but T regards it a trisyllable, Mwijo-^s (on Dice- 
 resi-i, of. § 8). 
 
 13. i^oBrj, it-was-ffiven : (a) e-, augment, sign of past tense ; 
 (h) root So-, (jive ; (c) -Br] marks the 1 aor. pass., 3 pers. sing. 
 (§ 95, 1; § 108, 1) ; {d) pres. ind. act. Si8w/ii, I give. 
 
 14. 'Ir/o-oi;, of-Jesus : (a) -on marks gen. sing, of .Second deck; 
 (b) nom. 'lrjauv<;, the only proper noun of this decl. ending in -ous 
 (§ 37, G). 
 
 15. KpicTTov, of-Christ : (a) -ov marks gen. sing, of Second 
 decl. 
 
 3 OBSERVATIONS 
 
 1. The accent sometimes marks a special form, as the accent 
 on -I'ov in eiVwv, indicating 2 aor. j>art. act. 
 
 2. An enclitic is a word which loses its own accent, as iiov. 
 
 3. The word before an enclitic preserves its proper accent, as 
 
 OTTifru) fiov. 
 
 4. A word which has the acute on the antei)enult (proparoxy- 
 tone) a<ldH an acute on the ultima, as tfiirpnaOev fiov. 
 
 5. A word which lias the circumflex on the penult (properi- 
 spomenon) adds an acute on the ultima, as ■n-puyro'i fiov. 
 
 6. With tlic article, the paif i( iplc i.s ((juivalent to the relative 
 witli the finite verb : o tlnwy, he tvJio said, o ip•)^/nl€vo<i, he who 
 comes. 
 
 7. '\r)(T(ni<i, g«n. '\r}(Tov, is the only ]iroper iioun of the Second 
 decl. ending in -ov9.
 
 52 IN rRODUCTORV N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 8. Barytone stems (§ 16, 6) in -cr-, of the Third decl., com- 
 monly omit T in the ace. sing., and take the case-ending -v, as 
 Xapiy for ^dpiTa (§ 40, 2). 
 
 9. -ews marks the gen. sing, of nouns of the Third decl. ending 
 in -€i;s. 
 
 10. The diperesis is a double dot sometimes written over the 
 second of two vowels, to show that they do not form a diph- 
 thong. 
 
 11. M(x)v-a-rj<;, SO Tr WH, hut T and many others write MwiJo-r}?. 
 
 12. -wv is the sign of the 2 aor. part. act. 
 
 13. -Oi'i indicates 3 pers. sing. 1 aor. pass., -Oy^a-ai 3 pers. plur. : 
 Idiodrj, iyevvi'iBTjaav. 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 8. Diaeresis. 
 
 2. § 20, 1. Enclitics. 
 
 3. § 20, 2. Accent of Words before Enclitics. 
 
 4. § 27, 2, a. Case-endings of Second Declension. 
 
 5. § 35, 1. Terminations of Second Declension. 
 
 6. § 39, 1. Formation of Cases of Third Declension. 
 
 7. § 71, 1. The Tenses. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. eLTTov, I said, 6. vofio^, b, law. 
 
 2. e'nni'iv, having said. 7. ottiotw, after. 
 
 3. ifiTrpoa-Oev, before. 8. oTi, for, because. 
 
 4. /xoi), my. 9. TrXrypw/xa, -to?, to, fullness. 
 
 5. Mwvcr^s, -£WS, Moses. 10. TrpaJTOS, -ri, -ov, first. 
 
 6. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : 1. 'O cittoji', o tp-)(Ofjiivo<;. 2. 'OTriaw aov, tfirrpo- 
 (xOiv fJiov, TrpwTos p.ov. 3. Ovros ev rw Kocr/iO) 7rpu>T6<; fiov rjv. 4. E/c
 
 LESSON IX, 53 
 
 Tov trXrfpo'ifj.aTos aVTvv TrarTCS cAu/? ■/. O. Ek t^? ^^apiTOS avTov rjfjL(.l<; 
 TrdvTts iXdlSofiiv. 6. Tof vo/ixov auTOis eSw/ccj'. 7. To (^ws kui 17 ^oj^ 
 Kttl ^ X'^P'^ '^"^ V ttA»;^£ia 8ia lrj(Tov XpiCTTOu ih66i](Tav. 8. 'EytVcTO, 
 tA.a/3or, KUTtAa/Jcv, TrapcAa/^ei', t}A^ci', cyio?, eycivr/^T/crav. 
 
 2. Translate : 1. God gave the law. 2. The law was given to 
 them. 3. We all received grace. 4. Truth came through Jesus 
 Christ. 5. I see him, hut I do not know him. G. Joliu bears 
 witness concerning the truth. 7. He who comes after me has 
 been before me. 8. lie came, he was, he became, he received ; 
 he shines, he lighteth, lie bears witness ; he dwelt, we beheld, 
 we received. 
 
 7 TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Diphthong o)v. 2. Contraction of -cct. 3. Dia3resis. 4. En- 
 clitics. 5. Accent of word before enclitic. 6. Stems of nouns. 
 7. Terminations of Second declension. 8. X'^P''" ^"^^ x"^^'''"- 
 *J. TTttTpos for TTaTcpos. 10. Inflection of e'yw. 11. Of avros. 
 12. Of the article. 13. The voices. 14. The moods. 15. The 
 tenses. 16. -oji' and -cii/. 
 
 LESSON IX. 
 
 1. TEXT 
 
 John i. 18, 19. 
 
 2 NOTES 
 
 1. ou8ci9, no-one: (o) frum uvdi and cis ; (h) tlie numeral tU \? 
 inliectfd (ij 54, i), whence we have nom. sing. oilScis, ou8€/w,ia, 
 
 ouStV (§ 54, ^^JTK 1). 
 
 2. iwpiiKiv, he-has-seen : (a) an irregular |m rf. from (ipdut : 
 (h) t- is wiA tlif augment, but the reduplication bcforr tlif vowel 
 o, which is h-ngthencd to u>; {c) -v movable; (r/) -c(i') marh.s tho 
 pers. end. of perf. 3 pers. sing., cf. yiyovtv (II. n. D).
 
 54 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. i^yi](raTo, he-declared : {a) compounded of Ik (before a 
 vowel €0 and r)yeonai, a deponent mid. verb; {b) -a- marks 1 
 aor. ; (c) -craro marks 3 pers. sing, of 1 aor. ind. mid. (§ 108, 1) ; 
 {d) verbs beginnixig with a vowel take the temporal augment, 
 i. e. the initial vowel is lengthened (§ 74, 2) ; (e) a long vowel 
 remains unchanged, as rjyio^ai, rfyrjaaTO. 
 
 4. avrr], this : (n) demonstrative pron , nom. fcm. .sing. (§ 63, 
 1) ,; (b) of. ovTo<;, masc. siiig. 
 
 5. ecTTti', is: (a) -v movable ; (b) 3 pers. sing. pres. ind. from 
 t,>»; lam (§122, 16). 
 
 6. 'lojoi'ov, of- John : (a) -ov here marks gen. sing. masc. of 
 first declen. (§ 30, 1) ; {b) nom. sing. 'Iwav?;?. 
 
 7. oT€, when: (a) adverb of time. 
 
 8. dir^a-TeiXav, they-sent : {a) compounded of airo and iTxeAAw ; 
 {b) root o-TtX-, cf . aTreo-TaX/AcVos ; (c) C-, the syllabic augment, fol- 
 lows the preposition and takes tlie place of its final vowel ; 
 {d) a liquid verb, hecause stem ends in A ; (e) 1 aor. stem of 
 liquid verbs rejects -cr- the sign of 1 aor., and lengthens tlip vowel 
 of the stem (compensative lengthening, §6, 2) in compensation 
 for it (§90, 2), o-rciX- for cttcXo-- ; (/) -av marks 3 pers. plur. end. 
 of 1 aor. ind. act. (§ 108, 4). 
 
 9. 'louSutot, Jews : (a) -ot marks the nom. plur. masc. of Sf;c- 
 ond decl. ; (b) why circumflex on penult ? (§ 17, 3). 
 
 10. 'Upo(To\vfio)v, of-Jerusalem : (a) -wv marks gen. [)lur. ; 
 (b) this word is found in a threefold form in N. T., but John 
 always uses it as a neut. plur. of Second decl., nom. plur. 'hpoao- 
 \vfia. 
 
 11. LefHL<i, priests: (a) -ds marks ace. plur. of noun.^ in -ei's ; 
 {b) nom. sing, icpcils, a noun of the Third decl., stem ending in 
 a diphthong (§40, 6) ; (^0 the classical Greek would have -eds, 
 but in N. T. the ace. plur. of nouns in -iv<; always ends in -«?, 
 following the contraction of the nom. (§ 42, 1). 
 
 12. AcuetVa?, Levites : (a.) -d? marks ace plur. of First decl. ; 
 {b) a masc. noun, nom. sing, ending in -t^s, gen. -ov (§ 30, 1).
 
 LESSOX IX. 55 
 
 13. epwrrjcruHTiv, theif-might-ask : (a) stem ipoyra- ; (A) -o- 
 inarks the siibj. (§ 97, 1, b) ; {r) -a-b)-, 1 aor. suhj. (§ 108); 
 
 (d) -o-oKTt 3 pers. plur. einling of 1 aor. in sul)]. act. (§ 108, 2) ; 
 
 (e) -V movable ; (f) the augment is found only in the ind. 
 (§ 108, 1) ; {(/) cf. TTio-TevVwo-ti' (IV. X. 10). 
 
 14. (TV, thou : (a) pers. pron. of second person (§ 57, 1). 
 
 15. Tt's, ivho : (a) the intcrroju'alive pronoun (§ 65, 1); 
 (b) the acute never changes to the grave in rt?. 
 
 16. €1 ; art-thou ? (a) , = the mark of interrogation (>; 21) ; 
 {b) €?; art thou? cf, thou art : (c) el is ind. pres 2 pers. sing, of 
 dfii, I am (§ 122, 10) ; (d) ei/iAi, / am ; tt, thou art ; €crTi(i'), 
 he is. 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The acute accent sometimes marks a special word, as n?, 
 tlie intfrrogative pronoun. 
 
 2. Final oi has the effect of a short vowel on the accent of the 
 penult, as in 'louSaioi. 
 
 3. The mark of interrogation in Greek is the same as the 
 English semicolon. 
 
 4. Some masculines of the first declension end in -t;?, gen. rov, 
 as 'Iwai/T^?, AtfciTjys. 
 
 5. The nom. plur. neut. of nouns of the second declension ends 
 in -a. 
 
 6. The ace. plur. of nouns in -cu's ends in -tts. 
 
 7. The name Jerusalem is found in a threefokl form in the 
 
 N. T. (^ 42, :-;). 
 
 8. .n' is tlic pers. pron. of the second person. 
 
 9. The stem which is the basis of the ])resent (frrtAA-) is often 
 not the same as the stem which appears in some of tlic otln r 
 tenses (aTri-o-TiiX-ai', 1 aor., (i7rc-«rTa\-/x£Vos, jterf.). 
 
 10. A verb whose stem ends in a li'/uid is callfd a h''/ui(f vi^rb, 
 
 as (ZTTfMrTtAAfi). 
 
 11. 'I'licre are two kinds of aiigiiirnt, tlic syllaliic and (he 
 temporal.
 
 66 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 12. -(T- marks the 1 aor. ; -w- the subj. 
 
 13. Ill tlie 1 not. the augment is found only in the ind. 
 
 14. -uMTL is the pers. ending of 3 pors. plur. act. subj. : -maTiv- 
 awo'i(i'), eptoTJ^crwo"i(i'). 
 
 4 GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 31, 1. Terminations of the First Declension. 
 
 2. § 57, 1. Inflection of iyw and crv. 
 
 3. § 63, 1. Inflection of outos. 
 
 4. § 65, 1. Inflection of rt's. 
 
 5. § 90, 1-3. The First Aorist Stem. 
 
 6. § 108. Inflection of 1 Aor. Ind. Act. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. el/xi, I am. 8. koXttos, -ov, 6, bosom. 
 
 2. cKcivos, that one, he. 9. 6paw, -oi, / see. 
 
 3. c^-r;y£o/jtai, / lead out, de- 10. oTf, when. 
 
 clare. 11. ouSci's, no one. 
 
 4. e^wraw, -w, I ask. 12. TrwTTOTt, at any time. 
 
 5. liopaKiv, he has seen. 13. n's, rr'?, T^, ?t>7io.^ V)hich? 
 
 6. r)y€Ofxai, I lead. rule. 14. vlo's, -ou, 6, sori. 
 
 7. lepciis, -c'ws, 6, pi'iest, 15. wi/, being. 
 
 6 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate : 1. Tov dvOpwirov oi'oets iwpaKcv. 2. 'O Xpia-ro'; 
 p.oioya'7]<i 6eos iariv. 3. Ei's tov KoATrof tov Trarpos c/ceaos ^i'. 
 4. Avrr; eVrii' r/ fxaprvpta r/ dA?;^ii/»;. 5. 'E^ 'Upoo-okv/xwv tovs tcpeis 
 Trpos avTov uiriaTuXar. 6. 'Eyw ovk d/xl o avOpiairos. 7. 2w rt's ei, 
 cru Iwui't;? £?; ovk fipi. 8. 'O Trpo(f>i]Tr]<; ci o-v ; Aeyct Ou»c ci/Ai. 
 9. 'Ea-KT^vwa-tv, aTria-rtiXav ■ (6(u.(rdp.c0a, i$7]yi]aaTo ■ iSuOr/, lyf.vvr]6rf
 
 LESSON X. ^ REVIEW. 57 
 
 2. Translatf : (a) orally into Greek from the literal trausla- 
 tion : 1. Vv. 1-3. 2. Vv. 4, 5. 3. Vv. 6-8. 4. Vv. 9, 10. 
 5. Vv. 11-13. 6. Vv. 14, 15. 7. Vv. 16-18. 
 
 (b) 1. He sent men from Jerusalem t4iat they might ask him, 
 Who art thou ? 2 He has seen the man. 3. The law was not 
 given through John. 4. This man ; this is the man ; this wit- 
 ness ; this is the witness. 5 Art thou the man ? 6. I am not 
 the njan. 7. The Jews did not receive Christ when he came 
 into the world. 8. He came that all might believe through him. 
 9. I send, I sent, he sent, they sent ; I come, he came, they came ; 
 he bears witness, he believes, he says. 
 
 7. TOPICS FOR STUDY 
 
 1. Compensative lengthening of vowels. 2. -v movable. 3. ov 
 and ovK, £K and i$, 4. Effect of final ot on the accent. 5. l*ro- 
 clitics. G. -Tfi, -ov, -wv. 7. -£1)5, -£ws, -CIS for -e'as. 8. Inflection 
 of eyw, (TV, and uutos. 9. Inflection of the pres. ind. act. 10. Of 
 the 1 aor. ind. act. 11. Of the 2 aor. ind. act. 12. Augment, 
 sj'llabic and temporal. 13. lieduplicatiou. 
 
 LESSON X. — REVIEW. 
 
 [This le.s.son i« a review of everything that has preceded it Nothing 
 is .stj neccR-stiry in th(! aci|uisitiuii of m Innt/nnL'c as ronstatit and tlionnij^h 
 review. One should larry forward with iiini at least nine tenths of 
 what he has learned The jmtrt 'liui' ]<'sson8 contain in all ii}^lity-five 
 dilferent Greek words (.nniftinj^' tlie seven prf>per names), to^^cther with 
 a l.ir^c munltiT of vraniinatii al fuinis. Many of the most important 
 principles of thi' lan^Mia-^e have been considered. Oflnrs mif^ht liave 
 been hroughl foiwanl, Imt it has been deemed wi.ne to hold Ihfni in re- 
 serve. It is understood that the student will in no case jinK ( nl to take 
 up Tjcwori XI nntil this h'sson, with all that it includes, is learned 
 Let every word, every phra.Me, every primiple, In- mastered abHolutctly.J
 
 58 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John i. 1-19. 
 
 In the review of the text pursue the following order of work: 
 
 1. Pronounce aloud the Greek text repeatedly. 
 
 2. ^Vitll only the literal English translation before the eye, 
 pronounce the Greek of each verse until this can be done rapidly 
 and without hesitation. After having mastered each additional 
 verse, always repeat from beginning. 
 
 3. With only the English translation before the eye, write out 
 the Greek, verse by verse ; compare the result with the printed 
 Greek ; note and correct mistakes ; write the Greek text of each 
 verse until you can reproduce it without error. 
 
 4. Write out a grammatical analysis of the material of the 
 text thus far studied under the following heads : (1) noun-forms, 
 classifying separately in both sing, and plur., (a) nom. forms, 
 (h) gen. forms, (c) dat. forms, (d) ace. forms ; (2) verb-forms, 
 classify separately (a) presents, (b) imperfects, (c) aorists, (d) per- 
 fects ; and again, (e) indicatives, (/) subjunctives, (;/) partici- 
 ples ; as also (/?) actives, (i) middles, (/) passives.^ 
 
 5. Go through the text and select those forms and phrases 
 which still remain unmastered. Read again the notes given 
 upon them. Do not leave them before these words have been 
 mastered. 
 
 2. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 1. The alphabet. 4. § 4, 1, 2. Breathings. 
 
 2. § 2, 1, 2. The vowels. 5 § 6, 1, 2. Lengthening of 
 
 3. § 3, 1, 2. Diphthongs. vowels. 
 
 1 Tho tpfiohfr should aid the pii|iil in this work of classifyinf; his material. 
 Blank-books, proporlj' ruled, shonlil he used. It is of extreme importance 
 that, from the beginning, the pupil should be encouraged to do independent 
 work.
 
 LESSON X. — REVIEW. 
 
 59 
 
 6. § 7, 1. Contraction of e 
 
 with o and ti. 
 
 7. § 8. Diaeresis. 
 
 8. § 9, 2, a, h. Elision. 
 
 9. § 10, 1, 2. Movable conso- 
 
 nants. 
 
 10. §11,3. Syncope, — Trarpd? 
 
 for iTaT(.po<i. 
 
 11. § 12, 2. Classification of 
 
 consonants. 
 
 12. § 12, 2, a. Semivowels. 
 
 13. § 12. 2, b. Mutes. 
 
 14. § 12, 2, c. Double conso- 
 
 nants. 
 
 15. § 13, 4. A mute Vuforc o-. 
 
 16. § 13, 5, d. V (also vt) be- 
 
 fore <T. 
 
 17. § 13, 10. Epcnthesis, — 
 
 afc'^os, avpo^, dvopo?, 
 
 18. § 14, 1-4. Syllables. 
 
 19. § 15. 1-4. Quantity of .syl- 
 
 lables. 
 
 20. § 16, 1-6. 
 
 21. §17, l-.'j. 
 
 of accent. 
 
 22. § 18. 1 , 2, 4. Accent as af- 
 
 fected by contraction and 
 elision. 
 
 23. !3 19. 1. Proclitics. 
 
 24. iJ 20, 1. 2. Knditics. 
 
 25. § 21. I'liiictuatioii. 
 
 26. §23, .S,a-c. Inflection and 
 
 atein-characteristic. 
 
 27. § 24. 1. 2. Number and 
 
 pcnder. 
 
 Accent. 
 General rules 
 
 28. § 25, 1-3. Cases. 
 
 29. § 26, 1, 2. Stems of nouns. 
 
 30. 5J 27, 1, 2. Declensions. 
 
 31. i^ 28, 1-3. A^ccent of nouns. 
 
 32. § 29, 1, 2. Stems of First 
 
 declension. 
 
 33. § 29, 3, 4. cTKOTia, «PXV' "^7" 
 
 Ocia, Soia, fxapTvpLu.. 
 
 34. § 30, 1. 'Ifuai'T;?. 
 
 35. § 31, 1. Terminations of 
 
 First declension. 
 
 36. §34, 1-4. Stems of Sec- 
 
 ond declension. 
 
 37. § 34, 3. Aoyos, avOpumw;, 
 
 Kocrynos. 
 
 38. § 34, 4. T€K1'0I'. 
 
 39. § 35, 1. Terminations of 
 
 Second declension. 
 
 40. § 38, 1, 2. Stems of Third 
 
 declension. 
 
 41. §39,1. Formation of cases 
 
 of Third declension. 
 
 42. § 57, 1. Inflection of tyw, 
 
 (TV, avTus- 
 
 43. § 62, 1. Inflection of arti- 
 
 cle. 
 
 44. § 63, 1 . 0VT09. 
 
 45. § 65, 1. Ti's. 
 
 40. § 69, 1, 2. The voices. 
 
 47. § 70. 1. 2. The moods. 
 
 48. § 71, 1. The tenses. 
 
 49. § 72, 1-6. General view of 
 
 the tens(!S. 
 .50. §73, 1-4. Inflection anl 
 verb-stem.
 
 GO 
 
 INTIlODUCTOllY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 The augment, 
 llediiplication. 
 The first aorist 
 
 51. § 74, 1, 2. 
 52 § 75. 1, 2. 
 
 63. § 90, 1-3. 
 
 stem. 
 
 64. § 104. Inflection of pres 
 
 ind. act. 
 
 55. § 106, § 111. Personal end- 
 ings of imperfect and 2 
 aorist ind. act. 
 
 56 § 106, § 111. Of imperfect 
 and 2 aorist ind. mid. 
 
 57. § 108. Inflection of 1 aor. 
 ind. act. 
 
 3. VOCABULARY. 
 
 [The pupil is expected to give the various forms which have occurred 
 of each of the words here given.] 
 
 1. dTTO-fTTeWtiJ. 
 
 2. yevvdoi, -u>. 
 yivofiau 
 
 yll/WCTKO). 
 
 8i8ti)/xt. 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 13. Kpd^o). 19. opdoif -w. 
 
 14. Xafi/^dvu). 20. TrtcTTCuo). 
 
 15. Kara-Kafifidvio. 21. (tktjvow, -w- 
 
 16. TTapa-Xa/xparw. 22. <f)aivw. 
 
 17. Aeyo). 23. <fiU}Tlt,(ii. 
 
 7. etTTOV. 
 
 8. ep^ofxat. 
 
 9. ipwrdw. 
 
 10. Oedop^aL. 
 
 11. yjyiop,ai. 
 
 12. (.^-rjyiop.au 18. p.apTvpiw, -w. 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 1. 
 
 TO aXpa. 
 
 2. 
 
 Tj dXi'iOfia. 
 
 3. 
 
 O ih'OpOiTTOS 
 
 4. 
 
 6 dvrjp. 
 
 5. 
 
 V ^PXV- 
 
 6. 
 
 fj 86$a. 
 
 7. 
 
 tj cfoucria. 
 
 8. 
 
 TO 6i\r)fia. 
 
 9. 
 
 6 ^fos. 
 
 10. 
 
 V ^w?;. 
 
 11. 
 
 6 tcpevSt 
 
 12. 
 
 TO. Iepo(roAuju,a. 
 
 23. 
 
 TO ovop,a. 
 
 13. 
 
 o It^o-ovs. 
 
 24. 
 
 6 nar-qp. 
 
 14. 
 
 6 louSaios. 
 
 25. 
 
 TO irXypwpa 
 
 15. 
 
 6 lo)dvr]<;. 
 
 26. 
 
 T) adp$. 
 
 16. 
 
 6 koAttos. 
 
 27. 
 
 rj CTKOTt'd. 
 
 17. 
 
 6 Koap^os. 
 
 28. 
 
 TO T€KVOV, 
 
 18. 
 
 6 AeutiTT/s. 
 
 29. 
 
 6 uios. 
 
 19. 
 
 6 Aoyos. 
 
 30. 
 
 TO (f)S)<;. 
 
 20. 
 
 ^ papTvpid. 
 
 31. 
 
 V xap'5. 
 
 21. 
 
 6 Mtou(j^s. 
 
 32. 
 
 6 XptCTTOS. 
 
 22. 
 
 6 i/o/xos. 
 

 
 
 
 LESSON X— REVIEW. 
 
 
 61 
 
 
 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 
 
 
 1. d\r]div6<;. 
 
 
 4. O, ^j TO. 
 
 7. 
 
 TTas. 
 
 
 2. els. 
 
 
 5. fiovoyevr'/s. 
 
 8. 
 
 ttAt/p?;?. 
 
 
 3. iSios. 
 
 
 6. ov8eis". 
 Pronouns. 
 
 9. 
 
 TrpwTOS. 
 
 
 i . airros. 
 
 
 J f r/ ff 
 
 4. OS, ?/, o. 
 
 7. 
 
 o-u. 
 
 
 O ' ' 
 
 
 5. ocros. 
 
 8. 
 
 Tt's. 
 
 
 3. t'/ccttos. 
 
 
 6. oCtos. 
 
 
 
 
 Prepositions. Adverbs. 
 
 Conjunctions. 
 
 1. 
 
 dul. 
 
 6. 
 
 oTTicrw. 1. ore. 
 
 
 1. dAAa. 
 
 2. 
 
 eis. 
 
 7. 
 
 TTttpd. 2. ou. 
 
 
 2. 8e'. 
 
 3. 
 
 9 
 
 8. 
 
 TTt/ji. 3. ouSe. 
 
 
 3. iva. 
 
 4. 
 
 £/A7rpo(r^£i'. 
 
 9. 
 
 7r^)09. 4. TTo'iTTore. 
 
 
 4. Kttl. 
 
 5. 
 
 cv. 
 
 10. 
 
 \wpiS' 5. u>s. 
 
 
 5. OTl. 
 
 4. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. AVith the literal translation in your hand, translate orall}' : 
 1. John i. 1-3. 2. i. 4, 5. 3 i. G-9. 4. i. 10-13. 5. i. 14-10. 
 G. i. 17-10. 
 
 2. Translatf! into Engli.sh : 1. The first Greek sentence of ench 
 exercise. 2. Tlie second sentence. 3. The third. 4. The fourth. 
 5. The fifth. 0. The next to tlie last. 7. The last. 
 
 3. Translate into Greek : 1. Tlie first Enr,dish senlfticr of each 
 exercise. 2. The second sentence. 3. The third. 4. The fourth. 
 ."). The fifth. 0. Tlie next to the last. 7. The last. 
 
 4. J ranslate : 1. Outos o u.vupwno'i ch iJapTvpiuu i/kOev, ii^a irdu- 
 Tt'i tis TO ovofxa fioi/DyevoiKi vluv Otuv Tn<TTf.v(TO)inv. 2. Tu TtKva rCitv 
 I'lvOpumuiv CK di.\i'ifx<iT()% TTJ'i (Taf)Ko<; (.yciiijOq. 3. 'Ioxu'j;? ttc/u av- 
 Tov ifj-apTvprjau', dAAu to t^s aXijOf.ta'; 7rA;)/ioj//a oik tyim. 
 
 5. Translate: 1. All things have heen mad<! through the Son 
 of God. 2. Tlie Son (if (}i)(| JKcaiiic man. .'). Ifi' vectiivps'f In? 
 testimony of tli(! man becausi' li • Knows him. 4. 'J'lie true light, 
 • iiniing into the world, lighteth every man. 5. The Son of man
 
 62 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 came into the world, and the world was made through him, hut 
 the world received him not. G. We all received his witness, 
 and we beheld the glory of the only-begotten Son of the Father. 
 7. The law was given tu them through Moses, but grace and life 
 came through Jesus Christ. 8. The Jews and the Levites did 
 not receive the witness of John, because they were born of the 
 will of the llesh. 
 
 LESSON XI. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John i. 20-22. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. w/xoXoyrja-ev, he confessed : (a) from nfioXoyeut ; (b) w- = tem- 
 poral augment, o being lengthened into i» (§ 74, 6) ; (c) -a-, 
 sign of 1 aor. ; {d) -o-e, pers end. of 3 pers. sing. 1 aor. ind. act. 
 (§ 108); (e) -V movable ; (/) stem 6/xoAaye-, the c being length- 
 ened {formative. § 6, 1) in the formation of 1 aor. stem. 
 
 2. rjpvr^craro, he denied: {a) from npi'€ofxai, a deponent verb; 
 (i) rj- = temporal augment, a being lengthened into ?; (§ 74, 6) ; 
 (c) -o-a-, sign of 1 aor. ; (d) -a-aro, pers. end. of 3 pers. sing. 1 
 aor. ind. mid. ('§ 108) ; (e) stem dpvc-, the e being lengthened 
 into ?;, cf. wfioXoyrjaiv. 
 
 3. oTt (that) : (a) in N. T. the conjunction on is often used 
 to introduce " direct quotation," and is not to be translated, since 
 it answers to our inverted commas ( " " ). 
 
 4. r]p<!)Tr)(Tav, they-asked : (a) from epwraxo ; {h) rj- = temporal 
 augment ; {c) -aav, pers. end. of 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. plur. 
 (§ 108) ; (d) stem tpwra-, a being lengthened to i/ in 1 aor. 
 etem. 
 
 5. Ti, what ? (a) interrogative pronoun, nom. sing. neut.
 
 LESSON XL 63 
 
 6. uvv, then : (a) conjunction, always postpositive. 
 
 7. 'HAeitt?, Elijah: {a) -'ii, inasc. cniL of First declension. 
 
 8. Trpo'^T/TT/?, 2n'>JJ'ft''-t ■' (*) -V^ masc. end. of First declension 
 (§ 30, 1) ; (^) cf. ^lwdvr}<;, AcvetTT/e. 
 
 9. aireKpidyf, he-imsircred : (a) compounded of airo and Kpivo- 
 ixai : (b) £-, augment ; (c) -Or] marks the 1 aor. pass. 3 pers. sing., 
 of. iSoOr/ (VIII. N. 13) ; (d) stem Kpii- and /cpi-. 
 
 10. ov, 110 : {a) ov, a proclitic, takes the accent when used 
 absolutely. 
 
 11. dirav, theij-said: {a) -av, pers. end. of 3 pers. plur. 1 aor. 
 ind. act. (§ 108). 
 
 12. (tTTOK/jtcru , answer: («) stem anoKpiai-, ending in a close 
 vowel (§ 2, 2) ; {h) stems of nouns ending in a close vowel are 
 of the third declension (§ 38, 1 ; § 40, 5) ; (c) -v marks the ace. 
 sing. (§ 40, 5, note). 
 
 13. 8w/u.ci/, v)e-viaij-give : (a) -/u,ev marks pers. end. of 1 pers. 
 plur. ; (b) -or- iiKirk.s subj. ; (r) root So-, pres. ind. act. 8i8oj/ni, I 
 give : (d) 2 aor. subj. act. 1 pers. ))lur. (§ 120). 
 
 14. TTc'/xi/'dcrii', to thc-ones-hovinij'Sent : (a) -v movable; (/>) -on 
 marks dat. plur. of Third declension (§ 27, 2, h) ; (c) 1 aor. part, 
 from irifj,\pa<;, declined like 7ras, all (§ 47, 2) ; {d) for ■7r(fjLif/a(vr)(rt, 
 stem TTf/iTT-, from nefiirw, I send ; (o) 1 aor. stem irffx-rra- = Tre/xil/- 
 (§ 90, 1 ; § 13, 4). 
 
 15. (TEttvTor, '>.f-fby-'<elf ; (a) -ov marks gen. sing, of second 
 declension ; (b) the reflexive pronoun of second person, geu. sing, 
 masc. (5 59, 1). 
 
 3 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. I'uforr <T, n becomes if/, as irefxira-, TTt/Jif/-. 
 
 2. The proclitic ov, at the end of a sentence, and when used 
 ub.soliifcly, taki's th(! acute ar,r<!iil. 
 
 3. M.'iscidiiu'.'^ of tbc fir.'<t declension end in d<; or t;?, as 'HAcius, 
 
 loMfT/S, AtUClVf/S", TriUnjirjTTJ'i. 
 
 4. Nouns wliosp stems end in :i rovsonant or close vowel (f, v), 
 are of the Third declension.
 
 64 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 5. The personal pronouns are iyw, I, and av, thou. In the 
 ohliqiic cases, uutos, himself, serves as the personal pronoun of 
 the third i)erson, him, her, it. 
 
 6. The acute accent of ti's, ti, interrogative, never changes to 
 the grave. 
 
 7. The augment, the sign of jjast time, is found only in the 
 indicative of the historical tenses (imperf., aor., pluperf.). 
 
 8. The temporal augment is made by lengthening the first 
 syllable of verbs beginning with a vowel, cf. d))u.oAdyi/trev, rjpvi,- 
 aaro, ?/pajT?/crav. 
 
 9. In cumijound verbs the augment follows the preposition, 
 aar(i)Kpi6r}, aiT(J.)(TTuXav, Trap{i^\.ajiov , KaT(e)Xa/3£i'. 
 
 10. In the Greek verb we distinguish ni7ie tense-systems, and 
 each teng>s3'stem has a separate stem, called a tense-stem. 
 
 11. The aorist ind. refers to 2>ast time, and indicates indefinite 
 action, he confessed, he denied, they asked, lie answered. 
 
 12. There are two aorists, the first and the second. The -second 
 aorist differs from the first in form, but not in meaning. 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 2, 2. Open and close Vowels. 
 
 2. § 30, I, 2. Inflection of Masculines of the First Decl. 
 
 3. § 39, 1, c. Formation of Ace. Sing, of Third Decl. 
 
 4. § 40, 5. Stems of Third Decl. ending in i. 
 
 5. § 74, 2, 6. The Temporal Augment. 
 
 6. § 76, 3, and n. 3. The First Aorist System. 
 
 7. § 108, 1. Inflection of First Aorist Ind. in all Voices. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY A. 
 
 1. airoKpivofxai, I answer. 5. 6/u.oXoyew, I confess. 
 
 2. aTTOKpio-i?, -ew9, T], answer. 6. irifxnw, I send. 
 
 3. dpviofiai, I deny. 7. ■!rpo(^rJTr}<;, -ov, o, prophet. 
 
 4. 'HAcias, -ov, o, Elijah. 8. o-cavrou, of thy. <;pJf (masc).
 
 LESSON xr. 65 
 
 6. VOCABULARY B. 
 
 1 AoR. L\D. Act. 1 Aor. Ind. Mid. 
 
 eptord-ci), / ask. \ apveofiai, I deny. 
 
 ijpQ)Ti)-<ra, I asked. r[pvr\-u-6j^r\v, I denied 
 
 iipa)Ti]-<ras, iliou didst ask. ilpnj-<r«, thou deniedst. 
 
 T)p&)T-q-o-€, he asked. lipi^TJ-o-aTo, he denied. 
 
 TiptoTti-o-afitv, ice asked. i\i}vr\-a-6j^fSix, we denied. 
 
 r\pijiTi\-<To.Ttf ye asked. TJpi/tj o-ao-Ot, ye denied. 
 
 il/ja)Ti]-o-av, they asked. tjpi'Ti o-avxo, they denied. 
 
 1 Aor. Ind. Pass. 
 
 dnoKpivofiai I answer. 
 d7r€Kpt-8T]v, / answered. 
 dTTiKpi-Otjs, thou didst answer. 
 antKpi~9y\, he answered. 
 antKpi'9r\yAv, we answered. 
 u7r€Kpi-9tjT€, ye answered. 
 dn(Kpi-9r\a-av, they answered. 
 
 7. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline « Trpo^T/T?;?, t'-yoj, and ti?. 2. Form the 1 aor. ind. 
 in all voices of /xapTvpio}, bp.oXoyiu), yiwdw, aKrjvow, and ttio-tcvo), 
 and the 1 aor. mid. and pass, of 6'euo/xai and i^j]yiofiut. 
 
 2. Tran.slate: 1. 2v ti's ei; av MojuVt^? ei; 2. 'Eyw ovk eifju h 
 TrfKKf)r)Trj<i. ,j. Hponrja-d' avTui' Ti's et ; hat diriKpiOr] 'Eyti ct/Mi 
 
 Io)ruT;9. 4. AuTOts dTroKptcrtf SiSij)ixi. 5. Tt Aeyci? Trepi (tcuutoi); 
 
 0. LyoJ Cl/ll TO <^(7)5 TOV Ki'xTflOV. 7. AvTW UTTUKplmv lOWKCV. 8. 'II 
 
 uTTOKpuTiS avTdls ifiuOrj. *d. 'I'aiVtt, <f}WTi^ii, paprvpcl, iinlv ■ iyiviTo. 
 i\a(3ov, KaTiKuftiv, nupcXnfioi, i/XOtu ■ tVrKr/iox; tr, ('iiioXi'iyijatv, ypoi- 
 TTja-av • i860r], dirt-KpiOq. 
 
 3. Translate: 1. Art tlinii llif innplict '.' 2. lit- sayH, I am 
 not. 3. H(! said fo liini, NVlio ;irt IIimii'.' 1. W'^hat sayeat thou 
 of thyself? 5. He answered, 1 ;mi nol ;i prifst, hut I am a 
 pruphct. G. The law gave an aiiHWir til tiMiri. 7. .Fohn confcssiMl 
 
 b
 
 GO INTRODUCTORY X. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 and denied not. 8. He came that he might witness concerning 
 the Christ, who is tlie light of the world. 9. I give, he gave, 
 we may give, it was given. 
 
 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Open and close vowels. 2. n hefore o-. 3. ov at the end 
 of a sentence. 4. Endings -us and -r/q. 5. Endings of stems of 
 the Third declension. 6. Inflection of iyw. 7. Inflection of ar- 
 ticle. 8. The acute accent on n's, tL 9. Syllabic augment. 
 10. Temporal augment. 11. Augment in compound verbs. 
 12. Signiflcation of 1 aor. tense. 13. Of 2 aor. tense. 14. In- 
 flection of 1 aor. ind. act. 15. Of 2 aor. ind. act. 16, Synopsis 
 of 1 aor. act. 17. 7ri(7T£uo(vT)o-t)' — TrtaTcvoDO-tv, Tr€fnj/a(vT)(nv = 
 
 LESSON XII. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John i. 23-25. 
 
 2. NOTES 
 
 1. £0?;, he-was-saying : (a) c- = augment ; (b) -rj sign of imperf. 
 and 2 aor. ind. 3 pers. sing, of verbs in -rjijn (§ 120) ; (r) root ^a-, 
 pres. ind. act. (/»7jLtt ; (d) imperf. ind. 3 pers. sing. (§ 122. 9). 
 
 2 f3o<t)i/To<;, of-one-c7'i/)7);/ : (a) -wv- is a contraction for -dov; 
 (b) fiodi't, I cry alovd, pres. part. (3odwv, gen. sing. masc. /Soaovros-, 
 contracted fiowvros (§ 48, 1 ; § 7, 1) ; (c) -ovtos is the ending of 
 gen. sing. masc. of participles in -wv. 
 
 3. ep>;/iw, in desert : (o) -w marks the dat. sing, of the Second 
 decl. ; (b) the article rfj shows it is fem. ; (c) nom. sing, tp-qixo^, 
 dat. sing, ipr'nxw, why change of accent ?
 
 LESSON xn. 67 
 
 4. evdviare, 7nake-sfr(fii/hf : (a) -are, ending of 1 aor. imper. 
 act. 2 pers. plur. (§ 108, 4) ; (A) a liquid verb, because stem 
 ends in -p ; (c) 1 aor. stem cv&vv-, as liquid verbs reject n (§ 90, 2). 
 
 5. od'oi; ivaij : (a) -v, sign of ace. sing, of Second decl. ; (6) the 
 article rr/v shows it is fern. 
 
 6. Kvpiov, of- Lord : (a) -ov marks gen. sing, of Second decl. ; 
 (b) Kiipios, nom. sing. ; (c) why change of accent in gen. ? 
 
 7. 'Ho-at'ae, Isakili : {a) -ds marks nom. maso. of First decl., cf. 
 'HActas; (6) some editors write the word "llrraius (§8). 
 
 8. aTTco-TaA/tAcVoi ^craf, they-had-been-sent : (a) cf. dTrco-raA/icvo? 
 (III. N. 7) ; (6) -oi marks nom. masc. plur. ; (e) perf. part, 
 pass.; {d) Tfaav, they-xvere ; (e) -o-av marks 3 pers. plur. ; (/) pres. 
 ind. dixi, I am, eJ, thou art, iari, he is ; (fj) imperf, iud. r]v, he 
 was, yaav, theij were (§ 122, 16); (/*) the i)erf. part. pass, with 
 the 3 pers. plur. of the iuiperf. of ci/xi is here used as a periphrase 
 of the pluperfect (cf. § 109, 5). 
 
 9. <tapt(Tat'oji', of-Pharisees : (a) -o)v marks gen. plur. ; (b) nom. 
 siug. ^apicralos, a masc. noun of Second dt'cl. 
 
 10. Ti, ichy ? (a) ace. neut, of interrogative pronoun used with 
 the force of an adverb. 
 
 11. ^uTiTi^Eis, thou baptizest : (a) -ets, the sign of 2 pers. sing. ; 
 {b) pres. stem jSaTTTi^- ; (c) 2 pers. sing. pros. ind. act. 
 
 12. £(', if: (a) a conditional conjunction ; (b) a proclitic 
 (§ 19, 1. c). 
 
 3 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. a followed V)y o contracts into id, (SodovTos - fii>u>vTo<;. 
 
 2. l''nr a contracted peiniU tln' accent is regular, i. «. a word 
 with a short ultima, if accented on a lomj penult, has the circum- 
 llox. 
 
 3. There ar<- but h'w fominines of the Second declension, and 
 thoy must be learni-d maiidy by observatiim, »'/ t/)T//Aos, 7 l)^u<;- 
 
 4. The encling of tbe pres. part. act. is -toe, -uvrra, -nv ; of pres 
 ])art. ]>.T,H»., -o/Aci'os, -r;, -or; of p«rf. par) pass. -/itVos, -?/, -w.
 
 68 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 5. Liquid verbs reject o- in the 1 aor., and lengthen the vowel 
 of the stem in compensation for it, as evOvr-are. 
 
 6. The mood-suffix is the connecting vowel between the tense- 
 stem and the personal ending. 
 
 7. The niuod-suffix of the imperative in the 1 aor. act. is a, as 
 
 8. £1, 2 pers. sing. ind. act. of ci/ai, can readily be distinguished 
 from the conjunction el by the accent. 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 34, 1-4. Inflection of Nouns of Second Declension. 
 
 2. § 44, 3. Inflection of dTrto-TaA^ei'os, -rj, -ov. 
 
 3. § 76, 1-9. The Tense-Systems. 
 
 4. § 77, 1, 2. The Tense-Stem. 
 
 5. § 78, 1. General View of the Present Stem. 
 
 6. § 122, 16. Inflection of ei/Ai, Pres. and Imperf. Ind. Act. 
 
 7. § 1-8. Review Lesson. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. ySttTTTi'^w, I bajitize. 7. kuOws, according as. 
 
 2. /Sodo), -II), I cr]j aloud. 8. Kupto?, -ov, 6, Lord. 
 
 3. £1, if. 9. 68ds, -ov, 7), way, road. 
 
 4. iprj/j.o';, -ov, r), desert. 10. 4>aptcraros, -ov, 6, Pharisee. 
 
 5. ivOvvw, I make straight. 11. t^r^ixi, I say. 
 
 6. 'Hcrat'a?, -ov, 6, Isaiah. 12. (/xov?/, -rjs, fj, voice. 
 
 6. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate: 1. "E(/)7/ 'Eyw cfywvr) ip)(OfjLevov eh tov Kocrfxoj: 
 2. Trjv 686v Kvpuiv uiSa. 3. ETttev ovv avrw Hcratas o 7rpo<^7/T7/s u. 
 av ; 4. Kat w/J,oA(>yT/o-ei' on 'Eyoj t/'/xi <I'aptrrai09. 5. Kai rjpomjfrev 
 avTov Koi ilnei' nirw Ti ovv fjiapTvpiis et rrv ovk ti o Trpo(f>rjTri<; ; 6. Ev 
 ^PXV W *'' ^?/ ^PVI^^! '^"■'^ ^ Kijcfios avTov OVK cyi'O). 7. O oTricro) /x,ov 
 ip)^6fji€vo<; ep^TrpoaOev fx.ov y^yov^v. 8. ot ip^^opnuoi i/aav Ik twv 
 '^apuju.Lwv.
 
 LESSON XII r. C9 
 
 2. Translate : (a) orally from the literal translation : 1. Vv. 
 lG-18. 2. Vv. 19, 20. 3. Yv. 21,22. 4. Yv. 23, 24. 
 
 (i) 1. Whj' then does he witness concerning him ? 2. He an- 
 swered them saying, This is the true light. 3. This was he 
 who said, I am not Elijah. 4. He makes straight the way of the 
 jirophet. 5. They were in the desert. 6. No one has at-any- 
 time seen the prophet. 7. I am the way, the truth, and the life. 
 S. I am the voice of-one-crjing in the darkness of the world. 
 'J. He was in the bosom of the father. 
 
 7 TOPICS FOR STUDY 
 
 1, The vowels. 2. The diphthongs. 3. The breathings. 
 4. Diaeresis. 5. Lengthening of vowels. G. Tntei'change of 
 vowels. 7. Contraction -ao, -aw, -eei, -eo, -eio, -ow. 8. The pro- 
 clitics. 9. The enclitic fiov. 10. Terminations of First declen- 
 sion. 11. Terminations of Second declension. 12. Adjectives 
 in -o?, -7], -oy. 13. Participles in -wv, -ovan, -ov, and in -fievo<;, 
 -fi€yr]f -fifvov. 14. Inflection of avro?, avTrj, avro. 15. Liquid 
 verbs. 16. Tense stem. 17. Inflection of el/Mi. 
 
 LESSON XIII. 
 1. TEXT 
 
 John i. 26-28. 
 
 2 NOTES 
 
 1. v^ari, in (with) irafrr: (a) -i marks dat. sing.; (/<) stejn 
 iSar- ; (r) irregular neuter noun of Third d('<-l.. noni. sing, v^wp 
 (§ 41, 1 ; § 39. 1, ft, note) ; (d) an initial i^ always has the 
 rough breathing (?) 4. 3). 
 
 2. fi(<To<;. middle {midst of): (a) adjective with giMi. ; (/») -09 
 marks masc. sing. *
 
 70 INTUODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. vfiC)i>, of-you : (a) -u)v marks gon. plur. ; (b) initial v alwaj-s 
 has rough breathing, cf. vSuti; (c) i:)ers. pron. of second pers. 
 gen. plur. 
 
 4. a-Ti^Kei, he-stands : (a) -ct marks 3 pers. sing. pres. ind, act. 
 
 5. i)v, whom : (a) -u marks ace. sing. ; (b) from 6'?, rj, o, the 
 relative pronoun (§ 64, 1). 
 
 6. oiiK, not : {a) ovk, not nv, why ? (§ 10, 2). 
 
 7. oiSare, ye know : (a) -re marks 2 pers. plur. ; (b) from olSa, 
 I hnoiv, a 2 perf. with the signilication of a jiresent ; (c) an ir- 
 regular verb from an obsolete present eiSw (§ 124, 04), stem i8-. 
 
 8. ov, of whom: (a) -ov, sign of gen. sing. ; (b) from os, ^, 6, 
 the relative pronoun ; cf. ov, o, oi. 
 
 9. diios, worthy : (a) -09 marks nom. sing. masc. ; (b) stem 
 d^i- ending in a vowel : (c) stems ending in a vowel have the 
 fern, in a (§ 44, 2) ; nom. sing, in three genders, a|to?, d^i'd, 
 a.$LOv. 
 
 10. Xva-u), I-should-unloose : (a) -a- marks the 1 aor. ; (b) -w- 
 indicates the subjunctive (§ 97, 1, b). 
 
 11. Lfi.dvTa, thong : (a) stem IfxavT- ; (b) -a marks ace. sing.; 
 
 (c) stem LfiavT-, ending in a consonant, must be of Third decl. ; 
 
 (d) to form nom. sing., add o- to the stem, and make needful 
 euphonic changes (§ 39, 1, b), i/xai/r?, but t before a is dropped 
 (§ 13, 4), = Ifiavi, but ^' before or is dropped (§ 13, 5, d) and the 
 preceding vowel is lengthened, = i/xds, gen. sing. i/xdvT-o?. 
 
 12. v7ro8i;yxaTos, of-sandal : (a) stem {jTro8rjfjiaT- ; (b) -o?, sign 
 of gen. sing, of Third decl. ; (e) initial v has rough breathing, 
 cf . vBiiTi, v/xwr, {//xas ; (d) in neuters the nom. is generally the 
 same as the stem, but final t is dropped (§ 39, 1, a). 
 
 13. Tavra, these-things : (a) -a marks neut. plur.; (b) nom. 
 neut. plur. of demonstrative pronoun ovToq, avrrj, tovto, this. 
 
 14. Br)6avLa, in-Bethany : (a) -a marks dat. sing, of First 
 decl. ; (b) d does not change into 77 because preceded by i 
 (§ 29, 4). 
 
 15. Tripav, beyond : (a) an adverb, used like a prep., with the 
 gen. «
 
 LESSON XUI. 71 
 
 16. 'lopSavou, of-Jurdan : (a) -nv, gen. sing. masc. of First 
 deol ; ijb) nom. sing. 'io/j8ai'i^s, cf. 'lojai/i^^, AtvetVi/'i. 
 
 17. oTTov, where : (a) adverb of place. 
 
 18. PaTTTiiCfov, hu^jtlziiuj : (a) -u)v marks participle. 
 
 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 
 
 SSari 
 
 al'/Liar-os 
 
 al/xa 
 
 (Tapk-6% 
 
 aafji^S 
 
 ff&p^ 
 
 vl67 
 
 OfXrifxaT-os 
 
 0^\T]na 
 
 XdpiT-os 
 
 Xaptrs 
 
 Xdpis 
 
 vfJLf7i 
 
 6vbfiaT-os 
 
 &voua 
 
 i/udiT-o 
 
 tuat'TS 
 
 i/urfs 
 
 iifiwv 
 
 7r\r;/3u)^aT-os 
 
 wXripufia 
 
 irarp-os 
 
 7raT(e)(uos 
 
 TraTTjp 
 
 virodrj/jLaros 
 
 i/7ro5^/ii07--os 
 
 uTrddrjixa 
 
 a.i>{5)f)-6s 
 
 d^(c)^>-os 
 
 avrjp 
 
 4. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. An initial u alwaj'S has the rough breathing. 
 
 2. Stems of the Tliird ilcclcn.sion may generally be found by 
 dropping the ending -n? of the gen. sing. 
 
 3. Mo.^t neuter nouns of Third decl. form the nom. sing, by 
 dropping final t of stem. 
 
 4. A word with a short ultima, if accented on tlie antepenult, 
 has the acute; if on a long penult, the circumflex. 
 
 5. To fiirm the nom. sing, of masc. and fern, nouns of Third 
 decl., add it to the stem and make needfid euphonic changes. 
 But stems in {> reject cr and lengthen a preceding £ to q. 
 
 5 GRAMMAR LESSON 
 
 1. § 13, 4, />, (1. Mutes and v before rr. 
 
 2. § 39, 1, a. Formation of Nom. Sing, of Neuters of Thinl 
 
 Declension. 
 3 §39, 1,//. Formation of Nom. Sing of Masc. and Fern. 
 
 Nouns of Third Declension, 
 4. § 44, 2. Inncction of iiUn^, -a, -ov. 
 
 6. § 63. 1. Jidicction of ouro?, avrq, toDto. 
 fi. § 64. 1. inflt.'ction of os, ^, o. •
 
 72 INTRODUCTORY N. T. (iREKK METHOD. 
 
 7. § 77, 2. The Varial.le Vowel of the Ind. and 8ubj. 
 
 8. § 97, 1, a, b. The Mood Suffixes of the Inu. and Subj. 
 
 9. § 69-73. Review Lesson. 
 
 6 VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. afio?, -a, -ov, worthy. 7. oT8a, I know. 
 
 2. B/y^ui/iu, -a:, 7j, Bethany. 8. ottou, %vhere. 
 
 3. t/xd?, i/AcivTos, o, thong. 9. irtpav, beyond. 
 
 4. 'lopSaj/?;?, -oi;, o, Jordan. 10. aryKU), I stand. 
 
 5. Auu, I loosen, unloose. 11. v8wp, {ISaros, to, water. 
 
 6. /AeVo?, -7/, -oj/, middle, midst. 12. viruSyjiJiu, -ros, to, sandal. 
 
 7. PRINCIPLES OP SYNTAX. 
 
 1. 'O KOO-/A05 avTov ovK tyvui (i. 10). 
 
 2. 'O vo/Aos Sill Mowo-eoj? cSo'^r; (i. 17). 
 
 3. 'hiT^KpiOr] aviToi? o 'Iwdvvjs (i. 26). 
 
 Principle 1. Tlie subject of a finite verb is in the nominative 
 case. 
 
 1. 'Eyd) ow/c djA 6 ^piCTTo'; (l. 20). 
 
 2. 'Ey« /JaTTT.'CoJ e'v uSaTi (i. 26). 
 
 3. 'Ek tou irhqputfiaTO'; avrnv y]fieL<i TrdvTfS eXaf3ofiev (i. 16). 
 
 4. "^^Ov w/xeis OVK o'iSaTe (i. 26). 
 
 Principle 2. The nominatives of the pronouns of the first or 
 second person, though indicated by the verbal suffixes, are ex- 
 pressed to denote emjdiasis. 
 
 8. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline : 'Eyw, av, d^ios, o?, o, auTos, oSto?, '](jidvr]<;. 
 
 2. Anal^'ze : 'A-rreKpidr], i?)60r], iyevvr/Orjcrav, olhare, iyevero, ijv. 
 
 3. Translate : 1. Autw aircKpCBr] Xc'ywv 'Ek tij? xapno<i avTuv 
 rjpcL'i TrdvTE? c'\u/3o/t€v. 2. Oi;k ci/ii d^io? u'a ixapTvpi](T(t) irtpi rrj<; 
 uXr/6'eia-. 3. Tov Ip^avra tCjv vTroSqfiaTOJV avrov \vm. 4. Tlepav t^s 
 Bvj^avia?, nirnv o TTpncju'jTtj'i iaKrjVoxrei', ravra iyiveio. O. TijV utto- 
 KpuTLv -ravTTjv Tols Tre/juf/ao-iv 17/x.as eSwKtt.
 
 LESSON XIV. 73 
 
 4. Translate : 1. Ye do not know them, but I know them. 
 2. John baptizes beyond the Jordan, where the prophet bears 
 witness. 3. I see the man of God. 4. This is he who said, He 
 who comes after me has been before me. 5. The prophet is wor- 
 thy that he should bear witness concerning the Christ. 6. A\ e 
 beheld the glory of-the-only-begotten of the father. 7. Art thou 
 a prophet ? he answered, No. 8. This man and his father came 
 from bej'ond Jordan. 9. The laws were given through the 
 prophets. 10. If thou art not a prophet, why then dost thou 
 bear witness concerning the light, coming into the world ? 
 
 9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Initials. 2. Mutes before o-. 3. Stem of Third declension. 
 4. Formation of nom. sing, of masc. and fern, nouns of Third 
 decl. 5. Formation of nom. sing. neut. 6. Endings -09, -rj, -ov, 
 and -05, -d, -ov. 7. The inflection of article. 8. Of the relative 
 pronoun. 9. The voices. 10. The moods. 11. Principal and 
 historical tense.s. 12. The root. 13. Verb-stem. 14. Simple 
 stem. 15. Present stem. IG. Pure, mute, liquid verbs. 
 
 LESSON XIV. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John i. 29-31. 
 
 2 NOTES. 
 
 1. iTravpinv, on the morroiv : (a) an adverb of time, compounded 
 of till' prcji. cTTi' and tlic adverl) ajYuov ; (/') the adverb is here ac- 
 compaiii('(l by thr- arti<l<' (rrj), a constnut ioii implying its use in 
 jilace of an a<ljective and llie omission of the noun i//i.c/i(i, dai/, 
 dat. sing. 
 
 2. 'Itjctoui', Jesxcs : (a) -y marks ace. sing. (§ 37, G).
 
 74 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. "iSf, behold : (a) an imper. 2 pers. sing, (from elBov, he saw), 
 here used as an interjection. 
 
 4. atpon', bearing : (a) -wr, the sign of the pres. part. ; (/>) from 
 uipui, I bear ; (c) 6 aipwv = he-who-bears, cf . 6 e'nrwv, u (px6fitvo<;, 
 
 t V 
 
 O UJV. 
 
 5. dfiaprtav, sin : (a) stem ending a heing preceded hy t, does 
 not change into tj (§ 29, 4) ; (b) -v marks ace. sing, 
 
 6. £o-Ttv, he is: («) -v movahle ; (b) no accent, hecause an en- 
 clitic, the accent heing thrown on the preceding word ; (c) but 
 in case of emphasis, tan retains accent (§ 20, 1, c, 3). 
 
 7. v-rrlp, about: (a) initial v has rough breathing; (6) prep. 
 here governing the gen. 
 
 8. tpx^rai, he comes : (a) -rai, ending of 3 pers. sing., pass, 
 and mid. of principal tenses (§ 98, 1) ; {b) from epxofiai, depo- 
 nent verb, 3 pers. sing. pres. mid., cf. kpxop-^vo<;. 
 
 9. avTjp, vian : (a) stem avep- ; {b) stems of the Third decl. in 
 p reject the ending s of the nom. sing, and lengthen a preceding 
 c to I] (§ 39, 1, b) ; the gen. sing, is avhpo'; {av(J)po'i, avpos, dvSpo?) 
 (§ 40, 3, wo^e; §13, 10). 
 
 10. Kuyoj, and I : (a) compounded of two words, xai and iyili ; 
 {b) -at and c- are contracted into one syllable ; (c) the mark ( ' ) 
 over the contracted syllable is the coronis ; (d) this contraction 
 is caMed crasis (mingling) (§ 9, 1). 
 
 11. TjSciv, / knew: (a) -eiv marks 1 pers. sing. 2 pluperf. 
 (§ 112, 2) ; (b) an irreg. verb from an obsolete present ciSu. 
 (§ 124, 04) ; (e) 2 perf. o?8a / know, with signif. of a present ; 
 (d) 2 pluperf. r/8tiv, / knew, with signif. of an imperf . ; (e) y-, the 
 reduplication, the same as the temporal augment, the first vowel 
 of diphthong ci (in elBw) being lengthened into -q, and tji then be- 
 comes 7j (§ 74, 6 ; § 3, b). 
 
 12. KJiavtpuiOr}, he should be made m,an{fest : («) vowel stem 
 (jiuvepo- ; (b) -0- marks 1 aor. pass. ; (c) o of stem in 1 aor. stem 
 lengthened to w, cf. iaKr'ivoio-ev (§ 90, 1) ; (d) q is mood vowel of 
 the subj.; (e) form, 3 pers. sing. 1 aor. subj. pass. (§ 108. 1). 
 
 13. 'lo-payyA, Israel: (a) a masc. noun, indeclinable.
 
 LESSON XIV. 
 
 75 
 
 14. 810, on account of : (a) prep, here governing the ace. 
 
 15. TjXOov, I came : (a) -ov is the ending of the 1 pers. sing, 
 as well as the 3 pers. plur. 2 aor. ind. (§ HI, 1) ; (l,) the context 
 must decide the form ; (c) the subject tyw, being emphatic, is 
 expressed. 
 
 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 
 
 dAX' Ik 
 
 Ik Oeov 
 
 c c < 
 
 0, 7;, 01 
 
 , al 
 
 tflTTpoaOiV fXOV 
 
 oAA Iva 
 
 >> c / 
 
 £C aifiarwv 
 
 CIS, iv, 
 
 
 OTTlCriD flOV 
 
 81 avTov 
 
 ov TTapiXa/^ov 
 
 «l, ws 
 
 
 TrputTOS fiov 
 
 Kayu) for 
 
 OVK ilfll 
 
 ov 
 
 
 OUTOS COTIV 
 
 
 ovK otSare 
 
 
 
 OVK ct/xi iy(i} 
 
 4. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Elision is the cutting off of a sliort final vowel when the 
 next word begins with a vowel. Au apostrophe marks the 
 omission. 
 
 2. Crasis is the contraction of a vowel or diphthong at the 
 end of a word with one at the beginning of the next word, and 
 is marked with a coronis over the contracted syllable, the accent 
 of the first word being lost. 
 
 3. When the next word begins with a vowel, cV becomes cf, 
 and ov becomes ovk. 
 
 4. A proclitic is a word which has no accent, and is pro- 
 nounced as if it were part of the following word. 
 
 5. An enclitic is a word which loses its own accent, and is 
 pronounced as if it were part of the preceding word. 
 
 6. The word before an enclitic preserves its proper accent, and 
 if proparoxytone or projierispoincnon, adds an acute on the 
 ultima. 
 
 7. ill caae of emphasis, an enclitic retains its accent.
 
 76 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 9, 1. Crasis. 
 
 2. § 11, 3 ; § 40, 3, N. Syncope. 
 
 3. § 13, 10. Epenthesis. 
 
 4. § 20, 1, c. Enclitics. 
 
 5. § 39, 1, i ; § 40, 3. Formation of Nom. Sing, of Stems of 
 
 Third Declension ending in p. 
 
 6. § 75, 1-3. Reduplication. 
 
 7. § 102, 1. The Participle. 
 
 8. § 105. Inflection of the Pres. Ind. Mid. and Pass. 
 
 9. § 9-12, 14-17. Review Lesson. 
 
 6. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. ttipw, / take mvay, hear. 7. i^Sctv, / knew. 
 
 2. ufiapTid, -as, rj, Sin. 8. t8e, behold ! see thou ! 
 
 3. d^vo<?, -ov, 6, lamb. 9. Kuyw = koI iyw, and I. 
 
 4. fSXeiroi, I see. 10. v-n-ep, about, in reference to. 
 
 5. Slu, on account of . 11. <f)avep6w,-w, I make manifest. 
 
 6. i-n-avpLov, on the morrow. 
 
 7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. AXX Xva (f>avep(i)$rj t(2 'IcrpaijX. (i. 31). 
 
 2. Kat ijp(i)Tr)crav avTov koI eTTrav avral (i. 25). 
 
 3. Kai wfioXoyrjcrev Koi ovk rjpvrja-aTo (i. 20). 
 
 Principle 3. The nominative of the third person is omitted 
 when it is expressed or implied in the context. 
 
 1. 'Eyoj /SaTTTi^cJ iv vSaTi (i. 26). 
 
 2. 2^ TIS €?; (i. 19). 
 
 3. Ot iSioi avTov ov TrapiXa^iji' (i. 11). 
 
 Principle 4. A finite verb agrees with its subject nominative 
 in number and person.
 
 LESSON XIV. 77 
 
 8. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline : a/j.apTia, d/ii'os, ovtos, os, iyw. 
 
 2. Conjugate : ySAeVaj, u-n-ov, tp)^ofiai, 7jS«v, yeyova. 
 
 3. Translate : 1. Tov avdpwTrov ip^ofx^vov vrpos avrovs pXiirovcnv. 
 2. Kat Acy€t OuK ci/Ai 6 av^p u7rto"TaAp,€'vos vrapa ^eov. 3. Ovrds 
 
 CCTTtV 6 d/XVO? TOU ^€oC. 6 OTTLfTUi fXOV ip)(OjX^V0<i E/tATTpoCT^eV p,OU 
 
 •yeyoi'cv. 4. Ets tov Koafiov y/XOev /cdyoj ovk TjSeti/ avTov. 5. 'Epx^Tai 
 6 7rpo<^»;T7js Xe'ycjv Ata tovto ^A^ov eV vSart ^ottti^wv. G. Epp^crat 
 ua TTfpi TOV <^wTos fxapTvpT^a-T), Kal tva 6 XptcrTO? tw 'Io-par/\ <f)av€pu)9f]. 
 7. Tt/i/ ap.upTLav Twv dvOpwirwv to ^ws tox) Koa-jjiov aipci. 
 
 4. Translate: (a) from the literal translation orally: 1. Vv^. 
 19, 20. 2. Vv. 21, 22. 3. Vv. 23, 24. 4. Vv. 25, 26. 5. Vv. 
 27, 28. 6. V. 29. 7. V. 30. 8. V. 31. 
 
 {b) 1. This is the lamb of God which bcareth the sin of the 
 world. 2. There was a man sent from God. 3. He come.s aftrr 
 me, but he has been before me. 4. He came that he might bear 
 witness concerning the light, and that Christ might be mani- 
 fested to Israel. 5. I am not a prophet, but I know the prophet. 
 
 6. I knew this man. 7. The law was not given through John, 
 but through Moses. 
 
 9. TOPICS FOR STUDY 
 
 1. Iota subscript. 2. Crasis, as in Kayoj. 3 Syncope, as in 
 TTttTpo?, ui'(S)pos. 4. P^penthesis, as in ui/Spo?. 5. Enclitics uou 
 and forms of ei/xi. 6. Nom. sing, of stems of Third decl. in p. 
 
 7. liifb-ction of avTos. 8. Inflection of outos. 9. Eiglit das-ses 
 of verbs in -w. 10. Two chisses of verbs in -/u. 11. Kcdiiplica- 
 tion. 12. Inflection of the pres. ind. (act., mid., and pass.). 
 13. Inflection of the pres. part. Xvwv, Avoucra, Xiioy.
 
 78 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XV. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John i. 32-34 
 
 2. NOTES 
 
 1. ifiapTvprjaev, he hare ivitness : {a) I- augment ; (6) stem /u,ap- 
 TDpe-; (c) -a^ marks 1 aor. 3 pcrs. sing. ; (f?) !» aor. stem y.aprv- 
 pr](r- (§ 90, 1) ; (e) -V movable ; (/) a pure verb (§ 73, 4). 
 
 2. TeOeufiai, I have beheld: (a) from dedo/xai, a deponent 
 verb, cf. iOiaacifx^Oa ; (b) -/xat marks perf. mid. and pass. 1 pers. 
 sing. ; (c) re- is reduplication, sign of completed action (§ 75, 1) ; 
 (d) the rough mute 6 becomes smooth in reduplication. 
 
 3. Karafialvov, descending : {a) -ov marks neut. ending of part., 
 -<j)v, -ova-a, -ov ; {b) here ace. sing. neut. ; (c) Karaf^aiuwv, but 
 KarafSoLvov, why ? (d) from Kara, down, and /3aivoj, / r/o. 
 
 4. TTcpio-Tcpav, dove: (a) -av marks ace. sing, of First decl. ; 
 {h) -a does not change into rj because preceded by p (§ 29, 4). 
 
 5. ovpavov, of-heaven : (a) -ov marks gen. sing, of Second 
 decl. 
 
 6. c/jtetvci/, it-abode : (a) e-, augment ; (b) -v movable ; {c) -i(y) 
 marks 3 pers. sing. ; {d) root fxtv-, therefore a liquid verb ; (e) c 
 of root is lengthened into « to form 1 aor. stem (§ 90, 2). 
 
 7. /AE, vie: (a.) p-e is an enclitic (§ 20, 1, a) ; {b) ace. sing, 
 of iyu). 
 
 8. f3airTi(eiv, to baptize : (a) -nv marks the infinitive act. ; 
 (b) the stem marks the present. 
 
 9. p,oi, to-nie : (a) fioi is an enclitic ( § 20, 1 a) ; {b) dat. 
 sing, of iyw. 
 
 10. iffj', uj)on : {a) eVi before a word beginning with a vowel 
 becomes eV, as iir aurov; {b) when the vowel of the second word 
 has the rough breathing, the smooth mute tt changes into its 
 cognate rough mute (/> (§ 9, 2, c), as £</>' 6V.
 
 LESSON XV. 79 
 
 11. uv. (a) the adverb dv, in a dependent clause with the 
 subjunctive, is untranslatable. 
 
 12. i8j;s, thou mayst see : (a) -t/s marks subj. 2 pers. sing. ; 
 (b) from ei8op, I saiv, cf. i8e; (c) 2 aor. subj. 2 pers. sing, 
 (§124,64; §111,1). 
 
 13. ixivov, abiding: (a) -ov marks neut. of part, in -wv; 
 (b) ace. sing. neut. pres. part., stem /xci^; (c) cf. KaraPaivov. 
 
 14. TTvet'/xari, with ( in) Spirit : (a) -i marks the dat. sing. ; 
 {b) stem TTViVfLar-, of the Third decl. ; (c) Trvet/xa, nom. sing, 
 neut., T of stem being dropped (§ 39, 1, a). 
 
 15. dyi'w, /to/y .• (a) -(u, sign of dat. sing. ; (6) an adj. of First 
 and Second deck, -os, -d, -ov, stem end. in a vowel (§ 44, 2) ; 
 {e) dat. sing, neut., agreeing with Tn/ev/xari ; (f/) cf. a^ios, -a, -ov. 
 
 16. cojpaKa, / Aave seen: {a) -Ka marks the perf. act. 1 pers. 
 sing. ; (6) cf. io)po.KEv. 
 
 17. fiefjiapTvprjKn, I have bome witness : (a) -Ka marks the 
 perf. act. 1 pers. sing. (§ 92, 1) ; (b) stem fxaprvpc-, a vowel 
 verb; (c) /xc-, reduplication (§75, 1); {d) final e of stem 
 lengthened before -»ca (§ 92, 3). 
 
 18. utoc, son : (o) -o? marks Second decl. ; (b) vl - hwi, diph- 
 thong with rough breathing. 
 
 3 FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 
 
 iponuw, -o) rfpiIyTTjcrav anocTTeWd} 
 
 p.apTvpl<», -<j} ifxapTvprjatiy) dTri(TruKav 
 
 of/nXoyii)), -u» J)//,o\oyTj(T«(v) /u-cVo) 
 
 (TKr^vnw, -oj i(TKi)vi))<T(.{v') €fX€ivev 
 
 4 OBSERVATIONS 
 
 1. Verbs whose themes or stems cimI in a vowel are called 
 vowel or pure verbs. 
 
 2. Verl)s in -mo, -an, and -mn contract the litial u, €, f»r <i of (be 
 theme with the following vowol.
 
 80 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. The aorist (dopio-ros, indefinite) represents an action as 
 indefinite, that is, as simply brought to pass. 
 
 4. Tlie aorist indicative represents an action simply as brought 
 to pass or done at a past time, without regard to the time it oc- 
 cupied. The sign of past time is the augment. 
 
 5. The augment has two forms, the syllabic and the temporal. 
 The syllabic is made by prefixing e-, the temporal by lengthen- 
 ing an initial vowel. 
 
 6. The stem of 1 aor. act. is formed by adding -era to the 
 theme. 
 
 7. In vowel verbs, a short vowel at the end of the theme be- 
 comes long before <t. 
 
 8. Liquid verbs {i. e. verbs whose themes end in A, /i, r, p,) 
 reject o- in the first aorist, and lengthen the theme-vowel in 
 compensation. 
 
 9. The personal endings of the 1 aor. ind. are -a, -as, -£ j -a/i.tj/, 
 
 5 GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 12, 2, h. Mutes, smooth, middle, rough. 
 
 2. § 9, 2, c; § 13, 7. Elision before a Rough Breathing. 
 
 3. § 20, 1, a. The Enclitics of the Pronoun of First Person. 
 
 4. § 44, 2. Inflection of 8tKaios. 
 
 5. § 79, 1. First Class of Verbs. 
 
 6. § 92, 1-3. The First Perfect Stem. 
 
 7. § 98, 1-3. Personal Endings of the Indicative. 
 
 8. § 99, 1-3. Use of the Endings. 
 
 9. § 104. Inflection of the Subjunctive Active. 
 
 10. § 109, 2 ; § 99, 4. Inflection of Perfect Ind. Act. 
 
 6 VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. ayio9, -d, -ov, holy. 5. ovpu.v6<i, -ov, 6, heaven. 
 
 2. fidov, / saw. 6. Treptorepd, -as, 17, dove. 
 
 3. KaTa(3aLi'U), I descend. 7. Tn/ci/xa, -Tos, TO, spirit. 
 
 4. fxivw, I abide, remain.
 
 LESSON XV. 81 
 
 7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. TldvTa 8l avTov iy^vtro (i. 3). 
 
 2. TauTtt iv BrjOavia iy^vero iripav toO Inphavov (i. 28). 
 
 Principle 5. A neuter plural nominative often takes a singu- 
 lar verb 
 
 1. Kai ^c6s ^jv 6 Aoyos (i. 1). 
 
 2. Kai 6 Aoyos aap^ eyeVero (i. 14). 
 
 3. Eyw OVK (IjXL 6 XpiCTTOS (i. 20). 
 
 Principle 6. After copulative * verbs the predicate noun is m 
 the same case as the subject. 
 
 8. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline : TreptoTcpa, ovpavos, irvfvfia, Aeycov. 
 
 2. Conjugate : 1 aor. ind. act. of fiaprvpiu), /xeVw, irifnru} ; and 
 perf. ind. act. of opaoj and /xaprvpeoj. 
 
 3. Analyze : i^Stti', t8r/s, <f>av(pui6fj, dircKpidr], (.vOvvan, tSwKev. 
 
 4. Translate : 1. To irvev/xa ws Trtpio-Tcpa cl oiupavoi) Kara^aiVet. 
 2. Ilepi T^s aXrjOeias ifJiapTvpr](rev 6 p,a^r;Tr/s. 3. 'Ei/ vSari (iaTTTiCtL 
 Kai fxapTvpei wtpi airov. 4. O arpaiv t:^i/ dfxapTLav tov Koa-fxov eKtii/os 
 /xoi UTTcv Oi^Tos icTTLw o Trpo(fi^Tr]s- 5. EiSov TO TTi'cCju.a KarafSaivov 
 Kai /x.€Vov iv avTov. 6. 'Eoj/juKa t(V uioi/ toG ^cov. 7. KcKpayci/ 
 Aeywi' Ouros r^i^ ov eiirov • 6 ottio-m /lov ipyofii(.vo<; ep,7rpo(r^tV /xou 
 yeyoj'ci'. 8. Outos cVtii/ o p.ovnyivrj'i rios" tou ^coi'. 
 
 5. Translate: 1, I saw the son of man coming from heaven. 
 2. I have beheld the Holy Spirit descending ujton him. 3. He 
 said to me, I baptize with water, Imt uponwhoin fbon iiiayst see 
 the Holy Spirit descending, this one it is who baptizes with the 
 Holy Spirit. 4. He who is in the bosom of the fiitln r, this one 
 is the only-begotten son of God. 5. 1 knew him not, but he 
 
 ^ (lid, to he, is the trui; copula, but some otlior veilw admit a similar con- 
 struction, as ylvo/xai, to become, \eyofMai, to be called, «tc. 
 

 
 82 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 said to mo, Art thou the prophet ? 6. No one has seen God at- 
 any-tinie. 7. He who comes after me, he who is in tlie world, 
 he who bears the sins of men, he who sent me to baptize. 8. I 
 have seen, I have borne witness, I have been, I have beheld. 
 
 9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Three classes of mutes. 2. Elision before rough breathing. 
 3. Kayw, €^, aV. 4. EncHtics fjLov, fjLoi, fjiL 5. Terminations of 
 First declension. 6. Terminations of Second declension. 7. In- 
 flection of eyw. 8. Inflection of 6'?, t/, o. 9. Contraction of vowel 
 verbs. 10. Syllabic and temporal augment. 11. Reduplication. 
 12. Use of the verbal endings. 13. Inflection of pres. ind. 
 14. Of pres. subj. 15. Principles of Syntax (1-4). 
 
 LESSON XVI. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John i. 35-38. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. IcTTi^Kd, he was standing : {a) from io-ttjixl, I stand, a verb 
 in -jui; (b) -ku marks the pluperf. 3 pers. sing. (§ 92, 5) ; (c) the 
 stem of pluperf. is la-Tr)-, but T and Tr read ctcrTiyKct, stem cio-tt;- ; 
 (d) the pluperf. of this verb has the force of the imperf., cf. 
 yj^CiV (XIV. N. 11). 
 
 2. ififiXeif/a-i, havinr/ looked upon : (a) compounded of iv and 
 ftXiirw, V becoming /i, before fj (§ 13, 5, a) ; (/;) -is marks 1 aor. 
 act. part., cf. Tre'/xi/^as ; (c) xf/ = tto-, rr being the sign of 1 aor. act. 
 
 3. TrepnraTowTi, loalkinr/ : (a) for 7rept7raTc-ovTi, t marking dat. 
 sing. ; (b) compounded of Trepi, around, and irajtw, tread ; (c) pres. 
 part. Tref)LTraT(eo})v, -wr, gen. sing. -(€o)i'to9, -owtos, dat. sing, -(c'o)vti, 
 -ovvTL (to being contracted into ov).
 
 LESSON XVI. 83 
 
 4. ijKova-av, they heard : (a) -crav marks 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. 
 plur. (§ 108) ; (b) uKovd- is 1 aor. stem ; (e) temporal augment, a- 
 being lengthened into rj- (i 74, 6). 
 
 5. avTov, hh/i : (a) genitive after ^Kovcrav, as verbs which sig- 
 nify an action of the senses govern the gen. 
 
 6. AaAovi/Tos, sjjeaking : (a) AaXe'o), / sjjeak, pres. part. AaAcW, 
 contr. AaAwv, gen. sing. AaA(£a)i'To<;, contr. AaAowTos, cf. nepiira- 
 TOL'VTi ; (h) participle agreeing with atiror'. 
 
 7. rjKoXov6r](Tnv, they followed : (a) from aKoXnvOew, 1 aor. ind. 
 act. 3 pers. plur. ; (h) cf. T|Kot'<rav, r\pwTi\(Tav : (c) with the dative, 
 as verbs signifying association or apjyroach govern the dative. 
 
 8. fTTpat^fis having turned: (a) -ci's marks the part. 2 aor. 
 pass. (§ 113) ; {b) from arpitftw, I turn, stem a-rpeffi-, but stem of 
 2 aor. pass. <TTpa<p-, an c of the stem becoming a (§ 96, 2) ; 
 
 (c) this verb in the pass, has a reflexive sense, to turn one's self; 
 
 (d) agreeing with Mt/o-ous. 
 
 9. $€a(Tdfi(i'o<;, having beheld : (a) 6edofxai, I behold, stem 1 
 aor. mid. ^cao- ; (b) -a/ttei/os marks part. 1 aor. mid. (§ 108) ; 
 (c) cf. iOeaadixtOa (i. 14), Tt6i.ap.aL (i. 32). 
 
 10. aKoXovOovvra';, following : (a) for dKoX(>vO(io)i'Ta<i ; (b) -as 
 marks ace. plur. of Third or consonant decl. (§ 27, 2, b) ; (c) pres. 
 part, formed by adding -aw, -ovaa, -or, gen. sing. -oi/tos, -ouo-t;?, 
 -oi/Tos ; (d) stem of ending -oj/t-, -ovtr-, -ovt- ; (e) cf. AaAoDi/Tos, 
 
 irtpilTaTOVVTl, TTliTTtVOVaiV (i. l^)- 
 
 11. Crp-(iT(, ye seek : (a) for ^r/T(f£)T€, ce being contracted into 
 «' (§ 7) ; (/>) -£T£ marks 2 pers. jibir. pres. ind. (§ 104) ; ('■) cf. 
 Ac'yci, /:?a7rTi'^tis, p.itpTvpH. 
 
 12. 'Voftfti!, Jiahbi : (a) an initial /> is generally written willi 
 the rough breathing (§ 4, 4). 
 
 13. \iy(Tfii, it is said : (a) -crai marks pres. ind. pass. 3 pers. 
 sing. (§105); {b) from Aeyo>, / say; {c) n Xiytrat, tchich is 
 called., which is. 
 
 14. p.t0(ppriv(v(')fxtvoi; being interpreted: (a) -6p.ivov marks 
 pres. pass. part. nom. neut. agreeing with d. 
 
 15. SiSaaKaAc, O master : (a) -f marks voc sing, of second de- 
 clension.
 
 84 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 
 
 dlv (SouWTOs for (Sodovros 
 
 Ae'ywv AaAoCi'TOS for AaAt'ovros 
 
 /SaTTTi^wv TTcptTraTOWTt for TrepiTraTe'ovTi 
 
 KaTa/Saivov 7rt(rTeuoucri(v) for 7ricrT€i)OVTO'i(v) 
 
 TTefxipas uKoAov^owTas for OLKoXovdeovras 
 
 ijxfSXeipas TTC/i.i/'do-tv for 7re)u,i/'OVT<ri(v) 
 
 4. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The participle is inflected like an adjective. 
 
 2. The participle for the active forms its stem by adding -vt- to 
 the tense-stem (perfect -or-) (§ 102, 1). 
 
 3. The pres. part. act. nom. sing, ends in -ojv, -ovaa, -ov. 
 
 4. The 1 aor. part. act. nom, sing, ends in -d?, -do-a, -av (§ 47, 2). 
 
 5. Vowel verbs in aw, ew, and ow are contracted in the present 
 and imperfect. 
 
 5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 13, 5, a. V before a Labial. 
 
 2. § 5. Interchange of Vowels. 
 
 3. § 48, 1. Declension of pres. part. act. (Ae'ywv). 
 
 4. § 47, 2. Declension of 1 aor. part. act. (Tre/Ai/^ds). 
 
 5. § 78, 1. Verbs in fjn. 
 
 6. § 86, 1. Eighth Class of Verbs. 
 
 7. § 87, 1. Ninth Class of Verbs. 
 
 8. § 92, 5. The First Pluperfect Active. 
 
 9. § 110, 1, 2. Inflection of the Pluperfect. 
 
 6. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. aKoXovOiw, -w, I follow. 4. Svo, two. 
 
 2. aKovo), I hear. 5. e/t/SAcVw, / look at. 
 
 3. SiSdo-KaAos, -ov, o, teacher. 6. ^t/tcw, -w, I seek.
 
 LESSON XVI. 85 
 
 7. larrifjii, I cause to stand. 12. TrtptTrarew, -w, I walk. 
 
 8. XaAc'w, -w, I speak. 13. ttov, where. 
 
 9. ixaOr]Ti]<;, -ov, 6, disciple. 14. 'Pu/:J/3ci, Babhi. 
 
 10. fitOepixyvevw, I interjnxt. 15. arpeffid), I turn. 
 
 11. TrdAii', again. 
 
 7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. 'Hi/ TO ^uJ? TO aXi]0a'Ov o </»0JTi^ei TravTa avOpomov (i. 9). 
 
 2. Kat avTr; eVrii/ 17 fxaprvpia tov 'Iwai/ou (i. 19). 
 
 3. Kai ifj.pXeifja^ tw 'Ir/crou TrepiTraTOVVTt (i. 36). 
 
 I'rinciple 7. Adjectives, iidjectivc pronouns, participles, as 
 also the article, agree with their substantives in case, number, 
 and gender. 
 
 1. *Ji8u)/v€i/ avrois l^ovfTiav TCKva ^eoD, yivicrOai, rois irio-Ttwoucriv tis 
 TO ovofxa avTOv (i. 12). 
 
 2. OuTos T/i/ d tl-TTiiv 'O oTTio-w /JLov €pxo'|i,€Vos f.fi.iT pofrO iv fxov yiyovf-v 
 
 3. 'O «v CIS Toi' koAttov tov TraTpds (i. 18). 
 
 4. Ti/u aTTO/cpto-it' hCDjicv rots irtfuj/ao-iv ^/xas (i. 22). 
 
 5. olpMV TT/v dfjiapTiav tov koct/aoi; (i. 29). 
 
 Principle 8. The participle preceded by the article is best 
 translated by the relative with a finite verb (he who or those 
 who). 
 
 8 EXERCISES 
 
 1. Decline : 'O ji.a6r)Ti]<;, 6 u/ai'Os, AaAcwi', c/jt/3Aei/'as. 
 
 2. ( V)ri JMLjate ; Acyoj, r/Kovrra, ^rjTid), eiTror, ciTra. 
 
 3. Analy/t^ : Tcyoi'd', tkajiov, cOfturcifitdu, dntirTeiXui', fxtixoprv- 
 prjKa, icifyrjfraTo. 
 
 4. Translate: 1. 'Vjf/.afnvprj(rtu o'lwiivrj^ \iyu)v on Te^e'u/xat tcW 
 vlov Tou Oiov KarafSaivovTa e^ oupai/ou. 2. Ouros o (IvOfmnros eis Tot/ 
 KO(Tp.ov ^\6tv, Ktti avTOi/ to'jpaKfx, Kai TTcpi ttUTof' /j.€fx.apTvpr]Ka. 3. O 
 7rpi>»^r)r7j<;, oi/ v/xeis ouk oiSttTt, t^c oSoi/ Kvpuiv (v6vv(i. 4. ToO Trpc^ 
 (f>t]T<>v AuAoifTos i^'^outra, kuI auroi rfKoXovOrjira.
 
 86 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 5. Translate : 1. I abide, I abode ; thou hearest, ye heard ; he 
 seeks, we seek ; I bear witness, I bore witness, I have borne wit- 
 ness. 2. The man, whom he sent, knows the way. 3. On ac- 
 count of this he came, that he might be manifested to the world. 
 4. He said to him, I have seen this man baptizing at Bethany, 
 beyond the Jordan. 5. Where does he abide ? I do not know, 
 
 6. The discijjles heard him speaking, and they said, We have 
 beheld the glory of the only-begotten Son of the Father. 7. The 
 Holy Spirit descends from heaven. 8. This is the true witness, 
 but all do not receive his word. 
 
 9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. V before a labial. 2. v and it before a. 3. Contraction of 
 -aw, -e'w, -00), -eo, -tet, -cc. 4. -ds in Trifnl/a.<;. 5. yiv-, y(v-, yor- ; 
 cTTcA-, (TTctX-, trraA.- ; fJt-f^v-, /xetj/-. 6. -wv, -ovaa, -ov ; -ds, -dcra, -dv. 
 
 7. Endings of First declension masc. 8. Endings of pres. ind. 
 act. 9. Endings of 2 aor. and imperf. ind. act. 10. Formation 
 of 1 aor. ind. in three voices. 11. Formation of perf. ind. in 
 three voices. 12. Principles of syntax (5-8). 
 
 LESSON XVII. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John i. 39-41. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. fpx^o'Of) come ye : (a) from Ip^o^jiai, I come, of the 8th or 
 mixed class of verbs (§ 86) ; {h) -ecrOe marks 2 pers. plur. imper. 
 mid. and pass. (§ 105). 
 
 2. o\l/€<r6f, ye shall see : (a) from oif/o/jbai, the fut. in use for 
 opati), of the 8th or mixed class ; (b) -ea-Ot marks 2 pers. plur. of 
 fut. ind. mid. (§ 107, § 105) ; (c) from an assumed pres. ottto),
 
 LESSON XVIL 87 
 
 T being dropped before n- (the sign of the future), tto- then form- 
 ing ^p. 
 
 3. T^A^av, they came: («) the regular form of the 2 aor. ind. 
 3 pers. phir. of epxo/JiaL is y]\6ov, but this word, in critical texts, 
 also occurs with endings of 1 aor. (-a, -as, -e(i'), -a/xeu, -are, -av). 
 
 4. tiSai', thei/ saw : {a) on the ending -av instead of -ov see 
 ^XOav and § 124, 64, I. 
 
 5. Twv aKovaavTixiv, of those ivho heard : (a) the article with 
 the participle, hence the above translation ; (b) -era- in -advTwv 
 marks 1 aor. part. ; (c) -a-dvTwi; the gen. plur. of 1 aor. act. part. ; 
 (fZ) from ttKOVCTUs, -dcra, -av. 
 
 6. aKo\ovdrjfTa.vT(j)v, of those who followed : (a) the article is 
 understood ; (6) 1 aor. act. part. gen. plur. (cf. aKovadvrwv). 
 
 7. evpia-K€i, he finds : (a) -ei marks 3 pers. sing. pres. ind. ; 
 (h) note rough breathing; (c) simple stem is evp-, but to form 
 the pres. ind. we add -to-Kw (§ 84) ; ((/) a verb therefore of the 
 6th class (verb.s in ukw), cf. yivtiio-KO). 
 
 8. TrpujTov, first : (a) from Trpwros, -»/, -ov, the neuter used as 
 adverb. 
 
 9. evpi^Kafxa/, WB have found : (a) -Kop-ev marks perf. 1 pers. 
 I)lur. (§ 109, 2) ; (b) from ivpiaKta (see 7), but tu- does not receive 
 the reduplication. 
 
 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 
 
 tlTTOV 
 
 ttTTav 
 
 li.apTvpf.iii 
 
 pxpapTvprjKa 
 
 U.60V 
 
 t(.8av 
 
 Oido/Jiai 
 
 TeOtapai 
 
 TjXOoU 
 
 ^A.6^uv 
 
 r > 
 IVflLCTKM 
 
 t.vprjKap.ev 
 
 4 OBSERVATIONS 
 
 1. Three second aori.st.s have al.'^o forms with stems in -a, with 
 the inflection of the fir.'^t aorist. 
 
 2. Reduplication, the sign of coinplcttd action, belongs to the 
 perfect. 
 
 3. In rc'duplif-ation, verbs beginning with a consonant repeat 
 that con.sonant with c.
 
 88 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 1. 
 
 § 9, 2, h 
 
 2. 
 
 § 33, a. 
 
 3. 
 
 § 39, 1. 
 
 4. 
 
 § 47, 2. 
 
 5. 
 
 § 54, 1. 
 
 6. 
 
 § 63, 3. 
 
 4. But a rough mute becomes smooth in reduplication. 
 
 5. Verbs beginiaing with a diphthong, in redupHcation, lengthen 
 the first vowel, i. e. take the temporal augment, but cu is gener- 
 ally without the augment. 
 
 5. GRAMMAR LESSON 
 
 Prepositions suffering Elision. 
 Masculine Proper Nouns in -ds. 
 Declension of 2t/^wi', -covos. 
 Declension of 1 Aor. Part. Act. (d/couVds). 
 Declension of tls. 
 Declension of e'/ceii/os and auTo's. 
 
 7. § 84, 1. Sixth Class of Verbs (in aKui). 
 
 8. § 97, 1, a. Mood Suffixes of Ind. 
 
 9. § 89, 2. Future Stem of Mute Verbs. 
 
 10. § 107, 2, § 105, 1. Conjugation of o^ofxai. 
 
 11. § 105, 1. Conjugation of Imperative of epxofxai. 
 
 6. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. d8€X(/)o?, -ov, 6, brother. 8. napu, with gen., from he- 
 
 2. 'Ai'8p€a9, -oil, 6, Andrew. side ; with dat., tvith, 
 
 3. StKaros, -rj, -ov, tenth. beside. 
 
 4. €15, ftia, ev, one. 9. IIcTpos, -ov, 6, Peter. 
 
 5. evpio-Koi, I find. 10. 2t)<,oji', -wvos, 6, Simon. 
 
 6. Mecrcrta9, -oi>, 6, Messiah. 11. wpd, -ds, 17, AoMr. 
 
 7. oij/o/xai, I shall see. 12. ws, as, about. 
 
 7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. Kai auny iarlv rj fxaprvpia (i. 19). 
 
 2. OuTos ecTTtv 6 vtos ToO ^€01; (i. 34). 
 
 3. "Clpa ^v ws SeKUTT/ (i. 39). 
 
 Principle 9. An adjective which forms part of the predicate 
 must agree in case, number, and gender with the noun it quali- 
 fies.
 
 LESSON XVII. 89 
 
 1. Kai ^eos rjv 6 Adyos (i. 1). 
 
 2. ''O ycyoi'ti' ev avrw ^ojij ijv (l. 4). 
 
 3. Kai 6 Adyos cra/jt eyei ero (i. 14^. 
 
 4. OvK rjV CKCIVOS TO <^U)S (i. 8). 
 
 5. 'Eyoj ovK elfjl o XpttTTtk (i. 20). 
 
 Principle 10. The predicate noun, in general, is without the 
 article. When it has the article, an essential identity with the 
 subject is asserted. 
 
 8. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline : H rj/jicpa, 6 AvSpcas, 6 aSeX<f>6^, 6 2t)u,wv. 
 
 2. Conjugate : 'HA^oi', ^A^a, e/xeua, uKoi'crd?, evprjKa. 
 
 3. Analyze : "Oif/iaOe, il8o.v, aKoXovSrjcrdvTwi', iwpaKa, Tre/Jixf/acnv, 
 i866r], iXafiofXiv. 
 
 4. Translate : 1. h.iyu airio "Ep^ov koL oif/y. 2. Ovtos o av- 
 6pioTTO<i Trap at'Tois Ti}V i/fjiepav tKiivrjv l/Acivev. 3. EvprjKafKi' tuv 
 avOpunrov tovtov. 4. 'HKOvcra/iei/ ai'ToJv AaAoiVrwr. 5. ETSav rdi/ 
 'Ii/o"ovv cp;^d/x€Voi' Trpos aurous. 6. Oi'tos ifrriv o a5eA<^ys rov avhpuSf 
 dXA' eKcuos axiTov ov yivw<jKU. 
 
 5. Translate orally from the literal translation : (o) 1. Vv. 29- 
 31. 2. Vv. 32-34. 3. Vv. 35, 36. 4. Vv. 37, 38^ 5. 39-41. 
 
 {h) 1. He who .says, he who said, he who comes, he who sent, 
 they who sent. 2. He said to him, What seekest thou ? 3. He 
 answercil him, I seek Jesus, Imt I do not know where he abides. 
 Dost thou know where he dwells ? 4. This man first finds his 
 own brothers and says to them, I liave found the truth and the 
 life. 5. I gave a true answer to those who sent me. 
 
 9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Prepositions suffering elision. 2. Declensinn of ils,, ai-ros, 
 cK£ti/o<j. 3. The forms cTttui', ctOui', IjXOav. 4. The ending -i(tB(. 
 5. The augment. (1. Iledui>lication. 7. 'iVii .las.ses of verbs. 
 S. 1 aor. stem int. and mid. '.I. I'dsoiial i iidings c,f [\\v pres. 
 ind. act. 10. Of pres. ind. mid. and pa.^s. 11. Kndings of jtres. 
 part, act., mid., and pa.ss. 12. Inflection of jurf. ind. net.
 
 90 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XVIII. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John i. 42-45. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. rjyayiv, he brought : (a) -e(i') marks 3 pers. sing. ; (^») from 
 ayo), / lead, briny, temporal augment rjy- ; (c) but in the 2 aor. 
 this verb always has a reduplicated stem, r^yay- (§ 124, 2) ; 
 {d) 2 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. sing. 
 
 2. K\r]Oi](Tr], thou shalt be called : (a) -y marks 2 pers. sing, 
 pass. ; (b) -9r]a- marks 1 fut. pass. (§ 95, 3) ; (c) from KaAe'w, -a», 1 
 call, stem of present, Kake-; (d) by syncopation the stem of perf., 
 1 aor. pass., and fut. pass, of this verb becomes kAc- (§ 95, 2). 
 See General Vocabulary. 
 
 3. Krj<f)a<;, Cephas: (a) of 1 decl., gen. sing, ends in 5 (§ 33, 
 3,4). 
 
 4. (pfirjvfv€Tai, it is iiiterpreted : (a) -erai marks 3 pers. sing, 
 of pres. ind. pass. 
 
 5. rj6iXr]a(v, he was minded: {a) from OiXw, which forms the 
 1 aor. r]6(\y](Ta, as if from root c^cAc- (§ 124, 96). 
 
 6. e^cA^eu', to go forth : {a) compounded of c'k and tpxofj^ai, a 
 verb of 8th or mixed class ; (b) -ttv marks the 2 aor. inf. ; (c) stem 
 i\e-, cf. TiXeov (§ 111, 1). 
 
 7. aKoXovdti, follow thou: (a) -ci is contraction for -ce ; {b) -t 
 marks 2 pers. sing. pres. imp. (§ 100, 2) ; {c) stem aKoXovOt-. 
 
 8. TToAco)?, of city : (a) stem ttoAi-, which is seen in nom. sing. 
 iroAi-?; {b) stem ends in i, a close vowel, and therefore of the 
 Third decl. (§ 40, 5) ; (r) most i stems insert an c before i, 
 7roA(e)i-o9, then the t drops out (§ 11, 3), ttoAc-o? ; {d) after c the 
 gen. sing, has -ws instead of -os (§ 40, 5, note), but the accent is
 
 LESSON XVIII. 91 
 
 uot affected by the long vowel w, — an exception to the general 
 principle, 
 
 9. iypail/iv, he ivrote : {a) root ypaff)-; {b) stem of 1 aor. ind. 
 iyfHKfta-, but (fxT = \f/ (§ 13, 4). 
 
 3 FORMS FOR 
 
 SPECIAL STUDY. 
 
 Trari/p 
 
 avTjp 
 
 7rdAt9 
 
 vSwp 
 
 (TraTt'p-os) 
 
 avep-o's 
 
 7roA(c)t-o9 
 
 vSar-o? 
 
 Trarp-ds 
 
 oLppo'; 
 
 TToAt-OS 
 
 vBar-i 
 
 
 dv8p-6<; 
 
 TToAe-oj? 
 
 
 4. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. A few words whose stems end in ep are syncopated, as 
 
 irarrip, a.v-qp (§ 40, 3, note). 
 
 2. By syncope a short vowel between two consonants, or 
 even a close vowel between two vowels, is sometimes dropped 
 (§11,3). 
 
 3. By epenthesis, a con.sonaiit .sometimes is inserted in inflec- 
 tion to assist the sound (§ 13, 10). 
 
 4. A few neuter stems in r change t to p ; but vhmp has irreg- 
 ularly oj for a (§ 39, 1, «, note). 
 
 5 GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 2, 2. Open and Close Vowels. 
 
 2. § 11, 3. Syncope, 
 
 3. § 13, r., 10. Mc^tathesis and Epenthesis. 
 
 4. § 17, 7wte 3. Recessive Accent. 
 
 5. § 40, 3. Dfclctision of TraTrjp and a.vy]p. 
 
 6. § 40, 5. Dcrlcusion of ttoAi?. 
 
 7. § 41, I. Derlcn.'^inii of vhop. 
 
 8. § 95, 1-3. The First Passive Stem. 
 
 9. § 107, 2. Sytiojisis (»f Flit, liid in three Voices. 
 10. § 103, 1-3. Synopsis of Pres. Act.
 
 02 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 6. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. ayo>, / lead, bring. 9. Kakim, -w, I call. 
 
 2. BrjOcraL^d, r), indecl., Beth- 10. K?;<^a9, -a, 6, Cephas. 
 
 saida. 11. Na^avar/A, 6, indecl., Na- 
 
 3. FaAiAatu, -ds, 17, Galilee. thanael. 
 
 4. ypd<j)w, I write. 12. Na^apeV, T}, indecl., Naza- 
 
 5. i^efixo/xai, I go forth. reth. 
 
 6. ipijrjvivw, I intei'pret. 13. ttoAis, -eojs, 17, city. 
 
 7. ^e'Aw, I will, have in mind. 14. $tAi7r7ros, -ou, 6, Philip). 
 
 8. ''lw(Trj(f), 6, indecl., Joseph. 
 
 7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. 'Hv TO </)cos TO dA>;^u/av (i. 9). 
 
 2. EvpiO-K€l OVTOS TTpOiTOV TOV u8tA(/)6v TOV iSlOV (i. 41). 
 
 3. iSe 6 ujU,vos TOV ^eoO 6 aipotv t^v afxapTLav tuv Koa-fxov (i. 29). 
 
 4. Evpr^Ka/Aci/ It^o-oCi/ utoi/ toB 'I(i)o-^<jf) toi/ (xtto Na^apeV (i. 45). 
 Principle 11. An attributive may follow or precede the noun 
 
 it qualifies, but in either case the article must be placed before 
 the attributive. 
 
 8. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline : npoc^T/r?;?, vio?, ttoAis, eyco, avTo's. 
 
 2. Conjugate : Evpto-Kw, ivprjKa, yyayov, eypai/'a, kpinqv(.vop.ai. 
 
 3. Analyze : 'H6'€Ai7o-€i', ^v^TctTe, AaAowTos, ir^/uf/acrtv, KiKpayer, 
 iytvvrjOrjrrav. 
 
 4. Translate : 1. Dap' avTois t^i/ rjiiipav Tavrrjv /acVw. 2. 'O 
 Trpo<f)riTr]<; o dXr}9m)<; Trept t^? x^P'tos ifxapTvprja-fv. 3. T^i/ dA7;^etai/ 
 cv T<5 vop.w Toi; Oeov ivpla-KOfxev, 4. Tov aScAf^ov tov tStov ov yii/'o- 
 a-Kfi. 5. Toi/ Aoyoi/ twi/ Trpo(f>r]T(i)V epfXTjvevei, dAA' cts to oi/ofxa tov 
 
 UlOU tow ^€oi) OV TTICTTCVCI. 
 
 5. Translate orally : (a) 1. V. 39. 2. Vv. 40, 41. 3. Vv. 42, 
 43. 4. Vv. 44, 45. 5. Art thou the prophet? 6. I am not,
 
 LESSON XIX. 93 
 
 but I know the prophet. 7. AVhat does he say ? 8. He says, 
 This one is the light of the world. 9. This is the true j)roi)liet. 
 (h) 1. When he saw Jesus, he cried, saying, Jk^hold the lamb 
 of God, which taketh away the sins of the world. 2. His disci- 
 ples heard hira and they followed him. 3. Thou art my teacher, 
 but I follow this man. 4. I heard them speaking. 5. The 
 brother of that man came, and he said, I have found the true 
 prophet. 6. He finds the man, but he does not know him. 
 7. The prophets were born of God, and wrote the law. 8. Look- 
 ing at the man walking, he says, This is my brother. 
 
 9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Open and close vowels. 2. Contraction of aoj, ew, ow, ce, co, 
 «, fti. 3. Elision. 4. v movable. 5. Syncope. 6. Metathesis. 
 7. Epenthesis. 8. Recessive accent. 9. TroAtoj?. 10. The aug- 
 ment. 11. The tense-stem. 12. The present stem. 13. Ten 
 classes of verbs. 14. The future stem. 15. The 1 aor. stem. 
 16. Synopsis of pres. act. 
 
 LESSON XIX. 
 1. TEXT 
 
 John i. 4f)-r)l. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. SuVarai, it is ahlc : («) being before the enclitic t), we have 
 an acute on the ultima (§ 20, 2, h) ; {J>) -arai marks 3 pcrs. sing. 
 prcH. iiid. mid. of verbs in /ii (§ 120) ; (') fr')in ^iW/aui, lam 
 able, a df-yioncnt verb of fu class (§ 122. 11). 
 
 2. Ti, (iiiyHihitj : fr^ nom. sing. n<-iit . of in<l.(iiiilc ])rniioun ti? 
 (§ 66, 1); {b) being an enclitic, it loses its accent.
 
 94 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. epxov, come thou : (a) -ov marks 2 pers. sing. pres. mid. 
 imper. (§ 105), c£. epx^a-Oe (i. 39). 
 
 4. iSe, see thou : (a) cf. 2 aor. eUov (§ 124, 64), subj. %s 
 (i. 33), imper. iSe (i. 29), also aKoXovOei (ei for ce) (i. 43). 
 
 5. Trpo, before : (a) prep, governing the gen. 
 
 6. ToD, the : (a) art., gen. sing. ; (b) tlie neuter art. preceding 
 the whole following clause. 
 
 7. o-c, thee : (a) an enclitic (§ 20, 1, a) ; (^) ace , the object 
 of (fiu)vrjcrai. 
 
 8. 4>tXi7nrov, Fhilij) : (a) ace, because the subject of a verb in 
 the infinitive. 
 
 9. <fm>vrj(rai, to call : (a) -o-ai marks 1 aor. inf. ; (b) from (f>{i)vi(i), 
 -w, / call J (c) stem of 1 aor. ^wvt/ct- ; (d) why circumflex on 
 penult ? 
 
 10. ovTo, iei/i^j' .• (a) ace. sing. masc. of wv ; (^) w, ovros, ovn, 
 ovra ; (c) pres. part, of ei/xi. 
 
 11. o-vK^v, Jig-tree: (a) -rjv a contraction for -eav (§32, 1); 
 (&) ace. sing, of First decl. .^^^ 
 
 12. ij.€it,w, greater things : (a) for fitilova, neut. plur. of /ici'^wv, 
 which is an irregular comparative of /te'ya?, fieydXr], fifya, great 
 (§ 51, 3) ; {b) in -oi'a the v is dropped, and then oa is contracted 
 into CO (§ 7, 1). 
 
 13. TouTWf, these things : (a) neut. gen. plur. of oDtos ; {b) gen- 
 itive, because it follows the comparative degree. 
 
 14. ot/'jy, thou shalt see : (a) -r; marks 2 pers. sing. pers. end. 
 of pres. and fut. mid. and pass. (§ 105, 1) ; (b) cf. oij/eadc (i. 39). 
 
 15. dfxyy, oLfi-ljv, most assuredly : (a) a.p.r)v is properly a verbal 
 adjective, coming from the Hebrew, meaning firm, sure ; (b) St. 
 John always repeats the word (twenty-five times), and thus it 
 has the force of a superlative. 
 
 16. dvfwyoTa, opened: (a) -a marks the ace. ending of Third 
 decl. ; (b) -oTu, ace. sing. masc. of participles in -ws (§ 48, 5) ; 
 (c) -m (-oTs) marks the perf, part. act. ; (d) avcwy- is the stem of 
 2 perf., from dvoi'yw (§ 124, 14), which has very irregular forms ; 
 (e) in 2 perf. of this verb the initial vowel of -oty- is lengthened
 
 LESSON XIX. 95 
 
 (-(ij-y-) and £- prefixed for reduplication (-ewy-), whence dvc'wya, cf. 
 ufidu), perf. (ii)f}aKa. 
 
 17. (lyytAov?, angels: (a) uyy- - atig as iu angev (§ 12, 1). 
 
 18. ava/Saivovra^, ascending : (a) -ovra?, ace. plnr. masc. of 
 pres. part, in -wv ; (b) from dvd, up, and ySatVw, / (/o. 
 
 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 
 
 avuiyui 
 
 upabj 
 
 dve'wya 
 
 ewpaKa 
 
 
 oiptaOi 
 
 (ctSw) 
 
 (ciStu) 
 
 tpXOv 
 
 oTSa 
 
 cTSov 
 
 ^X^ov 
 
 ^SflV 
 
 iS»;s 
 
 U-eXOelv 
 
 4. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The irregular forms which a few verbs take in reduplication 
 (and otherwise) are given iu the li.st of irregular verbs (§ 124). 
 
 2. av-oiyui and opuoj, beginning with a vowel, in reduplication 
 take the sylhibic augment, and lengthen o of the theme. 
 
 3. A few irregular verbs, whose tense-stems are derived from 
 themes essentially different, belong to the eighth or mixed class 
 (§86). 
 
 5 GRAMMAR LESSON 
 
 1. §7,1. Contraction of oo. 8 §104. Inflection of the 
 
 2. §12,1,^;. y before a Palatal Pres. Imp. Act. 
 
 Mute. 9. § 105. Of the Pres. Imp. 
 
 3. § 34, 3. Inflection of ayyc- Mid. and Pass. 
 
 Xo9. 10. § 108. Synopsis of 1 Aur 
 
 4. § 48, 5. Of di/coiyok. Act. 
 
 5. § 51, 3, a. Of /xci^oii'. 11. § 118, 1-4. Verbs in /xi. 
 
 6. §66, 1. Of tIs. 
 
 7. §101,1. Endings of thelnf. 
 
 Act.
 
 96 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 6. VOCABULARY 
 
 1. dya^o?, -t;, -uv, good. 12. fjiCL^wv, ftci^oi/, greater. 
 
 2. dyycAo?, -ov, o, angel. 13. irnOev, ivhence. 
 
 3. dhjOw^, truhj, indeed. 14. -rrpo, before, always with 
 
 4. afL-qv, tmdy, verily. genitive. 
 
 5. ava-f^uLi'w, I go uj), ascend. 15. avKQ, -r^s, rj, Jig-tree. 
 
 G. dvolyio, I ojien. 16. tis, Ti, any owe, anything. 
 
 7. /3a(TiX€v<;, -cojs, 6, /tiM^. 17. V7rd, under, here with ace. 
 
 8. 00A09, -ou, 6, guile, deceit. 18. viroKaTUi, underneatJi, with 
 
 9. 2uVa/xai, I can, am able. gen. 
 
 10. 'IcrpaTjXctVijs, -ov, 6, Israelite. 19. tfuDvia), -w, / ca/^. 
 
 11. /icya?, fieydXr), fiiya, great. 
 
 7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. 'IWv7?5 (i. 6, 15, 32, 35, 40, 42) ; roZ 'Iwdvov (i. 19) ; 6 'la^a- 
 V7;s (i. 26, 28). 
 
 2. 'O 'Vov? (i. 38) ; 'Irjaov^ (i. 47). 
 
 Principle 12. With proper names, the article may or may not 
 be used. 
 
 1. T(3'Io-par;A (i. 31) ; tov 'Jo-pa^A. (i. 49) ; tov Na^ami^A (i. 45, 
 47) ; TOV 'Iwcrrjf^ (i. 45). 
 
 Principle 13. Indeclinable names in the oblique cases most 
 frequently have the article. 
 
 8 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline: 2uk^, 'Iq(rov<;, dyyeXo<;, /lei'^wv, ipxofJievo<;, dvcwyws, 
 eyoj, av, oq, avafiaivijiv. 
 
 2. Conjugate: Awa/i,ai, epx°''? '^e' yivwaKw, direKinOqv, aSov. 
 
 3. Analyze ; EwpaKa, di'e(i>ya, oToa, TJSeii/, evfniKafiev, (fxavya-ai.
 
 LESSON XIX. 97 
 
 4. Translate : 1. Tov ayyekov Kara^aivovTa etScv, kui o dyye\o? 
 T(ij dv6pw7ru) KOi TO) (iSeA^ai auToi) rjXdev. 2. Tors dv8pas ip^ofxtvovi 
 TTpos auToii? eT8av, Kat A.e'youcru' Trepl avruiv iSere oi Trpoc^rjrai tou 
 6'6o{i. 3. Tov viov TovTOv Tou uvOpiiiiTOv evprjKafxev. 4. ^u rts £i ; 
 ovop.a auroj IIcTpos. 5. Oi Trpo(f)r]TaL iv tw vopui rov Oeov tov<; Ao- 
 yows T^s C">»}? eypaif/av. 6. Toi^ uvpavov avtwyora oi/zj/. 
 
 5. Translate orally from the literal translation: {a) 1. Vv% 
 4G, 47. 2. Vv. 48, 49. 3. V. 50. 4. V. 51. 5. Who art thou ? 
 
 6. What sayest thou ? 7. Come thou and see ! 8. Come ye 
 and see ! 9. What seekest thou ? 10. I know the truth. 
 11. Thou art the man. 12. I know thee. 13. Dost thou know 
 me ? 14. Where ahidest thou ? 
 
 {b) 1. I saw him under the fig-tree. 2. I saw the angel of 
 God descending upon this man. 3. They saw him and said 
 unto him, This mau is a true prophet, because he knows the 
 truth of God and bears witness concerning the true light. 4. The 
 angels came into the world, and they gave testimony to men. 
 5. He heard him speaking, and answered him. 6. He remains 
 in the desert that day, and his two discijjles came unto him. 
 
 7. The prophet wrote the words of Moses in the law of God. 
 
 9 TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Contraction of ta, na. 2. Formative and com])f'Usative 
 lengthening. 3. Three classes of mutes. 4. y before jiulatal 
 mutes. 5. Inflection of jtresent participle. 0. Inflection of 
 interrogative rt's. 7. Infl(;ction of oiVos. 8. .Synoj)sis of \vm, 
 pres. act. 9. rnflcftion of [)res. iod. ai(. 10. I'rcs. snlij. act. 
 II. I'res. imp. art. J2. I'^Ji-tiKition ;ni(l inlliit imi of I nnr. 
 ind. act. 13. Of 1 aor. ind. mid. 14. <)| I nor. iiid. pass. 
 15. Synopsis of 1 aor. act. 1(». I'iiri<i|)les ol syntax (9-13).
 
 98 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XX. — REVIEW. 
 
 [We must again call attention to the necessity of constant and thor- 
 ough review. The student is earnestly urged to review Lesson X. before 
 he takes up this lesson. In the study of this review, which includes 
 everything of importance in Lessons XI.-XIX., follow carefully the 
 directions given in Lesson X. Much that at first seemed obscure will 
 now appear clear. In the first nineteen verses of the first chapter of 
 John, there are 85 different words (omitting the 7 proper names), in vv. 
 20-51 (omitting 19 proper names), we have 89 additional words, thus 
 giving a total of 174 common Greek words. Do not take up the study 
 of the next lesson until this review, with all that it includes, vocabulary 
 and grammar, has been thoroughly mastered. The committing of this 
 vocabulary is of the greatest importance. Of the 95 verbs and 196 
 nouns, adjectives, etc., which occur more than fifty times in the N. T., 
 42 verbs and 79 nouns, adjectives, etc., are found in this first chapter of 
 St. John.] 
 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John i. 20-51. 
 
 [As to method of review, see directions under text of Lesson X.] 
 
 2 GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. §2, 2. Vowels, open or 8. §12,l,i. y before palatals. 
 
 close. 9. § 12, 2. Classification of 
 
 2. § 4, 4. Breathing of ini- consonants. 
 
 tial fj. 10. § 13, 4. Mutes before o-. 
 
 3. §5. Interchange of vowels. 11. § 13, 5, a, rf. v before a la- 
 
 4. § 7. Contraction of vowels. bial, v and vt before cr. 
 
 5. § 9, 1. Crasis. 12. § 13, 6. Metathesis. 
 
 6. § 9, 2, c. Elision before the 13. § 13, 7. A smooth mute be- 
 
 rough breathing. fore the rough breathing. 
 
 7. §11, 3. Syncope, — TroXews. 14. § 13, 10. Epenthesis.
 
 LESSON XX. — REVIEW. 
 
 99 
 
 15. 
 
 16. 
 17. 
 
 18. 
 
 19. 
 
 20. 
 
 21. 
 
 22. 
 23. 
 24. 
 
 25. 
 
 26. 
 
 27. 
 28. 
 29. 
 30. 
 31. 
 
 32. 
 33. 
 34. 
 35. 
 36. 
 37. 
 38. 
 39. 
 
 § 17, N. 3. Recessive ac- 
 cent. 
 
 § 20, 1, a-c. The enclitics. 
 
 § 30, 1, 2. Declension of 
 Mco-crt'a? and 7rpo(/)r}r>/?. 
 
 § 33, 3. Masculines in -a? 
 when not preceded by a 
 vowel. 
 
 § 34, 1-4. Stems of Second 
 declension. 
 
 § 39, 1, a-c. Formation of 
 cases of Third declens. 
 
 § 40, 3, note. Inflection of 
 
 iruTr/p, avijp. 
 
 § 40, 5, note. TToXis. 
 
 § 41, 1. vStap. 
 
 § 42, 3. Proper names of 
 Third declension. 
 
 § 43, 1-3. Inflection of ad- 
 jectives. 
 
 § 44, 1, 2. tro<^os, ^LKain<;. 
 § 44, 3. Participles in -09. 
 § 47, 2. 1 aor. part, in -d?. 
 § 48, 1. Pres. part, in -wv. 
 § 48, 5. Perf. part, in -w?. 
 § 48, 6. Pres. part, in -uwy 
 
 and -f(Dv. 
 § 51, 3, <i. fitit^uiv. 
 § 54, 1. tf?, /u.t'a, Iv. 
 § 57, 1 . €yw, tru, auro?. 
 § 62, 1 . The article. 
 § 63, 1, 3. ouTo? and ckhvw;. 
 § 64, 1. 09, Tj, o. 
 § 66. 1. Indeflnitepronfiun. 
 § 74, 1,2,0. The augment. 
 
 40. § 75, 1-3. Reduplication. 
 
 41. 3 76, NN. 1, 3. Tense-sys- 
 
 tems. 
 
 42. § 77, 1, 2. The tense-sys- 
 
 tem. 
 
 43. § 78, 1. Present stem. 
 
 44. §79,1. First class of verbs. 
 
 45. § 84, 1. Sixth class (o-koj). 
 
 46. §86, 1. Eighth class 
 
 (mixed). 
 
 47. § 87, 1. First class in /xt. 
 
 48. § 89, 1, 2. Future stem. 
 
 49. § 90, 1-3. First aorist stem. 
 
 50. § 92, 1-5. First perf. stem, 
 
 51. § 95, 1-3. First pass. stem. 
 
 52. § 97, 1, a, h. Mood suffixes. 
 
 53. § 98, 1-3. Personal end- 
 
 ings. 
 
 54. § 99, 1-4. 
 
 ings. 
 
 55. § 101, 1. 
 
 endings. 
 
 56. § 102, 1, 2. The participle. 
 
 57. § 103, 1-3. Synopsis of the 
 
 pres. act. 
 
 58. § 104. Inrifction of ind., 
 
 subj., imp. 
 69. § 105. Intl. of pres. ind. 
 
 and imp., mid. and pass. 
 60. § 106. lull, of imperf. in 
 
 all voices. 
 (;i. § 107, 2. Infl. of fut. ind. 
 
 and mid. 
 02. § 100, 1 . Synopsis of 1 
 
 aor. act. 
 
 Use of the eud- 
 The infinitive
 
 100 
 
 INTllODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 03. §108, 1. Infl. of 1 aor. 6G. §111,1. Infl. of 2 aor. ind. 
 
 ind. in all voices. act. 
 
 04. §109,2. Infl. of perf. ind. 07. §117. Defective verbs into. 
 
 act. 08. § 118, 1-4. Verbs in fii. 
 
 05. § 110, 1, 2. Infl. of pluperf. 09. § 122, 10. Infl. of elfxi. 
 
 3. VOCABULARY. 
 
 [The student is expected to give the various forms in which the 
 words here given have occurred.] 
 
 1. dyoi. 
 
 2. aipo). 
 
 3. oLKoXovOeu). 
 
 4. OLKOVll). 
 
 5. avoiyto. 
 
 G. oLTro-Kpivofiai. 
 
 7. apvlofiai. 
 
 8. dva-ySaiVo). 
 
 9. Kara-ySatVo). 
 
 10. ^aTTTl^O). 
 
 11. /SXcVoo. 
 
 12. ifi-^XeTTO}. 
 
 13. /Sodoj. 
 
 1 Decl 
 
 1. 'AvSpcus. 
 
 2. ^quavia. 
 
 3. FaXiXa/a. 
 
 4. 'HXctas. 
 
 5. Htrata?. 
 
 6. 'lopSavjy?. 
 
 7. 'i(Tpar]\€iTrj<;. 
 
 8. K>j^as. 
 
 9. Meo-o-i'as- 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 14. ypdcfiu). 
 
 15. Svva/Aat. 
 10. fiSov. 
 
 17. i^-ep^ofiai. 
 
 18. €pfir]vevio. 
 
 1 9. fie$-epfir]vev(D. 
 
 20. €W^WU). 
 
 21. evpiaKw. 
 
 22. ^rjTetit. 
 
 23. 9i\ui. 
 
 24. lO'Trj/xi, 
 
 25. KaXtoj. 
 20. XaXeiL). 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 PROPER NOUNS. 
 
 2 Z>ec^. 
 
 10. ITeTpo9. 
 
 11. <l•ap^o■a^o?. 
 
 12. <J>iXi7r7ros. 
 
 3 Z)ecZ. 
 
 13. ^i/i,a)i/. 
 
 27. Xuo). 
 
 28. fievw. 
 
 29. oiSa. 
 
 3U. o/AoXoyco). 
 
 31. oil/ofxai. 
 
 32. TrtflTTW. 
 
 33. irepi-irariui. 
 
 34. <TT7;/C(i>. 
 
 35. (TTpicfuo. 
 
 30. <fiavep6u>. 
 
 37. cftrjfiL. 
 
 38. (jiuiv(.ii). 
 
 Indecl. 
 
 14. Biy^o-atSa. 
 
 15. 'Icrpai^X. 
 10. \iii<jrj<^. 
 
 17. Na^apeV. 
 
 18. Na^ai/aryX. 
 
 19. 'Pa;8/?ci'.
 
 LESSON XX. — REVIEW. 
 
 101 
 
 
 COMMON NOUNS. 
 
 
 1 Decl. 
 
 
 2 Dec;. 
 
 3 Z'ec;. 
 
 1. afxapTia, 
 
 8. 
 
 dyycAos. 
 
 17. CITTOKplO-lS. 
 
 2. ixaOrfTijs. 
 
 9. 
 
 dScA</)OS. 
 
 18. /SacriXeus. 
 
 3. iripitmpa. 
 
 10. 
 
 u^vds. 
 
 19. i/id?. 
 
 4. Trpo<f)yTr]<i- 
 
 11. 
 
 SiSucTKaAos. 
 
 20. Trvev/xa. 
 
 5. (TVK^. 
 
 12. 
 
 SoXos. 
 
 21. TToAtS. 
 
 6. (fionrj. 
 
 13. 
 
 eprjp.o'i' 
 
 22. vSwp. 
 
 7. wpa. 
 
 14. 
 
 Kl'ptOS. 
 
 23. VTToSrjpM. 
 
 
 15. 
 
 68os. 
 
 
 
 16. 
 
 oi'pavds. 
 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 Adverbs. 
 
 Prepositions. 
 
 1. aya66<i. 
 
 1. 
 
 dAr^^a)?. 
 
 1. 8id. 
 
 2. aytos. 
 
 2. 
 
 U/Xl^l'. 
 
 2. irapd. 
 
 3. a|tos. 
 
 3. 
 
 eVavptov. 
 
 3. Trpd. 
 
 4. 8€KaT0S. 
 
 4. 
 
 tSe. 
 
 4. VTTCp. 
 
 5. 8uo. 
 
 5. 
 
 Ktt^OJS. 
 
 O. UTTO. 
 
 6. cTs. 
 
 6. 
 
 OTTOV. 
 
 6. vTroKaro). 
 
 7. fiiyas. 
 
 7. 
 
 TrdAiv. 
 
 
 8. p.(.it,(av. 
 
 8. 
 
 TTCpaV. 
 
 Conjunctions. 
 
 9. /xtVos. 
 
 9. 
 
 TTO^tf. 
 
 1. d. 
 
 
 10. 
 
 irov. 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 1 . o-cauToC. 
 
 2. tIs. 
 
 
 4 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. Translate all tlif sentences from wliidi the 13 principles 
 (so far presented) have been drawn, and illustrate. 
 
 2. Write at least one new sentence in Greek illustrating each 
 principle.
 
 102 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. AVitli the literal translation in your hand, translate orally: 
 
 1. John i. 1-5. 2. i. 6-11. 3. i. 12-18. 4. i. 19-28. 5. i. 
 29-34. 6. i. 35-42. 7. i. 43-51. 
 
 2. Translate into English : 1. The first Greek sentence of each 
 exercise in Lessons Xl.-XIX. 2. The second sentence. 3. The 
 third. 4. The fourth. 5. The fifth. 6. The next to the last. 
 7. The last. 
 
 3. Translate into Greek : 1. The first English sentence of each 
 exercise in Lessons Xl.-XIX. 2. The second sentence. 3. The 
 third. 4. The fourth. 5. The fifth. 6. The next to the last. 
 7. The last. 
 
 4. Translate : 1. TaCra ypac^o/xci/ r/yuci? Trepi tov \6yov rr/s ^'«^s. 
 
 2. 'H ^0)^ Tj dX-qdLvr] rjv Trpos tov irarepa Kal l(j)avepw6r) rjfuv. 3. 'O 
 Xdyo? iffiav€p(i)6rj, Kai kwpaKafxtv avTov, Kal fxapTvpovfJi.€V irepl tov vlov 
 ToO 6(ov. 4. 'O •^1/ aTT dpx^^ I0f.a<jdp.f.6a. 5. 'Ei/ tw <^(i»Tt icrriu, OTt 
 iv T<5 ffxiiTL TTcpiTraTtt. 
 
 LESSON XXI. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John ii. 1-6. 
 
 2 NOTES. 
 1. 
 
 £KXi]6r}, Jie-toas-called : (a) -Oi]- mark.s 1 aor. pass. ; (b) 1 aor. 
 pass, stem kA.c-, pres. stem Ka\(-, cf. i. 42 ( XVIII. n. 2). 
 
 2. {lOTcpr/cravTos, havin g-f ailed : (a) -aavros marks 1 aor. act. 
 part. gen. sing. masc. (§ 47, 2) ; {h) from varepu), -w, I fail ; 
 (c) joined with oivou in the gen., a word not connected with the 
 main construction of the sentence ; {d) the two words are said 
 to be in the ge7i. absolute.
 
 LESSON XXI. 103 
 
 3. cxoucrir, they have : (a) -ou(n(i') marks pres. ind. act. 3 pers. 
 plur. ; (6) from €\(o, I have. 
 
 4. o-ot', to thee : {a) an enclitic, but retains the accent, because 
 pnipbatic ( § 20, 1, a, and 3). 
 
 5. yiVat, woman ! (a) an irreg. noun of 3 decl., nom. sing. 
 yvvTf, gen. ym'ai/cds (§ 41, 1) \ {b) in the voc. sing. 
 
 6. ^Kci, it has (is) come : (a.) -ei marks pres. ind. act. 3 pers. 
 sing. ; (b) from ^kw, / have come, am present, a present which 
 includes ^perfect meaning. 
 
 7. oTt, whatever, on av, whatever (possibly) = whatsoever : 
 
 (a) oTL comes from ocrrts, which is compounded of the relative 
 OS and the indefinite tU (§ 66, 2) ; {h) here in the ace. sing. 
 neut. ; (c) to distinguish it from on, because, T Tr write o n, 
 others write o,tij (rf) on av, cf. i. 33 (XV. n. 11). 
 
 8. Aty?;, he may say : (a) -rf marks pres. subj. act. 3 pers. sing. ; 
 
 (b) cf. Kr/s, i. 33 (XV. N. 12)', <i,av€pwefj, i. 31 (XIV. n. 12), Kvaw, 
 i. 27 (XIII. N. 10), ipanrjauxriv, i. 19, fxapTvpija-r} and TricrTcwo-axriv, 
 i. 7 (IV N. 5 and 10). 
 
 9. TroirjrraTf, do-ye : (a) -<TaT€ marks 1 aor. imper. act. 2 pers. 
 plur. (§ 108, 4) ; (h) from irmu,), I make, do, stem ttoic-, a pure 
 or vowel-verb (§ 73, 4) ; (r) to form the aor. stem the short 
 vowel € of stem is lengthened into 77, cf. p.apTvpi]irrj tyen T|^T/<rar, 
 (.(TKrjvVKTiv, c^r/yijfraTo, cpwrtjawo-ii', u>/i,oAoy^(7€i', T/pfTjcraTO, 7)^jojTTjfrai', 
 iOiaa-dfiiOa, (ftautpwOj). 
 
 10. ^rrai', they-were: (a) from ti/zf', / a??; .• (A) 7;i-, /le rwas, 
 c7i/ai, <o be (i. 46), oV, 6ein<7 (i. 18) ; (0) cf. § 122, 16. 
 
 11. K(ip.tvai, lying, set: (n) -//cfoi marks pres. part. nom. plur. 
 fem. (§ 44, 3), agreeing with vdpiai; (6) from Kilfiai (§ 122, 
 15). 
 
 12. ;^o)poi7o-at, holdivff, containing : (a) -nvam, contraction for 
 -covrrai; (b) from \iiipiiiy, pres. part, ^nuitan', x">P^^>^"^'h X"V'""'> 
 rontractod -:7>r, -rd'rrd, -orr ; Tr) -oifrai mark.s pres part. nom. 
 plur. fern. (§ 48, 6), agreeing with vSpiai.
 
 104 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 13. dvu, ajnece : (a) prep, used with numerals in a distribtitive 
 sense, governing the ace. 
 
 14. fjLerprjTiK;, 7neasurer : (a) -is marks the ace. phir. of noun? 
 of First decl. ; (b) nom. sing. 6 /lict/3i^t7/s. 
 
 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 
 
 W^po. padrjTai (rrvKtav) (TVKrjv 
 
 ^>po- ixiTpr]Ta<i (o-iKc'as) (rvKrj'i 
 
 vSpiai 7rpo(f>r]Tr]<; iv Kavot 
 
 Mccrcrtas 
 
 4. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The a of the stem of the First declension does not change 
 into rj, if preceded by i or p. 
 
 2. Masculines of the First declension end in ds or tjs. 
 
 3. In the accusative plural -ds stands for -ors. 
 
 4. Nouns in -ed are contracted and declined like (rvKda. (§ 32, 1). 
 
 5. Many proper names that might have been declined accord- 
 ing to the First declension are indeclinable. 
 
 5 GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. §7, 1. Contraction of ea, 6. § 54, 1, and N. 2. Of Tpcts. 
 
 io, eoj, €ov. 7. § 53. Numerals 1-6. 
 
 2. § 32, 1, b. Irregular Con- 8. § 66, 2. Inflection of oo-ns. 
 
 traction of First Decl. 9. § 114, 1. Contract Verbs. 
 
 3. §31, 1. Terminations of 10. §48,6. Inflection of (^t- 
 
 Fir.st Decl. AeW) «^iA(Lv. 
 
 4. §32,1. Inflection of (o-v/ce'w) 11. §115, 1. Synopsis of vt- 
 
 "'^''<V' (TTcvv), Present Tense, all 
 
 5. § 41, 1. Of yvvr,. Voices.
 
 LESSON XXL 105 
 
 h 
 
 6. VOCABULARY A. 
 
 1. dni, iiji to, apiece. 14. fjurprjT^?, -ov, 6, measurer, 
 5. -^I'lfjios, -ov, u, tnarrUif/e-feast. firkin. 
 
 3. yi'vj/, yvvaiKus, y, woman. 15. fJ-rjTr/p, fJirjTpo-i, r/, mother. 
 
 4. SiuKoi-os, -Of, 6, servant. IG. otcos, -ov, 6, wine. 
 
 5. cVet, there (adv.), 17. oo-tiv, t/tk, on, whoever, 
 
 6. e$, six. whatever. 
 1. t)^w, I have. 18. ov-rna, not yet. 
 
 8. rf, or (conj.). 19. Troiew, -w, I do, make. 
 
 9. ijKUi, I have come, am come. 20. rptis, rpia, three. 
 
 10. KaOapiapo'i, -ov, 6, inirijica- 21. t^itos, -r/, -ov, third. 
 
 tion. 22. uSptu, -ds, ^, water-Jar. 
 
 11. Kai/a, C'awa (indecl.). 23. va-repiw, -w, I fail, lack. 
 
 12. Kilpai, I lie (down). 24. \wpiw, -w, I hold, contain. 
 
 13. Ai^ii/os, -r/, -01', of stone. 
 
 7 VOCABULARY B. 
 
 1. Under List I., of verbs occurring more than fifty times in 
 the N. T., learn those numbered 1-15. 
 
 8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1 . " Ov iypaif/iv MwvtTTjs tV tuJ vup.w Koi ot Trp()<f>TJTai (vprjKafxev 
 
 (i. 45). 
 
 2. Ek\jj6j} 8k Ktti o I»;frov9 koL (A pjiOi^Toi avTov tis tov ydft-ov 
 
 (ii. 2). 
 
 Principle 14. With two <.r iiir)re subjects, the verb often 
 agrees with the nearest one.' 
 
 9 EXERCISES 
 
 1. JJecIine : Wnipn, p.aOr]Tij<;, vftpia, p.tTprjTyj'i, yajLus, SiuKoi'os, 
 fMrp-rjp, yvvrj, v<rT(pr](Ta<;, rpf's, (^(Dptow) )((i)puty. 
 
 ' In this constnictirm tin; verb usually iirccedcH the noiniiiiitivcs, or .stands 
 diffictly after tbo first of thfiii.
 
 106 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 2. Conjugate : 1. 2 aor. of yi'vofiai. 2. 1 aor. ind. pass, of 
 KaXt'w. 3. Pres. and iniperf. ind. of d/xi. 4. Pres. subj. of Aeyu). 
 5. 1 aor. imp. act. of ttoicw. 
 
 3. Translate : 1. "Ira ixapTvp-qrrrj, tVa TrciVTes 7rtcrT€i;cra)(Tti/, iva 
 ipuiTrjaoiaiv, iva aTroKpicriv 8u)fi(i', ii'a Avtrco, iva ^avipiuBr), av tSr/s, 
 av A-tyr;. 2. Ou iroioifxev Tr]v d\rj6uav, 3. 'H dX.r)OiLa ovk ecrriv eV 
 T^/Aii'. 4. 'Ev TouTU) yivwaKOfiiv oTi £V avTui etr/itcV. 5. 'E^af Epcoacv 
 T^v Sd^ai/ atiTor. 6. 'ETr^trTeutrai/ eis avrov ot fxad-qral avTov. 7. Ou- 
 Tos ^A^fv Trpos avTov Kai cTttci/ auTw 'Pa/8y3ci, oioa/u,cv OTt cru 6 8t8a- 
 aKaXos Koi 6 Trpoffjrjrrjs ei. 
 
 4. Translate (a) orally into Greek : 1. ii. 1, 2. 2. ii. 3, 4. 
 
 3. ii. 5, 6. 4. i. 1-5. 5." i. 6, 7. 6. i. 8, 9. 
 
 (b) 1. On the third day the disciples came to the feast. 
 
 2. The mother of this man does not believe on his name. 3. He 
 has seen six water-jars, holding two firkins (measurers) apiece. 
 
 4. I saw him under the fig-tree, and I said to him, What have I 
 to do with thee, man ? 5. He sees the heaven opened and 
 the Son of man coming into the world. 6. I saw three water- 
 jars of stone set there. 7. The servants came to his mother and 
 said to her, Who is this man ? 8. Jesus was called, and his 
 mother, and his disciples. 
 
 10. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Contraction of vowels. 2. Terminations of First decl. 
 
 3. Of Second decl. 4. Of Third decl. 5. Inflection of irar^p, 
 firjrrfp, 6. Numerals 1 to 6. 7. Inflection of os, ns, oo-tis. 
 8. Inflection of (t^tXtwv) ^lAwi/. 9. Deponent verbs. 10. Sub- 
 junctive mood. 11. Tenses as distinguishing (a) time, (b) action. 
 12. Principal tenses. 13. Historical tenses. 14. Vowel, mute, 
 liquid verbs. 15. Root and simple stem.
 
 LESSON XXII. 107 
 
 LESSON XXII. 
 1 TEXT. 
 
 John ii. 7-11. 
 
 2 NOTES 
 
 1. ye/xi'a-are, fill ye : (a) -o-arc marks 1 aor. act. 2 pers. plur. ; 
 {b) as stem is without augment, it must be imper. (§ 108, 1,4); 
 (c) stem ye/xi8-, a verb of the IV. class (§ 82, 1, b), 8 dropped 
 before o- (§ 13, 4) ; (d) pres. ind. act. yc/At^w (§ 82, 1, 6). 
 
 2. di/TXT^o-are, c??'aw ye: (f/) -craTc marks 1 aor. act. 2 pers. 
 plur.; {b) without augment, therefore imper. (§108, 1, 4); 
 {c) -if- lengthened from e (§90,1); {d) stem avrAe-, a vowel- 
 verb, of I. class (§ 85, 1, a; § 79). 
 
 3. (jiifyeTf, bear ye : (a) from (fitpw, I bear ; (b) -ere marks 2 
 pers. plur., pres. ind. or pres. imper. ; (c) the context decides for 
 the imper. ; (d) cf. ye/i/to-aTc, avrXi^aaTe. 
 
 4. ^vcyKai', they bore: (a) -ay marks 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. 
 phir. ; (b) an irregular 1 aor. from (fiipw (§ 124, 196). 
 
 5. e'yevcraTo, he tasted : (a) -a-aro marks 1 aor. ind. mid. 3 pers. 
 sing.; (b) from ytt;o>, I taste, in N. T. only mid. yevofiai. 
 
 6. yeyivr)iJ.tvov, havinrf become : (a) -fiivov marks perf. part. 
 pass. ; {b) yc- is the redupl., sign of perf. ; (c) stem yei/t-, c being 
 lengthened into ?/; {d) root ycv-, cf. tycVcro (II. N. 4), ytyovtv 
 (II. N. U). 
 
 7. ^€/, he knew : (a) -ei marks pluperf. 3 pers. sing. ; (b) from 
 oZSa, Ikno7v, cf. i. 31 (XIV. n. 11) and § 124, 64. 
 
 8. <)[ rji'TXrjKOTf^, those ti'ho drew: (a) sfctn tivrXt- (see 2); 
 (b) temporal augment as rediipl. ; (r) -cs marks nom. plur. masc. 
 of Third decl. ; (d) -ores marks nom. |)lur. masc. of parti(-ipb'S in 
 iiy^ (§ 48, 5) ; (fi) -OK (-0T9), gen. -oToq, dat. -iWi, ace. -nra, marks 
 perf. part, act., cf. (iTcwyora (XIX. N. 16).
 
 108 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 9. TiOrja-ir, he places: (a) -v movable; (b) -m is the pers. end. 
 of verbs in -jxt, pres. ind. act. 3 pers. sing. (§ 99, 1) ; (c) from 
 TiOrjfxi, I place (§ 120). 
 
 10. oTuv, 'Whenever : (a) compounded of ore and dv. 
 
 11. ixt0va-0w(ri\', they become drunken : (a) -Ow(ri(v) marks 1 aor. 
 subj. pass. 3 pers phir. (§ 108, 4) ; (b) from fxcOva-Kw, a verb of 
 the VI. class (§ 84, 1). 
 
 12. iXdaaw, less, poorer : (a) contraction for iXdaaova, the v 
 being dropped and oa contracted into w (§ 51, 3, a) ; (b) ace. 
 sing. masc. from iXdo-a-iov, -ov, an adj. of Third decl. (§ 46), 
 declined like yuet^oji' (§ 51, 3, a) ; (c) comparative of fxiKpos, little 
 (§ 52). 
 
 13. T€TyprjKa<;, thou hast kept : (a) -Kas marks perf. ind. act. 2 
 pers. sing. ; (b) re- is the redupl. ; (c) from Trjpeu) ; (d) cf. fxifxaf)- 
 TvprjKa (XV. N. 17). 
 
 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAI. STUDY. 
 
 aXyOeia (i. 17) yui/?; cf)€peTC evOvvare (i. 23) 
 
 6.Xr]6€ias (i. 14) yuratKo's t'Se (i. 46) tTOLrjcraTf. (ii. 5) 
 
 oo^a vhwp '^PX'^^ ('• 4^) yf/AiVarc 
 
 oogaj/ rSaros fp)(€(r6i (i. 39) avrXTjo-are 
 
 4. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. A few nouns of the First declension have short a in the 
 nom., ace , and voc. sing., as dAr/^cia and 86$a (§ 29, 3, b). 
 
 2. The nouns of tlie Third declension are irregular chiefly in 
 the nom. (§ 41, 1). 
 
 3. In the imperative the tenses do not of themselves designate 
 time. 
 
 4. The present denotes an action simply as continued. 
 
 5 The aorist denotes an action simply as brought to pass. 
 6. The imperative, though expressing no time, necessarily im- 
 plies the future.
 
 LESSON XXII. 
 
 109 
 
 O 
 
 3. 
 4. 
 
 5. 
 
 § 29, 3, h. Inflection of oAi^ 
 
 § 37, 6. Of 'It;o-oCs. 
 § 41, 1. Of vSojp. 
 § 48, 5. Of AeAuKois. 
 § 51, 3, a. Of /i-ei^wi/. 
 
 GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 6. § 100, 1-3. Personal End- 
 
 8. 
 9. 
 
 ings of Imperative. 
 § 99, 1-3. Use of Ters. End- 
 ings. 
 § 99, 1. Inflection of HaTrjfjiu 
 § 120. Of rWriiJii, Pres. Ind. 
 Act. 
 
 6 VOCABULARY A. 
 
 1 . avrXeo), -w, drmv up. 
 
 2. avut, up, above. 
 
 3. dpri, now. 
 
 4. apyvrpiKKivwiy -oi', 6, Tlller-of- 
 
 feast. 
 
 5. yt/XL^w, Jill. 
 
 0. yevo/xai, taste. 
 
 7. eArio-crojj', -oc, ^ess, worse. 
 
 8. eojs, ?<p <o, until. 
 
 10. rjveyKa, 1 aor. of (ftepoi. 
 
 11. KaAos, -?/, -ov, good. 
 
 12. fxedvaKU), drink freely, am 
 
 drunk. 
 
 13. toi/jK^ios, -ou, 6, bridegroojti. 
 
 14. i/vj/, wow. 
 
 15. oTttv, whenever. 
 
 16. rr/pcw, -oj, keep. 
 
 17. TiOrjixi, place, set. 
 
 18. <^epoj. ^vear, carry. 
 
 7. VOCABULARY B 
 1. Under List I. of verbs, learn those words numbered 16-39. 
 
 8 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. Ot Oe ciTraf aiVrw 'Faftft^t (i. 38). 
 
 2. Oi Se i^fcyKai/ (ii. 8). 
 
 Principle 15. The article often stands without a noun ox- 
 jtressed, but, in such a case, always ini[tlie8 some person or 
 persons previously mentioned. 
 
 J. \\v TO <;^(7>9 TO d\r)Oivov o (fxoriCn iravra avOpwiror (i. 0). 
 
 2. Has avOpiiyjvo'; -rrpwrov Tof xaAoc oTvov TiOrjmv (ii. 10). 
 
 Principle 10. IIus in the singular without the article means 
 every.
 
 110 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 9 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline : "AvOpoyiros, v8wp, KaXo9, -»/, -6v, avTo<;, iXdacrwv, -ov. 
 
 2. Conjugate : 1. 1 aor. ind. act. of ye/xi^w, <^e'pa), ttoicco, «^ai'cpow, 
 TTHTTeu'w. 2. Pres. imper. act. of <f)epw, and 1 aor. imper. act. of 
 yifii^ui and di'TAeo). 
 
 3. Analyze : 'Eyeva-aro, iOiaa-dfieOa, yeyevrz/xeVov, r)8(i, fiSfiaav, 
 t/vtXt/kotes, <f)0}vet, fi^dvaOwcriv, T€Trjpr]Kas. 
 
 4. Translate : (a) At sight John i. 1-18. 
 
 (b) 1. Te/xLaov t^v v^piav ravTrjv uSaro?. 2. Fe/jii^ei air-qv cws 
 avti) Kai TW a.v6p<i)Trw f^ipii. 3. 'O dv^p ovto? to KaXov vSwp iyfixraro. 
 4. OTSa TTO^cv co-TiV, 6 St SiciKovos ovK oiSti'. 5. O fxa6rjTr)<; cis to 
 ovofxa avTOV cttio-tcvo-cv. 6. 'Ev Kava tt/v Sd^ai/ avrov 6 'It^o-oDs 
 ouK itftavepwcrev ovSk to. (rrjixeia iTroirjatv. 7. 'AveKpiOf] rj yvvr) kuI 
 eiTTCv auTois Owk c;^(i) oivov. 8. 'O Acywv tV T<3 0wTi etiai, iv rji 
 (XKOTia. tcTTti/ eojs apTi. 
 
 5. Translate (a) Orally into Greek : 1. John ii. 7, 8. 2. ii. 9. 
 
 3. ii. 10. 4. ii. 11. 5. i. 1-5. 6. i. 6-10. 
 
 {b) 1. His disciples came unto him and remained with him 
 that day. 2. They heard the man speaking and they followed 
 him. 3. The bridegroom did not know the ruler-of-the-feast. 
 
 4. The servant, he who drew the water, knew the woman. 
 
 5. He has kept the good water until now. 6. He manifested 
 his glory, glory as of the only-begotten from the father, full of 
 grace, light, and truth. 7. The King of men speaks to me. 
 
 10 TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. So^a. 2. -ov of 1 decl. 3. -mv of 1 decl. 4. -ds for -urs. 
 5. Infl. of 'Irjo-ovs. 6. vhwp and yvvr}. 7. -otos, -ots, -cis. 8. e'Ada- 
 (Tova, e'Xdo-aoj. 9. Infl. of ovtos. 10. Augment, syllabic and 
 temporal. 11. The present system. 12. Ten classes of verbs. 
 13. Personal endings of ind. 14. Illustration in laTTjfii, 8t8w/xi, 
 TiOrjfii. 15. Personal endings of pres. imper. act. 16. Of 1 aor. 
 imper. act.
 
 LESSON XXIII. Ill 
 
 LESSON XXIII. 
 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John ii. 12-16. 
 
 2 NOTES. 
 
 1. KaTe(3ri, he ivent dovn .- (a) compounded of Kara and (iaivw, 
 i. 32 (XV. N. 3); (b) Ifirjf i.s 2 aor. ind. act.; (c) stem ^a-; 
 (fl?) in 2 aor. has the intlec. of verb in -/it; (e) of. infl. of 2 aor. 
 ind. of ifTTrjfxi (§ 120) ; (/) -rj marks 3 pers. sing. 
 
 2. TToXAas, many : (a) -d? marks the ace. pliir. fem. of 1 decl. ; 
 (b) ace. jthir. fem. of the irreg. adj. ttoAus, -noXkrj, ttoXv, much, 
 many (§ 49, 1). 
 
 3. ai/if^r/, hs went up : (a) compounded of apd and ^SaiVw, i. 51 
 (XIX. N. 18) ; (/.-) cf. KaT€prj, above, also § 124, 12. 
 
 4. ivp€v, he found ; {a) -v movable; (//) -(.{i') marks 3 pers. 
 sing. ; (c) 2 aor., stem evp-, VI. class (§ 84) ; (d) pres. ind. act. 
 £vpi(TKfjj ; (e) cf. €vpiaK€L and (vprJKaixii', i. 41 (XVII. nn. 7, 9) 
 (§ 124, 85). 
 
 5. TToAovi/Ta?, adlhifj : {a) contr. for TrwXeoi'Ta? ; {h) -«s marks 
 ace. plur. of Third decl. ; (c) -ovr- is the stem of pres. part, in -uw ; 
 {(I) -ovras marks ace. plur. masc. of pres. part. ; (e) from irMkiw, 
 a vowel verb, pres. part. ttoAcW, contr. into ttwXwv (§ 48, 6). 
 
 6. ftoasjOyeu: (rt'.) -us marks ace. plur. of Third decl. ; (/>) nom. 
 sing, /iovs, stem ending in a di])hthong (§ 40,6) ; (c) l3ov<i, gen. 
 sing., fi'xk. 
 
 7 k(i6tii).(p(iv<;, sifJinr/ : (a) -ou? murlss ace. jilur. masc. of pres. 
 part, in -/accos ; {b) irom KdOrjfiai, diponent verb in -/xi (§ 122, 
 17) ; (c) compounded of Kara, dotrn, and rjiiai, I sit. 
 
 8. i^ifia\(i', he cast out : (a) eoinpounrled of <'k and fidWw, I 
 throw, cast ; {b) ik befon; the augment becomes t^ (§ 10, 2) j
 
 112 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 (c) 2 aor. stem ^aX- ; {d) -e(v) marks 3 pers. sing. ; (e) see Gr. 
 § 124. 2y ; (/) IV. class of verbs, /iaA-, ^aA-i"!,-, (3a\X-<>\^-, pdXXw 
 82,1,0). 
 
 9. iiexetv, he poured out: (a) compounded of ck and x^^'j 
 (b) i$ before the aug. ; (c) -i(v) marks 3 pers. sing. •, (d) 1 aor. 
 ind. act. i$ix^a, 3 pers. sing, e^ex" (§ 108, 1 ; § 124, 71). 
 
 10. aviTp€\piv, he overthrew : (a.) comp. of dm and Tp^nw, 
 turn ; (h) -o-€(v) marks 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. sing. ; (c) tto- = </' ; 
 {d) -t- aug., a of di'd being dropped. 
 
 11. Tois . . . TTMXovaiv, to those who sell : (a) -ova-tv for -eovrai^p), 
 dat. plur. masc. of ttwXcW (see 5). 
 
 12. dpare, take ye away : («) -are marks 1 aor. imper. 2 pers. 
 plur. (§ 100, 2) ; (Ij) dp-, 1 aor. stem ; (c) from aipw, I lift up, 
 raise (§ 124, 5 ; also XIV. n. 4) ; (d) IV. class of verbs, dp-, 
 dp-t°|t-, aip-^le-, aipu) (§ 82, 1, d). 
 
 13. /x^, not : (a) ov and /xr/ are two negative particles; {b) the 
 imper. always takes /xi;. 
 
 14. TTotctre, make ye : (a) contracted from Troic'-cTc ; (b) -tre 
 marks pres. imper. act. 2 pers. plur. (§ 100; 2) ; (c) cf. <^ep«Te, 
 ii. 8 (XXII. N. 3). 
 
 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 
 
 iiiftaXev Karifi-q ' dverp&pev (1 aor.) 
 
 e^excci' (1 aor.) dvtjSrj KareAa/Se 
 
 Jet/ 
 
 4. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. In composition, eV before a vowel becomes e^. 
 
 2. In compound verbs the augment generally follows the 
 preposition. 
 
 3. Prepositions ending in a vowel lose it before the augment. 
 
 4. Primitive verbs form tense-stems directly from a root. 
 
 5. As a rule, only primitive verbs have second aorists. 
 
 6. The stem of the second aor. is the simple stem, as ^oA-, 
 Aa/8-, ySa-.
 
 LESSON XXIII. 
 
 113 
 
 1. 
 
 § 30, 1. 
 
 
 Tr]q. 
 
 2. 
 
 § 34, 4. 
 
 3. 
 
 §39,1. 
 
 4. 
 
 § 40, G. 
 
 5. 
 
 § 47, 2. 
 
 5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 Inflection of irpo^rf 7. § 82, 1, c, d. Fourth Class 
 
 of Verbs. 
 Of h^pov. 8. § 91, 1, 2. The Second Aor- 
 
 Of o-wfta. ist Stem. 
 
 Of ^ovs. 9. § 111, 1. Inflection of 2 
 
 Of TTtts. Aor. Ind. Act. 
 
 6. § 49, 1. Of TTOXU?. 
 
 6. VOCABULARY A. 
 
 1. dvuTpeirWf overthroio. 14. 
 
 2. ava(rTpe<f)w, overturn. 
 
 3. /3ov9, /Sod?, 6, rj, ox, cow. 15. 
 
 4. iyyvs, near. 16. 
 
 5. iKftdWw, cast out. 17. 
 
 6. ixx^b), pour out. 18. 
 
 7. ifXTTopiov,^ -ov, TO, mart, 
 
 8. €Vt€u^£1', hence. 19. 
 
 9. lepdv, -ov, TO, temple. 20. 
 
 10. Kadrjfxai, Sit (lovm. 21. 
 
 11. Ka<^api'aov/x, indec, Cofjer- 
 
 naum. 22. 
 
 1 2. Kipfui, -T'>s, TO, money. 
 
 l.'J. KfpiJiaTUTTris, -ov, o, moucij- 23. 
 
 changer. 24. 
 
 KoAXuy8to-T?/?, -ov, 6, money- 
 changer, 
 fjurd, ace, o/i'er. 
 
 7rao-;(a, to', indec.,^?a6sover. 
 TToXvs, ttoXAt/, ttoXv, viuch ; 
 
 phir., majig. 
 Trp6(SaT0Vf -ov, to, shcep. 
 TTojXto), -<u, se/Z, trade. 
 (T\oiviov^ -ov, to, conZ, 
 
 T£, a/wZ / Tt . . . Kae', io</i . . . 
 
 Tpi'nrt^ii, -jys, »/, talde. 
 0/juycAAioi',^ -ov, to, scourge. 
 
 7 VOCABULARY B 
 
 Under Li.st 1. uf verb.s, learn tlio.se words numbered 40-69. 
 
 1 Only here. 
 
 ^ IliTc imd A<'ls .x.wii. .'52.
 
 114 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. IIui/Ta 8t' avTov eycVero (i. 3). 
 
 2. "Ii/a 7rai/T€s nicmvcrwcnv 8t avrov (i. 7). 
 
 3. Ek tow TrXr]p{i}fjiaTo<; avrov rjfxeis Travre? cAa/So/Mtj/ (i. 16). 
 
 4. Ilai/Tas i^i(iaXf.v Ik tov tcpoC (ii. 15). 
 
 Principle 17. The plural vravrcs generally omits the article 
 when the substantive is implied. 
 
 1, 'H fJy]Tr]p avTov Kal ol a.8(X(f)0i (ii. 12). 
 
 2. Kai Tas TpaTTt^us aviTpe{f/ev (ii. 15). 
 
 Principle 18. For an unemphatic possessive pronoun the arti- 
 cle is often employed. 
 
 9. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline : Kcp/xarto-Ti;?, TrtptcrTepa, vrpo'/SaTov, lepdv, Kcp/xa, (3ov<;, 
 TraSj ttoAl'?, (TrtoAewv) ttwAwv. 
 
 2. Conjugate : 1. 1 aor. ind. act. of /xcVw, iKx^w, di/aTpeVoj, dia- 
 arpiffyij), Trotew. 2. 2 aor. ind. act. of cupio-Kw, iKfiaWw, dvafiaivw, 
 Karapaivo}. 
 
 3. Analyze : IIwXoui/Ta?, ttwAovo-iv, TroietTc, Troiijo-as, Ka$T]fx4vov^, 
 <j}U)V€i, ewpuKa, ei'prjKafiev. 
 
 4. Translate : (a) At sight John i. 19-34. 
 
 {/>) 1. MfTa Tavra i]\6^v 6 Irjaov^ Kal ol d8e\(j>oi avrov €19 rov ydfiou. 
 2i. Kat €p,ctv€v EKCt Suo rjfJiipas, 3. Oi8a/i,€i/ oTi outos ecrTif dAr/^ais 
 TO <^o)<; ToC Koafiov. 4. Yidpra Ik tou lepoi) f.K(id\Xii Kui, Xe'yei auTots 
 OvTOS eo-Tii' 6 oi/co? Tou 6f.ov. 5. 'O Se Trotwi/ rrjv dXr}6uav tpx^rai 
 Trpos TO (ji())<;. 6. O Pcos toi^ vloy eis tov Koafiov diri(rr€iXev. 
 
 5. Translate: (a) Orally into Greek: 1. John ii. 12. 2. ii. 
 13, 14. 3. ii. 15. 4. ii. 16. 5. i. 11-13. 6. i. 14, 15. 7. i. 
 16-18. 
 
 (b) 1. After this he went up into Jerusalem. 2. He drove out 
 the oxen and the sheep, and those who sold doves. 3. He over- 
 throws their tables, and says to the money-changers, Why do you
 
 LESSON XXIV. 115 
 
 make my father's house a house of merchandise ? 4. He made 
 whips of cords. 5. His disciples were called to the marriage- 
 feast. 6. Whatsoever he may say, do thou. 7. Fill thou the 
 water-jar with water and bear it to the teacher. 8. This water- 
 jar contains three (measurers) firkins. 
 
 10 TOPICS FOR STUDT. 
 
 1. -ovKraq, -ova-iv. 2. Masculines of First deck 3. Neuters of 
 vSecond deck 4. Neuters of Third deck 5. (Sov^. 6. ttus. 
 7. TToAvs. 8. The tense-stems. 9. First class of verbs. 10. Fourth 
 class. 11. Sixth class. 12. Eighth class. 13. Ninth class. 
 14. The 1 aor. system. 15. The 1 aor. stem. 16. The 2 aor. 
 system. 17. The 2 aor. stem. 18. Inflection of 1 aor. ind. act., 
 mid., pass. 1 9. Inflection of 2 aor. ind. act. 
 
 LESSON XXIV. 
 1 TEXT. 
 
 John ii. 17-25. 
 
 2 NOTES. 
 
 1. ifii'rirr6r](rav, they vememhered : (a) -Orjani' marks 1 aor. ind. 
 pass. 3 pers. plur. ; (ft) c-, augment; (c) simple stem /JLva-, 1 aor. 
 pass, stem fivrjfr- (§ 95, 2; § 13, 10) ; (d) of thc'VT. cki.ss of 
 verb.M, prt'K. ind. /xiixvtqctkw, I remind, with the reduplication 
 (S 84, !,/>). 
 
 2. y<:y()afj.fi.ti'i)v cVrtV, it is ivrittcn : (a) -fiivov marks perf. i»art. 
 pass. ; {b) yc- is the redupk, the sign of the perf. or completed 
 action ; {c) stem ypatf)-, which becomes yf>nfi- before /< (S 13, 3) ; 
 (d) the perf. part, with ilvai is used here for the regular form of 
 the finite verb.
 
 116 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. KaTacfidyerai, he will eat : (a) -erat marks 3 pers. sing. mid. 
 or pass., primary tenses; {b) from KaTa<^ayo/xai, Itvill eat, fut. of 
 KaT-ta-6io}, I eat (§ 124, 80), an irreg. verb, and therefore of the 
 VIII. class (§ 86, 1). 
 
 4. ^etKvueis, thou showest : (a) -ets marks 2 pers. sing, of pres. 
 ind. act. ; {b) from SeiKvvw, I show. 
 
 5. Ai'trare, destroy ye : (a) -o-arc marks 1 aor. imper. act. 2 pers. 
 phir. of XviD ; {b) of. ye/xto-arc, uvrXT/o-aTc (XXII. N. 1, 2). 
 
 6. iyepw, I will raise u}? : (a) -Ct contr. for -ew ; (b) a liquid 
 verb, stem ending in fj ; (c) liquid stems add e to simple stem 
 (iyep-) to form fut. (e'yepc'w, -w, I will raise up) (§ 89, 3) ; (d) of 
 the IV. class; pres. ind. eyeipw (§ 82, 1, d). 
 
 7. cTccru/, ?/eaj's ; (a) -o-i(i/) marks dat. plur. of Third decl. ; 
 
 (b) stem eVccr-, cr of the stem falling away before all case-endings ; 
 
 (c) nom. sing, eros (§ 40, 4). 
 
 8. olKo8ofXT^6r), it was built : (a) -Bij marks 1 aor. ind. pass. 3 
 pers. sing. ; (&) from otKoSo/xew, the -e- being lengthened ; (c) in 
 our text without augment ; (d) some editors for oi- read o!-, with 
 temporal augment (§ 74, 6). 
 
 9. eyepeis, ^/ioM w?7^ vaisB : (a) -CIS contr. for -e'cis, fut. ind. 2 
 pers. sing, of iyeipoi, see tycpw (6). 
 
 10. eAeycv, Ae saic?, s/?oA;6 : (a) -e(v) marks 3 pers. sing. ; (b) e-, 
 augment ; (c) Aty-, stem of present system (§ 78, 1) ; (d) imperf. 
 ind. act. 3 pers. sing. (§ 106). 
 
 11. TjyipOr), he was raised : (a) -6r] marks 1 aor. ind. pass. 3 
 pers. sing.; (b) 17-, temporal augment; (c) simple stem eyep-; 
 {d) from eyct'poj, cf. iytpw (6). 
 
 12. 6(.(j)povvTi<i,beholdiv(j : (a) -owrcscontr. for-e'-ovrcs; (i) from 
 6aopi'», pres. act. part. O^ojpitov, -wv, inflected like (^lAwi/ (§ 48, 6). 
 
 13. i-TToUi, he iva.s doing : (a,) -et contr. for -tc ; (b) e-, augment, 
 stem cVou- marks imperf. ; (c) iroiiw, being a vowel verb, is contr. 
 in the imperf. (§ 114, 1) ; {d) imperf. ind. act. 3 pers. sing. 
 (§ 106). 
 
 14. €7r('o-Tcu€v, he was trusting : (a) -t(v) marks 3 pers. sing. ; 
 (b) €-, augment; (c) cVio-tcu-, stem of imperf. (§ 78, 1; § 106).
 
 LESSON XXIV. 117 
 
 15. avTui; himself: (a) contr. for iavrov (§ 59, 2). 
 
 16. Sia TO, on account of that : (a) to is the article with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 17. yivdiaKtLv, to know : (a) -tiv marks the inf. act. ; (b) pres. 
 stem yivwcrK-°|j- ; {c) the connecting vowel e with -er, the sign of 
 the inf. act., is contr. into -tiv (§ 101, 1). 
 
 18. eix^Vj he was having: (a) -f(i) marks 3 pers. sing.; 
 (b) from e^w, which in the imperf. takes the .syllahic augment, 
 which with c is contracted into ct (§ 74, 7; § 124, 89). 
 
 19. eyiVojcr/cei', was k?iouun(/ : (a) pres. stem -yivwoTK- with the 
 augment marks the imperf. ; (i) -{(i) marks 3 pers. sing. 
 
 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 
 
 £^ ifpoaokviKDV (i. 19) tAcycv fvrto-Teuev 
 
 CIS Ic/joo"(I/\.u/ttu (ii. 13) IttoUl lyivuxTKfv 
 
 £V Tois \epo<Jo\vfi.<jL<i (ii. 23) 
 
 4 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. John everywhere uses Jerusalem as a neut. plur. of the 
 Second decl. 
 
 2. The imperfect expresses continued past action. 
 
 3. The imperfect is found only in the indicative, and takes 
 the augment. 
 
 4. It always has the same stem as the present. 
 
 5. Tt has the personal endings of the historical tenses. 
 
 5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. §13,3. Laliials before //. r». §55, 1. C'ompound Num- 
 
 2. § 40, 4. Inflection of ytVos. Ikts. 
 
 .3. §42, .3. Oi 'UpofToXvua. 7. §71,1; §72,2. The Iini)or- 
 
 4. § 59. 1, 2. Of knvTov. feet Tense. 
 
 5. §61,2. OfauTov. 8. §78,1. .Stem of the Imperf.
 
 118 INTilODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 9. § 98, 1-3. Personal End- 11. § 114, 1. Of Imperf. Act. 
 ings of the Imperfect. of Truiew. 
 
 10. § 106. Inflection of the Im- 12. § 89, 3. Future of Liquid 
 perfect. Verbs. 
 
 6. VOCABULARY A. 
 
 1. avTov, of himself. 10. Kararfxiyofjiai, I will eat. 
 
 2. ypa<^rj, -^?, r;, xvritbig. 11. Xvoi, loose, destroy. 
 
 3. SfiKvuo), show. 12. /ii/AVTyCTKO), remind. 
 
 4. iyeipu), raise up. 13. vaos, -ov, 6, temple. 
 
 5. lupTT], -^?, rj, feast. 14. vcxpo?, -a, -ov, dead. 
 
 6. CTos, erous, to, year. 15. oikoSo/accd, -w, build. 
 
 7. ^^Xo?, -ou, 6, zea^. 16. aiofia, -tos, to, body. 
 
 8. Oeojpio), -S), behold. 17. Tiaa-epoLKovru, forty. 
 
 9. Kariddiiii, eat, consume. 18. XP^'"> "''5) i?> need. 
 
 7. VOCABULARY B. 
 
 Under List I., of verbs, learn those words numbered 70-05. 
 
 8. PRINCIPLES or SYNTAX. 
 
 1. KaTfySr; . . . avTo? Kat 17 p-'fJTTjp avrov (ii. 12). 
 
 2. AvTos Se 'ItjctoDs o^k eTricTTevev awTov avTOts (ll. 24). 
 
 3. Auto? yap iyivwcrKCV Ti T]v iv Tw avopiiiirio (ll. 25). 
 
 Principle 19. The intensive pronoun avro'?, when used in the 
 nominative, is always emphatic, f e. = he himself, I myself . 
 
 1. ©€ao-d/jicvo5 avToii? dKoXoii6'ovvTa? \iyei avTOis (l. 38). 
 
 2. Kat rjpwTrjaav avTov »cat ctTrav auTol (i. 25). 
 
 3. rioXXoi eTTicTTCvcrav tis to ovofia avrov (ii. 23). 
 
 Principle 20. The oblique cases of the intensive pronoun 
 auTos serve as the personal pronoun of the third person.
 
 LESSON XXIV. 119 
 
 9. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline : Ma^7/r>j?, XP^'"' ^^P'^V' "rjf^tpoL ' oTko?, vaos • awfia, 
 tT09 • Tra?, TToXvs • rpcis, eyw, auTos, caurov, Tts, os« 
 
 2. Conjugate : 1. Pres. ind. act. of BeiKvvio, iroilui ; 2. Imperf . 
 ind. act. of Ae'yw, Trotcw, TTicTTevu), yivwo-Kto ; 3. 1 aor. ind. pass, of 
 
 jjLilJLVijCrKO), uiroKpLvofiai, oiKOOo/itw, iydpu). 
 
 3. Analyze : KaTa<^uy€Tai, eiTrav, eiTrcv, Xvaarc, cyepw, imaTevarav, 
 iTTuUi, yivwcTKdv, fiapTvpyay, rj^. 
 
 4. Translate : (a) At sight John i. 35-42. 
 
 {b) 1. Ev Toi^To) yLVtliCTKOjxev on iv avTw iafiev. 2. Tpdc^w v/iii', 
 TTarepes, on v/>ia? yivwcrKw. 3- Ovk Tycrav c^ rjfiHiV. 4. 'O ofioXoyutv 
 
 TOV ViOV KUL TOV TTaxeptt tX^'* ^* "^'^ TOiiTO 6 K6(TflO<; OV yiVOXTKil 
 
 yfiu^ on ov/c cyvw tov peov. t). Kai oioare on tKCivo? «pav(pu}ur) nu 
 Ta<; ufjLupria^ ^PV'< ''"' afxapria iv aiiTw ouk ecrnv. 
 
 5. Translate: («) Orally into Greek: 1. John ii. 17. 2. ii. 
 
 18, 19. 3. ii. 20, 21. 4. ii. 22. 5. ii. 23. 6. ii. 24, 25. 7. i. 
 
 19, 20. 8. i. 21-23. 9. i. 24-28. 
 
 (b) 1. They asked him, What sign does he show to them ? 
 2. He answered and said to them, He does many signs. 3. He 
 liuilt these temples. 4. He will raise that man from the dead. 
 5. He believed this disciple, but many did not believe his testi- 
 mony. C. When he was at the feast he saw the signs which 
 Jesus did. 7. Jesus himself was knowing all things and what 
 was in men. 8. In forty and three years this house was built, 
 and will lie raise that temple in six days ? 
 
 10 TOPICS FOR STUDY 
 
 1. Labials before /i. 2. Epenthesis. 3. Terminations of F'irst 
 decl. 4. Stems of Third dccl. ending in rr. 5. Inflection of ttus 
 and TToAv?. G. The intensive use of ainls. 7. avroy. 8. The 
 use of the impf^rfect. 9. Its stem. 10. Personal endings and 
 inflection of imperf. ind. act. 11. Future stem of liquid verlis. 
 12. Synopsis of pres. act. 13. Inflection of pres. ind. act. 14. Of 
 pres. subj. act. 15. Of pres. impcr. art. 10. Of pres. part. act. 
 17. Synopsis of 1 aor. ind. act., mid., pass.
 
 120 INTRODUCTOliY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XXV. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John iii. 1-10. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. upx^v, ruler : (a) -wv marks pres. part. act. ; (b) from apx^>}y 
 I am first, ruler ; {c) used as a noun. 
 
 2. i/uKTos, by niglit : (a) -o? marks gen. sing, of Third deck ; 
 (b) stem VVKT-, nom. sing. vvk{t)^, vv$, y (§ 39, 1, b). 
 
 3. iXrjXvOa^, thoic hast come : (a) -a? marks 2 pers. sing. ; 
 (b) from £p;^o/xai, perf. IX^'jXvda, I have come (§ 124, 78). 
 
 4. TToulv, to do: {a) contr. for -n-ouuv, which is contr. for Troieeev 
 (§ 114; § 101, 1) ; {b) pres. inf. act. of ttouw, a vowel-verb. 
 
 5. iav fir], except : (a) idv is a contr. of el and av, usually fol- 
 lowed hy the subj. 
 
 6. ^, Ae may be : (a) -tj marks subj. 3 pers. sing. ; (b) fj is 
 subj. 3 pers. sing, of elfii, I am, subj. w, ^?, ^, plur. cjfiev, yre, wcri 
 (§122,16; §104). 
 
 7. yevv-qOfj, he may be born : (a) -6fj marks 1 aor. subj. pass. 3 
 pers. sing. (§ 108, 4) ; (b) cf. (jiavtpio6fj (XIV. N. 12), ixe0va6wo-iv 
 (XXII. N. 11). 
 
 8. Swarat, he is able : (a) cf. XIX. N. 1. 
 
 9. iSelv, to see: (a) -t7v (contr. for -eev) marks 2 aor. inf. act. ; 
 
 (b) from e?Sov (§ 124, 64) ; (c) cf. %? (XV. N. 12), ?8£ (XIX. 
 N. 4). 
 
 10. yeuvrjOTJvai, to be born : (a) -Orjvai marks 1 aor. inf. pass. 
 (§ 108). 
 
 11. ela-ekOeiv, to enter in : (a) compounded of eh and eXOety, 2 
 aor. inf. act. of epxofiat (§ 124, 78) ; (b) on -eh cf. ISelv (9) ; 
 
 (c) cf. pres. imper. 'dpxov, 'ipx'^o-Oe, 2 aor. ijXOov, perf. eXriXvOa.
 
 LESSON XXV. 121 
 
 12. yeyewTjfxivov^ having been born : (a) -^ivov marks neut. 
 perf. part., cf. aTreo-TaA/AeVos (III. N. 7), yeyevqfievov (XXII. N. 6) ; 
 (b) yt- is redupl. sign of perf. ; (c) stem is ycii'tt-, a being length- 
 ened into >;. 
 
 13. Oavfida-rj^) thou mayst wonder : {a) --ij^ marks subj. act. 2 
 pers. sing. ; (b) -cr- marks 1 aor. ; (t-j stem OavfiaS-, pres. stem 
 davfia^-, of the IV. class of verbs, 8 uniting with i to form 4 
 (§ 82, l,b); (d) cf. N. 6 and 7. 
 
 14. Sci, it is necessary : (a) an impersonal verb, used only in 
 3 pers. sing.; {b) pres. ind. (§ 116, 1). 
 
 15. nvei, he breathes, bloxvs : (a) contr. for tti'cci, pres. ind. 3 
 pers. sing, of ttvco) (§ 124, 164) ; (Jb) of 11. class of verbs 
 (§ 80, 2). 
 
 16. virdyei, he goes : (a) -ei marks pres. ind. act. 3 pers. sing. ; 
 (b) comp. of vTTo and dyw (§ 124, 2). 
 
 17. yti'taOai, to be, become : (a) -iu-Oai marks 2 aor. inf. mid. ; 
 (b) 2 aor. stem, (c) yev- is the simple stem, yiv- pres. stem, yov- 
 [)erf. stem (124, 44). 
 
 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 
 
 TTOicts for TToic'cts ISeiv for i^e'ei' 
 
 TToicu' fitr TTotcfcv tlrreXOeir for ilacXOltv 
 
 TTvd. for 7ri/c£t yeueaOai 
 
 4. OBSERVATIONS 
 
 1. Vowf'l verbs are contracted in the present and ini])erfect. 
 
 2. All till' vowel-verbs, save ;i few in -n.i, belong (o tin' first 
 class, in wlil<;b Ibr present is formed direotl} from tlic simple 
 stem by adding the variable vowel -"|.-. 
 
 3. In the pres. inf. of ttoicoj, we have the stem -rroi*-, the ntood 
 vowil f, ;mii1 the inf. ending -fi' (ttduhi; iroit€iv, TTfiuu). 
 
 4. As a general rnle tin- verb bris tbe reeessive .-iceent, but the 
 2 aor. inf., act. and mid., .'iceent tlie end ot tlie .stem.
 
 122 
 
 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. §40,1. Stems of Third Decl. 7. 
 
 ending in Palatal Mute. 8. 
 
 2. §40,2. Stems of Third Decl. 9. 
 
 ending in Lingual Mute. 
 
 3. § 44, 1. Infl. of cro</)ds, -»/, -6v. 10. 
 
 4. § 48, 1. Of tlfjxiov. 
 
 5. § 82, 1, b-d. Fourth Class 11. 
 
 of Verbs. 
 
 6. §95,1-2. First Pass. Stem. 
 
 § 97, 1, a, b. Mood SuflBxes 
 §101,1. Infinitive Endings. 
 § 108, 1. Inflection of 1 Aor. 
 
 Subj. Pass. 
 § 108, 1. Synopsis of 1 Aor 
 
 in three Voices. 
 § 111, 1, 2. Synopsis of 2 
 
 Aor., Act. and Mid. 
 
 6. VOCABWuARY A. 
 
 1. avojdevf anew, from above. 
 
 2. ap\u)v, -ovTos, o, ruler. 
 
 3. ftacnKeid, -us, tj, kingdom. 
 
 4. yep(j}y, -oi'Tos,* o, old man. 
 
 5. Set, it is necessary. 
 
 6. SevTfpos, -ipd, -epov, second. 
 
 7. ^evrepov, adv., a second time. 
 
 8. idv, *y* (perchance). 
 
 9. iav iirjy except, unless. 
 10. flaip^op-ai, enter in. 
 
 11. ikrjXvOa, perf. of €p)(op.ai. 
 
 12. 6avfid^u), wonder, marvel. 
 
 13. KoiAtd, -ds, 7/, womb. 
 
 14. fifTo, (with gen.), with ; 
 
 (with ace), after. 
 
 15. '^iKoBrjfio^f-ovjO, Nicodemus. 
 IG. vu^, vvKTos, 17, night. 
 
 17. ouTO)?, <Aws. 
 
 18. irvc'o), breathe, blow. 
 
 19. vTTciyw, ^0 away. 
 
 7 VOCABULARY B. 
 
 Under List TV., of nouns, adjectives, etc., occurring more than 
 fifty times in N. T., learn those words numbered 1-29. 
 
 8 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. Ovt6<; ccTTiv vTrep ov eya> cTttov Oiria-oi fxov (.p\€.rai avrjp os 
 efi.7rpo(T$iv fiov ytyovev (i. 30). 
 
 ^ Only here.
 
 LESSON XXV. 123 
 
 2. "Ov iypa^tv Mojutr^s iv T(3 vo/aw koX oi irpocfiTJTai evprjKafKv, 
 Irjaovv vlov tov 'lwar](f> (i. 45). 
 
 3. OuScis yap Smarai raura to. arrjfifla iroulv u crw ttoici? (iii. 2). 
 Principle 21. The relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent 
 
 in gender and number, but its case is determined by the struc- 
 ture of its own clause. 
 
 1. Mr^ TTOICITC TOV OIKOV To2 TTttTpOS /XOll OiKOV iflTTOpiOV (u. 16). 
 
 2. Mt) 6avp.dcrrj^ on eiirov crot (iii. 7). 
 
 Princijile 22. The negative with imperative and subjunctive 
 forms is always fn^. 
 
 9. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline : Bao-iXcta, uvOpoyn-o^, ovofia, apxwv, vv^, yipaiv, (rdpi, 
 
 vStJp, (TW, OS, TtSs, aUTO?, OIJTOS. 
 
 2. Conjugate : 1. Pres. ind. of ttouw, aKovw, Swi^a/iai. 2. 2 aor. 
 and perf , of epxofiai. 3. 1 aor. ind. pass, of a-n-oKpivopai. 4. 1 aor. 
 subj. pass, and perf. part. pass, of y^vvdut. 
 
 3. Analyze : *li\6evf olSafiev, i\-q\v0a<;, Svvarai, Trouly, ■[}, (Sciv, 
 yivvrjOiivai, ^v, (la(X.6tiy, 6avfj.drrrj<;j irvci, ytveauai. 
 
 4. Translate : (a) At sight John i. 43-51. 
 
 (i) 1. Has o yiy(vvr)p.ivo<i Ik toD diov, u/xupnav ov ttoui. 2. Attc- 
 fTTctXcv o ^'eos TOV VLOV CIS TOV Koafiov. 3. O (5c TToioiv TTyv dXr/Wftav 
 ip)((Tui TTpos TO (^ois. 4. 'K^ v8aTos Kui TTVfw/xaTos iytwrjOijaav. 
 5. 'O yipuiv SuVaToi cts t^v ttoAiv SfUTtpov £icrcA.6'erv. C. EiSov ravra 
 Til (rrffi€ia a liroUi. 
 
 5. Translate: (a) Orally into Greek : 1. John iii. 1, 2. 2. iii. 
 3,4. 3. iii. 5, 0. 4. iii. 7, 8. 5. iii. 0, Hh 0. i. 29-31. 7. i. 
 32-34 8. i. 35-37. 9. i. 38-40. 10. i. 41, 42. 
 
 {b) 1. He docs not know whence they <-ome and whither they 
 go. 2. The ruler of those men came to the teacher. 3. 'I'lie 
 signs which that pro{)het does, I am not able to do. 4. I say 
 to them, except they be born again, they cannot see the king- 
 dom of heaven. 5. They were bf)rn of the will of iii.ui, becausH 
 they do not know God. 0. He liimself knows all things, and he
 
 124 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 had no need that these men should hear witness concerning the 
 word. 7. He hears the voice of the wind, but he does not know 
 whither it blows. 
 
 10. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Stems of the Third decl. 2. Stems ending in palatal mute. 
 3. In a lingual mute. 4. In a liquid. 5. In o-. 6. Int. 7. In 
 a diphthong. 8. First class of verbs. 9. Fourth class. 10. Sixth 
 class. 11. Eighth class. 12. Ninth class. 13. Present stem. 
 14. Synopsis of pres. act. 15. Synopsis of 1 aor. act. IG. Of 1 
 aor. mid. 17. Of 1 aor. pass. 
 
 LESSON XXVI. 
 1 TEXT. 
 
 John ill. 11-18. 
 
 2. NOTES.! 
 
 11. (a) on: "recitative" on, equal to our quotation marks, 
 (i) XaXrtvfiev for XaXeofiev. (c) fxapTvpov/xev for fiaprvpeofiev, 
 
 (d) Xa/ifSdv-eTe, pres. stem Xafi/Sav, from simple stem Xa/3- (§ 83, 
 1, c), of V. class. 
 
 12. (a) Ta iTTi-yeia, things done on earth. (l>) iuv from cl av. 
 (c) ciTTw : subj. 2 aor. from cTttov, an irregular 2 aor. (§ 124, 68). 
 {d) TO. iir-ovpavia, the things that take place in heaven, (e) ttl- 
 (TTcvcreTe : -ae- marks fut., -re marks ind. act. 2 pers. plur. (§ 89). 
 
 13. (rt) ava-f3e{3r]Kev : from uva-ftalvm, perf. stem ;8a-, with redu])l. 
 and ending -/ca, -Kas, -/<f(v) (§ 92, 1; §109, 1, 2). {h) d fiij, 
 except, (c) o . . . Kara^ds, he who descended: from Kara-fSaivut, 2 
 aor. ind. Karlfiriv (XXIII. N. 1), part. KaTa(^a<i (§ 124, 12). 
 
 14. (a) wi/fwo-fv, he lifted xq) : -rrcv marks 1 aor. ind. act. 3 
 pers. sing. ; -ti>- the formative lengthening of o, from I'l/zow. 
 
 ! Tlie notes hereafter will be divided according to verses.
 
 LESSON XXVI. 125 
 
 {b) 6(f)iy: stem ends in i (§ 40, 5), gen. sing. o<^€w?. (c) vil/wdi")- 
 vat, to be lifted up; -drjvai marks 1 aor. inf. pass. (§108). 
 (tZ) rbv vloi; the subj. of the inf. is always in the ace. 
 
 15. (a) iva : a tiual conj. denoting purpose or end, with the 
 subj.(tx?/)- (^) atwviov, eternal: this adjective has usually but 
 two terminations, -09, -os, -ov (§ 50, 2). 
 
 16. (a) rjydTrrjo-tv, he loved: -(re(>/) marks 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pars, 
 sing., -?;- the formative lengthening of final a of root dyaTra-, t;- 
 tem{)oral augment, (b) ware, so that, expressing eveiit without 
 reference io j'urpose (ecbatio, not telic) ; generally with inf., but 
 here (also Gal. ii. 13) with the ind. (c) fj.ovoyivrj for /xovoyevia 
 (§ 46, 1). [d) aTroXrp-uL: -rjTai marks subj. mid. 3 pers. sing.; 
 dnoX-, 2 aor. stem of uTroAAtyxi, I destroy (§ 123, 13; § 111, 2). 
 
 17. (a) Kf)Cvr], he may judye ; ->/ marks su1>j. act. 3 pers. sing. ; 
 xplv- is 1 aor. stem ; a liquid ver^j rejecting o- and lengthening 
 the vowel of the stem (§ 90, 2). {b) awOfj, it may be saved: 
 -firj marks 1 aor. subj. pass. 3 pers. sing. ; stem o-ojS-, final 8 of 
 stem before changing into o- (§ 13, 2), which is then dropped 
 (§ 13, 9) ; pres. ind. act. o-w^oj, I save, IV. class (§ 82, 1, b). 
 
 18. (a) Kpii'fTui, he is jtuhjed: -trai marks pres. ind. i)ass. 3 
 pers. sing. (§ 105). (b) KiKfurai, Jie has been judyed : -rut marks 
 pcrf. iiid. pass, 3 pers. sing. (§ 109) ; Kt-, reduplication; stem 
 Hf>L-, dropi)iiig V of pres. stem k^w- (§ 124, 121). (c) ixovoytvov<i 
 for ixovoycvev; (§ 46, 1). 
 
 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 
 
 TTwrrtvcTe toipaKM/xci/ KtKpiTai 
 
 TTUTTCvatTe ava(ii(iriKtv TrcTrtcrrcvKCi' 
 
 4 OBSERVATIONS 
 
 1. The stem of the fut. act. and mid. is forin.d by ;i(ldiiig 
 -o-"],- to the simple verb stem, which generally dilft;rs from the 
 present stem.
 
 126 
 
 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 2 The pers. endings are the same as those of the pres. 
 
 3. To form the perf. act. stem, we add -Ka to the reduplicated 
 eimple stem. 
 
 4. To form the perf. mid. and pass., we add -/mai. 
 
 5. A few liquid stems in -v drop v before -ku and -/xat. 
 
 5. QRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 13, 2. A Lingual Mute be- 
 
 fore another Lingual. 
 
 2. § 13, 9. o- in the Inflection 
 
 of Verbs. 
 
 3. § 40, 5. Inflection of TrdAts- 
 
 4. § 46, 1. Of aXrjO^s. 
 
 5. § 50, 2. Of aiMVioS' 
 
 6. § 89, 1-4. Future Stem. 
 
 7. § 95, 3. Stem of 1 Fut. Pass. 
 
 8. § 107, 1-2. Synopsis and 
 
 Inflection of Future. 
 
 9. § 92, 1-4. Stem of Perf. 
 
 Act. 
 
 10. § 94, 1-4. Stem of Perf. 
 
 Mid. and Pass. 
 
 11. § 83, 1. Fifth Class of 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 6. VOCABULARY A. 
 
 1. dyairdo), -to, love. 
 
 2. aitifios, -OS, -Of, eternal. 
 
 3. aTT-oXAv/xt, destroy ; mid., 
 
 perish. 
 
 4. €7ri-y£ios, -OS, -ov, earthly. 
 
 5. cTT-oupai'iosj -OS, -ov, heavenly. 
 
 6. ^8?7, adv., already. 
 
 7. KpLvw, judf/e. 
 
 8. ot^is, -eojs, 6, serjjent. 
 
 9. (Tw^w, save. 
 
 10. vxj/ow, -w, lift up. 
 
 11. wart, so that. 
 
 7. VOCABULARY B. 
 
 Under List IV., of nouns, etc., learn those words numbered 
 30-69. 
 
 8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. ITpo Tov at ^iKiTTirov <f>wvrj(TaL ovra VTrb Trjv crvKrjv etSoi/ ere 
 
 (i. 48).
 
 LESSON XXVI. 127 
 
 2. OvK i-TTUTT^vev avTov auTots Sia to avToi' yivwaKuv Travras 
 (ii. 24). 
 
 3. Aci u/Aus ycfVTj^vai dvw^ci' (iii. 7). 
 
 4. OuTws v\poiOrjvai Set toi' fiov toC avdpumov (iii. 14). 
 
 Principle 23. The subject of the infinitive, when expressed, 
 is in the accusative case. 
 
 9. EXERCIBEB. 
 
 1. Decline : Maprvpia, vio's, o<^t9 • juovoyev?;?, cTrtycios, ttos, Kara- 
 /8as • eyci, crv, aurds. 
 
 2. Conjugate : OtSa, iwpaKa, TrcTrurTcvKa, KiKpifiai • TTwrTtucu, 
 TTLUTtvcTii), A.a\€U) " aTroAoj^at, crtoOw, KpivofiaL. 
 
 3. Analyze ; Maprvpoi'/ytei', irtcmiKTfTf, dva(3€(3r]Ktv, r)yairr)(T(i', 
 eSwKCV, aTToXT/rai, «;(»/, uTre'aTciAei/, xpivrj, awOjj. 
 
 4. Translate : (a) At sight, John ii. 1-25. 
 
 (i) 1. "0 ^i' an ap)(rj<;, o ewpdnaficv, o WiacrdfjiiOa, Trepi tov \6yov 
 Trj<; ^oj^5, Xiyofj.fv vfuv. 2. 'H ^wij yj aia»i'i09 ^ti? ^i' Trpo? toi/ Trarepa 
 rjfjiiv iffiavtpwdr]. 3. Eai' £»' rjj (tkotio. Tr(pnrarwfi(v, ov iroiovfifv ttjv 
 dXyj6(Lav. 4. 'O Xeywi/ cf avToi fi€V€iv Sti KaOws cKtiros iripuTraTrjaiv 
 Kal avTOS ntpnrardv. 5. M^ tiyttTraTe Tor Koa-fiov fir]8i ra iv rui 
 Kocr/AU). 
 
 5. Translate : (a) Orally into Groek : 1. John iii. 11-13. 
 
 2. iii. 14, 15. 3. iii. 10, 17. 4. iii. 18. 5. i. 43-45. 6. i. 4(1, 
 47. 7. i. 48, 49. 8. i. 50, 51. 
 
 {h) 1. They received our witness because Ibey believer that we 
 speak the truth. 2. The Son of man ascended into heaven. 
 
 3. God loved the world from the beginning, and he gave his 
 only-begotten Son, that every one who believes on him may have 
 eternal life. 4. He canu; that he might judge the world. 5. He 
 has been judged becauHi! he has not lielii-ved. 0. Tliey loved 
 the world, and they did not believe the teslinioii}' wliich fhe 
 angel gave. 7. They lifted up this serpent in this wihleriiess.
 
 128 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 10. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Lingual mutes before linguals. 2. Stems of Third decl. 
 in I. 3. Declension of /Aovoyevj/s. 4. Fifth class of verbs. 
 5. Formation of fut. act., mid., pass. 6. Synopsis of future 
 tense. 7. Formation of the perf. act., mid., pass. 8. Synopsis 
 of pres. act. 9. Synopsis of 1 aorist. 10. Personal endings of 
 prin. tenses, act. 11. Personal endings of hist, tenses, act. 
 12. Personal endings of prin. tenses, mid. and pass. 13. Per- 
 sonal endings of hist, tenses, mid. and pass. 
 
 LESSON XXVII. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John iii. 19-36. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 19. (a) iXrjXvOiv : cf. XXV. n. 3. (/>) fxaWov . . . i], more . . . 
 thati. (c) TTovrjpa : -a marks nora. neut. plur. (§ 44, 1). 
 
 20. (a) </)ai)Au : -a marks ace. neut. plur. ; (b) irpdaa-uiv : pres. 
 part, act., from Trpacrcrw, IV. class (§ 82, a), (c) tm firj, lest: foil, 
 by subj. (d) iXeyx^jj ■ -Gfj marks 1 aor. subj. pass. 3 pers. sing. ; 
 stem iXiyxM, convict (§ 124, 73) ; -xO-, mutes of same order 
 (§ 13, 1 ; § 12, 2). 
 
 21. c'o-Tiv dpyaa-fiei'a : a periphrase for dpyaa-rai, they have been 
 loroufjht (§ 124, 77) ; -/xeVa marks perf. part. pass. neut. plur., 
 agreeing with to. epya ; from e>ya^o/^ut, the temporal aug. ei- used 
 as redupl. iarlu is sing., because subj. is neuter. 
 
 22. (a) yr> : acc. sing, of yr^, contr. for yea (§ 32, 1). (b) Sii- 
 TpifSiv, haTpifioi, imperf. 3 pers. sing, (c) ilSdnriC^v: imperf., 
 because it has the pres. stem (§ 78, 1).
 
 LESSON XXVII. 129 
 
 23. (a) napcytvovTo, therj were coming : from irapa-ytvofxai ; -ovto 
 marks 3 pers. plur. mid. or pass, of past tenses ; pres. stem yiv- 
 marks tlie irajjerf. (b) ifSa-rrTiCovTv : the stem, with aug. and pers. 
 end., marks imperf. pass. 3 pers. plur. 
 
 24. {a) ft^(^\.T]p.ivv<:, cast : -/xcVos marks perf . part. pass. ; [ii.- is 
 the redupl. ; stem ^Aa-, l»y metathesis (§ 92, 4 ; § 13, G) from 
 ^aX-\ l)res. stem /3aAA-, IV. class (§ 82, c) ; of. dpyaajxau, v. 21. 
 
 25. (a) eV, out of, from : denoting source, the opposite of eis ; 
 Ck always governs the gen. 
 
 26. (a) jxf.Tu, loith : with the gen. it always has the meaning 
 hi association with, (b) <S, dat. sing. masc. of the relative 
 pron. OS-. 
 
 27. (ft) ov . . . ot'Sec, not . . . anything : a negative followed 
 hy a compound negative strengthens th« negation, but in Eng- 
 lish only one negative can be used, (b) fj ScSo/teVor, it may have 
 been given : -^tVov marks perf. part, pass.; ^ marks the subj. 3 
 pers. sing. (§ 109, 5) ; stem So-, pres. stem 8/^wyu,i (§ 122, 3). 
 
 29. (a) ca-TTjKws : from icrr-qfii, I j'l^ice (§ 121) ; perf. ecrrT/Ka, 
 intrans. with pres. force, / stand ; perf. part. masc. cctttj/co')?, 
 stoMding. {b) xapa. xaipn, he rejoiceth with joy. (c) c'/a^ : cf. 
 § 61, 1,2. {d) TTiirXripiinai, from TrXrjpoo), -Co; perf. ind. pass. 3 
 pers. sing. (§94, 2; § 109). 
 
 30. (a) iXaTTovrrOai : -ovcrOai contr. for -(>-eadai, pres inf. jiass. of 
 iXaTTuo) -(7), make less, pass., decrease. 
 
 33. (a) c(r(/>puyio-£i' : 1 aor. ind. act. from a-ffipayi^io, IV. class 
 (§ 82, b). 
 
 35. (a) dyava : -a contr. for ua (§ 114 ; § 7) ; ind. pres. 3 i)ers. 
 sing, of ayaTTUii), -tli. 
 
 36. (a) d.TrtiOC)u: -wu contr. for -iwu, pros. part. act. 
 
 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY 
 
 i(TtIv iipyaapU'iL (iii. 21) n-jrirrTaXp.ivD'i dpi (iii. 2<S) 
 
 7/1/ (SaTTTi^iDV (ii. 2!^; iii. 2.3) ytypapfiivov ((ttiv (ii. 17) 
 ^v li((dXrjpti/u<; (iii. 24) 
 
 9
 
 130 
 
 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 4. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. In the N. T. we find periphrases of very common tense- 
 forms, in which verbs are resolved into their component i)arts. 
 
 2. Only those passages can be considered here in which the 
 participle has no article. 
 
 3. The participles used in this periphrastic form are always 
 of the present or perfect tense. 
 
 5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. §7,1. Contraction of a, e, o, 
 
 with other Vowels. 
 
 2. § 13, 1. Palatal Mutes be- 
 
 fore a Lingual. 
 
 3. § 32, 1. Inflection of avKr}, 
 
 yv- 
 
 4. § 40, 4. Of yeVo?, (rK6T0<;. 
 
 5. § 40, 5. Of 7rdXt9, Kpims. 
 
 6. § 61, 1, 2. Possessive Pro- 
 
 nouns. 
 
 Second Class of 
 
 Seventh Class 
 
 Second Aorist 
 
 7. § 80, 1, 2. 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 8. § 85, 1, a. 
 
 of Verbs 
 
 9. § 91, 1, 2. 
 
 Stem. 
 
 10. § 111, 1, 2. Synopsis and 
 
 Inflection of 2 Aor. 
 
 11. § 109, 1-5. Synopsis and 
 
 Inflection of Perfect. 
 
 6 VOCABULARY A. 
 
 1. Aii/ojv, 7/, indecl., Aenon. 11. 
 
 2. d.\r)6rj<;, -rjs, -€9, true. 12. 
 
 3. direiOtw, -to, disobey, refuse 13. 
 
 belief. 14. 
 
 4. av$dvv), increase. 15. 
 
 5. yrj, y^?, rj, land, earth. 16. 
 
 6. SiaTpifSM, tarry, sojourn. 17. 
 
 7. cXttTTooj, -0), make less. 18. 
 
 8. iXiyxoi, reprove, convict. 19. 
 
 9. €/xos, -^, -6v, my. 20. 
 10. i-Trdvo), above. 21. 
 
 ipyd^ofiai, IVOrk. 
 iq, conj., than. 
 ^TjTTjms, -eojs, rj, questioning. 
 Kpio-i?, -tws, 17, judgment. 
 fidWov, adv., more, 
 fiirpov, -ov, TO, measure, 
 fiidiui, -w, hate. 
 vvfit^Tf, -r]<;, rj, bride. 
 
 opyr), -rjs) rj, wrath. 
 
 7rapa-ytVo/i,ai, comc near. 
 
 Tr\rjp6<j), -0), fll, fulfil.
 
 LESSON XXVIT. 131 
 
 22. irovr)p6<;, -a, -ov, evil, bad. 28. <f)avXo^, -f], -ov, evil, had. 
 
 23. Trpdaaw, 2^J'<^ctise. 29. <^iAos, -ou, o, friend. 
 
 24. prjfia, -Tos, TO, word. 30. (f>v\aKrj, -ij^, ?/, prison. 
 
 25. 2aXc(/x, TO, indecl., Salim. 31. xaipoj, rejoice. 
 
 26. o-KOTos, -ows, TO, darkness. 32. xo.pa, -as, 17, Joy- 
 
 27. a<f)payi^(j), seal. 33. x^'^Pj X^'P°5j ^' hand. 
 
 7. VOCABULARY B. 
 
 Under List IV., of nouns, etc., learn those words numbered 
 70-109. 
 
 8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. AvVaTc Tov vaov ToiTor (ii. 19). OiKodopiT^Or] 6 vaos outos 
 (ii. 20). 
 
 2. Avtt; ow 17 X'^P^ ^ ^f'^if TTtTrXTjpwTai (iii. 29). 
 
 3. OvStis yap Bwarai TuvTa to. (T-qjxua Troitiv (iil. 2). 
 
 4. Kat Trap' avTW t/itivav rrjv rjpJpav Ikuvt/jv (l. 39). 
 Principle 24. Nouns defined by the demonstrative pronouns, 
 
 ovTos, this, cVeu'o?, that, near!}' always take the article, the pro- 
 nouns preceding the article or following the noun. 
 
 1. TavT-qv iiroij}(T(v fipxV ''''^^ (Tr]fXU(ov 6 'It](TOV<;, this did JeSUS 
 as a beginning of his signs (ii. 11). 
 
 Principle 25. 'I'bo article is regularly wanting when the noun 
 is taken as a predicate, and separated from the demonstrative. 
 
 9. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline : 'hXi]Bua, yq, <f)i\o<;, tpyov, vios, x^'P? ''P^'^i?. JTkotos, 
 v8<«>p, ^»/T?/frts, prjp-a, d\r}$i]<;, ttoXv's, os, iarTr]H(!)s, eVtico?, ouTOS. 
 
 2. Conjugate : ci/ti, (XrjXvOa, ipx"p.ai, iXtyxOw, nnptyiyo/irjv, f>vva- 
 /tai, ScSoyxeVos w, fiapTvpvo, iTiiT\j]pu)p.ai, hihinpi, ayatrdw, f>i?)WKa. 
 
 3. Alialyzf! : 'KXriXvOa', rjydirrjfrav, t/v, /ito-ft, iXiyxP^, hujpifitv, 
 TraptyivDVTO, qv PtftXrjp.lvo':, fHfiaprvprjKas, ipx^vrai, p.afrrvpiiTt, i(mf
 
 132 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 /cws, TrtTr\yi}(xirai, eXaTToScr^ai, XajStLv, i(r<f)pdyi(Tev, aTrecTTCiAcv, ayuTra, 
 StSwcrii', oi^cTai. 
 
 4. Translate : (a) at sight, John iii. 1-18. 
 
 {b) 1. Ti]v KpLCTiv TTucrav eSw/cev tw diw. 2. Aeyw v/Ati' on 6 tov 
 Aoyov /Aor aKovwv kul inaTevwv rui irtfj.ijjuvTL [xe €^et t^^vyi' aiioi'ioi'j Kai 
 CIS KpicTLV OVK ip^€Tai. 3. 'HyuTTrycrav yap T^i' So^av ToJi' avOptoTKov 
 /u-uAAov ^ T^v Sd^av toi) ^coC. 4. Ou Swarai 6 koct/jio? /xtcrcti/ vfxas, 
 ipi. 8e yuKrei, on eyo) fxapTvpui irepi avTov on ra epya auroi) rrovqpa 
 icTTiv. 5. El TaCra TroteSf, c^avepwcrov aeauToi/ tw Koafjuo. 6. Tavra 
 AeAttAi^Ka v/xii' tvu ry X'^P^ V ^t*-V ^^ ipuv r), kol ij X^P^ vjxwv Tr\y]pwuy. 
 
 5. Translate: (a) Orally into Greek: 1. John iii. 19-21. 
 
 2. iii. 22-24. 3. iii. 25-27. 4. iii. 28-30. 5. iii. 31-34. 6. iii. 
 35, 36. 
 
 (f>) 1. This woman came into the city. 2. Who is this man? 
 
 3. After these things, he finds this man in the temple and said 
 to him, Who art thou ? 4. He gave j)ower to him to make 
 judgment, 5. If I bear witness concerning this truth, my wit- 
 ness is true. 6. I know that true is the witness which he wit- 
 nesses concerning him. 7. They beheld these signs which Jesus 
 did. 8. I have come in the name of my father. 9. Ye do not 
 wish to come unto me, that ye may have eternal life. 
 
 10. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Contraction of a with vowels and diphthongs. 2. Of e. 
 3. Of o. 4. Classes of mutes. 5. Palatal before linguals. 
 C. Declension of y^, yeVos, ttoAis. 7. Possessive pronouns. 
 8. The tenses. 9. The tense-systems. 10. General view of the 
 present stem. 11. Classes 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. 12. Synopsis 
 of present in all voices. 13. Stem of the imperfect. 14. Synop- 
 sis and inflection of imperfect. 15, Formation of the future in 
 all voices. 16. Synopsis of future in all voices. 17. 2 aor. stem. 
 18. Synopsis of 2 aor. act. and mid.
 
 LESSON XXVIII. 133 
 
 LESSON XXVIII. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John iv. 1-14 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. (a) eyvw, he knetv : from yivwa-KiD (§ 124, 45); 2 aor. 
 €yvwj/, stem yvo; inflected like the 2 aor. iiid. of verli.s in /xi 
 (§120); -w marks 3 pers. sing, (b) TrAetWas : ace. plur. masc. 
 of TrAetW, comp. of ttoAv's, niiich (§ 52, 1) ; declined like ix^l^ojv 
 (§ 51, 3, a), both the contr. and uncontr. forms being in use 
 in N. T. 
 
 2. (o,) (caiToiyf, althoufjh : compounded of Kai, and, toi, surely, 
 -y€, at least. 
 
 3. («) aif»^K€i', he went away : compounded of utto and it^/xi 
 (i? 122, 2 ; § 9, 2, ^ c) ; 1 aor. a^iiiiKa, -es, -e(v). 
 
 4. (a) €8et, ti wa.s' necessary : imperf. of 8ei (XXV. n. 14), 3 
 pers. sing. 
 
 6. (a) KiKoTTiuKMs, having r/rotvn weary : -ok marks perf. part, 
 act. ; from kottkIoj, -w. {b) iKaOe(€To, he was sittiny : from KaOi'Co- 
 fjai ; -€To marks 3 pers. sing. ; the stem, being the same as the 
 pres., marks the imperf. (§ 78, 1). 
 
 7. (a) dcTAf/o-fxi: from wtX^w, 1 aor. inf. act. (§ 108), of. avrXi}- 
 o-aTC (XXII. N. 2), r'lVTXrjKOTt^ (XXII. N. 8). (b) Ans : from OiSMfii, 
 stem 8f<-; 2 aor. imp. act. 2 pers. sing. (^120); <f. c?)(aKiv 
 (i. VI; iii. 10 ; 1 aor., § 90, 3), t8o<?r, (i. 17; 1 aor. pass., S 108), 
 Su'/icv (i. 22; 2 aor. subj. act.; §120), ^cSo/ttVoi' jj (iii. 27; 
 perf, .subj. pass., § 109, o), f>L6o>(ny (iii. 34 ; ])r»'s. ind. act. § 120). 
 (c) TTiiy, to drink: -u.\' marks 2 aor. inf.; contr. for -nulvy which 
 is a contr. for 7ri«i', from ttiVw, I drink (§ 124, 157) ; simple stem 
 TTi-, the verb being of V. class (§ 83, 1, a).
 
 134 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 8. (a) a-rreXrjXvOeLo-av, the;/ had gone: -eurav marks pluperf. 3 
 pers plur. (§ 92, 5 ; § 110, 1,2); compounded of utto and Ipxoixai 
 (§124, 78) J c£. €\r]\vda^ (XXV. N. 3). (b) dyopda-oicrii; they 
 viiyht buy : -a)cri(i') marks subj. act. 3 pers. plur., -a-wcrt(i'), that it 
 is 1 aor., from ayopa^w, a verb of IV. class (§ 82, b). 
 
 9. {a) avv^wvTai, they-have-deallngs-with : -wvTaL is a contr. 
 for -a-ovTat ; -ovrai marks pres. ind. mid. 3 pers. plur. ; from avv 
 ^dofiuL y some editions read o-vyx- (§ 13, 5, b). 
 
 10. (a) av ^TT/o-as, thou wouldst have asked : -eras marks 1 aor. 
 ind. 2 pers. sing. ; |J- is the temporal augment ; from airtw ; dv, 
 taken by itself, cannot be adequately translated, but with the 
 past tenses of the ind. (§ 71) marks an action as contingent 
 on an unfulfilled supposition, and therefore contrary to fact. 
 {b) cSoj/ccv av, he would have given : the same construction as in 
 (a), (c) tjHiV. contr. for ^dwr, pres. part. act. of t,dw, I live. 
 
 12. {a) fji€t^wv, greater: compar. of fieyas (§ 51, 3, and a), 
 {b) t-jTuv, he drank : 2 aor. ind. ; from ttiW, cf. N. v. 7, c. 
 
 13. (a) 8n/^j;cr€i, he shall thirst : from Si\{/dio, the short vowel 
 of a vowel verb being lengthened in the fut. (§ 89, 1). 
 
 14. (a) dv TTLT), he may drink: -y marks subj. 3 pers. sing.; 
 TTi- marks simple stem, i. e. 2 aor. stem of ttiVw (cf. N. v. 7, c ; v. 
 12, b) ; dv with the subj. is untranslatable, {b) Swcrw, / shall 
 give : root So-, pres. ind. hihwfxi (§ 121), fut. Swcrw. (c) ov ixrj : 
 a double negative, making the negation emphatic ; here used 
 with fut. ind., but in N. T. mainly with aor. subj. {d) yeviycrcTai : 
 fut. ind. mid. 3 pers. sing, of yiVo/Aai (§ 124, 44). 
 
 ' 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 
 
 SiSwfxi Swfxev (i. 22) 4'Vf^^ TiOrjfiL 
 
 hl8oxn(v) (iii. 34) 80s (iv. 7, 10) ^rj (i. 23) TiOrjcnv (ii. 10) 
 
 SoxTw (iv. 14) 8€8aiK€(i/) (iii. 35) la-rrjfii cyvw (i. 10, iv.l) 
 
 e8wK((v) (i. 12, iii. iSdOrj (i. 7) Io-t^kci (i. 35) 
 
 16, iv. 5, 10, 12) fi SeSo/ie'vov (iii. 27) co-tt/kws (iii. 29)
 
 LESSON XXVIII. 135 
 
 4 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Tense-stems are inflected either according to the common 
 inflection (oj form), or the fjn form. 
 
 2. The peculiar inflection of verbs in /xi affects only the pres- 
 ent and those 2 aor. systems of verbs whose tense-stem does not 
 end in a variable vowel. 
 
 3. The simple stem 80-, give, can be traced in each of the nine 
 forms in which it has appeared so far. 
 
 4. Some verbs whose stems end in a, c, and <>, reduplicate the 
 simple stem in the present stem (§§ 87, 122), and all these verbs 
 belong to the first class in fxi. 
 
 5. The final vowels of these simple stems are lengthened be- 
 fore the suffix fjLL (§ 87). 
 
 6. The principal parts of a verb are the 1 pers. sing. ind. of 
 every system which it has in use (StSw/xi, Soio-w, eSwKa, 5t6wKa, 
 6(.6ofj.ai, iSoOrji) . 
 
 5. GRAMMAR LESSON 
 
 1. § 13, 5, h. V before a Palatal. 7. § 120. Infl. of Pres. Ind. Act. 
 
 2. §47, 1. Inflection of o^u's, oi La-rrjfii, Ti6r]fxi, 8i8o>ni. 
 
 'da, -V. 8. § 120. Infl. of 2 Aor. Ind. 
 
 3. § 13, 8. Ti6r]iJi ffir 6i.drjiji. of yii'wfT KID. 
 
 4. § 76, N. 2. Principal Parts 9. § 120. Of 2 Aor. Subj. and 
 
 of X)'o». 2 Aor. Imp of 8i8o>/t/. 
 
 5. §87, I. Ninth Class of Verbs 10. § 120. Of Pres. Ind. Mid. 
 
 (I. Class in fjn). of lar-qfu. 
 
 6. § 118, 1-4. Verbs in fit. 1 1. § 121. Synopsis of 8i8w/ii. 
 
 6 VOCABULARY A. 
 
 1 . rlyopa^oj, hwj. 4. ahtiii, -w, ask. 
 
 2. a'uny, -Covo^, o, aye, eternity. 5. aXkoftai, spriiuj up. 
 
 3. aioWios, -d, -01', eternal. G. avrX-qfiay -tos, to, bucket} 
 
 ' Only here.
 
 136 
 
 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 7. aTr-ep^ofiai^ go away. 
 
 8. d(f)-L)jiJ.i, leave, go away. 
 
 9. /3a6v<i, -£tu, -V, deep. 
 
 10. ^L-ipxop^o-i, go through. 
 
 11. Snj/dw, -w, thirst. 
 
 12. Siopca, -di, y, gift. 
 
 13. cKTos, -r], -ov, sixth. 
 
 14. ^dw, -w, am alive. 
 
 15. Opi/xfjLa, -Tus, TO, flock, cat- 
 
 tle.' 
 
 16. 'luKw/S, 6, indecL, Jacob. 
 
 17. 'lw(ji]<f), 6, iudecl., Josejih. 
 
 18. KaO-i^ofiai, sit down. 
 
 19. KaiTOiye, although. 
 
 20. KOTTiao), -w, (/row weary, 
 
 labor. 
 wl. bhonropid, -ds, rj, journey. 
 
 22. ouTc . . . Kai, neither . . . 
 
 and. 
 
 23. TTT^yr/, -^s, ?;, fountain, well. 
 
 24. TTiVw, drink. 
 
 25. ttAciwi/, -ovos, TrA.etoi', more. 
 
 26. nXyaiov, adv., wear. 
 
 27. ^ap.ap€iTrj<i) -ou, 6, a *S'aw a /- 
 
 tton. 
 
 28. ^afjiapcLTLS, -tSos, 17, a ^Sa- 
 
 niaritan woman. 
 
 29. 2ayu,apid, -ds. 17, Samaria. 
 
 30. crvi')^dofjiai, -wfxai, have 
 
 dealings with. 
 
 31. ^i'X'^Pj ^> indecl., Sychar. 
 
 32. TpoKftrj, -^s, 17, flood. 
 
 33. (^piap, -aros, to, a weZ^. 
 
 34. ^wptov, -ov, TO, field. 
 
 7. VOCABULARY B. 
 
 Under List IV., of nouns, etc., learn those words numbered 
 110-149. 
 
 8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. M^ owttTat £is T^f KoiXi'av t^s fxrjTpo'i avrov hevrepov elaeXOilv 
 KOL ycvvrjOrjvai ; (iii. 4). 
 
 2. Mr^ (TV /xu^o)v £1 Tou TTttTpos T//i,<ov 'laKoift ; (iv. 12). 
 Pri7iciple 26. A question introduced by the adverb /at; ex- 
 pects a negative answer. 
 
 1. OuTOS rjKuev . . . iva fxaprvprjcrr} • • ■> '•'ci Trdvre^ Tricrrcucrfcxriv 
 
 (i. 7).^ 
 
 2. ATTCo-TctXai/ TTpos ttUTOv ot 'louSaiot . . . Lva ipwrycrwa-Lv avrov 
 2i;TiS£T; (i. 19.) 
 
 o. EiTraj/ oui/ avrw Tts fi; ii'a aTroKptcrtv Swfxtv Tois 7r€/x.i/facrtv 
 7y/i,ds (i. 22). 
 
 ^ Only here.
 
 LESSON XXVIO. 137 
 
 4. Ou OVK eifxX iyib a^ios Ivoi kvcrw avTOv tov t/xavra tov ii7ro8T///,aTos 
 
 (i-27). 
 
 5. 'AAA' iva <f)av€p(i)6rj tw 'Icrpar/A Stu tovto rj\6ov iyw (i. 31). 
 
 6. Ov vpaav e^X^*' '•^'^ ^'^ ixapTVjnjari iripi tou avOpioTrov (ii. Ii5). 
 
 7. Ou yap aTreo-TeiAev 6 6cos toi/ tjioi' . . . iVa KptVg roc Kocrfiui, 
 dAA' ij'a aoj^^ 6 Kocr/Aos (iii. 17). 
 
 8. 'EoYtrai TTpos to <^(u9, tva (ftavtpwOf] auTov ra epya (iii. 21). 
 
 9. Oi yap fiaOTjTai. airuv direXrjXvOeicrav . . . iva Tpo(^as dyopaaoj- 
 o-iv (iv. 8). 
 
 Principle 27. The final conjunction tVa is usually followed 
 by the subjunctive. 
 
 9. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline : Yli^yy), p.a6r)Ti'i<i, wpa, Swpcd; Ki'ptos, aioji', 7roA.i5, 
 Opipfxa, yvvrj, v^wp, avrXiip-a, (fiptup, (iaOvs, ttuls, ttAciwv, ^uoji' (^wi'), 
 oV, (<e»co7riaKa)9. 
 
 2. Conjugate : "Eyi'wi', 'jKOvaa, iroUw, c^aTTTi^ov, tp^ofxai, tVa^e^o- 
 yu.1/1', i^/Ji'Ji', Sos, dTrcAr/Xuf^tii', (rui/xpuo/xai, aTrtKpiSrjv, OLXprjcru), Swcrw. 
 
 3. Analyze : 'Eyvw, Troiel, kfidvTi^fv, u^^kcv, tt7r^X6'€v, tSei, 8iep- 
 )^€(rdai, eSojKci', tVa^c'^CTO, di/rA^crai, 80s, aTrcAT^Au^eio-ai/, dyopdrrojcnj', 
 TTcZi', aiTCis, ovcrrjs, crvi'Xpwi'Ta/, eiTrci', i^^cis, ■yTrjaa.'i, ^wy, cTritr, ttiVwi', 
 8ti/'T/fr€i, ira/, ^oWoj, y€v»/rrcTai, uAAo/>trou. 
 
 4. Translate : At sight (a) John iii. 19-36. (//) ''O fyr utt' 
 "PX^M ^ aKT^Koa/xti'/ o ewpaKupev tois d^Otx\p.Qi<i vy/xuiv, o iOtacrdp.tOa 
 Kdl at X^ip'^ 17P.WV iipji\d(f}rj(rav,^ Trcpi Toi) Aoyou t^9 Cw^s, — koi t/ ^w^ 
 c<f)ai'(pt!)Or}, Koi toipd/ta/xfi' k«i jLapTvpovp.(V koX dtrayytWnp.iv vplv 
 rqi' Qinp' tt]v ukovlov ^tl<; rjv irpns tov irartpa kol i(f)avepw6t] yiuv, — 
 o io)p(i.Kafx.€V Kai aKrjKoa/j.iv (iTrayycAAo/xcv Kai Vfxiv, tVa kui IfXih koi- 
 rojviai/* iXV"^ M*^* TZ/XfTif • »ca(, 7; Koti^oti'ia 8f ij T^/xcrcpa^ /xcra toO ttut/io? 
 Kui /icTfx Tou utor; auToD 'Ir/frou Xpifrrou • kui raura ypafjiofiiv I'lful^ 
 ii'a 7/ X™^'" W-*^^ ?J irf.ir\r)i)Mji.ivq (1 John l. 1-4). 
 
 ' dKJjAoa, ficiT. of iiKoxiui. ^ \prj\a<l>dw, -w, haiidli:. 
 
 3 aira-ytiWw, tlcdarr. • Koti'wt'ia, ?;, fclluv;shi}>. 
 
 6 T)lxiTipu%, -d, -o>', (/wr.
 
 138 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 5. Translate ; (a) Orally into Greek : 1. John iv. 1-3. 2. iv. 
 4-G. 3. iv. 7-9. 4. iv. 10-12. 5. iv. 13, 14. 
 
 (b) 1. The prophet was baptizing the disciples of Jesus beyond 
 the Jordan. 2. It is necessary for me to go through Samaria. 
 3. Being wearied of their journey, the men were sitting by the 
 well. 4. These men came to draw water. 5. He had departed 
 into the city that he might buy food. 6. Do ye ask of me water 
 to drink ? 7. Whence have ye this living water ? 8. Are ye 
 greater than God ? 9. I will give to him the water of life, and 
 he shall not thirst unto eternity. 10. My fellowship is with the 
 Father. 11. We declare unto you the testimony which we have 
 seen, and which we have heard. 12. These things we write unto 
 you, because we believe his testimony concerning the word of 
 life. 
 
 10. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Three classes of mutes. 2. v before labials and palatals. 
 3. Inflection of -i'?, -ua, -i'. 4. Inflection of -m, -via, -ds. 5. Of 
 /M-d'C'iJi'. 6. Principal parts of Xvia, 8i8w/u,i, ttoicw, /xaprvpcw. 
 7. Ninth class of verbs. 8. Inflection of verbs in fxi. 9. Inflec- 
 tion in pres. ind. act. of la-T-qfii, riOrjfii, 8t8w/xi. 10. Inflection of 
 Swafiai. 11. Synopsis of pres. of ttio-tcvw in all voices. 12. Im- 
 perfect, in all voices. 13. Future, in all voices. 14. 1 aor., in 
 all voices. 15. Perfect, in all voices. 16. Pluperfect, in all 
 voices.
 
 LESSON XXIX. 139 
 
 LESSON XXIX. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John iv. 15-42. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 15. (a) Xva ij.r] hixpw : cf . Principles 22 and 27. (b) avrXiiv : 
 pres. inf., contr. for avrKtav contr. for avrXduv (§ 101, 1). 
 
 16. viraye, ffnovrjcrw . . . cA^e: note the personal endings of the 
 imperative ; iway- pres. stem, cf)0)pr]<T- 1 aor. stem, iX6- 2 aor. 
 stem. 
 
 17. (a) KaXw9, tvell: most adverbs end in -ws (§ 126, 1). 
 
 18. (a) ((Tx^s, thou didst have : 2 aor. of ex."* (§ 124, 89), cf. 
 cr;!^€i' (XXIV. N. 18). (b) aXr}6i<;, {as) true: an adj.; the ad- 
 verb would be a\ri6w<i (cf. i. 47). (c) cipr/Kas, thoii hast said: 
 -Ktts marks perf. 2 pers. sing., used as an irreg. perf. of ctTroi' 
 (§ 124, 68). 
 
 20. irpoiTiKvvTjaav : 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. plur. from TrpocrKUfew, 
 -oj, jjres. inf. act. TrpocrKweir. 
 
 21. 0VT6 . . . ovre, neither ■ . . nor (§ 131, 2). 
 
 23. Tou>vT(iv<;, such : ace. plur. masc. of toiovto9, a demons, 
 pron. of fjuality (§ 63, 5). 
 
 24. Tous iTi)0(TKvvuvvTa'i, those who ivorship : pres. part. ace. 
 plur. masc, subject of npoaKwdv (cf. rriiicii>k' 23). 
 
 25. acayytXci, he will declare: -d is contr. for c'ei ; u^ayytA-, a 
 liijuid stem; the future of liquid stems is formed by adding c in 
 place of fT (§ 89, 3), which then contracts. 
 
 27. cXaAtt, lie u)as speaking : -ci is contr. for n ; c- marks aug- 
 ment ; the form is imj)erf. act. 3 pers. sing, of XaXc'o), -w. 
 
 29. ftrjTi: compounded of /xr/ and ti; an iiiterrog. particle 
 expecting a negative answer, generally untranslated.
 
 140 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 30. -^pxaPTo, they were comintj : -ovto marks imperf. mid. 3 
 pers. plur. ; with temporal augment ; from ^p^oixai. 
 
 31. (a) iv Tw fxtra^h, in the meanwhile : fjitra^v is an adv. - 
 between; xP^Vw, dat. sing, of xP'^vo<;, time, is understood. 
 (b) rjpwTwv, they were asking : -uiv is contr. for -aov ; witli tem- 
 poral aug., from tpwrato ; the form is imperf. act. 3 pers. plur. 
 (§~114). (c) <^aye, eat thou : 2 aor. imper. act. from iaO'o) 
 (§ 124, 80) ; fut </)dyo/xat, 2 aor. etjiayov (cf. Kara^ayerat, XXIV. 
 N. 3). 
 
 32. (fiayuv, to eat: -€m/ is contr. for €<.i, and marks 2 aor. inf., 
 from eo-^icu (cf. preceding note). 
 
 33. (a) f^^ (cf. Principle 26). (b) ^v^yK^v (cf. ^vcyKav, XXII. 
 N. 4). 
 
 34. ha iroi-qaw . . . kol TcAeiwo-o) (cf. Principle 27). 
 
 35. (a) tTT-ap-are, lift ye up: from iir-aipw, compounded of 
 prep. tVt and aipw (cf. XXIII. n. 12). {b) ^eao-ao-^c: -aaOe 
 marks 1 aor. imper. mid. 2 pers. plur. (§ 108). 
 
 36. Iva . . . \aiprf (cf. Principle 27). 
 
 41. TToXAw TrAttous, ma?^y/ more .• literally more by much ; the 
 dat. of neuter adj. noXv (from ttoAu's, § 49, 1) is often used ad- 
 verbially with the comparative; nXuovs is contr. for TrAttwcs 
 (§ 51, 3, a). 
 
 42. dKriK6up.€i', from aKr'jKoa, perf. of aKou'co (§ 124, 8). 
 
 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 
 
 eVoiw, -et (ii. 23) 8n/'»/cret (iv. 13) KaAws (iv. 17) 
 
 cAaAct, -61 (iv. 27) npoaKvvyjaovaiv (iv. 23) dXrjOws (i. 48, iv. 42) 
 
 yp'oTaov, -wv (iv. 31, 40) dvayycAtti, -el (iv. 25) tV^dSe (iv. 15, 1(3) 
 
 4. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Vowel verbs are contracted in the imperfect as well as in 
 the present. 
 
 2. In the fut. of vowel stems a final short vowel is generally 
 lengthened.
 
 LESSON XXIX. 
 
 141 
 
 3. Liquid stems add e in place of o- to form the future, and 
 then contract. 
 
 4. Most adverbs are formed from adjectives, and end in -w?. 
 
 5. Adverbs may also be formed by adding the suffix -8c. 
 
 5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 49, 1. Inflection of ttoAv? 
 
 2. § 51, 3, a. Of TrXftojv. 
 
 3. §60,1. The Keciprocal Pro 
 
 noun. 
 
 4. § 63, 5. Infl. of toioi)to5. 
 
 5. § 67, L Of aAXo9, 
 
 6. §89, 1-4. The Future 10 
 
 Stem. 
 
 7. § 107, 1, 2. Synopsis of the 
 Future Tense. 
 
 8. §114. Infl.ofPres.Ind.Act. 
 of Contract Verbs. 
 
 § 114. Of Imperf. Ind. Act. 
 
 of Contract Verbs. 
 §126, 1-6. Formation of 
 
 Adverbs. 
 
 9 
 
 6. VOCABULARY A. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 4. 
 5. 
 
 dWi'l\<i}v, one another. 
 aAAo?, -nf], -o, another. 
 av-nyyiWu), declare. 
 
 a-7rd5, -urra, -av, all. 
 
 16. KoTTo?, -ov, o, labor. 
 
 17. XaXifi, -u?, 7/, speech. 
 
 18. XfuKos, -r), -01', white. 
 10. /xevToi, but yet. 
 
 (iixlifia, -T()<;, TO, food, meat. 20. fiera^v, meanwhile. 
 G. (3fjw(Ti<;, -cw?, rj, food, meat. 21. /ht^Sc, awrf wo/, neither. 
 
 7. ScuTf, adv., «o?/ie /i^re. 
 
 8. fiftijKii, I have said. 
 0. ivOdhi, hither. 
 
 10. tTT-aipo), lift up, raise. 
 
 1 1 . €rt, 7/e/, .S/iV/. 
 
 12. 8ef)iX<o, reap. 
 
 13. ^tpicr/Aoq, -or», o, harvest. 
 
 14. /caX(7*q, WC/^. 
 
 15. KfipTTo?, -or, o, fruit. 
 
 22. nfjTi.^ 
 
 23. fiia-d/x;, -nv, o, reward. 
 
 24. 0/10?, together. 
 
 25. opo9, -OU9 (§ 40, 4), TO, 
 
 wor<?iiatw. 
 
 26. ovK-iri, no longer. 
 
 27. fiiVe . . . oiVf, neither . . . nor. 
 
 28. <)cfiOaXn<')<;, -or, it, e»t/e. 
 'JO. TreVrf. //J'C. 
 
 * An interrogative, expecting a negative answer ; generally untranslataVile-
 
 142 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 30. TrpocTKvviwy -u), worship. 37. tcXciow, -w, complete, aecom- 
 
 31. Trpo<TKVvr]Ty]<;, -ov, o, woT- plish. 
 
 shiper} 38. Terpdfirjvo';, -09, -ov, of four 
 
 32. aoi, (Tt'j, (Tov, thy. months. 
 
 33. airtipu), sow. 39. toioiStos, such> 
 
 34. (Tvv-a,y(i>, gather. 40. tottos, -ou, 6, place. 
 
 35. aiDTijp, -rjpo^, 6, saviour. 41. x(i>pa.f -d?, ?^, field. 
 
 36. (TdJTTjpid, -ds, ?^, salvation. 
 
 7. VOCABULARY B. 
 
 Under List IV., of nouns, etc., learn those words numbered 
 150-196. 
 
 8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. H X'^P'? 'fcii ^7 aXrjOeLa 81a. 'Irjcrov Xpia-Tov iyevero (i. 17). 
 
 2. H (TiiiTfjpia eK Toir 'lonSat'wv Icttiv (iv. 22), 
 
 Principle 28. The Greek very often uses the article with ab- 
 stract nouns, in which case it generally must be left untranslated 
 in English. 
 
 1. 'Eav p-i] y b 0fo5 fi€T avTov (iii. 2). 
 
 2. Kai e/cci SiirpL^ev p.eT auToJv Kat i^drrTitev (iii. 22). 
 
 3. EyeVfTo ovv ^riTr)ai<; . . . /xcra 'louSaiou (iii. 25). 
 
 4. O? ^v /[i,€Ta o-oC irlpav rov 'lophdvov (iii. 26). 
 
 5. Kai l6avp.a^ov on p,(Ta yvvaiKu<; ikdXei (iv. 27). 
 
 6. Ti XaXfis /ifr' air^s ; (iv. 27). 
 
 7. MfTci TOVTO Karifi-q ei? Kac^apvaovp. (ii. 12). 
 
 8. Mtra Taura ^X0cv 6 'Iiyo-oCs ... €15 T-qv 'Ioi;Saiaj' yrjv (iii. 22). 
 Principle 29. The prep, /icra, in N. T., governs two cases, the 
 
 gen. and ihe ace. ; with the gen. it means among, with (associa- 
 tion), together with; with the ace, after, of time or place. 
 
 ^ Only here.
 
 LESSON XXIX. 143 
 
 9. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline : llpo<fii^T]<;, a-tttrqpia, Mfcrcriag, X*^P"j /capTros, ywiQ, 
 avrjp, Travi'ip, I3puiai<;, opo?, ^pwpia • 6, aurds, aWos, <tv, (Kelvo^, ovtos, 
 
 TToAuS, aWi'jXtDV, TOIOVTOS, (TO?, UTTO?, OvSciS (§ 54, 1, N. 1). 
 
 2. Conjugate : Aeyw, So?, Sii/'ui, Siep^w/Aai, <f)wvr)(TOv, (\6e, aTrt- 
 KpiOrjv, e(r\ov, flp.i, iriaT€v(, 7rpo(T(KvvT](ra, Trpoa-KvvTqcru), TrpoaKwio}, 
 tp^op.ai, i\6C}, dvayycAoi, i6avp.a^ov, ikaXovv, u.<f>rJKa, rjp^^upijv, k€ko- 
 
 TTlUKa. 
 
 3. Analyze : Oi8ap.ev, aK-qKoapev, TTio-TCvo/xcv, i-rricrTfvcrav, c^icivev, 
 ^eivai, rjp(i}TU)y', p-aprvpovcrr]^, elcrtXrjXvOaTe, KtKOTriaKacrii', uTrc'o'TeiXa, 
 Oepi^iDV, (TTTiipwv, X^'PT?) OedaacrOe, CTraparc, TeXtiwcrw, (f>ayeiv, <^ay€, 
 
 •^p^OVTO, d77->}\^€V, ^r/Te??, cA.^^, TrpOO-KVVOVVTa?, TrpOOrKWflTC, TVpOCTKV- 
 
 4. Translate at sight : (a) John iv. 1-14. 
 
 (i) Kai co'Tt*' avTi] y tlyycXux * j)!' aKrjKoafiev air airrov kol dvayycX- 
 Ao/icv ti/iii', oTt 6 ^(o? ^a»? etTTiv koi (TKOTia ovK tariv iv avT<Z oiSc^io. 
 (OLV (iiruififv oTi KMvioviav e^optv fi(T auToti, (cat iv T<p o"KOT€t Trcpt- 
 TraToi/xev, \p(vS6picf)a ^ koi ov iroiovfifv Tr]v aX-qOaav ' iav St tv to) 
 (^o*Ti TrfpinaTuifitv w? auro? to'Tii' cV tw <^wTt, Koivcovtav i\npifv /ler 
 dAAi^Xwv Kui TO ai/xa 'Irjcrov tou vlov KaOapi^ci ^ 7//iu? utto Trdai]^ 
 u/xapria? (1 John i. 5—7). 
 
 5. Translate : (a) Orally into Greek : 1. John iv. 15-18- 
 2. iv. 19-22. 3. iv. 23-20. 4. iv. 27-30. 5. iv. 31-34. G. iv. 
 35-38. 7. iv. 39, 40. 8. iv. 41, 42. 
 
 (h) 1. Ho comes hither to draw water, in order that he may 
 not thirst. 2. Do not call your wivf.s, hut come hither. 3. They 
 saw that he was a prophet. 4. I will worship God in tliis tem- 
 jih'. 5. I worshiji{)<'d the FatluT in this mountain. 0. They 
 will announce to them the truth. 7. He marvels that the woman 
 
 ' Message, only 1 John i. .'i ; iii. 11. 
 2 fti/5o/«u, lie, speak falsely. 
 * KaOaptj^w, cleanse, purify.
 
 144 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 speaks with this man. 8. He has food to eat which the others 
 do not know. 9. They brought me food to eat, but I was not 
 able to eat it. 10. He who sows reaps his reward. 
 
 10. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Inflection of opos, ctos. 2. Of yuvr/, vSoip. 3. Of ouSti?, aA,- 
 Aos. 4. Of Tras, TToXu?, irkuMv. 5. Future system. 6. 1 passive 
 system. 7. Principal parts of Xvm, ttuttcvw. 8. Synopsis of im- 
 perf. of TTio-Tcvw. 9. Synopsis of future of Trurrevui in all voices. 
 10. Of 1 aorist. 11. Inflection of Tt/i-aw, Sti/^uoi, cpwraw. 12. In- 
 flection of (fiiXew, TTpoaKvviw. 13. Inflection of SryXow, TeAetdoi. 
 14. Inflection of cri/Aaov, ^pwraov. 15. Inflection of icfitkeov, 
 tAaAeov. 
 
 LESSON XXX. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John iv. 43-54. 
 
 2 NOTES. 
 
 43. (a) fiera, after : cf. l*rin. 29. (b) iKei-Oei', thence : the 
 suffix -dey is often used to form adverbs (§ 126, 3), denoting 
 place whence, as -Se denotes place whither, cf. irOa-8e (iv. 15, 16). 
 (c) CIS : this prep., denoting entrance into, or direction and limit, 
 always governs the ace, and is correlative with iv, in, and oppo- 
 site to iK, ii, out of (§ 125, 2, c). 
 
 44. h', in : always with the dative, denoting joZace in, sphere 
 in, time in, instrument, power (§ 125, 2, h). 
 
 45. (a) eSe^avTo, they received : -avro marks 1 aor. mid. 3 pers. 
 plur., from Sex^)iiui ; stem ^ex--, -X' of slom with era, the sign of 1 
 aor. mid., forming ^u (§ 13, 4). (l>) cajpaKOTcs : -koVcs marks
 
 LESSON XXX. 145 
 
 nom. plur. masc. of perf. part. act. in -w^ (§ 48, 5). (c) ocra, 
 whatsoever tilings : ace. ueut. plur. after tTroLrjaev. 
 
 46. -qaOivu, he was sick : 7}-, temporal augment, -ci, contr. for 
 -ee, imperf. ind. act. 3 pars. sing, of aa-dtvioi, am sick, iveak. 
 
 47. (rt) eK, out of, from: always with the gen. (opposite to 
 cis), denoting ^^Ztice out of, origin, material from (§ 125, 2, a). 
 {(>) ypwra, he was asking : -a = contr. for -at ; imperf. uul. act. 3 
 pers. sing, of cpwratu, -w. (c) Karafifj : -(iff marks 2 aor. subj. act. 
 3 pers. sing, of -/SatVw (§ 124, 12), of the /xi inflection (^ 120). 
 {d) liia-qrai, he might heal : -a-qrai marks 1 aor. subj. mid. 3 pers. 
 sing. (§ 108) of depon. verb tdo/xai, -uiftai. (e) rjixeWei', he was 
 about to : the imperf. ind. of fjiiWut has two forms in the N. T., 
 £/ieAAoi/ and ^yxcAAov, as here, the augment being irregular (§74, 
 4). (/) aTTo-Oi'-^aKeii', to die: -eiv marking the inf.; -dvyjcrK- is 
 the pres. stem, formed from the stem Ova- by adding -ctkcj (§ 84, 
 1), and is therefore of VI. class (cf. § 124, 100). 
 
 48. 7rio-T£wrjT€ : -arjre marks 1 aor. subj. act. 2 pers. plur. 
 
 49 (a) KaTd(3r]di : -Ol marks 2 aor. imper. act. of /u inflec- 
 tion (§ 120 ), cf. V. 47, c. (6) ano-Oaveiv, to die: 2 aor. inf. act. 
 of a7r(j-0yr'i(TKi,> ( V. 47, /) ; 6av- is the simple stem, $vu- the perfect 
 stem (-§ 124, 100). 
 
 50. (a) TTopevov : -ov marks pres. imper. mid. (>; 105). (/') ly, 
 he lives: -jj is an irreg. contr. of -dei ( § 114, 1 ; § 124, DO)- 
 
 52. (a) iirv6eTo, he inquired : wvO- is the stem of 2 aor. ; to 
 form the [ires, stem (-wfim-) add av°|e-, and as the vowel of irvO- 
 is short, insert a i' (§ 83, 1, c); of the V. class; a depon. verb, 
 iruvOilvoiiai, I inquire (§ 124, IGD). (h) tdx^v (cf. iv. 18). 
 
 54. TovTo, cf. I'rinciple 25. 
 
 3 FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 
 
 yXOiv 
 
 Karaftf] 
 
 tVl'flfTO 
 
 €ti)f)aK(nc^ 
 
 aTroOavui' 
 
 Kr^cv 
 
 u(fir/K€V 
 
 f.yyu} 
 10 
 
 i6qT€
 
 146 
 
 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 4 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Many verbs are irregular, different parts of the verb being 
 derived from themes essentially different. 
 
 2. The special information needed concerning each verb may 
 be found by referring to the list of irregular verbs given in 
 §124. 
 
 5. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 74, 4. Imperf. of /ac'AXo). 7. § 125, 2. The Meaning of 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 § 75, 4. Perfect of olkovu). 
 § 125, 1. The Use of Prepo- 
 sitions. 
 
 4. § 125, 2, a. Use of diro and tV. 
 
 5. § 125, 2, b. Use of eV and eh. 
 G. §125,2, rf. Useof^cra. 
 
 the Prepositions. 
 
 8. § 130. The Neg. Adverbs. 
 
 9. §131,1-3. Copulative and 
 
 Disjunctive Particles. 
 10. § 131, 1-3. Adversative 
 and Inferential Particles. 
 
 6 VOCABULARY A. 
 
 1. dTTo-dv-qa-KO), die. 14. fiiWu), am about to do any- 
 
 2. aaOevtw, -w, am sick, weak. thing. 
 
 3. y3ao-iXt»coq, -TQ, -dv, royal. 15. oiKi'd, -d?, rj, house. 
 
 4. /Jao-tXiKos, -ov, o, king's offi- 16. oXo?, --q, -ov, whole. 
 
 5. 
 
 cer. 
 ^exofiai, receive. 
 
 6. ooCXos, -ov, 6, servant. 
 
 7. £^So/A09, -7], -OV, seventh. 
 
 8. fKcWev, thence. 
 
 9. tx^es, adv., yesterday. 
 
 10. ■^817, now, already. 
 
 11. Idoftai, -w/iai, /iPa/, «<re. 
 
 12. Ko^Lxporepov, adv., better. 
 
 13. KOfjul^oTepov €^0), am bet 
 
 ter. 
 
 17. TraiSiov, -ou, to, child. 
 
 18. Trais, TraiSds, o, child. 
 
 19. Trarpi?, -iSos, ^, one's native 
 
 country. 
 
 20. TTopevofiai, go, depart. 
 
 21. TrptV, before that. 
 
 22. TrvvOdvofJiai, inquire. 
 
 23. TTvpfTos, -ov, 6, fever. 
 
 24. Tfpa<;, -aT09, to, wonder.^ 
 
 25. Tt/x?;, -^s, ^, honor. 
 
 26. {iTT-avTacD, -w, meet. 
 ^ Only in i)lur. in N. T., and always joined witli (rij^eta.
 
 LESSON XXX. 147 
 
 7. VOCABULARY B. 
 
 1. Learn the Correlative Pronouns given under List VII. 
 
 2. Learn the Prepositions given under List YIII. 
 
 8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. "Ore ovv yyepOr] tn vtKpwv (ii. 22). 
 
 2. MfTo. Tttvra ^XOev 6 'Irjcrov^ (iii. 22). 
 
 3. 'H aurrrjfjta tK tu)v 'louSaioji/ Icttiv (iv. 22 ; cf. iv. 9). 
 
 4. 'ESe^avTO avrov oi raXtXaioi, iravra cwpaKOTC? (iv. 45). 
 
 5. Kai ^v Tt? /?acriXi/co5 ov u vios ycrOtveL • At'yti Trpos avTov o /Su- 
 
 criXiKo? (iv. 46, 49). 
 
 6. 'EX^uiv e« T^9 'lovSaia? cis rrjv FaXtXaiai' (iv. 54; cf. iii. 22). 
 
 Principle 30. An adjective is often used alone as a noun, the 
 substantive being omitted. 
 1. Of place, into : 
 
 1. 'E^>;^o/i€vov CIS Tov KoafJ-ov (i. 9). 2. ^HXOtv £<? TTjV TaXiXaiav 
 (iv. 45). 3. OvTrix) yap -qv [iifiXrfp.ivo<; eh tijv (fivXaKijv Iwcxj-t/s 
 
 (iii. 24). 
 
 2. Of motion or direction to, unto: 
 
 1. Els' rd lSlul r/XOev (i. 11). 2. 'EkXv/^'t; Sc Kal 6 lr)<TOV<; . . . cis 
 T0|/ ydfiov (ii. 2). 3. AwTot yap ^X6'oi' £is Tr;r koprrfv (iv. 45). 
 
 3. Of end or aim, w7t<o .• 
 
 1. Wrfyy] il^aros aAXo/teVow cts ^a)i7V acoVior (iv. 14). Z. Kat crvi'- 
 dyfi Kitpiruv fis ^(Dr)^ atoViov (iv. 3C). 
 
 4. Of 2>urpose, re.sult, for : 
 
 1. OvTi)^ -ijXOfv CIS iiapTvpiar (i. 7). 
 
 5. Of C'tlii<:al direction, on : 
 
 1. Tots irifTTdiovaii' cis* to ovofia avrov (i. 12). 2. Kui (irKTTtvnuv 
 f(\- avTitv ot fiaOi]Tai hvtuv (ii. 11). 3. '() 7rifrTfi5(i)»' fi's axnov (ill. 
 16, 18). 4. 'O TTKTTtviDV (Is rnv mov <;(ft ^(di^i^ aiuji'ioi' (iii. 36). 
 
 ' Ui(TTe\'itiv fCs Tira, to helicvc on run/ oni', is characteristic nf St. Jolm's 
 f!iir,))c.l, niid iiH'ans more tliaii mrTrfiHiv nvi, l<> helievc (i)iif mif, niul is rcully 
 C(rnsirucliij i>iucijnans, i. e. it virtually contains the latter tliouglit.
 
 148 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 6. Of time, denoting duration, through^ during : 
 1. Ov fir] Buj/yatL eh tov aiwfa (iv. 14). 
 
 7. Co?istructlo ^raegnans, a double construction, implying also 
 rest in, in : 
 
 1. 'O tiv CIS Tov koXttov tow Trarpos ckcivo? i^rjyrjcraTO (i. 18). 
 Principle 31. The preposition cis always governs the accusa- 
 tive. 
 
 9. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Decline : 'H/icpa, ti/at/, oTvo9, uios, arjixtiov, TraiSiov, Trarpis, repa?, 
 ■mu'z, ocros, tis, d/covcas, CKeivo?, oXos, Sci^repo?, iXOwv, cwpaKws. 
 
 2. Conjugate : 'E^X^ov, e/tapn^pv/o-a, e;(U), iStidfxrjv, ^jXTjv, yjO-Ql- 
 vuvv, 7)p(i}Tiov, KaTu/3a), iacra»p,tti, Kara^-qOi, Tropevov, ^dw, a(f)7]Ka, 
 
 3. Analyze : 'E^^X^cv, eSe^avro, ewpaKorcs, rjaOevei, rfKU, rfpuira, 
 Karaf^fj, uunqrai, rjp.tK\ev, i8r)Te, -TnaTevcrrjTe, Kard^-qOi, diroOavuv, 
 TTOpevov, t,fj, iircp€vcTo, vTr-qvTrjcrav, lirvOeTO, f-a-)(ev, acfi^Kev, enreVf 
 
 kXuMV. 
 
 4. Translate at sight : (a) John iv. 15-42. 
 
 (b) 1. 'Eav ciTToj/Afv OTi dfiapriav ovk t)(pp.ev, €avTov<; TrXavMfxcv, 
 KOI Tj aXyjOeia ovk tcmv iv r]fuv. cav ofioXoyuifjLev Ta§ dyuaprias rjfiG)V, 
 TTto-TOS €(TTiv Ktti 8iKaios iVa u^jj ^ T^p-iv Tcis d/i,apTia? «:ai KaOapLO-r] ® 
 ^'p,as aTTO Trdar]<; dSiicias. eav ciTrwp.ci' on o^;;^ ly/xapTryKap-ci', {f/eva-T-qv 
 
 TTOLOVflCV aWOV KUl 6 Aoy05 ttlUTOli O^K €(TTIV tV l^p IV (1 Jolin ]. 8—10). 
 
 5. Translate : (a) Orally into Greek : 1. John iv. 43-45. 2. iv. 
 46, 47. 3. iv. 48-50. 4. iv. 51, 52. 5. iv. 53, 54. 
 
 (h) 1. After these things he goes up into the mountain, and 
 ahides there two days. 2. He came into his own country, hut 
 they did not receive him. 3. He was coming unto the feast. 
 4. They were asking that he should come up. 5. He is not 
 willing to die, but he must die. 6. Come up before that my 
 father dies. 7. His father will live, and he shall eat of the fruit 
 of his labor. 8. The men believed the word which he spoke to 
 
 1 TrXavdu], -tD, deceive. " 1 aor. subj. 
 
 2 2 aor. act. subj. of d<plri/jLi., send away, forgive.
 
 LESSON XXXI. — REVIEW. l49 
 
 them, and the father of the child in that hour believed on the 
 name of the Saviour of the world. 9. This did Jesus as a second 
 miracle. 
 
 10. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Augment. 2. Reduplication. 3. Tense systems. 4. Pres- 
 ent stem. 5. Eighth class of verbs. 6. 2 aor. stem. 7. Con- 
 tract verbs. 8. Principal parts of Auw, StSw/xi, ttoicw, ttio-tciw, 
 Ti/taoj. 9. Use of prepositions. 10. Use of airo and tV. 11. Use 
 of £V. 12. Use of €ts. 13. Use of fiira. 14. -cus, -dcr, -St. 
 15. Use of /y.»;. IG. Copulative conjunctions. 17. Disjunctive 
 conjunctions. 
 
 LESSON XXXI. — REVIEW. 
 
 [The attentioti of the .student is a^'aiii called to the necessity of a 
 thorniigh reviiiw. He i-s earnestly urjijeil to review Le.'^soii XX. before 
 taking up this le.ssou. The vocabularies learned thus far must be abso- 
 lutely mastered.] 
 
 1 VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Review the words given in the vocabulary of Lesson X., 
 covering John i. 1-19. 
 
 2. Review the words given in the vocabulary of Lesson XX., 
 covering John i. 20-51. 
 
 .3. Revi(!W the vocal)ularies given in Lessons XXl.-XXIV., 
 covering second chapter of John. 
 
 4. Tk(!vi«'W \]\(' vocaliularie.s given in Lessons XXV.- XXX., 
 covering third and fourfb chapters of John. 
 
 5. Review List I., of 95 verbn occurring innp' than fifty tiinr.s 
 in N. T.. and note how many vcrb.s an' found in .Inlm i. l-iv. 54. 
 
 G. Review List IV., of 1!)G nouns, etc., occurring nion- than 
 fifty times in N. T., and note how many r)f these words are found 
 in John i. l-iv. .54.
 
 150 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 7. Review List VII., table of correlative pronouns, and write 
 from memory the different classes. 
 
 8. Review List VIII., table of prepositions, and write from 
 memory a list of j^repositions, with their respective meanings, 
 governing (1) gen. only ; (2) dat. only ; (3) ace. only ; (4) gen. 
 and ace. ; (5) gen., dat., and ace. 
 
 2. TEXT. 
 
 John ii. 1-iv. 54. 
 
 1. Pronounce aloud the Greek text until it can be read 
 fluently. 
 
 2. With only the literal translation before the eye, pronounce 
 the Greek of each verse until this can be done without hesitation. 
 
 3. Then write the Greek text of each verse until it can be 
 reproduced without error. 
 
 4. Read aloud slowly the Greek text, and write down, in three 
 columns, according to their declensions, the various nouns of 
 Chapter IV. as they occur.* 
 
 5. Arrange in alphabetical order, according to their declen- 
 sions, all the nouns which occur in the second, third, and fourth 
 chapters of John, and tabulate the result: (1) first declen., 
 (a) feminines in -a, {b) in -a, (c) in -rj, (d) masculines in -»;?, 
 (e) in -de, (/) contracts in -fj ; (2) second deck, (a) masc. in 
 -09, {b) fern, in -o?, (c) neut. in -nv ; (3) third deck, (a) stems 
 ending in a palatal mute, (b) in a lingual mute, (c) in a liquid, 
 (fZ) in -0-, (e) in -i, (/) in a diphthong, (g) irregular. 
 
 6. Arrange in alphabetical order (1) the adjectives, (2) nu- 
 merals, (3) pronouns, (4) prepositions, (.5) adverbs, and (6) con- 
 junctions, which occur in the second, third, and fourth chapters. 
 
 7. Arrange in alphabetical order, in four classes ( (1) vowel, 
 (2) in V), (3) deponent, (4) in /xi ), all the verbs which occur in 
 these chapters of John. 
 
 1 To fulfil this and the various rp(|uiiemeiits which follow, time, accuracy, 
 and patience will be needed. No .student who has ever done such work will 
 fail to appreciate the good results which will surely follow.
 
 LESSON XXXI. — REVIEW. 
 
 151 
 
 8. Make a list of all verb-forms occurring in the indicative, 
 classifying them according to voices and tenses. 
 
 9. Make a similar list of all verb-forms occurring in the 
 subjunctive. 
 
 10. Make a list of all verb-forms occurring in (1) the impera- 
 tive, (2) the infinitive. 
 
 11. Make a list of all verb-forms occurring as participles. 
 
 12. Prepare a tabular statement for future use, covering all 
 these topics. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 [Before the student begins this review, he should study the Grammar 
 Lesson given in the reviews of Lessons X. and XX. 
 
 1. §4,3. Breathing of initial u. 16. §41,1. Inflection of -ywij, uSwp. 
 
 2. §7,1,2. Contraction of vowels. 
 
 3. § 13, 1-13. Euphony of Con- 
 
 .^niiants. 
 
 4. § 27, 1-4. Declension and 
 
 ca.se-endings. 
 
 5. §31,1. Terminations of First 
 
 flecl. 
 
 17. §42, 1. Gen. plur. of opos. 
 
 18. § 44, 4. Adjectives in -os, -ov. 
 
 19. § 46, 1 . Inflection of dXi/^^s. 
 
 20. §47, 1, 2. o|ur, 7r5r. 
 
 21. §48, 1, h, fi. Of jKiiticiples in 
 
 -ojf, -cor, -awv, -«i)v, -6<i)v. 
 
 22. §49, 1. OfTToXiry. 
 
 6. §32,1. Iriflcftioii ofo-vic^, ■y^. 23. §50,2. Of ai^vim. 
 
 7. §33,2. Proper names of First 24. § 51, 3, «. Of fifi(a)P, n\fiu>v. 
 
 decl. 
 8. § 35, 1 . Terminations of Sec- 
 
 riTid decl. 
 9 § 37, n. Trifliction of 'l»;(ToGf. 
 
 10. §40, 1. Inflirtioii <.f fTcipf 
 
 11. §4'>. 2. Tiiflcction of x"P^^' 
 
 12 §40, 3. Inflection nf nari,,). 
 
 pi7T»7p «i/i7p. 
 13. §40,4. Iiifloctinn nf rrof opof. 
 
 2f). §53, 1. Numerals l-G. 
 
 26. § 54, 1 , N. 1 . IidU'Ction of ds, 
 
 rpds, ovdfis. 
 
 27. §55. f'oinpoiuul Tiunilieis. 
 
 28. § 59. Inflection of atavTov, 
 
 InvTov. 
 
 29. §60, 1. The reciprocal pro- 
 
 noun. 
 .30. §61.1.2 Popsessivp pronouns. 
 31. §63,.'") Iiideifidii (if ToiouTor 
 
 14. §40. Ty. Inflection of miA.s, 32. §66, I. Of rij: 
 
 o<f)is, icpiats. 33 §67,1. OfnfXXos. 
 
 15. §40,6. Inflection of /SaatXei^r, .34. §72,1-6. The ten.'^e.^. 
 
 Povs. 35. §74,1-10. The augment.
 
 152 
 
 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 Eighth and ninth 
 
 Future stem. 
 
 1 aorist stem. 
 
 2 aorist stem. 
 1 perfect stem. 
 Perf. middle stem. 
 1 passive stem. 
 
 Mood suffixes. 
 Personal endings. 
 
 36. § 75, 1-6. Reduplication. 
 
 37. § 76, 1-9. The tense-systems. 
 
 38. § 78, 1. The present stem. 
 
 39. § 79, § 80. First and second 
 
 class. 
 
 40. § 82, § 83. Fourth and fifth 
 
 class. 
 
 41. § 84, § 85. Sixth and seventh 
 
 class. 
 
 42. §86, §87. 
 
 class. 
 
 43. § 89, 1-4. 
 
 44. § 90, 1-3. 
 
 45. § 91, i, 2. 
 
 46. § 92, 1-5, 
 
 47. § 94, 1-4. 
 
 48. § 95, 1-3. 
 
 49. § 97, 1, a, h 
 
 50. § 98, 1-4. 
 
 51. §99,1-6. Use of the endings. 
 
 52. § 100, 1-3. The imperative. 
 
 53. § 101, 1. The infinitive. 
 
 54. §102,1,2. The participle. 
 
 55. §103, 1-3. Synopsis of the 
 
 present of Xvw. 
 
 56. §104. Inflection of XvQ), pres. 
 
 art. ind., subj., imper., part. 
 
 57. §105. Pres. mid. and pass. 
 
 ind., subj., imper., part. 
 
 58. § 106. Imperf. act., mid., and 
 
 pass. 
 
 59. § 107, 1, 2. Synopsis of the 
 
 future of Xvo). 
 
 60. § 107, 2. Inflection of Xvtrw, 
 
 Xvcrwi', 'Kvaoyim, Xvcrofitvos, 
 Xvdrjaoiiai, XvOtjcrofifuoi. 
 
 61. § 108, 1-4. Synopsis of 1 aor. 
 
 62. §108,2-4. IiiflpctioriofeXvo-n, 
 
 Xvrro), Xvaov, \viTns,(Xvcrafir]v, 
 Xvrrafiai, Xvfrni, Xucrd/iei'os, 
 (Xvdrjv, \v6oi), XvdrjTl- 
 
 63. § 109, 1-5. Synopsis of perf. 
 
 64. § 109, 2-5. Inflection of Xe- 
 
 , Xu(ca, XcXvK&j, XfXvKc.XfXuKoi)?, 
 XeXvfxai, XeXv/xej/oy w, XeXv- 
 fifvos. 
 
 65. § 110, 1,2. Inflection of the 
 
 pluperf. act. 
 
 66. § 111, 1, 2. Synopsis of 2 aor. 
 
 ol XeiTro). 
 
 67. §111,1,2. Inflection of eXi- 
 
 TTof, XiTTw, XiVe, Xmoiv. 
 
 68. §114,1. Contract verbs. 
 
 69. §114, 1. Inflection of Tifido), 
 
 (piXeto, br/Xou). 
 
 70. §114,1. Inflection of m/xao^ 
 
 f(Pi\fOP, e'SijXooi'. 
 
 71. § 114, 1 . Inflection of rifidofiai. 
 
 72. § 114, 1. Of Cdco. 
 
 73. § 115. Synopsis of nia-Ttvo) 
 
 and Tifidm, in all tenses and 
 voices. 
 
 74. § 116, 1. Impersonal verbs. 
 
 75. § 117. Defective verbs. 
 
 76. § 118, 1-4. Verbs in (ii. 
 
 77 §120. Inflection of tcrTTjtxi, 
 Tidrjfii, 8l8cL>[ii. 
 
 78. § 120. 01 dve^rjv, tyvatv, Ka- 
 
 Ta/3a}, 8ii), KaTajirjOi, 86s- 
 
 79. §120. Oidvvafxai. 
 
 80. § 121. Principal parts of 8i- 
 
 81. §122, 16. Inflection of pres. 
 
 and imperf. ind., pres. subj., 
 and pres. part, of et/ii. 
 
 82. § 125, 1, 2. The use and mean- 
 
 ing of the prepositions. 
 
 83. § 126, 1-6. Formation of ad- 
 
 verlis. 
 S4. §130. Negative adverbs. 
 85. §131,1-3. Conjunctions con- 
 necting co-ordinate sentences.
 
 LESSON XXXI. — REVIEW. 153 
 
 4. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. Eeview Principles 1-13, illustrating by additional exam- 
 ples. 
 
 2. Illustrate Principle 14 with additional examples (of. ii. 12 ; 
 iii. 22). 
 
 3. Illustrate Principles 15 (cf. iv. 32) and 16 (cf. iii. 8, 15, 
 20; iv. 13) ]>y additional examples. 
 
 4. Principles 17 (rf. ii. 24; iii. 26, 31, 35; iv. 29, 39, 45) 
 and 18 (cf. iii. 16, 17). 
 
 5. Principles 19 (cf. iv. 2, 12, 44, 53 ; iii. 28 ; iv. 42, 45) and 
 20 (cf. in iv. 1-54, 16 examples of airov; 12 of avrov ; 1 of avr^s, 
 iv. 27 ; 2 of avrwi', iv. 38, 52 ; 13 of ainw ; 3 of avrols ; 7 of 
 
 aUTTj). 
 
 6. Principles 21 (cf . iv. 5, 14, 50) and 22 (cf. iii. 16, 20 ; 
 iv. 15). 
 
 7. Principles 23 (cf. iii. 30 ; iv. 14, 24), 24 (cf. iv. 13, 15, 20, 
 21), and 25 (cf. iv. 54). 
 
 8. Review and illustrate Principles 26-31. 
 
 5. EXERCISES, 
 
 1. Translate orally Joliii i. 1-iv. 54. 
 
 2. Translate into English orally the Greek sentences of each 
 exercise in Lessons XXI.-XXX. 
 
 3. Translate into Greek orally tin; first five English sentences 
 in same Lessons. 
 
 4. Willi till' Kcvisf'd Vorsir)n in your hand, translate orally : 
 1. 1 John i. 1-4. 2. i. 5. 3. i. 0, 7. 4. i. 8, 9. 5. i. 10.
 
 154 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XXXII. 
 
 [New words will be found in the vocabulary at tbe end of the Greek 
 text of the Gospel of St. John. The student will prepare for himself a 
 list of all the new words occurring in each lesson, and memorize the 
 same. This list may be kept in a small note-book and preserved for 
 future reference and comparison.] 
 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John v. 1-23. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 2. (a) eVt T^ Trpo(3aTtKfi, at the sheep (gate) : ttvAt/, gate, being 
 understood, cf. Prin. 30. (b) iTriXeyofitv-q : pres. pass. part, of em,- 
 Atyoj, name, surname. 
 
 3. (a) KariKUTo, ivas lying down: imperf. ind. act. 3 pets, 
 sing, of Kard-Keifjiai (§ 122, 15). (b) dcrOevovvTwv : contr. for daOe- 
 vf.6vrwv, gen. plur. of pres. act. part, of aaOevew, w, am weak, sick, 
 (c) Tix^XuJr, etc. : adjectives without substantives expressed, cf. 
 Prin. 30. 
 
 6. (a) KaraKeifLtvov, lying down : pres. act. part, (b) yvov<; : 
 2 aor. act. part, of yLvwaKoj ; stem yic- ; inflected like SiSous 
 (§ 48, 2). 
 
 7. (a) rai)a-^6r\ : -6rj marks 1 aor. subj. pass. 3 pers. sing., from 
 Ta.pd(T(Ti)), agitate, trouble ; stem rapay-, of the Iota (IV.) class, y 
 uniting with i and becoming o-rr (§ 82, 1, a) ; y before being 
 changed into x (§ 13? !)• (^) /3«'^?/ • 7/ marks subj. ; fta\-, 2 
 aor. stem, of Iota class (§ 82, 1, c). (c) eV w, while : iv with the 
 neuter of the relative os forms a periphrase for a conjunction, 
 here in a temporal sense. 
 
 10. (a) Tt6epa7riv/j.lvo) : perf. part. pass, of OepaTrtvM ; for redupl. 
 see § 75, 1. (b) apai: 1 aor. inf. act. of aipw (§ 124, 5).
 
 LESSON XXXII. 155 
 
 11. («) OS 8(, but this one: the relative pron. has the force 
 here of a demonstrative, (b) vyii}, whole: ace. sing, of uytr/s, -c? 
 (§ 46, 1). (c) TrepiTraTct : -ti contr, for It ; pres. imper. act. 2 pers. 
 Bing. 
 
 13. (a) ia6ti<i : -6ets marks 1 aor. pass. part, of Ido/jLai (§ 124, 
 102), inflected Hke Xv^ti's (§48, 3). (b) Uivtvatv. 1 aor. of 
 iKvtvw, withdraw. 
 
 14. (a) a/xofnaii : pres. imper. act. (b) xeipov : neut. conip. of 
 KOKos (§ 52, 1 ; § 51, 3, a), (c) yivrjiat : 2 aor. subj. mid. 
 
 16. c'SiwKoi', ivoUi : both imperfects. 
 
 17. airtHpivaro : 1 aor. mid. (7 times in N. T.) ; 1 aor. pass. 
 aveKpiOr) is mainly used. 
 
 18. (a) €^7;touv : contr. imperf. act. {b) aTroKTeivai : 1 aor. 
 inf. act. (c) cXvc, cXtyc : both imperfects. 
 
 19. (a) ov . . . ovStV : the compound negative (ov^iv) strength- 
 ens the negation, but in English only one negative is used. 
 (b) uv firf Ti, except what. 
 
 20. (a) htiKvvaiv. pres. ind. act. 3 pers. sing, of 8<iki'v/u,i 
 (§ 120). {b) htiUi : fut. ind. act. of htUvvpi (§ 121). 
 
 23. (r/) rijKMcn : pros. subj. act. 3 pers. pliir. contr. of Tifidwai 
 (§ 114). (b) Tijxa : contr. for ti/auci. 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. V. 2. This is the third occurrence of c tti with the dat. im- 
 plying rest on (cf. iv, 6, 27), twice of place and once of time. 
 There have been five rases of <Vi with the arc. (i. 32, 33 (twice), 
 52; iii. 30), three of which are com^trurtio 2)raegnans, i. e. imjily- 
 ing not only motion toward.s, but resting on. 
 
 2. V. 3. Kara in composition generally means down, as in kotu- 
 Kdfiai, KmajiaiVM. 
 
 3. V. G. -Dus marks the ending of the part. act. of stems in -o- 
 of the pi inflection, yvous (2 aor. part.), hihov'i (pres.), Sou's (2 aor.), 
 cf. § 119.
 
 156 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 4. V. 8. There are three imperatives in this sentence, two 
 with the present stem, one with 1 aor. stem. 
 
 5. V. 11. The use of the relative pronoun for the demonstra- 
 tive is comparatively rare in the N. T. 
 
 6. Vv. 16, 18. The imperfect is regularly used to denote a 
 frequently repeated past action, and also often denotes an at- 
 tempted action. 
 
 7. Yv. 17, 19. The 1 aor. mid. of aTroKpivojxai is found only 
 seven times in N. T., the 1 aor. pass, being generally used. 
 
 8. V. 23. Ti/Aawcri (pres. subj.) and Ti/Aaoucri (pres. ind.) have 
 the same form after contraction, Ti/Awcrt. 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 48, 2. Inflection of Movs. 6. § 88, 1. Tenth Class. 
 
 2. § 48, 3. Of Xvd^is. 7. § 114, 1. Inflection of Pres. 
 
 3. § 52, 1-3. Comparison of Subj. Act. of Contract 
 
 K«Ko?, TToAi'?, Trpo. Verbs. 
 
 4. § 68. Correlation of Pro- 8. § 120. Of Pres. Ind. Act. of 
 
 nouns. SeiKvvfjii. 
 
 5. § 82, 1, a-d. Iota Class of 9. § 125, 2, a. Meaning of Pre- 
 
 Verbs. positions in Composition. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in 
 this lesson. 
 
 2. Learn the correlative adverbs given under List IX. 
 
 3. Learn under the List of Verbs of the First Class in -/xi 
 (§ 122), the verbs, with their compounds, numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, 
 9, 11, 15, 16, 17. 
 
 6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. (a) Mcf'^w TOVTwv oiprj (i. 50) . (b) Mrj (tv fici^wv el tov Trarpos 
 ■tjlJ.wv IaKu)(3 / (iv. 12) . (c) Kal ixf.it,ova toutwv 8ei$€i avTw cpyo 
 
 (v. 20).
 
 LESSON XXXII. 157 
 
 2. (a) ^lr](rov<s nXuova'i fxaOrjra^ ttoui rj 'Iwdvr]<; (iv. 1). {b) Kal 
 rjydTrr](Tav oi dvOpoiTTOi /J.aAAoi' to trKOTOs 17 to ^uJs (iii. 19). 
 
 Princij^Ie 32. The comparative degree usually takes the ob- 
 ject of comparison in the ^rnitive, or it may be followed by the 
 comparative particle t}, the things compared generally being in 
 the same case. 
 
 1. Clauses with relatives : 
 
 (a) "Oti av \iyrf v/XLV TronijaaTe (ii. 5). (b) "Os S' av irir) Ik tov 
 vSttTOs ov iyu) 8ajo"w avTw (iv. 14). ((^) ' A yap av cKCtvos Troirj, 
 Tavra Koi o vlos o/xotw? Troiti, (v. 19). 
 
 2. Clauses with the conditional el (idv = d dr) : 
 
 (a) Hois idv eiTToj vfXLv rd i-rrovpavia 7rt(TTeweTe ; (iii. 12), (b^'Edv 
 fj.rj (rr)p.iia Kal repara l?)rjT€ (iv. 48). 
 
 3. Temporal clauses (orav = ot€ nv) : 
 
 (a) Kal orav fji.iOv<T$w(Tiv tov ikda-aw (oivoi/ TiOrjair) (ii. 10). 
 (b) "Orav fXOri Iku,vo%, dvayyeXu rifjuv dnavra (iv. 25). (c) " kvOpo)- 
 TTOV OVK i\(j} Lva — orav Tapa)^6fj to vSwp — ftdXrj fx€ et? tt|v KoXvfifiy'i- 
 Opav (v. 7). 
 
 Principle 33. All relative, conditional, and temporal clauses 
 containing the hypothetical particle dv, are followed by the sub- 
 junctive. 
 
 7. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Write the inflection of ovtos, 6, ttoAu's, vyirjs, iyw, ti?, ttS?. 
 
 2. JJedine : Eo^tt;, crrod, n\rj6os, Ito?, totto?, Kpt'rrts, ■yror'?, iJ8(i)p, 
 iadet<;, ^€ipo)v, fiut,wv, TroiT/aa?, iraTr'jp, kavrov, ovhu'i, os. 
 
 3. Write the inflection of ivifirjv, clfxi, t^nn', KaTeKti'/xT/i', dpov. 
 
 4. (Jonjugate : 'AiriKpiO-qv, rapa)(0(7i, (idXw, ip^ofiat, lytipf, iytvn- 
 prjr, yiyova, ytvwfiai, i^uoKov, eVoi'eof, dTrfKpiydprjv, ipydl^ofiai, 8vva- 
 fiai, 8(iKvt)fu, hd^o), Ti/xdw (pres. ind.), rifidw (pre.s. subj.). 
 
 5. Analyze : Ac'Soj^ev, ^ounroul, iytipd, Oavfid^rjTf, fitiKi'vatv, f/jiAei, 
 TTOifi, TToiovvTa, Svvaraif aTroKTfivaLy e^T^Tow, ipyd^erai, dniKpivaTo, 
 CTToict, yivrp-ai, afidprave, i^ty(v<Tfv, ripwrrja-av.
 
 158 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 6. Translate orally : ^ (a) John ii. 1-11. (b) v. 1-23. 
 
 (c) 1. TtKVia fxuv, TaSra ypd(fjui vfxlv ii'a fii] ufidpTrjT€. 2. koi 
 idv Tts d/xapTr],^ irapdKXr^Tov^ l^ofxtv irpos tov Trarepa lijauiv ^piarov 
 SiKaiov, /cat avTos IXaa/Jios* iariv Trcpi rwv dp.apTiwv y/fxCiiv, ov Tripi twv 
 TZ/ACTcpaJV 8c fiQvov dAAa >cai trtpX oXov toS Kocr/xov. 3. Koi iv tovtw 
 yLvwaKOfxev oTt fyvwKafjuv ^ avTov, idv to,? ivroXds avTov Trjpwfjuv. 
 4. 6 Ac'ywv oTi E-yvtoKa avToi' Kai ras eVroAas avrov fir] rrjpwv, 
 \p€V(TT7]<; iariv, koi iv tovtw r] dXrjBua ovk tcrriv. 5. os 8' ai' tt;p]^ 
 awTou TOV XdyoF, dXrjOuis iv tovtw rj dydnr} tow Oiov TtTcXeiWat. 
 6. cv TOVTw yivwcTKOfxei' OTt £V auTw icrfX€V. 7. 6 Xtytov cv auTw pnviiv 
 o</)£tAet^ Ka6'u)s tKCii/os irepuTrdTrjatv kuI avros ntpiiraTiiv (1 John 
 
 ii. 1-6). 
 
 7. Translate : 1. He was lying down at the well. 2. The 
 sick man saw the Saviour coming unto him. 3. The lame and 
 the blind wish to become sound. 4. The lame (man) has not any 
 one who may throw him into the pool. 5. O men, arise, take up 
 your beds, and walk. 6. These men took up their beds and were 
 walking. 7. They who were healed did not know who the man 
 was who said to them, Behold ye have been made whole. 8. He 
 does not work and he shall not eat. 9. Whatsoever thing this 
 man may do, this thing I also will do. 10. I show him good 
 works, but he will show me greater works than these. 
 
 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Participles in -ou? and -ei's. 2. Terminations of First decl. 
 3. Of Second decl. 4. Of Third decl. 5. Inflection of ttSs, ttoAu's. 
 
 * We lay the greatest stress on intellif^ent reading at sight. We especially 
 urge the student not to u.se the English Version in reading the Epistles of 
 John, selections from which are given for sight reading. The vocabulary of 
 the Epistles of John is included in the vocabulary at the end of the Gospel. 
 
 2 2 aor. subj. with simple stem. ^ Cowfortfr, helper, 
 
 * Propitutlinn. ^ Pert., stem 7»'o-. 
 
 * Pres. subj. 
 
 '' We have three illustrations of Prin. 33 in this section. 
 ' Perf. pass. ^ d<pd\o}, I owe.
 
 LESSON XXXIII. 159 
 
 6. Iota claS;s of verbs. 7. Two classes in /xt. 8. Inflection of 
 pres. ind. act. of laTijfii, riOrjixi, SiOoj/mi, SctKit'/xt. 9. Usage of 
 litrd. 10. Of CIS. 11. eVi witli the dat. 12. cVi with the ace. 
 13. Constructio praegnans. 14. Kara in composition. 15. Mean- 
 ing of imperfect. 16. Usage of comparative. 17. Of dv with 
 relative clauses. 18. With conditional and temporal clauses. 
 19. Principles 1-10. 
 
 LESSON XXXIII. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John v. 24-47. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 24. fxeTa-ftiftrjKev : stem -/Sd-, pres. stem -/?utv- ; perf. ind. act. ; 
 fitrd in comp. implying change, transfer. 28. /xr] Oav/xd^ert : 
 
 of. Prin. 22. 29. -n-pd^avTes : simple stem npay-, 1 aor. stem 
 
 npa^- (y(T - $), pres. stem npaa-cr- (§ 82, 1, a. Cf. § 124, 168). 
 
 33. aTTC-o-ToiA-KaTC : perf. stem <rTaX-, cf. d7r£-(rTaX-/xcVos ; simple 
 .stem -<TT(\-, as seen in fut. (§ 124, 179) ; 1 aor. stem -crreiA-, cf. 
 dirt(TT€iX(v in V. 38; pres. stem o-tcXA- (§ 82. 1, r). 34. o-oj- 
 
 %£: 1 aor. suhj. pass. (XXVI. n. 17, /^ (^124, 183). 
 
 35. (a) Kuiofj.ivo'i : pres. part. pass. ; we have three stems in 
 N. T. of this verb, simple Kav- (§82, 1, e), 2 pass, ku- {^96), 
 and pres. k.u- (§124, 109). {f>) yei^frare : of. XVIII. N. 5. 
 (r) dyaWiaOynu : 1 aor. inf. pass. ; sonic Mss. read -(r^mi (§ 95. 
 2; § 13, 10) ((I) TTprk : with ace, denoting time, durhir/, for. 
 
 36. uuTu rd Ipyi, the very works. 37. oxni . . . oirre, ne/- 
 </icr . . . nf>r : negative disjunctives (§ 131). 39. (n) ipnif- 
 idrc oontr. for ipavvdiTt, 2 jM-ns. phir. jtr's. itid or pres. iin[)rr. 
 (§ 114) of Ipavvdo), I search. (h) ^oKcire : contr. fnr ^oKfert 
 (§ 114) ; simple stem 5ok-, VII. class (§ 85, 1 ; § 124, 56).
 
 160 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 42. tyi'WKa : perf . ind. act. ; stem yvo-, pres. stem ytvwo-K- (§ 84, 
 l,/>; §124, 45). 43. (a) iXy)Kv6a\ perf. ind. of tpxofj^ai 
 
 (§ 124, 78). {/)) A)//xi/'£cr^e : fut. ind. mid. of Xafi^dvo) : simple 
 stem A a/3-, pres. stem Xafjftav- (§ 124, 125). 44. ^ui'ao-6'c : 
 
 deponent verb, pres. ind. mid. 2 pers. plur. of 8vvufjiat (§ 122, 11). 
 
 45. rjXTTLKaTe, 1/6 have hoped: perf. ind. act. of iXmCw (§ 124, 
 75). 46. (a) tVtcrT£V€T£ : imperf. ind. act., occurring twice ; 
 
 in the sentence, "for if ye were helievivg Moses, ye would believe 
 me,''' we have a supposition contrary to fact; note that in the 
 condition we have d with past tense of ind., and in the conclu- 
 sion a past tense of ind. with av. (b) eypai/zcv : 1 aor. ind. act. of 
 yp6.(l>w, I tvrite y ypa(f>a- = ypaxj/- (§ 13, 4). 
 
 3 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. V. 24. There have been thus far 39 examples of ck (c^), 
 always governing the genitive, with the general meaning out of 
 (of place), /rom, of (of origin), literally /?'o?/i a position in some- 
 thing. 
 
 2. V. 28. Two cases of the use of /«/ with the imperative (cf. 
 V. 45, and Prin. 22). 
 
 3. V. 34. Four cases of Trapd with the gen. in this lesson (nine 
 cases in all so far, i. 6, 14, 41 ; iv. 9, 52), always used with per- 
 sons, with the general meaning /raw, i.e. "beside and proceed- 
 ing from." With the dative (i. 40 ; iv. 40), -n-apd means with, 
 near, i. e. " beside and at," used of persons only. 
 
 4. V. 43. A conditional clause (containing a supposition) is 
 introduced by if (either d, v. 46, or idv = ft uv, vv. 31, 43). 
 
 5. The conditional clause is called the protasis (- condition), 
 the principal clause apodosis (= conclusion).
 
 LESSON xxxrii. 161 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 82, 1, e. Iota Class of 5. § 125, 3. Improper Prepo- 
 
 Verbs in -av. sitioiis. 
 
 2. § 85, 1. Seventh or E Class. 6. § 128, 1-3. Pronominal 
 
 3. § 114. Inflection of Pres. Adverbs. 
 
 Imper. of Contract Verbs. 7. § 131, 1-3. Subordinate 
 
 4. § 114. Of Pres. Part. Conjunctions. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Arrange in alphabetical order and memorize the new words 
 in this lesson. 
 
 2. Learn the conjunctions given under List X. 
 
 3. Learn, under the List of Irregular Verbs (§ 124), the verbs, 
 with their compounds, numbered 1, 2, 5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 
 21, 2.3, 25, 28, 29. 
 
 6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 1. Particular pure supposition : 
 
 1. Et Ttt tTTiyeia iliTOv vftlv Kai ov Trio-TcreTc (iii. 12 a). 
 
 2. El Se TOis cVciVoi; yi><i.fj.fxacnv ov Tricrrei'tTC, ttws tois e/u.ots f'yf^oL- 
 
 <TLV TTKTTfVmTC ; ( V. 47 ) . 
 
 (Note in protasis d with ind., in apodosis the ind.) 
 
 2. General pure supposition : 
 
 1. 'Eaf €yo> fiapTvpi') Trtfu. ifiavTov, rj fiaprvpia finv ovk tortv 
 .;\r;% (v. 31). 
 
 (Note \n protasis hiv with subj., in apodosis, tin' pres. ind ) 
 
 3. Su]ij)osition contrary to fact : 
 
 1. El i[i?)f.LS Ti]t' rto^itai/ ToO Okiv . . . <rv <iv j^Tijcra'; (ivTor k(u. trttoKci' 
 lii' (Toi vho)f) ^wv (iv. 10). 
 
 2. Et yof) cVtfrTCi'cTC MrovrrfT, tVifrTfi'fTf iii' ifioi (v. -If)). 
 
 (Note in protasis ti with past ind., in njwdosis past ind. with 
 uv). 
 
 11
 
 1(32 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 4. Future supj^ositlo?!, with subjective jwsslbilit)/ : 
 
 1. Ilws eav eiTTw vfxlv ra tVoupdi'ia 7riaTci»(reT€ ; (iii. 12 i). 
 
 2. 'Eav aXXos tX^J? <'' TO) oi/o/AUTi toJ iSi'w, tVeit'oi/ Ary^i/^ccr^c 
 (v. 43). 
 
 (Note in protasis eav with subj., in ajwdosis fut. ind.) 
 
 Principle 34. So far, we have had four forms of conditional 
 sentences, (1) Particular pure supposition; (2) General pure 
 supposition ; (3) Supposition contrary to fact ; (4) Future sup- 
 position with subjective possibility. 
 
 7. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Write the inflection of a-v, avros, ^m^, ijxavrov, aXAos, cTSos. 
 
 2. Decline : "ilpa, dXydem, (fxavrj, vids, Xv)(yos, ^pyov, dvao-Tacns, 
 Tre/Ai/'as, SiKoto?, a\y}6rjs, (f>o)s, (fjatvwv, Kaid/Ltcvos, eKCii/os, ttSos. 
 
 3. Write the inflection of lp\ofiai, 8vvafxai, cwpoKa, i\-Q\v6a^ 
 
 4. Conjugate : Ei/ai, dKoucrw, e;;^^, eSojKa, Oav/xa^c, ^t/tcw, -w, otSa, 
 d7r€<TTaAKa, crtu^oj, dK»/Koa, cpaijvat, -a, Sokco), -w, cttiVtcuov. 
 
 5. Analyze : ire/xipavTi, fXiTafttftrjKev, ^rjaovaiv, cScjkcv, iKiropev- 
 (rovrai, Trpd^avrts, iroiiiv, antaTaXKaTf, p.€ixapTvpr]Kf, aojOrjre, rjOeXif- 
 a-art, aKrjKoaTt, itapaKare, fxivovra, dtria-rtiXev, ipavvdre, fxaprvpova-ai, 
 iXOtiv, t-^r^Ti, (.yvwKa, iXr/XvOa, X-^/xyj/tcrOt, hvvaa-df, SoKtiTc, r)XmKaT€, 
 jnanviTt, Trto-TeurreTf. 
 
 6. Translate orally : (a) John ii. 12-25. (b) v. 24-47. 
 
 (c) 1. ' AyaTrrjToi, ovk ivroX-qv Kaivrjv ^ ypd<po} vplv, aXX ivroXrjv 
 TraXaiai/ ^ r/v €i;(€Tt dir dpxr]^- 2. rj ivToXr] r) iraXaid eVriv o Aoyos hv 
 riKovtraTe. 3. TrdAiv ivroXrjv naivrjv ypd<f>o) vfiiv, o iuriv dXrj6(.'; iv 
 auT(S KOI iv Li/xiv, OTi r) cTKOTia Trapdyirai koi to (/jw? to dXr]Vivov rjhi} 
 <haiv(.u 4. 6 Xiywv iv Tui <^wTi eivat Koi tov d^iXcjiov avTOV fXKritiV, iv 
 Tw (TKOTia ifrrlv cws dpTi. 6. 6 dyairov rhv dh^Xcfiov avrov iv tw <^ojti 
 fiivfif Kal crKtti'8a\ov ci' auTw ovk itrriv. 6. o St fxiawv tov dotXtftov 
 airrov, iv rn (tkotlo. co-tii' koi iv rfj o-kotlo. TreptTraTci, koi ovk oi8ev ttov 
 virdyci, on rj aKoria iritjiXuHrev ^ tous 6(t>9aXfJLov(; avrov (1 John ii. 
 7-11). 
 
 1 New. 2 Old. 3 cf. Tv<p\6s, blind.
 
 LESSON XXXIII. 163 
 
 7. Translate : 1. Ei ravra ttoicis, t^avcpwaov atavrov tu» Koafxw. 
 2. Ei ifjii TjSctTe, Kttt Toj/ Trarifja /xov av fjSttTt. 3. Et 6 ^£09 Trar-qp 
 i'fxwv TJv, rjyajraTi av ifii. 4. Ei aXi^Oiiav Ae'yw, 8itt Ti v/xeis ov tti- 
 CTTcvcTc /u.ot ; 5. Euv Tis Sii/'a, ip)(^E(r6(xi npos /ac kui jrii'eTw. 6. 'Eav 
 Kpivoi 8k iyw, r] KpiVts 1} ifxr] aXijOivrj iariv. 7. 'Eav u^tis fXfLvrjTf. cV 
 Tw Xoyu) T(u c/ixw, a\i]6C)<; fiaOrjraL fxov tare. 
 
 8. Translate : 1. He who heareth the voice of the Son of God 
 and who believeth on his name has eternal life. 2. He who is 
 in the grave will hear his voice. 3. He is not able to do any- 
 thing of himself. 4. His judgment is not just, because he seeks 
 his own will. 5. The works which I do, another is not able to 
 do. 6. He searches the Scriptures, because in them he thinks to 
 find the truth. 7. He has come in his own name, and no one 
 will receive him. 
 
 8 TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Contraction of vowels. 2. Elision of consonants. 3. In- 
 flection of £l8oS. 4. Of fXCL^MV. 5. Of t/X.aUTOV, o-tauTov, cauTov. 
 
 6. Of £>o9, 09, ttAAo9. 7. Ten classes of verbs. 8. Synopsis of 
 present. 9. Of imi)orfcct. 10. Of future. 11. Of 1 aorist. 
 12. Of perfect. 13. Of plii[iorfect. 14. Synopsis of Ti/u.aw in 
 all tenses and voices. 15. I'rinripal parts of TrtcrTti'w, fiaprvplw. 
 IG. Conditional sentences. 17. I'rinciples 11-20.
 
 164 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XXXIV. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John vi. l-40.i 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 2. rjKoXovdei, i6(o')povv, tVoici : three imperfects. 3. IkoBtjto : 
 
 imperf. 3 pers. sing, of KaO-q^ai, sit doivn (§ 122, 17). 
 
 5. {a) i-n-dpas: cf. eTrapare (XXIX., iv. 35). (b) ayopda-o)fiev : 
 1 aor. subj. act. of dyopa^w, bui/, known as the subj. of delibera- 
 tion, (c) (jidywcTLv : 2 aor. subj. of ia6iw (§ 124, 80), after tVa 
 (Prin. 27). 6. ^/x^XXev : cf. XXX., iv. 47 ; also § 124, 137. 
 
 7. (a) 8r]vapiwv : gen. of price, (b) apKovcnv : contr. for dpKt- 
 ovcTiv (§ 124, 20). (c) (ipaxv, a little: of quantity, used ad- 
 verbially, neut. ace. oi /Spaxvs, -ela, -u (§ 47, 1). 9. TraiSaptov, 
 oipdpia, the neut. ending -dpiov is used to form diminutives 
 (§ 134, b, 4). 10. {a) dvaTTf-afiv : 2 aor. inf. act. of dva- 
 TTiTTTw (§ 124, 159). (b) dviirea-av : 1 aor. ind. act.; stem ttco--, 
 pres. stem ttittt- (§ 124, 159). (c) toi/ dptOfiov. ace. of specifi- 
 cation. 11. r}6(.\ov : imperf. ind. act. 3 pers. plur. of 6ekw 
 (§124,96). 12. ive-TrXrjcrdrja-ai/ : 1 aor. ind. pass. ; simple 
 stem TrXa-, pres. stem with reduplication, nnrXr]-, of ifi-irLTrXrjfjLL, iv- 
 becoming e/x- before tt (§ 122, 6). 12. (a) o-ui^-ayaycTc : 2 
 aor. imper. 2 pers. plur. (§ 124, 2). (6) Trepiaaevaavra : ace. 
 plur. neut. 1 aor. part. act. (c) uTrdAi^Tai : 2 aor. subj. mid. 3 
 pers. sing, of dTroXXvfjLi ( § 123, 13) . 13. /SeftpwKoatv , dat. 
 plur. perf. part. act. of fSi/^fiwa-KM (§ 124, 34). 15. dvfx^ 
 pr](T€v, he withdrew : 1 aor. ind. act. of dva-xoipioj, -w. 
 
 16. (a) oif/ia, evening: used as a noun, = 6i/'ta wpa. {b) xarc- 
 /3j](jav: 2 aor. ind. act. with pi inflection. 17. (a) ip.f3dvTes: 
 
 1 Read at sight John vi. 28-40.
 
 LESSON XXXIV. 165 
 
 2 aor. part. act. (b) iyeyuvei : pluperf. 3 pers. sing., with aug- 
 ment, of yt'vo/xai (§ 124, 44). (c) iXrjXvdei : pluperf. 3 pers. sing. 
 of tpxofiaL (§124, 78). 18. (a) y Tc: a proclitic takes 
 the acute accent when followed by an enclitic (§ 19, 2; §20, 
 2, c). (b) avefiov . . . TTviovTo^: gen. absolute (causal), (c) Su- 
 yeipcTo : imperf. pass. 3 pers. sing. ; note Sic- (so Tr WH) in- 
 stead of 8«^ (cf. §124, GO). 19. (a) i\r}\aK6Tc<; : perf. 
 part. nom. plur. of i\avv(i} (§ 124, 72). (b) o-TaStou? : ace. of 
 space ; nom. sing. araSiov, -ov, to, plur. tu o-ruSia, here according 
 to T, and oi o-raSioi, so here Tr WH, cf. § 37, 1. (c) icf>oP^Or}(Tav : 
 1 aor. ind. pass, of (f>o{3eu, -to. 21. vTnjyov : imperf. ind. act. 
 
 3 pers. plur. of wTruyw. 22. ecrTrjKm: perf. part. act. of 
 i(TTr)fiL (§ 121). 23. €vxapi(TTT^aavTo<; Tov Kvpiov: gen. abso- 
 lute (temporal). 25. f.vp6vTf.<i : 2 aor. pai't. of ivpiaKm 
 (§ 124, 85). 26. ixopTairOrjTe: 1 aor. ind. pass. 2 pers. 
 plur. of )(opTu.t,u). 27. (a) pn] shows that the preceding verb 
 is imperative (Prin. 22) ; if it were ind., ov would be used. 
 (h) a.Tro\Xvp.evT]v : pres. part. mid. of diruXXvfii (§ 123, 13 ; § 119). 
 (c) Toxn-ov this one : ace. sing. masc. (d) iacjipdyiaey : 1 aor. ind. 
 act. of cr(f)payi^<D. (e) o ^fd? : in apposition with o Trarrjp, and 
 therefore in the same case. 28. TroiCifiei' : subj. of delibera- 
 tion. 37. ^^a : fut. ind. act. of r/Kw (§ 124, 93). 
 
 39. (a) uTToXccroj : fut. of a7roA.\i)/xi. (f>) avu-iTTYjcrui : fut. of 
 av-itTT-qpii. 
 
 3 OBSERVATIONS 
 
 1. Vv. T), 28. In simple sentences, the subjunctive is used in 
 f|uestif)ns exj)ressive of deliberation. 
 
 2. With filXK,., (cf. iv. 47; vi. ('>) and f)t\,.> (cf. i. 4:5; v. 35; 
 vi. 11, 21) two kinds of sylla1)ic augment are used. 
 
 3. Many nouns are formed \>y luMing certain elenu'uts caUed 
 suffixes to the root. 
 
 4. -dpiov is a neuter ending, and is used to form diminutivef\ 
 TTuiBtipiuv, o\pdpia, -nXoidpiov.
 
 166 INTRODUCTOKY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 5. V. 19. A few nouns in -os are used sometimes as mascu- 
 line, sometimes as neuter, as the plural of o-rdSiov, cf. § 37, 1. 
 
 6. oi followed by fx.-^ regularly refers to the future, and is used 
 in emphatic negation. 
 
 7. oil /jLi'i is mainly used with the subjunctive (iv. 48 ; vi. 35, 
 37), often with the fut. ind. (iv. 14 ; vi. 35), with which it alter- 
 nates without the slightest difference in meaning (vi. 35). 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. §19,2; §20,2, c. Accent of 6. §74,4. Double Augment. 
 
 Proclitic before Enclitic. 7. § 121. Synopsis of Ind. Act. 
 
 2. § 37, 1. oraSious and ordSia. of laTTjfii. 
 
 3. § 49, 1. Inflection of /xeyas. 8. § 132. Formation of Words. 
 
 4. § 63, 5. Of Too-owTos. 9. § 133. Primitives and De- 
 
 5. § 64, 2. Of 00-09. nominatives. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Arrange in alphabetical order all the new words in this 
 les.son and commit. 
 
 2. Under List II., of verbs occurring 10-50 times, learn 96- 
 149. 
 
 3. Under List of Irregular Verb.s (§ 124), learn the verbs, 
 with their compounds, numbered 38, 44, 45, 46, 47, 50, 54, 60, 
 64, 68, 72, 73. 
 
 6 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. AvTo<; yap ^Sfi ri efieXXev Troitiv (vi. 6). 
 
 2. ITotiyo-aTC Toiis a.v6pu)irov^ dvaTr€cr€iv (vi. 10). 
 
 3. MfXXovcriv tpxefrOai kol upTrd^eiv avruv (vi. 15). 
 
 4. HOeXov ow Xa^ctv uvtov cis to ttXchov (vi. 21). 
 
 5. Aprov Ik tov ovpavov t^cDKCif aurois (f>ayt1v (vi. 31). 
 Principle 35. The infinitive regularly stands as the object of 
 
 verbs denoting purpose, intention, or result.
 
 LESSON XXXIV. 167 
 
 Principle 36. The infinitive governs the same case as the 
 other parts of the verb. 
 
 1. Tco-o-apctKOvra koX t^ Irtaiv olKoSo/xi^Or) o vao? ovto<; (ii. 20). 
 
 2. Kai T-fj rjfi€pa t^ rpiTYj ydfio<; iytv€To iv Kavti (ii. 1). 
 
 3. 'AXXa avaaTyjaw avTO T'fj la^arrf ijfitpa (vi. 39 ; cf. vi. 40). 
 
 Princijjle 37. The precise time at which something is, or is 
 (lone, is denoted by the dative. 
 
 7. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Write the inflection of 7roA.iJs, /^ao-iXcu'?, BdXacraay ovpav6<;. 
 
 2. Decline : Ti), ijfiepa, dpT09, -n-aiSapiov, o;^Xos, opo9, KXdcr/xa, 
 PpC>ai<s, cVdpa?, £15, Ti9, 00-05, y^/ous, iX.y]XaKM<;, uXAos. 
 
 3. Write the inflection of iKadi]p.yjv, iOeutpovv, aTroXw/iai, SiSw/nt. 
 
 4. Conjugate : ^dyw, apKcui, -w, voirjaov, iytfiiaa, KarijBrjVy e'ycyo- 
 vciv, ylyova, ipyd^ov, ipydt,ofiai, 809, Tretvdo-w, Sti/fi/o-o), KaTafif/3r]Ka. 
 
 5. Analyze : 'Att^X^ck, r}Ko\<)vOci, iiroUi, iKdQrjTo, 6facrdp.(vo<;, 
 lp\iTai, ayopdawfi€v, <f)dywmv, rjf^fi, Trotfiv, Xu^t^, uvaTrecrfrv, uvtTTfcraj', 
 8icS<uK-fv, uvaKCi/icVoi?, r/dtkov, (VfTrkriaOrjcrav, crvvaydy€T(, dnuXryrai, 
 yvov9, ip.(idvT€<;, 'jp^ovTO, e\r}kvOei, BuytiptTO, eX7;XaKOT£9, (fxi^tiddf, 
 VTnjyoVy €vp6vTe<;, fiev(W(Tiiv, aTroXto-w, uvaoTrja-io, exr], 
 
 6. Translate orally : (a) John iii. 1-21. (h) vi. 1-21. 
 
 (c) 1. Tpd(f>ti} Vfuv, TeKvia, on uffitwvTai * vfilv ul dfiapriai Sia to 
 I'vofia avTov. 2. Tpd<f>o) vplv, TraTtpe<:, on iyvioKare tov utt "px%- 
 3. rpd<^w ii/iii', v€aviaK(>i, on vtviKi^icaTt^ tok novrjpov. 4. 'Eypai/^a 
 i/xr>', TraiOt'a, on iyvtoKart toj' Trarfpa. 5. Eypat/^u v/iU', 7raTcp€9, 
 on eyvf/jKUTf tok (Itt' (ipx^"^- ^- '•"^yp"'/'" V"'' yfupuTKoi, on urxvpoi 
 cVrTf «ai 6 Xoy(i9 toD ^coC eV vpuv p.iv(t Kui i/fUKryKUTf nV wuvrjpov 
 (1 John ii. 12-14). 
 
 7. TranHlat*! : 1. On the third day Jesus went up info the 
 mountain. 2. lift knows what he intends to do. 3. This little 
 
 * I'frf. pns3. 3 jiers. plur., irixg., as if tLi; perf. act. of d^/Tj/ut were d^^wica, 
 (cf. § 122, Ii). * wxdw, -w, conquer.
 
 168 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 boy had five barley loaves, but he gave them to that sick man. 
 4. Do thou make him to sit down. 5. He distributed the bread 
 to those sitting down. 6. The fragments whieli remained tilled 
 six baskets. 7. They embarked in the boat and went beyond 
 the sea into the city. 8. He wishes to take them into the boat, 
 but they are afraid. 9. Work thou for the meat which abideth 
 unto eternal life. 10. What must I do that I may work the 
 works of God ? 11. The father will give bread to his sons. 
 
 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Proclitics before enclitics. 2. Terminations of First decl. 
 3. Inflection of y?}. 4. Of opos, (SacriXev^. 5. Of ^paxv<;, SiSoi;?, 
 /Acyas. 6. General view of tenses. 7. e^eXXof, ij/jLeWof. 8. The 
 use of the subjunctive. 9. oi /itr;. 10. -dpiov. 11. Principles 
 21-25. 
 
 LESSON XXXV. 
 1 TEXT. 
 
 John vi. 41-71. 
 
 2 NOTES. 1 
 
 41. cyo-yyu^oj/, fJiey murmured : imperf. act. 3 pers. plur. 
 
 42. ouxt: = 01*, wo^, but stronger ; in a question, «o??r?e .^ asking 
 what no one denies to be true. 44. iXKva-r) : 1 aor. subj. 
 act. of €\ko), draw (§ 124, 74). 45. (a) hSaKToi, taught: 
 a pred. adj. (b) /ladMv : 2 aor. part. act. of pavOavui, ham (§ 124, 
 134). 49. airiOavov. 2 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. plur. of airoOvri- 
 a-KOi, die (§ 124, 100). 50. JTro^avr/ : 2 aor. subj. 
 
 1 Every lesson should always be read at sight in the class, before being 
 assigned.
 
 LESSON XXXV. 169 
 
 51. t,u)v : contr. for ^aoji-, pres. part. act. of ^dw, live. 
 
 52. (a) ifjidxovTo: imperf. mid. 3 per.s. plur. of fidxofxai, JiffJit, 
 quarrel, (b) SoCvut : 2 aor. inf. act. of 8t8ojyu.i. 53. (a) <^a- 
 yr;T£ : 2 aor. subj. act. of iaOiu), eat. (b) mijTe: 2 aor. subj. act. 
 of irtVoj (§ 124, 157). 54. Tpwyoji' : pres. part. act. of rpoj-yw, 
 eat. 57. 8ia Toj' irarepa : with the ace. Bid denotes the ground 
 of an action, because of. 61. ctSws : 2 perf. part, of oTSa. 
 
 62. (a) OciiiprjTi : pres. subj. act. {b) -n-po-Ttpov : neut. of com- 
 par. of TT/jo (§ 52, 2), used adverbiall}^, before; with the art. = 
 the first time. 63. wi^tXci: -ci contr. for -e'ct, pres. ind. of 
 
 il)(^eXii>>, profit. 64. (a) "HiSti: = ^8ei, cf. § 3, 2. (A) tiVc?: 
 
 interrog. pron., not tuc?, indef . pron. (o) Tvapa^dio-utv : fut. part, 
 act. of 7rapa-8t8w/u.i. 65. (rt) Sta : witli ace., on account of. 
 
 (b) eXpyfKa, I have said : irreg. perf. (of obsolete pita) in use as 
 the perfect of cittov (§ 124, G8) . (c) ^ SeSu/xevoi', ^Y ?na?/ ie ^iVcti 
 him: perf. subj. pass, of BlSw/ii. 66. (a) ck toutou, i/^jo^i 
 
 this: not siniply temporal, y/'om ^A/s time, nor simply causal, o?i 
 this account, (b) eis to. omcrw, unto the thinr/s that are behind: 
 = back. 67. fii'i : an interrog. particle expecting the answer 
 
 no (cf. Prin. 26). 68. d7r£A.ei)cro/i.€^a : fill. iiid. I pers. plur. 
 
 of uwepxupai (§ 124, 78). 70. i${\e^dfi7jy : 1 aor. ind, mid. 
 
 of eV-Xeyo), ]ji<k out, choose. 71. (a) -i/'/xojroq : gen. sing. 
 
 (b) Trapadi^i'ji'ui, to betray : pres. inf. of irapa^iBwiu (§ 119). 
 
 3 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. There are two negative particles, i,\ and //;). 
 
 2. <w is used when sonu'thing is denied in plain lerms, as a 
 matter of fait ; /<,/, where something is denied ;is mere matter of 
 thought. 
 
 3. 'J'he .same difference ajtpears in llieir (diMpounds, ovrty 
 ovB(i<i, p-qfit, /A7j8tK. 
 
 4. In thi.s lesson we have seven ex;ini])les i.f I'linciple 3.'>. 
 Verify.
 
 170 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 5. Words denoting kindred are often omitted before a posses- 
 sive genitive : tov 'lovBav 2i/xu>vos, the Judas (son) of Simon 
 (V. 71). 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 22. Transference of Greek 5. § 52, 1-4. Irregular Corn- 
 
 Words into English. parison. 
 
 2. § 23, 1-4. Definition of Ety- 6. § 53, 1. Numerals. 
 
 mology. 7. § 59, 1-3. Eeflexive Pro- 
 
 3. §24,1,2. Number and Gen- nouns. 
 
 der. 8. § 67, 1-3. Distributive Pro- 
 
 4. § 51, 1-3. Comparison of nouns. 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in 
 this lesson. 
 
 2. Under List II., of verbs, learn 150-199. 
 
 3. Under List of Irregular Verbs (§ 124), learn verbs and 
 their compounds, numbered 74, 77-80, 85, 89-93, 95, 96, 100, 
 102. 
 
 6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX 
 
 1. 'Hv Se cyyvs to Tracr^a, rj loprr] twv lovoaiwv (vi. 4). 
 
 2. Ae'yfi aiiTw cts Ik twi' fiaOrjTwv avTOV AvSpea? 6 dScA^os ZifJLuy- 
 vos IleTpov (vi. 8). 
 
 3. TovTOV yap u Trarrjp iafftpdyicrev o U€0<; (vi. 27). 
 
 4. OvT^i owTOS icTTiv Iqcrov^ o vios Iwarjcf^ (vi. 42). 
 Princij)le 38. A noun explaining or describing another noun 
 
 is put by apposition in the same case. 
 
 1. 'AXAa T1/V Kpiaiv TTucrav ^eSwKtv tw vl<2 (v. 22). 
 
 2. Ila? O TTlVOiV €K ToS vSuTO? TOVTOV Sll/'I^CTtl TTuAtl/ (iv. 13). 
 
 3. ITu? 6 aKovcra? irapa. toC Trarpo? Kal fiaOwv cp^€Tai Trpo<; e/xe 
 
 (vi. 45). 
 
 Principle 39. The adjective ttus, a^Z, ever?/, generall}' takes the 
 predicate position.
 
 LESSON XXXV. 171 
 
 7. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Wi'ite the inflection of ^mrj, vi6^, iraTrjp, crdp$, avT05, (U. 
 
 2. Decline : MaOrjTT]^, /XTjTrjp, apros, aifxuf ttoctl^, o?, oviSci?, ttS?, 
 fiaOwv, ovTO<;, a\r]6Tf]<;, Tt?, cru, ouTos. 
 
 3. Write the inflection of elfii, SvVa/xai, ctro/mai, ^oi, ^Sciv. 
 
 4. Conjugate : OtSa, dvacmjo-o), (fxiywf ip.a)^6fir]v, Trt'w, SeSofifvov 
 w, TTfpteTruTovv, u7reXei'cro/iai, i^eke^dfirjv^ tfitWov. 
 
 5. Analyze : ITapaSi^ovai, cyvwKa/icv, rpoiyojv, aTrccrTciXfj', ^^/o-et, 
 eiSw?, 6eo}prJT(, ux^cXei, XeAuXT^fca, TrapaSojcrwi', eipi]Ka, KaTafStfirjKa, 
 yoyyi}^€T€, e\6(iv, eXKvai], (ariv yfypafifxivw, uTriOavov, Karu^a?, 
 Swcroj, SoDi'ai, iriyp-e. 
 
 6. Translate orally : (a) iii. 22-36. (i) vi. 22-40. 
 
 (c) 1. M^ dyaTrare TOV KOtr/xov /xrySt ra ci' t(iI Koo-yixo). 2. 'Edv Tt? 
 dyaTTu to;/ Kocrfiov, ovk tcTTiv rj aydirrj roC TraTpo? ei/ awToi. 3. Oti 
 TTUK TO iv T«3 Kocrfjiti), 7) tiTidvfJLia Trj<; o"ap»cos Kat i^ tTriww/it'u twv ocfidaX.- 
 fjLO)V Koi 1] aXat^ovia Tou ^Siou, ouk co-tiv ck toC TroTpo?, uAAtii tK rod 
 KUfTfxov icTTiv. 4. Kai o KOtr/xo? irapdyeTai koi tj f.Tndvp.ia aiirov, u ok 
 TTiiiiLiv TO Oe\r]fia toC 6*^01' fiivei ci5 toj/ aiuj^a (1 John ii. 15—17). 
 
 7. Translate : 1. No one is able to come into the city. 2. He 
 will come at the last day. 3. Has any one ever seen the Father ? 
 4. They ate manna in the wilderness, and died there. 5. I will 
 give to him eternal life. G. How is this man able to give to us 
 eternal life ? 7. He was teaching in the city, but no one was 
 believing his testimony. 8. He answered and said to them, 
 (Joint; and follow nu;, and 1 will give ^nu the bread of life which 
 conieth down from heaven, and you shall live forever. 
 
 8 TOPICS FOR STUDY 
 
 1. Euiiliony of consonants. 2. Terminations of Second decl. 
 3. Three, classes of adjectives. 4. Comparison of adjectives. 
 T). Recij)rocal jjronouns. C. Correlation of pronouns. 7. The 
 tense-systems. H. The pres»;nt stem. 9. Future. 1(1. 1 Aorist. 
 11. 2aorist. 12. 1 l'erfe(;t. 13. Perfeet middle. 14. 1 passive. 
 15. Mood suflixes. 16. Principles 20-30.
 
 172 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XXXVI. 
 1 TEXT. 
 
 John vii. 1-36. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 3. fieTci/SrjBi : 2 aor. imper. 2 pers. sing, of fierafiaivui (§ 124, 
 12). 5. c-TTicTTtD-ov : impei'f . 3 pcrs. plur. 6. irdp-eariv : 
 
 from Trap-€ifxi. 7. avTov : i. e. rov Kocrfiov. 8. uvd/^-ijre : 
 
 cf. fjitTufiijdi, 2 aor. imper. act. of form in /xi (§ 120). 
 
 11. ili]Tow : iniperf. act. 3 pers. plur. 12. (a) ol /xeV . . . 
 
 aA.A,oi Se, sojne indeed . . . but others. (b) irXava : contr. for 
 7rA.ava£t. 13. iXdXei : contr. for iXdXee. 14. fxeaovar]<; : 
 
 pres. part. fern. gen. sing., of fiea-ow, -w, be midway ; gen. absolute 
 (temporal), (cf. nn. on vi. 18, 23). 15. fiefiaOqKU)^ : perf. 
 
 part. act. of fiavOdvu) (§ 124, 134). 17. (a) yvdycrerai : fut. 
 
 3 pers. sing, of yivdya-Koi (§ 124, 45). (b) iroTepov . . . rj, whether 
 . . . or. 19. ov in an interrog. sentence expects the answer 
 
 yes. 21. TrdvT€<; Oavfidlere, ye all marvel. 23. (a)Xv-6rj: 
 
 1 aor. subj. pass, (b) ;^oXarf : contr. for )(oXdeTe. (c) oAoi' diOpu)- 
 TTov vyirj, a whole man sound ; vyijj is ace. sing. masc. (§ 46, 1). 
 
 24. fir] KpivcT£ : the neg. fi-^ shows that tlie verb is imper. 
 (Prin. 22). 25. oi^ in an interrog. sentence expects the 
 
 answer yes. 26. (a) /xt/j ttotc in a direct question, though 
 
 expecting a neg. answer, expresses doulit, did they perchance 
 indeed knoiv ? (b) eyvwcrav : 2 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. plur. of yivw- 
 o-KOi. 27. ep)(r]Tai : pres. subj. mid. 3 pers. sing. 
 
 28. (a) cKpa^cv : 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. sing, (b) Kafxe: for 
 Kui ffxi (§ 9, 1). (c) iXr'jXvOa: perf. ind. 1 pers. sing, of £p)^op.ai. 
 (§ 124, 78). 29. KOLKeivo^ : for kui Ikuvos (§ 9, 1).
 
 LESSON XXXVI. 173 
 
 30. (a) Tndarui : 1 aor. inf. act. of ttiu^oj, take, apprehend. 
 (/;) cVc'^aAcv : 2 aor. ind. act. of IwL-fSdXXw (§ 124, 28). (r) iXy- 
 XvOcl: pluperf. ind. act. of ipxa/xai (§ 124, 78). 31. (n) in) 
 
 in a direct question expects a negative answer (Prin. 2G). 
 (b) TrAeiom . . . wv, more than those tvhich (Prin. 32). 
 
 32. rjKovcrav : this verb is always joined with the gen. of the 
 object if one hears the person or thing with his own ears. 
 
 34. (rjTijaere . . . evpijcreTc : both in fut. ind. act. 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. 8e (postpositive) is adversative, but is less emphatic than 
 dXXd (10 cases of St, 7 of dXXd in this lesson ; verify). 
 
 2. dXXd (emphatic as contrasted with 8e) is used to denote 
 contrast, interruption, or abrupt transition. 
 
 3. The full form of antithesis with /xh and 8(. often occurs in 
 the New Testament (vii. 12). 
 
 4. Participles are either attributive or predicate. 
 
 5. When a predicate particijde adds a circumstance connected 
 with the action of the principal verb, it is called circumstantial. 
 
 6. The circumstantial participle may be joined to a genitive 
 noun not immediately dependent on any other word in the sen- 
 tence, and the two are then said to be in the genitive ab.solute. 
 
 7. The genitive absolute is used to denote the relations of 
 cau.sc, time, manner, or circumstance. 
 
 8. ov (ovx) in direct sentence questions expects an aflirmative 
 answer; /*»/, a negative one. 
 
 4 GRAMMAR LESSON 
 
 1. §13, 1-13. Euphony of Cun- f). ii 131, .^>. The Interrogative 
 
 SKiiaiits. rarticlcs. 
 
 2. §40, 1-0. Paradigms of (5. 4; 131, (i. The Intcijccl inn.s. 
 
 Third Del. 7. § 134, «. Furmation of Prim- 
 
 3. §115,1. Synf)p»iH of TTciVoi. itivc Nouns. 
 
 4. § 131, 4. The Intensive 
 
 Particles.
 
 174 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in 
 this lesson. 
 
 2. Under List II. of verbs, learn 200-249. 
 
 3. Under List of Irregular Verbs (§ 124), learn verbs and 
 their compounds, numbered 107, 117, 120, 121, 124, 125, 128, 
 129, 132, 134, 136-139, 144-147, 151, 153-155, 157. 
 
 6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. "H re ddXaaaa dfc/Aou fxeydXov TrvtovTo<; Sicycipcro (vi. 18). 
 (Causal.) 
 
 2. "Oirov e<f)ayov tov dprov ev^apiaT^(TavTO<; tov Kvpiov (vi. 23). 
 (Temporal.) 
 
 3. "USt] Sk Trjs lopTtjs /jiC(T0ucr»/s di'e(3r] 'I?;croi5s cis to Upov (vii. 14). 
 (Temporal.) 
 
 Principle 40. A noun and a participle not immediately de- 
 pendent on any other word in the sentence may stand by them- 
 selves in the genitive, and the two are said to be in the genitive 
 absolute. 
 
 1. Avrr] ovu rj xa.pd r} e/xyj TreTrXT^pojrai (ill. 29). 
 
 2. Kat 1^ Kptcris 17 ip-r] SiKai'a iariv (v. 30). 
 
 3. 01) t,rjTu} TO 6fXi]p.a TO ip.6v (v. 30 ; vi. 38). 
 
 4. 'O KUtpOS 6 e/AOS OWTTO) TVapHTTlV, 6 Sk KaipOS O V)U,£T£pOS TravTOTt 
 €0-TtV €TOl/AOS (vii. 6). 
 
 5. OvKtTL 8ia T^i' (Trjv XaXtai' 7rio"T£i'op,ev (iv. 42). 
 
 Principle 41. The possessive pronoun agreeing attributively 
 with a noun, invariably takes the article. 
 
 7. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Write the inflection of p.a6r]TT]<i, Koap^os, 'upov, aXXos, tis, 6. 
 
 2. Decline ; AiSa;^?;, S6$a, ;^pdvo?, o[f/L'i, X^'Pj 6i\r]p.a, iSios, oiiSeis. 
 
 3. Write the inflection of i^i]Tovv, fbrwv, yivMo-Kw, Svpap-ai, tlTrov.
 
 LESSON XXXVI. 175 
 
 4. Conjugate : "YTTo-yc, (^avipwaov, avijirjv, olha, iXi]Xv6a,irtfi^a<;, 
 d7reo'T€iAa, €A7;Ai;^civ, ^vprjaw, dfii, tXOw. 
 
 5. Analyze : irepuirarei, r^jOfX^v, fitrafSijOi, OiwpijaovcTiv, avaPy]T€, 
 TTtirX-qpmrai, ir€p.\pavro<i, yvwcrcTat, cSwkcv, XvOff, xpu'crt, eyvwcrav, 
 €p^rp-ai, TTiacrai, inefSaXw, <^Xdr], Trtao-wcrd', tvp^aopei', SvvaaOe. 
 
 6. Translate orally : (a) iv. 1-26. (b) vi. 41-71. 
 
 (c) 1. riatSto, ia)^dTr] wpa tcrrtV, kol KaOw'i rjKova-aTc, on dvTL)(pL- 
 <rTO<; €p)(€Taif koL vvv dvTi)(pi(rToi iroXXol ycyoyaaiv. 2. ^06ev yii'o'>- 
 (TKOfiev OTi i<j\dTr) wpa ecrrtV. 3. 'E^ fffx.wv i^rjXOai', dXX' ovk jjaav 
 e^ r/pwv. 4. El yap i$ rffxwv ^aav, ptpivrfK^Lcrav dv p-eO -fjpwv. 
 
 5. 'AXX' tva <f>avfp(i}Oo)(Tiv on ouk ticrlv Trai'Tts i$ rjp-wv. 6. Kai vp.f.L<; 
 ■)^pi(Tpa €;(CTC OTTO Toti dyiou, Kai otSart irdvTa. 7. Ouk typaipa vp.lv 
 OTi OVK oiSarc t^v dXi/^eiai', dAX' on oiSarc arrr^v, kui on irdv i/'£i!8o5 
 
 €K Tt)? dXTJ^tla? OVK €(TTIV (1 JollH il. 18—21). 
 
 7. Translate: 1. This man was not willing to walk there, 
 because the crowd was seeking to take him. 2. Come down and 
 go into the city, that thy brothers may behold thee. 3. My 
 brother did not believe his testimony. 4. The world will hate 
 me because I love the truth. 5. His works are evil because he 
 does not believe the truth. 6. He intends to go up to the feast. 
 7. Where is this man ? I saw him, }»ut now I see him no 
 longer. 8. He who does the truth, will know concerning the 
 testimony, whether it is of God or of man. 9. AVho seeks to 
 kill thee? Be not afraid, he is not able to find you. 10. No 
 one laid his hand upon my brother. 
 
 8 TOPICS FOR STUDY 
 
 1. General rules of accent. 2. Torrninations of the Third dccl. 
 3. Comparison of adjectives. 4. Possessive pn^iouns. 6. Moods. 
 
 6. General view of the tenses. 7. The tense-systems. 8. Prin- 
 cipal parts of Xvo), AciVo), ttio-tcvw. 0. Synopsis of Xvw in present 
 tense. 10. In imperfect. 11. In future. 12. In I aorist. 
 13. In perfect. 14. In pluperfect 15. Syrin|i»iH of Ac/tth) in 
 2 aorist. IH. The intensive partich's. 17. The iiiterrog.-itive 
 particles. 18. Principles 31-35.
 
 ITt) INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XXXVII. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John vii. 37-viii. 11. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 37. (a) i(TTr]K€i (cicTTT/Kct) : pluperf. with force of imperf., from 
 laTTjixi (§ 121). (b) Suj/a : contr. for 8nj/drj, pres. subj. 
 
 38. pivaovau' : fut. ind. act. of pitxt, fiotv (§ 124, 172). 
 
 40. £K tot) o;^Aoi; : this is the partitive genitive (the whole from 
 which a part is taken), rtve's, some, being omitted, the gen. taking 
 the place of the subject. 41. /xt; shows that a neg. answer 
 
 is expected. 42. or^ shows that an affirmative answer is 
 
 expected. 45. ^yaytre : 2 aor. ind. act. of ayoj (§ 124, 2). 
 
 47. TrevXavqaOe : perf. ind. pass. 2 pers. plur. of TrAavaw, -w, lead 
 astray. 51. (a) d/covcrr; : 1 aor. subj. (b) yvw : 2 aor. subj. 
 
 of yii/wcTKco. 52. eyetperai, he arises : pres. ind. mid. 3 pers. 
 
 sing. viii. 2. (a) 6p6pov, at daybreak : an example of a 
 
 gen. phrase in a partitive sense, used to denote a general state- 
 ment of time. (/>) rjp-^ero : imperf. 3 pers. sing, of Ip^ofxat, 
 (c) Ka6t(ra<s : 1 aor. part. act. of KaOt^tj (§ 124, 108). 
 
 3. (a) iiri : with the dat. (b) KareiX-qpixivrjv : perf. part. pass, 
 of KaTa-XafjLfSdi'w (§ 124, 125). 4. (a) lir avTOfjoiipw, in the 
 
 very act. (b) ^ot;(cuu/xeVr/, pres. part. pass. 5. ivereiXuTo : 
 
 1 aor. ind. mid. 3 pers. sing, of ei-TeAAw (§ 124, 76). 
 
 6. (a) avTov : gen. of person after Kar-qyopiw, to accuse, (b) kv- 
 i/ftts : 1 aor. part. act. of kvittw, stoop doivii. 7. {a) iiri/xevov : 
 
 imperf. of i-m-piw). (b) /JaAeVw : 2 aor. imper. act. 3 pers. sing, 
 of (3d\\M (§ 124, 28). 9. (a) tts KdO' €1?, o)ie by one: an 
 
 adv. phrase, with a distributive force (§ 56, 1) ; observe the nom. 
 after Kara, which is either used adverbiall_y, or else efs is indeclin-
 
 LESSON XXXVII. 177 
 
 able, (b) dp^d/xeioL : 1 aor. part. mid. of ap^y). (c) KaT€\€i(f)6rj : 
 1 aor. ind. pass, of KaTa-AciVoj (§ 124, 129). 10. KariKpivev- 
 
 1 aor. ind. act. 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The whole fi-om which a part is taken is expressed by the 
 partitive genitive. 
 
 2. This genitive commonly depends upon (1) partitive adjec- 
 tives, (2) the indefinite and interrogative pronouns, and (3) nu' 
 nierals. 
 
 3. AVhen the indefinite pronoun is omitted, this genitive may 
 take the place of the subject of the verb (vii. 40). 
 
 4. When the subject is a collective noun, the predicate adjec- 
 tive is sometimes plural, as in vii. 19. 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON 
 
 1. §25,1-3. Cases. 5. §134. Formation of Denom- 
 
 2. § 56, 1. Distributives. inative Nouns. 
 
 3. §114. Inflection of I'res. 6. §142. Foreign Words in 
 
 Ind., ^lul, and Pass, of N. T. 
 
 Contract Verbs. 
 
 4. § 114. Of Imperf. Mid. and 
 
 Pass. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in 
 this lesson. 
 
 2. Under T.ist II. of verbs, learn 250-200. 
 
 3. Un<lfT Tii.st of Trrfgulnr Verbs (§ 124) li'.irti verbs and 
 their fonipoiiiid.s, nuiiiljered 150-102, IGG-IGO, 172, 173, 170, 
 181, 183, 186-188. 
 
 6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX 
 
 1. *Ev Tairrais kutc/ccito TrX.rjOos rCjv da-OcvowTwv, TVffiKojv, ^loXwy, 
 ^Tjpwv (v. 3).
 
 178 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 2. MccTOs v/xwv (TT-qKei ov v/xcts ovK oiSare (i. 26). 
 
 3. O dvafxdpTrjTO'i VjiStv tt^wtos ctt' avrrjv /SaXeVft) At^ov (viii. 7). 
 
 4. 'EiK Tov o;!^Xov ovv aKOvaavTc; riov Xoywv tovtwv tXcyov (vii. 40). 
 Principle 42. The partitive genitive may follow any nouns, 
 
 pronouns, or adjectives, which denote a part. 
 
 7. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Write the inflection of ypae^?;, o;^A.09, opos, /u-cyas, €yw, (TV. 
 
 2. Decline : F^, yvvr), vhmp, irvtvfia, a-^iafjia, dp;^iepevs, cIs, ttSs. 
 
 3. Write the inflection of Ae'ywf, hipdu) (subj.), tpxofjiai, ttoicw. 
 
 4. Conjugate : Eittov, iyepo/irjv, 7rnr\dvr)fji.ai, iTrop€v6r)v, /SaXe. 
 
 5. Analyze : icttt^kci, tKpa$(v, Sitf/a, ip\€(TOo), Trii/CTO), pevaovcnv, 
 £/xcAAoi', i8o$da6r}, Tndaai, If^akov, rjydytTe, TviirXdvrjcrOi, aKovar), 
 yi'w, tycipcTat, TrapcyevcTo, Ka^tcras, KaTfiX.r)fjifievos, KaTuXrjiTTai, evt- 
 TetAaro, xaTtypa^ci', iTrefxtvov, cpwrwi/Tts, dp$dfx.€voiy KartAti^^j;, 
 d/xapravc. 
 
 6. Translate orally : (a) iv. 27-54. (5) vii. 1-36. 
 
 (c) 1. Ti's coTiv 6 ij/evaTrj's ti ft^ 6 dpi'oiip.ei'os on 'It/o-ovs ovk co-tiv 
 6 ^(picrTOS ; 2. OuTo's t cttiv 6 dvTi;j^tfrTos, 6 apvov/xevos tov narepa kol 
 TOV vlov. 3. Has 6 dpvoup,cvos tov vlov ovSc toi' Trarepa cxei- 4. 'O 
 o/xoAoywv TOI/ vioi/ Kai tov TraTepa e^^'* ^' ^/**^''5 o rjKovaaTC dir 
 dp)(rjs, iv vfuv /xcvctoj. 6. 'Eav iv vjxiv IJ-Wj] o rxTr apxrjs r}KOV(TaT€, kol 
 v/xiL't iv Tw vlw KOL iv Tw TTttTpt fxivtiTC. 7. Kat avTTj iaTiv -f] inayye- 
 Ai'a ^v avTos eTTijyytiAaTo rjixiv, ttjv ^(utjv t^v atwviov (1 John ii. 
 22-25). 
 
 7. Translate : 1. The Son of Man will come at the last day. 
 
 2. Let him come unto me and I will give him the water of life. 
 
 3. He who believeth on the name of the Saviour of the world 
 shall have eternal life. 4. Those who believed on him received 
 the Holy Spirit. 5. They heard Jesus speaking these words 
 unto the disciples. 6. Is this truly the Saviour? 7. Many 
 wished to take him, but no one laid his hand upon him. 8. Does 
 the law judge a woman except it first hear from her ? 9. Dost
 
 LESSON XXXVIII. 179 
 
 thou also believe on him ? 10. Jesus bowed down and wrote on 
 the ground with his finger. 
 
 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Accent as affected by contraction, elision, and crasis. 2. Ac- 
 cent of nouns. 3. Stem-endings of the Third decl. 4. Correhv 
 tion of pronouns. 5. Prepositions with genitive only. G. With 
 the dative only. 7. With the accusative only. 8. Copulative 
 conjunctions. 9. Disjunctive conjunctions. 10. Ten classes of 
 verbs. 11. Synopsis of present tense of ttio-tcvw. 12. Inflection 
 in all forms. 13. Synopsis of present active of Tifidu). 14. In- 
 flection. 
 
 LESSON XXXVIII. 
 1. TEXT 
 
 John viii. 12-59.1 
 
 2. NOTES 
 
 12. (a) ov ftrj : emphatic negation followed by aor. subj. 
 (h) Uti: fut. ind. act. of c^" (§ 124, 89). 14. kolv: crasis 
 
 for Koi idv (§ 9, 1). 16. /cptVo) : pros. subj. (Prin. 34). 
 
 17. yiypanrai : thf regular form of the perfi-ct, but T adopts 
 the periphrastic form as the better authenticated reading. 
 
 21. dirodav€ia6t : fut. of aTro-OvrjcrKw (•? 124, 100). 
 
 22. (a) /irp-L : interrog. expecting a neg. answer, (b) dnu- 
 KTCvei : fut. ind. of dwoKTtivw (§ 124, 16). 25. r^v dpxr]y . . . 
 iViv; It is probably beat to regard thi.s diflimlt passage a.s an 
 interrogative ; t^v dpx^v is then to bo taken adverbially, at all ; 
 
 ' L^t the teacher by all means read every lesson in advance, at sight, with 
 the clnaa, giving orally such explanatione as may bo deeuipd nccoesnry.
 
 180 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 on is the relative pronoun, neuter of oo-rts, used in a direct ques- 
 tion for Ti or 8ia Ti, wherefore ? and we translate, ivherefore do I 
 even speak to you at all? If regarded affirmatively, it is prob- 
 ably best to take tt;v ap-^rfv adverbially, altogether, wholly, on as 
 the relative pronoun, and translate, altogether that which I even 
 speak to you. Compare Revised Version. 26. ets t6v Koa-fiov, 
 
 into the ivorld. 27. t6v iraripa . . . cAeycv, he was speaking 
 
 about the father. 28. (a) inJ/wa-rjTe : 1 aor. subj. act. 
 
 (b) yvwd earOi : fut. of yii/wo-Kw (§ 124, 45). (c) iStSaiev: 1 aor. 
 ind. of SiSao-Kw (§ 124, 53). 29. (a) a^^Kcv: 1 aor. ind. of 
 
 d4)i7]ixL. (b) TO. apco-Tu, the things pleasing. 30. avTov Xa- 
 
 AowTOs : gen. absolute (causal) (Prin. 40). 31. TreTricrTcvKOTas : 
 
 perf . part. act. ace. plur. masc. 33. SeSouAcvKa/x-cv : perf. 
 
 ind. 1 pers. plur. 36. wtws, truly, indeed. 37. ov 
 
 Xwpet, has not pjlace. 38. {a) irapa : with dative, ivith, near 
 
 (in the presence of), {b) irapa: with gen., /rom. (c) Troieire : 
 possibly best pres. imper. as in E.. V. margin. 40. avdpwm-ov 
 
 09... XeXdXrjKa : a case of aposiopesis, the sentence being broken 
 off and left incomplete. 42. ^yaTrare : imperf. ind. (Prin. 
 
 34). 44. liTTTjKfv (to-TT^KEi/) : pcrf. ind. act. of lo-TT/fti (§ 121). 
 
 52. (a) iyvtoKafxev : perf. ind. act. of yivwa-Kw. (b) ycva-rjraL : 
 1 aor. subj. mid. of yevop-ai, taste. 54. Soidaw : 1 aor. subj. 
 
 56. (a) yjyaXXidaaro : 1 aor. ind. mid. (b) ixa-PV '• 2 aor. ind. 
 pass, with act. signif. (§ 113). 59. (a) ijpav: 1 aor. ind. of 
 
 atpio (§ 124, 5). (b) /3dXoi(riv : 2 aor. subj. act. (c) iKpv/3j] : 2 
 aor. ind. pass, of kpvtttw (§ 124, 122 ; § 81, 1). 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. This lesson contains three cases of ov fnq followed by aor. 
 subj. (XXXIV. Obs. 6, 7), (viii. 12, 51, 52). 
 
 2. It also contains the first examples of the 2 aor. pass., 
 e'xapT;, tKpv(3r]. 
 
 3. In Upvp-rj we have an illustration of the Tau class of verbs.
 
 LESSON XXXVm. 181 
 
 4. There are 12 examples of iv (103 in all), always governing 
 the dative (§ 125, b, 1). 
 
 5. There are 6 examples of Trtpt' (31 in all), always governing 
 the genitive (no instance of the ace. in John; (§ 125, d, 4). 
 
 6. In some passages a nominative is found unconnected with 
 the grammatical structure of the sentence. This is known as a 
 Suspended Nominative, and denotes emphasis (cf. vii. 38 ; viii. 
 40). 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 27, 1-4. Declension and Case-endings. 
 
 2. § 43, 1-3. Declension of Adjectives. 
 
 3. § 59, 1-3. Reflexive Pronouns. 
 
 4. § 81, 1. Third Class ofVerbs. 
 
 5. § 96. 1-3. The 2 Passive Stem. 
 
 6. § 113, 1, 2. Synopsis of 2 Aor. Pass. 
 
 7. § 114, 1. Inflection of Pres. Subj. Mid. and Pass, of 
 
 Contract Verbs. 
 
 8. § 114, 1. Of Pres. Imper. and Part. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Arrange in alphabetical order and memorize the new words 
 in this lesson. 
 
 2. Under List II. of verbs, learn 300-330. 
 
 3. Under List of Irregular Verbs (§ 124), learn verbs and 
 their compounds, numbered 189-205. 
 
 6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX 
 
 1 . Tnv (p'^ofxtvov TTfios /U.C oil firj eV/idA-W t^oi (vi. 37). 
 
 2. O (iKoKovdi'iii/ fioi uv iJ.ri irifmrnTijiTyj iv rf] (tkotki (viii. 12). 
 
 3. Rrif Ti9 T()V ifj.i)v Aoyof Tr//)j/frry OnyuToi' uv fiy OtiDprjiTT) cis Tuy 
 alwva (viii. 51). 
 
 4. Ou fxrj ytvcrrjmi Oiivi'irnv tis rnv alt'yva (viii. 52). 
 
 Principle 43. A strong denial is expressed by the 8ubjun<'.tive 
 aorist with ov /iij.
 
 182 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 7. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Write the inflection of o-Koria, av^pwTros, SovXo?, crap^, Kpiai^. 
 
 2. Decline : Maprvpia, t,<DT], atwv, (nrtpfia, Tre'/At/^as, ttoAws, ttSs. 
 
 3. Write the inflection of Bvvafxai, tSw, anoKT^vw, yvw(rop.ai. 
 
 4. Conjugate : Ttvaotfiai, aTrtOavov, So$d(TW, otSa, aTrccTTtiXa. 
 
 5. Analyze : 'YiXdXrja^v, aKoXovOdv, TnpLTraTT^a-rj, e^ei, otSarc, yt- 
 ypairrai, yiypafxp-ivov ecrriV, ^Seire, cAr^Xu^etj aTro^aveio-^e, a-jroKTevii, 
 TTurTevariTe, cyi'wa'av, v\pwarjTe, yvwatcrOe, tSiSa^cv, TrtTrio'TCUKdTas, tAcu- 
 Oep(t)crti, ccr/x€v, ^lyrciTC, XfAaXi^Ka, rjKOvaa, €(TTr]K€V) 6c(i)pr](rr], iyvwKa- 
 p.tv, eX'^pr], ^pav. 
 
 6. Translate orally : (a) v. 1-30. (b) vii. 37-52. 
 
 (c) 1. Tavra lypa^a vpuv Trepi twv TrAai/oWTWi/ v/xa^. 2. Kai 
 vix€i<;, TO xpt'O'fxa b €XdfteT€ dir avTOV fiivu iv vfuv, koI ov )(puav tx^''"^ 
 ii/a Tts BiBdcrKj) vjxas. 3. AAA ws to auToO ^p'-f^P-o- ^ihdrrKu v/tas Trepi 
 TrdvTwv, Koi aXrjOis Icttlv kol ovk (.(ttlv i/'cvSos, koX KaOws iSiSa^ev vfxa'S, 
 /AtVtTC iv auTO). 4. Kai vw, TCKVt'a, ^.ti/eTc ei/ avrw, iva cav ^avepwdjj 
 (r)(!x)[X€v ^ Trapprjcrtav koi fxr} ai(T)(yvO(Ji)fX€v a.Tr avrov iv rfj irapovaia 
 avTov, 5. Eav ctS^r* OTt SiKaio? 60-Tiv, ytvojo-KCTc oti ttSs o ttoiwi' ttjv 
 8iKaio(rvvrjv ii avrov yiyivvr]Tai. (1 John ii. 26—29.) 
 
 7. Translate : 1. His witness is not true, because he bears 
 witness of himself. 2. He knows whence he came and whither 
 he is going, but I do not know anything. 3. My judgment is 
 just and true, because his testimony was true. 4. He was 
 speaking many things, but these words he spake in the temple. 
 5. They sought to kill him, but no one took hold of him on that 
 day. 6. Where I go, my disciples can also go. 7. Who art 
 thou ? Where is thy father ? What sayest thou of thyself ? 
 8. I am not able to do anything of myself. 9. If ye seek the 
 truth, ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you 
 free. 
 
 * 2 aor. subj. of (x<j^-
 
 LESSON XXXIX. 183 
 
 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Personal pronouns. 2. Reflexive pronouns. 3. Possessive 
 pronouns. 4. 2 aorist stem. 5. 2 passive stem. 6. Synopsis 
 of 2 aor. pass. 7. Prepositions with gen. and ace. 8. With 
 gen., dat., and ace. 9. Correlation of pronominal adverbs. 
 10. Adversative conjunctions. 11. Inferential conjunctions. 
 12. Causal. 13. Final. 14. Comparative. 15. Conditional. 
 16. Temporal. 17. Principles of Syntax, 36-40. 
 
 LESSON XXXIX. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John ix. 1-41. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 2. r]fjiapT€V : 2 aor ind. act. of a/xapravw (§ 124, 11). 
 
 6. (a) €irTV(Ttv : 1 aor. ind. act. of tttuo), to spit, (h) iirWr/Kcv : 
 1 aor. ind. act. of iin-TiOrjfxi. (c) int^piaev, the secondary read- 
 ing, is also 1 aor. ind. act., of eVi-x/Jtw, to anoint. 7. (a) vCxpai : 
 1 aor. imper. mid. of vltttm. (b) tis, unto: implying in (pregnant 
 construction). (') Ivixparo : 1 aor. ind. mid. 10. in'twxf^yf 
 aav : 1 aor. ind. pass, of av-oiyw, irrog. with a threefold augmi'iit 
 (§ 124, 14). 14. (a) iv ^ rijitfiii, on. which day, i. o. nii the 
 day on which, (h) avtoj^fv : 1 aor. ind. act. of diz-otyw; cf. n. 1(>. 
 
 17. rjitwid' : another form of 1 aor. ind. act. of dv-oiyw (§ 124, 
 14). 18. €(iJ5 oTojt, until: an advcrhial phra,sf>, otov hcing 
 
 another form for oiVn'o?, gen. neut. sing, of (Vtis (§ 66, 2, o). 
 
 21. rfvoiiiv. anotluT form f)f 1 aor. itid. act. of a\-niyi<i (§ 124, 
 14). 22. (a) iTvv-tTiOtivTo : jiliipfrf. irid. mid. 3 pera. jdiir., 
 
 with augment, of (Tvy-TiOrjin (§ 121, § 110). (6) ytvrjrai : 2 aor.
 
 184 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 subj. 25. ev : ace. neut. of els, one. 31. (a) d/xaprtoAoii', 
 
 sinners, gen. plur. after aKovn. (b) tj : subj. of dfii 
 
 33. Tjhvvaro : imperf . of 8vVa/Aai (§ 122, 11), here with both 
 syll. and temp, augments. 34. 2/\o5 : added to the verb to 
 
 show that the idea expressed by the verb belongs to the whole 
 person under consideration. 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Questions are of two kinds, (a) sentence and {b) word 
 questions. 
 
 2. A sentence question can be answered by yes or no, but not 
 a word question, for the latter asks about something connected 
 with the action, who, what, when, etc. 
 
 3. A direct word question is expressed by interrogative pro- 
 nouns or adverbs (of. ix. 2, 10, 12, 16, 17, 19, 26, 27, 36). 
 
 4. Direct sentence questions are usually introduced by ov (ex- 
 pecting the answer yes) or firj (expecting the answer no) (cf. ix. 
 8, 19, 27, 34, 35, 40). 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. §74,9. Irregular Augment. 4. §116, 1-3. Impersonal 
 
 2. §93, 1-3. The2Perf.Stem. Verbs. 
 
 3. §112,1,2. Synopsis and In- 5. §120. Inflection of Pres. 
 
 flection of 2 Perf. and 2 and Imperf. Ind., Mid. 
 
 Pluperf . Act. and Pass., of Verbs in /xt. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Arrange in alphabetical order and memorize the new words 
 in this lesson. 
 
 2. Under List II. of verbs, learn numbers 340-379. 
 
 3. Review List VIIL, of Prepositions.
 
 LESSON XXXIX. 185 
 
 6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. Iltos Swarai avOpwTro<; djuaprwAos Toiaura CTT/yuteta Trottiv ; (ix. 
 
 16). 
 
 2. Kai yap 6 Trar^p rotovTous C^Ttt tous TrpocrKwouvra? avrov 
 (iv. 23). 
 
 Principle 44. The pronoun toiovtos joined to a noun without 
 an article has a general reference, a???/ such ; with the article, it 
 particularizes or characterizes, of such. 
 
 1. The imperfect with av. 
 
 1. Ei e/A€ ii)8ttTe, Kai tov Trarepa /u,ou av ^Setrc (viii. 19) (j)luperf. 
 used as imperf.). 
 
 J. Jilt o t/€Os Traryjp v/judv rjv rjyairare av €fi€ (Till. iJ). 
 
 3. El TV(^Xol ^Te, OLK av eix^^^ d/xuprtav (ix. 41). 
 
 2. T/te aorist tvith av. 
 
 1. Et ^Stis TTjv Sojpcav Tov PcoO ... cru av yn^aas avrov koI cScjkcv 
 av rrni vSwp ^oiv (iv. 10). 
 
 3. Omission of dv, with imperf. in apodosis. 
 
 1. Et fiT] rfv ovTO<i irapa. vtov, ovk rjSvvaro Troittv ovSev. 
 
 Principle 45. (a) In a conditional sentence, when the suppo- 
 sition is contrary to fact, the past ind. is used in both clauses, 
 with the particle d in the protasis, and dv in the apodosis. (b) The 
 inii)C'rf. with dv in the apodosis points to j^resent time, the aorist 
 with ttv to past time. Sometimes av is omitted. Cf. Principle 
 34,3. 
 
 7. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Write ohe inflection of yovcus, vv^, aihrds, ovtos, oirScis, ti's. 
 
 2. Dfcline : /xa^7^TT/s, Ifjyov, cVcivos, oAos, nlji^aSf Acyd/xevo?. 
 
 3. Write the inflection of yevvrfOwf dnfupiOrfVy T/fxapTOV, ?)vvafxai. 
 
 4. Conjugate : VLipai, -l^voL^a, dviw$n, Tjvtw^a, (TWiTtOti/i-qv. 
 
 5. Analyze : Eo'tpa»ta9, <</)r/, /JAtTroxrir, y€i'<i>iTfi(, ^rt, ct;(CT€, wv, 
 Tjvni^cv, yevcV^ai, AcAttAi^Kcv, yKOvaOr), Tyvc'tu^tv, yiycvvr/fiivoVf T/StVuTO,
 
 186 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 TToulv, iytvyrjOf]';, e^e'/JaXov, r]vew\Or](Tai'f av€w$€v, iTrcpwrrjaaTf, iiriur]- 
 Ktv, i7r€)(pL(rtVf ivifpdfjirjVf d7r£(7TaA/xcvos, dvafiX.t\l/avTo<;, l^o^ovvTO, 
 6fjioXoyr]ar]f 805, evpow. 
 
 6. Translate orally : 1. v. 31-47. 2. vi. 1-21. 3. viii. 12-20. 
 
 4. viii. 21-30. 5. viii. 31-45. 6. viii. 46-59. 
 
 7. Translate : 1. Who sinned, this woman or her parents ? 
 2. He went and washed in the pool, and came seeing. 3. My 
 eyes were opened because I believed on the name of the Saviour 
 of the world. 4. This man was born blind from his birth. 
 
 5. The parents of the blind man feared the Jews. 6. What did 
 the man do unto you ? 7. We know that this man is a sinner, 
 and that he cannot do this sign of himself. 8. I believe his 
 testimony, but I cannot do the works which he is doing. 9. Who 
 is this man who does such signs, that we may believe on his 
 name. 10. I came that you might believe the truth. 
 
 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Synopsis of \v<a in the pres. 2. Imperfect. 3. Future. 
 4. Synopsis of ma-Tevo} in 1 aor. 5. Perfect. 6. Pluperfect. 
 7. Tense-systems. 8. First class of verbs. 9. Second class. 
 10. Third class. 11. Fourth class. 12. Fifth class. 13. Sixth 
 class. 14. Seventh class. 15. Eighth class. 16. Ninth class. 
 17. Tenth class. 18. Principles of Syntax, 40-45. 
 
 LESSON XL. — REVIEW. 
 
 f'Thorough review is the secret of all true progress. Do not begin the 
 next lesson until this is fully mastered.] 
 
 1. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Review the words given in the vocabulary of Lesson X. 
 
 2. Review the words given in Lesson XX. 
 
 3. Review the vocabularies given in Lessons XXI.-XXX.
 
 LESSON XL. — REVIEW. 187 
 
 4. Review List I., of 95 verbs. 
 
 5. Review List II., of verbs numbered 96-379. 
 
 6. Review List IV., of 196 nouns, etc. 
 
 7. Review List VII., of correlative pronouns. 
 
 8. Review List VIIL, of prepositions. 
 
 9. Review List IX., of correlative adverbs. 
 10. Review List X., of conjunctions. 
 
 2 TEXT. 
 
 1. Pronounce aloud the Greek text (v. 1-ix. 41), verse by 
 verse, and translate. 
 
 2. Translate rapidly at sight the first nine chapters of John. 
 
 3. With only the Revised Version of the sixth chapter before 
 the eye, pronounce the Greek of each verse, until it can be done 
 without hesitation. 
 
 4. Then write the Greek text of each verse until you can re- 
 produce it without error. 
 
 5. Read aloud slowly the Greek text of chapters V. to IX., 
 inclusive, an<l write down for closer study all forms with which 
 you are not perfectly familiar. 
 
 6. Examine all the verbs given for analysis in Les.sons 
 XXXII.-XXXIX., classifying them according to voices, moods, 
 and tenses. 
 
 3. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. Review the whoh; of Orthograi)hy (§§ 1-22), with the 
 illustrations at the head of each section. 
 
 2. Review the Intr(»duction to Etymology (§§ 23-25), with 
 the illustrations. 
 
 3. Review the Suh.staiitivf" (5^ 26 42), with the illustration.s. 
 
 4. Select nouns from the text of fji)liii, <<• illustrate every pos- 
 sible form of indei-lion ' occurring in the three; dcclonBionH, and 
 write their inflection. 
 
 ' Except coatracUi of the First decl. ia -aa aud contractu of tho Second 
 decl.
 
 188 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 5. Review the Adjective (§§ 43-56), with the illustrations. 
 
 6. Review the Pronoun (§§ 57-68j, with the illustrations. 
 
 7. Review the theory of the Verb (§§ 69-102). 
 
 8. Review the Synopsis and Inflection of each Tense (§§ 103- 
 113). 
 
 9. Review Contract Verbs (§ 114). 
 
 4. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. Illustrate principles 1-6, by examples taken from John v. 
 1-ix. 41. 
 
 2. Illustrate principles 7-13 from the same text. 
 
 3. Review principles 14-20, compare the illustrations given 
 in Lesson XXXI., and add illustrations. 
 
 4. Review principles 21-25, and add illustrations. 
 
 5. Review principles 26-31, and add illustrations. 
 
 6. Review principles 32-34, and add illustrations. 
 
 7. Review principles 35-39, and add illustrations. 
 
 8. Review principles 40-45. 
 
 5. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Translate 1 John i. 1-10. 
 
 2. Translate 1 John ii. 1-29. 
 
 3. With the Revised Version in your hand, translate orally : 
 1. 1 John ii. 1-6. 2. 1 John ii. 7-11. 3. 1 John ii. 12-17. 4. 1 
 John ii. 18-21. 5. 1 John ii. 22-25. 6. 1 John ii. 26-29. 
 
 4. Translate orally into Greek the first three English sen- 
 tences of each exercise in Lessons XXXII.-XXXIX. 
 
 5. The last three English sentences in the same lessons.
 
 LESSON XLI. 189 
 
 LESSON XLI. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John x. 1-42. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 4. Ta rSia TravTa, all his own: ace. plur. neut. 5. <j>ojiov 
 
 rai : fut. (mid.) of (fxvyu) (§ 124, 197). 9. (a) cio-cXcvcrcTat : 
 
 fut. ind. of ela-ipx'^fiaL (§ 124, 78). (b) t^vprjau : fut. ind. of 
 ivpiaKt,} (§ 124, 85). 10. kXci/zt;, Ovarrj, airoXeay : 1 aor. sub- 
 
 junctives of KAeTTTO), $V(D (§ 124, lUl), aTToXXvfll (§ 123, 13). 
 
 16. KuKeha : for kuI cVcZm. 18. Oeivai : 2 iiur. inf. act. of 
 
 TiOrjfii (§ 119). 21. (Ivoifai : 1 aor. inf. act. of avoiyut. 
 
 22. Tu ivKuivia, the feast of dedication : Jewish names of fes- 
 tivals have the plural form, according to Greek u.sage. 
 
 24. iKVKXoHj-av : 1 aor. ind. act. of kukA.oo>; the reading in the 
 margin is from kukXciiw. 28. aTroXwvrai : 2 aor. subj. mid. 
 
 29. o, ^//«/ ichich. 31. tjiaiTTaaav from ^Wru^o), Ai^tio-w- 
 
 o-iv from XiOdCu}. 32. (a) cSci^a : 1 aor. ind. act. of SctKi'u/ni 
 
 (§ 121). (i) Ota TToioi', 07i account of ivhat kind. 35. (a) «i 
 
 iK€ivov<; . . . 6l€oiJ?, «/" 7ie sa/t/ (called) thevi r/ods. (li) Au^iymi, ^o be 
 loosed, broken. 37. /u.i/ TnaTtvert : pres. imper. 
 
 38. (a) Tois tpyots TTicTTf t'cTc : pres. im]ier. (// ) yiwrt, yivdW/fT^Te : 
 2 aor. Hul)j. and jtres. subj. of ym'oaKi.) (§ 124, 15) ; tlic tonsos 
 distinguish bit\vei.-n tho act as an event (aor.) und the jpcrniiincnl 
 state (pres.), that ye may attain knowledye, and know (perma- 
 nently;. 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The constructions of the verb ttuttivm ^n- various: (1) al>- 
 solutely, to believe, to have faith (i. 50; iv. 42, 48, 5.'}; v. 44; 
 vi. .30, 04 ; ix. 38 ; x. 25, 20) : (2) wilb tb.' daliv ol lb.- p.-rsun 
 (iv. 21 ; V. 24, 38, 40 ; viii. 31, 40 j x. 37, 38; ; (.''.) by metonymy
 
 190 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 an abstract is substituted in the dative (ii. 22 ; iv. 50 ; v. 47 ; 
 X. 38) ; (4) with ei? and the ace. of the person (ii. 11 ; iii. 16, 18, 
 3G ; iv. 39 ; vi. 29, 35, 40 ; vii. 5, 39, 48 ; viii, 30 ; ix. 35, 36 ; x. 
 42) J (5) with £ts, and, by metonymy, with the ace. of an abstract 
 (i. 12 ; ii. 23 ; iii. 18) ; (6) possibly iv with the dat., a very rare 
 construction (iii. 15), only one undisputed example iu N. T. 
 (Mark i. 15). (Verify.) 
 
 2. The verb ukovw is also variously construed: (1) with the 
 genitive of the person or thing immediately heard (of the person, 
 i. 37; iii. 29; vi. 60 (?) ; vii. 32; ix. 31; x. 20; of the thing, 
 the sound or speech heard, v. 25, 28 ; vi. 00 (?) ; vii. 40 ; x. 3, 8, 
 16; 27) ; (2) the thing, if not immediately heard of the speaker, 
 is in the ace. (v. 24, 37 ; viii. 47 ; ix. 40) ; (3) the thing heard 
 is in the ace, the person from whom heard in the gen., but with 
 a preposition intervening (Trapu, viii. 26, 38, 40). (Verify.) 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. §115. Synopsis of TTEi'^oj. 4. §135,1. Formation of Prim- 
 
 2. § 121. Synopsis of the Ind. itive Adjectives. 
 
 of Xar-qfii. 5. § 76, N. 2. Principal parts 
 
 3. § 119. Synopsis of Pres, and of a Verb. 
 
 2 Aor. Systems of ia-Ti]fii. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Arrange in alpliabetical order and memorize the new words 
 in this lesson. 
 
 2. Under List V., of nouns, adjectives, etc., learn 197-249. 
 
 3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 1-25, 
 with their different forms. 
 
 6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. OvT€ ovTO? yjfiapTev, ovre ol yovct? avrov (ix. 3). 
 
 2. OuTos ia-Tiv o wlos i/xajv, ov u/xcis Xeyere on rvcfyXoi iyivvnOn • 
 (ix. 19).
 
 LESSON XLI. 191 
 
 3. TuuTi^v r^v irapoifxiav cittcv airois 6 'It^ctoCs (x. 6). 
 
 4. Kal ciTrav avrul IIov eo-Tiv c/ccivo?; Ac'yci OiJk oiSa (ix. 12). 
 
 5. Kal ciirov avrot? ckcivoi Aia ti ovk r/yaycTC avTov ; (vii. 45). 
 
 6. 'Ekcivoi St ovK tyvwaav Tiva ijv a cAaXei auroi? (x. 6). 
 
 Princijile 46. The demonstrative outos, this, refers to some- 
 tliiug near or present. eVcivo?, that, refers to something more 
 remote, but may refer to the nearer, when used emphatically. 
 
 1. Ta Trpufiara to. ifiu Trj<; (fiwvi]<; fiov uKovovaiv (x. 27). 
 
 2. Oi fir] yivtrrp-ai Oavdrov cis tov alZva (viii. 52). 
 
 3. 'Q? Sc iycvaaTO 6 dp^iTpiK\ivo<; to vBwp otvov y(yfvr]p.fvov 
 (ii. 9). (Exception.) 
 
 Fi'lnciple 47. The genitive is used after many verbs which 
 signify an action of the senses or of the mind. 
 
 1. Kui (irLaT(va€V avros /cat r/ uIkiu uvtov oXt] (iv. oS), 
 
 2. 'Afipuap. direOavev ical oi irptxjiijTai, koI <rv At'ycis . . . (viii. 52). 
 
 3. 'Eyoj Kul 6 Trarqp fv t(rp.ey (x. 30). 
 
 Principle 48. The verb often agrees with the nearest subject 
 (Prin. 14), but if the nominatives are of different persons, the 
 first person is preferred to the second and the third, the second 
 to the third. 
 
 7. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Write the inflection of Bvpa, avXi], Trpo/Sarov, ckcIvo?, KXt7rr>;?, 
 TTitLpqv, ovTo<;, 1810?, (ji'ci/jia, avTo?, 7ra?, 6, rt'?, 09, iyui, ocro?, T19, KaXos 
 
 2. Of A/ycj, dviiliaiviiiv, tlpi, c^ojrt'w, -cu, eV/iuAw, jropeviipai, uioa, 
 uTTov, €yvu)v, iXdXovv, ao}Oiiaop.ui (1 fut. pass., § 95, 3 ; § 107, 2). 
 
 3. Analyze and translate : 'AkhXuuOii, tl>ii,iovTai, claiXOiJ, cicr- 
 (\(V(T(Tai, ilpi'iau, KA€t/'7/, ^wctt;, Ix'^mtiv, TiOrjcriv, di^irjariv, ayayeu', 
 yci'T/frovTaj, dyuiru, \ufiui, ypty, Ofivui, Xaftitv, /xatVcrai, dvoi^m, vtpi- 
 €-iruTti, (KVKXuMruy, at/jci?, dTruXinvTui, npirdati, rttrtuiKfi', tfiiuTTaaav, 
 XiBd(T(D(Tiy, ?S«i^a, Cfrrii' yiypdppivov, XvOiivui, ijyiaaiv, naJTivi^Tt, 
 Tri(TT(i>(T(, yvCtTf, yiyuxTKr/Tt, (Ci/Tuiiv, Tnu(rai, ip.€y(v. 
 
 4. Write principal parts c)f Ai'w, Xti-KM, Trifrrcwoj, Tifido), irciOti). 
 
 5. Translate and commit the principal jiarta of the following 
 verbs :
 
 192 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 1. uyyeAXo), dyyfXo), •^yyfiXa, rfyytXKa, rfyyeXfiai, rjyyiXOrjv. 
 
 2. ayw, d$w, 1 aor. ri$a, 2 aoi". T^yayov, ^X"^} Vyi'^^h ^"xPW' 
 
 3. alpiD, dpWf rjpa, jjpKa, ripjxai, rjpOrjv. 
 
 4. ttKOuo), d/covcroyutut and uKovauj, yjKOvaa, 2 pf. aKT^Koa, rjKovaOrjv. 
 
 5. dXeicfxaf^ aActi//oj, ^keiipa, dA.r;Xt(^a, dXyXififjLai, ijXeicfidrjv. 
 
 6. aXXdcrcra), aWd^cu, i^XXa^a, •^AXai^a, ^AAay/xat, 2 aor. p. rjWdyrjv. 
 
 7. dvotyw, dvoL$(D) dvew^a, dvctu^a, 2 pf. dvtwya, dvcwy/Aui, dvew^^r^i'. 
 
 Sir V I * 1 P " J fl 
 
 . uTTTU), ai^o), i)i/'a, rfp-fiaL, rjcfitfrjv. 
 
 9. d/jx^j ap^Wj ^P^tt) WX") Wy/*"' (mid.), ^pxOrjv. 
 10. aw^-uvoj, ai^jjcrw, rjv^rjaa, r]v$7]Ka, rjo^ijpai, rjv^rjOrjv. 
 
 6. Translate orally : 1. "ISctc irorairiiv dyd-m^v SeSw/ctv i^/iiv o 
 TraTyp tVa tckvu ^eoD KXijOwfiey, Kai icrpei'. 2. Aia toSto o koct/xos oiu 
 yivdxTKeL r)/Aas on ouk eyvw avroj'. 3. ^ A.yairrjToi, vvv Tf.Kva Oiov 
 iafiiv, KOI ovTTO) icfiuvepiudrj ri iao/xtOa. 4. Ol'Sa/xcv on tav cjiavepwOrj 
 op-OiOL awVo) iaop-eOa, on o^Oji^da avrov Ka6it)<; co-nv. 5. Kat ttus 
 6 ex'"'' ''"^*' tXTTtSa ravTi^i' ctt avTu) dyvt^et iavTOv KaOw'; iK€li'0<; dyvo? 
 IcTTiv. 6. Has o TTOioJv T'^i' dpapTtav Kat rrjv avop.iav tvolu, koX rj ufiap- 
 n'a iariv rj dvop.ia. 7. Kai oiSare on eKftvos €<^ai'epi!)0ij iva ras dp.up- 
 n'as dpj;, ^ai d/xapria tj/ avra> oi;/c c<jtiv. 8. Tla? o ev ai^rw p.ep(Dv ov^ 
 dfiapTavd. 9. nS? 6 dp-apTayoiv ou^ ewpaKCp avTOv oijSe eyvcoKev 
 avTov. 10. TcKVia, /utT^Sei? TrXamTto v/xds. 11. O Trotcoi' rr/v StKaio- 
 cvvT^v SiVaios icTTiv, Ka6w<; e/ccti'os SiKaids co-nv. 12. 'O ttoioh/ rryv 
 dp.apTiav CK tow Sia(36Xov ccrriv, on atr dpxrj^ o SidySoXos d/xaprdvei. 
 13. Et5 toDto €<pai>€pii)67] 6 vlo? ToC ^eoD iVa Xi'o">j ra epya tov 8ia- 
 ^oXou. (1 John iii. 1-8). 
 
 7. Translate : 1. They who do not enter in through the door 
 into the house are thieves and rohbers. 2. These sheep follow 
 this man because they hear his voice. 3. The good shepherds 
 lay down their lives for the sheep. 4. The hirelings see the 
 wolves coming and leave their sheep and fly into the city. 
 6. What does he say ? Why do je hear him ? Will ye also 
 believe on his name ? 6. He who hears me speaking will follow 
 me. 7. You and I will go into the city. 8. The Jews were 
 
 1 Anoint.
 
 LESSON XLII. 193 
 
 seeking to lay hold of Jesus. 9. He was doing many good 
 works there, but they did not believe on him. 10. Many be- 
 lieved on him because they saw him doing these signs. 
 
 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Terminations of First decl. 2. Of Second decl. 3. Of 
 Third decl. 4. The tense-systems. 5. Principal parts of Ailw. 
 
 6. TncT€va). 7. Ti/xaoj. 8. TTtt^w. 9. Acitto). 10. LcrTrjfii. 11. 8t- 
 8a)/ii. 12. Endings of primitive nouns denoting agent. 13. Ac- 
 tion. 14. Result. 15. Qual'ittj. 16. Instnivient. 17. Usaga 
 of Stu. 18. Of cTTi. 19. Prepositions with the gen. only. 
 
 LESSON XLII. 
 1 TEXT 
 
 John xi. 1-57. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 I. (a) (iKfiif/an-a : 1 uur. iud. act. j)art. nom. fern, of d\ei(f)w. 
 (fj) eK-fjid^aa-a : from eK-fxdcrau), vnpe off. (c) Opt.^iv : dat. plur. of 
 &l)ii, g(tii. TfHx<'><; (^ W- !)■ 5. vyyuTTu : imperf. 3 pers. sing. 
 
 II. (a) K€K(>ift.qT<a : perf. ind. pass, of Koifjiuo. (/>) e^xmvia-M : 1 
 aor. Hubj. 13. (a) dinjutL : pluperf. in usi- of the irrog. iiinti' 
 C§ 124, OS), (h) Iho^av : 1 aor. ind. act. of 8o<c£w (§ 124, r)()). 
 
 15. (a) 7//i(yi' : imperf. 1 pers. fling, of ti/xi. (J>) aywfiti' : horta- 
 tive subj., the 1 pers. being used to express a request or proposal. 
 20. (a) vTri'ivrqircy : 1 aor. ind. .uf. of i-n--(ivT(i<i>. ^(h) (khOc1^(to : 
 imperf. mid. 21. 7;<; : imperf. 2 pers. sing, of dfii, instead 
 
 of rirrflii, a form occurring three times in John (also xi. 32; .vxi. 
 18), in all six times in N. T. 22. a/Tj/fn; : 1 aor. subj. mid. 
 
 2 pers. sing. 23. dvarrTrjn-eTm : fut. mid. of dr-CuTrjfii (§ 121). 
 
 13
 
 194 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 29. rjyepdr] : 1 aor. pass, of eyeipw (§ 124, 60). 31. (a) dv 
 
 e'crr*/: 2 aor. ind. of uv-taTrjfii (§ 121). (^) KKava-rj: 1 aor. subj, 
 of KXaiw (§ 124, 114). 32. cTTco-cv : 2 aor. ind. act. of TrtVTw 
 
 (§ 124, 159). 33. (a) fuef^pifi-qaaro : 1 aor. mid. of tfi-f^pi- 
 
 paop.au (b) erdpa^ev : 1 aor. ind. act. of Tupdaau). 34. re- 
 
 deiKart : perf. ind. act. of TLd-qp.i (§ 121). 37. cSvvaro ' 
 
 imperf. of ^\)vap.ai, with regular augment (cf. r^hvvaro, ix. 33). 
 
 38. (a) ep.-fipip.dip.ei'o'; : pres. part. (i) cttckcito : imperf, 
 
 ind. of cVi-Kci/xai (§ 122, 15). 39. TcrcAcvrT^KOTos : perf . part- 
 
 gen, sing. masc. of Tekevrdw, -w. 42. Trepita-TiOTa : perf. part, 
 
 ace. sing. masc. of Trepi-ta-T-qpi ', for inflection see § 48, 7. 
 
 44. (a) TedvTjKU)^ : perf. part. act. of ^vi^o-ko) (§ 124, 100). 
 (b) SeSe/iiVos : perf. pass. part, of Sew, bind, (c) Trcpi-cScSeTo : plu- 
 perf. pass. 3 pers. sing., with augment, of irepi-Beoi. (d) d</>€Tf : 2 
 aor. imper. 2 pers. plur. of d^ir]p.L ; a</)€s inflected like ^c's 
 (§ 120). 47. cn^j'^yayov : 2 aor. ind. act. of avv-dyui. 
 
 48. (a) ac^oi/xev : 2 aor. subj. of a<^i'r;/xi. (Z*) a/jovcrtv : fut. ind. 
 act. of alpui (§ 124, 5). 52. Toi 8i€(rKopTri(rp.eva : perf. part, 
 
 pass. 53, (a) i^ovXevaavTo : 1 aor. ind. mid. {b) aVoKxet'- 
 
 vwo-iv : 1 aor. subj. act. 55. dyvio-wcriv : 1 aor. subj. act. 
 
 of dyvi'^tu. 56. caTr)K6Te<; : perf. part. act. nom. plur. masc. 
 
 of 'iar-qp-i. 57. (a) 8e8d}Kei(rap : pluperf. ind. act. without the 
 
 augment, {b) p.i]vvar) : 1 aor. subj. of p.r}ww. 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The active voice represents the subject as acting. 
 
 2. The middle voice represents the subject as acting upon 
 himself, or as affected by his own action; and we can distinguish 
 between (1) the direct, (2) the indirect, and (3) the subjective 
 middle. 
 
 3. The direct middle represents the subject as acting on him- 
 self, and is comparatively rare, reflexive pronouns being employed 
 usually with the active, as in viii. 22.
 
 LESSON XLII. 195 
 
 4. The indirect middle represents the subject as acting for 
 himself, or with reference to himself (xi. 11, *24, 25, 38, 45). 
 
 5. The subjective middle expresses the interest of the subject 
 in the result, and yet implies a direct agency (ix. 22 ; xi. 53). 
 
 6. Deponent verbs show the same uses of the middle voice, 
 and differ only from other verbs in having no active (xi. 19, 20, 
 38, 50). 
 
 7. The passive voice represents the subject as acted upon (xi. 
 4, 11, 12, 44). 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 115. Synopsis of plttto). 
 
 2. § 121. Of Ind. of Ti6r]fii, SiSwfjLL, and SeiKWfii. 
 
 3. § 119. Of Pres. and 2 Aor. Systems of same Verbs. 
 
 4. § 135, 1. Formation of Denominative Adjectives. 
 
 5. § 136. Denominative Verbs. 
 
 5 VOCABULARY 
 
 1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of 
 this lesson. 
 
 2. Under List V., of nouns, adjectives, etc., learn 250-299. 
 
 3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 20- 
 49, with their forms. 
 
 6 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX 
 
 a. 1. 'Ayu)fifv tl<i TTjv luvBaiav TrdXiv (xi. 7). 
 
 2. *AAAa uyuj^fi' TTpo? uvTi')v (xi. 15). 
 
 3. "Ayoj/xev Kul ///xcis iva uTToOdvwfKv fitr' avTov (xi. 10). 
 
 b. Mt; OuvfM(icni<i on iTttov croi Act t'/xu? yiwrjOijyiu uvwOtf (ill. ( )• 
 
 c. Ti TTOuiifitv r^a ffry(t^u)fi.(6a rii </'y« Tov 0(ov ; (vi. 28). 
 Principle 49. In simple sentences the subjunctive has three 
 
 common uses: (a) The first person (generall}' plural) is used in 
 exhortations ; (b) the subjunctive aorist, in the second and third
 
 19(3 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 persons, is used with fxy] in prohibitions, instead of the impera- 
 tive ; (c) the first person is used in questions expressive of 
 deliberation or doubt (cf. XXXIV. Obs. 1). 
 
 1. M'^ TTOiciTe Toi' oTkov Toi) Trarpo? fj.ov olkov efnropLov (ii. 16). 
 
 2. M^ SoKciTe on eyw Karrjyoprja-oi vfiiov tt/sos tov irarepa (v. 45). 
 
 3. M^ ^au/i,a^CT€ toDto (v. 28). 4. 'Eyw fi/tt, /xt) (fio^ela-Oe (vi.20). 
 5. M^ yoyyvl,€T€ fifT dAXryAwv (vi. 43). 6. Mry Kpivcre Kar' oij/iv 
 7. M^ davfJid(Tr]<; on cittov croi (iii. 7). [(^ii- 24). 
 Pnnciple 50. Negative commands are expressed by p.rf with 
 
 the present imperative or the aorist subjunctive. 
 
 a. Present. 
 
 1. Kul Aeyct avroi 6 'Iijcjovs 'AKoXov^et /Aot (i. 44). 
 
 2. M-^ Kpivere kut oi^tv, dAAa t^v SiKuiav Kpicriv Kpivere (vii. 24). 
 ^^. Aorist. 
 
 1. Aeyei avroi? o It^o-oCs Fe/AicraTC ras {iSpias ^'Saros (ii. 7). 
 
 2. 'Epavi'T^croi/ Kai t8e on e/c t^s FaAtXatas TrpocfajTrj'; ovk iyeLperai 
 (vii. 52). 
 
 3. "Apare tov Xt^o»' (xi. 39). 
 
 4. Aware at^Tov Kai a(fieTe aurov vTrayciv (xi. 44). 
 
 c. Contrasted in same 2icissa(/e. 
 
 1. AvrXijcraTe vvv koI (fttpeTc t<5 ap^irpiKXivo) (ii. 8). 
 
 2. Apov TOV KpdfSaTTov aov kuI TrcptTrdrei (v. 8, 11)- 
 
 3. "Epxov KOI i8e (i. 4C ; xi. 34). 
 
 Principle 51. The present imperative denotes the present 
 continuance or repetition of an action; the aorist imperative 
 expresses a command more forcibly, or denotes that the action 
 is single and instantaneous. 
 
 7. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Write the inflection of ?>6^a, X'-V"? xvpio^, apxupev<;, l$vo<i, 
 OpLt, vv^y TTOvs, oi^i?, ttAftt^a?, /X€ya9, ttoAw?, cts, wv. 
 
 2. Of qydiTbiv, il,y]Tow, KeKOifjLrjp.ai, yip-rfv, i\r)\v6eiv, iKaOe^6fi7)i', 
 av€(rTr]v, riOeiKU, ep^ov, eTreKeifir/v, vepiea-Tm, TrepieScSe/xTjr, Xxxrov.
 
 LESSON XLII. 197 
 
 3. Analyze and translate : 'EKjU,afaa-a, i]<j6ivf.L, Xiyovaai, So^a- 
 aOiii efJL€Lvev, ayw/xev, Xiddaai, TrepiTruTTj, €.lprjKU, Iho^av, aTrtOavd', 
 evnev, TrupafivOrjrrwvTai, vTrr'jVTqaci', dvaaTi]creTai, ^r/crtrai, eiTracra, 
 ■fjy^pOr], rjpxeTo, KXavcrr], £7rccr€i', irupa^cv, Trot^crai, ^pai; ScSe/xeVo?, 
 (i^ETC, dffiwfxev, eXevdoVTai, OLpoiKTii', airoXrjTai, Avt/3i](TaVy co-tt/kotcs, 
 
 TTldadXTll'. 
 
 4. Write principal parts of ayw, aipw, aKovw, uA.£i'</)oj, (faXito, 
 KOi/u.ttw, piTTTw, Tidy^pi, SiSoifii, ^eiKVVfJii, <f)(j)vio), reXcirraw, Sew, ttoic'oj. 
 
 5. Translate orally : (a) John x. 1-42. 
 
 (^) 1. nixs 6 yeyei/VT^/AcVus €K tou ^eoO dfJiapTtav ov ttouI, otl (nripp.a 
 avTOV iv auTw fievu, Kal ov Sirarai dju.apTai'cii/, on ck tov ^coS ycytV- 
 vr/rai. 2. 'Ev tovtw (fiavepd iaTLV to. rcKva toO ^toi) kol to. TCKia toC 
 8ta/3oAov. 3. Has 6 /x^ ttoiuii/ SiKatocrvvT/v ouk ccttiv £k tov Oeov, 
 Koi 6 fxi] dyawuiv toi/ ddtXtfiov auTOV. 4. 'On avrrj iarly ij dyyeAia 7)1/ 
 ■^Kovaare drr dp)(rj<;, iva dya7roj/7.ei/ oAXj/Xous. 5. Ov Kadios Kati/ t»c 
 Tou irovTjpov rjv Kal €<7(fia$€v tou d8cA<^ov aurov. 6. Kat xdpiv nVo? 
 e<T<f)a$iv auTOJ' ; on tu epya avToi) Troir/pd iji', rd 8c tov ddeA^ov avTov 
 diKuia. 7. Mr/ Oav/xdi^CTe, d8tXcf)0i, ct fxiafx i'p.d'i 6 Koap-o^. 8. 'H/^tis 
 otSa^ci/ on fj.€TaftiftiiKap.€v Ik toC ^avdrou cis tt/v ^wt/j/, on dyanwp.tv 
 Tovs dScAf^ov's. 9. 'O /x^ dyaTToJi' fjLtvti iv no uavdrw. 10. Hds 6 /ni- 
 cruiv TOV d8cA</>oi/ aurou di'^pojTroKToi'os eanV, Kai oioare on Trds (U'P/h/j- 
 TTOKTOvos ovK !;)(« ^oi^v uioVioi/ cV ttUTw pcvovaav. (1 John iii. 9-15.) 
 
 6. Translate : 1. Mary, the sister of Lazarus, anointed the 
 Saviour w itli ointment and wiped his feet with her hair. 2. Jesus 
 hears that Lazarus is sick, and after two days he says (o his dis- 
 ciples, Let us go to th(r village of Lethaiiy. 3. He who walks 
 in the day is able to see the light, but he who walks in the night 
 will stumble in the darkness. 4. Many of the Jews caini' unto 
 the two sisters that they might console them. f). WIh-ii .lesus 
 came to the village, Martha met him. 6. Come and see where 
 they have laid him. 7. That man was not abh^ to open tin- eyes 
 of the blind. 8. He who came to the tomb of Lazarus is able to 
 do greater signs than these.
 
 198 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Paradigms of Third decl. 2. co-tws. 3. Reciprocal pro- 
 nouns. 4. Reflexive pronouns. 5. Correlation of pronouns. 
 6. General view of the tenses. 7. Prepositions with dative only. 
 8. With ace. only. 9. With gen. and ace. 10. With gen., dat., 
 and ace. 11. Formation of adverbs. 12. Correlation of ad- 
 verbs. 13. Final conjunctions. 14. Endings of denominative 
 nouns denoting agent. 15. Quality. 16. Diminutives. 
 
 LESSON XLIII. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John xii. 1-50. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 2. Sir/KoVei : irreg. imperf. of StaKovt'w, as if the verb were com- 
 pounded of hid. and aKoviiji. 5. i-n-padr) : 1 aor. ind. pass, 
 of Trnrpda-KU) (§ 124, 158). 7. a^es : 2 aor. imper. 2 pers. 
 sing, of dff)Lr]iJ.t (cf. 6t<;, §120). 15. iixv^crOrja-av : 1 aor. 
 ind. pass, of fiifivqcrKU) (§ 124, 139). wcfttXetTe : pres. ind. 
 act. of ox^cXt'w. 24. (a) Trctrwv : 2 aor. part. act. of ttiVtw 
 (§ 124, 159). (b) dTTo^avr; : 2 aor. subj. act. of aTro-6v^a-K,o (§ 124, 
 100). 25. aTToXAuct : from dnoWiiM (only here and Rom. 
 xiv. 15), instead of dvoWvfju. 27. TerdpaKTai : perf. ind. 
 pass, of rapacrcraJ (§ 124, 184). 31. iK(3X.r]6i](T€Tai : 1 fut. 
 ind. pass, of iK/3dXXo) (§ 124, 28). 37. avrov . . . ttcttoit/ko- 
 Tos : gen. absolute (concessive), cf. Prin. 40. 38. dTrcKoXv- 
 (fiOr] : 1 aor. ind. pass of diroKaXviTTw. 40. (a) itn^^pwcrev : 1 
 aor. ind. act. of iroypoou {b) voiqaoKnv : 1 aor. subj. act. of voc<o. 
 
 (c) aTpa(f>waiv ; 2 aor. subj. pass, of crrpicfuo (§ 124, 181). 
 
 (d) Ido-ofiai : fut. ind. of idopfu (§ 124, 102). 48. dOerihv : 
 pres. part. act. of a^erew, reject.
 
 LESSON XLIII. 199 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Adverbs are used to qualify verbs, adjectives, or other ad- 
 verbs (xii. 8, 16, 26, 31 ; viii. 48; viii. 31 ; vii. 40). 
 
 2. The personal pronouns, when they are in the nominative, 
 are emphatic (xii, 26, 46, 47, 49, 50; xii. 34 ; xi. 27, 42; etc.). 
 
 3. The person addressed is put in the vocative case (xii. 21, 
 38 ; xi. 3, 12, 21, 27, 32, 34, 39). 
 
 4. avTt (with the genitive only) occurs only once in John 
 (i. 16). 
 
 5. 8ia with the genitive means through (x. 1, 2, 9 ; xi. 4 ; i. 3, 
 7, 10, 17) ; with the accusative, on account of (xii. 9, 11, 18, 27, 
 30, 39, 42). 
 
 6. The distinction between the tenses of the infinitive is simi- 
 lar to that between the tenses of the imperative and subjunctive, 
 — the present marks continuitij (xii. 4, 21, 39), the aorist, a 
 sinyle act (xii. 34), the perfect, a completed act (xii. 18, 29). 
 
 4 GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 115. Synopsis of (ftaivo). 
 
 2. §§ 119, 120. Synopsis and Inflection of Pres. Act. of Verbs 
 in fu. 
 
 3. §§ 119, 120. Of Imperfect and 2 Aorist Act. 
 
 4. § 137. Compound Words. 
 
 5. § 138, 1-4. First Part of a Compound Word. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in 
 thi.s lesBori. 
 
 2. Under List V., of nouns, etc., loarn 300-349. 
 
 3. Under Tiist of Irregular V'erbs, learn those numbered 50-74, 
 with their forms.
 
 200 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 6 PRINCIPLES OF t SYNTAX. 
 
 1. "A(f>e<; avTi^v, iva cis rrjv Tjfxipav tov tvTa</>ia(r/u-oi) /u,ou Ti/pi/crn 
 avTo (xii. i). 
 
 2. Kai rjXOav ov Sia tov ^Irjaovv /xdvov dW iva Kai Toi/ Ad^apov 
 lSwctlv (xii. 9). 
 
 3. EySouAci'cravTO Sc ot dp^tcpeis tva Kai tov Ad^apov diroKTiivwaiv 
 (xii. 10). See also xii. 20, 23, 36, 38, 47. 
 
 4. AcSioKCiCTttv hk oi dp^iepeis Kai, ot ^^apto-aioi evToAas iia cdv Tts 
 yvw TTov £(rTtv firjvvcrrj, ottws 7rido-<uo-tv aurdi' (xi. 57). The only 
 example of oVtos in John. 
 
 5. IlepiTraTetTC ws to <^ti)S fX^Te, iVa ^•^ crKoria v/xds KaTaXd/Srf 
 (xii. 35). 
 
 6. Iva pi] iSucriv tois 6(f)daXp,oi<; Kai voT/crwcriv t^ KapSia Kai <TTpa- 
 ^wcrtv (xii. 40). See also xii. 42, 46. 
 
 Principle 52. In final clauses, the two particles of design, tva, 
 to the end that, otto)?, m order that, negatively Iva iixj^ are nearly 
 always followed by the subjunctive (cf. Prin. 27). 
 
 7 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Write the inflection of r)/A€pa, y^, tttw^^osj Ovydrrjp, warT^p, 6. 
 
 2. Of r}p(i)T(i)V, iXr]Xv()a, 7reo"wv, o-wtroi/, vif/oydw, iKpv(3rjv, XaXw. 
 
 3. Analyze and translate : "Hyeipei', Sir^Kovti, rjv, Xafiovaa, •^Xet- 
 i//€v, i$€fjiaicv, iTrX7]p<!)0rj, iirpdOrj, iSoOr], €p,eA,ev, cyvo), ifiovXevaavTo, 
 vTTrjyov, iXa^ov, i^XOov, €vXoyT)p,€VO<;, €vpu)v, (f)o^ov, tyvwcrav, i8o$d- 
 (tOt}, ipvyjadrjaav, virrjvrqfT^v, ircTroirjKivai, ^ewpeiTc, iSetv, iXijXvOev, 
 diroOdvr), ff)vXd^ei, SiaKovfj, aKoXovOeirw, co-Tai, rcTapaKrai, cittw, ycyo- 
 vevai, eKf3Xr]9i](T€Tai, vif/w6C), ^/xcXXei/, vif/inOrjvai, ytvr]cr6e, ttcttoit^kotos, 
 •^SwavTO, tcti;<^X(jok€I', <TTpa(f)w(Ta', yeVcuvTai. 
 
 4. Write the principal parts of cftaivu), ttou'w, dXcitfyw, irXrjpow, 
 
 Tj-apaM^wpi, T7]p€U), ypdfpu), paprvpio), XaXeco, TricTTevw. 
 
 5. Translate and commit the principal parts of the following 
 verlis :
 
 LESSON XLIII. 201 
 
 1. (ialvw, firjTOfj.ai, 2 aor. £/^?;i', /S^fSijKa, ^>//3a/xai, i/3d$r]v. 
 
 2. iSdXXw, ySa/Vw, 2 aor. tfiaXov, (ii(i\rjKa, /3i(3\i]fjLai, i^Xr'jOrjv. 
 
 3. /3ouAo/Aai, (iovXrjfTOfxai, (3i(3ov\r][jiai, iftovXrjOrjv. 
 
 4. ya/x^M, yafxw, eyrjfj.a, y€ya/x»/Ka, yeyd/xyixai, iyafJiT]6r]v. 
 
 5. ytVo/xat, yevT/o-o/i,ai, 2 aor. iyivo^rjv, ye'yoia, y^yivq^iai, kyivriOrjv. 
 G. yiVMCTKWf yi'ujcro/xai, 2 aor. cyi/oji', eycwKa, (.yvwafxai, iyvioaOrji'. 
 
 7. yi)d(f)w, ypdij/o), eypaif/u, yiyf)a<^a, yeypafjifjiai, 2 aor. iypd(f>riv. 
 
 8. di\()fJ.ai, Se'^o/iAai, ioi^dfj.rjv, oeheyfj-ai, iSt^Orjv. 
 
 9. SiOdcTKO), SiSd^w, iSiSa^a, 8e8t8a;^a, 8e8t8ayyu.at, iSLSd^Orjv. 
 10. StW/xai, Svvrjaofiaif SiSvi'TJixaif rjdvvqdrjv and rjSwdaOrjv. 
 
 6. Translate orally : (a) John xi. 1-57. 
 
 (6) 1. 'El/ TouTU) eyvwKUfiev rrjv dydirrfv, on ckcii/os vTrep ly/xwv t^v 
 \^v)(ijv avTOV i6r]K(v: 2. Kai rjfiei^ o</)eiXo/xcv vTrep Twv dSeXt^wi' ra? 
 i/'i;;(ds Oiuau 3. 'Os 8 ui/ e;(7; tov /?iov toC koctixov Kai deojpfj tov 
 ao(.\(^)V avTov ^^ptiav e^ovra Kai kA,€io"?; tu rrTrXdy^fa avTOV utt avTov, 
 TTiJus 17 dydirr) ToD ^eoi; /AcVet €1/ auTw ; 4. TtKua, /it^ uyaTrCificv Aoyw 
 /7,7^0£ T^ yXtiHT(rr] oAAo. ci' tpyw Kai aXrjBua. 5. 'Ei/ tovtcu yfwaofx^Oa 
 OTi CK T^9 (i\rjfJ€ia<; hrfitv, kui IfxirpocrOiv aiiTou ir^urofitv Ttjv Kap8tai/ 
 ijixii)^ OTi edi' KiiTayivdycTHrj rjjJLwv ij Kap()M, on /xei^wi' tcrrti' 6 ^€os r^s 
 Kap8tas Tjfiwu Kai yiViiKTKU irdvTa. 6. AyaTTT^Toi, tctv r) Kap8ta /xt; 
 KarayiroMTKY/, Tvappqmav t-^opxv Trpos toj/ 6'coi', kuI o ai/ aiTo)ficv XapfSd- 
 vojxiv 'Itt auTor, on tus ifToXds uvtov Tr}pt>vp.iv Kill to. dpto-rd tVwTTioi' 
 auToO TTOioi'/xci'. 7. Kai ttur;/ 1(TTlv y ivToXij uvtov, ii'a TricrTCvrrw/xcc 
 Tw ovufi-OiTL Tot; vtou avTOv Jt/ctod XpicTToi; Kat dya7ro)p,£i/ dXAryAous, Ka- 
 6w9 eS'oKei' ct'ToAr^i/ Ty/xii'. 8. Kai 6 Ttjpwv rd? ei/ToAus auTOU ci/ avToi 
 //.tVti Kai auTOS ef ayrw. 9. Kat cV toi'toj yii/ojrrKo/xcv on /xei'ti tV 
 rfpXv, Ik tou Tri'ci'/xaTo? ou ry/xti/ cOojkci' (1 rJ(jllli iii. 10—24). 
 
 7. 'IVaiLslatc! : 1. 'I'licy .•inointcil llic feet of llio di.sciplos. 
 2. I'lify <'Hmc ill (inliT (liat tlic^y nii^lit son the; man wlioiii -losus 
 rai.'^od from llic. dca«l. 3. Tin's man took tlif l)ranclu's of the 
 jtalm-trce in his hand, and was rryinp, l>cliold tho Kinj^of tho 
 .Ji'W.s. 4. Tho <li.scii)lf'S rcmcnihcrcd tliat thoy did thcso thinj^s 
 unto him. 5. The Gretjks came up nnio the feast, that they 
 might see Jesus. G. He who loves the Saviour will follow liim.
 
 202 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 7. When the Son of Man will come in his power, he will cast 
 out the ruler of this world. 8. Walk in the light in order that 
 you may become sons of light. 
 
 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. The euphony of consonants. 2. General rules of accent. 
 3. Enclitics. 4. Personal pronouns. 5. Ten classes of verbs. 
 6. The infinitive endings. 7. Causal conjunctions. 8. Final 
 conjunctions. 9. Compound words. 10. Principles of syntax, 
 46-48. 
 
 LESSON XLIV. 
 1 TEXT 
 
 John xiii. 1-38. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. ciSws : perf. part, of olSa (§ 124, 64). 2. (a) SeiWov 
 
 yivnijiivov : gen. abs. (temporal). {b) Iva TrapaSoi, that Judas 
 Iscariot shall betray : irapa^oi is not the optative, but 2 aor. 
 subj. 3 pers. sing, instead of TrapaSw (§ 120), arising by regular 
 contraction as if from rrupaSiSoo), -w (§ 114). 4. {a,) iytipe- 
 
 Tttt : a case of the direct middle (cf. XLII. Obs. 3). (b) Ste'^oxrci/ : 
 1 aor. ind. act. of 8iaC<j')vvvfjii (§ 123, 7). 5. (a) T^piaro : 1 
 
 aor. mid. of dpxoi. (b) Sic^ojct/acVos : perf part. pass. 
 
 7. yi/ojcTT/, f ut. ind. 2 pers. sing, of yivo'ta-KM. 8. vii/'t/s : see 
 
 Prin. 43. 10. vi\pa<TBai : 1 aor. inf. mid. 13. 6 8i8a- 
 
 cr>caXos : the predicative term with verbs of naming sometimes 
 stands in the nom. ; so also o Kvpios. 18. ($f\e$dfjir)v : 1 aor. 
 
 ind. mid. of eV-Xe'yo^ (§ 124, 128). 19. Trpo tov ytria-Qai (cf. 
 
 i. 48), before it come to pass. 38. ews ov : with the gen. of 
 
 the neut. rel. pron. cws has the force of a conjunction, until (cf. 
 ix. 18).
 
 LESSON XLIV. 203 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Connected sentences are said to be co-ordinate, when they 
 are mutually independent. 
 
 2. A compound sentence consists of a principal and a subor- 
 dinate clause or sentence. 
 
 3. A subordinate clause which prepares the way for its princi- 
 pal clause is called a protasis, and the principal clause is called 
 the apodosis. 
 
 4. Subordinate sentences or clauses are (1) final, (2) condi- 
 tional, (3) relative, (4) causal, or (5) of indirect discourse. 
 
 5. Final clauses express purpose, design, or motive, and are 
 introduced by the final conjunctions (Prin. 27 and 52). 
 
 6. A conditional clause contains a supposition, and is intro- 
 duced by €1 or eac (Prin. 34). 
 
 7. Relative clauses (including temporal) are introduced by 
 relative pronouns or the temporal conjunctions of time, place, or 
 manner. 
 
 8. Causal clauses express cause or reason, and are introduced 
 by the causal particles on, 8t6Tt, tVei, eVti^r/, and ws. 
 
 9. In a clause of indirect discourse {oratio obliqtia) the sub- 
 stance of the quotation is given in the form of a dependent 
 sentence. 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. §§ 119, 120. Synopsis and Inflection of Pres. Mid. and 
 Pass, of Vrrbw in in. 
 
 2. §§ 119, 120. Of Imperfect and 2 Aorist. 
 
 3. § 139, 1-3. Last Part of a Compound Word. 
 
 4. § 140, 1-3. Meaning of Compoiind Words. 
 6. § 141, 1-3. Synthetic Compounds.
 
 204 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in 
 this lesson. 
 
 2. Under List V., of nouns, etc., learn 350-399. 
 
 3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 75- 
 99, with their forms. 
 
 6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. With imjjerfect indicative. 
 
 1. El yap e7rt(7T€u€T€ Mwvaei, €7rtcrT€veT£ av ifxoL (v, 46). 
 
 2. Et 6 ^eoi narrjp ifxCyv rjv i^yaTrarc av i/xe (viii. 42). 
 
 3. El TU^Aoi rjre, ovk av 6i;^€T€ d/xapriav (ix. 41). 
 
 2. With the aorist indicative. 
 
 1. El ^5eis T^v Swpeav Tov 6(.ov . . . crv av yTr)(ra<i avrov kol cSwkcv 
 av croi v8wp ^wv (iv. 10). 
 
 2. Kvpu, €1 TJ<: aiSe OVK av fxov airiOav^v 6 u.hi\(l>6'i (xi. 32 ; cf. 
 xi. 21). 
 
 3. El rjyairaTe /u.€ kxapyjTi av, if ye were loving me, ye would have 
 rejoiced (xiv. 28). 
 
 Principle 53. After conditional clauses with ei we have av 
 in the apodosis, either (1) with the imperf. ind. (pointing to 
 present time), or (2) with the aor, ind. (pointing to past time). 
 Sometimes av is omitted in the apodosis (ix. 33). (See Prin. 
 34.) 
 
 1. With aorist subjunctive. 
 
 1. 'E(/) ov ai' t8>;? TO Trfci'/jia Karafialvov Ka\ fiivov ctt' avrov (i. 33). 
 
 2. 'Os S av TTir/ €K TOV {'Saros ov iyw SoScru) avrw (iv. 14). 
 
 3. Kat vvv oT8a on ocra av aiTrja-y tov 6e6v 8(oaei croi 6 ^eos (xi. 22). 
 2. With present subjunctive. 
 
 1. "Oti av X^yrj vpiiv 7rot7)craT€ (ii. 5). 
 
 2. 'A yap av cKCivos ttoi^, TauTa Kai 6 vios o/xoitos ttoici (v. 19). 
 
 Principle 64. In relative clauses after os, oo-tis, oo-os, av is used 
 mainly with (1) the aorist subjunctive (future time) or (2) with 
 the present subjunctive (continuous action).
 
 LESSON XLIV. 205 
 
 7. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Write the inflection of KapSia, Kvpios, (tt^OoS} KaOapos, ttSs. 
 
 2. Of ei'Sois, /jL€TafSw, kafBwv, yvtliaofx.ai, TrtTTOLrjKa, up-i, fl)(OV. 
 
 3. Analyze and translate : BeySAr/Koros, vrapaSoi, eiSws, i$rj\6€v, 
 (yfiperai, TiO'qrnv, 8i€C,wcrtv, rjp^aro, 8ie^a)0"/xeVo9, yvMcrrj,' viipr]';, \eXov- 
 jxivos, 7rupaSi8dvTa, av(.iTf.(T(.v, (fuDveiTe, eSojKa, i$e\€^dfx,r]v, TrXypwOfj, 
 €Trrjp€V, yev^crOai, yevrjTai, irapd^Oq, diropovfjievoi, dp'ttKci/xevos, dvaire- 
 (T<i)v, e^oKOvv, eiX^' ? ^*?> OiTacr^e, l^qT^, aKoXovBrjcrai, 6r]<r(.i%, dpvr'farrf. 
 
 4. Write the principal parts of /SatVw, ^dWo), yivofxai, yivuxTKw, 
 ypd(}>w, Svvafiai, SiStDfii, wyw, alpw, aKovo), dp)((j}, dvoLyw. 
 
 5. Translate and commit the princij^al parts of the following 
 verbs : 
 
 1. iycipu), iyepw, ^yctpn, iyr/ytpfiai, rjyipOrjV. 
 
 2. iXavviu, iXw, rjXaao., eAr/AaKa, iXij\.aixai, rjXdBrjV. 
 
 3. tAeyp^o), iXey^o), rjXeyta, iXi'jXeypai, i]\iy)(6r}v. 
 
 4. Ip^ojxai, iXevaopai, 2 aor. r)XOov, 2 perf. iXi]Xv6a. 
 
 5. (vpiCTKU), evprjau), evprjaa, 2 aor. tvpnr, el'prjKa, (vprjfJLai, tvprjurji'. 
 
 7. ^aw, Cv^^) a.Tlil t,y<TO/iai, ct,rj<Ta, t^rfKa. 
 
 8. ^oWd/x/, ^wrro), c^wrra, tQuicrfxai. 
 
 9. rjyiojiai., Jiyrjrropai., ifyrjrrdjj.riv, i'jyrjp.ai. 
 
 10. ddrrTu), 6dil/o), (.Ompa, TiOapfiat, 2 aor. cTd(f)r]V. 
 
 6. Translate orally : (a) John xii. 1-50. 
 
 (6) 1. 'AyaTrrjToi, fx-rj navTi irvevfiaTL TricmvtTe, dAAa BoKifxd^fTf to. 
 TTvevfiara el ck tow Pcov icTiv, on ttoAAoi {f/ev8oTrp()<f)rJTai i^fXyjXvOamv 
 eis Tov Kocr/xov. 2. 'Ei/ toi'tw yiviofrKfTe to 7rv€v//,a toO u€Ov. 3. Ilai/ 
 TH'Ciyxa o o/xoAoyci TT^rroTJC Xpicrroi' ev aapni iXrjXvudTa 6/c tou ^cuf; 
 tCTTiV, Kai TTai' irvtvpu. o fxr] op.oXoyti tov \y}(rovv €k toD ^cou ouk efrTii^. 
 4. Kai TOUTo cfTTii' TO TOV dv'Tt;(pifrTou, o fl/cr/xoaTC OTt ep^erat, Kat vvv 
 iv rtS KOirfjio) ifTTiv r^hrj. 5. 'Yp.tts tV tou Peor fVrTc, Tcxi/ia, /cai vcj^i- 
 KTjKaTt. avTov<;, oti fieii^ioy icttIv o tv u)U.t^' ^ o ti' t<3 Korrfxu). 6. AuTot 
 €/< TOV KOfTfiov iimv. 7. Ala toTto ck roi) Koap.ov XaXovcriv Kai o 
 KoiT^os auTtiif (xKovei. 8. If/xcis tV toO Ocov icrfxiv ' 6 ytvwcTKwv tuv
 
 206 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 Oeov OLKovei rj^iwv, os ovk Icttiv Ik tov 6(.ov ovk aKOvei rjfiwv. 9. Ek 
 TovTov yivw(TK()ji€v TO TTi/tu/xa T^s dXr;^tias koX to 7rvcv/u,a t^s 7rAav7;s 
 (1 John iv. 1-6). 
 
 7. Translate : 1. They rise from supper and put on their 
 garments. 2. They begin to wash the hands of the children 
 who came to see them. 3. He washed not only the hands, but 
 also the feet of his disciples. 4. They did not know what he 
 had done to them, because they did not comprehend the truth. 
 5. The disciple is not greater than his teacher, nor is the servant 
 greater than his master. 6. He gave us a new commandment, 
 that we should love one another. 7. Where art thou going ? 
 Are you able to follow me where I am going ? 
 
 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. First declension. 2. Declension of participles. 3. Numer- 
 als. 4. Correlation of pronouns. 5. The tense-systems. 6. 1 
 aor. synopsis of ttio-tci'w. 7. 2 aor. sjmopsis of Xdirw. 8. Synop- 
 sis of Xvm. 9. Prepositions with gen., dat., and ace. 10. With 
 gen. and ace. 11. Improper prepositions. 12. Conditional con- 
 junctions. 13. Principles of syntax, 1-10. 14. Meaning of 
 compound words. 15. Principles of Syntax, 49-61.
 
 LESSON XLV. 207 
 
 LESSON XLV. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John xiv. 1-xv. 27. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 1. rapacra-ia-Ow : pres. imper. pass. 2. croi/xao-ai : 1 aor. 
 
 inf. act. of kroifjACoi. 3. TrapaAr^/Ai^o/j-ai : fut. ind. of ivapa- 
 
 Xafx^dvui (§ 124, 125). 7. €yi/(0K£iT€ : pluperf. ind. act. of 
 
 ytvuHjKui. 8. hu^ov : from ^iUvvfit (§ 121). 13. on: 
 
 ace. sing. neut. of oo-ti?. 26. viroprrja-n : from vTro-ixifivrjaKw 
 
 (§ 124, 139). 27. StiXiaTw ; pres. imper. act. 3 pers. sing, 
 
 of ^eiAioEoj. 31. iyf.Lpf.a6f. : pres. imper. mid. 2 pers. plur. 
 
 3v. 4. fxuiarf : 1 aor. imper. act. of /xcVcj. 6. i^pavOrj : 
 
 1 aor. ind. pass, of tqpaLvw (§ 124, 142). 7. ahria-aa-Oc : 1 
 
 aor. imper. mid. 2 pers. plur. 13. 6jj : 2 aor. subj. act. 3 
 
 pers. sing. 15. eipT/Ka : perf. in use of cTnov (§ 124, 6S). 
 
 16. Sw : 2 aor. subj. act. of 8t8aj/xi. 20. tou Adyou ovi : 
 
 verbs of remembrance govern the gen. (Prin. 47) ; the relative 
 ov, which ought to be in the ace, is attracted into the genitive 
 by its genitive antecedent. 22. £i;^ocrai/ : iniperf. act. 3 
 
 pers. plur. of tx'^ (^ 124, 89), an irreg. form for (.l\uv. 
 
 3 OBSERVATIONS 
 
 1. A periphrastic future is .sometimes formed by the auxiliary 
 future verb //f'AAo) and the pres. inf. (iv. 47 ; vi. 6, 15, 71 ; vii. 
 35, 39; xi. 51 ; xii. 4, .33; xiv. 22). It calls attention to the 
 certainty of the c;vent. 
 
 2. In the N. T., rjuotation is generally direct, and is intro- 
 ducc<l either without the intervention of a conjunctive particle 
 (i. 16, 21, 23, 29 ; iv. 17, 31, 32 ; v. 12 ; vii. 31; x. 36 ; xiv. 6,
 
 208 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 6, 8, 9, 22, 23), or by means of the particle on, which is then 
 redundant (i. 20, 32 ; iv. 17, 39, 42, 51 ; vi. 42 ; viii. 33 ; ix. 9, 
 23, 41 ; X. 36 ; xiii. 33 ; xvi. 17 ; xviii. 9). 
 
 4. QRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 33, 1-5. First Decl. in N. T. 
 
 2. § 37, 1-6. Second Decl. in N. T. 
 
 3. § 42, 1-3. Third Decl. in N. T. 
 
 4. § 50, 1-3. Adjectives of 1 and 3 Decl. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of 
 this lesson. 
 
 2. Under List V., of nouns, etc., learn 400-449. 
 
 3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 100- 
 124, with their forms. 
 
 6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. *0s 8' av TTLT] €K Tou uSuTos ov iyw Swcroj avru) (iv. 14). 
 
 2. ToiVro 8e etTrci' nepi tov Trvei'/u-aros ov efieXXov Xafi/jdveiv ol tti- 
 crTcv(ravT€S tt? avrov (vii. 39). 
 
 3. Mvr}fjLovev€T€ TOV \6yov ov iyw cTttoi/ Vfiiv (xv. 20). 
 
 Principle 55. The relative is often attracted into the case of 
 its antecedent, especiallj' from the accusative to the genitive. 
 
 7. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Write the inflection of ttoXi's, ifxavrov, cKeivo?, ovtos, KXrjp.a. 
 
 2. Of Tu parranv, w, k<))paK<')<;, hil^ov, dyaTraoj, rfyaTrwi', dffyirjfjLi. 
 
 3. Analj'ze, inflect, and translate : ITia-TeutTe, eiVtV, eToifida-ni, 
 TrapaXr/zxi/'o/Aai, ^tc, iyi'd)K€iT€, ^^Sctre, kwpaKaTi, dpK€i, Tropf.vop.ai, alTrj- 
 (rr/TC, ho^atrdrj, Ti^pTycrcrc, Swa-ti, r], kafSuv, dtjirjcrw, t,rj(T€Te, dyuTrrjOrjae- 
 Tai, yeyovcv, ifj.tf)avi(X(j), eXcvcrd/AC^a, XfXdXrjKo, viropivrjau, SciXtaru),
 
 LESSON XLV. 209 
 
 fYdprjTff clpriKaf yevrjTUL, eSioKey, eyeipccr^e, ayw/xtv, (f^ipy^ finrare, 
 fxevqre, ifSk^Orj, i^rjpdi'Orjy Orj, iroujTe, iyvwpia^a, c^cAe^ao'6'c, VTrdyrjTf, 
 i8iw$uv, fxcjxurrjKacnv, papTvpeiTe. 
 
 4. Write the principal parts of h^Uwixi, 8i8ao-Kw, iyeipw, ep^ofiai, 
 ^X*"' ^^^> TTOico), \a\(.u>, oLKovw, aipoj, StSto/xt. 
 
 5. Translate and commit the principal parts of the following 
 verbs : 
 
 1. 6vrj(rK0}f 6avovp.ai, 2 aor. e^aj/oi', rWvrjKa. 
 
 2. 6v<ji, 6v(T0), l6v(Ta, rWvKa, Ti6vp.ai, ervdrjv. 
 
 3. KaSaipw, KauapCi, iKauapa, xeKaOapjiai, iKaOdpOrjv. 
 
 4. KaOL^w, KaOtawy iKauLcra, KiKaOiKa. 
 
 5. KaLw, Kavcrw, cKavao., KtKavKa, KiKavp^ai, inavOrjV. 
 
 6. KaXeti), KaXiCTW, c/cuAeo-a, kckAi^ko, KiK\r]p.ai, iKXrjdrjv, 
 1 . KaAvTTTw, KaXvipw, eKaKvij/a, KCKaAv/ix/jiai, iKaXv(fi6r]v, 
 
 8. kX(.iw, kXu<tu), iKXeicra, KiKXeia/iai, ckAcict^t/v. 
 
 9. KpivW, KpiVW, iKplva, KfKplKa, K€KpLp.ai, iKpi$r]i>. 
 
 10. Xap.lid.vu), Xrjp.xl/ofxai, 2. aor. tXaftov, dXr)<))a, €tAT//x/xat, iXi^p.(f)6r]v. 
 6. Translate orally : {a) 1 John xiii. 1-38. 
 
 (6) 1. Ayairrp-oi, dyaTrwp.ev dXXyjXois, on r] dydirr] Ik tov Oeov 
 cCTtV, Ktti Tra? 6 dyanuiV €k tou Beov yiyivvryrai Kai yivwcTKei tov 6a')V. 
 
 , O pLT) ayaTTojv ovk eyvv) tov ueov, on o c/£os ayairr] ea-Tiv. o. tiv 
 TOVTiai i<f)av€po')6T] T/ dyinrr] toC ^eoC iv rjfuv, on tov vlov ai'nov tov 
 fiovoyivrj diriaTaXKfv o ^cos eis Toi/ Koafiov iJ^a t,T]awp.tv 8l' avroi). 
 4. 'Ef TOVTw tcTTti/ 17 (lyaTT?;, ou^ OTi yp.€L<i riyaTrr]Kap.cv toj/ ^eoj/, dAA' 
 OTt auTo? Tjydirrjmv r//xu? Kai aTrctrTCiAti/ toi' viof aurov iAa(r/j(.ov Trt/it 
 T(7»i' dp.apTiwv rip.wv. 5. 'Aya7rr;TOi', €1 ovTO)9 o ^C09 rjynTnjO-fV ijpLu<;, 
 K<u iiji.tl'i orfitiXopAv dXXrjXov; dyttTrai'. 6. f^€ov orScis TrojTrrjTe re^ea- 
 TUi • eav dyaTTw/ACc rlAAT/AoDS, 6 6^eos ci' ^/Aif /u.£i'€i xai 17 dyd-rrq avTOV 
 T€TtXiiv)p.(.vrf iv jfplv i<TTiv. 7. Ev TOVTU) ytv<iirrKo/*€i' oTt cf mVw 
 p.€vop.cv Kai. auTos eV rjixiv, on €K toi" 7ri/£i'/x,aTOs a^Tov f5eo(iJK€i' i/fiiv. 
 8. Kat ry/xcis Tt0fdp.€6a Kai jtapTvpovji^v OTt o iraTrjp dire(rTaXK€V Toi' 
 vioi/ (Tonrfpa toi; Koap.ov. 9. 'Os tai/ ofjioXirytjiTij on Iz/O'Oi's Xpirrro? 
 i(TTiv o 1U09 TOW f?€ov, o ^€o? tV ttUToj /i.ti'ci Kill ui'to? cV TOJ ^CO). 
 10. Kai r]fX(7.'; lyvwKap.fv Kai Tr{iri<rT€VKaf/.tv Tip' dydrrrfv i/v f.x.^L 6 Oio^ 
 iv Tjixiv. (1 John iv. 7-16 a.) 
 
 14
 
 210 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 7. Translate : 1. Let not your hearts be troubled. 2. He goes 
 to prepare a mansion for those who believe on his name. 3. No 
 one is able to come unto the Father, unless through the Son. 
 4. Show us the way,, and we will follow thee. 5. He will not 
 leave thee an orphan, but will come again unto thee. 6. He who 
 loves me will keep my commandments, because I abide in him. 
 7. The world does not love the Son of God, but hates him. 
 
 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Second declension. 2. Three classes of adjectives. 3. Ten 
 kinds of pronouns. 4. The augment. 5. Reduplication. 6. Syn- 
 opsis of TTotew. 7. Correlative adverbs. 8. Causal conjunctions. 
 9. Final conjunctions. 10. Interrogative particles. 11. Prin- 
 ciples of Syntax, 11-20. 12. Denominatives. 13. Parathetic 
 compounds. 14. Synthetic compounds. 15. Foreign words. 
 
 LESSON XLVI. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John xvi. 1-xvii. 26. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 2. 86$r) : 1 aor. subj. of Sokc'w (§ 124, 56). 3. cyvojo-av : 
 
 2 aor. ind. act. of yivwa-KO) (§ 124, 45). 11. KCKpirat : perf. 
 
 ind. pass, of Kpivw (§ 124, 121). 13. di/ayycAci : fut. ind. 
 
 act. (§ 124, 1). 16. oxj/fadt : fut. ind. in use of opdw (§ 124, 
 
 147). 17. €K Twv fiadi/Twi' : of. notes on vii. 40. 
 
 20. (a) K\ava€Tt : fut. ind. act. of KXatw (§ 124, 114). (b) x^- 
 pT/crcToi : fut. ind. of ;(aipoj (§ 124, 203). xvll. 1. cVapas : 
 
 1 aor. part. act. of tV-aipoj (§ 124, 5). 7. lyiwKav : for iyvtiy 
 
 Kam (§ 124, 45). 12. aTTwAcTo: 2 aor. ind. mid. of diroWrfii 
 
 (§ 123, 13).
 
 LESSON XLVI. 211 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The infinitive mood in all its tenses may be used as an in- 
 declinable neuter substantive, and is then qualified by the neuter 
 article. 
 
 2. Its different cases are used just like the cases of substan- 
 tives. 
 
 3. The oblique cases may depend on prepositions (i. 48 ; ii. 24 ; 
 xiii. 19; xvii. 5). 
 
 4. The infinitive may form the subject of a sentence (xviii. 
 14), or the object (iv. 7 ; xvi. 2). 
 
 5. The infinitive may be used to denote the purpose of an 
 action, or the result (iv. 15; xvi. 12). 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 76, 1-9. The Tense-systems. 
 
 2. §§ 78-88. Ten Classes of Verbs. 
 
 3. § 115, 1, 2. Synopsis of five Verbs in w. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of 
 this lesson. 
 
 2. Under List V., of nouns, etc., learn 450-499 
 
 3 Under Tvist of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 125- 
 149, with tlieir forms. 
 
 6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 J. Krt) vvi' ?>(Karrov jj.c rrv, iraTip, iraph. crcauTo) rjf S6$r) j] tl^ov . . . 
 nnfta rrni Cxvii. 5). 
 
 2. Ti/ifqrrni' fii*Tf)iN fV Tw nvn/iaTi iroi) w rtc'rtroKfis //n/ (xvii. 11, 12). 
 
 Privriph, 56. The rrlntivo i.'^ also often attracted into the case 
 of its dative antecedent (cf. I'rin. 55).
 
 212 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 1- O ^picrros orav tXur) fxr] ttX^lovu crjy/xcia ironjo'eL wv outos inotq- 
 o-ei/; (vii. 31). 
 
 2. Ov Trept Tov Koa-fjLov ipwrw dXXa. irepl wv Se'Sojicas ftoi (xvii. 9). 
 
 Principle 57. When tlie antecedent would be a demonstrative 
 pronoun, it is often omitted, being implied in the relative. 
 
 7. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Inflect ovTOS, wpa, ttSs, diroKTeLvas, ^eos, iraryp, iyw, (rv, auTos, 
 ovoets, Kapoia, ekcivo?, Kpicn<;, dp^wv, ttoAvs, vrvevfxa, ocros. 
 
 2. Analyze, inflect, and translate : SKai/SaAio-^^Tc, ttoit/o-ouo-u', 
 00^2^, eyvwcrav, cA^r;, p.vrjfj.ovevyTe, y]P-f]^'j ipwra, Tr^irXypojKev, d-jreXOoj, 
 TTOpfvOw, cAe'y^ei, 6'eojpetTf, KeKpirai, Si'i'acr^c, oSrjy^aei, ip-)(6pL(.va, Sofa- 
 crct, Xy^fxij/iTai, dvayyeAet, oxpicrOt, ydeXov, cpwrav, KAautrcre, ^ap^aeTai, 
 Xv7rr]6i']aecrd€, yevrjcreTai, tikti], yewtjar), TjTT^craTe, ^ TrtirXr)p<jip.ivq, 
 TTicfiiXrjKaTe, iXrjXvOa, (TKopTrLcrOT)T€, d.<})rJTe, €\^^^> ^(^pO'itTe, veriKijKa, 
 iTrdpas, So^acrov, cSwKas, yivwo"Koj(n, rcAetwcras, eyvwKav, ScSd^atr/xat, 
 Trjprjdov, i<f>vXaia, ifXLO-riaiv, Oewpuiaiv, cyvwf, eyvoipicra, ^. 
 
 3. Write the principal parts of laTrjpA, rWrjpA, OvrjUKis), KaOaipw, 
 
 KauiC,(j), Kaiw, KaAe'oj, KaAuTTToi, kAcioj, Kpcvw, Aap.y3avw, f^w, AaAew, <^t- 
 Aeoj, TTio-TEuw, yivofxai, yivwo-KW, 8e;(op,ai, Si'^a/xai, ep^ofxai. 
 
 4. Translate and commit the principal parts of the following 
 verbs : 
 
 1. Aeyoj, Ae'^oj, e'Ae^a, (^e'iprjKa), AcAey/mat, iXv)(6r]v. 
 
 2. ActTTW, Xfixf/oj, 2 aor. eAiTrov, 2 pf. Ae'AoiTra, XeXei p./xaij iXii(f}6rjv. 
 
 3. fxavOdvu), p.a6r](Top.ai, 2 aor. (.[laOov, fji€ixd6rjKa. 
 
 4. p,eVa>, p-evw, c/Aciva, p.iixivrfKa. 
 
 5. piip.vrj(TKU), fivrjaWf tp^vqcra, /tc'/xvr^/xat, ifxvi](rOr)v. 
 
 6. aTT-oAAu^i, aTToAecra) and dtTroAai, aTrojAecra, 2 aor. d7rajAop,7/v, 
 ttTToAwAa. 
 
 7. opdo), (oi^o/xat), (2 aor. etSoi/), hopaKU and iopaKa, kwpdfxai, m<^0-qv. 
 
 8. Tre/iTro), Tre/xi^w, errepiipa, 7r£7royx(/)a, TrcTrc/x/xai, iTrifi<f)Or]P. 
 
 0. irip.irXrjp.i, ttAt^ctoj, tirXrjaa, TreirXrjKa, -iriirXrja-fx.ai, iirXrjaOriv. 
 10. TTiVoj, TTio/xai, 2 aor. f.inov, TrcTrwxa, irinop.aL, liroO'qv.
 
 LESSON XLVI. 213 
 
 5. Translate orally : (a) 1. John xiv. 1-31. 2. xv. 1-27. 
 
 {Jb) 1. yJ feos ayairrj eaTiv, Kai o ^eviov tv tjj ayairy ey to) t/cw 
 fiivei Koi b P€os ev aura) fjL€V€L. 2. 'Ev tot;t(i) TeTeXtioirai •^ aydirrj 
 fied' r^fiijiv, Iva Trapprjaiav e^wfjiev cv rrj rjiiipa t?)s Kfnaeu}<;, ort Ka^w? 
 
 CKCIJ'OS tCTTlV Kai 7)/i.CtS 60"/XeV €V TtU KOtT/XO) TOiJt(iJ. 3. <J'o/3oS OUK tCTTLV 
 
 iv T7J dyuTn], aAA ?} rcAcia uyaTn^ Ifw fSdWei toi' (fiofSov, on b (fio/3u% 
 KoXacTiv ^X^h ^ ^^ (f>ul3ovfievo<; ov TCTcAeicuTut ci' t^ ayaTr?;. 4. H/j,€t? 
 d.yaTrwfi€V, otl awro? Trptoros y^yaTr-qcriv ly/xa?. 5. Eav ti? c'^T/ oti 
 Ayairu) rbv dtov, /cat tov ilScA^ov avTov p-iafj, ipev(TTr)<; iariv. 6. O 
 yap /i^ ayaTToiv tov aS€A.</)Ov airoS ov ewpuKev, tuv 6eov bv oi^ eiopiiKev 
 ov ^wvarai dyaTrav. 7. Kai ravT^v Tryv eVroAryi/ c^o/xev (Itt* aiuTOv, iva 
 6 dyaTrdiv tov 6'€ov dyaTrd Kai tov dSeA^ov aiTou. (1 John iv. 16 a— 
 
 21.) 
 
 6. Translate : 1. I say these things unto you, because you know 
 the truth. 2. In that day sorrow will till your hearts, because 
 you have not peace. 3. I will send the Comforter unto you, who 
 will lead you into all truth. 4. You see me now, but a little 
 while and you see me no longer, because I go unto him who 
 sent me. 5. I have lome into the world, but I will leave the 
 world. 6. I will do the work which thou hast given me to do. 
 
 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Third declension. 2. Synopsis of future tense. 3. Syn- 
 opsis of 1 aorist. 4. C/'ontract verbs. 5. Impersonal verbs. 
 V). Prepositions with the gen. only. 7. With the dative only. 
 8. With the ace. only. 9. Governing two cases. 10. (Governing 
 three cases. 11. Nouns in -r;//), -toj/j, -ttj?, -cw?. 12. Nouns in 
 -Tic, -(TLSf -CTia, -fir], -tut, -/xoq. 13. Nouns in -/xu, -osj -rpoy, -tuv, 
 -avo?, -0V17. 14. Principles of syntax, 21-30.
 
 214 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XLVII. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John xviii. 1-40. 
 
 2 NOTES. 
 
 2. crvv^x^V • ^ ^^^- ^^^- P^ss. of (Tvv-dyw. 6. circaav : from 
 
 TriWtu. 10. (a) e'iXKvcTtv : 1 aor. ind. act. of cXkw (§ 124, 74). 
 
 (i) tTvaiacv : from ttuiw. (c) aTreKOij/ev : from utto-kotttui. 
 
 12. eSr]aav : 1 aor. ind. act. of Sew. 15. yvwcTTo? : a verbal 
 
 adj. from yti-wo-Kw (§ 102, 3 ; § 135, o, 3). 28. fiiapdwaiv : 
 
 1 aor. subj. pass, of fiiaivw. 30. 7rape8aj»ca/u.£v : from -n-apa- 
 
 St'Sw/Ai. 36. rjyijJVL^ovTo : imperf. of dywu'^o/xat. 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The accusative primarily denotes the direct object of a verb, 
 as opposed to the indirect object denoted by the dative. 
 
 2. When the accusative is connected with the verb in signifi- 
 cation, it is known as the cognate accusative (vii. 24; cf. also 
 V. 32; xvii. 26). 
 
 3. When the accusative is joined with a verb, adjective, or 
 noun, to specify the part, property, or sphere to which it applies, 
 it is known as the accusative of specification (vi. 10 ; xiv. 26 ; 
 xix. 2). 
 
 4. Certain relations of space and time are often denoted by 
 the accusative (i. 39; ii. 12; iv. 52; v. 5; vi. 19; xi. 6). 
 
 5. Some transitive verbs may take two object accusatives, es- 
 pecially verbs signifying to teach (xiv. 26), to ask (xvi. 23), to 
 clothe (xix. 2). 
 
 6. Verbs signifying to make, and the like, may take a predi- 
 cate accusative besides the object accusative (v. 11 ; x. 33 ; xix. 
 7, 12).
 
 LESSON XLVII. 215 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LSSSON. 
 
 1. §§ 118-121. Synopsis and Inflection of Verbs in /xi. 
 
 2. § 122. Verbs of the First Class in /xi. 
 
 3. § 123. Verbs of the Second Class in /«. 
 
 5. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Arrange in alpliabetical order and learn the new words in 
 this lesson. 
 
 2. Under List V. of nouns, etc., learn 500-549. 
 
 3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 150- 
 174, with their forms. 
 
 6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX 
 
 1. O t,Tj\o<: ToC oiKOv crov KaTac^a-yerat fie (ii. 17). 
 
 2. AAAu iyvwKa u/ius on r-qv uyaTnjv toD &tuv ovk i\fT€ iv taurois 
 (v.42).^ , , 
 
 3. OvSci? fifVTOi Trappr)(Tia cXdXci Trtpi airov 8iu tok «^o/?ov rdv 
 'JonSaiwv (vii. 13; cf. xx. 19). 
 
 4. Ku^ujs i8u>Ka<; a\jTw i^ovdiav ■Ku.crq'i <raf)Ku<; (xvii. 2). 
 Principle 58. A genitive, after a noun, showing the object of 
 
 a feeling or action, is called the objective genitive. 
 
 1. Oi Tu ilyaOa 7roir/(TU»'Tt? cts uvu.(TTa(Tiv ^u)^"», ol ra <fiav\a Trpti- 
 ^ai'Tfs cts uvaaTua-iv xpiVfw? (v. 29). 
 
 2. Kal i(TovTai TrdvTcq 8t8uKTOi 6(ov (vi. 45). 
 
 3. M^ CI? T^j* ^KWTTOfiav tQiv 'KWi/vwv /xtAAci TTopfvtcrSai ; (vii. 35). 
 
 4. Eyoi (Ifii ij Oiifta Ttuv 7rpo/3uTun' (x. 7). 
 
 5. ill^XiVTfS TO ^IKTVOV tQ)V l)(Ov'iiV (xxi. 8). 
 
 J'rinciplc 59. \\ hen a more general relation is signified, the 
 genitive is called the genitive of relation, and is variously trans- 
 lated, the context showing the kind of relation intended.
 
 216 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 7. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Inflect o?, 6, (TTretpa (§ 33, 1), ap^upev^, <^ai'os, \afnrd<;, ottXoi', 
 
 'loiiOUS (§ 33, 4), I/yO-OUS (§ 37, 0), {iTTr/pCTIJ?, £IS. 
 
 2. Analyze, inflect, and translate : Eittwv, ^v, »)8ei, a-w-^x'^V* '^^" 
 ^oji', IcrTiy/cei, TrapaStSow?, d.Tr'^A^ai/, CTrecrav, iirrip<j)Tq(Te.v, a(f)€T€^ ScScjKas, 
 d7roL)A.E(Ta, et'AKUcrei', (Sake, (.Srjcrav, i^yayov, yjKoXovuei^ yj/ojcTTO?, imroiq- 
 K6Te<;, iOepixuLvovTO, uKrjKoorai;, TrapeaTTjKw^, SeBefxevov, r)pv7^a"aT0, p-iav- 
 Owariy, <^dywcrii', Kpij/uTe, Trapa8oOw, yeyevvrjixai, (iovXicrdf.. 
 
 3. Write the principal parts of Trei^w, dyycAXw, Jyto, atpw, d/couo), 
 apx^u), ySatvci), ySdAAoj, y3oi;Ao/xat, SiSdcTKO), cyeipo), evpiaKU), l^oj, yyyiop.ai. 
 
 4. Translate and commit the principal parts of the following 
 verbs : 
 
 1. TTiTTpaiTKit), TreVpu/ca, Trewpajxai, lirpau-qv. 
 
 2. TTiTTTM, Treaovfjiai, 2 aor. eirecroi', TrevrTcuKa. 
 
 3. Trpaaao), irpd^tD, tTrpa^a, TrcTrpd^a, TreTrpuyfiai, eTrpdxOrjv, 
 
 4. TTwOdi'Oixai, Trevcrop-ai, 2 aor. (.TrvOop-qv.) Treirvcrfiai. 
 
 5. oreAAw, (TTeAo), ccrTetAa, tcTTttA/ca, ecrraAp-at, 2 aor. icrrdXrjv. 
 
 6. aTpicfiw, crTpci/'w, Ecrrpet/'a, ccrTpo^a, earpafifiai, 2 aor. iaTpd<f>r]V. 
 1 . <jd>t,ui, crajcrw, ecrwcra, aeawKa, crecrwo'p.at, iawOi^v. 
 
 8. Tapdcrarw, rapd^oj, irdpa^a, Tfrdpayp-ai, iTapd^Orji/. 
 
 9. teAcw, TcAeo-o), ereAcfra, TtreAtKa, rereXecrfiai, iTeXeaOrju. 
 10. <fiip(i), otcro), -^reyKa, ei'T^i'oi^a, evr^i'eyyLtat, yjvixdrjv. 
 
 5. Translate orally : (a) 1. John xvi. 1-33. 2. xvii. 1-26. 
 
 (/;) 1. lids o 7rto"T€t'(iJV ori Iz/crors ecrrtv o i^picrros ck too ^eoJ) yf- 
 yevvrfTai, kol ttu? 6 dyaTrwv Tov ycvvi)(ra»'Ta dyaTra tov yeyevvqpevov i$ 
 avTOv. 2. Ev TovT(i) yivwcTKO/tev on uymraifiev to. TCKva toB ^eov, orav 
 TOV ^Eov dya7rd»p,fv kui rds EVToAd? avTOv Troiwfiev. 3. Avttj ydp icrriv 
 rj dydTTi^ toD ^eoi) tVa rds evToAd? avTOv r'qpwjxcv, koX ax IvToXal avTOV 
 /Sapetai owk elatv, on Trdi' to yeyevvrjfxivov Ik tov Oeov vikS. tov Koa-fiov. 
 
 4. Kat avTT^ icTTiv 7] viKrj rj VLKrjcraaa tov Kocrfiov, rj ttlcttis r]p.CiV. 
 
 5. Tt? eCTTlV 8c O VIKWV TOl/ KOCTflOV cl jirj b TTLCTTeVUn' OTl \rjCTOV<; eCTTlV 
 
 6 utos TOW deov ; 6. Owro? iaTiv b IXOw' St uSaTos /cai at/xaTO?, Ii;- 
 crotis XptCTTOS • oi/c Iv Tw uSaTi jjLOVOV dXX ev t<3 vSaTi /cat ev t<2 at/xaTi.
 
 LESSON XLVII. 217 
 
 7. Kat TO TTvevixd Icttlv to fj-aprvpuvv, on to iri'evfxd ecrriv y akyjOua. 
 
 8. "Oti Tptts dcriv oi fJiapTvpovvre^, to iryevfia kol to vSwp koI to alpa, 
 KOL oi Tpet'i €h to €v ctcriv. (1 John v. 1—8.) 
 
 6. Translate : 1. They went out with him unto the place, 
 where was a garden. 2. Simon Peter drew his sword and cut 
 otf the right ear of the high-priest's servant. 3. The priests 
 asked the disciples concerning Jesus and his teaching. 4. He 
 spoke plainly to the high-priest, but he did not believe what he 
 said. 5. The disciples answered and said, His kingdom is not 
 of this world. 6. Art thou a king ? 7. Art thou one of his 
 disciples i* 8. The servant of the high-priest said, I saw this 
 man in the garden witli Jesus ; 1 know he is one of his disciples. 
 
 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Decleuslon of adjectives. 2. Of particii)les. o. Compari- 
 son of adjectives. 4. Personal endings of the verb. 5. Mood 
 suffixes. 0. Synopsis of ])erfi'(t. 7. Synopsis of verbs in fii. 
 8. Formation of adverbs. 9. (/orrehitive adverbs. 10. Adversa- 
 tivaconjiinctioiis. 11. Diminutives. 12. Parathetic coin|)ounds. 
 13. Synthetic compounds. 14. Foreign words. 15. Prijiciples 
 of syntax, iU-40.
 
 218 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD 
 
 LESSON XLVIII. 
 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John xix. 1-42. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 2 TrXe^avTC? : 1 aor. part. act. of ttXc'kw. 6. aravpwa-ov : 1 
 
 aor. imper. act. of a-ravpow. 10. airoXvaai : 1 aor. inf. act. of 
 
 uTTo-Xvu). 24. (a) axto-b}fifp : 1 aor. subj. act. (cf. Prin. 49). 
 
 (b) Xd)((j)fi.ev : 2 aor. subj. act. of Aay^ava) (§ 124, 123). (c) Sif/xf- 
 picravro : 1 aor. ind. mid. of Sia/Acpi^w. 29. (a) ckcito : imperf. 
 
 iud. of Ketp-uL (§ 122, 15). (b) vaawTrw, upon hysso2). (c) iztpiOiv- 
 Tf? : 2 aor. part. act. of Tr€piTi6r}p.i. (d) Trpofr-r/veyKav : from 
 ■7rpoa-(f>ep(D. 31. (a) Karca-yoJcnv : 2 aor. subj. pass.* 3 pers. 
 
 plur. of KaT-dyvvp.L (§ 123, 10). (b) apB^aiv : 1 aor. subj. pass, 
 of aipm (§ 124, 5). 33. TtOvTQKora : perf. part. act. of Ov^ctkcj 
 
 (§ 124, 100). 34. h'v^ev: 1 aor. ind. act. of v^craw (§ 124, 
 
 141). 36. (TVVTpifirjafTai : 2 fut. ind. pass, of avp-rpil^w. 
 
 37. l^eKevrrjcrav : 1 aor. ind. act. of iK-KfVTttn. 38. KtKpvp- 
 
 /A£vo9 : perf. part. pass, of KpvTTTio. 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Words denoting kindred are often omitted before a genitive 
 of relation.ship (vi. 71 ; xix. 25; xxi. 2, 15). 
 
 2. Adjectives and verbs signifying plenty, fulness, and the 
 like, are construed with the genitive of the thing (i. 14; ii. 7; 
 vi. 13 ; xix. 29 ; xxi. 11). 
 
 3. When the nominative is used for the vocative in direct 
 address, the article is prefixed (xix. 3 ; xx. 28). 
 
 4. The superlative TrpwTf)?, first, may be used where but two 
 things are compared (i. 15, 30 ; xv. 18 ; xix. 32).
 
 LESSON XLVIII. 219 
 
 4. GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. § 32, 1. Contract Nouns of First Decl. 
 
 2. § 36, 1, 2. Contract Nouns of Second Decl. 
 
 3. § 41, 1. Irregular Nouns of Third Decl. 
 
 4. § 45, 1. Contracts of Adjectives of the First and Second 
 Declensions. 
 
 5 VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of 
 this lesson. 
 
 2. Under List V., of nouns, etc., learn 550-612. 
 
 3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 175- 
 205, with their forms. 
 
 6 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. Kai ioL^ucrav uvtw paTrurfiura (xix. o). 
 
 2. To 7roTr//jioK o ^eSioKey fxui u 7raTy]p ov fi-tj Tri'u) avTO ; (xvui. 11)- 
 3- 'Eyoi Si^MKu aurois tov \6yov (rov (xvii. 14). 
 
 4. Ae'yfi ow auTW 6 IleiXriTO? 'Efioi nv XaAet? ; (xi.\. 10). 
 
 5. 'liilv Tt5 ifiiil OiuKovfj TifJ.r'i(T€i avTov u TraTr'ip (xii. 26). 
 Principle 60. The dative is used to denote that to which 
 
 an^'thing is or is done {Dative of Indirect Object). 
 
 l( £^oi Kill crui, yi'vaL ; ovvm i/Kei ij wpa fiov (11. 4^. 
 
 2. ''O? Tiv fKTu <Tiw Triftav rou lopSaVow, u) rrv fiefiapTvprjKas, iO£ 
 ouTos (iainiQii (iii. 2G). 
 
 Princijth 61. The dative is used to denote that for whi(;li 
 something is or is done {Dative of Interest). 
 
 1 . WkoKovOh Si Tw M/yo-ou ^ifxwv ll€T^)0<; k(u uAAo9 fia6qTyj<i (xviii. 
 
 2. "AXXot tXfyoi' 0'))(i, rIAXu ufjLDioi; auTw iirriv (ix. 0). 
 Principle 62. The dative is used with all words implying 
 association and resemblance, and their opposites.
 
 220 INTliODUCTUKY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 1. x^P§- X^^P^'- ^'•"' ''^^^ <fi(jyvr]v tou vvfi<jiLov (iii. 29). 
 
 2. OI Se aXXui jJLaOrjTol tw vrAotapiw ^A^ov (xxi. 8). 
 Princijjle 63. The manner and the instrument of an action 
 
 are expressed by the dative. 
 
 7. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Inflect (TTpaTLWTr]<;, Tropcjiupeos (§ 45, 1), /SacrtXews, oij8et?, Tra- 
 paSoi;?, jxeit^wv, €K£U'09, t/xarior, TCfrcra/jes, /xepos (§ 40, 4), ^iTwi', 
 TrapecTTcijs, yvi'^/, CTKeiJos, o'^os, /i-eya?, ctkcAos, dAr^^r/?, ooroSi/. 
 
 2. Analyze, inflect, and translate : "EAa/^ev, iixaaTiywa-ev, ttAe- 
 ^avTCS, iTviOrjKav, ^p^^ovTO, -^aLpe, tSuSoaav, etr/XOiv, yvwre, cjiopmv, 
 cISoi', eKpavyaauv, aTavpwaov, Ad/?tT€, airodavtiv, TqKovcrev, ifjiofStjOr], 
 e?i(DK€v, (TTavpwcraL, rjv SfSo/xci/o]/, u7roAi;crr^5, apov, (TTavpioOfj, aveyvwaav, 
 ypac^ie, (tx'.<t<»ii€v, Aa^o)p,€v, Stip-epicravTo, 'Ifiakov, la-Ty'jKeLcrav, ryyixTra, 
 etSo')?, T€T£'AecrT(x(, TeXeiMOfj, Ikuto, Tr€piOivTe<;, Trpoa-qveyKav, KaTeaywcrir, 
 dpO())aiv, KUTea^av, (jvva-Tavpo)6tvTO<;, TedvrjKOTa, awTpifSriaeTai, e^eKtv- 
 Trj(Tav, K€Kpvp,pei'o<;, a.pr), CTrcrpfi/'ei', eSrjcTav, Tt^ct/xeVo?, WrjKav. 
 
 3. Write the principal parts of Xap.jiu.vw, TiOrjpi. tp^op-ai, Si'So^ti, 
 yii/o')0"/c(i), 6vrf(TKM, olkovm, aipu), yiHicfuo, ySuAAo), LaTrjp.1, reXeu), cf>€po), 
 TTiTTTu), TrpiirrfTOi, crreXXot, (rrpci^d), cru)t,o), Acittco, p.ev(i}, opao), aTToAAupt. 
 
 4. Translate and commit the principal parts of the following 
 verhs : 
 
 1. <fi€vy<i)f (ji€v^op.ai, 2 aor. €<fivyov. Trecftevya. 
 
 2. xP-ipM, x^iprjcro/xaL, Kexap'fJKa, Kexfiprjpai, e^^upv^F. 
 
 3. KaTdyvvp.1, Kareu^d), Kurta^a, 2 pf. Kariaya, 2 aor. p. Karenyqv. 
 
 4. KpVTTTOi, Kpvlj/(J)^ €KpV\pa, K€KpVp.fiaL, 2 aOr. (.KpVpqV. 
 
 5. Translate orally : (a) 1. John xviii. 1-27. 2. xviii. 28-40. 
 (&) 1. Et Tr]v fiapTvptav Ttov dv^pojTrojv Xap(3u.i'op.ev, ry paprvpta tov 
 
 dcov p.€i^(j)v efTTiV, on ai'ri^ co^Ttv ?} p.apTvpLa tov deov on p.ep.apTvpr]Kcv 
 Trepi ToD inow avrou. 2. 'O Trtrrrcuajv ei? tov iitoi' tou pcou ei^ei rryv 
 paprvpiav iv avTw. 3. 'O yx^ Tno-rei'wi/ tw ^fw \pev(TTy)v Tr(Troir]Kiv 
 avTov, OTL ov ireTTiijTevKfv fh tyjv finpTvplav i)v p.cpapTvpr]K£v o unjs 
 Trepl TOV VLOV airov. 4. Kai avrrj eVriv y paprvpta, on ^co^v altuviov
 
 LESSON XLVIIT. £21 
 
 ISwKCi' 6 Otu'i ij/MV, Koi avTi] 7/ ^0)7/ iv Tui uiw uvtuv ccttiV. 5. 'O c^wv 
 roi' vlou €p^€i T7yi' ^iji)7yi' • 6 jj.i] €;:^oji' toi' uiov tou 6(ov Tr]v ^ojr/i/ ouk ej^et. 
 6. TauTU ty/jat^tt v/xti/ iVa etoiyre ort ^w»;[' ex'^^ aiaii/toi', tois 7rto"T£uou- 
 crij' eis to oi'vfxa tov vlov tuv 6eov. 7. Kai avTrj icrrlv i] napprjcria rjv 
 e^o/xci/ TTpo'i uuTOV, oTi toil/ ri utTw/Z-e^a kuto. to 6iXy](ia avTov aKoi'et 
 r)/u.u)i/. 8. Kai €ai/ otSa/xei/ oTi dicouct rjfiCjv o iav aiTWfiicOa, ol()aj)xv 
 OTL t^ofity Tu. aiTtjfxaTa a 7yT»yKayu.ci/ (/.tt avTov. (1 John V. 9—15.) 
 
 6. "J'ranslate : 1. The soldier placed crowns of thorns upon 
 their heads. 2. They clothed them with purple garments. 3. 1 
 am not ahle to find any fault in this man. 4. The chief priests 
 of the Jews wished to crucify the Saviour of the world. 5. Je- 
 sus himself hore his cross unto the place where they were about 
 to crucify him. G. Dv not write, The King of the Jews, but 
 write, The King of all men, and the Lord of heaven and earth. 
 
 8 TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Contracts of First decl. 2. Contracts of Second decl. 
 3. Stems ending in rr. 4. Contracts of adjectives of the First 
 and Second declensions. 5. Numerals. 0. Distributives and 
 multiplicatives. 7. Correlation of pronouns. 8. I'ersonal end- 
 ings of the iin[»erative. \). Infinitive endings. 10. Frei)ositionH 
 with the genitive only. 11. With the dative only. 12. With 
 tjie accusative only. 13. With the genitive and accusative. 
 14. With the gen., dat., and ace. Principles of syntax, 41-50.
 
 222 INTRODUCTOUY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 LESSON XLIX. 
 1. TEXT. 
 
 John xx. 1-xxi. 25. 
 
 2. NOTES. 
 
 I. Ilia : rjfjepa being understood ; in expressing the day of the 
 •week CIS is always used for Trpwros (§ 56, note) ; the exact time 
 when a thing is done is put in the dative. 4. -Kpo-idpafjuv : 
 2 aor. ind. act. of irpo-rpi.x'^ (§ 124, 192). 7. iv-TtrvXiy/xt- 
 vov : perf. jiass. of ev-ruXtWw. 14. iaTpd^ftyj : 2 aor. pass, of 
 crTp€4><j) (§ 124, 181). 16. <TTpa(f)(i(Ta : 2 aor. part. pass. 
 (§ 113). 18. Koi ravra tiTrev a^TTj : absence of grammatical 
 connection (awacoZw^Aon). 19. /ccKXcKr/AeVwv: from kAciw (§ 124, 
 116). 22. iv€<f)vcrr]aev : 1 aor. ind. act. of (fx-'^vadw. 
 
 23. {a) dv : for idv ; so also in xii. 32 ; xvi. 23. (b) di^^rc : 
 2 aor. subj. of d(f}-ir}p.i. (c) d(fiewvTaL : perf. pass. 3 pers. plur., 
 instead of d<f)uvTai. xxi. 7. Stc^waaTo : 1 aor. ind. mid. of 
 
 ha-^oivvv/u (§ 123, 7). 10. eVcyKare : from </>€pw. 
 
 II. ia-xitrOr) : 1 aor. ind. pass, of crxt^w. 12. (a) eroA/xa : 
 imperf. 3 pers. sing, of roA/xaro. (/>) i^erda-oA ; 1 aor. inf. of £^- 
 erd^w. 18. (a) ^9, instead of rjaOa : imperf. of c(/x.i, 2 pers. 
 sing, (also in xi. 21, 32). {b) tKTtvcts : fut. of Ik-tuvw. (c) ^wo-ei: 
 fut. of. ^oWu/xi (§ 123, 7). {d) olau : fut. of c^e>a, (§ 124, 196). 
 
 20. (a) iiTLCTTpaffieLs : 2 aor. part. pass. ((?») oi'^ircaei/ : 2 aor. 
 ind. act. of di/a-TriTrrw (§ 124, 159). 25. (a) Kf,(9' eV : used 
 
 distributively, everij one (§ 56, 1). {b) ^wpT/crcii/ : fut. inf. act. 
 of ^^wpeoj. 
 
 3. OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. We have several examples of the genitive absolute in this 
 lesson (xx. 1, 19, 26 j xxi. 4, 11).
 
 LESSON XLIX. 223 
 
 2. The cardinal tU, besides its ordinary use, is sometimes em- 
 ployed : (1) for the correlatives, one . . . the other (xx. 12) ; (2) in- 
 stead of the ordinal irpwros (xx. 1, lU). 
 
 3. The omitted subject of the 3 pers. plur. is often to be un- 
 derstood in a general way (xv. 6 ; xx. 2). 
 
 4. The present is sometimes used to express certain futurity 
 (dva/5atVcj, XX. 17 ; aTro6i/i](TK(i, xxi. 23). 
 
 4. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of 
 this lesson. 
 
 2. Review List I. of 95 verbs. 
 
 3. Review List IV. of 196 nouns, etc. 
 
 5. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 1. Review principles 50-63. 
 
 6 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Inflect : Ei?, fivrj^uun'y dAAo9, awfia, yvv?7, tywj ovtos, X^'P> ^*" 
 <rT09, TrXrjOo'i, /xtyas, frr, ttus, irapaSi8ovs, iSwVj dXijO-rji;, ttoXvs- 
 
 2. Analyze, inflect, and translate : Ovo-r/s, ifpjiAvov, WrjKav, -rrpo- 
 (.hpnit-iv, K(ifj.(vn^ (VTiTvXiyfjLivov, j)6(i.(Tav, avafTTrjvai, 'uTTijKd, KXaiiivaa, 
 nnpiKvif/tv, txciTO, ^pav, oT8a, ((TTpa(f>r]y to-Twra, apo), (TTpn<f)€i(ra, utttov, 
 avafaftrjKn, trnpivov, KtKX(.i(Tji.i.vu)v, rfirav, t?iti$(t', i^ijfnjaai', dirnTTaX- 
 K(v, iv(<fivrrT]rrtv, drfirfTf, n<l)(.(0VT(ii, KpaTtjTt, KiKpdTrjvTai, uttpiiKtiitir, 
 Ifiiii, ftdXu), IfTTTj, <fiti)f, yirov, TTCTr/fTTtVKas, ((TTiv yiypnpp.wa, ytypa- 
 TTTaif t)(r]rf, ipX'>pif^<i, ivifhjfrav, iiriafrav, fvpy](T(T(, iXKvnai, ^ul^wiTinOf 
 (V'tyKaTf, tVidrraTf, ciAKTrrcr, i(T\urOr^, upuTTi^naTf^ irnXf/.a, t^CTuaai, 
 (y(p0€i\, iXvm^Or), t^oVwcs, yr/pdcrj/?, ^oxTti, di'tTrcacr, ^ydrra, ypdfftrjTat, 
 \<i>prjfrtiy .
 
 224 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. Write the principal i>arts of aipw, jCOrjixi, la-r-qfii, a-Tfjeffiw, 
 uTTTw, paiVU), 0(.LKVVfKi, ^uLpw, CTTeAAwj ySaAAw, (fjejjw, ytVo/xat, TrtcrTCu'oj, 
 ypdfjui), £^w, cpi^ojLtai, ivpicrKW, iyetpw, ttitttw. 
 
 4. Write the synopsis of Tno-Tevo), TLjxaw, TreWw, ptTrrw, </)aiVw. 
 
 5. Translate orally : (a) 1. John xix. 1-22. 2. xix. 23-42. 
 (b^ 1. Eav Tis iSy TOi' dScA^ov a{iToD afxaprdvovra u.fxapTio.v /xh 
 
 Trpos Odvarov, auTrja-ei, kol Swcrei auToJ ^wt/i', rots d/^apTavoutrtv /xr/ Trpos 
 ^dvarov. 2. Ecrxii/ djxapTta ■Rpo<; Odvarov • ov Trept cKctV?;? Aeyw iva 
 ipwrrjcryj. o. Ilacra u()iKia dixapria ecrrtv, Kai ecTTH' dfxapTM ov Trpos 
 Odvarov. 4. OiSa/Acv on ttus 6 ycyei/vry/xeVos €/c toG ^coC oi;;^ u/xapTd- 
 V€i, dAA' 6 y€^'^'1y^eis ck tou ^eoD Trjp^l avTOv, kol 6 irovqpo'i ov^ dTTTeraL 
 avTov. 5. Ot8ap,ev ort €k tow 6^£o{i iafxtv, kol 6 Koo-p-os oAus ei/ rw 
 7^o^'7;pa) kcitui. 6. OiSajxev 8e on 6 Dtos roi) 6^601' ryKtt, Kai ^eScoKev 
 r)ptv Sidvotav tVa yivwcrKop,ev tov uAt^^ii/oi/. 7. Kai ia-fxev iv tw dA?;- 
 ^ivw, £V Tw uto) avTOV 'Irjcrov Xpto-xw. 8. Outos icmv o dXrj9ivo'i ^eos 
 Kai t,wi] alwvLoS' 9. Te/ci'ia, ^uAd^are eauTo, aTTO twj' ci8ojAoji/. (1 John 
 
 V. 16-21.) 
 
 6. Translate : 1. After this lie manifested himself also to the 
 other disciples. 2. The disciples did not know Jesus. 3. Peter 
 drew the net unto the land. 4. Lovest thou thy friend ? 5. I 
 know that thou lovest thy father and mother. 6. John wrote 
 this book. 7. He did not write all the things which Jesus did. 
 8. The witness, which he witnessed, is true. 
 
 7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
 
 1. Table of correlative pronouns. 2. Of correlative adverbs. 
 3. Table of prepositions. 4. Of conjunctions, 5. Synopsis of 
 the verb.
 
 LESSON L— REVIEW. 225 
 
 LESSON L. — REVIEW. 
 
 1. VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Review the words given in tlie complete Vocabuhiry of 
 Jolm.i 
 
 2. Review Li.st I., of 95 verbs. 
 
 .'j. Review List II. , of verbs numbered 96-379. 
 
 i. Revi(!W List IV., of 196 nouns, etc. 
 
 ."). Review List V., of nouns, etc., numbered 197-612. 
 
 0. Review List VIL, of correlative pronouns. 
 
 7. Review List VITI , of i)repositions. 
 
 8. Review List IX., of correlative adverbs. 
 
 9. Review List X., of conjunctions. 
 
 2 TEXT 
 
 1. Translate tlie first seven cliaj)tcrs of John (i. 1-vii. 52).'" 
 
 2. Translate the second seven chapters (viii. 1-xiv. 31). 
 
 3. Translate the third seven chapters (xv. 1-xxi. 25). 
 
 4. Tran.slate carefully the lirst Epistle of John as given in 
 Les.son.sXXVllI.-XLlX. 
 
 5. With the Revised Version in your hand, translate into 
 (Ireek Ihi' lii-st three verses of imcIi (•ha[)ter of tlie Gospel of 
 John. 
 
 3 GRAMMAR LESSON. 
 
 1. K'cview the graiiiiu.ii- lesson given in last review (Lesson 
 
 2. § 115. Synoptical Talili' nf \'crl)S in o). 
 
 ' Tlio VDciihiiliuy of tho (1()s]h;1 ;iiiiI Kpistlcs dI" John consists of 1120 words, 
 of wlii<;h 117, iiiarkcd by an a.stcrisk, an; jioculiar to .John. 
 
 '^ \V«! liiivc ilividoil till' liDok into tliieo parts, of .seven chapters caeb, and 
 each part can be read in oni' to two iionrs. 
 
 16
 
 226 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3. §§ 116, 117. Impersonal and Defective Verbs. 
 
 4. §§ 118-123. Verbs in /xt. 
 
 5. § 124. List of Irregular Verbs. 
 
 6. § 125. Prepositions. 
 
 7. § 126-130. Adverbs. 
 
 8. § 131. Conjunctions and other Particles. 
 
 9. § 132-141. Formation of Words. 
 10. § 142. Foreign Words in N. T. 
 
 4. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 1. Translate all the sentences from which Principles 1-63 
 have been deduced, and apply each principle.
 
 A NEW TESTAMENT GREEK MANUAL. 
 
 I. A Critical Text of the Gospel of St. John. 
 II. A Literal Translation of John i.-iv. 
 
 III. A Vocabulary of the Gospel and Epistles of 
 
 St. John. 
 
 * 
 
 IV. Lists of Words occurring most frequently.
 
 PREFATORY NOTE. 
 
 I. The critical tuxt of the Gosi'EL of Bt. John here edited 
 i-s that wliich is prefi'rred by Westcott and Ilort, and printed in 
 the body of their text. The bhick lino underscoring a paii icidar 
 word or words denotes thai Iktc there is a divergence of read- 
 ings between tlu' tlircc must inijjortant critical texts of the Greek 
 New Testament, and in foot notes tire given the secondary read- 
 ings of Westcott and Hort (WH), the text preferred by Tregelles 
 (Tr). both primary and secondary, and that adopted by Tisclien- 
 dorf (T), and in many cases the reading of the Revisers (RV) 
 is also indicated. The student can thus at a glance see the 
 remarkable consensus of the three great critical texts, as well 
 as their divergences. The greatest pains have bt;en taken to be 
 exact, even to indicate plainly the injportance of. the secondary 
 readings of \Vesteot< ;iiid Hort; and ;is we desire to have a 
 I'anltie.N.s edition, we will be very grateful tor the detection of 
 any errors. 
 
 II. The literal tran.slation of the liist four eliapters of St. 
 ■ fohii i.-> not iiitendid to serve as a help iii the ii'iHlei-jn^ of I he 
 original. Instead o| this it is to he used hy the student in his 
 studies, and by the teacher in the class-room, loi- translating the; 
 I'higlish into (Jreek. With this translation iiefore his eye, the 
 student is to wril(^ the (Jreek text verse by verse, iilways com- 
 paring his work with the original, until he <aii reproduce the 
 original '!reel< without einu-. I^'roui it he is also to pronoumre 
 the Greek re|peat((lly, until he has obtained a [)erfect mastery of
 
 230 PREFATORY NOTE. 
 
 each verse, lesson, and chapter. Three kind? of type are used : 
 first, black type, to denote the first occurrenee of words ; second, 
 italic, a new form of a known word; and third, Roman, known 
 words. Words joined by a hyphen or hyi)hens are to be ren- 
 dered by one word in Greek. 
 
 III. The Vocabulary covers the Gospel and the Epistles of St. 
 John, and has been compiled expressly for this work. In its pre- 
 j)aration three works have been constantly used : first, Bruder's 
 " Concordantite ; " second, Thayer's "Greek-English Lexicon of 
 the New Testament ; " and, third, the Complete Vocabulary of 
 the New Testament appended to Green's " Handbook to the 
 Grammar of the Greek Testament." When words are peculiar 
 to St. John, it is indicated by an asterisk (*). The Vocabu- 
 lary aims to cover the critical texts as well as the Textus Re- 
 ceptus. The orthography of Westcott and Hort, however, has 
 generally been followed. The references to sections are to the 
 Grammar of New Testament Greek which forms a part of this 
 volume. 
 
 IV. In the Lists of Words are given in alphabetical order, 
 according to their frequency, all Greek words occurring more 
 than four times in the New Testament (1736 out of 5594). A 
 knowledge of this Vocabulary will be of great aid in reading 
 at sight.
 
 KATA mANHN' 
 
 I. Ef o.p'^fi rjp 6 Xoyos, Koi 6 \6yo<; rjv npo^ toi^ 
 U€OP, Kai ueos -qv o Koyo'^. OfTO? iqv eu o^pXV 
 
 TTpos Tou Oeou. "^ TToiuTa St' avTov iyevero, kol X'^P^'^ 
 avTov eyeueTo ovoe eu. o yeyov^i' ev avT(o (^ait] rju, 
 Kol Tf C,(t)r) r'ju TO cfio)*; twu avOpomoiv koX to <^ws eV 
 TT) (TKOTia (fyaivet, koi rj CTKOTia avTO ov KaTeXa^ev. 
 
 ^'EyeVero av6pomo<; aTretrraX/xeVo? napa 6eov, ouo/xa 
 avTco lwa^'r;9•* ^ ovTo<i rjXOev cl<; jxapTvpiau, Cva fxapTV- 
 prjC-Tj ncpl Tov fpojTOS, iva nduTes TnaTevaoxriv hi 
 avTov. ovK rju iKelvos to (j)0)^, dW Xva fxapTvpijcrrf 
 Trepl TOV (f)on6<;. "^'Wu to </)ajs to aX-qOivov o <f)aiTt(,€L 
 
 / " n >' 5\/ 10 ''^ 
 
 nauTa avupojTTou cp^OfJ^^i^ou ets Tof Koafxop. eu tm 
 Koa-fJia) Tfu, Koi 6 Koafxos St' avTov iyeueTo, /cat 6 Koo-po^; 
 avToi^ OVK eyuo). bt? ra tota r]Xucu, Kat ot totot avToif 
 ov napiXafiov. ^^oaroc Se eXa(3()i>^ ixvtov, iScoKeu auTOt? 
 i^ovcriau T€Kua 0(.ov yeueaOat, rot? TTLcrTevovcriu et9 to 
 
 ^ KvnyytXiou Krirh '\oi('ivrfii Tr, Karii 'laxiri'fji' T. 
 3 Sf) also Tr RV mrny., ivityiyovtv. * (v T WH mnrcf. RV. 
 3 8o RV, ("oTti/ T Tr iiKinj. "WH 7/)/////. (lo iiidicalc kxl of ' Western' 
 (locumciits). 
 
 < 'loaw^f T. » tKa^av Tr.
 
 232 KATA IfiANHN. i. 13. 
 
 ovo(xa avTOV, ol ovk eg acfxaTajv ovoe eK t7eAr)jLtaTO? 
 aapKO'^ ovSe eK OekrifxaTos duSpo'i aXX' Ik Oeov iyevvq- 
 Orjcrau. ^* Kal 6 \6yos crap^ eyevero /cat 
 
 icTKyjpcocreu ev tjjxlp, koI iOeaaafxeOa ttju Sogau avTOv, 
 So^av w? jxovoyevov'; irapa Trarpo';, TrXijpr)^ ^dpiTO'i kol 
 dXyjOeia^' ^^['icodprj's'^ fxapTvpel irepl avTov kol KeKpa- 
 yev Xeycju — ovtos r}v 6 eiTratu — 'O OTTtcroi /xov e/3)(djue- 
 vos epiirpooroev [xov yeyovev, ort vpcoTOS p-ov rjv •) otl 
 tK Tov TrXrjpojpaTos avTov rjpels Tra^re? eka^opev, Kai 
 ^dpLP dpTL ^dpLTos' ^' OTL 6 uopos Sttt Mojvcrews iSodrj, 
 '] )(dpi<^ KoX r) dXijOeia ocd ^lr](Tov Xptcrrou iyepero. 
 ^^ Oeop oySets icopaKep Tr(o7roTe • popoyeprj'^ 0eos ^ 6 oip 
 ei? TOP KoXnop tov naTpo^ eKtlpos e^rjyrjcraTo. 
 
 Kal avTT) e<JTiP 17 papTvpux tov ^loydpov ^ ore ane- 
 aTeiXap npo^ avTOP^ ol 'louSatot e^ ^^'lepoaoXvpoyu 
 lepers Kal AcuetVa? cpa epoiTiqcroifTiP avTOP Xv Ttg et; 
 " Kal MpoXoyrjcrep Kal ovk rjpp7](TaTO, kol wpoXoyrjcrep 
 OTL 'Eyoj OVK elpl 6 ^(^pLcrTO'?. ^^ Kal rjpojTrjcrap avTOP 
 It ovp ; (TV HActas et ; Kat Aeyet Ovk ei/xt. O 
 TTpofprjTT]^ et cru; K-at aneKpiUrf Uu. eiirap ovp avTOj 
 Tt9 et ; tVa aTToKpiCTLP Su)pep rot? ncpxjjaaLP r]iJid<; • Tt 
 Xe'yet9 Trept creavTov ; ^^ efjjff 'Eya> '' (pajprj /Socoptos €.p 
 
 ^ So R.V marr/., Xeywi' OiItov ^v oi' 617701/ • o o?' Xt-ycoi' Outos j;!/ ov fiTToi' 
 O WH iiuirf/., \iy(Miv ovTw rjv ov tinov • 6 T RV. 
 
 ' So Tr RV mi /■//., 6 fjLoi/uyeurjs vios T RV WH mart/, (text of certain 
 'Western' documents). 
 
 8 'Icoai/fov T. 8 So Tr RV, omit T. ^a 'i^p. t Tr. 
 
 ^° Omit (TV in secondary reading WH, ovv av ; 'HXei'us WH marg., 
 wv ; ail 'HXi'ay Tr, ovv ; 'HKtias T. 
 
 " Omit T.
 
 I. 34. KATA IfiANHN. 233 
 
 TTj iprjixoj EvOvvare Ttju oSbu KvpCov," Ka6cu<i ttircv 
 licrata? ^^ 6 TTpo(l)TJTr)<i. "^ Kal cxTrecrraX/xeVot rjaai^ eK 
 Tiou ^apicraioiv. "' /cat r}pcoTr)(jav avTou koX einav 
 a.vT(o Ti vvv ^aiTTiC^eL^ el crv ovk el 6 ^ptcrro? ouSe 
 'iJXeiaq^'^ ovSe 6 7rpo(f)rJT7]'s ; ^^' aireKpiOq avTol^ 6 
 \ojdi'rj<; Xeyoju 'Eya> ySaTTTt^o* eu uSart" /j.ccro9 vixwv 
 
 ~Z ' 13 a cv c -^ ■) V5 27 ' ' 14 ' ' 
 
 (TT7]i<i^i ^ ov vjxei^i OVK otoaTe, ottlctco fxov epyo- 
 pevo'^, ov OVK eljxl iyco ^^ d^Lo^ tVa kvcnx) avTov tou 
 LpavTa Tov v7TooripaTO<;. laura eu \5rjvavia eyevero 
 
 Trepav tov 'lopbdpov, ottov i)v 6 'lojctr'j^s^* (3aTTTil,oju. 
 
 Tji eiravpuju /SAeVtt top '\iqarovi> epy^opeuov irpo'^ 
 avTov, Kal keyec iSe o dpubq tov Oeov o alpcop tiju 
 a/.ta/'jTtaZ'' tov KOcrpov. otros eaTLU virep ov eyoj 
 
 elTTop Ovrtcroj pov ep^eTai dvr]p 69 eprrpoaOev pov 
 ykyovev, otl irpojTO^ pov riw "^ /cdya> ovk rjheiv avTov, 
 aAA.' Lva <f)auepo)0y toj ^\(rpay]\ ota tovto r^XOou eyo) 
 eV uSart ftaiTTL^^cop. '^'^ Kal ipapTvprjcreu 'Io;a;^r;s* 
 
 Xeyojp OTL 'VeOcapai to irvevpa KarajSalpop w^ Trepi- 
 aTepdv e^ ovpauov, Kal epeiuev iir^ avTov • '^'' Kayo) 
 OVK jjOeLU o.vToi', dkhJ 6 nepxpas pe ^airTil^eiv ev uSart 
 t/cetw<j poL elneu 'l<^</>' bu ap toxys to vvtvpa /cara- 
 ftalpou Kal pevov eV avTOP, ovt6<; ecTTiv 6 ySttTrrt^wf 
 eu TTvevpaTi dyioj • "^ Kayu) IcopaKa, Kal pepapTvpyjKa 
 
 OTL OVTO<i eiTTLV O VLO^ TOf UeOV. Y 
 
 '■-^ llrr,,,',,? T Tr. '^ 'HA(V(i Tr 'llAttaj T, 
 
 ^"^ ' iorrjKtv Tr iiiti If/. 
 
 ^^ o uTiiVoj T Tr, Idil, Tr oiiiils 6 in sccoikIiiiv reading. 
 
 ■^ Sii T, liiit WH Tr 'iinil in sccondarv nadini,'. 
 
 *" <kAcktii£ WH «/tf/y/. (text of ccrlaiu ' VVustcrn ' docunicnls).
 
 234 KATA inANHN. I. 36. 
 
 * Trj iiravpiov ttoXiv IcrT^Kti 'Joydurj^ ^^ koI Ik tcju 
 IxaOrjTwv avTov hvo, ^^ kol ifxf:ikexjfa<s tco 'irjcrov Trepnra- 
 TovvTL Aeyet loe o afxvo^ tov ueov. /cat rjKovcrav 
 ol ^vo fxaOrjTal avTov ^^ \aXovuTo<s /cat rjKoXovOrjaav 
 rw 'lr)(Tov. ^ aTpa(f)el<i 8e ^^ 6 'lr)crov<; koL 0eacrdixeuo<» 
 avTOv^ dKo\ovdovuTa<; Xe'yei avrot? Tt ^r^reiTe ; ol 
 8e elnau avTO) 'Pa/8/8ei,^^ (o Xe'yerai fxedepfXTfuevo- 
 [xeuov ^^ AtSacr/caXe,) ttou /xeVet? ; ^^ Xeyet aurot? *Ep- 
 ^ecrOe /cat oxpecrde. r^Kdav ovv /cat etSai' ttou juteVet, 
 Kat Trap' avrw efxeivav ttjv rjixepau eKeiurju • wpa rju &>? 
 heKOLTr). ^^^U^v 'AvSp€a<; 6 d8eX^09 St/xwvos IleTpov 
 et9 e/c Twi/ Suo rail' aKovcrdvTwv napd 'lodvov ® Kat 
 aKoXovurjcravTcou avTa> • evptaKei ovto<s npwTov **" tov 
 dheX^ov TOV thiov ^ifiojua /cat Xeyet avT(o l^vprJKafxeu 
 TOV Mecrcrtai/ (o e'crrtv ixeOepjxrjvevoixevov XptcrTos). 
 *^ T7yayei' avTov 7rpo<i tov 'irjcrovv. ejU,;SXe'i|/a5 auTW o 
 Ii7crou9 etTret' 2,u et ^^cfxcov o vtos Iwat'ov, cru /cAry- 
 ^170-17 Krj(f)d<; (o epfxrjveveTaL HeTpos)' ^ ^V 
 
 inavpLov rjOeXtfaev i^eXOeiv et9 7171^ raXtXatav. /cat 
 €vpL(TK€L (^iXnnrov /cat Xeyet aural 6 'It^ctoiJ? 'Ako- 
 Xou^et p-ot. ^ rjv he 6 <t>iXt7r7ros aTro Br^^aatSa,^^* e/c 
 T^S TToXew? 'AvSpeov /cat Ilerpoi;. *^ euptV/cet ^tXtTTTro? 
 rof NaOavarjX /cat Xeyet auTw Oi' eypaxpev Mo)V(r7}<i 
 ey TQj fo/MO) /cat ot irpocp-qTaL evprjKajxev, irjcrovv vlov 
 70V 'lojarj<f) TOV anb Na^aper. ^Kat^® etTrei^ avTw Na- 
 
 ■'^' •itTTijffei 6 'loxzi'i'r;? T, ftrrr^Kei 'la)dw;$' Tr. ^® Omit T. 
 
 1^ So T, airov /ial^vrai Tr nnny/. WH /««/y. 20 Qj^Jt T. 
 
 "1 'Pa/3^t Tr. 22 ^itfjirjvfvofifvov T. 23 ^^^^j T. 
 
 "* rij/ vtoj* Tr, but omits tov 111 secondary reading 23 a ,„•,-. t Tr.
 
 II. 6. KATA IQANHN. 235 
 
 t/ 
 
 OavarfK 'E/c Na^a/aer hvvaTai rt ayadov eti'at / Xeyet 
 auToj 6 ^^ •l^tXtTTTTo? *E/3;^ov KoX tSc. *^ etSci^ 'It^ctovs 
 Tov NaOauarjX tp\6ixevou npo<; avTou /cat Xtyet Tre/at 
 atiroO *l8€ dXy]Oa}<i ^laparfXtinq's Iv w S0X09 ovk ecTTiv. 
 *^ Xeyet aurw NaOauaijX UoOei^ /xe yLuaxTKei*; ; dire- 
 Kpidt] 'Ir^crov? Kat eXnev avrw T\po tov tre ^tXiTTTrof 
 
 , ~ V r v v '• TO ' 49 ' '/J 
 
 (poji/rjaai oura vno ttju crvKrjv etoov ere. aireKpLUi) 
 avTco NadavayjX 'l'a/3/8et,^^ cri) el 6 vlo<; tov 0eov, 
 av ^acrtXei'9 el tov laparjX. ^"^ dneKpidr] 'Ir^crou? 
 Koi elnev avTO) "Otl elnou aoc otl eloou ere vno- 
 koltcj Trjs avKrj'i Trtcrrevets ; /xet^w tovtcou oxJjt). 
 ^^ /cat Xeyet aurw ^Afxrju dfxr]u Xeyco u/xtf, oxjjeaOe 
 Tou ovpavou dueMyoTa koL Tov<i ayyekovs tov Oeov 
 di>afiaivouTa^ Koi KaTa^aivovTa^ evrt toj/ vlov tov 
 
 dvOp(i)TTOV. 
 
 II. ^\\al Trj rjixepa Trj TpiTij^ ydfjio^ eyeueTo kv 
 Kcxvd^ Trj<i TaXtXatas, koI -qu t; fJiyJTTjp tov '[rjcrov eKel- 
 ^ kKXrjOr) Se koi n 'Ir^o^oOs' Kat ol p.a6rjTal avTov et? toi^ 
 ydfxoi/. ^ /cat vaT€prj(TaPTo<; ou'ov ^ Xeyet 17 f^^JTrjp tov 
 ^\rj(ro?J TTpo<; avTov Olvou ovk cyoixTtt^ .'^ /cat Xtyet 
 auT^ 6 '\r)(rov^ Tt e/xol /cal crot, yut-at ; ovno) rjKei 
 17 wpa /xou. ''Xeyet 17 [J^TJTrjp avTov rots StaKOJ/ot? Ort 
 ai^ Xeyry u/ai/^ TrotT^'rrare. *' T^crar^ 8e e'/cet XiOumL vSpiat 
 ei KaTOL TOV KaOapurfJiW toju ''\ovhaioJU /cet/xer'at, x.^- 
 
 1 TpiT.r/ ^/i/p7 Tr WH niarr/ ^ K-iw T Tr 
 
 " rtti'oj' oiKf flx""^ ''''' f^fj'fTfXf'rr^;; o oivoi Tou ya/iou. ciTd T WH ///rtry 
 (U'xt of rcrlain ' Wcslcrn' dociiinciits) 
 
 » Omit T.
 
 236 KATA K2ANHN. li. 7. 
 
 povcrat dua ixerprjTds duo 7^ rpel'^. ' Xeyet, avTot? 6 
 'lrj(Tov<i Fe/AtcraTe Td<; vdpia'i u8aro9 * kol eye/xtcrai^ 
 avTOLs eiw? ducj. /cat keyeL avTol<; 'AvThija-are vvv 
 KoX (fiepere tm dpy^LTpiK\iv(t) • ot Se ijueyKau. "^ a>9 Se 
 eyevcraro 6 dp^(^iT piKXivo'^ to vocjp olvov yeyeprjjxii^ov, 
 /cat ovK Tji'Set TToOcu ecrrtV, ot oe otot/co^'ot i^Setcrap' ot 
 •j^t'TX/^/cdre? to vhcop, (fxxJueL tov vvjxi^lov 6 dp^iTpiKXi- 
 vo^ ^'^Kat Aeyet aura! Has dvOpwnos irpwTov top Ka- 
 Xop olvop TiOrjcriv, /cat OTav jxeOvisOonriv tov^ eX-dcrcroj' 
 (TV TeTTjprjKas top koXop oIpop liws dpTL. ^^ TavTrjp 
 eTToiqcep dp^y]P tcop cn^/xetcof 6 lrj(Tov<; cp Kapd^ ttJ? 
 IVXtXttta? Kat t(f)apepojcrep ttjp So^up avTov, /cat eiri- 
 (TTevaap et? avTOP ol ixaBrjTai avTov. 
 
 ^^ Mero, Touro KaTe/Sr] et? KafPappaovjx avTO<; /cat 17 
 jjirjTrip avTov /cat ot dStXr/jot^ Kat ot fiaOiqTal avTOV, 
 Kat e/cet efxeupap ov vroXXa? rjjxepa^. 
 
 ^^ Kat eyyi)? 17/^ to Tracr^a ro/t' 'lou8ata»i', Kat ape^r/ 
 eis ^^']^pocr6\vixa 6 'irjcrov^. ^* Kat evpep ip rw te^w 
 Tou? TTojXov^'ra? /3oa9 Kat npofiaTa Kat TrepLcrTepds /cat 
 rou9 Kepp.aTLCTTa'i Ka0rjpepov<i, ^ Kat Trotr/cra? ff)payeX- 
 Xlop 6k g-)(olplu}p irdpTa'i e^e/SaXep Ik toO lepov Ta re 
 np6/3aTa kol tov<; ^oas, Kat Twt' koXXv^lcttmp e^e^eet' 
 rri, KepfxaTa^ kol Ta^ Tpairit/x^ dpETpe^ep,^ -^^ Kat rots 
 Ta*? TTepKTTepds ttojXovo'lp elirep Apare ravra ei'- 
 revOev, jxr) TTotetre roi^ oIkop tov iraTpo^; ixov oIkop 
 
 efXTTOpLOV. 
 
 " Torf roi/ Tr, Ijiit oinits Tore in .sccoiulary reading. 
 
 7 aSfX^oi niroO T 7^ 'Itp- T Tr. « TO Ke>/ia T. 
 
 '' dpt(TTpf\l^(v T Tr WH w*^//-//.
 
 HI. 3. KATA IfiANHN. 237 
 
 \' 
 
 N 
 
 ^' 'EfJLi^yjaBrjcrap ol jxaOrjTal avTov on yeypaixixevov 
 ea-TLU '• 'O {rjAo? tov olkov crov KaTaffidyeTai fxe. 
 
 ^^\\Tr€KpiOr](Tav ovi> ol lovSaioL kol elTrav avTco Tt 
 a-qfxeiov oet/c/^uet<? ■y]ixlv, on ravTa Trotei? ; aneKptur) 
 'lr)(Tov<; Kal eXnev aurot? Avcrare tov vabv tovtov kol 
 eu TpidLV r)/xe/3at? eyepco avTov. eirrav ovv ol lov- 
 Satot Tecro-epoLKouTa koI e^ eTecnv olKohojxiqBri ^^ 6 
 i/ao9 ovTo^;, kol crv Iv Tpicriv rjp,epai^ kyepei<i avTov ; 
 "^ e/ceu'o? Se eXeyev irepl tov vaov tov acofxaToq avTOv. 
 
 ^'Ore ovu rjyepOt) eK veKpa)U, ejXPTJcrOrjcrav ol fiaOrj- 
 Toi avTov oTi TovTo ekeyev, kol enicTTcvaau tt) ypa(f)yj 
 KOL Tco Xoyu) ov eiirep o li^croi;?. 
 
 ^^ 'il? he TIP ip roK '^^lepoa-oXvjxoL'^ iv tco Tracr^a 
 ip ^^ TYJ eopTrj, TToXXoL eiricTTevcrap ei? to opofxa av- 
 Tov, Oco)povPTe<; avTov to. aiqpcla a eTToUf " avToq 
 8e 'ly^croi)? ovk inLCTTevcv avTov^^ awroi? ota to avTov 
 yLVoxTKecv TravTa^ "' Kal on ov ^peiav ei^et^ LVa tl^ 
 papTvpyjcrrj Trepl tov dvOpomov, avTo<; ycip iyipcoa-Kep 
 TL T^jP Ip tco apOponci). 
 
 III. '"^11/' 8e fLpOpo}Tro<; ck to)p c]HcpL(rauov, Ni/co- 
 S«/xo<? upoficL avTco, cipyciiP T(op lovOcxuiiP ' ovro<; 
 r^XOcp TTpo^ cxvTop PVKTo<; KOL cTttcp avTco 'l'a/9/SeiV 
 rnhcxjxp on fivro fkox) cXyXvlfn^ SiSa(r/caXo<;* ouSets^ 
 yrxo hvpriTai TctvTfL Ta crr]iic7a noLew a (tv 7roi£t«;, 
 tap fir} rj o 0(o<i fxcT avTcjv. '"' ctTrcKpifh) 'Ir^nrovq kul 
 
 '" WH anil Tr (iiiiil in ^ecoiidarv icailiii^. ^' iiJkoiVi/k';^^/ Tr. 
 
 ^^ Tr limits in secoui].ir\ ri-adiiiL' ^^ uvt6i' T Tr. 
 
 * 'l'r</i/it Tr.
 
 238 KATA lOANHN. ill. 4. 
 
 elirep avTw ^Ajxtju ohitjv Xeyco crot, iau fXT] Tt? yeu- 
 vrjOyj avayBev, ov hvvaraL ISecu ttjv /^acnXeiap tov Oeov. 
 '^ Xcyet TToo? avrov 6 ^ Ni/coSt^/xo? Hois Swarat du- 
 tif)(oTTO<s yevvrjOrjvai yepoiv o)v ; fxr) Sup'arat et? Tr)p 
 KOLkLap Trj^ ixr)Tpo<; avrov Sevrepop ela-eXOeip Kal 
 ycPPrjOrjpaL ; ^ direKpiOr] 6^ 'l7)crov<; ^AfxrjP dp-qp 
 Xeyo) crot, idp prj tl<; yepprjOfj i^ uSaro? /cat TTPevparo^, 
 ov Svparat, elaeXOeLP et? ttjp /BaatXeiap tov Oeov."^ 
 ^ TO yeyepprjpepop Ik Trj<; crapKoq crdp^ ecxTip, /cat 
 TO yeyepp-qpipop ck tov rrpevpaTo<s TTPevpd icTTiP. 
 ' p.y) Bavpdar)'; otl cIttop aot Aet vpd'^ yepprjSrjpai 
 dpcodep. ^ TO TTPevpa onov OeXec ttpcl, /cat ttjp (jicopr^p 
 avTov dKou€t9, dXX' ^ ovK otSa? iroOep ep^erat /cat 
 TTov vTrdyet- ovTojq iarlp tto,? 6 yeyepprjpepoq Ik ^ 
 TOV TTPevpaTo<;. "^ direKpLBr) NtKoSr^/xo? /cat einep 
 avTco ria»? Swarat raura yepecrdaL ; dTreKpiOrj 
 
 'l7)a-ov<; /cat cTirep avTO) Si) et 6 StSctcr/caXoq tov 
 ']apar)X Kal TavTa ov yLPCocTKet^ ; ^^ dprjp dprjp Xeyoj 
 (TOi OTL o oiSapep XaXovpep koI o ecopaKapep papTV- 
 povpep, /cat Tr)P papTvpiap rjpatp ov XapfidpeTe. " el 
 Ta eTTtyeta clttop vp'ip /cat ov TriaTevcTe, ttw? idp 
 diTTO) vplp Ta liTovpdpia TTLorTevcreTe ; /cat ouoet? 
 
 dpa^e/3rjKep ei? top ovpapop et pr) 6 e/c tov ovpapov 
 /cara/Sct?, 6 Dto? tow dpOpotTrov.^ ^^ /ca^ KaOoi^ Mojv- J 
 
 ^ Tr omits, and WH in secondary reading. 
 ^ T omits, and WH ;ind Tr in secondary reading. 
 * TuiV ovpavcop T. ^ dWa Tr. 
 
 ^ Cfitaiii 'Western' doenments add tov v^citos koI in WH mar/jf. 
 ' T Tr RV add 6 oji/ sV tw ovpapu>, WH //^(</y/. (text of certain ' West- 
 era ' documents), omit RV mar^.
 
 III. 24. KATA lOANIlN. 239 
 
 (rrj'i v\jj(oaeu tou 6(})lv kv Tjj eptjixco, ovtco<; vxpojOrjuac 
 et Tov VLOu TOf avupojTTov, Lva Tra? o inaTevojp ev 
 avTUi exj) Cwr)i^ aloiviov. ^^ Ourtu? yap -qyd- 
 
 TTTjcreu 6 deo<; rov Koap-ov wcrre tov vlov^ top povo- 
 yevrj eSojKev, Iva ttci? 6 iTLCTTevoiv et? avTov pi) OLTroXrjTai 
 dXXa ® e)(r} [,aj-qv alcovLOP. ^' ov yap aTreVretXci^ 6 ^eo? 
 TOP VLOP ei<? TOP Koapop LPa Kpipr) top Koapop, aAA. 
 ti/a criouT) o koo"/xo? ot at»rov. o Tncrrefofi' et? av- 
 
 Tot' ov KptpeTai' 6^^ pr) TncTTevcop rjSr) /ccK-pirai, oVt 
 /x^ TreTTiorTevKep eU to opopa tov popoyepov<i vlov tov 
 Oeov. ^"^ avTY) Se ecrTip y] Kpidi^ ort ro (^oi? eXryXt»^e^' 
 €19 Tot* Kocrpop Ka\ y)yd7Tr]crap ot apOpaiiTOL paWop to 
 (Tk6to<; Tj TO (ficjq, y)p yap avTutp TTOPiqpd to. epya. 
 TTtt? yap o (pavAa irpacraiop picreL to (pw? /cat ovk 
 epx^Tai TT/ao? ro </)cij?, iVa /xr) e\ey)(0fj tol epya avTov- 
 "^ 6 8e TTOLOiP TTjp d\rj0eLap ep^erat Trpo? ro (f)(o<;, tVa 
 <f)apepo)df] avTov rd epya ort ci' ^eoj ccrrtj/ elpya- 
 arpepa. 
 
 ^ Mcra raGra -qXOep 6 *]rj(TOv<; kul ot paOrjTal 
 avTov 6t<j rir)!' 'lovSaiai' yyjp, Kal e/C€t SuTpL/Bep peT^ 
 auroii/ /cat epanTLi^ep. tjp oe kul o \(oaj'r)<; 
 
 ^aTTTiQiiP ep \lpoiP eyyvf; tov }laXei/x, ort vbaTa 
 TToWd rjp CKc7, KOL TrapeytPOPTo kol eftainilpPTo • 
 ^ ovTTd) yap rp> f^efi\r)pepo<^ eU ttjp (jwXaKiqp 'latdpr)^. 
 
 ** v'lov (ivTov Tr. aXX T. 
 
 1° v'tov iivTiiv Tr, liiit omits avrov in spcoiulary nadiiip. 
 
 11 6 8< Tr, but omits Hi in soroiulary readiii^r 
 
 12 Omit T Tr aixl WH in .sfcondaiy reading,'. ^^ 'loxii/ff^c T. 
 1* 6 'luavrjs Tr, but omits o in accondaiy rnuding, 'Iomjii'ijs T. 
 
 14
 
 240 KATA lOANHN. ill. 25. 
 
 "^ 'Eyeuero ovv QqTTjai'^ ck tmv ixaOrjTcou ^lojdvov ^^ 
 //.era 'louSatou ^® irepl KaOapLcrfxov. ^ kol rjXBav ^^' 
 7rpo<5 rov 'l(odvr}P^^ kol elncxv ^^ avTCo 'Pa/S^ei,^^ 
 O'i rjv fJieTOL aov irepav tov 'lopSdvov, w cru pefxaprv- 
 pqKa^, iSe outo^ /3a7rrt{et /cat 7ToivTe<; €p)(0VTai irpot; 
 avTOV. aTTeKpiUTj icoavr^^ /cat einep (Jv ovparai 
 dp0pa)iroq KafxlSdveLV ovSeu i.dv prj fj SeSofiei'ov avTw 
 e/< TOV ovpavov. avToi f/xetg //ot paprvpecTe on 
 
 enrol' eycn Ovk ei/xt eyoj o ^ptcrro?, aAA ort Atte- 
 (TTakpevo<i eipt epTTpocruev eKeivov. o ey^cov ttjv 
 
 pvp(j)-qv vvp(f)ioq ecTTiV' 6 Se (fjiXaq tov pvpcf)Lov, 6 
 eaTrfKcoq /cat aKOVoiv avTOV, XOLpd ^atpet 8ta ttjv 
 (ficopi]P TOV pvpcfiLov. avTTj ovp rj X^P^ V ^H^V T^'fTrXi^'- 
 ponat. ''^ eKeipop Set av^dpeip, ipe Se ekaTTovcrOai. 
 ^^ O dvoiOev epxdpepo<^ endpo) irdpToiv icTTip, 6 a>v 
 eK TYj^ yrj'; e/c r-^? yrj(; eaTw kol Ik Trj<; yrj^ XaXet* 
 o e/c Toi» ovpavov ep)(op€PO<; enapo) TraPTotv eaTiv ^ 
 o €(opaKep /cat rjKOvcrev tovto papTvpei, /cat rr^y 
 papTvpuLP avTov ouoet? Xap/Bdi'et. ^^ 6 \a/3cop avTOv 
 TTjv papTvpiav iacfipdyia-ev ort 6 /9eo9 dkrjOyjq icTTLP. 
 OP yap avecrTeiKep o ueo<; to. prjpaTa tov ueov 
 akei, ov yap e/c peTpov oiooxtlp to "^ nvevpa. o 
 
 TraTrjp dyaira top vlop, /cat irdpTa SeScoKep eV ttj X^'-R^ 
 
 j'^36' ' ' ^ t\v 5*^ '' 
 
 auTou. o TTLCTTevoiv et? Toz^ vtoi^ e^et C,o)'qp aioiVLov 
 
 1^ 'iwdi'WiD T. 16 'ioi,S,„'o)i' \VH w^//;r/. " ri\dov T. 
 
 18 'louawr^i' T. 19 (Innv T. 20 '^ati'^i Tr. 
 
 21 So Tr RV, oniit T WH man/. RV marg. 
 
 22 So Tr, omit T WH marg. 
 
 "^ 6 Oeoi TO Tr in primary reading.
 
 IV. 10. KATA IfiANHN. 241 
 
 o oe anetuctiv tm vlco ovk oxfjeTaL CjOjtjv, aAA rj opyr) 
 Tov 6eov jxeueL iif avTov. j 
 
 IV. 'ili; ovv eyvoi o Kvpioq^ on rfKovcrav ol 
 ^UapLcraloL otl 'It^ctov? TrXeiova^; /Ma^r^ra? TTotet Kcii 
 PciTTTL^eL T) ^la)dpr)<; — " KaiToiye 'It^ctou? avTo^ ovk 
 efidnTLt^ep dXX' ot ixaOrjTai avTOV, — ^ d(f)YJK€i^ rrjv 'lou- 
 oaCav KoX oLTrrjkOeu ttoXlv et? Tr]v Vakikaiav. * liSet 
 ok avrov ocep^eaOaL Sta rrj^ Sa/xapta?.* ^ ep^erat 
 OL»f et? TToXtv Tr}? Ea/xapt'as Xeyofxevrjv '^vvdp TrXrj- 
 aiov TOV ^(O)p'iov o ^ eho)K€P 'la/ca>y8 To> ^ 'lojcrryc^ rr3 
 inoj ai3rou • ^ 7}r' 8e ck-ci Tn^yr) tou 'la/coj^. 6 oil//' 
 Ir^trof 5 KeKomaKCDq ck T179 ohonropia^ eKaOei^ero ovToq 
 em TT] TTrjyrj • atpa rjp a>9 e/cri^. ' epy^erat yvur) eK 
 Tr}<; ^cijLapuL';^ dpTXyjcrat vScjp. \eyei avTrj 6 'ir^crovg 
 Ad? poL TTf-lp- ot yap paOrjTai avTov dneXrjXv- 
 OcLcrap ci<? 7171^ ttoXlv, iVa Tpo(f)d<; dyopdcroj(TLP. '' Xeyet 
 ovp avTO) Tj yvPTj rj ^apapclrL^;^ Ofjj? crij 'louSato? 
 (OP Trap ipov ttclp alreif; yvpaLKO<; Sa/xa/^etriSo?^ 
 ov(Trj<; ; ov ydp (rvpy^xlwrai 'ifji'^ruoi '^afiapeiTaLf;.^'^ 
 iiTTeKpiOr] 'Xrfcrov^ Kai elncp avTrj El rJSei? ttjp 
 
 dCjpedp T(J?) OtOV KOL TL<; icTTLP 6 XcyCtiP (TOL Ad<? 
 
 »4 f)inil T. 
 
 ^ 'iqaoiis T Tr marrf. 
 
 " .So T, l)iit oii.il Tr H/f/iv/. WH in scodiidarv rradintr. WH lliiiik this 
 /rsf vorsf r-otifaiiis sorrir ' |irimit,iv(; ' orror, wliicli raiiiiot \n- rcctilicd willi- 
 oiif. I lie aid (if conjecture. 
 
 ^ 'lomvuriv T. "^ Sa/iri/jft'dv Tr. '^ <w Tr mar//. 
 
 * Uiiiil T Tr and WH in sccondarv rwidiiif,'. 
 
 ' OnnI T. 8 v„^„^,j^,j, T. 8 2a/ifi/>m5of T. 
 
 ^° (Jniit T and WH in sccoiidary nadin^'. (iTvyxi)o)i'riii Tr). 
 
 k;
 
 242 KATA inANHN. iv. 11. 
 
 jxoi TTeiv, (TV av riTrfcra^ avTov /cat eooiKev av croi 
 vScjp i,(t)P. " Xeyet avTco^^ Kvpue, ovre dvT\y)fia 
 e^et? Kol TO (f)p€ap iarlu /BaOv- iroOev ovv'^ ^X^''^ 
 TO vScjp TO [,a)p ; ^^ /xr) av pieit^oiv el tov Trar/ao? 
 ■qfxiov ^laKO)^, o? eScoKeu rjjXLU to (f)peap kol avro? 
 i^ avTOv eniev /cat ol viol avTov /cat ra OpefifiaTa 
 avTov ; ^^ direKpCOr) 'It^ctov? /cat elnep avTrj Tld<s 6 
 TTLVoiV e/c TOV vSaro? tovtov oLxfjijcreL Trakiv ^* o? 8* 
 ai^ 77117 e/c TOV voaTo<; ov iyo) Scuao) avT(o, ov p.rj 
 
 LxfjriareL et? tov atcut'a, aAAa to vocop o ooj(rco avTco 
 yevrjaeTaL ev avTut iriqyri ySaro? dWofxevov et? {wi^i^ 
 aliopLOP. ^ Xeyet vrpo? avTov rj yvviq Kupte, 8dg 
 /xot TovTo TO voojp, Lva fXTj OLxpo) fiTjoe OiefyvojjxaL 
 evBaZe dvT\elv. ^^ Xeyet avrxj^^ "Tnaye <^(ji)uiqar6v 
 (TOV TOP dvSpa ^^ /cat i\0€ iuOdSe. ^^ dTreKpidr) rj 
 ywn] /cat etTTCf avT(o Uv/c e;^cu avopa . ' Keyei 
 
 at»Ti7 o iiq(Tov<i KaAa>9 etTre? ort AvOpa ovk e^a> • 
 
 ireuTe ycip auopa<; ecr^c?, /cat i^vt* oz^ e^et? ot»/c eaTiv 
 (TOV aurjp ' TOVTO aKr]ue<; etpi^/ca?. Aeyet avTco ij yvviq 
 
 u/3tf, uedipco OTL TTpo(pr)Ty)<; et (TU. ot Trarepe? t)/^^!' 
 cV Toi opet rovTOJ TrpocreKvvricrav • /cat v/xet? Xeyere 
 ort eV ^^'lepocroXu/LLOt? e'crrii' 6 TOTToq orrov TrpocTKVveiv 
 ocL. ^^ Xeyet avTjj 6 'irjaov^; IlicrTeve p.01, yvvai, 
 
 ^^ " aiTw Tj yvvT) T Tr WH mrnr/. RV. 12 g ^-^^ t 
 
 ^^ So T, fp)(o^m Tr, but fitepx^^Ma* ri'' f/JX"/^"" '^'^ OTft?"^. 
 
 awT^^ [6 'l/jcroOs'] Tr. 
 " So Tr ?;/^/;-^., Toi/ livBpa aov T, Tr /^.r^ 
 ^® Omit T Tr WH in secondary reading. 
 " So Tr HuSpa owk ex« T. ^^ J^^f 1,. 
 
 19 'If,j- T Tr.
 
 IV. 35. KATA inANHN. 243 
 
 OTt epverat otpa ore ovre iu t(o opec tovtoj ovtc ep 
 ^® 'lenocroXv/xoc? TTpocTKvvrjaeTe t(o Trarpi "^^ vp,ei^ 
 
 TTpO(TKW€XTe O OVK OlSttTe, T^/XCt? TTpoaKVVOVfJLei^ O OiSa- 
 
 [xev, OTt 7) aroiTiqpia ck roiv 'louoaioir' ecrrtV • " aXXa 
 ip^erat atpa kol vvv icrriu, ore ol oXtjOlvoI Trpocr- 
 KUPrjTal TrpocTKvuij trover LP tco Trarpt ep irpevfiaTL 
 Kal akrjdeLa, kol yap 6 TraTrjp tolovtov<; C^rel tov^ 
 rrpocTKVPovpTa^ avTOP • ^* TTPevjxa 6 0e6<;, /cat tov<s 
 TrpocTKVPOvpTa^ avToi''^ ip Trpevixari kol akrjOcia Set 
 TrpocTKVPeLP. KeyeL avroi ry yvprj CJtoa ort Alecr- 
 
 crta? eya^erat, o Xeyo/te/^o? Xptfrro? * orai^ eX^ry eKetpoq, 
 at^ayyeXet 17/^111^ airaPTa. Keyec avTj) o irjcrov^ t.yo) 
 
 et/xt, o \a\o)P (TOi. ^' Kal inl tovto) r)X6ap 
 
 ol p.a0Y}Tal avTov, kol tOavpatpp on ixeTa yvpaiKo^; 
 cXaXcf ovSctq jxepToi eiirev Tt tprjTei^ ; i) Tt XaXei? 
 peT avTrj<; ; ~^ d(})rJKep ovp Tr/p v'^piap avxrj? t) yvpr) 
 Kal arrrjkdep el<; ttjp ttoXlp Kal Xeyet rot? dpOpconoL^; 
 Aeure toerc apupomop o? etTre /xot irapTa a erroL- 
 y)(Ta • prjTi outo? ecttlp o ^picrTo^ ; egrjKuop e/c rryq 
 
 TToXeoi? Kttt ■f'jp)^OPTO 7r/D09 avTov. ' 'Rl^ TW 
 
 fxeTa^v -qpMTOiP avTOP ol paOrfTal \€yoPT€<; *PayS/3et, 
 (fidye. "^^ o Se elnep aurot? 'l*2ya» ^poicrip cyoj (ftayeip 
 t)/^ vp,CL<; OVK otoare. eXeyot' oui/ ot pauTfTai npo'^ 
 
 dXXryXoLKj Mry Tt<j ^5^'ey/<e^' aurw (fyayetp ; ^ Xeyet 
 ai»Tot9 o iT^crouq I'./xov ppotpa earcp ipa Trotrycroj 
 TO OeX-qpa Tov 7re/xi//ar^To'q /ixe /cat TeXetwcrw auToG to 
 epyop. ^' ou;^ u/xet? Xeyere otl ^Etl TeTpajirjPof; eaTw 
 
 ^° TTpofTKvi'cci' 8ft T. "^ offo Tr but not /«<//•_</. 
 
 22 •|'„;i/i,' Tr. 
 
 20
 
 244 KATA IfiANHN. iv. 36. 
 
 Kot 6 Oepiafxo'i ep^eraL ; iSou Xeyoj vfjuv, iirdpaTe 
 Tov<; 6(f)0a\fxov<; vfxiov koI dedcracrde ra? ^copa? oVt 
 XevKUL elcTLu 7rpo<; depicxixov • ^^ -qSr) ^* 6 Oepitfiiv 
 fiLcrOou Xajx^duei /cat avudyet Kapnbu et? ^(orjp alo)- 
 VLOV, tVa^^ 6 cnreLpojv o/aou X^^PV '^'^^ ^ Oepil^oiv. 
 ^ iv ydp TOVTO) 6 Xoyo^ icrrlp dXrjOLvo^ on aXXo? 
 eaTLv o (TTTeLpcjv Kai aAAo? o oepiLfxiV eya aire- 
 (TTeiXa^^ v/xa? depit,€.iv 6 ov^ v/xet? KeKOTTidKare- 
 
 aXXoL KEKOTTidKacriV, /cat U/A€t<? €t9 TOI^ KOTTOV aVTOiV 
 
 elaeXrjXvOaTe. ^^ 'E/c Se tt)? TroXeo)? iK€ivr)<; 
 
 ot eTrKxreucrav et<? avrov roiv z^ap.apeiTOiv ' ota 
 TOP Xoyop Trj<; yui^at/co? jxapTvpovcrri<; ort Elnev fxoL 
 TTUPTa a '^ enoirjcra. a)<? Oft' tjXuop npo^; avTov 
 Ot Ziajxapei/rai rjpojTOiv avrov fxeivat irap av rot? • /cat 
 efxetvev eKel 2>{>o r)iJLepa<;. *^ /cat ttoXXw TrXetot"; eVt- 
 crrevaav Sia roi' Xoyoi' avrov, *^ rrj re yvi^atKt eXeyov 
 ort Uu/cert oia ri]\> rrrjv KaXiav TTi(jrevop.ev' avroi 
 ydp aKrjKoajxev, Kal oiSajxev ort ovrd? icrnv dXr)0a)^ 
 o (T(t)Tr]p rov Koaixov. 
 
 ^ Mera Se ra? ova y)fjL€pa<; i^rjXOev eKeWev et? 
 
 rrfv 1 aAtXatai' • auro? yap It^ctov? efxaprvprjo'ev 
 
 ort TTpoffiTJrrjf; iv rfj lSlo, TrarptSt rLfirjv ovk ex^'* 
 
 " ore"^^ ouf rjXOev ei9 ri^i^ FaXtXata?^, iSe^avro avrov 
 
 Ot 1 aAtAatoi, rravra aopaKore^ ocra eiroLrjcreu ev 
 
 24 So Tr w^//y., but text fitpiaiiov /jBr) 'O Sep. 
 
 25 A, 1(1 KM T. 26 aTreWaXKa T. 
 
 2' -^apiapiTav T. 27 a 2o-a Tr w^/r^. 28 ,^x^oi/ ovv Tr wfl-r^;. 
 
 2^ 2afiap'iTai T. ^° WH omit in secondary veadiiif^. 
 
 31 XuXiai/ (70U WH Mco-f/. Tr /?/«yy. 32 ^^ t 33 ^ t.
 
 IV. 54. KATA IHANHN. 245 
 
 ^^'lepoaoXvixoLS iv rrj eopTrj, Kat avTOL yap rjXOov 
 et? T-qv iopTrjV. *^ 'WXOev ovv ttoXiv 
 
 ets 7171^ Kai^a'^"^''* Trj'i Vakikaia^, oirov eTToiiqcrev to 
 vocjp oivov. Kat ryt* rt? pacrtkiKO'^''^ ov o vlo^ 
 rjadevEL eV Ka(f)api'aoujX' ^' ovro? aKovcra? oTt 'ir^trovs 
 i^KCt eK rrJ? 'lovSata? et? tt)j/ TaXiXaiau dnrjXOcu irpo^ 
 avTOv Kol rjpojTa iva KaTa/^rj Kai la<rrjTai avTov Tov 
 vlov, rifxeXXev yoLp aTroOvrjorKeiv. *^ elnep ovv 6 'li^croO? 
 7rno9 avTOP 'Eaf jxr) crrjfJLeLa kol repara ISrjTe, ov prj 
 TTLaTevarjre. Xeyec 7rpo<; avTov o pacrtAtKo? 
 
 Ku^te, Kardfi-qdi irplv dirodavelv to irai^iov fxov. ^'^ Ae- 
 yet avTM 6 'irjcrov^ Uopevov 6 vl6<; aov i^jj. eni- 
 (TTtvaeu^^ o dvOpMTTo<; toj Xoyoi ov elnep avTco 6 Irycrou? 
 Koi iiTopeveTo. ^^ 17817 Se avTov KaTa/3aii'OPTo<; ol 8ov- 
 XoL avTOv vTT-qpTrjcrav avTio Keyopres otl o vrat? 
 auToG {tJ. ^^ invOeTo ovu ttjp copap nap' avTWP iv 
 fj KoixijjoTepop ecrxep- ehropovp^^ avTut on 'E^^e? 
 o)pap e^hoixTjP drfyrJKep avTov 6 nvpeTO^. ^^ eypo) ovu 
 6 narijp ort*^ eKeiprj Trj o)pa iv rj elnep avno 6 'ir^crov? 
 'O vtds aov 1,7], Kal enicnevaev avTo<; Koi rj ot/cia 
 avTov 0X17. ^* TovTO Se"*^ ndXiv ^evrepov (jr]fjitlov 
 
 33 » Kai/a T Tr. 34 go Tr , ^\\v fie T WH marr/. 
 
 ^^ Some " Western " docuirients substitiilc /SaatXt'aKov WH. 
 '* TTUfTf i^(T7Te ; WH w/ffry. 
 
 3' So T Tr ill secondary rcadiiif?, km enlarfvafi' Tr |iriinary reading. 
 38 Omit. T. 
 
 *' So Tr sceondary reading, kui dnriyytiXai' Xiyoirrts primary ; Koi 
 rjyydXdi' T. 
 
 ■"^ tiVoi/ (wif T Tr, >cat fiTroi/ Tr )/i<tr>/. 
 
 *' Tr adds cV in primary nadiiig. 
 
 " Omit T and WH secondary reading, Tr mar//, secondary reading.
 
 246 KATA IfiANHN. v. 1. 
 
 FaXtXatai'. 
 
 V. ^ Mtra Taura i}!^ eoprrj ^ rtou *lovoai(ov, KaL 
 due/Sri *l7](J0V^ ets ^*'lepocrdXu/xa. ^"FjCTTiv 8e eV rots 
 ^*'lepo(ToXu/xot9 eVl Trj Trpo^aTLKrj KoXvji^TJOpa^ rjiinr 
 Xeyofxei'T] ^ 'E/S/aaicrrt, ^ * BrjOCaOd ,'^ neure arods e^ov- 
 ara ' ^ cv raurats Kare'/cetro ttXtjOo^ to)v daOevovvTcji^, 
 rv^\oiv, ^oiko)v, ^rjpcou. ^ rjv 8e ns au0p(o7ro<; iKel 
 TpiaKovTa Kol^ OKTO) CTT) e^cDV ev TTj dadeveta avrov' 
 ^ TovTou Ihwi^ 6 'ir/croD? KaTaKeifxevou, KaL ypovs otl 
 TToXvv 7]Sr] XP^^^^ ^X^^' Xeyet avrw ©eXets vyiy)<i 
 yevecrdaL ; "* dTreKpiOr) avTw 6 dcrdcvcou Kvpte, avOpui- 
 TTOv ovK €.^0} Iva oTav Tapax^ji to vScop jSdkr) fx€ 
 ei9 Tr)u KoXvfJL^TJOpaw iu (o 8e epxop-di' iy<^ aXXos 
 npo ifxov KaTafiaivei. ^ Xeyeu avT(p 6 'irjcrovs Eyeipte 
 dpov Tov Kpd^aTTOv aov koX 7re/3t7raret. ^ koX €v0€o)<i ^ 
 iyepero vyLr]<; 6 dvOpomos, koX rjpe tov KpafiaTTOv 
 'avTov Kol TrepteTTarei. ^Hp Se ad^^arop ip 
 
 iKeiprf rrj rjjxepa. ^^ iXeyop ovp ol 'lov8atot rw reOepa- 
 Trevfxepai 'td/Sfiarop Icttlp, koI'^ ovk e^earip croi dpai 
 TOP Kpd/SaTTOP. ^^ o<? 8e^ dneKpLOr] avTol<; 'O TTOirjcra<^ 
 fxe vyiij e/cetj^os /xot elnep '^Apop top Kpd^aTTOP aov Kai 
 irepnrdTeL. ^^rjpwTrjaap ovtop^ Tis ioTTLP 6 dpOpojiros 
 
 1 .J (oprr, T RV marff. ^ ^ 'Up- T Tr. 
 
 2 Ko\vpl3fjdpa Tr 7narff. ® to Xtyopevov T. 
 
 3 a (jipdiinX T Tr. ■* Bj^^eo-Sd Tr iBrjdaaidd WH mar//. 
 5 Omit Tr in primary reading, WH in socomlary. 
 
 ^ Omit T. ' Omit Tr iu secondary reading. 
 
 ^ ovv avTov Tr primary reading.
 
 V. 22. KATA IfiANHN. 247 
 
 -'' '5'* 9 ^ ' 13 '^^'i3^ 10 ' 
 
 o CLTTcov crot Apov Kai TreptTraret ; o oe tac'et's ouk 
 r;8et Tts IcTiv, 6 yap ^Irjcrovs i^evevaeu 6^\ov 6vto<; eV 
 T(x) TOTToj. ^* Mera ravra evpiaKet avTou o^^ 'Ir^crou? 
 eV Tw tepo) Kal elneu avrio "iSe vytrj^ yeyova'^' 
 p.TjKeTi afxapraue, Lva [x-q ^^elpou croi ri yevrjT ai. 
 arnqkuev o avupojTTO^ Kai etTrei/ "* Tot9 lovoatot? oTt 
 li7crovs ecrrtt' o Troir^cra? auTOi/ vyir). Kat oia tovto 
 ibiojKov ol 'lovhaloL tov 'irjcrovv drt ravra eVotet eV 
 cra/S^ctTOi. ^' 6 Se^*^ dneKpCvaTO avTot? 'O 7To.Trjp jjlov 
 €cu9 aprt epyaC^eTaL, Kayo) epya(^op.ai. oca tovto 
 
 ovu^'^ fxaXXou i^T]TOvu avTou ol 'louSatot anoKT^ivaL 
 OTL ov p.6vov eXve to a(i(3(3aTou dXXa /cat naTepa 
 t^LOv eXeye tov deov, Icrov iavTou ttolmv rw ^toj. 
 
 19 »* ' T''t "15 ^*\ 16'"" 
 
 AneKpivaTO ovv o \y](Tov<; "^ Kai eXeyev aurois 
 Ap,y)v dfirju Xeyw vp.iv, ov hvvaTai 6 uto? noielv 
 d(f)' iavTov ovhev av^^ pij tl /SXenrj tov naTepa 
 TTOLOvvTa' a yap av eKeivo<; ttolj), TavTa Kat o 
 vlo<i 6poL0J<; TTOtet.^^ ^ 6 ydp naTrjp (puXel tov vlov 
 Kal ndvTa SeLKvvcnv avrw a avTos ttoleI, Kal /xei^ora 
 TovTojv oei^et avTO) epya, iva vpelq Oavpdl^rjTe.'^'^ 
 ^' (oamp yap 6 TraTrjp iyeCpeL tov*; veKpuv*; Kal 
 C,(oonouL, ovToj<; Kal 6 vlo<; ou? OeXet ^woTrotet. 
 ovoe yap 6 TTaTT^p Kpiv(.i ouSeVa, dWa ttjv Kpiijiv 
 
 * Tr ndds tov icimfiaTTou (mv in |)rimarv n-adinp. 
 
 ^^ wrdfuatu T. 11 WH oinil in sctiondnrv rrndiiifj. 
 
 ^^ (wrjyyd^tv Tr WH sccondai V k adin*;. ^^ Tr add.s ^Itjaovt. 
 
 " Oinil T. 16 Q„,i(^ WH ill scrotidary reading. 
 
 *^ finfu Tr primary roadini,'. i' cVn' Tr. 
 
 *^ niiiit Tr in secondary reading. '" mnd onoi<i.s T. 
 
 20 ^aujiuCrrf T,
 
 248 KATA mANHN. ' v. 23. 
 
 TTacrav oeowKeu toj vuo, lpo, vrai^re? ri/xaxrt top 
 vlov Ka0(jj<i TLjxcocrt top iraTcpa. 6 fxij Ttfxojp top 
 
 VLOP OV TLfJia TOP TTUTepa top TT€IX\\faPTa aVTOP. AfJLTjP 
 
 ajxrjp Xeyw vfjup otl 6 top Xoyop fxov olkovcop koI 
 TTLCTTevcop TO) nejjixpaPTi [xe e)(€t l^corjp alcopiop, kol ei? 
 Kpicrip ovK ep^erat dA.Xa /aeraySe/^r/Kev ck tov dapuTov 
 €t? Trjp ^(jjrjp. ■"'' OLfx-qp ap.7)p keyoj v/xti/ otl €p^€Tai 
 cjpa Kai pvp idTip oTe ol peKpol OLKovcrovaLP Trjs 
 (fiojprj^ TOV vlov TOV Oeov kol ol d/covcravres tricrovaip. 
 
 26'' ^f \v y \ i t /^ V \ 
 
 wcnrep yap o TraTrjp e^et C^ojrjp €P eavT(o, ovto)^ Kai 
 roj vKu eoMK^p l^corjp e^eip ep eavTw ' Kai egovatap 
 ebojK^p avrw KpCcnp iroielp, otl vtos dpdpcorrov i(TTLP. 
 
 28'^Z} 'y '^ o* V , f f 
 
 fXT] oavfxaL,eTe tovto, otl ep^eTaL wpa ep fj napTe^ 
 OL ep TOLS fxpr}fjLeLOL<i oLKOvaovcTLP T^s (f)a)prj<; avTov 
 
 KaL eKiropevoroPTaL ol ret dyada iroLijcraPTe^ et? 
 at-acrracrti^ 4^^'?» ot'^'' ra (pavKa npa^apTes et9 ai/a- 
 CTTacTLP KpLae(D<5. Ov ovpajxaL eyo) noLeLP air efxav- 
 Tov ovoep • Ka0(i><; aKovco Kpipw, kol rj KpL<jL<; tj ijxr) 
 OLKaCa ecTTLP, otl ov i,'r)T(x) to Oekrjpia to ifxop dkXd 
 TO deXrjfjia tov 7^e/x^//a^'rd9 jxe. ^^ 'Fidp iyut 
 
 fxapTvpco TrepL ijxavTov, r) fxapTvpCa fxov ovk ccttlp 
 d\rjOri<; ' ^ dWo<? eaTLp 6 jxapTvpwp wepl ijxov, koX 
 
 '''5 23 " ' \ /3 ' ' ' / t\ /> 
 
 OLoa " OTL aKrjurjq ecTTLP i] {xapTvpLa 7)p fxapTvpeL 
 TTepL ejjLOv. v/!xet9 aTrecrTaA/care Trpo? lojaprjp, 
 
 KaL fxeixapTvprjKe tt) a\r]ueLa' eyoj oe ov irapa 
 
 dpupcoTTOv TTfp fxapTvpCap Xa[x(3dp(o, d\Xd TavTa Xeyai 
 
 ^^ (8coKf Kai Tw vi(o Tr marg . 
 
 22 WH add hk in i>iuj-f/., Tr iii j)riinary reading. 
 
 23 o'i^Tf T. 24 'itati^^^^ T. 
 
 29
 
 V. 46. KATA IQANHN. 249 
 
 tVa u/aet? crcjdrJTe. '' iK€luo<i i)v 6 \v^vo^ 6 KaLOjxepos 
 Kol ^aivoiv, u/xei? 8e rjOeXTJaaTe dyaWtaOrjuaL^'^''^ Trpos 
 (^pav iv Tco (fiajTL avTov ' *^ iyu) 6i e)(aj rrju [xap- 
 Tvpiav ix€lL^o) tov io)auov, ra yap epya a de- 
 So)K€u jxoi 6 iraTrjp Iva TeXetwcra) avrd, avrd rd epya 
 d TTOLU), fxapTVpel nepl ifxov oVt 6 Trarrjp pe dnecTTak- 
 Keu, Kat o TTepxfjas pe Tranqp eKeivo<i ' pepaprvprjKev 
 nepL ipov. ovre (fyoivrjv avTov TTcoiroTe dKrjKoare ovre 
 €too9 avTov ecjpaKare, Kat tov koyou avrov ovk 
 e^ere ei/ v/xtf fxepovra, ° on ov anecTTeLAep eKcti^og 
 TovTO) uyxet'i ou TTLCTTeveTe. "^ ipavvdre ra? ypa(f)dq, 
 OTL u/xet? ooKctre eV avral? ^(orju alcliviov e)(eLv' /cat 
 CKtivai etcrtf at paprvpovaai irepi epov ' Kat, ov 
 OeXere i\0elv TTp6<; pt tVa {ojii)i/ e)(r}Te. '^^ Ao^au 
 TTapd dv9 poyiTCiiv ov kapftdvoj, "^^ aXXa iyuojKa vpds 
 OTt 7171^ ayaTTTjv tov ficov ovK eyere tf eal;rots^ 
 
 " tyoj ikrjkvOa eV tw ot^d/aart rov Trar^d? jitov Kat 
 ou kap(3dueTe pe' idv akko<? ikOrj Iv to) ovopaTi tw 
 toioj, iKelpov kyjpxffeade. ** vrw? ^vvaaOe vpel<; inaTev- 
 crat, od^af nap* dkkrjko)!^ kap(3dvouTe<;, Kat T^7^' Sd^at* 
 Tr)v TTapa TOV povov tfeov ov QrjTetTe; p"q ooKCLTe 
 uTL eyo) KaTr]yopr}(T(o vpCw TTpo<^ tou iraTepa ' eaTLP 
 6 KaT7iyopo)p vpuiv Mc/jfcTTy?, tt? dV vpcl^ ifkniKaTf.. 
 tt yap cTrtcrrtutrt Mojvcret, eTrtarevert a/^ e/xot, vrtpt 
 
 ^^ "rryuXAtdf/fl^wu Tr nidn/. 
 
 ^^ UtiCtov Tr. 28 •,^,;y„„y T. 
 
 '" avTos Tr i/nnv/. 28 ^^jVotru tV v/ii»/ Tr iiianj. 
 
 '* oiiK f'x"^' ^'/'' fi>"''''7*' ToC ^foC T. 
 
 *° So T RV WH ill |iiiiii,irv icailin',' ; omit WII in bccoiidiiiy rtiad- 
 inj;, RV martj. Tr w</ry. sccoiidarv rcadiuy.
 
 250 KATA inANHN. v. 47. 
 
 yap ijxov eKeluo*? eypaxfjeu. ' el oe toI<; eKetvov 
 -ypdfjLiJiacnu ov TncrTeveTe, ttojs rots e/xot? prjfxacrLP 
 TTicrreucrere ; ^^ 
 
 VI. * Mero, raura aTTrj\6ev 6 'It/ctov? nepav T17S 
 daXdcrcrrjs Trj<; FaXtXaia? t^9 Tt/SejOtctSo?. ^ ^KoXou^tt 
 Se avTw 0^X09 TToXi;?, ort idewpovv^ rd arjixela a 
 inoiei eVt rail' d(T^e^'0WTw^' . ^ durjXOeu 8e et? to 
 0^09 'li7cro{}9, Kal CKel eKdOrjTo^ fxerd rwv fxaOrjTMu 
 avTOv. yu 8e eyyu9 to Tracrva,"* 17 ioprr) twv \ov- 
 SaL(i)u. ^ eVapa9 out' tol'9 6(/)6'aXju,ou9 o It70'ou9 Kctt 
 Oeacrdpevos otl 7roXu9 0^X09 ep^cTat 7Tpo9 avTov Xeyet 
 77/909 ^JiXtTTTrot' Il60€v dyopd(To)fxev apTovs Lva (f)a- 
 ycoauu ovtol ; ^ touto 8e eXeyti' treipdl^MV avTov, 
 auT09 yap 17861 Tt e/xeXXei^ Troteti'. ' aTreKpiOr] avTco 
 <J>tXi7r7ro9 ® AtaKoaLMv h-qvapiojv dprou ovk dpKovaiv 
 auTot9 iva e/cacrT09 ^pa^v^ Xd^rj. ^ Xeyet avTw ct9 
 t'/c Twv ixa67]Tci)u avTov, 'AvSpeas 6 0,86X^09 ^ijxcDVO^ 
 llerpov ^"FjaTLv Traihdpiov cS8e 09 ^^ei nevre aprov% 
 KpiOivov; Kal hvo oxjjdpia' dXXa TauTa ri icTTiv et9 
 ToaovTov; ; emeu o lrj(rov<i lioLrja-aTe tovs avupot- 
 7rou9 duaTrecrelu. rjv 8e ^opTO^ ttoXvs iu to* tottw. 
 cLueTrecrau ovv ot^ dvhpe'i top dpiBpJbv W9 Tret'Ta- 
 Ktcr^^tXtot. ^^ eka^ev ovv tov<; dprovs o Irjaovs /cat 
 
 ^^ TTiffTfufre or niaTfvarjTf Tr ?«r/;-i7 ; niarfiifTf WH marg, 
 
 (aypuv T. ^ (Kadt^fTo T. 
 
 ^ Probably some "primitive" error WH. 
 * anoKplverat T. ^6 ^tXiTTTror T. 
 
 ° (ipaxv Ti T, /3/jaxt'^"j Tr marg. ' Omit WH wtf/y.
 
 vr. 22. KATA IfiANHN. 251 
 
 evvofnarrjcras ^uSwKeu^ TOi<i duaK€LfX€i>OL<?, o^ioioi^ Kai 
 e'/c Twv oxjjapiaju ocrou rjOeXou. "" wg oe ivenXrjcrOrjcrau 
 Xe'yet toI<? /u-a^r/rat? avTov SvuaydyeTe rd Treptcrcreu- 
 (Tavra KXaafxara, iva fMij tl aTrdXr^rat. ^^ avvriyayov 
 ovu, Kal eyifxicrav ScuSe^a KotfjLPOvs KkacTfJidTaju e'/c 
 T(ou TreVre aproiu toju KpiOiviov d iTrepicrcrevcrau rot? 
 /Se^pcoKoaLP. ^* Ot ovt' dvOpcoiToi IhovTe^ 
 
 d inoLr](T€u crrjixeia^ eXeyou on Ourd? ianv dkr]du)<i 
 6 Trpo(f)rJTr)s 6 ip}(op.evo^ et*; tov koctixop . ^^ ^^ 'li^crou? 
 ovv yvov<; otl p^eWovcriv ep)(€crOaL koI dpndi^cLi' avTov 
 Lua TTOirjcroicnv /SacrtXea dve^oiprjcrev^^ irdXiv et? to 
 0/309 auro9 jxovof;. lis oe oif/ta eyei^ero 
 
 KaT€.ft-r](rav ot fiaOrjTal avTov eVl tt^i^ BdXacrcrav, ^^ /cat 
 ifx(3di'Te<; elq nXolop ■rjp)(^ovTO nepau Trj<g 6a\d(Tcrr]<; ei? 
 Kaffiapvaovp,. /cat cr/corta 17817 eycyd/^et ^^ Kat ovnco 
 iXrjkv0€L 7rpo9 avTov<; 6 'ir/froug, ^"^ ^^7776 ddXaacra 
 dpefxov fxeydXov ttu€ovto<; Steyetpero.^* ^^ eXr/Xa/cdre? 
 oui^ tiJg o-raStof?^^ eiKoai ttcute 77 TpidKovra Oeojpovcnv 
 Tou '\r](rovu nepLnaTOvuTa eVt r'?79 daXdcray]'; /cat iyyvq 
 Toi) TrXotou yLvojxevou, Kal i(f)ol3TJdr]crau. ^ 6 8e Xeyet 
 auTOts 'Kycj et/xt, /x']^ (^iof^eiorOe. ^^ yjOeXou ovv Xa- 
 jBelu avTov et? to TrXotot*, Kat ev6eo}<; iyeuero to nXolou 
 
 tTTt 7179 yT79 €19 17^* VTTTjyOV. 
 
 "^^ Tr) inavpLov 6 0^X09 o ecrTiqKCJS irlpav Trj<; OaXdcr- 
 
 ^ fv\apl(TTT)cr(v Km thuiKfv T. 
 
 ® So Tr wttrr/. RV rnarf/ , l)iil o (noiijatv cnjuuov T WH marg. RV. 
 
 ^^ o €iv to;/ K(')(T\iuv ti))(f'>fii(i>ni T. ^^ (ptvytl T. 
 
 '^ KartKiififV f)i avrnvK r) (tkotIu T. 
 
 ^■'' 'Ir;fro0v TT/wi avTous T WH marg. ^^ fiirj-yfiptro T. 
 
 *^ (TTudia T. ^^ T^i/ y^i/ T.
 
 252 KATA IfiANHN. vi. 23. 
 
 (71^9 elSov^^ oTi nXoidpLOu akXo ovk t)v eVet ei yirj ep, 
 Koi OTL ov crvvei(Trj\Oev toI<; jxadyjTaL'^ avTOV o Ir^crov? 
 et? TO nkolov dkXa (mouol ol ixadr]Tal avTov dirrjkOov' 
 ^^ dXkd^^ rjXOep^^ vXola^^ eV Ti/3epict8o9 eyyu? tov 
 
 TOTTOV OTTOV ^(^ayOV TOV CpTOV tV^a pi(TTri(TaVTO<i TOV 
 KVptOV. OT€ OVV eiOeP O O^AO? OTL It^CTOV? ovk €(TTiP 
 
 e/cet ovSe ol fxaOrjTal avTov, ip€(3r](Tap avTOi et? ra ttXol- 
 dpta Koi yjXOop tt? Katpappaovpi C,7]TovPTes top Irjcrovp. 
 Kat evpoPT€<i avTOP nepap Trj<; uaAacra-r)'; ecnop avTco 
 Pappei, TTore code yeyoi^a? ; aTreKpiur} aurot? o 
 'b^trou? /<at etTrej/ 'Ajxrjp dpirjP Xeyoj vjjup, l,r]TeiT€ jxe 
 ovx OTL etSere crrjixela dXX' otl i(fidy€Te e'/c twp apTwp 
 Kal i)(opTd(T0r]Te- "' ipydt^ecrSe /xt) Ty)v ^putaip ttjv 
 dTroXXvp.€prjp dXXd ttjp ^pojatp Tr]P fxepovcrap et? C^^rjp 
 
 >/ t^tcv '-'/3'' t^o/ 23 "^ 
 
 aiWPLOP, rjp o VLOS tov apupcoirov vpup oojcret, tovtop 
 yap 6 TraTTjp icrfftpdyLcrep 6 0e6<i. '^^ elnop ovv Trpo<; 
 avTOP Tt TTOLMfjiep LPa ipya^aifxeOa ra epya tov deov ; 
 aneKpLUT] It^ctov? /cat eiTret' avrot? louro ecrrti' 
 TO epyop TOV 0eov lvol 7ncrT€vr]T€ et? op dTricTTeiXev 
 c/ceti/09. etTTot* ovv avT(t) 1 1 ouv TTOtet? cru cnqfjieiop, 
 
 Iva iSojixep KOI TncTTevcrMixep crot ; rt ipyatprj ; ot 
 Trarepe? rjjjicjp to jxdppa ifpayop ip Tjj ipiJixM, KaBo)^ 
 icTTLP yeypafJi[X€POP " ApTop €k tov ovpapov eScoKev 
 avTols (fiayelv.' ^^ elirev ovv avrot? 6 It^ctov? A[xr)v 
 ajXTfv Xeyoi vjxlp, ov MajvcrT^g eow/cei/ v/xtt' xoi^ apTOP 
 
 " tSi)./ WH »wr^. 18 »xXa T Tr 
 
 18 ^A^oi/ T. 20 So Tr marr/., irKouipia T Tr. 
 
 21 ^i,p^'^y • 5^f WH w./yy. 22 'pa^^i Tr. 
 
 23 6,'5a>o-»' v/ili/ T. 24 Omit T. 
 
 25 Se'SwKei/ T WH wa/y.
 
 VI. 43. KATA IfiANHN. 253 
 
 CK Tov ovpavov, dW' 6 Trarijp fxov oiowctlu vjxlv rov 
 apTov eK TOV ovpavov rov ak-quivov o yap apro? 
 
 TOV ueov ecTTLv o KaTapaLvojv eK tov ovpavov Kai 
 (,ojr]v 8t8ov9 Tw KocrfMco. ^ elirov ovv TTpo<; avTov Kvpue, 
 iravTOT^ oo<; rjpLV rov apTov tovtov. evwev ' avTOL<; 
 6 'Irycroi)? 'Eycj et/xt 6 dpro^ Trjs {w^? " 6 ip^^^ofievo^ 
 Trpo? €p€'^° ov pr) TTCivacrrj, Kai o marTevajv et? cfxe 
 OV prj otv//>^crei. TrwTTore. aAA. eiTTOi' v/x(,^' otl Kai 
 
 t / / Of) \ > '37 T I " '■* S 'S ' 
 
 €ojpo.KaT€ pe /cat ou TTicrreueTe. llai^ o OLOcocnv 
 
 poL 6 TraTrjp npo^ ipe rj^ei, Kal tov ep^opevov Trp6<; 
 pe^^ ov pi) eV/3aA.a> e^w, ^^ ort KaTa^e/BrjKa dno tov 
 ovpavov ovY ti'a ttoiW'^ to u€A.rjpa to eju-oi/ aAAa to 
 Oekrjpa tov Trep\jjavT6<; pe • ^ tovto 8e ecTTti/ to OeXrjpa 
 tov Tr€pxpavT6<; pe iva ndv 6 hehoiKev pot prj dnoXecrai 
 eg avTov ak\a avacrTrjcro} avTO ttj ^a^aTrj -qpepa. 
 ^° TOVTO yap icTTLv TO 0eXr)pa tov -rraTpos pov Lva Tra? 
 6 Oeoypoiv TOV vlov Kal nLcrrevajv ei? avTov e^r; (,(or]v 
 atoji/toi/, /cat avao-Trjcroj avTov eyw tt] €cr)(aTr) -qpepa. 
 *^ 'hlyoyyvl^ov ovv ol 'lou8atot nepc avTov otl elirev 
 'Eycj dpi o dpTo<; 6 /cara^a? e'/c tov ovpavov, /cat 
 cXeyov Ou^l'^'* ourog iamv '{ri(Tov<i 6 vlo<; Iwarjcfy, 
 ov Tjpfi^ olhapev tov irarepa /cat rrjv p7)T€pa ; ttws 
 I'vv"^^ keycL oTL^^ 'K/c tou ovpavov KaTa(3e^r]Ka ; ^^ dne- 
 KpiOr] '\r](Tov<; Kal el-rrev avTol<; Mi] yoyyv^eTe per ^"^ 
 
 ^0 O T,W T. ^"^ *«VfI/ OUI/ T. 
 
 '^^ Tipos ixt Tr wwry. ^^ ■navimfi Tr war*/. 
 
 ''^ Omit T WH in secondary reading. ®^ ivphi ('ni T. 
 
 82 nnif,aoy T. 3=* *V r^ T. 
 
 ^■* Oi-x T Tr man/. WH ///^/ry. ^^ ouf Tr mart;. 
 
 3« oCror 5ri T. "7 ^„^, Tr.
 
 254 KATA IQANHN. vi. 44. 
 
 dWfjkcou. ** ovSet? hvvarai i\6eiv Trpd? /ute"^® eav fir) 
 6 TTarrjo 6 Tre/xi/ia? fxe tkKvcrrf avTov, Kayui avacTTrjcru) 
 avTov iv Trj icrx^^Trf -qjxepa. *^ icmv y^y pafxfievov iv 
 Tols TT po<j)'iJT ais " Kat iaovrai ttolvte^ StSaKrot deov'" 
 TTcis 6 aKoucras Trapa tov narpos Kai p.ad(ov ep^erai 
 7rpo9 efxe. ov^ otl tov narepa ecopaKev rt? ei 
 
 /xr) o oju napa tov ueov, ovto<; ecopaKev tov iraTepa. 
 
 a/MT)i/ afji^v keyo) vp,LV, o TncTTevcov e^et 4<^t?^ «■(,&>- 
 vLov. ey(o ei/xt o apTo^ 7179 (,o)r)s ol vrare/je? 
 
 vp,(x)v e(f)ayov iv Trj ipyjfiM to p.dvva Kat aTredavov 
 
 0UT09 ecTTiv o apro? o ck tov ovpavov KaTapaivcov 
 Lva Tts eg avTOv (pOLyy Kat fxif airouavrf eyw 
 
 €t/xt 6 dpTos 6 t,oiv 6 i.K TOV ovpavov KaTaftds' idv 
 Tt9 (pot-yy €K TouTou TOV apTOV QrjCTei ° CIS TOJ/ atwz^a, 
 /cat o apTo<; oe 01^ eyw oojcro) i) (rapg fJiov ecTTiv 
 VTrep TTy? TOV Koa-fxov 4^179. thp^a^^ovTo ovv 
 
 7r/)09 dXXi7Xov9 01 'lovSaiot*'^ keyovTe^ ITcu? SwaTai 
 ovTO's rffjLiv oovvat, Trjv crapKa avrov " (payav ; 
 ^^ elirev ovv avTOt? 6*° 'li7a-ovs 'Afjcrjv dfxrjv Xeyw 
 v/iAti/, eai/ jXTj (fidyrjTe Trjv adpKa tov vlov tov dvdpat- 
 TTOv /cat TTtT/Te avTov TO at^a, ovk cx^'''^ C^^^ iv 
 eavTOt?. o Tporyoiv jxov ttjv crapKa /cat ttlvojv fxov 
 TO alfxa e^et ^aji7t' aldtvLov, Kdyw dvacTTTfcra) avTov 
 
 ^^ irpos f'/x* Tr WH ;«flry., Trpds fit Tr warrj'. 
 
 *^ Trpos /if Tr 2»ar^. *" Omit WH in secondary reading 
 
 *^ 6(6v T. *^ Add etr (fif Tr in primary reading 
 
 *^ anodvffCTKr] Tr wffr^'. WH marff. ■** rot) e'/ioO T. 
 
 " (fj(T(Tai Tr. 46 T transfers to end of verse. 
 
 *' oJ 'louSaiot Trpos oAXijXovr Tr mar^. '*^ 17/iif ovroj T. 
 
 *» Omit T WH in secondary reading Tr text, [avrod] Tr marff.
 
 v'l. 67. KATA mANHN. 255 
 
 TTj i(T)(dTr) rjfiepa " '^ ' r) yap crdp^ jxov dXyjOrj^ icTTL 
 /Spwcrt?, Kol TO alixd fxov dX.-qOt)<; eVrt Trdcrt?. '^ 6 
 rpdryoju fxuv ttjv vapKa Kat nivoju fxov to alfxa eV 
 ifxol fxeueL Kayoi iu avTU). ^* KaO(i)<; direaTtikdv [xe 
 6 ^wv TTarrjp Kayoj ^w 8ta top naTepa, Kal 6 Tpot- 
 yoiv fie KaKCLUos Lprjcrei ol cfxe. ovto^ ccttlv o apTO<; 
 
 6 i^ ovpavov KaTa/3d<;, ov KaOws €(f)ayov ol Trarepeg 
 KaL dnedauou ' 6 Tpuryoiv tovtov top dpTov tprjcrei ei9 
 Tov atojj/a. lavra ctTrei/ €v avvaycoyr) oLoaaKOJV eu 
 
 KaffyapuaovfjL.^^ ^ YloWol ovv aKoucrai/re? e'/c 
 
 T<x)p fjiaOrjTMu avTov elnap^^ %K\r]p6<i icTTLV 6 k6yo<; 
 ovTos TLs ovpaTat avTov aKovetp ; etdw? oe o 
 
 lrj(Tov<; €p eavTM ort yoyyvC,ovcnp nepi tovtov ol 
 fxaOrjTai avTov elnep avTol^ Touro v/xa? cr/cat'SaXt^et ; 
 
 " eap ovp ueojpyJTe top vIop tov dpO poyirov dpa/3aiPOPTa 
 onov rjp TO npoTepop ; to irpevfJLa (.ottip to L,ctiO- 
 TTOLOVP, Tj a-dp^ ovK ojr^eXet ovSeV " Ta pijfxaTa a iyat 
 keXaXrjKa vplp npevfxd ^cttip /cat t^wrj idTCP' ^ dXXa^^ 
 ti<TLp i^ vfjiwp TLP€<; ot ov TTLCTTevovaLP. *Ht8et ydp 
 eg ap)(rj^ 6 'It/ctou? rtVe? elalp ol fxrj niaTevopTes 
 /cat rt9 CfTTLP 6 TrapaSojcrojp avTOP. ^ Kal ekeyep Ata 
 TovTO (.iprjKa vfXLP ort ovSet? hvpaTac ekdelp npo^ /xe^^ 
 eai^ ixrj tj Ot0op.€pop avToj e/c tov naTpos- E/c 
 
 ToxjTnv * TToXXot tK^^ Twp p.aOrjTOip avTov dnyjkOop 
 et9 Ta oTTiooi Kal ou/ce'rt /act' auroG TrcpundTovp. 
 Etnep OVP 6 l-qaov^; rots SojScKa Mrj Kal uyxets 
 
 •5" Soriin " Wi'slcrii " documfnls add rra/S^dro, WH. 
 
 •""•i dVor T Tr. 02 jIaA' T. ' £-3 7rf,6i €>< T. 
 
 ''^ TovTou uui> T. tiO Omit T.
 
 256 KATA IfiANHN. vi. 68. 
 
 BiXere viroiyeLu ; ^^ aircKpidy) avT(o XCfxojp llerpo? 
 KvpLe, 7rpb<i riVa aTreXeucrd/xe^a ; ptJixaTa C,o)rj<; al(o- 
 VLOv €)(eLS, /cat rjixeLS TrenLCTTevKapep /cat eyvtoKa- 
 p,€v OTL cri) ei 6 dyios tov Oeov- ''^ aTreKpidr} avrotg 
 6 'lrjcrov<i OvK eyio vpaq tovs hwbeKa i^eXe^dprjv ; 
 /cat e'^ vpwv els §ta/8oXd? iariv. ^^ ekeyeu Se top 
 'lovhap XCpwpos '](TKapL(oTov ' ouro? yap epeWep 
 TTopaStSdi^at aurdt',^^ cts^^ e/c t(op ScoheKa. 
 
 VII. ^ Kat^ perd raOra TrepteTrctret 6^ 'iTycrou? eV 
 ttJ raXtXatct, ov ydp rjdeXep ip Trj 'lovoata TrepiiraTeip, 
 OTL il^yJTOvp avTOP ol 'lou8atot aTTO/creti'at. rjp Se 
 
 iyyvs Tj eopTT) tcop ^lovhaioiP r) crKrjPOTrr}yLa. ^ e'lTrop 
 ovp npo<; avTOP ol dSeX^ot avTov Merct^T/^t ipT€v6ep 
 /cat vnaye eis ttjp 'louSatai', LPa Kal ol paOrjTai aov 
 Oecopijaovcnp aov tol epya "^ d Trotetg " * ovSet? ydp 
 TL ip KpvTTT^ TTOtet /Cat ^i^Tct auTo? * ei' irapprfdia. 
 eti'at • et ravra 7rotet9, (f)ap€pco(TOP creavTOP rw Kocrpo). 
 ovo€ ydp ol a8eX(^ot avroC iiriaTevop ets ovtop. 
 ^ Xeyet oSt'^ avTols o 'irjaovs O /catpo? 6 e/xd? ovnco 
 rrapeaTLP, 6 8e /catpd? 6 vp€Tepo<; irdpTOTe iaTLP erot- 
 /xo?. ^ ov Swi^arat 6 Koapos picrelp vpd<?, ipe oe 
 picreLy ort eyw piapTvpco nepi avTov otl ra epya avrov 
 nopyjpd iaTLP. ^ vpeZ<i dpd^iqTe et? ri^i' eopTtjp ' iyco 
 ovTTct)^ dpa^aCpco et? tt^i' iopT^p TavTrjp, otl 6 ipos 
 
 56 
 
 ai/Toi' wa, 
 
 paSifiwat T. ^' fir &>«' T. 
 
 ^ Omit T. 2 Omit in secondary reading Tr WH. 
 
 ^ TO f'pya (TOV T Tr WH ?Harf/., ra tpya "WH in secondary reading. 
 
 * avTo Tr marg. WH tuanj. RV mcirq. 
 
 * Uuiit T. 6 ov« T Tr WH w^/v/. RV marg.
 
 vn. 21. KATA inANHN. 257 
 
 Kaipo^ ovTToj TrenkijpcjTai,. '^ raOra Se'^ clircou aurots:^ 
 cfieLpev iu rrj Vakikaia. ^'^ 'ils 8e due^rjcrap 
 
 ol aScA^ol avTov els ttju ioprrju, Tore /cat auros dveftr], 
 ov <f)apep(o<i dXXa® w?^ ip KpvnTM. ^^ ol ovp 'lovSatot 
 e^TjTovp avTOP ip rrj koprrj koI ekeyop Uov icrrlp 
 eKetPO^; ; Kai yoyyvap.o<; nepi avrov -qp iroKv^;^^ cp 
 TOL<; oy^XoLs - ^^ ol jxep ekeyop otl 'Aya^os iartp, 
 dkkoL he ^^ ekeyop Ov, dkkd nkapa top 6)(kop. 
 ovoet? pePTOL TTapprjcria ekakeu nepl avTov 8ia top 
 (f)6Pop Tcop ^lovSaicDP. 
 
 ^ HSt^ Se TTJs eopTrj<; pecrovcrrjs dpe/Sir] 'It^o-ou? 
 eis TO lepop KoX iSiSacTKep. ^^ eOavpatpp ovp ol 
 louoatot keyoPTe<; Ilw? ovTO<i ypafxpaTa oTSep pi] 
 pepaOrjKa)<; ; ^'' direKpidiq ovp auTot? 'Iiycroi;? koI elnep 
 *H ip,r) hiSa)(r) ovk ecTTiP eprj akkd tov TrepijiaPTos 
 pe- ' eap rt? Oekjj to Bekrjpa avTov TroieZp, ypo)- 
 crerat irepi Tr]<i OLOay^ri<; noTepop eK tov ^ Oeov ecTTLP 
 rj eycj an epavTov AaKoj. o a<p eavTov kakojp 
 
 TTjp So^ap TTjp Ihiup l,rjTel' 6 8e IpqTwp ttjp So^up 
 TOV TrepxjjaPTO^; avTOP ovto^ dkrjOy'j'; ecTTip Koi dSiKia 
 ip avTO) OVK ecTTLP. ^''* ov Mwucrry? eSojKep ^^ vpip 
 TOP popop ; K(ii ovSet9 i^ vpojp Trotet top popop. tl 
 pe QrfTelTe airoKTeipai ; '^" dneKpiHrj 6 0^X09 Aat- 
 pLOPLOP t^et9* T19 (Te {r^TCt diroKTeipai. ; '^^ dneKpiOr) 
 Irjcrovs Kttt elnep aurots lip epyop inoirjera koi 
 
 ' Otnil T Tr. » riirrur T Tr iiui,;/. WH iiiarij. 
 
 ® dAX' T. ^° rjv Tttpi ax/Tiiv noXvi T. ^^ tco o;^Xo) T. 
 
 1'-* Oiiiil T WH III sicoiidary midiiig, [fit | Tr marr/. 
 ^^ dtbwKfv T WH matfj. 
 
 17
 
 258 KATA IfiANHN. vii. 22. 
 
 ndi^res Oavixd^erc. ^ Stct tovto ^* Mcuvcrrj^ heScDKev 
 vfxiv ry)u TrepLTOjXTJu, — ov)( otl e'/c tov Mwucrew? 
 iarlu dXX' ck tcou narepcou, — koI iu ^^ cra^^aTM 
 Treptre/xi^eTe dvOpojuou. ^ tl nepLTOfxrju Xafx/Bdvei 
 o ^^ dv0pcjTro<5 iu cra/8y8aTa> Iva fir) Xv6r) 6 v6p.o^ ^^ 
 Mojuo'ewg, lp.o\ ^oXaTe ort oKov avOpconou vyLjj 
 i-rroirjcra eV crayS/SciTw ; ^* /at) Kpiuere kut o^lu, dXXd 
 Tr]v SiKaiau Kpiaiv Kpiver^}^ ^ "EXe-yof ovv 
 
 TLU€^ e/c Tcof ' lepoao\vix€iT(O P ^^ O^X o^^'o^ Icttiv ov 
 ^r]Tov(TLU dnoKTelvai, ; ^^ Koi tSe rrapprjaia XaXet kol 
 ovOeu avT(p Xeyovoriv- p,T] nore dXrfdct)<; eyvoxrav ol 
 ap^ovTe% OTL ovTO'i eariv o p^picrros ; akka tovtov 
 otSa/xcf TToOev earriv 6 Se XP^^'^^'^ ^Vai' ep^-qrai 
 ovSels yif wcTKet irodev e'crrtV. "^ "EKpa^ep ovv iu tco 
 lepw StSctcTKajv 6 ^^ 'It/ctoOs Kat Xeycou Kdfxe otSare 
 /cat otSare nodeu elfxi' /cat aTr' ifxavTOv ovk iXirjXvOa, 
 aXX' €(TTiu dXr)dLvo<; 6 7re/xi|;a9 /u.e, oi^ uyxets ou/c otSare* 
 eycu otoa avrou, otl nap avTOv et/^t /ca/ceti^o? /x€ 
 aTT-ecTTetXet'. Jbi^'^Toui' GUI' avrou TTiacrai, /cat 
 
 ouSets erre/SaXei^ eV avrou rr)u ^elpa, on ovnoi 
 iXr}XvOeL^^ Tj (opa avrov. ^^ ' Rk tov o^Xov §e ttoX- 
 Xot eina-reva-au ets avrou, Kai eXeyou U ;^/3tcrro9 
 
 1^ o T, davfidCfTf Sea tovto Tr (exf, RV wotr^/. 
 
 ^^ WH omit in secondary rcadint^. 
 
 ^® Omit in secondary reading WH Tr marff. 
 
 " Add 6 T. ^« Kpii; 
 
 ^® 'ifpotToXw/xftTwi' T, 'Upoa-oXvfJLiTcjv Tr. 
 
 ^*' dne'o'TaXACti' T. 
 
 21 fX77Xi;^ej' Tr ww/y/. 
 
 22 lloXXoi fie (niOTfvaav (k tov o^Xov T.
 
 VII. 39. KATA IfiANHN. 259 
 
 orau eX6r) fxr) nXeiova arjiJiela Trotr/'crtt wu outos inoir}- 
 (Tiv ;^^ ^"^"WKOvaav ol <t>a/)tcratot roO o^ov 
 
 yoyyvLpvTO^ nepc avTov ravra, /cat anecTTeLKav ot 
 ap^iepei^ /cat ot <l>aptcratot vTrrjpeTas Lva Trtacrco- 
 (Tti' avTov. ^ etTrei/ ow 6 'lT7croi'9 *Ert XP^^^^ l^^~ 
 Kpov ixe0' vp.oiu eljjil kol vnaycj 71/309 tou neix^avTa 
 /Lte. L,r)Ty}cr€.Te pie /cat o^x ^vpr^creTe /xe, "^ Kat ottou 
 
 etyutt eyoj v/xet? ou Svi^aaOe i\Oelv. elnou ovu ot 
 
 5,C>-^ vc 'n'^'f ■'\\27 ' 
 
 lofoatot 77/309 eafrou9 Hov outo9 fueWei nopev- 
 eauaL otl rjpeis '^° ov)( evpr]cropeu avTou ; pi] ei9 7171/ 
 CLaa-TTopav tcji/ 'EXXtJvcju peXXet TTopeveaOai koI oiod- 
 aK^Lu Tovs "EXXT]ua<i ; '^'' Tt9 icTTLv 6 Xdyo9 ouro9 ov 
 eiTTC Ar)T7](TeT€ pe Kat ovx evprjaere /xe /cat ottou 
 €t/xt eyw v/xet9 ov Sui'acr^e iXOeu^ ; 
 
 ^' 'Ez^ 8e TTj iaxoLTT) rjpepa r// peydXy T179 iopTrj<; 
 L(TTT]K€i^^ 6 '\r)aov<;, kol €Kpa^eu^^ Xeyoju ]^au rt9 
 oti//a €px€(ruo) 7r/309 /xc Kat irivero}. o nLcrrevwv 
 et9 e/x€, Ka6oj<; eirreu 17 ypa(f)y], noTapoL e/c Ti}9 KOtXta? 
 avTOu pevaovaip voaTo^ L^oiVToS' lovro oe eiireu 
 
 nepL Tov TTuevpaTo^ ov^^ e/xeXXot'^* Xap/^dueuu ol 
 7rto-TeufTai'Te9 et9 avTOv ovttcj yap rju nfevpa, 
 
 ^T 7rot«r T. 
 
 ■^'' Omil, ill srcondary rrndiiit^ Tr ?)iarff. 
 
 ^i"' viTTji)fTn? aflcr (iTrtfrTftXni/ T. ^o f ),„it T Tr not marff. 
 
 ^7 fitnti nlrm T. 28 ( ,,„j| T. 
 
 20 Omit T Tr not mar(/. »<» darijitft T Tr. 
 
 31 cVC'i'T. «=* OmitT. 
 
 3'^ o Tr w.y;y/. WH marff. ^* 7>fAXoi/ T. 
 
 3'' TTIfri-f V'll/Tf V T. 
 
 ''^ Tr ucl(l''Ayioi' 111 i)riiiiai,y rciidiuf,', RV marr/. udd^Aytoi/ fitbofUmv.
 
 260 KATA inANHN. Vii. 40. 
 
 oTt 'Ir^crovs ovno)^'^ iSo^da-drj. *° 'Ek tov ox^ov ovi> 
 aKovaavTes toju koyiov tovtcju ekcyov otl"° Uvto^ 
 icTTiv dk-qOm 6 npo(f)T]Ty]<;' " dXXot eXeyov Ouros 
 iaTLV 6 ^^picrTO?- ol he^^ eXeyov Mrj yap e'/c T179 
 TaXtXatas 6 ^picrro^ epx^rai; *^ ol^ *° r; ypa(f)r] clneu 
 OTt €K "toO cnrepixaTo% AauetS, " Kat "aTTo Bry^Xee/x 
 
 TT^S KWjJLTJ'i OTTOV -QU AaU€t8, *' €p\^Tai'' 6 )(/3t,0-T09 /^^ 
 
 (T\iarfxa ovu eyevero ev toj o^Aoj ot auroi^. rt^^e9 
 
 8e yjOeXop i$ avTcou iridcrai avTov, aXX' ouSet? efiakeu *^ 
 eV avTOv rd^ ^elpa^. '^'"''HXOou ovv ol vttt)- 
 
 pirai Trpo'i tovs dp^tepeLS koI <i>api(raiovs, /cat elirov 
 avTOt? e/cett'oi Atari ovk -qyayere avTOv ; aire- 
 Kptdrjcrav ol vinqperat OvSeVore eXdXrjcrev ovtcos 
 dvOpoiTTo^.'^ ^^ direKptOrjaav ovv^^ avrot?*^ ol ^apu- 
 cratot M17 Kat u/xet? TrenXdurjO-de ; *^ /at; rts e/c roif 
 dp)^6uTo)P iTTLO-Tevo-eu et? avTov 17 e/c twi^ ^apicraioiv ; 
 
 aXXa o o^^Xos ouro? o /xt) yt/.'cocr/cwi' roi^ vopuov evra- 
 paroi d(Tiv. ^ Xe'yet Nt/co'Si^/xo? Trpo? avTovq, 6 iXOow 
 7rpo9 avTOi^ TTpoTepov, et9 wi' eg avTOJV M17 o 
 vopio^ rjiXMV Kpivei tov avOpoiiroi^ iav [xrf aKOvarj irpco- 
 TOV Trap avTov /cat yi'w rt Trotet ; aTreKpiU7]crav Kat 
 elirav avT(o Mrj Kat cru eV rrjs FaXtXatas et ; ipav- 
 
 ^^ ov8fir<o T. 
 
 ^^ Omit, T, omit in secondary reading Tr mrtrr/. WH. 
 
 39 n'AAoi T. *° o^x' T. 
 
 ^^ 6 xP'fTos f'pxfTai T. ^^ firtfidkfv T. 
 
 43 8ia7i T. 
 
 *4 Add 0)5- DITTOS XaXft 6 <iv6puinos T, in primary reading Tr add <bj 
 
 OVTOi 6 I'ivdpWTSOi. 
 
 *^ Omit in secondary reading Tr WH. ^° Omit T.
 
 VIII. 9. KATA IfiANHN. 261 
 
 VTjdov /cat tSe ort e/c ttJ§ FaXtXata? 7rpo(f)i]Tr)<; ^^ otiR- 
 e'yeiy3erat. 
 
 [53 Tx V 48 » 'zl *> jvT j'N 
 
 Kat eTTopevuTjaav eKacTTo^ et<; ror ot/coz^ avrou, 
 
 VIII. ^ 'Ii7cro{>? Se iiropevdr) ei? to "Opo? rwt' 
 'EAat&ji/. ^ ^Opdpov Se ttoXlv TrapeyeucTo ^ eh to 
 lepop, /cat TTa? o Xao ^ r)p^eT O T rpo^ avTov, /cat Kad i- 
 cra<? eStSacr/c6v avTOu?.^ ^^Ayovcrti^ 8e ot y/aa/x/xarei? 
 /cat ot fl^aptcratot 'yv^'a t/ca iirlpoLveta KaTeikr^fxyie- 
 VTjv, KoX crTrjcravTe<i avTTjv ev fxeao) Xey oxiaiv * avTco 
 ALSdcTKaXe, avTTj r) yvvy] /caret Xi^Trrat ^ Itt avTO(f)ojpM ^ 
 poL^evoixeuY)' ^ iu Se tco pofico rjplv^ Majuo"r}<f eveTei- 
 Xaro ra? rotavra? \i6at^eiv av ovv^ tl Xeyet? ; ® 
 ^ TovTo Se ekeyou 7r€Lpd(,oPTe<; avTou, Ipaevcoau^ Karr)- 
 yopelu avTov.^ 6 Se 'It^ctou? /carw Kui/za? toj Sa- 
 KTvko) KaT€ypa(l)€P^ eU Tr}u yrju. ' a>9 Se iirefievov 
 eponaiVTc; avTou,^ dueKvipeu /cat elnep aurot? ^ 'O 
 (ii>ap.a.pTr)To^ Vjxcov irpcoToq in avrrju f^aXera) kidov^^ 
 * /cat TTcikLP /caraKUi/za? ^^ eypacfieu et? ri^t' yi^*^- ^ ot 
 
 ^^ 7r/)of/)ijrr;j tV Ti)s FaXtXatay T. 
 
 *^ Most of tlic aiKuciit aiitliurities omit JcjIiii vii. 5.S-viii. 1 1, as do also 
 all inodf;rii critical editors. The text itseU" varies much in tlic several 
 documents which contain it. We edit this sectiou according to the texts 
 of Trci^'clhs, of Wcslcott and llort, and of tlie Revised Version. 
 
 ^ ri'Kflft' WH Mi/iy. ^ Omit in secondaiy readini,' WH. 
 
 ^ f'ni A^<n)ri(i yiva'iKa WH manj. "^ tlixov WH marij. 
 
 ^ So RV, ftXrfnTui WH marff, ® tnavTo(pd>p(o Tr. 
 
 ' ti WH f/it/ri/. ^ Ailil TTfpJ avTJjt RV WH niarff. 
 
 " ('yjiiifj)fu WH iiutnj. 
 
 "^ Xi'^oi/ in u\>;i\v ^oKtTU) Tl', (V (wtijv Jtoi'] Xt'^oi^ /rJaXtVo) WH marg. 
 
 '' KurCD Kl>\/'UV Tr, KUT-iU KU>//llt Tcji 5uiCTI;Xa> WH iiiunj. RV.
 
 262 KATA lOANHN. viii. 10. 
 
 Se aKOvcraPTeq ^^iqp^ovTo ei? KaO" elq ^^ ap^dixevoL 
 ano 70)1^ TTpea^vTepiov,^^ koX KarekeicpOrj /xoi^o?,^* kol 
 
 ' ^ ' ' > 10 ' 'I ?^ ^ ~ ~i ' ^ 15 
 
 7) yvvYj ev fxecrip ovora. avaKV\\ia^ oe o ir)aovq 
 
 T •> '"' T^ ' '^16 ''17 '^^ """""""" ' 
 
 tLTTep avTT] I u/^a^, ttov etcriu ; ' ouoet? ere /care- 
 Kpivev ; Tj oe enrev Uwoei?, Kvpie. evnev oe o 
 'It^o-qi)? Ouoe eyw ar€ KaTaKpipoj' TTopevov, dno tov 
 
 •^18 / e / -1 
 
 vvp jxiqKeTi ajxapTave.j 
 
 ^^ UdXiv ovv avTOt? iXak-qcrev 6 ^^ 'lr)(Tov<i \tyo}p 
 'Eya> elfxt to <f)a)q tov Koa-p-ov 6 aKoXovOaiU pot^^ 
 ov py} TrepLTTaTTQcrr) iv Tjj CTKOTia, dXX' e^et to (f)(o<; 
 Trj<i C^y^'s- ^^ eliTOP ovv avTO) ot ^PapLaaioL Sv irepl 
 creavTov papTvpelf; • r) papTvpia (rov ovk ecniv dXr)- 
 Otj's. ^* ajreKpiOr) ^lr)(Tov<; kol eTirev avTol<; Kav iyo) 
 papTvpco TTcpi ipavTov, akrjdrjf; Icttlv tj papTvpia 
 pov, OTL otoa TTouev ijkoov Kcu TTOV vnayo) • v/j,ei? 
 e OVK oioare ttouev ep^opai i) ttov vnayco. vp^i^ 
 Kara ttjv crapKa KpiveTc, eyoi ov Kptvo) ovoeva. kul 
 idv Kpivu) he eyo), r) Kpiai^ rj ipr) uXyjOivij earTiv, 
 oTi povo^ OVK etpL, aKK eyut /cat o 7T€p\jja<^ pe TTCiTrm 
 Kai €P T(i) vopo) oe rat vpeTepu) yeypaiTTai on ovo 
 
 13 KoBeli Tr. 
 
 1^ Add ea)f Tcop ((TxoTcov RV, so in primary reading Tr. 
 
 1* Add 6 'l;;o-o£? Tr WH nirnr/. RV. 
 
 1^ Add Ka) ^r^htva Bfavdfifvoi irkfjv ttjs yvvaiKos Tr in primary reading 
 
 1^ Ti) yvuinKi TTOV WH t>/rnr/. 
 
 1' Add (Kflvoi o'l KaTr/yopoi aov Tr in primary reading. 
 
 1^ (cal Tr. 1^ Omit in secondary reading Tr WH. 
 
 20 6>o/ T. 
 
 ^1 ij /luijTVjHa fxov uKr]6rji icmv Tr mui'ij. WH marg. 
 
 23 Umit T. 23 (j,„jt_ T ^jj -^ secondary reading. 
 
 " ytypafifievov tarlu T.
 
 VTii. 28. KATA If2ANHN. 263 
 
 av6p(i}TT(iiV 7) fxapTvpCa oKr^Oiq^ e<JTiv. ^^ lydi ei/xt 
 6 fxapTvpuiu Trepl ep.avTov /cat fxaprvpel rrepl ifxov 6 
 nepxfia^ p.e TraTrjp. ekeyov ovv avTO) ilov ecrriv 
 6 Trarijp aov ; aTreKpidr) ^Irjaov^; Otire e/xe otSare 
 oure Tov Trarepa pov el ipe jjSecTe, koL rov Trarepa 
 pov av rjoeLTe. lavra ra p-qpara ekakrjcrev ev to) 
 
 yal,o(f)vXaKL(t) oiSdaKCJU iu T(p lepco • /cat ovSet? iniaareu 
 avTQv, OTt ovTTOi IkrfKvdei tj copa avTov. 
 
 Klrreu ovv ttoKlv aurot? 'Eyw v-rrdyoi /cat tpqTTj- 
 crere pe, kul ev ttj apapTia. vpoiv aTTodavexaOe • ottov 
 ey(ii VTrayo) u/xet9 ov ovvaaue ektfeiv. ekeyov ovv 
 
 oi 'louSatot Mr^rt aTroKrevei lavrov ort Xeyet "Ottov 
 eyoj virdyoj vpel<; ov SvvaaOe ikOelv ; ^ /cat ekeyev 
 avTOL<; T^fi9 e/c T&ii^ kolto) icTTe, cyo) ck tcov dvo) 
 ci/xf vp€L<; 6/c rourov row Koapov ecrre, eycj ovk 
 elpl e/c ToT/ Kocrpov tovtov. * etTTOt' out' u/xit' ort 
 aTroOavclrrOe Iv to1<^ dpapTLaL<; vpcov • idv ydp prj 
 TrL(TT€vcrr)T€ ort iyo) elpi,^^ diroOavelaOe tv rat? dpap- 
 Ttat? vpo)v. ekeyov ovv avrat z,v rt? et ; enrev 
 
 auTots' o ' iT^crou? 117^' ap^tfv ort /cat AaAoj 
 
 }tpLV ; TTokka e^w Tre^t vpotv kakecv kul Kpivctv • 
 
 dkk o TTi.p\\ia<^ pe akr]Oij<; iwTLV, Kayot a rjKOvcra Trap' 
 avTov TfivTa kakoj et? tov Kocrpov. ovk iyvojcrav 
 
 ort TOV TTUTepa atirot? ekeyev. eLirev ovv o Irj- 
 
 crov<; Otuv vxjfojcrrjTe tov vlov tov dvOpdmiw, rore 
 
 ^* TOV KwTfinv TOVTOV T. ^^ ('yo) fi'^l WH mary. 
 
 *' Omit In .scc(>iii];iiv iciuliii^' Tr WH 
 
 28 So RV manj , J r. T Tr RV. 
 
 9» So RV munj., Ifili- T Tr WH M,tn/. RV. 
 
 "*• Add Lwi'Totrj Tr mk/i/.
 
 264 KATA I12ANHN. viii. 29. 
 
 ■yi>a)cre(T0e on eyci) el/xL, kol o-tt' iixavTov ttolu) ovSev, 
 dWa KaOo)^ eStSa^eV /xe 6 Trarrjp ravra XaXoj. ^^ /cat 
 6 Treixxfja^ jxe jxer efxov icTTiv ovk d(f)yJK€i> /xe jxovov, 
 OTL iyco rd dpeard avTut ttolcj TrdvTOTC. "^' Taura avTov 
 XaXovPTo<i TToWol iiricTTevaav eiq avTov. ^^ '£\e- 
 
 yev ovv 6 'It^ctou? tt^o? tov<; Trema-TevKOTas avT(o 
 'louSatOK? 'Eaj/ v/xet? fxelviqTe ev rat \6yai rw ifxco, 
 dXrj0(oq fxaOr^rai jxov icrre, ^^ kol ypcocrecrde tyju dXtj- 
 Oeiav, /cat 7) dXyjOeca iXevdepaxrei vfxd<;. ^ dneKpi- 
 Orjcrav 7rpo<; avTov Sirepfia 'A/3paa/x iafxev /cat ovhevl 
 oeoovXevKafieu vrajTrore • ttco^ crv Xeyet? ort 'EXev- 
 OepoL yevTjcrecrOe ; ^ direKpidiq aurot? 6 "^^ 'It^ctov? 
 AfjLTju afirju Xeyo) vplv ort Tra? 6 ttolcop r-qv djxapTLau 
 SovXoq iaTLv Trj<; d/xaprtag • "^^ ^'^6 Se SouXo? ou /xeVet 
 eV TrJ oi/cta et<> ro// alcjva' 6 vto? /xeVet et? roi^ alaipa. 
 
 eaz^ oui^ o vto? vjita? eXevuepojcrr), optoj^ eXevuepoi 
 eaecrOe. ^' otSa ort airepp-a ^A^padp. iare' dXXd 
 ^r)TeLTe pe diroKTelvaL, otl 6 Xoyo? 6 e/xo? ov Ywoet 
 ef K/xt/^. a eyo) ecupuKa rrapa tco Trarpt XaXco • 
 
 /cat u/xet9 oui^ a i^/covcrare irapd rov 7raTpo<; rrotetre. 
 
 aTTeKpiuiqcrav /cat enrav avToj O Trarrjp rjpcov 
 'Xfipadp iaTLv. Xeyei avrolq 6 "^^ 'Ii^crov? Ei reKva 
 Tov \\^padp iare, rd epya rov \\l3padp TroLeLTe-^"^ 
 
 vuu oe LjjTeiTe pe aTroKTetpat, avupoiTTov o? Tr]v aXxj- 
 Oeiav vpw XeXdXrjKa rju yJKOvaa irapd tov 6eov' tovto 
 \fipadp OVK iiTOLTja-ep. "^^ u/xet? Troieire ra epya tov 
 
 ^° Omit in secondary readinc- Tr WH. 
 
 ^^ Omit in secondary readint;- WH. ^2 ^'^^ ^ -pj. y;;^^;.y_ 
 
 S3 So RV mtr^., enouiTf T Tr WH Mur^.
 
 VIII. 52. KATA mANHN. 265 
 
 Trarpos vixcop. eLvav^'^ aural 'Hyu.et? e/c Tropueiaq ovk 
 iyepvrjdrjfjiev'^^ eua irarepa i^^ofxeu tov Oeov. *^ elireu 
 aurofs o Ir^fTou? bjL o c/eo? Trarrjp vfxcjv rjp rfyairaTe 
 at* e/xe, eyw ya/> f'<^ tou ueov egrjKtfop kul yjKco- ovoe 
 yoLp o-tt' ifjiavTov iktjkvOa, aXX' e/cett'd? /xe aTrecrreiXei'. 
 
 Ota Tt rr^i^ AaAtav tt]!' e/xi^i' ou yivojcTKeTe ; otl 
 ov hvvacrOe aKoveiv rov \6yov tou epov. ^ vpelq e/c 
 TOV TTaTpO<i TOV Sia/36XoV €(TT€ KoL TttS kTTi9vpia<i TOV 
 TTarpoq vpcop Oe\eTe iroieiv. e/ceti^o? av0p(oTroKT6uo<; 
 i)v air ap^i^9, Kat ev ttj aArjueLa ovk earrjKep, ' on 
 OVK ecTTLV dkrjOeta ev avToi. orai' XaXi^ to i/zeuSo?, 
 eK Tcop lSlcop XaXet, otl ij/evcrTYj^; ecTTLP kol 6 7raTr]p 
 avTOv. ■*" eyo) 8e otl ttjp akrjOeLap Xeyo), ov ULaTeveTe 
 poL. **' Tt? €^ vpwp eX€y)(€L pe Trepl a/xapria? ; et 
 aXijdeLap Xeycu, Sta tl^^ vpel^ ov -maTeveTe poL ; 
 *' 6 oiP e/c TOV Oeov to. prjpaTa tov Oeov d/couet* Sta 
 TOVTo vpeZ<i OVK OLKOveTe OTL Ik tov Oeov ovk ecrTe. 
 ^^ aTTeKpiO-qcrap ol 'louSatot /cat el-rrap avTOi Ov /caXa>9 
 Keyopep ripeL<i otl ia/xapetr?^? et cru /cat oaLpoPLOP 
 e^et? ; '*'* aTreKpiOrj ^\y](TOvq 'Eyoj Sat/xoVtoi/ ou/c e^w, 
 aXXa Tt/xw TOt' TTUTepa pov, kol u/xetq aTtpaljeTe pe. 
 
 kyo) oe ov t;qT(7) ttjp oo^rxp pov • ecTTLP 6 QrjTWP /car 
 KpipoiP. ^' \\pr)P dprjP Xcyo) vptv, lap tl<^ top epop 
 Xoyop Trfprjrrr], OdpaTOP ov prj Oeo)py](Tr) et? top auopa. 
 
 eiTTap avTO) ol louoatot Nvp eyPMKapep otl Oat- 
 poPLop CY€t9. \\/^padp aneOapep kol ol irpocjjrJTaL, 
 
 ^'^ urin- Tr. 36 „^ yfyfvvi^ftffia T WH miirfj. 
 
 3" ;^.n7-,' T. 3' So RV oi'»c itjTrjKfv T Tr RV w^r^. 
 
 ^^ 2(i,u,,,lTr){ T. 30 ,;^„^ Tr.
 
 266 KATA IfiANHN. viii. 53. 
 
 Kttt crt» Xeyet9 Edu Tt9 tou Xoyov fxav TTjpTJay), ov 
 /MT) yevcriQTaL Oaudrov et<? tou aicui/a* ^^ /X17 (tv fiei^cDu 
 el Tov TTarpog rjixaiu 'A^padfi, ocrrt? aTridavev ; kol 
 ol 7rpo(f)rJTaL aTridavov riua creavTov ttolel^ ; ^^ dne- 
 Kpidiq ^liqcTOv^ 'Eai^ eyoj So^cccrw efjcavrop, rj So^a 
 fiov ovSev ecTTLV ecTTiv 6 TTariqp pov 6 So^di,(t)p pe, 
 OV vp^ecs Keyere otl tfcoq vpoiv^^ earcu, kul ovk 
 kyvciiKare avTov, eyot Se oiSa avTov kolv eiTTO) otl 
 ovk olSa avTov, earopai opoLO<i vplp^^ xljev(rTr)<; • dWd 
 olSa avTov koI tov \6yov avTOv Tiqpo). ^^ 'A/Spadp 
 o TTaTTQp vpcDV rfyaKKiacTaTo it'a 1617 tyjv yjpepau ttqv 
 epirjv, /cat etoev /cat e-^ap-q. enrav ovv 01 lovoatoi 
 TTyao? avTov nevTiJKOvTa eTrj oviro) e)(€L^ kol ^A/Spadp, 
 eo)paKa<; ; enrev avrots li^crovs Ap^rjv aprjv keyo) 
 
 u/Ati^, 7^pl^' Appaap yeveauai tyco ei/xi. iqpav ovv 
 
 XlOovs Lva l3d\a)(TLv en avTOv 'lr)(T0v<s Se iKpvfiy) 
 Kol e^rjXOev Ik tov lepov.'^^ 
 
 IX. ^ Kai irapdyoiv ei^ev dvOpoiiTov TvcfiXov Ik yeve- 
 TrJ?. ^ KOL rjponiqaav avTov ol pa07)Tal avTOv XeyovTe^i 
 *Pa/3/3et, ^ Tt9 rjpapTev, ovto^; ^ ot yot'etg auroi), tVa 
 TV(f)Xoq yei^vr)6y ; ^ aTTeKpWr) "it^crovf; OvTe o5ro5 
 rjpapTev ovTe ol yovet^ avTov, dXX iva (ftavepcoOrj 
 ra e^ya tov oeov ev avTio. r)paq oet epyaC,eauai. 
 
 *o So Tr Mar//., TjfiStv T Tr WH marff. ^^ {./xwi/ T Tr mar/ji. 
 
 ■^^ f('S_77 T. ''^ (w/ja/cff Tr mftr/jf., taipaKev at WH w.'T/-/;. 
 
 ^^ RV mnrg. adds »cai SuX^w;' Sta neaov avTotv tnoptiifTO, koi Tiaprjyfp 
 
 OVTOtS. 
 
 ^ 'Pa/3/3i Tr. ^ «>« Tr mart/.
 
 IX. 15. KATA IfiANHN. 267 
 
 TO. epya tov Tre/xi/zat'To? jxe^ ewq* r^fMepa iaTtf epx^" 
 rat pv^ ore owSetq Swarat epydt^ea-Qai. " orau iv 
 Tcu Kocriicii Si, (f)co<; et/xt tov Kocrfiov. ^ ravra enroiv 
 iuTvaeu ^^afxal koL iiroLrjaeu TrrjXou eK tov TTTv<TfiaTo<;, 
 Koi irriOrjKev^ avTov^^ tov tttjXou enl Toix; o^^aX/xou?, 
 ^ Koi eiirev avTio 'Tnaye vixjjaL et? Trju KoXvfji/BrjOpav 
 TOV StXoidfi (o IpfjirjveveTaL ^ATTecrTakfxevo^). oLTrrjXOeu 
 ovv Kol kvi\\iaTo, KoX TjXdev /^Xenoiu. ^ Ot ovu 
 
 y€iTOU€<; /cat ot 6eajpovi'T€<; avTou to irpoTepov ort 
 7rpo<TaLTr]<; ^v eXeyov Ovx owrds ecttlv 6 KaOijiiepoq 
 /cat TTpocraiTUiv ; ^ dXXoi eXeyov ort 05ro9 icrTLv 
 dXXoL eXeyop Ov^t. " aXXa "^ o/xoto«? avT(o ecrrtV. 
 EKeipoq eXeyep ort Eyoj et/xt. eXeyop ovp avTio 
 
 llwq (wp^ r)P€(i))(^0r)(rdp (TOV ol 6(l>9aXp.ol ; dTrfKptdr) 
 eKelpo<; 'O dp0p(i)Tro<; 6 Xeyo/xei/o? ^\r)aov^ ■jrrjXop 
 enoLrj(T€P /cat kTre^piarlp p-ov Tov<i 6(f)0aXpov<; /cat elirep 
 /xot ort 'Tnaye eiq roi^ StXo>a/x /cat pixfjat • diTeXOoiP 
 OVP /cat PL\\iapevo^ auepXexfja. " Kai enrap avTO) 
 ilov ecTTLP e/cetj^oq ; Xeyet Uvk otoa. Ayou- 
 
 o-tj^ avTop Trpoq tov<; <l>apto-atou<? rw TTore TV(f)Xop. 
 " i^t' Se ad^ftrxTOP Ip fj r)pfp(i. top TrrjXop enoLrjcrep 
 o '\r)fTOv<; /cat dpeco^cp avTov tov^; 6(jj0aXpov<;. ' ira- 
 Xlp out' TjpioTdiP avTop /cat ot <I>aptcraiot vtof; ape- 
 /iXe\fjep. 6 Se etTrei^ awrots llrjXop eneOrjKep pov 
 
 ^ fffias T. '^ oii Tr mn/i/. WH mar//. 
 
 » So Tr /«^/r/7., f'n€xpi<r(v T Tr WH wj^r^jr. '^" [airroOJ Tr raar^. 
 
 8 Add fit oTi Tr OTffr^. ' dXX' Tr (not wjary.). 
 
 " Oiiill Tr WH in scrondjiiv ifading. 
 
 » Omit T Tr in socondary reading. ^^ Add [ojcj Tr OTarjr.
 
 268 KATA IfiANHN. ix. 16. 
 
 €7rt TOV9 o^OakyiOV^, /cat epLxjjdfirjp, /cat ^kenoi. ^*' eXe~ 
 yov Qvv c/c roH^ ^apicraiiov rti^e? Ovk ecrriv ovto^ 
 napa Oeov 6 duOpo) 7ro<;,^^ on to croi/BfiaToi^ ov rrjpei. 
 dXkoi 8e ^^ eXcyop 11 w? Su^'aTat dv6po)Tro<i dfxapTOj- 
 Ao9 Totaura cyrjp^eia TToieiv ; /cat cr^icrixa -qv iv avrot?. 
 ^' keyovcriv ovv rco TV(f)kco irdkiv Tt crv ^^ Xeyet? irepX 
 avrov, ort rjpecogev aov tov<; o(ptfak[xov<; ; o oe et- 
 TTev oTt U po(f)iJTr)'; ecrrtV. ^^ Ou/c kiricTTevcrav ovv ol 
 'louSatot irepX avrov ort -^p tu(^Xo?"^* /cat dpe^kexpep, 
 ecu? OTOv i(f)(itvr)(rap tov<; yoj/et? avroi) tov dpa/Bke- 
 ^//a^'To? ^^ Kat rjpoiTTjaap avTov^ keyopre^ Ourd? ccttlp 
 o vto9 vjxwp, OP v/ACt? keyere ort tv(^Xo? iyepprjOrj ; 
 TTw? ODt* pKeiret apn ; aTreKpiu-qcrav ovp ot yot'et? 
 avToG /cat elnap Oioafxep ort ovrd? icmp 6 vto? 
 r^fJiOip /cat ort TV(f)ko<; iyepprjOrj ' ^^ ttox; 8e i^C/^ /SXe- 
 Tret ov/c oiSafjiep, 77 Tt<? rjpoi^ep avrov rov<; 6(f>0akjjiov<; 
 rjjieif; ovk ouSajxep ' avrov ipcoryjcrare, rjkiKiap e^ec, 
 
 5\ \t -^16 XX' 22'^ "y 17 « 
 
 avro9 Trept eavrov kaKrja-et. ravra enrav ' ot 
 
 yovei^ avrov on i(f)o/3ovpro rovq 'louSatou?, yjSr] ydp 
 cTvp€reP<:Lpro ol 'lovSatot tVa idp rt? avrop ofioko- 
 yy](Tyj Xptcrrop, aTrocrvpdyojyof; yeprjrai. ^^ 8ta rovro 
 ot yot'ct? avrov elirap on HXt/ctat" e^et, avrov ine- 
 poirrjcrare.^^ ^* 'Kcficopyjcrav ovp rov dvOpconov Ik hev- 
 ripov 09 rjp rvfpko^ /cat elvrap avrco A09 Sd^'at' rco 
 
 ^^ OJtos o uv0pa>Troi niiK (<ttiv napa 6eov Tr marg. 
 ^^ Omit T Tr WH in secondary reading, but [Se] Tr marg. 
 J^2 o-i T( T Tr marg. ^^ ^yot^/i- T. 
 
 ^* Tv^Xoy ^1/ Tr »?rtr7. ^^ Omit Tr. 
 
 i« ahroi Tr »/r//Y/. ^' 617701/ T Tr. 
 
 ^® €pa>TijaaTf Tr WH war^.
 
 IX. 35. KATA inANHN. 269 
 
 Tw\6<i icTTLu. ^'^ dneKpCdr) ovv iKtCi/os Kt dfJLapT(i)X6<i 
 icTTLU ovK olSa' eV olSa otl TV(f)Xos mv^^ dpri /SXeVcK. 
 €LTrai> ovv avTco It eTroirjcrcv crot ; ttms rjuotgeu 
 
 aov T0U9 6(f)dakfJiov<; ; '^^ dTT€Kpi0r] avTol<; FjIttov vpuu 
 tJSt) Kal OVK rjKovaaTe' tl^^ TrdXiv OeXere dKovetv ; 
 p,rj Kal v^tt9 OeXere avTov fxa07]Tal yeveaSai ; ^^ /cat ^^ 
 ikoLOoprjcrap avTov koI etTrat'^* ^v p.a0r]Tr)f; et e/cet- 
 vov, rfp^els 8e rov Mwucreicos iorp^kv fJLaOrjTaC' '^^ r}[xeL<i 
 otSafMeu OTL Mojucret XeXdX-qKeu 6 0e6<i, tovtov he ovk 
 OLoapL^v TTodev idTLv. ^^ dneKpLOr) 6 dv0pa)7ro<; kol 
 elnev aurotg Eu tovto) yap to OavpacTou IdTLv otl 
 v/x€ts OVK otSare ttoOcu Icttlv, koX rjuoL^ev pov Tov<i 
 ofpOaXpov^;. "^ olSapeu otl 6 Oeoq dpapTcoXojv^^ ovk 
 aKovEL, aXX' idu rt? deodej^r)^ t) Kal to OeXrjpa avTov 
 
 TTOLTf TOVTOV aKOV€L. CAC TOV tttWI/O? OVK ifKOVCUiq 
 
 OTL -qviw^ev'^^ tl<; 6(f)9aXpov<; tv(})Xov yeyevui]p4vov' 
 et p-)q Tju ovTO<; napa tfeov, ovk ijOvvaTo ttolelv ovoev. 
 aiTf.KpLUr](Tav /cat eLirau avTO) Ev apapTLaL<; av 
 iyeppr]Or]<; o\o?, Kat av 8tSacr/ctt? 17 /xa? ; Kat e'^e- 
 ftaXov avTou e^cj. "^"UKovaeu 'It^ctoi)?^^ otl 
 
 cgcpaAof avTou ego), Kat evpcov avTou enrcv ''" ii> 
 
 ^^ 6 iivSptoTT'ii ovToi T Tr (iiol iiuiri/.) 
 
 2° 7/:tr;i/ k^hI Tr wr//y/. 21 ^JJ [ttuAii'] Tr y//tf/y, 
 
 22 Alld 0^1/ WH W,//Y/. 
 
 28 Oinit, T ; olbi Tr but *cai [Tr ///rtry.]. 
 
 34 ,7, 
 
 flTTOV 
 
 Tr. 26 (ipipTwXwj/ 6 Otoi T. 
 
 2" ^Vn^«V T. 
 
 2' o 'lr;f7(M'v Tr in ]»iiiiiary nailing'. 
 
 2^ Aild ui/Tw Tr ill jiriiiiaiy rtadiiij^
 
 270 KATA I12ANHN. ix. 36. 
 
 ' ' •>■ "■ '^'/3' 29 36' 'Q 
 
 TTLCTTeveLS CIS TOP VLOV Tov apupconov ; aneKpLUi] 
 
 eKeiPO<; Kai enrep Kai rt5 ecmp,^ Kvpie, Lpa iri- 
 
 ar^vacj els avTOP ; ^' elnep avrio 6 'Ir^crou? Kat 
 icopaKa<;^^ avTOP Kat 6 XaXwp jxera crov iKelpos iarip. 
 ^6 8e €(^17 ntcrreuoj, Kvptf kol npoaeKVPiqa-ep avTw. 
 ^^ KoX elnep 6 ^Irjcrovs Ets Kpifxa eyo) els top k6- 
 (TfJiOP TOVTOP rjkOop, Lpa ol fJLT) /SXenopTes (BXenojcnp 
 Kol ol (SXe-jTOPTes TV(f)Xol yepoiPTai. ^^ WKOvaap eK 
 TO)p ^apiaaioiv toajtol 01 fxeT avTOv oPTes, Kat 
 emap avTO) Mr] Kat rjjxeLS TvcpKoi ecrjxep ; emep 
 avTOLs o irjcrovs tiL TVfpKoi iqTe, ovk up et^ere 
 ajxapTiap ' pvp he XeyeTe otl Bkenofjiep ' 7} afxapTta 
 
 ' '^ '36 .^^— .^.— — — 
 
 vjxoip fxepei. 
 
 X. 'AfjiTjp dfXTfP Xeyo) vplp, 6 fjcr) elcrep^ojxepos 
 Sta Trjs Ovpas els ttjp avXrjp tcop irpo/BaTcop dXXa 
 dpaj^aipuiP dXXa\69ev eKeipos KXenTTjs ecrTlp kol 
 XrjaTTJs ■ ^ 6 Se elaep^op^epos Sta ttjs Ovpas ttolixtJp 
 eoTTLP tcop TTpo^aToiP. ^ TOVTW 6 6vpo)pos dpolyeL, 
 KOL ret 7rpo/3ara Trjs (^(uprjs avTov d-Kovet, Kat tol tSta 
 TTp6(3aTa (fiojpel Kar' opofxa Kat e^dyei avrd. * orap^ 
 TO. t8ta irdpTa eK^dXy, efXTrpocrOep avTcop Tro/jeuerat, 
 
 29 ()fov Tr RV (not mar//.). 
 
 ^° 60 T ; omit koI emei* Tr iiiar^. WH secoudary reading; omit WH 
 
 ^^ Add ((f)r} Tr mar//. WH marff. ^^ foapuKas Tr. 
 
 33 Omit T. 3* flnop Tr. 
 
 3^ Otr)it ill secondary rcadint,' WH. 
 3^ al ifiapriai vp-wv p.€vovaiv Tr marg. 
 ^ [»cat] orav Tr marg.
 
 X. 16. KATA IfiANTIN. 271 
 
 /cat TO. Trpo/SaTa avroj aKoXovOel, on otbacriu TTfv 
 (j)0)vrjv avToi) ' ^ dWoTpLco 8e ov jxr) aKoXovByjcrovcrLu 
 aWa (f)ev^ouTaL an avTov, otl ovk otSacTL twu dXXo- 
 TpuDV TTju (fiojvTJi'. ^ TavTr)v Trjv napoifJLLap elnev 
 auTOt? 6 'iT^croO? ■ IkcIvoi 8e ovk eyvcoarav Tiva yjv^ 
 d eXaXet aurot?. ' Wnrev ovv ttoKij^^ o* 'Ii^crovg 
 
 A/L1171' dfjiiju Xeyw vjxlv, iyw ^ eljXL 17 6vpa twu npo- 
 /BaToju. ^ TTavTe'i ocroL -qkOov npo ifxav^ KXeVrat elalv 
 Kat \rj(TTaL' dXX' ovk yJKOvaau avTiov tol Trpo^ara. 
 iy(o eljXL rj 0vpa' 8t' ifxov idv rt? eltrekOy (tojOtJ- 
 crerat Kat etcreXeucrerat /cat e^eXeucrerat Kat poixi]u 
 avpr)cr€L. o KKenTT)*; ovk ep^erat et fjcrj Lfa KAei/zTy 
 Kat Ovcrrf Kat dTToXecrj)' iyw rjXdov Iva (.corju €)(o}- 
 aiv KoX irepicrcrov e^wcrt//. 'Eycu et/xt 6 ttolixtju 
 
 o KaXo9 ■ 6 TroLfXTju 6 KaXo9 tt)i^ xlfv)(rfv avTov tl- 
 OrjCTLU vnep toju Trpo/Bdroju' ^^6 fXLcrOoiTo^i'^ Kat ovk 
 (Dv TTOLfJiTJu, OV OVK icTTiu TO. 7r/5o/3ara tSta, Oecopel 
 Tou XvKou lp^6p.cvov Kat d(j)ir](jLP rd irpo^ara koX 
 ffiCvycL, — Kat 6 XvKo<i dpTrd^et avrd Kat (TKopvL^CL, ^ 
 — OTL p.Krdono'; icmu Kat ov juteXei avra» Trepl twv 
 TTpo^drow. iy(ii eifXL 6 ttoi/xt)!/ 6 KaXds. Kat yLvut- 
 
 (TKu) TO, lp.d Kill yivoHTKoviri^ jxe Ta ifid, ^^ KaOojq 
 yiv(ji(TK(.i fxe o TTaTrjp KdyM yivctnTKCi) tov naTepa, Kat 
 
 TTjU XpV)(TJl/ fJiOV TlOiqfU Virlp TO)U TTpo^dTOiU. *'' Kat 
 
 2 V Tr 8 Oiiiil, T, TrciAn; avrvli Tr. 
 
 "* Oriiil ill secondary reading WH. ^ on tyu> T. 
 
 « Omit. T 
 
 ' Add di Tr ill |iriinarv n^iidinj;, liiif ffif ] /KfrflujTov Tr mary. 
 
 ^ Add [t("j npojinra. o fit fii(T0u>rui (ptvyn] Tr i/iitrf/. 
 
 ^ yivwiTKovniv Tr
 
 272 KATA lOANHN. x. 17. 
 
 aXXa Trp6/3aTa e^w ct ovk eariv e/c T179 avXrjs ravxT/? * 
 KOLKelva 0€L fxe ayayelu, Kai rrjq (ftojvrjf; jxov olkov- 
 (Tovcriv, KoX yevrjorovT ai^^ jxia TToiixvy), " ets iroLfJLTJp.^^ 
 ^' Sea TOVTO jxe 6 iraTrfp dyava ort iyo) TidrjfXL rrju 
 \Ijv)(7Ju jxov, Iva TTokiv Kd/Boi avTiqv. ^^ ouSet? rjpev ^^ 
 avTrju an ip-ov, dX\ eyto TiOrjjxi avTTjv a,7r' ifxavrov. 
 i^ovaiau e;^w delvai avT7]u, Kal i^ovcrCau e^w irdXiv 
 XajSelu avTiju' TavTr)u ttjv ivToXrju eXa/Bou vapd tov 
 TTttT/ads jLtou. ^^ Sxicrixa Trdkiv lyev^TO Iv rol^ 
 
 'louSaiot? 8itt Tov<^ \6yov% tovtovs- ^'^ eXeyov 8e^^ 
 TToXXol i^ avToJu AaLfjiovLou ej(€t Kal jaatVeraf tl 
 avTov d/covere ; ^^ dXXot eXeyov Tavra ret prjpiaTa 
 OVK ecTTLu oaip.ovit,opi€vov ' p.rf oaifJioi'Loi/ ovparaL tu- 
 (fiXoJu 0(l)6 aXp^ovs dvol^ai ; 
 
 22 't7i ' '13 ^ 14 > ' ' ^ 15 16 »T 
 
 hiyeveTO Tore ^"^ ra evKatvia €v tois lepo- 
 
 croXvfxoL'i' ^etju-wf '^p, ^ Kal irepieTraTei 6^^ ^liqcrov^ 
 ev TO) i^poi ev ttj crroa tov ZiOkop.o)vo<^. eKVKKoi- 
 aav^^ ouu avTov ol 'louSacot Kal eXeyou avT(o Ecu^ 
 TTore TTju xjjvx'^u rjfxcou atpet? ; et cri) et 6 ^picTTo^, 
 617701^^°" Ty/xtt' TTappiqana. aTreKpior) avrot?^*' o ' 
 
 'irjaovs ^Inop vplv koI ov 7rtcrrev€T€ * to, epya a iyoj 
 TTOiC) iv Tw 6v6p.aTi TOV Trar/jo? fxov ravra fxapTvpeZ 
 
 ^^ "yfi'r/crfrai T. 
 
 " So RV nH/rff., aipfi T Tr RV WH marr/. ^^ oiv T. 
 
 13 So Tr ?//r//V7. RV munj., Se T Tr RV. 1* ey- ^r. 
 
 15 Omit T. i« 'lep- T Tr. 
 
 1' Tr WH omit in secondary reading. 
 
 1^ eKvK\evaav Tr ?/i«r^. WH ///«ry. 
 
 18a ,,Ve Tr.
 
 X 37. KATA lOANHN. 273 
 
 nepl cfxov " ^^ dWa Ujitets ov TncTTeveTe, on ovk ^^ eVre 
 
 ' "■ n ' "^ ' '^ 20 27 ^ ' I J ^ 
 
 e/c Tuiv niJopaToju tojv efjiMu- ra Trpopara ra 
 
 e/xa ri^s (jjiovrj'^ {xov aKovovaiv, Kayoj yivcLXiKoj avra, 
 
 Koi u.KoXovSovariv /xot, ^^ /cdyw StSw/utt avroi? t,(t)r^v 
 
 atoji^toi^, Kai ou /xt^ aiToKoiVTai ets Tot' aLcoua, Kai 
 
 ov^ dpTToicreL rt? aura eV r^s ^eipos fxov. ""^ 6 TraTijp 
 
 /xov o oeocoKep jxol TravTojv fxeLL^ov ecmv, Kai 
 
 ouoet? ovvo.rai apTraL^^iv eK 7179 )(eLpo<^ tov Trarpo?. 
 
 30 ' ^ '^ ' \ ■■/ 5 31 't:' O ' 25 ^ 
 
 eyco Kttt o TraTTjp ev eap.ev. bj^aaTacrap irakiv 
 
 Xidov^ ot 'lov3atot tVa XiOdcroidiv avTov. '^" dTreKpiOr) 
 avTols 6 'irjcrov'; noXXa ipya eSet^a u/t>ttj/ fcaXa 
 efc TOW iTaTpo<; ' ota ttolou avrcov epyov ejtxe Kioa- 
 ^exe , ^ dneKpiOyjaau amco ol 'lovSaiot Ilepl Kakov 
 cpyov ov \iddQopi4v ere dXXd nepl (3kaa(f)r)p.La<^, Kai 
 oTt (TV avupojTTOs ow TTotet? creavTov tfeou. aTre/c/atr/T/ 
 avTOi<; o \r)aov<; Ovk ccttlu yeypafxpeuov eu t(o vopo) 
 vfxoju oTi Eyw etTra Weot eo'TC ; ei eKecuov? enreu 
 U(Lov<^ -npo^ ou? o A.oyo9 row ueov eyeuero , Kai ov 
 vvaTai kvuy]uai rj ypa<py), ou o iraTyjp rjyiacrep Kai 
 aTreVretXei/ et? top KoafJiOP vpei^ Keyere on BXacrc/jr;- 
 /xei9i OTt eiTTov Tto? tou ' c7eou eifxi ; ei ov ttoioj 
 
 ^' ou yri/) Tr mirrq. 
 
 ^^ Add 1 K(td(t)<i (iTTou viilu] Tr wr//;-/. 
 
 ^' f<ijr)«' aloivioi- fiidwui riuToiv Tr iihirij. 
 
 22 2s WH ///^//v/. RV (not W(//v/ ), 
 
 2' fi(i(<i)v uTJiv WH marfj. 
 
 2'' Tr iidds /loi/ iti piiiiiary reading. 
 
 ^^ Tr adds oZv in pritjiary rcadiiip. 
 
 ^^ >caXa tftya (bfi^ti ii/«j) Tr e/jya K«Xa tdfi^n vfxiv T WH marij. 
 
 20 Tj. WH Diiiil, ill .sccoiiclarv rcadiii;^. 
 
 IH
 
 274 KATA inANHN. X. 38. 
 
 \V '^ / • // 38' 
 
 Ta epya tov narpo^ [xov, fxrj Trtcrrevere fxoL et 
 
 oe TTOiCJ, Kau e/txoi fxr] -ma-TevTjTe tols epyoi^ in~ 
 (jTevere, tVa ypwra Kat yti/wcTKi^re ort cV e'^aoi o TTaTrjp 
 Kayo) €u T(o TTarpi. hiLprirovv ovv avTou tto^Klv 
 
 TTidcraf Kal i^rjkOeu e/c Trj<; ^etpog avTwu. 
 
 *^ Kat dnrjkdeu irakiv iripav tov lophdvov et? tou 
 
 ' '' "J- »T ' 30 '^ "^ /^ 'y '^ 
 
 TOTTOV OTTOV "qV XOiaVT)'; TO irpOiTOV paTTTLL.OJP, Kat 
 
 efxtvev e/cet. Kat iroKKoi yjkuov irpos avTov Kat 
 
 eKeyov ort Jojat'rys /w,ei^ (rrjixetov eTTOirjaev ovoep, 
 TTavTa 0€ oaa enrev iMaur)<;^ irepL tovtov aKrjtfTj 'qv. 
 *^ Kat TToXXot i7TL<JTevcrau ets avTou eKct. 
 
 XI. ^ 'Hi^ 8e Tt9 daOevwv, Ad^apos dno Br/^afta? eK 
 T^? K(oix7j<i MapCa^^ Kal Mdp0a^ T179 dhe\(f)T]<i avTrj<i. 
 ^ rju 8e Ma/3ta/x^ r) dXeLxftacra tov Kvpiov fxvpo) Kat 
 eKjxd^aaa tov? TrdSa? aurov rats: Opi^lp avTrj';, 17? 6 
 a.8eX(^o? Aa^a/305 rjcrOevet. ^ direaTeikav ovv at dSeX- 
 <^at 7r/305 avrov Xeyovcrat Kvpte, tSe 01/ (^tXet? daOe- 
 vel. * aKOvcras 8e 6 'It^ctous etTrei/ Auri^ rj dcrOeveLa 
 ovK icTTtv 7rpo<? SdvaTov dXX' virep T179 80^179 tov Oeov 
 Lva oogaaurj o vlos tov oeov ot avTr}<;. rjyaiTa oe o 
 'li7crov9 TT^t* Mdp0av Kal ttjv dSeX<pr)v avr^9 Kat rof 
 Kdl^apov. ^ tu9 oui/ rjKovcxev ort dcrOevel, t6t€ fxev 
 ifieLvev iv w T^f tottm hvo rjfxepa^ ' ^ eTreira /xerd 
 TovTo Xeyet rots fxadrjTals "Ayaifxev eis T171/ 'lovSatai^ 
 
 28 TTKrTe^frf T. 
 
 2^ Omit TraXei/ T, noKw avrov Tr, [TraXii;] avroi/ WH marr/. 
 
 ^'^ 'loidvinji T. 31 So Tr OTff/-^., f/iftffj/ T Tr WH marff. 
 
 1 Tjjs Mapias T. ^ Mapia T.
 
 XI. 20. KATA mANHN. 275 
 
 TrdKiv. ^ \4yov(Tiv avTw ol ixaOrjTai 'Pa^/8et, ^ vvv 
 iCjJTovu ae XiOdaai ol 'louOatot, /cat irdKiv virdyei^ 
 e'/cet ; " dntKpCdri 'It^ctov? O^X^ SaiScKa (hpaC elcnv tt]S 
 rjfjiepa';; idu Tiq TrepLTraTrj iv rrj Tjjxepa, ov irpocTKonTeL, 
 ort TO (pw9 Tov KocTfxov TovTov pAeTTet eav oe rt? 
 
 TTepLTrarrj iv rjj vvktl, npocTKOTTTei,, otl to (f)a><s ovk 
 eaTLU iv auroJ. ^^ raura elnev, /cat /xera tovto Xe'yet av- 
 rots Aa^a/309 6 (^tXo9 r^xoiv KeKOLfxrjTaL, dXXd nopev- 
 ofjLai ii^a i^vTTvCcro} avTOv. ^^ elirav'^ ovu ol fxadrjToi 
 avTM^ Kvpue, el KeKOLjxrjTaL aroiOrjcreTai. ^^ elp-rJKeL 
 8e 6 'It7O"o0s Trepl tov davdTov avTOv. iKelvoL 8e 
 eSo^av OTL TTipl Trjs KOLjXTJaeojs tov vttvov Xeyet. 
 ^* Tore ovv elnev avTols 6 'Irycrou? napprjcrLa Aa^a- 
 /50S dniOavev, *^ Kal ^atpoj 8t' vp.d';, iva TnaTevcrrjTe, 
 OTt ouK 7)ixr)v €K€t aAAtt ayojixev npo^ avTOv. enrev 
 ovv S(i)p,d<? 6 Xey6fievo<; AiSv/xos T0I9 ^ crvvjxa8riTaL<i 
 Aywfxev koi 7]ixel<; Iva dnoddvcjfJLev p.€T avTov. 
 
 VjKuojv ' ovv o Irjaov^ evpev avTov T€<raapa<; 
 17617 rjixepa<; €)(ovTa ev toj ixvyjixeuo. rjv oe ^" 
 
 ]lr)0avCa iyyv<; toji' ^^ 'lepoo'oXv/MO)^' ojs ciTro (jTahioiV 
 Se/caTreVre. ^^ ttoXXoi 8e ck twi/ 'louOatwj/ i\rj\v8ei- 
 aav jrpof; Tr)v^^ MdpOav Kai MapLUfx tva napapv- 
 BTJdcjvTaL avTtt? TTtpl TOV d8eXf/)Ov. ^ rj ovv MdpOa 
 cJs yJKovatv otl 'Irycrou? €p)(^eTaL VTnjvTrjaev avTio • 
 
 » Pfi3/9/ Tr. "* (Innu T Tr. 
 
 * nvra ol /ia^r;Ta.' T. « avfi- Tr, 
 
 ' ^HX^f:/ Tr man/. ^ Kai tvi)tt> Tr marff. 
 
 » Omit ^fir; T, r/^€>«r 71^7 Tr ;/w/-//. i" Add »} Tr. 
 
 " 'I«^ T Tr. " Tay Trf//. T.
 
 276 KATA mANHN. xr. 21. 
 
 MapLafx^^ 8e iu tw olkw CKa^e^ero. ^^ elneu ovu -q 
 MdpOa TTOo?-"^* 'Irjaovif Kvpte/^ et 7^5 a>8e ov/c at' 
 a-rriOavev^^ 6 aSeXc^d? jutou" ^^Kal^'^ wt' oiSa ort 
 ocra ai' aiTTJcry rov Oeov Scoaret trot 6 ^ed?. ^ Aeyet 
 avTT^ 6 'It^ctovs 'Aj'tta'Tifcrerat 6 dSeXr^ds crou. ^ Xeyet 
 auTw 17 Mdpda Ol8a drt duaaTyjcreTai iu rrj dva- 
 (TTacreL iv t-q ia^aTri rjixepa. ^^ elTrep avrfj 6 'lr](rov<; 
 'Eycu eljXL -q dvaoTTacn^ Koi 17 t^wrj ' 6 TncTTevcuv et? 
 e/xe Koti' aTToOavrj ^TJaeraL, ^ Kal ttcis 6 i,(t)u koL ttl- 
 (TTeviou et? ifxe ov fxr) dnodavr] ets tou alojva' TrtcTTevet? 
 rouro ; ^' Xeyec avTw Nat, Kvpie " e'yoj TreTTtcrreuKa 
 ort cru et 6 ^/atcrros 6 utd? rou ^eov 6 et? rot' Kocrfxov 
 ep^oixepo<;. /cat rouro enrovcra a7Tr]Ku€v Kat e^co- 
 
 PTjorev Maptctjut ri^f dSe\(f)rji> avTrj<; \dOpa ^^ eiTracra^^ 
 *0 8t8ao"KaXos TvdpedTiv koX (ficjpel ae. ^^ iKeiuj] 8e^® 
 o>s rjKovaev iyyepuy) ra^v /cat r^p^ero Trpo<; avToV 
 ^ ovTTOi 8e e\y)\v0ei 6 'ir^croCg et? ^71^ Kwfjirjv, dXX' 
 771^ eri^° cV Tw TOTTO) OTTOV virrjvTiqcrev avrco r] Mdpda. 
 
 ot ovf lovoatot ot ovTes fxer avrrjs €v ttj olklo, 
 Kol TrapafjLvdovixeuoL avTrju, tSd^re? ttjv Mapidfx otl 
 ra^e'o)? dvecrrrj koI e^rjXOev, rjKoXovOrjcrav avTrj S6- 
 ^auTe<; otl vrrdyei et? rd p,vrjfxeiov tt'a Kkavcrrf e'/cet. 
 
 Tj ovv mapiapj w? ifkuev oirov iqv irjaovs toovcra 
 avTov eVreo'ei' avrou vrpd? rou? 7rd8a?, Keyovcra avTu 
 
 13 Ma/ji'a T Tr WH marff. 
 
 1* npos TOP Tr iu })riinary reading. 
 
 " Omit WH /Kflr^r. [Tr marr/.']. ^^ irfdvrjKei Tr wary. 
 
 " [aXAa] (cat Tr marff. is ^a^pa T Tr. 
 
 19 etVoCo-a T. 20 (j|„i( t [Tr /«tf/y.]. 
 
 21 iyupfrai T. ^^ (px^erai T.
 
 XI. 44. KATA IDANHN. 277 
 
 Kvpue, el rjs cuSe ovk dv /xou d-nidavev 6 dSeXi^ds. 
 
 33'r '^T'T^J >\ \' V V 
 
 IrjcroVi ovv <u9 eioep avTi)v Kkaiovcrav Kat Tovi 
 (TvuekOouTas avTij 'louSatov? K\aiovTa<i ive/SptfJt'ijcraTO 
 Tuj TTvevjxaTL Kat erapageu eavTou, kul enreu iiov 
 TeOetKare avTov ; Xeyovcnu avT(o Ku^ote, ep^ov Kat 
 toe. eoaKpvaep o it](Tov<;- tkeyov ovv ol lot»- 
 
 Satot "iSe 7rw9 e(^tA.et avTOv. ^' rti^es 8e e^ av- 
 T(ov elnav^^ Ovk iSvparo ovtos 6 duoi^a<i Tov<i 
 6<f)6aKfxov'i Tov TV(f)kov noLrjaaL tVa Kat ovto'; fxif 
 dnodavrj ; ^*^ 'irycrov? ovu ttolXiv ip(3pipcop€vo<; ^* eV 
 iavToj ep^eTai els to ixurj fxelou ' yu 8e (nnjkaLou, 
 Kat Kluos eireKeiTO en avTOi. keyet o irjaovs 
 
 Apare tov kiOov. keyei avTO) r] dhek(f)r) tov rere- 
 kevTTQKOTOf; MdpOa Kvpte, rJSry o^et, rerapTatos yap 
 ierTiv. *' keyei amy 6 '\r]crovs Ovk elnov crot ort 
 cai/ TTKTTevarj'i unffrj ttjv So^ai^ roi) 6'eov ; ^' ypav ovv 
 TOV kiOov. 6 he 'Ir^crou? Ty/'jei/ tovs 6(f)0akpovs dvoj 
 Kat elnev llaTep, ev^apKTTOj crot ort r/Kovo'ctg /xou, 
 eyo) Oe rjoeiv otl iravTOTe pov aKovets ' aAAa ota 
 TOV o)(kov TOV TTepLtfTToJTa eiTiov Lva TntrTevwcjcTLV otl 
 av pe dTTecTTeikas- ^'^ Kat raGra el-rrojv (Ijcovy peydkr) 
 eKpavyatrev Aal^ape, Sevpo e^w. ** e^rjkOev 6 re- 
 OvTjKO)<; 8eSe/xeVos' tou? 7roSa9 Kat ra? \elpas Ket/3tat9, 
 Kat t) oi//t<; aJroO (TovSapuo vrepteSeSero. keyet 6 
 
 iT^o-ov? aiTot? AvaaTe avTov Kat a(/>er£ ttiToi/"^' 
 
 "•* Omit Tr in socoiid.'iry reading,'. 
 
 ^^ Omit 6 in secondary n-adin^ WH Tr mar</., ui/ToU 6 'irjaviis T Tr 
 
 ^^ Tr oiiiils iu sccoudary reading.
 
 278 KATA IfiANHN. xi. 45. 
 
 vndyeiv. *^ TIoA-Xol ovv e'/c twu lovdaia)i>, 
 
 ol ikdovres Trpos ttjv MapLajx koI deacrdfxevoL 6^^ 
 eiTovr^crev, eTnuTevcrau et? avTov Tives oe eg 
 
 avTwu dnyjXdou Trpo? tovs ^a/atcratov? /cat elnav^^ 
 aurot? a eiroirjorev \j](TOV^. ZiVvrjyayov 
 
 ovv ol dp)(Lepelq KaX ol 4>a/3tcratot avvehpiov, koX 
 ekeyov Tt noiovixeu otl ovto<? 6 ap0pwTTO<i TToXXa 
 TTOtet crrjfxela ; *^ eo-f d(f)(t)fxep avTOv ovt(o<;, TrdvTe<s 
 tncTTevaovcrLV ci? avTOU, /cat cXevcroirat ot Pw/Aatot 
 *:at apovcTLu rjixojv Kat rot' tottov Kai to euvo^. ets 
 ^e Tt9 e^ avTwv Kaia^a?,**^ dp^tcpeu? oii^ tou ei^taurou 
 ^/ceti^ov, etTTCt' avTot? T/xets ov/c otoare ovo€f, ovoe 
 Xoyt^ecr^e ort avp>(f)ep€i vpuv^^ Iva ets dvOpwiro^ airo- 
 OdvT) vnep tov \aov /cat /xi^ oXov to e6vo% dirokr^Tai. 
 " Tovro 8e d(^' eaurov ov/c enrev, dWd dp^iepev's (dv 
 rov eviavTOv eKeivov inpocfy'qTeva'ei' ort e/acXXev^^ 'Irj- 
 rrovs aTTOuvrjCTKeiv vnep tov euvovs, /cat oi;^ vnep 
 rov edvovs fJLOvov, dXX' ti'a /cat rd TeKva tov 6eov 
 Ta OL€(TKopTncrix€va arvvayayrj ets ei^. Att cKewTjs 
 
 nvu T7]^ rffxepas i^ovXevaavTo^^ Iva dnoKTeLvcjcnu 
 nvTov. 
 
 °^ O ot»i^ Irja-ov; ovkctl irapprfaia TrepteTraret 
 «cV rots 'lovSatots, dWd dnrjXdeu eKeiOev ets Tr)v 
 \o)pau eyyus tt^S eprfixov, ets bcppatft Aeyoixevrjv 
 rrokiv, /cd/cet e/xeivev^'^ fxerd TOiv fxadrjTcjv. ^ Hu Se 
 
 28 a T Tr wary. WH »i«ry. RV »«ary. ^9 j»r„^ Tj. 
 
 so 6 Tr wary. ^^ Kaia0aj T Tr. 
 
 32 .j/iili; Tr OTO-ry. ^^ .7/xfXXeiy T Tr. 
 
 ** <Tvvf^ov\fv(TavTo Tr »tory. ^^ 'ir/frovr ovu T. 
 
 88 *E</)pat/i Tr. ^' hierpi^tv T Tr »i«ry.
 
 xii. 6. KATA inANHN. 279 
 
 iyyijs TO TroLcr)(a rwv ^lovSaioju, kol avif^iqcrav ttoWoX 
 ets lepocroAv/xa e/c tt;? yoipo.% npo tov iracr^a tua 
 ayvicroi(Tiu cavTovs. ^ iQrjTOvv ovv tov 'irjcrovu Kai 
 eXeyov^^ fxeT dXXtjXcou iu rw te/aw icrTrjK6Te<5 Tt 
 ooKct Uju,tf ; on ov jxr) eXurj et? tt^i^ eopTrjV ; oeoco- 
 Ketaav 8e ol dp^iepel'S koI ol ^apicraioL ipToXdq'^^ 
 iva lav Tts yv^ ttov icrTlv jx-quvay, oncos TTLoicrcoaLu 
 avTou. 
 
 XU. O ovy Ir^crou? Trpo eg rffxepoju tov Tracr^a 
 rjXOev ets HrjdavCav, ottov y)v KaC,apo<;,^ ov rjyeipev 
 CK veKpuyv 'ir^fTov?.^ ^ iTToCrjcrav ovv avTM heLTTvov 
 iKEL, KOL rj MdpOa hfqKOveL, 6 Se Aa^apo? et? r)i/ 
 Ik^ T(ov dvaKELfxevajv crvv avT(o' ^ rj ovv Maptdix^ 
 Xa(3ovaa X'lTpav jxvpov vdphov ttkttiktj^ ttoXvtIixov 
 TJXeLxjjev Tous TrdSa? tov^ ^irjcrov Koi i^Cfia^ev rats 
 Opi^lv avTrjq TOv<i TToSa? avTov • -q Se ot/cia inXr)- 
 po)Or) ^ e/c T7^9 ocTfxrjs tov pvpov. ^ Xe'yet 8e^ 'lovSa? 
 o 'Icr/captojri^s ets Twt'® jxaOr^TOiv avTov, 6 peXXcuv 
 avTov vapaoLOovaL ata rt tovto to pvpov ovk 
 ewpaOr) TpLaKOtrioiv orjvapLO)v koI ihoOrj tttw^oi? ; 
 eiTrei^ 8e tovto ov-^ otl ncpl twv iTToi)(o)v epeXcv 
 avTco aXX otl kXctttt]'; r)v Kai to yXoicrcroKOixov 
 
 38 'Up- T Tr. 39 HXfyav T. 
 
 ■*° firroXrjv Tr mnrq. 
 
 ^ Add o TfdvrjKwf Tr in prini.irv reading;. ^ o 'l^Tory Tr. 
 
 3 Omit Tr b\il, (Tr mf/n/. |. "* M<i(.t'.i T. 
 
 ' Omit in secondary reading,' Tr WH, ^ (ir\f^iTOrj Tr marg. 
 
 ' Omit in secondary reading WH, ovv Tr *^ liyuuvof Tr marf/, 
 
 » »V ri./ T. 10 ^,„^/ T.
 
 280 KATA IfiANHN. xii. 7. 
 
 €)(Oiv ra ySaXA.ojaei'a i^daTa^eu. ^ elireu ovu 6 *lyj- 
 (Tovs A<^e9 avTrfV, iva^^ et? ttjv rjfjiepau tov ivra- 
 cfyiaafxav fxov Trjprjay avTo • ^ tov^ tttw^ou? yap 
 ■navTOTe e)(eTe fxeff eavTcou, ifxe Se ov Trdi>TOT€ €)(^eT€. 
 
 E-ypo) ovv 6^ 6)(ko<^ TToXvs ck twu 'lovSaCcju OTt 
 eKCt ecrrti', Kat -qkuav^ ov ota toi' irjaovu p^ovou 
 aXX ii'a /cat tw Adl^apou ihwcriv ov yjyeipev e/c 
 v€Kpoiv. ^^ if^ovKevcravTO 8e ot dp)(Lepei<s Iva /cat 
 TOi' Ad^apov aTTOKTeivMCTLV, ^^ otl ttoXXoI Sl avTov 
 VTTTJyov Twv lovhaioiu /cat eTricTTevou els tov 'Irycrow. 
 
 T^ inavpLov 6^^ 0^X09 ttoXv? 6 iXOwv els ttjv 
 eopTijv, aKovcravTes otl ep^eTai *lrj(Tovs els ^"^'lepo- 
 crdXv/xa, eXa/3ov Ta /3aia tcov (fyoLVLKcov /cat e^rfXdov 
 €t9 VTravTTjcriv avTOJ, Kat eKpavyalpv 
 ^^ 'ilcravvd, 
 
 " evXoyqfxevos 6 ip^ofxevos iv ovofxaTL Kvpiov," 
 
 Kol^^ 6 /3a(TiXevs TOV 'IcrpaijX. 
 evpcov oe o Irjaovs ovapiov eKauiaev en avTo, 
 KadciiS eaTLv yeypafxjxevov 
 
 ^'^ " M17 (f)o^ov, dvydT-qp ^iwv 
 
 loov 6 ySatrtXeu? crov ep^eTai, 
 
 KaOrjjxevos eVt ttwXov ovov." 
 VavTa ovK eyvoycrav avTov ot paurjTat ' to irpoiTov, 
 dXX' oTe eSo^d(r0r) 'irjcrovs ToTe epvrjaOr^crav otl 
 TavTa Tjv en avT(o yeypapLfxeva /cat raura inoLTjaav 
 
 11 
 
 avTTjp Xva RV, avTr]v • tva RV piar^. ^^ rfKOov T Tr. 
 
 13 Si> RV marg. [6J Tr marg., but omit T Tr RV. 
 1^ 'Up- T Tr. 16 'fl- T. 
 
 ^' [fcaij Tr marg. ^' ol fta^i^rm auroD Tr.
 
 XII. 27. KATA IfiANHN. 281 
 
 avT(o. ^^ ^EfxapTvpet ovv 6 0^X09 6 wv jxer avTov 
 ore^^ TOP Aa^apof i(f)a)i^r)o-eu e/c tov fxur^fxeLov kol 
 rjyeipev avTov e/c veKpwv. oia tovto kcxl VTrr^v- 
 
 TTjcreu avTOj 6 o;^Xo9 otl rjKovcrav tovto avTOu ne- 
 TTOLiqKevai to arjixeiov. 01 ovv *\^api(Taioi eTnav 
 
 77/309 iavTovs Heoj/aetre otl ovk (hffjeXetTe ovSeV • 
 toe o Kocrfjio<; ottlcto) avTov arrrjAueu. 
 
 ^'Haav 8e ''EXXT^j^e'9 rtfe9 e'/c toij^ ava^aivovTiov 
 Iva TrpocTKwrjcrcocrLp''^^ iu Trj iopTy ' ^^ ovtoi ovv 
 npocrrjkOau^^ ^lXlttttm T(o (xtto JirjOcrau)a^'^ Trj<i Ta- 
 XtXaia9, Kol rjpojTcop avTov \eyovTes Kvpte, Oekofxev 
 TOV ^\r](Tovv Ih^lv. ^^ ep^ETat 6^* <t>tXt7r7ro9 /cat Xe'yei 
 TO) ^AvSpeci' epyeroL^^ 'sKvSpea'i koI ^lXlttttos koI^^ 
 Aeyovo'ti' Toj Ir^crou. o oe Jr^(TOU9 anoKpiveTaL ' 
 
 avroi9 Xeyojv 'EXrjXvOev r) wpa iva ho^acrOrj 6 vto9 
 TOV avOpo'mov. afxrjv dixifv Xe'yoj vplv, iav fxr) 6 
 
 KOKKO^ TOV crcTov TTeaojv €19 TTjv yrjv aTToOdvrf, auro9 
 /X0V09 p.cv€L' idv oe diToOdvrj, ttoXvv Kapnov (f)€peL. 
 ^6 <j)iK(j)v Tijv x^v^rfv avTov dTToWvet^^ avTrjv, kol 6 
 fXLcrojv Tijv ^jv)(r]v avTov iv Tco /cocr/xoj rourw et9 C^trjv 
 alojvLov <f)vkd^(.t avTijv. '^' idv ijxoi Tt9 Sta/coi^^ e/xot 
 d/coXou^ttVctj, Kttt oVou et/xl e'yw e'/cet koI 6 oidKovo<i 6 
 e/ixo9 CiTTUi' idv Tt9 t'/xut OiaKovr) rt/xT/cret avTov 6 
 TraTr'ip. ~' vvv "17 ^^^XV /^"^ TeTdpaKTat, kol tl 
 
 18 .'Irt T Tr wr/;Y/. 18 Q,n[t Tr but [koi] Tr wmry. 
 
 ^° A'lil (oXov] Tr marg. ^1 nixxTKvi'rirrovaiv Tr. 
 
 "2 np'XTfiXOou T Tr. aa i(,;{),7ui,'),~, T Tr. 
 
 " Omit T. 2D ^yj ^jjXti/ Tr >/i,rrr/. 
 
 '^ Omit Tr mrrr//. 2' u7rt»cptVaTO Tr ffiflr^. 
 
 2° uTToAcVtt Tr mar//.
 
 282 KATA IfiANHN. xii. 28. 
 
 V / ^ , ,^r/ / op 
 
 etn-cu ; Trarep, acocrou fxe eK ttj^ (opas TavTr)s. 
 dWa 8ta TOVTO rjXOou eis 7171^ wpav TovTiqv. noLTep, 
 So^aaov (Tov to 6vop.a. "^^ rj\0ev ovv (f)Mvrj e/c tov 
 ovpavov Kai eSo^acra kol ttoXlv ho^dcro). ^ o 
 ovp^^ 6)(\o^ 6 ecrrw? /cat*^^ d/covtras eXeyev /Spourrjv 
 yeyovevai • aXXot eXeyou AyyeXo<; avrco XeXaXrj- 
 /cei^. aneKpLUT] /cat etTret" Ir^crovs Uu ot e/xe 
 
 r] (pwuT) avTT) yeyovev aKXa ov u/xa?. uvv xptcrt? 
 
 icrrlv tov koctixov tovtov, vvv 6 ap^wv tov Koa/xov 
 TovTov eK/SX-rjOijcreTai e^w ^^ Kayo) av^^ vxjjioOo) Ik 
 TrjS yrj'i, iTavTa<; eXKV<j(o irpos efiavTOv. tovto 
 
 he eXeyev crrjixaivoiv ttolo) OavaTco rj^ieXXeu dnoOuij- 
 (TKtLV. ^* dneKptdr) ovv^^ avTw 6 6)(Xo<i *H/xet9 
 TjKovcrafJiev eK tov uofxov ort 6 )(picrTos fxevet els 
 TOV atcut'a, /cai ttoj? Aeyetg cru on oet vxpcDUTjvaL 
 
 TOP vlov TOV dvOpOilTOV ; Tt9 eCTTlV OVTOS O VIOS TOV 
 
 autfpwTTOv ; etirev ovv avTois o Irjcrovs i^rt /txt- 
 /c/aoi' ^povov TO (f>(t)'; iv vplv ecTTiv. TrepnraTelTe 
 a»s TO (f)a)s c^tre, tVa /u-17 cr/corta u/xd? KaTaXa/Sr), 
 Kol 6 irepinaTfov iv Trj (tkotlo. ovk olhev ttov vwd- 
 yet. ws TO (pojs ^X^'''^' fTiCTTeveTe ets to (pwg, t^^a 
 
 vtot (f)(oTO<i yevrfaOe. TauTa eXaXiqaev Irj- 
 
 crou9, Kat aneXuojv eKpvpr) an avTMv. locravTa 
 
 8e avToO arjfxela tt err olt] kotos efiirpoaOev avTUiv ovk 
 
 29 TaCrt^i ; Tr RV marg. 
 
 ^0 Omit in secondary reading Tr WH. ^^ Omit, T. 
 
 32 So Tr marg., 'irfuovi Ka\ tlntv T Tr. ^^ ei^ T Tr. 
 
 ^^ ' Western' documents substitute ndvTa WH. 
 
 35 Omit Tr but [ovv'] Tr w^/ry. 
 
 3^ (TV Xt-yfif Tr »/<//y.
 
 XII. 48. KATA lOANHN. 283 
 
 >' » »' 38" «\' 'tt ' 37 '^ 
 
 €nL(TTevou €15 avTou, Lua o Aoyo9 Hcraiou*^' tov 
 iTf)0(f)7JTov irXrjpojOrf bu elnep 
 
 " KvpLe, Tt9 inicrTevcreu rfj aKofj rjfjicju ; 
 
 /cat 6 ^pa^ioiv Kvpiov tlul direKaXvcpdrj ; 
 ^ Sia TovTo ovK rjSvuavTo Tnarevevv on ttoXiv elnev 
 
 'Hcrata? ^^ 
 
 *^ " TeTV(f)X(j}Kev avTwv tovs 6(j)6aK[Jiovs kol iirco- 
 
 pcjcreu avT(ou Ty]v Kaphiav, 
 Iva fXT) lSo)(Tli> Tots 6(f)0a\iJLols koI uorjcrwcTLi' ttj 
 
 KapSia Kol (rTpa(f)a)(TLV, 
 
 Kol laaofxaL afrous. 
 
 TavTa emev Hcratas ' ort etoet' 7171/ oogat' aurou, 
 
 /cat iXaXiqaeu irepl avTov. ^'Ofxojq fxevTOi koI e'/c 
 
 Tcut' ap\6vT0iv TToXXot inLCTTevcrau ei9 avTov, aXXa 
 
 §ta T0U9 <l^a^t(Tatous ou^^ w/xoXdyout' ti'a p-rf atro- 
 
 ' ' 43'*' '^ ^ ^ ' t 
 
 avvayatyoi yeuwvTaL, rjyanrjcrau yap ttju oogau 
 TMV avOp(i)TT(ov pLoXkov yjiTcp'^^ Ty}V Sd^ai/ tov 0eov. 
 
 ^^'Ii^croOs he eKpa^eu kol ecneu O TrLarevoju ets 
 e'/xe ov mareveL €t9 e'/xe dXXa clq tov nepxfjavTa pe, 
 
 /cat o (7eo)poju e/xe ueajpec tov nepxffauTa pe. eyo) 
 f/>w9 ets Tof Kinrpou eXrjkvOa, Lva nas o TTLcrTivoiu 
 et? e/xe eV tt; aKOTia prj peiurj. *' /cat e'ct/^ Tts pov 
 OLKOVcrr} tmu prjpaTCJv Kal pr) (jwkd^r), iy oj ov Kpii'w 
 avTOV, ov yap -qkOov iva Kpivu) tov Kocrpov aXX 
 tt^a (T(ocTO) TOV Kocrpov. o aueTojv epe /cat prj 
 
 Xap^dvo)v TO. prjpaTa pov e)(eL tov KpivovTa avTOV ' 
 6 Xdyrj9 ov eXctXiycra e'/ceti^os Kpivel avTov cV Tjj 
 
 =^7 'Hfrfii- T Tr. ^a -„ Tr mar^. 
 
 ^^ vnip WH marff.
 
 284 KATA IflANHN. xii. 49. 
 
 ia-)(O.Tr) Tjfxepa • *'' ort eyoj e^ ifxavTov ovk iXdXrjaa, 
 aXX o 7Tefjixfja<i fxe naTTjp avTos ^xoi iuToXiju SeSojKCU 
 TL ttTTco Kai Tt KaA.r)(TCO. /cat otoa OTt i^ evTohrj 
 
 avTov C,o}ri alwvios icrnu. a ovv e'yoi XaXw, KaOo)<; 
 etprjKep fxoL 6 TraTrjp, ovtojs XaXw. 
 
 XIII. ^ Upo Se T^s eopTrj<; rod Tracr^^a etScog 
 o It^ctous ort 7)\0eu avTov r) lopa Iva fxeTafirj e/c 
 Tov Kocrixov TovTov 7Tpo<i TOP TTaTepa dya7nj(Ta<; ^ 
 Tovs totov9 Tov<; Iv TO) KocTfXM €19 Teko^ rjydTTrjaep 
 avTov^. ^ Kat ^ SetVfov yivop^evov, tov StaySoXov 1787^ 
 /SefiXrjKOTO'; ets Tr)i' Kap^iau iva irapaSol avTOP 'lou- 
 oas Xifxcjuos 'l(TKapi(oTy]<^, ^ elSojs otl irdvTa eScoKev 
 avT(o o TTaTTjp et9 ras ^ei^as, /cat ort aTTO ^eoO 
 i^rjXBeu koI irpos top 6eop virdyeL, * eyetperat e'/c 
 Tou oetVt'OK Kat Ti6iq(Tiv tol t/xarta, Kat Xa/3wf XeV- 
 Ttoi' Ste^wcret' cavrdt" ^ etra /3aXXet vScop ets toi/ 
 PLTTTrjpa, Kat rjp^aTO PiiTTeLv tov% 7rdSa9 tcuv fxaOr^- 
 TO)P Kat eKjxdcTfTeiP T(o XePTLO) a> t^i' Ste^wcryxeVo?- 
 e^^erat GUI' 7r/309 '^Cfjuopa UeTpop. Xeyet ai^ro; ^ 
 Kupte, cru /uLou vlttt^ls tovs 7rd8a9 ; ^ direKpiOr) 'It^- 
 crov9 Kat elirep aural 'O eya» ttoiw cru ouk ot8a9 
 a^rt, ypoxTT) Se /xera ravra. ^ Xeyet aurw ner^o9 
 Ov /U.17 vi^rj^ jJiov Tov'i 7rdSa9 et9 rdi^ alwpa. dne- 
 KpiBrf \ri(TOV<^ avTOi Edp prq i^ti//w (xe, ouk e^et9 /xe- 
 /309 /xer' ifJLOv. ^ Xeyet avrw Sifjiojp UcTpo^^ Kvpte, 
 fJiYf TOU9 7rdSa9 ftov jxopop dXXd Kat ra9 ^eipas kol 
 
 ^ naripa, — dyanfiaas . . ■ aiiTovs, — Koi WH mary. 
 
 ^ Add [iKflvos] Tr. ^ IleT/xjj St/xwj' Tr //;«/-y.
 
 XIII. 20. KATA IQANHN. 285 
 
 Tr)v KecfiaXijv. ^° Xeyet avT(o 'ir^crov?* 'O XeXov/xeVo? 
 ovK evet ^peiav el fxt] tov<; 7r66a«s^ vixpaadaL, dk)C 
 ecTTiv Ka6apo<; 6\oq' /cat ti/xei? Kadapoi icrre, aW 
 ou;^t Travre?. " l}^^^ 7^/^ '''o^ Tra/aaStSovra aurw* 
 Sta TovTo elirev otl Ov)(l rrdvTes Kadapoi icrre. 
 ^^^Ot€ ovu euLxjjep Tovq vrdSas avTojp kol^ eXa/^ep 
 TOL IfjidTLa avTov Kal dveTrecrev, irdkip" etTreu avrot? 
 TLvaicTKeTe tl TTe-rroL-qKa vfilp ; ^ u/aci? (f)(ou€iTe /xe 
 'O SiSacTK'aXos KUL O Kvpio^, /cat /caXojs Xeyere, 
 ei/xt yap. ei ou^' eyw eptxpa vp.oiP rov^ TTOoa? o 
 
 Kvpi,o<; /cat o StSacr/caXo?, /cat u/xet? o^etXere aXXi^- 
 Xwt' p'nrreiv tov^ TroSa?* ^^ uTToSety/xa yap eooi/ca^ 
 v/xtf tVa Ka0o)^ iyo) eVoiT^cra v/xti^ /cat ujLtet? 7rot>JT€. 
 ^'^ dfir)P dfXTjP Xe'y&j u/xti/, ov/c ecmv ^ov\o^ p-eitjuiP 
 rov Kvptov avTov ouSe d-TTocrroXo? peit,(MP tov Trep.- 
 xfjaPTo^ avTOP. ^' el raura otoarc, paKdpioi icrre iap 
 TTnirjTe aura. oi; Trept irapTcop vpcop Aeyw eyco 
 
 otSa TLPa<;^ e$eXe^dpr)P • dXX' tVa 17 ypacjiXj ttXt)- 
 pojIJr) (> Tpoyop pov top aprop einqpep en 
 epe TTjP TTTeppap avTov. air aprt Keyoi vpip 
 
 irpo TOV yepeaftai, tVa Trtfrrei^Tyre^** orar yeprjTai otl 
 ey(i) eLfit ap-qp apip' Keyui vpcp, o kappaPOiP 
 
 * [o\ *I;jfroGp Tr. 
 
 '' Oiiiil T WH in secondary reading. 
 
 ^ \k(i\\ Tr miirr/. ' uv'fTTtatv iriiKiv, WH i,i<ir(/. 
 
 o hihoiKd T RV. n ous- Tr marf/. 
 
 '" /ifT* f'^ou T Tr marff. RV /«rtr^. ^' inripKfv T. 
 
 ''"* dnufjTt T. 
 
 '^ TTHTTfvfrriTt T, hut onif yfvrjrm ni(TT(v(TriTt Tr mnrg. 
 
 ^'' f'ya> fi'/ii WH mury.
 
 286 KATA inANHN. xiii. 21. 
 
 ap TLua nefxilfu) e/xe Xafx/Bduei, 6 8e e/x€ Xafxfidpojv 
 Xa/xySctj^et TOP TrefxxjfaPTd jxe. ^^ Tavra elircop 
 
 ly)(Tov^ Irapa^drf rw Trpevixari /cat ifiapTvprjaep /cat 
 elnep ^Afxr^p djxrjp Xeyco vfitp ort et? i^ vfiiop Trapa- 
 Sojo-et /i,e. ^ e^XeiTOP eU ^^ dXkqXov^ ol p.a6rjTaX 
 airopovfjiepoL irepi rtj/o? Aeyet. r^t* apaKeip.epo^ ei? 
 e/c Ttut' ixa07)Ta)P avTov ip tw koXtt&j tov 'It^ctou, ov 
 
 »' '16 't '^ 24' f ' %:^' T-r' 
 
 rjyaTra o^" li^crov?- I'euet ovi^ rourw z,ipoiP lie- 
 
 rpo? Kat XeyeL avrai EtTre rt? icnip Trepl ov Xeyet. 
 
 apaTrecrwp ' e/cetfo? outoj? eirt to crrrjuo<; rov 
 
 y-qaov Keyei auroi Ku^te, rt? ecrrtt' ; airoKpive- 
 
 ^ 20 '21 't ^ 'ri'^' > T»>r»'i 
 
 Tai ot>i^ o^ liycrov? b/ceti'o? earip co eyo) paxpo) 
 TO xpoifjiLOP /cat 8oJcra> avrw • /^dxpa^; ovp to ^^ xpcofxtop 
 XapfidpeL Koi^^ SlScoctlp 'louSa Xiyioipo^ ^IcrKapLU)- 
 Tov. '^' /cat fxeTOL to xfjcufxiop tote elcrrjXdep eU iKelpop 
 o %aTapd<;. Xeyet ovp avTco ^Irjcrovq "^O Trotet? ttol- 
 
 ' 23 28'^ ?^*16'?^1' ^> 
 
 if)(TOP Toveiov. TovTO oe ovbeL<; eypo) to)p apa- 
 
 K€Lfjiepa)P 7rpo<i tl elirep avTco • "'^ tlp€<; yap cBokovp, 
 CTTCt TO yXcocraoKOfJiop elx^p 'lovSa?, oTt Xeyet avTco 
 ir)(Tov^ Ayopaaop ojp -^petap e^^Ofiep et? Trjp 
 
 eopTYjP, rj Tots TTToj^^ot? ti^a Tt 06J. XapoiP ovp 
 
 TO xfj(i)fjiLOP eKelpo^ i^rjXOep evOv^ • -^p Se I'u^. 
 
 ^^"OTe OVP i^YjX0ep Xeyet 'Irycroi)? Nw iSo^dcrOrj 
 
 1^ [oSc] fif Tr. 
 
 ^° Omit in secondary reading WH. i' fTrtTreo-wi' T. 
 
 ^^ GUI' eKfiws T, [ouv] Tr marr/. 
 
 ^^ Omit in secondary reading Tr. ^o Qmit T, [ovv] Tr mar^. 
 
 ^^ Omit in secondary reading Tr WH. 
 
 22 [Xan^dvfi Kai'] Tr »i«/y. 23 T-ri^^joj/ T Tr. 
 
 24 [6] 'lr](xovs Tr.
 
 XIV. 3. KATA IfiANHN. 287 
 
 6 vt05 Tov avSpoiTTOV, Kol 6 6eos iSo^dcr0r) Iv avT(o' 
 /cat o {7609 oo^acrei avrov ev avTco, /cat eur7u5 
 ogacrei avTov. leKPta, en fiLKpov fxetf vficju eifii' 
 
 tpqrrjcreTe fxe, /cat Kado)<; elirov rots 'louSatotg ort 
 "Ottou eyoj virdya) vfiel^ ov SvvacrOe ekOeiv, /cat vyxii' 
 Xe'yoj dpTi. "^ evToXrjv KaLurjp StSto/xt v/xti' tVa aya- 
 rrare aXXi^Xof?, Ka^wg -qyaTrrjcra u/xa? tVa /cat u/xet'j 
 dyaTTare aXXr^Xou?. "^^ eV rouro) yp'cijcro^'rai Trai^re? 
 ort e/xot fxaOrjTai iare, idp aydrriqv e^^rjre Iv dXXi^- 
 Xot9. ^^ Aeyet auroj Xtficov lleVpos Kv^ie, 
 
 TTou uTrdyet? ; aTreKpldr) 'It^ctov? Ottou^^ vndyo) ov 
 hvuaaai /xot i^Ci' aKokovdrjcraL, d/coXoi»^ryo'ets Se {((rre- 
 poi/. ^' Xe'yet auTw o^^ IleT/aoq Ki^pte, ^® 8td Tt^° 
 ou hvuafiai crot d/coXoL»6'ert''*^ dpri ; tt^i^ xIiv)(tJp p.ov 
 virep orov Orjcroj. '^^ aTTOKpiveTai Ii^croCs Tr)z^ i/zu- 
 ^■qv orov virep ifiov 6y]creL<; ; afirju dpirjv Xeyco crot, 
 ou fxr) dXeKTOjp (fiojp-qarj eo)<; ov dpvrjcrji fxe rpU. 
 
 XIV. ^ Mt) rapaacreaOoi vp.oiv -q KapSia' infTTeveTe 
 tt9^ TOP Oeop, /cat 619 e/xe TrtcrTcuere. '^ eV rj^ ot/cta toO 
 TTdTpo^ pov popal TToXXat cicrti/" et Se /X17, elirop av 
 vpZp, ort TTopevopaL iToipdaai tottop vpip' /cat fdi' 
 TTopevOo) KOL^ eTOLpdaoj tottop vplv,^ ndXtp ep^opai 
 Kai TTapa\y]p\fj()fiaL v/xds tt^jo? ipavTOP, ipa ottov elpt 
 
 ^^ ft o flfoi f?)i>^(i(Tf)q fv (ivTM KiH T Tf ill priiiiarv readinp. 
 2« avT^ T Tr UV, l.iil tavTw Tr w^//y/. ^7 ^,|,i ^-^^ x. 
 
 ''^ Omit T Tr WH iii sfcoudary reading. "® Omit WH marg 
 
 '0 biuri T. ^^ a»c«X<)i/flr}<T«t T. 
 
 ^ TTKTTfvfTf, tis WH war^ ^ [*"»J Tr ///^//y. 
 
 * i/^Iv TOTToi' Tr marg.
 
 288 KATA IfiANHN. xiv. 4. 
 
 iyoi Kai vfjielf; 'qre. * /cat ottov iycu virdyo) otSare^ 
 Trju oSou.^ ^ Aeyet avToi ©oj/xa? Kvpie, ovk 
 
 otSa/xet" TTOv UTrayet?' Trcoq'^ oiSa/u-ci^ Tr}u oSop ;^ ^ Xe- 
 yet avTw 'li^crous^ 'Eyw et/Ai 17 6S69 /cat 17 aXi^^fia 
 /cat Tj t^oiTf ovhel^ ep^erai Trpo? top Traripa el fxr) 
 
 I efjLov. et eyvo)K€iT€ fxe, kul top irarepa p.ov 
 av r)oeLT€- air apTt yiPcocTKeTe avTOP /cat ecopa- 
 Kare. ^"^ ^ Aeyet aOrw <I>tXt7r7ro9 Kvyate, Set- 
 
 gop rfpip TOP iraTepa, /cat dpKel -qfitp. ^ \eyei avTM 
 6 'It^ctoG? ToaovTOP ^popop^^ p.eO' vjxcop elfil /cat 
 OVK eyp(OKa<; fxe, <I>t\t7r7r€ ; o ewpa/cw? e/xe ecopaKep 
 Toi^ TTaTepa' ttoj? " cru Aeyet? Aet^oi^ i^/xti^ to// 
 TTaTepa ; ov TTtcrreuet? ort eyo) ep tio iraTpL /cat 
 o TraTr]p ep epoi ecTTLP ; tol prJixaTa a eyo) \eyo)^^ 
 vuLP air efxavTov ov kakoi- o be rraTi^p ep efiOL 
 pepdip TTOtet Ta epya avTov. ^^ mcTTeveTe pot otl 
 eyco ep tco TraTpi /cat 6 TraTrjp ep e'/xot* et 8e pyj, 
 
 ta Ta epya avTa Trta-revere. " Apr)p apiqp Aeyco 
 
 vpip, o TTicTTevctiP et<? epe tol epya d eyoi ttolco kol- 
 /ceti^o? TTOiTjcrei, /cat peitppa tovtojp TToirjcreL, otl eyco 
 
 •* [e'yu] Tr w^//y/. ^ Add [Kat] Tr w/^//y/. RV ma/'//. 
 
 ^ Add [oi5((r«] Tr nutrr/. RV marg. ' koI Trwr T. 
 
 ® 8vvdfji(6a Trjv 686v fiSei/at Tr marg. ® 6 'ijjcroiif Tr. 
 
 10 iyvonKaTf efx€ T. ^^ yvatafoBf T, ai" f/Seirt Tr RV. 
 
 ^^ <cai arrapTi T [/col] ott dpT^ Tr mnrq. 
 
 ^^ Add aiiroj' T Tr in primary rcadiii£^ WH in secondary reading. 
 
 ^* Omit in secondary reading WH. 
 
 ^^ Too-ouro) xpoi'V T Tr »/«;y. WH w«r_i7. 
 
 ^^ i Km] TTtof Tr. 1' \aKu> Tr wr/r^. 
 
 ^^ 6 iv T Tr in primary reading. ^^ airoi) WH M</;-y. 
 
 ^® Add /Aot Tr in primary reading WH marg.
 
 XIV. 23. KATA IfiANHN. 289 
 
 V V / ' 21 13 ^ '' 22 * ' ' 
 
 7rpo<s TOP TTarepa nopevofjiaL' /cat otl av aiTrj- 
 
 crr^Te eu tco ovoixaTL p.ov rovro TToirjaco, ti^a oogacrurj 
 
 t \> ^ t ^ 14 >/ 5/ / 94. J ^ 
 
 o TraTrjp ev tco vtoj* eav tl atTrjcrrjTe fxe ev rot 
 
 ovofxaTL fjLOv TovTo '^ TTOLTjcro). \hav ayairare 
 
 jxe, Ta<; iuToXa<; Ta^; €/u,a9 rrjpijcreTe'^^ ^'^ Kayoj ipco- 
 
 Tfjaco TOP TTUTepa /cat dXXop TrapaKXr^Tou Sojcret Vfjup 
 
 tVa fj jjced^ vfjLOiv ei? tov alcjua, ^^ ' to TTvevpa Trj<; 
 
 aXrideia^, o 6 koct^o^ ov Svparai Xa/3eu', on ov 
 
 tfecopei avTo ovoe yipcoaKef vfxec^ yupoxTKeTe avTo, 
 
 ort nap vfXiP pepei /cat e^* vp.ip ecmp. (Jvk a(f)r)- 
 
 (T(o vfioLf; 6p(f)aPov<;, ep^o^iai Trpo? vpaq. ^^ en pcKpop 
 
 /cat 6 /cdcr/xo? /xe ou/ceTt"^^ OecDpel, u^ei? Se 6eojpeLT€ pe, 
 
 OTt eyoj 4^^ Kat vpei^; C,y](T€T€, cp eKetpr) ttj rjpepa 
 
 vp€L^ yiuoaeaOe^^ on iyco ip tm iraTpi pov /cat vpei<; 
 
 ip ipol Kayo) eV vplp. ^^ 6 e^cop ra? eVroXctq pov /cat 
 
 rrfpuiP avTa<; eVett'oq icrnp 6 dya7T(op pc 6 Se dyairoiP 
 
 pe dyaTTiqOrjaercu vtto tov Trarpo? pov, /cayoj aya- 
 
 TTTJcroi avTop Kol ipfl)aPi(T(o avTO) ipavTOP. 
 
 Aeyet avT(o loLioa<?, ov)( o \(TKapi(oTrj<;^ iwpie, 
 
 Tl ycyovep otl y)plp peXXet^; ipffiapi^eiP (xeavTop 
 
 KciL ofyt TO) Kocrpoi ; "■ dTreKptflrj 'It^ctov? /cat elirep 
 
 ^* 7ropfuo/i(u, WH w^//y/. 2- o rt T Tr. 
 
 ^^ uiTTiTf Tr ?//^//;(/. WH ;///■// ,7. 
 
 ^■^ Omit in .st;con(larv icadint;- WH RV Mfor/., (/x«j Tr mi/r//. 
 
 26 So Tr nutrr/. RV, (y<), T Tr WH «/^//y/. 
 
 ^'' TrffniiTdTf Tr niirni . 
 
 2' Sf) Tr RV, /if^' .'./,(:.,/ r) fiV Toi' f.(V:)i'r. T. hiif 1} after aiJiw WH 
 111(1 fff. 
 
 28 Add «iTf> T Tr. 29 ,\,i,i g^> Tr in piiniarv loadiug. 
 
 3« €<rT<.t T WH maui. ^i „^^ j-^, ^r. 
 
 yi'a}(TKrOf ii/ifls T. <«( r/ T. 
 
 I'J
 
 290 RATA I12ANI1N. xiv. 24. 
 
 avTCi) Eap rt? dyana /xe top Xoyop fxov TrjotjcreL, 
 /cat 6 TTaTiqp fxov ayairrjaet avTou, kol Trpo^ avTov 
 iXevaofxeOa kol ixourju nap aurw TroLTjaofxeOa. ^* 6 
 fXT) dyancop /xe row? Xoyov; fxov ov Trjpei' /cat <5 
 \6yoq OP a/covere ou/c ecrTLP e/xo? dXXa toG Trefixpap- 
 TO? /xe 73-aT/309. ^^ Tavra XeXctXi^/ca v/xti^ Trap 
 
 vfJLLP jxepcjp' o oe TrapaKKrjToq, to TTPevjxa to ayiov 
 b 7re/Ltr//et 6 naTrjp ip ra» opofiaTi fiov, eKeipo^ vfidq 
 StSa^et irdpTa /cat vTrofiPTJcrei vp.dq ndpTa a clttov 
 v/xti^ £2^- tuLprjprjP acpurjfXL vfXLP, eiprjpyjp tyjp 
 
 ifjLy)p 8t8a)/xt Vjjup- ov Kadojq 6 Kocrfiof; SlScdctlp iyw 
 StSco/u-t vfiLP. jXTj Tapaaaeardo) vfjLWP -q /capSta firjS^ 
 etAiarw. rjKovaaTe oxt eyco enrop vfitp TiTayoi 
 /cat ep^ofjLai Trpoq u/xa?. et -QyanaTe /xe i)(dpr)Te 
 ap, oTL TTopevop-ai Trpoq top Trarepa, ort 6 iraTrjp 
 [xeLi^cop fxov ecTTLP. /cat I'uj^ eiprjKa vjxip irpip ye- 
 
 '/)■■''■/ / / 30 ' / t; 
 
 pecrtfai, tpa oTap yeprjTai TTLcrTevcrrjTe. ov/cert ° 
 
 TToXXa XaXi^cro) fj.eff' v/jlcop, ip^eTUL yctp 6 tov /cd- 
 CTjiov ap^oiP' KOL ip e/xot ovk e^et ovSep, ^^ aXX' 
 tVa ypco o KO(TfJio<; otl dyanco top naTepa, /cat /ca- 
 f&j? epTOkrjP eoci)K€P fxoL o iraT-qp ovTcoq iroiui. 
 Ryetpecrde, aycop^p ipTevdep. 
 
 XV. 'Eyco elfXL r) a/xTTcXo? rj d\r)0Lpy], /cat 6 iraTjjp 
 fjLov 6 yeoipyo^ iaTLP' Trap KXrjfia ip e/xot firj (ftepop 
 KapTTOP atpet avTO, kul nap to Kapnop (f)€pop /ca- 
 Oaipei avTO tVa Kapnop nXeiopa (ftepr). ^ rjSr) u/xeis 
 
 3* Omit T Tr. 36 ^^^ ^^^ Tr. 
 
 3*' ivfTf'ikaTo T.
 
 XV. 13. KATA IfiANHN. 291 
 
 KadapoL iare 8ta tov \6yov ov KekdXr)Ka vfuu • 
 * yxetVare eV ifxoi, Kaycj eV vfilu. KaOoi^ to KXrjfia 
 ov Sui^arat Kapnop (^ipeiv a<^' eavTov iau /xt) fJieur) ^ 
 iu TTj dfJiTreXa), ovtco<; ovoe i5/Ltet? idi^ fir) iu ifiol 
 fieuy)Te. ^ " i-yco elp.L -q a/x7reXo9, v/xetg tol KXrj^aTa, 
 6 fxepojp iv ifxoX Kayoi iu avrco ouro? (jiepei Kapirov 
 TTo\-vv, OTi X^^P'-^ ijxov ov ovvacrOe Troietu ouSeV. 
 ® idv fjcq TL<; p-iur} eV e'/xot, i/3Xijdr) e^oj 6)<? to /cX>J/xa 
 KOL i^rjpdvOr), Kol avvdyovaLu avTo.^ /cat et? to 
 TTvp fidWovcTLV KOL KULeTat. ^ ^ Edu jxeivr^Te iu ifiol 
 KOL rd py]fj.aTd p.ov iu vfxlu fxeLuj), o eai^ OekrjTe 
 acTiQaacrBe kol yeuijcreTaL vplv * ^ iu tovt(o iSo^daOr} 
 6 naTrjp p.ov iua Kapnou ttoXvu (f)epr)Te /cat yeu rjcrOe ^ 
 ifxol fjLaOrjTaL. ^ Ka0oj<; r)yd7Tr)a€u fie 6 TraTfjp, Kdyco 
 f/xa? ■qyaiTiqaa, /xeti/are ef rrj ayarrr) ttj ep-j). eau 
 TOL? iuToXd<; pov nqprjcnqTC, pceueiTe iu Trj dydrrr) p.ov, 
 KaBoi^ iyoi ^ tov Trarpoq raq eVroXa?^ TeTy]prji<a /cat 
 peuoj avTov iu TXf dydnrj. ^^ TaCra XeXdXrjKa vpiv 
 Lua Tj X'^R^'- V ^H-V ^^ vplu r) /cat rj X^P^ vputu 
 TrXr)p(o07J. '" avTYj icntu ry iuToXr) tj ipi) lua dya- 
 iraTe dXXy]Xov<; KaOoi<i rjydnr)aa vp.d^ • ^^ pellpua 
 TavTr)(; dydiTr]u ot»Set<j ix^*-' '^'''^ tis^ tyju i/zu^ryi^ av- 
 
 ^ fit itn) Tr. 
 
 2 fi(t>fj Tr ?H(irff. 3 nin,\ T Tr marff. 
 
 * So RV y//^//Y/., ytVT](Tf(r6f T WH wr//Y/, RV. 
 
 rfytmrfan Vfiuv T, i/iat ijyun\)aa WH man/. 
 ® Kuyo) T 
 
 ' So Tr viarr/., toC rrarpoi fitw tiu- tWoXaf T WH marg, rat fWoXas 
 ToO TTorpok- /iou Tr. 
 8 Umit T
 
 292 KATA IQANHN. XV. 14. 
 
 Tov 0fj virep TUiv (^iKoiV avTov. ^* u/xet? (f)Ckot fiov 
 iare lav TTOLrJTe o^ iyo) evTeWofiai vjjllu. ^^ ovKen 
 Xeyo) v/Att? 8ou\ov9, ort 6 SoGXoq ovk olSeu tl ttolel 
 avTov 6 KvpLoq- u/ia? Se eLprjKa (fyiXov^;, otl Travra 
 a y^Kovaa napa tov Trarpd? jxov iyvcopLtra vplv. 
 ^^ ov^ vfiei^ jxe i^eXe^acrOe, dXX' iyco i^eXe^dfxrju 
 vpa^, /cat e0r)Ka vpa<; iVa vpel*; virdyrjTe /cat Kap- 
 TTou (peprjTC /cat o Kapnoq vpcov p€urj, iva ort 
 av aLTr)(rr)Te tov TraTepa ev T(p ovopaTi pov o(p 
 vplv. ^^ TavTa ivTeXXopat vplv Iva dyanaTe 
 
 aXXrjXovg. Et o Koapo<^ vpa<; piaei, yLvoxTKeTe 
 
 </ >\ '^ «'^13 ' 19'' <^/ 
 
 OTL e/xe rrpcoTOv vpojv peptcrrjKev. ei e/c tov ko- 
 orpov rJTe, 6 K6apo<i av to lolov e<^iXei • otl oe e/c 
 TOV Kocrpov OVK iaT€, dXX' iyot i^eXe^dprjv u/xa? ck 
 TOV Kocrpov, Ota tovto ptcrei vpa<i o Kocrpo<i. f^^V 
 poveveTe tov Xoyov ov iyo) elnov vplv Ovk ecttiv 
 ^ovXo'; peitfjiv tov Kvpiov avTOv ' el ipe iotcogav, 
 Kal vpa^; Slco^ovotlv el tov Xoyov pov CTijpyjaav, /cat 
 
 ve/ / 21 '\\^'* ' ' 
 
 TOV vpeTepov T-qpiqaovcriv. aAAa ravra iravTa ttoltj- 
 (TovcTiv eU vpd<; 8ta to ovopd pov, otl ovk olBao-Lv 
 TOV TrepxjjavTa pe. ^^ Et pr) yjXOov Kal iXdXr^cra avTol<;, 
 dpapTLav OVK el^oaav vvv 8e TrpofftacTLV ovk e^ov- 
 (TLV TTepL TT]^ a/xapTttt? avTcDV. o epe pLcrcjv /cat 
 
 TOV TTaTepa pov pLcreL. et ra epya pr) eiroLrjcra 
 
 ev avTOL's a owSet? aXXo? eTroLTjcrev, dpapTLav ovk 
 el^ocrav • vvv Se /cat ecopaKacTLV /cat pepLcrrJKacrLV 
 
 » So Tr mirr/., ti T Tr WH mar//. RV. 
 
 1° oTiT Tr. 11 aiTiJTe Tr »z«r^. WH »iar^. 
 
 12 Si,; Tr. wff/v7. 13 Omit T.
 
 XVI. 9. KATA IfiANHN. 293 
 
 K(Xi efxe Kai rov rrarepa /u,ov. aAA tfa TrArjpcjtfrj 
 
 6 Xoyo? 6 if TO) vofxo) avTCJU yeypa/XjOteVos ort " Efxi- 
 arjcrdu /xe Sajpeai/." ^^'Orat'^* ^^^V ^ TrapoLKXrjTo^ 
 Of eyw Trefx^oj vfXLU Trapa tov Trarpos, to TTvevjxa 
 Trjs dkr]0eia<; 6 napd tov iraTpos iKTropeverai, iKeluos 
 IxapTvprjaet irepi e/xov • /cat v/xet? oe jxapTvpeLTC, 
 oTi an a.pXT]'^ /^^r' ipov icne.^^ 
 
 XVI. ^ TaGra XeXdXrjKa vplv iva fxr) aKavSaXi- 
 crOrJTe. " dnoawaya)yov<; iToirjaovaiv v/xct? • dXX' ep- 
 ^erat w/3a iva 7rd<; 6 dnoKTeLua'^ vpd<i^ Sofi^ XaTpeiau 
 7rpo<j(ji€peLu TM Beio. Ka\ raura iroiiqcrovaiv ort ov/c 
 eyvojaau tov uardpa ovoe ifxe. dXXd TavTa XeXaXry/ca 
 VfXLV Lva oTav €.Xdrj rj lopa axnoiv^ pvqfxovevriTe avTwv^ 
 ort iyoi elnov vjxlv ravra Se vjxlv i^ dp)(rjs ovk 
 etTTOv, oTL fxeO' vixoiu TJfxrjv. ^ vvv Se vnayo) nph^ 
 TOV Trejj.^avTa fxe kol ouoets i^ vfxcov ipojTa fxe Uov 
 uTTCtyet? ; ^' aXX' ort TavTa XeXdXrjKa Vjxlv rj Xvnrf 
 TrenXT]pojKev vfxojv ttjv KapSiav. ^ dXX' eyw ttjv dXr]- 
 Otiav Xe'yoj vfxlv, (Tu/xc/)e^ei vpiv lva iycj dneXOcj. 
 lav ydp fXT] dneXOoj, o TTapaKXr)To<; ov prj eXfh)'^ 
 npo^ v/xas • idv oe iropevOo), 7re/xi/>oj avTov 7Tpo<; 
 u/xa?. ^ Kfxt^ iXOojv iKeluo<; iXey^et tov Kocrpov irepl 
 tt/xaprta<j Kal nepl SiKaLO(rvvTj<; Kal Trepl Kpiaeoif;' 
 " irepX dpapTia^ pcv, otl ov TTiaTevovcriv ets e/xe • 
 
 " Add IdeJTr. if^ eWf Tr. 
 
 ^ C)iiiit in secondary roaditif; WH. ^ Oimt, t. 
 
 •'' Omit ill srcoiid;iry rradiiiL': Tr. 
 
 * So Tr, OVK rKtCatTui T Tr marf/. ''' kui WH mar^.
 
 294 KATA IfiANHN. xvi. 10. 
 
 ^" irepl SLKaLOcrvi^yj'i 8e, otl 7Tph<; tov narepa virdyoj 
 
 Kol OVK€TL^ 0ea)p€LT€. /X€ • ^^ TTCpl 8e KptCreW9, OTl 
 
 6 dpycju TOV Kocrpov tovtov /ceVptrat. ^ 'Ert ttoXXo, 
 evw v/xu^ Xe'yet/', ^ dXX' ou out'acr^e ^acrTct^etj/ apri' 
 ^■^ orat' Se ^^^]? iKtli^os, to irutvp^a T179 dXyjOeia'?, 
 oSrjyqcreL u/xa? et9 Ti7t' dXyjOeiau Trdcrai',^ ov yap 
 Xakijcrei d((j eavTov, dkX! ocra a/covet^ kaXyjcreL, koI 
 ra ip^opeva dvayyeXel vplv. * eKelpo^ e^e 8o^acret, 
 OTL e'/c Tou e/xou XijpifjeTai kol duayyeXel vplv. 
 ^^ rrdvTa ocra e;^et 6 TraTrjp ipd idTw Slot touto 
 elnou OTl e'/c rov e/xou Xapfidueu Kal auayyeXel vplu. 
 ^^ MiKpou /cat ovKeTc^ OeojpelTe /xe, Kal TrdXiv 
 piKpov /cat oxpecrOe /xe. ^^ EtTrar'-^*^ oSt' e/c T(ou pa- 
 6r]T0Ju avTou TTpo<; dXXT]Xov<; Tt iartu tovto 6 Xeyeu 
 rjplu MiKpou /cat ov OecupelTe pe, Kal ndXiu piKpou 
 Kal oxjfecrde /xe ; Kat 'Ort vnayco 7rpo<; tov naTepa ; 
 
 18 *\ T m ' » ^ 11 •-'■ \ ' ' 12 ' 
 
 eXeyou ovv It eaTiv tovto '■^ o Aeyet piKpov r" ovk 
 olSapev TL XaXet.^"^ ^'^ eyuco 'Ir^crou? ort rjHeXov avTOV 
 epoiTau, /cat etTret' auTots ne/9t tovtov (pfjTtLTe peT 
 dXXijXatp OTL eiTTOv MiKpou kol ov OewpeiTe pe, Kat 
 ndXiP p^LKpou Kal 6\fjea0e pe ; ^^ dprju dprju Xeyco vp,iv 
 OTl KXavaeTe Kal OprjuijaeTe vpei's, 6 oe Kocr/xos 
 )(aprj(reTai' v/xet? XwrjOrjcreade, aXX'-^* rj Xvmr] vpojv 
 els \apdv yevijaeTai. ^^ r) yvvr] OTau TiKTr) Xvtttjv 
 e)(ei, OTl TjXOev tj copa avTrjs' oTav 8e yevurjarf to 
 
 ® OVK (Ti Tr. ' Xeyeti' v^iiv Tr marff. 
 
 ^ iv TJ) a\r)fl(ia ndaj] T WH m/ir//. 
 
 » a(cowo-fi Tr WH i,i,ny/. RV. 10 Eirrot; T Tr. 
 
 ^^ Tovto n cWic T Tr mar//. ^^ to /xtxpoi/ ; T. 
 
 13 Oiiiil ill secondary reading WH. i'* oAAa Tr.
 
 XVI. 32. KATA IfiANHN. 295 
 
 \apav oTL eyevvrjOTj auup(i)7T0<; eis tou Koafxou. kul 
 
 u/xets ovu vvv [xeu \vtt7)v ex^^^ ' ^^tXti^ oe oi/zo/xat 
 
 v/u,a9, " Kttl ^aprja-eTat vfXMV rj KapSta," /cal ri^i^ 
 
 )(apau vfxcju ouoetg apet acp vp.oiv. Kai eu ^k^lvt^ 
 
 T7; rjfjiepa ejxc ovk €p(OTr](TeTe ovoei-> •"•" a/xr;!/ ap.r^i' 
 
 Xeyw u/xtt', ai' rt alTTJcrrjTe top narepa Swcret u/xti/ 
 
 eV TO) ovofJiaTL fiov. "* ew9 aprt ovk rjTT]craTe ovh^u 
 
 iu Tw 6v6p.aTi p.ov atTetre /cat XT][xxjjeaOe, Lua r) 
 
 ^apo. vp.oit' T^ neTrkrjpcofxeprj. ^' Taura eV 
 
 7rapotju,tats XeXaXr^/ca vplv ' epx^Tac copa ore ovkcti^ 
 
 iu 7rapot/xiat<? kaXrjcra} vp.iv dXXa napprjcna irepi 
 
 TOU iraTpos anayyekoj vpiv. ev eKeivr) Trf rjpepa 
 
 iv T(o oi^o/xaxL pov alTijaeade, kol ov Xeyoj vplu on 
 
 eyoi ipojTTJaoj tou Trarepa nepl vpwu • ' avTos yap 
 
 6 TTaT-qp (jiika, vpas, otl vpas ipe nefpikTJKaTe /cat 
 
 77 en L(TT€VK are otl iyoj napa tov Trarpo^^^ i^rjXOou. 
 
 ^ i^rjXdou Ik tov vrarpo? /cat iXijXvOa et? tou Koapow 
 
 ttolXlu d(jjLr)pL TOU Kocrpou Koi nopevopai Trpos tou 
 
 Trarepa. "^ Aeyovaiu ot paOrjTal avTov "jSe uvu 
 
 iu TTapprpjia XaXets, /cat TrapoLpiau ovhepiav XeycL^. 
 
 UVU oioapeu OTL oLoas nauTa /cat ov )(peLau eye'-? 
 
 tVa Tt<; rre ipojTo ■ iu tovtw irLo-Tevopeu otl drrb 
 
 Otov i$r}X0€<=;. '^^ dntKpiOrj aurots '\if]<jov<i Aprt 
 
 nL(TTtV€T€ ; *^ Ihov ip)((.TaL (opa kol iXrjXvOtu Lua 
 
 (TKopnLa-OrjTe iKaiXTos tU tol tSta Kapc pouou d^i^Tf 
 
 Kal OVK elpl pouo^, otl 6 iraTTjp pxT epov idTLU. 
 
 "■' mpti T Tr »i,ir>r WH marg. ^^ ovbiv T Tr WH moif). 
 
 ^' Qtoi) T Tr mury.
 
 29G KATA lOANHN. xvi. 33. 
 
 TavTa AekaATjKa vfjup ti'a €f e/xoi eiprjvrjv e)(rjTe' 
 iv TM Koajxo) OkixjjLU ^^ ^X^^^' ^^^^ dapaelre, iyco 
 
 XVII. ^ Taura ikdkrjcreu 'liycrov?, ^ /cat indpas Tov<i 
 6cl)6aXixov<i avTov ets ro^' ovpavov eiirev YVaTep, 
 ikrjXvdev tj a>pa • So^acrou crov tov vlov, tVa 6 vtos 
 oo^dcrrj ce, ^ KaOojs eSw/<a9 avrw i^ovaiap Trctcrr^g 
 crapKo^i, iva irdv o oeocoKas avTw Scocrec^ amol^ 
 ^(OTjp ai(x)i>Lov. ^ avTTf] Se icTTLV 17 al(opLO<i ^corj Iva 
 yivcocTKOicri^ ere rov {xovov aXyjOtvou 0eov /cat ov 
 a.TTe(TTcika^ ^Irjcrovv lUpKTTov. * eycu ere iSo^acra evrl 
 ttJ? yT]9, TO epyov TeXeiMaa'i'^ o SeSw/cas /u.01 tVa 
 
 TTOLTjCrco • '' KOI VVl> OO^aCToV //-€ (TV, TTOiTep, TTapd 
 
 (reavTM rrj So^y fj^ el^ou npo tov tov Koafxnv 
 elvai TTapd aoL ^ -Etifyavepcoord aov to ovopa 
 
 7019 dvdpojTTOi'^ ovs eSajKct? jjlol e/c tov koctixov. crol 
 i)crav Kafxol^ avTov<s eSwKra?, "^ /cai tov \6yov crou 
 TeTXiprfKav. ' vvv eyvcoKav^ otl irdvTa ocra eSai/ca?^ 
 /u,ot TTapa crov etcnv • ort ra prjjjiaTa a eooKas 
 fjLOi oeocoKa avTol^, koX avTol eXaftov /cat iyvojcrav 
 aXrjOois OTi TTapd arov i^rjXdov, /cai iTTLcrTevaav otl 
 
 18 0X7r(,iv Tr. 
 
 1 6 "lijiToOs Tr. 2 c^,, Tr /,/ar//., Sdyo-rj T Tr. 
 
 ^ So Tr mrtrr/., yiviaoKovaiv T Tr. * fVeXfiwtra Tr w/(//v/. 
 
 5 ;}i. WH »i«;v/. 6 ^„j ^"^oi T. 
 
 ' hibu)Kas Tr man/. 
 
 8 eyvcoKa Tr /j/ar//., fyvav in certain 'Western' documcuts WH. 
 
 ^ Sn Tr ?;<«ry., SeSw/ctiy T Tr WH mair/. 
 1° e8(0Kfs Tr mar(/., Se^wKui WH w/r/ry.
 
 XVII. 21. KATA IQANHN. 297 
 
 (TV fJLe aTre'cTTetXa?. ^ 'Eyw irepl avTcov ipojTO) • ov 
 
 nepl Tov Kocrjxov ipo)T(o dkXa irepl (tiv oeooiKas ju,ot, 
 
 QTi (TOL ei<jiv, Kai Ta e/xa navra era ecTTiv /cat Ta era 
 
 e/xa, Kai oeoogacr/xat ei' avTot?. Kat oiwert* et/xt 
 
 eV Tw KoafJio), Kol avTol ^^ eV roi Koa^xM dariv, Kayc^) 
 
 TTpoq ere ep)(oixai. naTep ayie, Trjp7](TOP avTov<s iu 
 
 rcu ouofiaTL crov o) oeowKa? /ixot, ti^a oiatv eu Kaucos 
 
 7}/xets. ^•^"Ot€ 17/xr^f /xer' avrwu iycj irrjpovu avTovs 
 
 iu T(o ovofxaTL (TOV (o SeSojKoiq fxoL, KOL i(f)vXa^a, 
 
 Koi ovoeU i$ avTwu dnwkeTo el ixr) 6 vlo'i Trjs dnw- 
 
 \eta9, tVa 17 ypa.<fjr) nkrjpojOrj. ^^ vw Se TTpo^ ere 
 
 e^^o/xat, /cat raOra XaXw iv rw koct/xw ti^a e^^wcrti/ 
 
 717^ ^apdv Tr)v e'/xrp TTenXrjpojfxeuyji' iu iavTOLS- Eyw 
 
 Se'Soj/ca avTols tov Xoyou crov, kol 6 K6(Tp.o<; eixLcrrjaeu 
 
 avTovf;, ort ou/c elalv iK tov Kocrpiov Ka6oi<; eya> 
 
 ovK elfxl iK TOV Koafxov. ^^ ovk ipcoTO) Iva oLprj^ 
 
 avTov<; iK tov Kocrixov dXX' tVa Tr]pif](Tr)<i avTovq iK 
 « ^ If. ) « / J J \ /J ^ _ 
 
 TOW TTOUTJpOV. CK TOf KO(TIXOV OVK €LCriU KaUW^ 
 
 iyoi OVK eljxl ek tov Koafxov. ^^ dyiaaou avTov<; cu 
 Trj dkrjOeia • o \6yo^ 6 (T09 dXrjOeid k(TTiu. /ca- 
 
 Oois e/xe aTre'crretXa? ets roi^ Koajxou, Kdyo) direcrTethx 
 avTov<; et9 rof Kocrfxou- ^'' kol virkp avTwv eyo) ^"^ 
 dyta^w ifxavTou, iua w(tlu koI (ivtol rfyiacrfxeuoL tu 
 dXr^Oeifx. ''^ Ov ncpl rovTcov Se epono) fxouou, 
 
 dXXd Kat Trept Twt- TrurTcvouTiou 8td toD Xoyou 
 avT0)u €t9 e/xe, ^' tVa 7rduT€<; eu utaiu, kuOco^ av, 
 ncxTTip, tu kfxoX Kciyo) kv trot, tVa Kat avToi iu 
 
 " OVK tri Tr. " yo T, ovrm Tr WH wr//7/. 
 
 ^^ A(M »cal Tr. " Omil T WH in sccomhirv read ii if;.
 
 298 KATA lOANHN. xvii. 22. 
 
 ri^xxv uidiv, Lva o Kocrjxo'i TrtcTTevrj ^"^ on crv /ac 
 a7recrretXa9. ^"^ Kayo) ttjv Sd^at' rju heScoKO.^ ^^ fiot 
 Se'SojKa avTol<i, iva wcriv eu Ka6d}<i i^/aets eV, 
 
 eyw ef aurot? /cat av ei> e/xot, ti^a wtrtt' rereAetw- 
 [xeuoL ets eV, tVa ytuaxTKr) 6 Koa-jjios otl crv [xe 
 aTre'cTTeiXa? /cat i^ya7r7](ra<^ avTOvs Ka6o)^ ifie rjyd- 
 TTYjcra^. ^^ llaTijp, o^^ SeSw/cag fxoi, deXco lva ottov • 
 elfxl eyoj kolkcIuol w(tlv fxer^ ejxov, lva OempMcriv ttjv 
 
 oq<xv TTju efxr^v rjv oeocoKas fxoL, otl r)yaTT7](ra^ 
 fie TTf)o Kara/3oX^9 Koafxov. ^^ HaTrjp 8t/cate, /cat 
 o Kocr/JLo^ ere ovk eyvco, tyo) 8e ere eyvo)v, /cat ovtoi 
 
 " '' / ' ' \ 2fi V ' ' ' 
 
 cypcoaau otl ctv fxe aneaTeiKas, /cat eyvoypiaa av- 
 Tot9 TO ovofxd (Tov /Cat yuojpiao), lva rj dyaTrr) rjv 
 r)yd7rr](rd<; fxe iv aurot? 17 Kay 00 kv avTOt?. 
 
 XVIII. TaGra enrcov 'It^ctov^ e^rjXOev crvv rot? 
 lxaOyjTal<g avTov irepav tov ^Xeifxdppov tow Ke'Spcov^ 
 OTTOv rjV KrJTTOf;, els ov el(rrj\0ev avTos /cat ol fxa- 
 OrjTai avTov. " ^JSet Se /cat 'louSa? 6 TrapaStSou? 
 
 aVTOV TOV TOTTOV, OTL TToXXct/Ct? (TVVlj^Orj 'ItjCTOVS C/Cft 
 
 /xera rwr fxadiqTojv avTov.^ ^6 ovv 'lovSas XajScov 
 TTJV crnelpav /cat e/c tojv dp-^iepewv /cat e/c* r&iv 
 ^aptaanov vTTiqpeTas ep^erat e'/cet /xera (pavMv /cat 
 
 ^^ niarfvarj Tr f«fl;y. 16 ^'i^aj^f,? Tr w^ff;-,/. 
 
 1' ovs Tr OT^/z-r/. RV mar//. ^^ (dcoKus Tr w^/z-y. WH mar//. 
 
 ^ X T Tr. 
 
 ^ roO Kefiptoi' Tr r)iarg., rov Ktdpov T WH marg, as the reading of 
 certain ' Western ' documents. 
 
 ^ fifra TOiu fiadijTwv avrov fVei WH marg. 
 
 * Omit Tr RV WH in secondary reading.
 
 xvm. 15. KATA K2ANHN. 299 
 
 XafJinddcju kol ottXcju. 'Ir/croi)? ovv^ €t8a»s 'jrdvTa 
 TO. kp)(6ixeva in' avTOv e^yjXdeu, Kal Xe'yet avTols 
 Tii^a [,rjTeLT€ ; '^ dneKpiOrjaau avrw ^Irjcrovu tou No.- 
 Qopaiov. Aeyet avTOL<i hj-yo) eifjur LcrT7)KeL be 
 KOL 'louoa? 6 TTapaoLhov<i avTov p.eT uvtoji'. ^ dis 
 ovv elneu avTOLS 'Eycu elfxt, dnrjXOau eh to, ottlctoj 
 Kai eireaav )^ajxai. "^ ttoXlv ovu e-rrrjpcoTrjaep aurous® 
 TtVa ^TjTeLTe ; ol he elnau ^° ^l7)(Tow top Na^wpatot^. 
 aneKpLur} Irjcrovs tiLirou vp.iv otl eyoj et/xt* et 
 ovu €/x.e tjjTelre, d(f)€Te tovtovs virdyeiv ^ Iva TrXr)- 
 pojOy o \6yo<i 6v eiirev otl Ov? Se8a»cas poi ovk 
 aTTotkeaa i^ amujv ouSeVa. ^'^ 'Xlpcou ovu Herpos 
 €)(0}U pd-^aipau eikKvaev avrrju kol enaiaeu top tov 
 dp)(^Lepe(x}<; BovXou kol dneKoxpev avTov to wTdpiou 
 TO oe^LOu. rju he ouopa rw hovXo) MdX^o<;. ^^ elneu 
 ovu 6 lr)(Tov<i T<o TleTpo) BctXe ttju pd^aipav ets 
 Ti)u Or]Kr)U' to TTOTijpiov 6 hehojKeu p,oi 6 TraTrjp 
 ov prj TTLO) avTO ; 
 
 'H ovu anelpa koI 6 ^t\ia/3^09 Kal ol VTTrjpe- 
 Tai T(t)u 'lovhaioju crvueXaf^ov tou ^Irjaovu koI ehy-jcrav 
 auToi' ■ Koi rjyayou Trpo<; "Auuau^^ npajTOU' -rju yap 
 TTeudepo'i TOV Katar/ja, ^^ o<> r)u dp'^iepev^ tov eVtau- 
 Tou eKCLuov • " r'ju he ^^ KaLd(j)a<; o (Tvp/SuvXevcras tols 
 'louoatot*? oTt (Tvp(f>epei. eua duOpojTTou dnoOauelu vnep 
 TOV Xaov. ^^^ 'HKoXovOeL he rw ^Irjcrov "^Lfxcjp 
 
 » 6i Tr (not marff.). « Add 'Irjaiws- T. 
 
 ' Add 'irjiTnvi WH wr/ry. ^ (laTrjKft T Tr. 
 
 ® avToiii iTTTjpojTritrfi' T. ^^ dnoi/ T Tr. 
 
 " 'Akcuj/ T Tr. " Kaiu- T Tr.
 
 300 KATA IfiANHN. xviil. 16. 
 
 YleTpos Koi^^ dXXo<; fMadTjTyjs- 6 8e ixad7]Tr)<i i.Keivo^ 
 rju y/'ojtrros ^* rw ap^iepei, koX avuenrrjKOeu T(o 'It;- 
 crov els ttju avXrjV tov dp^LCpecos, ^^ 6 8e Uerpos 
 L(TTrJK€L ^^ npos rfj Ovpa i^oj. i^rjkdev oivv 6 p,a6r)- 
 Trjs 6 dXXos o yvojcTTos tov dpy;iep4o}S Kol elnev 
 Trj dvpojpM Koi elcnjya'yeu tov Uerpoi'. ^^ \eyei 
 ovv TM UeTpoj rj naiSCcrKT] rj Bvpcopos Mt7 koI crv 
 e/c TMV ixa07]T(ou el tov dvOpojTTOv tovtov ; Xeyet 
 €KeLVos iJvK eiiJLi. KTTrjKeKxav oe ot oovKol /cat 
 ol vTTTjpeTai dvOpaKidu ireTTonqKOTes, otl xI)v\os rjv, 
 /cat eOepixaivovTO • rju 8e kol 6 IleVpos /xer' avTcDU 
 ecTTojs /cat uepixaivoixeuos- O ovu ap^iepevs 
 
 rjpwTrjcreu tov 'irjcrovv nepl tojv fxaurjTMV avTov Kai 
 
 \^^^/-, >'< 20' 'n »'^'t '^ 
 
 TTepi Tr]<i OLoa^(Y)S avTov. aneKpLurj avTio iiqcrovs 
 
 'Eyw TTappiqaria XeXdXrjKa t(o KOtrixw • iyoj navTOTe 
 
 iSiSa^a ev crvuaycjyrj /cat iv rw lep(o, ottov ndvTes 
 
 ol 'lovSatot crvvep^ovTaL, /cat iv KpvTTTOJ iXaXrjcra 
 
 ovoev ' TL jxe epcoras ; epojTiqaov tovs aKrjKOOTas 
 
 TL iXdXrjcra avTols ' tSe ovtol otSacrcv d elirov iyoJ. 
 
 TavTo. oe avTov enrovTOS et? TrapecrTrjKMS tojv viriq- 
 
 peTOiv eoojKev paTnafxa tm Irjaov enroiv Uvtms 
 
 > / ^ i " 2."? ' '/I > '^ 5 I r\ 
 
 aTTOKpLVTj T(p ap^iepEL ; aireKpiurj avTco irjcrovs 
 Et /ca/cws iXdXrjo'a, [xapTvprjaov irepi tov /ca/coG • 
 et 8e KaXws, rt /xe Sepets ; ^* 'ATrecrretXei' oi!i^ ^^ au- 
 roi^ 6 "Ai^i'as^^ heheixevov irpos ^^ Katdrl)av tov dp- 
 
 13 
 
 15 
 
 Tr adds [6]. ^^ ypoxrTos rjv WH marj. 
 
 fia-T^Kd. T Tr. ^^ flaTTjKfiaau T Tr. 
 
 ^^ Omit in secondary reading Tr. ^o "^was T Tr.
 
 XVIII. 35. KATA IfiANHN. 301 
 
 ^lepea. Wv be z,ifX(ou llerpos ecrrws /cat 
 
 depfxaivoixevo^. exirov ovv avrw Mi^ /cat av e/c Toiv 
 lxa6r)T0iV avTov ei ; rjpurjcTaTO iK€ivo<i Kai elireu Ovk 
 elpC. "'' \eyeL el? e/c tcov SovXcou tov ap^i^tepew?, 
 cTvyyePTj^; ojv ov direKoxpei^ Uerpo^ to ojtlou Ovk 
 iyo) ere. elSov eV rw /ct^Voj /xer' avTov ; ' naktu ovv 
 rjpuija-aTo 11 er/309 • Kat evdeo)^ dkeKTojp i(f)a)ur]aev. 
 
 ^"AyovcTLu ovu tou '[tjctovv dno to G -^^ Kaia(/>a 
 eh TO npaLTojpLou • 171^ 8e irpwi • /cat avTol ovk 
 elarjXdou els to irpauMpiov, tVa pr) piavOiocriv dXka 
 (f)dy(jjcrLU to TTdcry(a. '^''^ i^rjkdeu ovv 6 IletXaros' ^^ 
 i^o) npos avTovs Kai (fyrjaiv TtVa KaTrjyopiav (fiepere 
 
 '~ 9'^ ' /I ' ' 30 ' 'zJ \ ■? 
 
 TOV avupcunov tovtov ; aireKpiurjcrav Kai eiirav 
 avTio Et py] rjv ovto^ KaKOV ttolwv, ovk av o"ot 
 Trapeho')Kapev avTov. "^ elnev ovv aurots ^"^ IfetXaro^^^ 
 Aa/Sere avTov v/xet9, /cat Kara tov vopov vpcov Kpi- 
 vaTe avTov. eiirov avTco ol lovoatot npuv ovk 
 
 egecTTLv anoKTeivaL ovoeva - Lva o Aoyog tov Irjaov 
 TrkrjpojOfj ov elnev cry]paLV(ov ttoim Oavarw -qpekkev 
 diro0vyj<TKeLv. *^ Elcrrjkdev ovv -ndkiv et? to 
 
 TTpatTfopLov^^ o lletXaroq^^ Kat iffxjjvrjcrev tov ^irfirovv 
 /cat ecTTcv avTO) ^v el 6 (3aerikev<; tmv \ovoai.(i)v ; 
 aireKpiuyj Ir/rrofg Atto rreaurou ' (ju tovto Aeyet? 
 -q akKoi eiTTOv (Tol ° ircpt tpov ; aTre/c/atf/r; o llet- 
 XttTO?^^ MryVt cya* 'louSatd? etjutt ; to eOvos to trot' 
 
 21 ntXdroj Tr. 22 ^„^i ^g- Tr. 
 
 23 T adds 6 34 o,„it T. 
 
 ^'' Add ovv T. 3^ tiv T<< TTiiatTayfHov 7rdA«i' T. 
 
 ^' 'Af^' iw'TOv T.
 
 302 KATA lOANHN. xviii. 36. 
 
 KOL ol d^^tepet? TTapihoiKav ere i^oC' ri i.TToir]cra<i ; 
 ^^ dneKpidy] 'ir^croO? 'H (SaaiXeia 17 ifxr) ovk icmv 
 e'/c Tov Koayiov tovtov ' el e/c tov koo-^xov tovtov 
 rjv 7) /3acrtXeta 7) e^LTj, ol VTrrfperai ol e'/Ltot rjyojpCl^ovTO 
 dv,^^ Lua fXTj napahoOo) toIs 'louSatots' i^vu Se rj 
 pacrtAeta rj efxr) ovk ecrnv evrevuev. eiireu ovv 
 
 avT(o 6 TTetXaro?^-'^ Ovkovv jSaaiXev^ el crv ; drre- 
 Kpidi] 6^° 'l-qaov^; %v Xeyets ort /SacrtXev? eljXL.^^ 
 iyd) et5 tovto yeyevvqp.ai koX ets tovto iXijkvda 
 eis TOV KocTfJiou Lva fJiapTvpTjaoj rrj dXrfOeia' ttci? 6 
 oiv e/c T179 d\r]0eLa<; d/covet /u,ou riy? (fiwurjs. ^^ Xeyei 
 avTM 6 rietXdro?^^ Tt icTTLv dXrjOeia ; 
 
 Kat TOVTO elTTUJu ndXiv i^rjXdev TTpo<; tov'; 'Iou- 
 8atou9, Kat Xeyet avTot? 'Eyw ovhefXiau evpidKOi iv 
 avTOi aiTLau ecrnv oe crvvrjtfeta vfjuu Lua eva 
 
 dTToXvaai vplv ev ^^ tm Trdcr^a ' ^ovXecrde ovv diro- 
 Xvaoi vjxlv TOV /BaariXea tmv 'lovha[o)v ; ^^ eKpavya- 
 crav ovv irdXtv ^^ XeyovTe^ Mr) tovtov dXXd, tov 
 BapafSftdv. rjv Se 6 Bapaftfids XtjctttJs- 
 
 XIX. ^ ToTe ovv eXa^ev 6 rieiXciTo?^ tov 'l-q- 
 <jovv KoX efxacTTiyuiarev. ^ kol ol (iTpaTiwTai TrXe- 
 ^avTe^ (TTe(f)avov i^ dKav0(i)v eTreOrjKav avTOv Tjj 
 Ke(f)aXfj, Kol IfxaTLov 7rop(f)vpovv irepie/SaXov avTov, 
 
 "" av 01 (fjLOi rjyatviQovTo 1 . 
 
 ^° Omit in secondary reading WH. 
 
 ^^ «i/ii ; WH marff. Add [iyat] Tr marff. 
 
 ^2 Omit in secondary reading WH. ^^ ^j(j navra Tr. 
 
 ^ ntXoTos Tr.
 
 XIX. 11. KATA IfiANHN. 303 
 
 ^ Koi ^p^ovTO TTpos avTou Kol eXeyov Xatpe 6 /8a- 
 crtXei'? T(ji>u 'iovSaLoju' koi iSibocrav avT(o paniafxaTa. 
 * Kat^ e^rfXO^v ttoXlv e^oi 6 nttXaro?"^ /cat Xe'yet 
 avTols *l8e ayo) i;/xti/ avTov efw, iVa yvciiTe otl 
 ovoejxiav aiTcau €vpLcri<a) eu avTco. ^qrjKuev ovu 
 
 6^ 'It/ctou? e^^J, (fiopoju tov aKavOivov crreifiauov kol 
 TO Trop<f)vpovv IfxaTiov. koi Xeyet avrot? 'iSou 6 aV- 
 OpoiTTO';. ^ 6t€ ovv etSot'^ avTov ot ap^iepels Kai ol 
 VTrrfpcTat iKpavyacrau \^yovT€^ ' Sravpcocrou crrau- 
 pcjaov.^ Xeyet aurot? 6 lletXaros-^ Aa/^ere avrov 
 Vfji€l<; /cat (TTavpaxraTe, iyw yap ou^ evpicTKo) iv 
 avTw air lav. ^ aTreKpiOrjcrav avTco ^ ol 'louSatot 
 
 H/jtet<; uofxau e)(oiJL€u, /cat /cara rot' uofxov Of^etXet 
 OLTToOaueiv, ort vtot* ^eoO iavrov inoirjcrev. ^ Ore 
 ouf y^Kovweu 6 YleukaTo^^ tovtov tov \6yov, paWov 
 i(l)o/3'rj0y), /cat elarjkOeu els to trpaiTMpiov ttoXlv /cat 
 Xeyet rw Ji^crov Ild^e/'' et (Tu ; 6 Se 'Irycrous atvoKpi- 
 aiv ovK eooo/cet/ avTO). Keyeu ovu' avTco o lleLkaTos 
 
 KfxoL ov XaXets ,• ovk otSa? ort i^ovcriav i^M ann- 
 Xutrat crt /cat e^ovdiav e^w (XTavpfocrai^ ere ; ^^ dne- 
 KpiOt] avTO)'^ 'iT/froug Ou/c elve?^'^ e^ovcriav KaT 
 ifxov ovoepiav el fxrj rju 8e8w/xeVof crot dvatOev 
 Ota TOVTo 6 7Tapah()v<; ^^ p-e (Tol peiC,ova dpapTiav 
 
 a Omit T WH nuin/. 
 
 8 So Tr hut niXfirof, T WH mary. 6 lUiKaroi e^w. 
 
 alriav ovx (vinrrKu) T. 
 •* Omit ill s(;c;omlary reading Tr WH. 
 « iSoi/ T. ' Omit T. 
 
 ° Add [avTw] Tr i/ifir//. ' Kxcliaiif^o places Tr nufr^. 
 
 ^° €x*tr T. " So Tr wr/;//., Ijiil 7r<ipa8t6oi'r Tr (r.rf.
 
 304 KATA IfiANHN. xix. 12. 
 
 e^et. €K TovTov 6 ITetXaTo?^ e'C^rei aTToXuo'at au- 
 roi/* ot 8e 'lovSaiot, iKpavyaarav ^^ \eyovTe<i 'Eaf 
 Tovroi/ aTToXucrr/?, ovk et (f)iko<i tov Kaicrapos' ttol^ 
 o jSacrikea eavTov ttolcov avTcXeyei tw KatVapi. 
 
 O GUI' netXaro*;^ aKovcra? t(i)v X6yo)v tovtwv 
 r]yay€u e^cj tov 'It/ctovi', kol iKaOiaeu eVt /Sif/Aarog 
 et9 TOTTOf XeydjLtef oi' Ai06crTpcDTOi>, ^^ 'EfipaicrTl 8e 
 Va/3/3a0d. ^* ^* ^t* 8e TrapacTKevrj rod 77ao"^a, copa 
 171^ W9 e/CTT/. Kol Xeyet rot? 'lovSatot? "iSe 6 ^Sa- 
 criXev? vpLMv. ^ eKpavyaaau ow eKeluoL * Kpov dpou, 
 (JTavpuiaov avTOP. Xeyet avrot? 6 HeiXdro^^ Top 
 jSacrtXea vp,o)v cTTavpcocro) ; direKpiOiqaav 01 dp^ce- 
 pet9 OvK €)(oixeu /SacrtXea et /X17 KaCcrapa. ^® rdre 
 out' TrapeSojKep avTov avTols tua (XTavpcodrj. 
 
 Hapekafiov ovu top ^Irjaovp ' ^^ kol ^acrrdt^oiv 
 avT(o ^^ TOP (TTavpop i^rjXdep ets top keyofxepop Kpa- 
 PLOv ToTTOp}^ o Xeyerat ^^'E/S/aatcrrt TokyoOd,^"^ ^^ onov 
 avTOP dcTTavpcocrap, kol jxeT* avTov aXXous Swo ipTevBcp 
 Kttt ipTEvOep, jxecrop 8e top 'Itjo-ovp. ^^ eypaxpep 8e 
 Kai TLTkop 6 JTetXaro?-'^ kol WrjKep cttI tov CTavpov' 
 ^p 8e yeypaixfxdpop IHSOTS O NAZHPAIOS O 
 BASIAETS THN lOTAAIXlN. ^^ to^top ovp top 
 Tvrkop TTokkoL dpeypcocrap tcjp 'lovSaiojp, otl iyyvs 
 Tjp o TOTTO<; TTJs TToXeco? OTTOV idTavpoiOrj 6 'ir/o'oG? " 
 Kat ^p yeypajxp^epop -^^ 'E/3/3atcrTt, 'Pwixa'CcrTL, 'EXXi^- 
 
 ^2 eKpa^a(ov T Tr marff. ^3 'E- T Tr. 
 
 14 ral^^ada T. 16 eav7-« T, avTw Tr. 
 
 " 707701/ T Tr. 
 
 1' ToAyo^a T, roXyo^ WH marf/.
 
 XIX. 28. KATA IfiANHN. 305 
 
 ' 21 *\ ■V "^ TT \ ' 18 ' ' '^ 
 
 vicTTL. eKcyou ovu tco lletAaroj ° ot ap^tepei*, 
 
 Toiv 'lot»8ata>i/ Mt7 ypdcfte 'O /SacrtXev? twu 'lov- 
 Saiov, d\X' OTL cKeti^o? elTreu Bao'iXev? rwi^ 'louSaiojt' 
 et/ai. ^^ "^"^ a-TT^Kpidr) 6 rietXaro? ^ ''O yeypaffya yi- 
 ypa(f)a. 
 
 ^^ Ot oSi^ crrpaTLMTaL ore iaravpojaau tov ^\y)(jovv 
 eXa^ou TO. t/xarta avTov koI eTTOirjcrau recrcrepa ixcpr], 
 eKoiaTa) orTpaTionrj p.€po<g, /cat tou ^irwva. rji/ 8e 
 6 ^LTWv apa(fjos, iK tCju avoiOev v^avTO^ hC oXoV 
 
 eiTTat' ouf 77"/3os aKkrjkov^ mi) crater ojju.ei' avrov, 
 dXXa Xa^ojpeu irepi avTov rivos ecrrat ' tt^a t^ ypa(f)rf 
 TT\r]poiOrj ^^ 
 
 " A te/xeptVaf TO ret IfjidTLd fxov eavrot? 
 Kat eVt roi' t/xartcr/xoi^ /xow e/Sakou KXrjpop." 
 Ot /txei^ ovi' OTTpaTiCJTai ravra iTToirjcrav' ^ lo'T't)- 
 K€L(Tav oe TTapa rw crTavpco tov ir)<jov rj prjrrjp 
 avrov /cat t) aoeAf/ny T7/9 p.y]Tpo<i avrov, Ma/Jta t) 
 TOV KXojTra /cat Mapta^*^ 17 MaySaXr/i^Ty. ^ 'li70"ov9 
 out' tSoji^ TT^f pr]T€pa Kat to// pa07]Tr)i> irapecrTona 
 6v y^ydira Xeyei rfj /xi^rpt VvuaL, the 6 vlos crov ' 
 ^ 6tra Xeyet rw padrjTij *l8t t^ fXTJryjp crov. kol 
 rxTr' (.Kf.ii>y]<i Tr)<i ojpa.*; €.Xa^ev 6 paOr)Tr)<; avrrju^^ 
 et9 Ta tota. 
 
 McTa Tovro etoo)«? o Ir^rrov? ort 1707/ travra 
 rcTeXecTTat tVa TtX^iojOy r] ypafjij) Xeyei " Ati//a>. " 
 
 '^ IliAciTb) Tr. ^® f(/it Toij/ *I(n/fi(iito)i/ T. 
 
 20 fiVoK Tr. 21 ^\,|,i ij )^^yoy„a Tr. 
 
 22 (Inrrix fi,nii> T Tr. 23 m„^„;,^^ T. 
 
 2* avTffv 6 fidOriTtji T. 20 'i^,|-„iiy fi/5a>4' WH mfirij . 
 
 2U
 
 yOG KATA TQANHN. xix. 29. 
 
 ^'^ (TK€vos eKeuo 6^ov<? fxearoy " cmoyyov ovu fxe(TTou 
 Tov ogovs vcrcrcx)7T(t) ■n^piuevTe'^ tt poar^veyKav avTov 
 TO) (TTOfxaTL. ore ovv e\apeu to ogos o irjorov^ ' 
 
 elneu TereXecrrat, Kat KXtVa? ttju Ke(f)a\rju irapi- 
 wKci' TO TTvevfxa. yJi ovu iovoaioi, enei 
 
 Trapa(rK€vrj rju, Lua fxr] fxeiurj eVt tov (TTavpov to. 
 cratfjiaTa iu T(o cra/8/3aT&j, 'qu yap fxeyaKr] r) rjfjiepa 
 eKeCuov^^ TOV cra/8/3aTov, -qpuiTiqaav tov TleikaTov^^ 
 wa KaTeaywaiu avTMv Ta (TKekr) koI dpOwaiv. 
 
 i)KUOV OVV OL CTTpaTLWTaL, Kai TOV fxev TTpCDTOV 
 
 KaTea^av to. crKeXr] kol tov aXXou tov (TvucTTavpco- 
 OepTos avTM • ^ eVl 8e tov 'irjcrovu iXdovTes, cJ? 
 elSou rjSr) avTov^^ TeOvrjKOTa, ov KaTea^av avTov 
 TOL (TKeXr), ^ dXX' et? twv cTTpaTLcoTcov Xoy^y avTOv 
 TTjp nXevpav iuv^eu, kol i^rjXOev ev0v<;^^ alfxa /cat 
 vodjp. Kat o €0)paK(x}<; fjLefxapTvprjKev, Kai akr)uivi] 
 
 avTov ecTTiv i] fJcapTvpia, Kai €Kclvo<; oioev otl 
 aXrjurj Xeyet, Lva Kat vfxeLS incrTevrjTe. ^"^ eyeuETO 
 yap TavTa Iva rj ypa(f)r) TTXr)poj0rj " 'OaTovu ov 
 (TvuTpi^yjcreTai aurov." ^^ kol ttoXlv eTepa ypa(f)r) 
 Xe'yet " "OxpovTaL ei9 ov i^eKevT-qcrav.^' 
 
 ^ Mera 8e raura -qpioT-qcrev tov WeiXaTov^^ 'Joj(Tr)(f) 
 ciTTo^* ^^' KpLp^aOaias, mv p^aOriTr)^ tov^^ 'It^ctou ke- 
 
 38 Omit, T. 
 
 3' Omit T, omit 6 lu secondary readitig Tr WH. 
 
 38 iKdvrj WH marg. 20 Ui'harov Tr. 
 
 ^° aurof ^'6y Tr marg. ^^ tvOvs i^rjKQiv Tr marg. 
 
 33 KOKfii/os T. 33 ni(TTfV(Tr]Tt Tr, not wzary. 
 
 34 6 clTri T. 35 >A_ T Tr. 
 38 Omit in secondary reading WH
 
 XX. 6. RATA inANHN. 307 
 
 Kpvinx4vo<; Se Sia tov (f)6fiou tmv 'lovSatcui', Iva dprf 
 TO crw/xa TOV 'ir^crov " kol inerpexliev 6 TleiXaros- ^ 
 rjXBev ovv koX ypeu to (Toifxa avTov.^^ "'^ rjKOeu ok 
 Koi NiKo^rjixo^;, 6 ik6(j}i/ irpo^ avTou^^ vvkto<; to 
 TTpwToi^, (()€poji' tktypa'^^ (TiJiupurj<; kol d\67]<; ws 
 Xtrpa? eKaTou. *" ikafSou ovv to crw/na tov 'It^ctoD 
 KOX eSrjaav avTO oOovioi'i jxeto. tmu dpoip^aTon', KaOu)^ 
 Wos idTiv Tol<; 'lou8aiot9 eVrac^ta^eti/. *^ yu 8e eV 
 
 T(p TOTTCO OTTOV iaTaVpOjOrj KyJTTO^, KaL Iv TOt KrjTTO} 
 /5T55' 'S^"? /3 ' .40 
 
 puTjfxeLOu Kavpou, eu o) ovoenoj ovoei? tju Teua.pevo<i 
 *^ eK€t ovv 8ta Ty]v napacTKevrjv tmv 'lovoaicov, otl 
 iyyv^ yjv to pviqpelov, eOrjKav tov Irjcrovv. 
 
 XX. ^ T^ Se /xta rait' aa^^aTojv Mapi'a^ 17 May- 
 Sak-qvyj ep)(€TaL irpoA cTKoria? ert ovwrj^ elq to pvrj- 
 fxelov, KOL jSk^neL tov XlOov rjpfxevov e'/c tov pvrifx^iov. 
 ^ Tp€)(€L ovv Kai €p)(CTaL TTpos "^Ipowa WeTpov KaL 
 Trpos TOV akkov ixa0rjTr]v 6v i(f)ikeL 6 Ii^crou?, Kai 
 keyet avToZ<i 'Upav tov Kvpiov Ik tov pvr)peiov, 
 Kttt ovK oi^tt/xei/ TTov cOrjKav avTov. ^ ^E^rjkOev 
 
 ovv o WcTpo^ KOL 6 aX\o9 jxa6if]Trj^, koX rjp^ovTo 
 ei9 TO pviipclov. ' eV^je^of 5e ol Svo Ojxov ' kol 
 6 ctXXos' p.aOirjTrj<i irpoc^pafxtv Tovetov'^ tov UeTpov 
 /cat rjkOcv TTpo)TO<; ct9 to pvyjiitLOV, ' KaL napaKv\pa<i 
 ftkencL Ktipava to. dOovLa, ov jxevTOL €L(j7jkHf.v. ^ ^PX^~ 
 Tat ovv Kal"^ '^Ljxow \\cTpo<; (XKokovOcJv avTO), Kai 
 
 ^"^ rj/KQuv «vv K(t\ ffptiv (ivToi) T. '^ Toi» 'if/froCi* Tr marg. 
 
 3» /ily^u T, /ii'y^u Tr WH marg. ^° iriOr) T Tr. 
 
 M«/H('i/x T ^ ■''f'X' 
 3 Omit T, |»cr,i] Tr nmrg.
 
 308 KATA IfiANHN. xx. 7. 
 
 elcrrjXdev et? to fjivrjixexou ' Kai Oewpel ra oOovia 
 Ket[Ji€ua, ' Koi to crovSdpiou, o rji/ inl rrjs K€r/)aX^? 
 avTov, ov /xero. twu oBovimv Keifxevou d\ka X^P'-'^ 
 iuTeTvXiyfiei'ov et? epa tottou ' ^ t6t€^ ovu tlcrrjkdei> 
 KOi 6 dWos jxadr}Tr}'i 6 i\0(x)i^ Trp(OTo^ et? to fivrj- 
 [xelov, Koi c'Sev koI eTricTTevcrev ' ^ ouSeTTw yap yj^^i'- 
 aav TTjv ypa(f)rfu otl oel avTov eK veKpoiv di/a(rTrjuai. 
 ^'^ aTrrjXBoi^ ovu ttoKlv TTpo? avrou?* ol jxadrjTaC. 
 
 ^^ Ma/ata-'^ Se IcrTTJKei^ Tr/aos tw jxprjixeio) c^co Kkai- 
 ovcra. W5 ovu CKkaieu TrapeKvxjjeu el<i to puTjfxelou, 
 ^^ /cat 0e(opeL hvo dyye'Xous iu XevKot5 /ca6*e{o/xeVov9, 
 eua 7rpo9 Trj Ke(f)aXrj kol eua TTpo<; roi? noaiu, onov 
 eK€iTO TO (Tcofxa Tov irjaov. Kat Aeyovcnu avTrj 
 
 eKeiuoi Tvvai, rt KXaiets ; Xeyet aurots otl 'Upau^ 
 Tou KvpLou fxov, Kol ovK oloa TTOv WrjKau aVTOU. 
 ^* TavTa elTTovcra icTTpdfprj ets tol onicrco, kol Oecjpel 
 TOU 'lr](jovu icTTcjTa, kol ovk JjoeL otl 'ir^croOs icTTLU. 
 ^'^ XeyeL avTjj 'li^crou? VvuaL, tl AcXatet? ; TLua ^T^rei? ; 
 iKeCuTj hoKovcra otl 6 Kr^novpos icrTLU Xeyet avT(o Kv- 
 pte, el (TV i/SdcTTacras avTou, elrre poL ttov €0y]Ka<? av- 
 Tov, Kdyoi avTov dpo). ^ XeyeL avTTj ^Irjcrov^ Maptdp. 
 <TTpacf)eL(ja iKeiuyj XeyeL avTio ^'E/SpaCaTL 'Pa/S- 
 /Sovuei^ (o Xeyerat AtSctcr/caXe). ^^ XeyeL avry 'Iiy- 
 
 (Tov'i M17 pov aTTTov,^^ ovTTOj ydp dua(3efirjKa Trpo<; 
 TOU TTUTepa'^^ TTopevov Se Trpo? tov<; dSeXcjiOvs pov 
 
 ^ avTovs T Tr. ^ fi^rfjKd T Tr 
 
 « Omit T. 7 ^pau T Tr WH w«r^. 
 
 8 'E- T Tr. 9 'Pa/3i3ouw' T Tr. 
 
 ^° aTTTov fiou Tr OT^r^. WH marff. ^^ Add [/lioi^] Tr i/ufrff.
 
 XX. 25. KATA IfiANHN. 309 
 
 Koi elne avrot? ^ Kva^aivu) Trpo? rov irarepa [xov 
 Kac narepa vfxojv /cat tfeou fjiov /cat tfeov vfjiojv. ep- 
 ^erat Mapta/u, 17 MaySaXi^i^ dyyeXXovcra rot? ixaOrj- 
 Tat? ort hjOjpaKa rov Kvptov /cat ravra etTret' 
 aurrj. 
 
 Ova-T)^ ovv oi//ia? T17 rjixepa eKCivrf Trj jjna crap- 
 ^OLTOiv, /cat Toi^' Ovpoiv KeKkeicrpevoiv ottov rjcrav ol 
 fxa6r)Tal Sta rot' <f)6ftov roiv 'IoL'Sata>^', rjXOev 6 
 '[■qaov'^ /cat e(TTT7 et? to fiecrou, /cai Xe'yet avrot? 
 JLiprjvri vjXLv. /cat touto enroiv eoei^eu /cat ra? 
 -)(eLpa<; /cat 717^' TrXevpau awrot?. i)(apr}(Tav ovv ot 
 liaO-qTOL tSofTC? Tot* Kvptov. ^^ etTrei' ouj/ avTot? 6 
 'ir^croCs'^'* ttoKlv YAprjvri vfxlv' Ka0oj<; aTreVraX/ceV 
 /xe 6 TraTrjp, Kayo) ireixTro)^^ vfxa<;. ^^ /cat toCto etTToJt' 
 iveffjvcrrjcrev /cat Xe'yet aurot? Kd^ere TTvevfxa ayiov 
 
 av TLvoiv a(prjT€ ra? afxapTiaq a(peoji>rai aurots* 
 cit' Tt/'f/j/^^^ Kparrjre KeKpdT7)UTaL. 
 
 ^ Wco/xaq Se elq eV roi/^ 8f/jSe/ca, o Xcyd/xei^o? AtSf- 
 fio<:, ovK r^v /xcT avTOiv ore rjKUev irjaovi. eKeyov 
 ovv avTO) ol d'XXot naOrjTai \\(i)paKa[iev tov Kvpcov. 
 6 8e elwev avTOL<; ^Edv fxr) l^o) iv rat? ^epaXv av- 
 
 TOV TOV TVTTOV TOW T^XoiI' /Cat fidXoj TOV OClKTvXoP 
 fJiOV^^ «t9 TOV TVTTOV^^^ TOW irJXoj;' KUL [idXoi jJiOV TTjV 
 
 ^€ipa €t<; TT^t* TrXevpdv avTov, ov [ir] TndTevaoi. 
 
 ^^ (bipoKt Tr Dinrff. 
 
 '^ Omll T, lint Tr nifirr/ [avrois] xtu Tin x''/"'* ""^ '^'l" ^^^^P^" avTiw 
 
 ^* Oniil T Tr. WH in secondary ic;iiliii<,'. 
 
 >' a»rofTT*XXa) Tr wfirr/. i" rivot WH wr/r// 
 
 ^^ uffnofTni WH w/'/ri/. ^® /iou tup 5d»fTuXoi' T. 
 
 ^® Ton-oi/ T Tr //iftrff.
 
 310 KATA mANHN. xx. 26. 
 
 ^^ Kat jxeO^ yj^epaf; oktco ttoXlv rjaou^ iarco ol fxa- 
 OyfToi avTOv Kat @&j/xa? /ler' avroiv. ep^erat 6 
 'It^ctou? TOiv Ovpuiv KeKkeLCTfievajv, /cat ecrrr) 6t5 to 
 fjiecrov /cat einep FALpTJvrj vpuv. etra Xeyet rw Bw/ta 
 ^epe Toi^ Sa/crfXo/^ crov wSe Kat tSe to,*; ^eipd<^ jxov, 
 Koi (f)£p€ TYju X^^P^ ^^^ '^"^^ ySaXe et? T171' TrXevpdv 
 pov, Kol /iTr) yivov dmcrToq dXkd 7rto"To?. ^^ avre- 
 KpiOrf (^oj/xa? Kat elneu avTco O KvpLO<; pov Kat 
 
 o c7eo9 /xou. KeycL avTO) o^" It^ctov? Urt eoopuKa^ 
 
 , 21 '~ '^'?' ^ 
 
 /xe TreTTL(TTevKa<; ; paKapioi ol pt) loovre^ Kat 
 
 TTioTeucrai/re?. 
 
 so 
 
 IloXXa pev ovu kol aXXa a'qpeia eTTOirjcev 6 
 ^lr)(TOV<; iutoTTLOv rtov padrjTcou,^^ a ovk eaTtv ye- 
 ypappeva iv rw ^tySXtw tovtco' ravra Se yeypa- 
 TTTat ti'a Tn(TTevr)Te ort irjaov<i ecrriu o ^ptcrro? 
 6 vto? Tou ^eoi), Kat tVa TrKxrevoi^TC? ^wt^i^ ^XV^^ 
 iv TO) opopan avTov. 
 
 XXI. ^ Mera ravra i(f)auep(t)(T€v eavTov ttoXlv 'I>^- 
 (TOV<i rot? paOrjTcu<i iirl Trj<i 0a\dcr(Tr)(; T>^q Tt^e^ia- 
 80? • icjiapepocrep oe ourw?. 'Herat' opov %ipoiv 
 
 Ilerpo? Kat So)pa<; 6 Xeyopevoq AtSv/AO? Kat Na- 
 Oavarjk o oltto Kat'o,^ rrys FaXtXata? Kat ol tov^ 
 Ze^eSatov Kat aXXot ck roir^ paOr^Tcov avTOv Svo. 
 ^ XeycL avTolq Sipcov Tle.Tpo<; Tnayco aXieveiv • Xe- 
 
 ^° Omit in secondary reading Tr WH. 
 
 2^ So RV mftiY/., nenicTTtvKas • T Tr. 
 
 22 Add avTov WH //larff. ^^ nicTTtvar^Te Tr but not marg. 
 
 1 Kava T Tr. ^ uloi Tr marg.
 
 XXI. 11. KATA lOANHN. 311 
 
 yovcTiu avTip 'Rp)^6fxeda /cai T^/xet? crvu crot. i^rj^- 
 6av^ /cat iue/3r)aap et? to ttXoIou, kol iv eKeivrj rfj 
 pvktI iTTtaaav ovSeu. * irpuita^ Se 1781^ yLvoyiiviq^ 
 earrj 'ir^croG? ei?^ top alyiaXov ov /xeVrot rj^eLorav 
 ol fiadY)Tal oTL ^Irja-ovs earTiv. ^ Xe'yei ovv avTolq 
 'irjaov's'^ ITatSia, fxtj tl Trpocr(f)dyLOu e^ere ; aTre- 
 KpiOyjO-av avTio Ov. ^ 6 Se etTrei^^ avrot? BaXere 
 ei? TO, Se^to, fJiipy) tov ttXolov to Slktvov, kol evpyj- 
 creTe, e^akov ovv, kol ovKeTc^ avTo eXKVcrai^^ caxvou 
 OLTTO TOV ttXtjOov^ Tuiv l^Ovoju. ' Xcyet ovv 6 ixaOrjTT)^ 
 eKelvoq ov rjydTra 6 'irycroO? toj Ilerpw 'O Kvpi6<; 
 iaTLV. %'ip.oiv ovv IleTpo<;, a/coucra? otl 6 Kvpto*; 
 iaTLVf TOV iTT€vBvTr)v Ste^cocraro, ^v ya.p yvp-vo^;, /cat 
 e/Bakev kavTOv €t? Trfv OdXacraav ^ ol Se ctWot ^a- 
 OrjToi TUi nXoLapico rjXOov, ov yo-p riaav p.aKpdv dno 
 T179 yrj<; dXXd o)<; dno TTrj)((ov Sta/cocrtoji^, crvpovTe<; 
 TO ^tKTVov TU)V l)i^9v(i)V. ^ 'li? ovv diri^iqaav ets T-qv 
 yrjv /BXenovaiv dvOpaKidv Keiptvrjv koI oxpapiov iin- 
 KeLfxevov /cat apTOv. Key el avTOL^ o i7)aov<; Vjvey- 
 KaT€ diro Tojv oxpapicov S)V iindcraTC vvv. dve/^r) 
 
 ovv^'^ ^ifuiiv WeTpo^i /cat eiXKvaev to Slktvov et? Trjv 
 yrjV {leaTov l)( Ov(ov peydXutv ^^ Ikutov TrevTrJKOvTa 
 
 TpLCJV Kul TOaoVTCjJV 6vT(x)V OVK C(T)(^L(T6r) TO OLKTVOV. 
 
 •■' (^t)'KOi>v T Tr. ■* yfvofifvys Tr mar//. 
 
 '' (ttI T Tr mtt/y. WH y/icirr/. ° lyvi^auv Tr mar//. 
 
 '' \6\ 'ivfToOf Tr. 8 Xt'yfi T 
 
 " uIk (Ti Tr. 10 t'X/cO.rai Tr. 
 
 ^' (Jmil ill secondary rcadiiiLf Tr WH. 
 
 '=^ Omit T, \ovi>\ Tr „iitr//. 
 
 ^■' fifyuXoiv l)^6v(tiv Tr mufy.
 
 812 KATA lOANHN. xxi. 12. 
 
 ^^ Xeyet avTOL<; 6^^ 'Ir^crou? AeGre apicrTiqaare. ov- 
 Sei9^* iToXfxa tojv ixaOrjToju i^eTacrai avTOu Xv tl<; 
 el; etSdre? otl 6 /cvpto? ecmv. ^^ ep^erai 'li^croO? 
 Kat Xafji/Bdvei top aprov koX oihoioriv avTol<i, Kol to 
 oyjidpiov ofjiouuq. ^^ Touro 1781^ Tp'nov icpavepatOr) 'It^- 
 <Tou? Tot9 ixaOrjTol^ iyepOel'i e/c veKpoiv. 
 
 ^^ 'Ore oui^ rjpicrTrjcrav Xeyet t6> St/xwvt Uerpo) 6 
 'ir^croO? Siixoiv ^loidvov^^ ayaTia? /xe irKeov rov- 
 Tdiv ; keyei avTO) Nat, Kvpie, av otSa? ort (^tXoi 
 ere. Aeyet auroi Bocr/ce ra apvia jxov. Aeyet av- 
 Toi TrdXiu Sevrepop Slixojv ^Icjduov,^^ dyaTra? /xe ; 
 Xeyet awrw Nat, Kvpie, crv ot8a<? ort (^tXoi ere. Xeyet 
 auroi llot/xati^e ra TrpopaTta'-" fjiov. Aeyet aurw 
 
 TO rp'iTov %Lfi(op ^lojdvov,^^ <^tXet9 /xe ; ekvirrjOiq 6 
 TTeV/jo? ort eiTreZ'' aurw to rpiTOP <I>tXet9 {xe ; /cat 
 elirep^^ avTO) Kvpte, irdpTa crv olSaq, crv yLP(ocrK€i<; 
 OTL (^tXoj ere. Xeyet avTco ^Irjcrovq^^ Bocr/ce to. irpo- 
 paTta /xou. a/XT^i' a/xi)!^ Aeyt/j trot, oTe 7)9 i^ew- 
 
 T€po<;, i^(t)ppve<; aeavTOP /cat TreptcTTctTet? ottou yjOeXe*;' 
 oTav Se yr)pdcrr)<;, i.KTepex<i Tct? y^€ipd<i aov, /cat aXXo? 
 Qmctel ere /cat oteret ottov ou f7eAet?. touto oe 
 
 elirep crrjjxaipcop ttolm OapdTut oo^dcrei top Oeop. /cat 
 TovTo elircop Xeyet avTw 'A/coXou^et /xot. 
 
 ^^ 'ETTtcTT/oac^et? o IleT/ao? /SXeVet toj^ jxaOyjTrjp ov 
 rjydrra 6 'li^eroi)? d/coXoi^^oG/'Ta, 6? /cat ai^eVeerei^ eV 
 
 " All, I a? T, [Se] Tr. IS 'Itoawov T. 
 
 ^" rrpoliiiTu Tr (not marff.) WH »/ff>-y. 
 
 " Xeyet T Tr w/a/y. ^^ Omit T, {"irjaovs] Tr. 
 
 i» npo^ard WH »/a/-y. 2° ere (ooaei T Tr M^r^.
 
 XXI. 25. RATA lOANHN. 318 
 
 TO) oeLTTVo) inl to orryjOof; avTov Koi elrr^v Kvpte, tl^ 
 icTTLV o TTapaoioov's ere ; " tovtov ovv locov 6 neVpo? 
 \eyeL toj ^Irjo-ov Kvpie, ovto^ Se tl ; '^^ Xeyet avTM 
 o lr}(Tov<; 'I'^.o,/-" avrov OeXoi fxeveiv eco<; ep^o/JLai, tl 
 7rpo<; ere; crv jjlol aKoKo-vOei. ^'E^rjX.^et' ovv ovto<; 
 6 Xoyoq et? rot"? dSeXfjyov'^ on o paOrfTrj^; iKeivo<^ 
 OVK riTToOvrjCTKei. ovk elnev Se^^ avTO) 6 'It^ctou? 
 oTt OVK aTTo0urj(TKeL, aX\' 'Ra?^ avTov OeXco p-eveiv 
 eoj? ep^^ofxac, tl Trf)()<; ere ; 
 
 Uuro? ecTTw o pal>r)Tr)q o paprvpcov Ttepi tov- 
 Tojz^ /cat o ypa\\fa^ ravTa, /cat oioapev ort aKr)ni]<; 
 avTov rj fiapTvpia icrriu. 
 
 hcrrt?^ oe /cat aKKa nokKa a eTToirjcrev o iT^trou'?, 
 aTLva lav ypar/^ryrat /ca^i cj^, ouo' avTov olpac tov 
 KocTfxov y(opi'j(reLV to. ypacjiopeva ^t^Xta. ^^ ^^ 
 
 21 K«} oiV flTTfv T Tr /wr_^. 22 Omil T 
 
 23 A. Id /fal WH w,in/. 24 (),„j, ^ T, [6] ,fal WH w/^v/. 
 
 25 Oiiiils llic uliolc VClSf T. 
 
 2^ Tr adds subscriplioii Kara 'itoai/i^i/.
 
 A LITERAL TRANSLATION OF JOHN I.-IV; 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 1. In (the) -beginning was the Word, and the Word was 
 with [the] God, and God was the Word. 
 
 2. This-foiio) was in (thcj-bet^innint::; witli [tlie] God. 
 
 3. All-things through him w^ere-made, and w^ithout him was- 
 madc not one-thing. 
 
 4 That-which has-heen-made in him life was, and the life 
 was the light of-the men. 
 
 5. And tlie light in tlie darkness shines, and the darkness it 
 not apprehended. 
 
 C. 'rh(,-rt'-wa.s (i\)-iiinn having been-sent from God, name to- 
 him John. 
 
 7. Tliis-(on(') came for witness, that he-might-bear witness 
 concerning t/ie lit/ht, that all might-believe through him. 
 
 8. Not was that-(iiii(') the light, but that he iiiight-hoar- 
 witnoss concerning the light. 
 
 9. TTfe-was the light the true which lighteth every vian com- 
 ing into the •world. 
 
 10. In thi; irorld he-was, and the iiuivid through him was- 
 made, ,'ind tlio world him not knew. 
 
 • Black tyjio ilnnotcs tlip first oncnnvrirc of words ; ilalir, r\ new form of 
 ;i known uoul ; ]ioni:in, known wonls. W'oiiIh joined liy ii hi/plini or /ii/}>/ints 
 am to bo ronderfil l>y one wonl in (!nik. /'urailhcscs ( ) onclo.so words for 
 wliidi tlif-rf^ is noci|niv!ilcnt in the (Irrck. 'I'lii- nstcrisk ( •) stands for worils 
 wliiih nri' nntransl.it.itilr- in Kn^lisli. Hrftchis \ ] enclose wonls wliirh arc in 
 the fJreck, Imt are not to l>e rendered into Kn^li.sli. Tlie order of the Greek 
 words is stiictly followed in this translation.
 
 316 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 11. Unto the his-own-things he-came, and the Ms-own liim 
 not received, 
 
 12. As-many-as moreover received him, he-gave to - them 
 power children of-God to-become, fo-those believing on the name 
 oi liim, 
 
 13. Who not from bloods nor from (the) -will of-flesh nor 
 from (tlie)-will of-man but from God w^ere-begotten. 
 
 14. And the Word flesh was-made and he-tabernacled among 
 us, and we-beheld the glory of-liim, glory as of- (tlie) -only- 
 begotten from (the)-Father, full of-grace and of-truth. 
 
 15. Jolin bears-witness concerning him and he-has-cried 
 (cries) saying, This-(one) was the-(one) having-said, The-(oiK') 
 after me coming before me has-been, because first of-me (before 
 me) he-was. 
 
 16. Because from the fulness of-him we all receioed, and 
 grace instead of-grace. 
 
 17. Because the law^ througli Moses w^as-given, [the] grace 
 and [the] truth through Jesus Christ came (was). 
 
 18. God no-one has-seen at-any-time ; {i:\\(i)-only-begotten 
 God tlie-(one) being in the bosom of-the Father, that-(one) 
 declared. 
 
 19. And this is the vnfness of-[the] John when sent unto him 
 the Jew^s from Jerusalem priests and Levites that they-might- 
 ask him, Thou who art-thou ? 
 
 20. And he-confessed and not he-denied, and he-confessed, 
 [that] ^ " I not am the Christ." 
 
 21. And they-asked him, What then ? Thou Elijah art ? 
 And he-says, Not I-ara. The prophet art thou ? And he- 
 answered. No. 
 
 22. They-said therefore to-hira, Who art-thou '.' that answer 
 we-may-give to-the-(ones) having-sent (to-those who-sent) us. 
 What sayest-thou concerning thyself ? 
 
 23. He-was-saying, I voice of-(one) -crying in the w^ilder- 
 
 1 OTL recitative, equal to our quotation marks (" ").
 
 LITERAL TRANSLATION. 317 
 
 ness, Make-straight the way of-the-Lord, as said Isaiah the 
 prophet. 
 
 24. And they-had-been-sent from the Pharisees. 
 
 25. And they-asked him and said to-him, Why then baptiz- 
 est-thou if thou not art the Christ nor Ehjah nor the prophet ? 
 
 2(3. Answered to-them [the] John, saying. I baptize in 
 (with) virater : midst of-ijou he-stands whom you not know, 
 
 27. After me coming, oj-ivJcom not am I w^orthy that I- 
 should-unloose of-him the thong of -the sandal. 
 
 28. These-things in Bethany were beyond tlie Jordan, where 
 was [the] John bajJtizlny. 
 
 29. ()n-thc morrow he-sees [the] Jesus coming unto liim, 
 and says, Behold, tlie Lamb of-[the] God the- (one) bearing 
 (he who bears) the sin of-the world. 
 
 30. This-(one) it-is about whom I said, After me comes 
 {a,)-num who before me has-been, because first of-me (before me) 
 }ie-was. 
 
 31. And-I not kiiein liim, but that he-should-be manifested 
 to-[tlie] Israel, on-account-of this came I in (with) water bap- 
 tizing. 
 
 32. And bii.rc-irif.iirss dolm, saying, " I-Jtavc-bcJudd, the Spirit 
 descending as (a)-dove Inmi heaven, and it-abode uj)on him. 
 
 33. And-I not knew liiiiK but [\\v-{in\iS) havhig-sent (he who 
 sent) me to-baptize in (wilhi watrr (liat-(oue) to-nie said, Upon 
 wliom soever thou-mayst-sec tlie Spirit descending nnd abiding 
 Ufion liiin, this-(oiie) i.s ihe-(one) baptizing (he who baj)tizes) in 
 (wifli) I the) Spirit Holy. 
 
 34. And-1 havc-sccii and 1-have-bornc-ivitness that this-(one) 
 is the Son of-fthe] God." 
 
 35. Oii-liif niorr<»w again w^as-standing John and from tbo 
 disciples (it-liiiu tw^o. 
 
 3(). And having-looked-at [tin;] Jesus w^alking, he-says, Be- 
 hold the Lamb of-[fln' ] (jlod. 
 
 37. And heard tin; two d,iscipl,cs him speaking mik! they- 
 foUowed [tin; J Jesue.
 
 318 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK ME IHOD. 
 
 •38. Having-turned moreover [the] Jeaus and having-beheld 
 them folhwiuf) he-says to-them, What seek-ye ? The-(ones) 
 moreover said to-him, Rabbi, which is-said being-interpreted, 
 Teacher, where ahidest-thou ? 
 
 39. He-says to-them, Come-ye and ye-shall-see. They-came 
 therefore and saw where lie-abides, and with him they-ahode the 
 day that (that day) ; (the)-hour was about (the) tenth. 
 
 40. It-was Andrew the brother of-Simon Peter one from the 
 two of-the-(ones) havlmi-heard (of those who heard) from John 
 and having -foUoived (who-followed) liim. 
 
 41. Finds this-(one)^rs^ tlie brother the his-own Simon, and 
 lie-says to-him, We-have-foicnd the Messiah, which is, being- 
 interpreted, Christ. 
 
 42. He-led him unto [the] Jesus. Having-looked-at him 
 [the] Jesus said, Thou art Simon the son of John, thou shalt- 
 be-called Cephas, which is-iuterpreted Peter. 
 
 43. On-the morrow he-willed to-go-forth into [the] Galilee. 
 And he-finds Philip and says to-him [the] Jesus, Follow-thoii me. 
 
 44. Was moreover [the] Philip from Bethsaida, out-of the 
 city of-Andrew and of-Peter. 
 
 45. Finds Philip [the] Nathanael and says to-him, of-whom 
 (him of whom) wrote Moses in the lato, and the j^^^ophets, we- 
 liave-found, Jesus, (the)-sow of-[the] Joseph, the-(one) from Naz- 
 areth. 
 
 46. And said to-him Nathanael, Out-of Nazareth is-able 
 any good-thing to-be ? Says to-him [the] Philip, Gome-thou, 
 and see. 
 
 47. Saw Jesus [the] Nathanael coming unto him and says 
 concerning him, Behold, truly [an] Israelite in whom guile 
 not is. 
 
 48. Says to-him Nathanael, "Whence me knovjest-thon? An- 
 swered Jesus and said to-him. Before of-the (that) thee Philip 
 to-call (called), beiiuj under the fig-tree I-saw thee. 
 
 49. Answered to-him Nathanael, Kabbi, thou art the Son of- 
 [the] God ; thou King art of-[tlie] Israel.
 
 LITERAL TRANSLATION. 310 
 
 50. Answered Jesus and said to-hini, Because I-said to thee 
 " I-saw thee underneath the Jig-tree " believest-thou ? Greater- 
 thiugs-than these thou-shalt-see. 
 
 51. And he-says to-him, Verily, verily I-say unto-you, ye- 
 shall-see [the] heaven opened, and the angels of-[tlie] God 
 ascending and descending upon the Son of- [the] man. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 1. And on-the day tlie third (a)-marriage was in Cana of- 
 [the] Galilee, and was the mother of-[the] Jesus there. 
 
 2. Was-called moreover also [the] Jesus and the disciples 
 of-him to the marriage.. 
 
 3. And having-failed vrine, says the mother of-[the] Jesus 
 unto him, Wine not they-have. 
 
 4. And says to-her [the] Jesus, What to-in.e and to-thee, 
 vroman ? not-yet is-come tlie hour of-me. 
 
 5. Says the mother of-him to-the servants, What soever he- 
 may-say to-you, do-ye. 
 
 6. There-V)ere moreover there of-stone water-jars six accord- 
 ing-to the purifying of-the Jews lying, containing apiece meas- 
 urers (firkins) two or three. 
 
 7. Says to-them [the] Jesus, Fill-ye (he water-jars with- 
 water. And they-filled them up-to aJ>ove (up to the brim). 
 
 H. And he-says to-them, Draw-ye-out now^, and bear-ye to- 
 tlii' ruler-of-feast. The-(oiies) (they) moreover Imre. 
 
 9. Whi'H moreover tasted the ruler-of-(the)-feast the w;iler 
 wine havivg-herome, and iiof knev* whciu-e i(-is, the moreover 
 servantH knew, the-(oneH) havivg-ilrawn (those who drew) the 
 water, (-alls the bridegroom the ruler-of-(th(')-fea8t, 
 
 10. And he-sayH to-him. Every man first the good wine 
 placRH, ;ind \vhenever they-become-drunken th(! worse; tlion 
 hast-kept the ^ood wine until now. 
 
 11. This did {iw)-beg inning of-the signs [the] Jesus in Cana
 
 320 INTRODUCTORY N. . T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 of-[tlie'] Galilee, and manifested the glory of-him, and believed 
 on him the disei|ile.s of-liim. 
 
 12. After this he-'woit-duwn to Capernaum, himself and the 
 mother uf-him and the (his) brothers ;ind the discij^les of-hini, 
 and there they-abode not many days. 
 
 13. And near was the passover of -the Jews, and went-uj) to 
 Jerusalem [the] Jesus. 
 
 14. And hefound in the temple the-(ones) selling (those 
 who sold) oxeu and sheep and doves and the mouey-chaugers 
 sitting, 
 
 15. And having-made (a)-scourge out-of cords all he-cast- 
 out from the temple, the both sheep and the oxen, and of-the 
 money-changers he-poured-out the money and tlie (their) ta- 
 bles he-overtIire\w, 
 
 16. And to-the-ones the doves selling (to those who sell the 
 doves) he-said, Taherije these-things hence, not nuikcrye tlie 
 house of-the Father of-me (a)-]iouse of -merchandise. 
 
 17. Remembered the disciples of-hira that it-has-been-ivritten, 
 The zeal of-the house of-thee shall-eat-up me. 
 
 18. Answered therefore the Jews and said to-him, What sig7i 
 showest-thou to-us, because these-things thou-doest ? 
 
 19. Answered Jesus and said to-them. Destroy -ye the tem- 
 ple this and in three daj^s I-will-raise him (it). 
 
 20. Said therL'fore the Jews, Forty and six years ■was-built 
 the tem])le this, and thou in three days lailt-raise-iq} him (it) ? 
 
 21. That-(one) (He) moreover was-saying (spoke) concerning 
 the temple of-the body of-him (his). 
 
 22. When therefore he-was-raised from (the)-dead, reiiitiu- 
 bered the disciples of-liiuT that this he-was-saying, and they- 
 believed the writing (scripture) and the word which said [the] 
 Jesus. 
 
 23. AVlien moreover he-was in [the] Jerusalem in (at) the 
 passover in (at) the feast, many believed on the name of-him, 
 beholding of-him the signs which he-w as-doing. 
 
 L'l. Ile-himself moreover Jesus not tvas-believing (trusting)
 
 LITERAL TUANSLATION. 321 
 
 himself to-them on-account-of the him to-know (ou account of 
 that he knew) all-men, 
 
 25. And because not need he-was-havinf/ that any should- 
 bear-witness concerning [tht.j man, lie-liimsclf for was-knowlng 
 what was in [the] man. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 1. (There) -was moreover (a)-man out-of the Pharisees, Nico- 
 demus name to-him, (a)-ruler of-the Jews. 
 
 2. This-(one) came unto him by-uight and said to-him, Rabbi, 
 weknow that from God thou-kast-come (a)-teacher ; no-one for 
 is-able these tlie signs to-do whicli thou doest, if not (except) 
 he [the] God witli liim. 
 
 3. Answered Jesua and said to-him, Verily, verily, I-say to- 
 thec, if not (except) any-one b&^orn anew, not he-is-able to-see 
 the kingdom ot-[thi'] (Jod. 
 
 4. Says unto him [the] Nicodemus, How is-ablc (n)-man 
 to-be-born old beiugV Ls-he-able into the womb of-the mother 
 of-him a-second-time to-enter ami to-be-born ? 
 
 5. Answered [the] Jesus, Verily, verily I-say to-thee, if not 
 (except) any-one be-born of water and of-(the)-Spirit, not is-he- 
 ablo to-enter into tlie kingdom of-[the] God. 
 
 6. Th(;-(thing) haviufi-Iteen-hnrn (that which has been born) 
 of the flesh, <h;sh is, aiitl the-(thiiig) having-been-born of the 
 Spirit, spirit is. 
 
 7. N(;t marvel-thou because I-said to-thee, It-is-uecesaary for- 
 yoii to-be lioni anew. 
 
 H. The wind wIuto it-ivUleth blows, and tlie sound of-it thov- 
 hearest, but not thou-knowest whence it-comes and whitlur 
 it-goea ; thus is evtTy-ont! the-(on<') ]iavimj-l>ecv-honi of tin- 
 Spirit. 
 
 \). Answered Nicodemus and said to-him, How is-able (aru 
 able) these-things to-be ? 
 
 21
 
 022 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 10. Answered Jesus and said to-hiiii, Thou art the teacher 
 of-(the) Israel and tliese-tliings not tltouknowest ? 
 
 11. Verily, veril3% I say to-thee, " That-which we-know we- 
 sjieak and that-whicli we-have-seen we-hear-vvituess, and the 
 witness o£-us not ye-receive. 
 
 12. If the earthly-things I-said to-you and not ye-believe, how 
 if-perchance I-say to-you the-heavenly-things shalL-ije-heUeve ? 
 
 13. And no-one hath-ascended into the heaven if not (except) 
 the-(one) out of-the heaven havliKj-descended (he who descended), 
 the Son of-[the] man. 
 
 14. And as Muses lif ted-up the serpent in the wilderness, 
 thus to-he-llftcd-uj) it-is-necessary-for the Son of-[the] man, 
 
 15. That every-one the-(one) believing (who believes) in him 
 may-have life eternal. 
 
 16. Thus for loved [the] God the world so-that tlie Son 
 the only-begotten he-gave, that every-(onc) the-(one) believing 
 (who believes) on him not should-periah but should-have life 
 eternal. 
 
 17. Not for sent [the] God the (his) Son into the world that 
 he-should judge the world, but that should-be-saved the world 
 through him. 
 
 18. The-(one) believing (he who believes) on him not is- 
 judged ; the-(one) not believing already hotJt-heen-judged be- 
 cause not he-has-believed on the name of-the only-begotten Son 
 of-[the] God. 
 
 19. This moreover is the judgment, that the light has-come 
 into the world and loved [the] men rather the darkness than 
 the light ; was (were) for of-them evil the -works (for their 
 works were evil). 
 
 20. Every-one for the-(one) ill practising (w'ho prartiseth ill) 
 hates the light and not comes unto the light, that not be-con- 
 victed the works of-him. 
 
 21. The-(one) moreover doing the truth comes unto the light, 
 that may-be-manifested of-him the works, because in God it-has- 
 been-wrought (they-have-been- wrought).
 
 LITERAL TRANSLATION. 323 
 
 22. After these-things came [the] Jesus and the disciples 
 of-him into the Judcuan land, and there he-was-tarryiug with 
 them and ivas-baptiz'mg. 
 
 23. ^Vas moreover also [the] John baptizing in ^non near 
 to-[the] Salim, because loaters many was (were) there, and 
 they-were-commg and wei'e-bei7i (/-baptized. 
 
 24. Not-yet for had-heen-cast jnto the prison John. 
 
 25. There-was therefore (a)-que3tiouing from the disciples 
 of- John with (a)- Jew concerning purifying. 
 
 26. And they-came unto [tlie] John and said to-him, Eabbi, 
 (he)-who was with thee beyond the Jordan, to-whom tliou Itast- 
 borne^witness, behold this-(one) baptizes and all-(men) come unto 
 him. 
 
 27. Answered John and said, Not is-able (a)-man to-receive 
 nothing (anytliing) if-perchance not it-have-been-given to-him 
 from [the] heaven. 
 
 28. Yonrsdres ye to-me bear-tvit7iess that said I, Not am I 
 the Christ, but that I-hacc-been-sent before t]iat-{onc) (him). 
 
 29. The-(one) having the bride (the)-bridegroom is ; the 
 moreover friend of-the bridegroom, the-(one) having-stood and 
 hearing him, •with-joy rejoices on-account-of the voice of-the 
 bridegroom. This therefore i\ie joy the mine has-been-fulfilled. 
 
 30. (For)-tliat-(one) it-is-necessary to-increase, (for)-me more- 
 over to-decrease. 
 
 31. Tlie-(oii(!) from-al)ove coming above all is; the-(oiu') lie- 
 ing from the earth from the eartli is, and from the earth he- 
 speak.s ; the-(one) from [th((] heaven coming above all is. 
 
 32. That-wliich he-has-secm and heard, of-tliis he-bears-witness, 
 an<l the witness of-him no-one receives. 
 
 33. TlM'-(oni') having-received of-him (his) the witness aet- 
 his-aeal tliat [thn] (iod true is. 
 
 31. Whom for sent [the] God tin; words of-[ the] (Jod he- 
 speaks, not for from measure gives-he the Spirit. 
 
 35. Th(; Fatlier loves the Sou, and all-tliings he-has-given in 
 llie hand of-him.
 
 324 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 3G. The-(one) believing on the Son has hfe eternal ; the-(one) 
 moreover disbelieving tlie Son not shall-see life, hut tlie wrath 
 of- [the] God abides on him. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 1. When therefore knew the Lord that lioard the Pharisees 
 that Jesus more disciples makes and baptizes than John, 
 
 2. Although Jesus himself not was baptizing but the disci- 
 ples of-him, 
 
 3. He-left [the] Judaea and departed again into [the] 
 Galilee. 
 
 4. It- w as-necessary moreover (for)-him to-go through [the] 
 Samaria. 
 
 5. He-comes therefore to {w^-city of-[the] Samaria, called 
 Sychar, near the field which gave Jacob to Joseph the son 
 of-him. 
 
 6. There-was moreover there (the)-well of-[the] Jacob. 
 [The] therefore Jesus having - become - wearied from the 
 journey was-sitting thus by the ivdl. (The)-hour was about 
 (the) -sixth. 
 
 7. There-comes (?i)-woman from [the] Samaria to-draw water. 
 Says to-her [the] Jesus, Give me to-drink. 
 
 8. The for disciples of-him had-departcd into the city, that 
 food they-might-buy. 
 
 9. Says therefore to-him the woman the Samaritan, How 
 thou (a)-Jew being from me to-drink askest (a)-woman Samar- 
 itan being ? Not for have-dealings Jews with-Samaritans. 
 
 10. Answered Jesus and said to-her, If thou-knewest the 
 gift of-[tlie] God and who it-is the-(one) saying to-thcc, Give 
 me to-drink, thou * wouldst-have-asked him and he-would-have- 
 given * to-thee water living. 
 
 11. She-says to-him, Lord (Sir), not (a)-bucket thou-hast 
 and the well is deep ; from-whence then hast-thou the water the 
 living ?
 
 LITERAL TRANSLATION. 325 
 
 12. * Thou greater art-thou (than) the father of-us Jacob, 
 who gave to-us the well, and himself of it drank and the sons 
 of-him and the cattle of-him ? 
 
 13. Answered Jesus and said to-her, Every-one the-(one) 
 drinking (whu drinks) of the water this shall-thirst again; 
 
 11. Who moreover soever drinketh of the water which I 
 shall-give to-him, not * shall-he-thirst unto the age (forever), 
 but the water which I-shall-give to-him shall-hecome in him (a)- 
 well of-water spriuging-up unto life eternal. 
 
 15. Sa3s unto him the woman, Lord (Sir), give to-me this 
 the water, that not I-inaij-thirst, neither come-the-way hither 
 to-drmo. 
 
 IG. He-says to-her. Go, call of-thee the liushand, and come 
 hither. 
 
 17. Answered the woman and said to-him, Not I-have (a)- 
 husband. Says to-her [the] Jesus, Well saidst-thou, * "Hus- 
 Itand not I-have." 
 
 18. Five for husbands thou-didat-have, and now whom thou- 
 luist not is of-thee (a)-hiisband ; this frui', thou-hast-spoken. 
 
 19. Says to-him the woman, Lord (Sir), l-be]iold that prophet 
 art thou. 
 
 20. 'lihi- fathers of-us in the mountain this worshipped ; and 
 ye say, that in dt-rusalem is the place where to-u'orship it-is- 
 necessary. 
 
 21. Says to-her [the] Jesus, Believe me, woman, that cometh 
 (tho)-hour when ntiitlu-r in the nKninfuiii this nor in Jerusalem 
 ije-shall-ivorshij) the I'atlier. 
 
 -2. Y(! irors/iij/ that-which not ye-know, we vorshlp that- 
 \slii< li we-kiiow, because [the| salvation from the Jews is. 
 
 2.'». I Jut cuiiictli (the)-hoiir arid now is, wlnn tlir trui- wor- 
 shippers shall-worshlj) the Father in spirit and truth, and for 
 the Father such seeks the-(ones) worshij'jniit/ him. 
 
 24. Spirit (is) [the] CJod ; and th(-(ories) worship[ting him in 
 .spirit and truth it-is-necessary lo-worship. 
 
 25. Says to-him th(i woman, l-kn<»w that Messiah comes, the-
 
 326 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 (one) called Christ; whenever may-come that-(one), he-will- 
 announce to-us all-things. 
 
 20. Says to-her [the] Jesus, I am (he), the-(one) speaking 
 to-thee. 
 
 27. And upon this came the disciples of-him, and they-were- 
 marvelli?! ;/ ihiit with (a)-vvoman he-tvas-speaklng ; no-one howr- 
 ever said, What seekest-thou ? or, AVhy speakest-thou with 
 her? 
 
 28. Left therefore the water-jar of-her the woman and de- 
 parted into the city and says to-the men, 
 
 29. Come, see-ye (a)-mau, who said to-me all-things which 
 I-did? * This-one is-lie the Christ ? 
 
 30. They-went-out from the city and came unto him. 
 
 31. In the mean-while were-askiny him the disciples saying, 
 Rabbi, eat. 
 
 32. The-(one) moreover said to-them, I food have to-eat which 
 you not know. 
 
 33. Were-saying therefore the disciples unto one-another, * 
 Any-one brought to-him to-eat ? 
 
 34. Says to-them [the] Jesus, My meat is that I-may-do the 
 will of-the-(one) having-sent me and (that) I-may-accomplish 
 of-him the work. 
 
 35. Not ye say, * '' Yet four-months it-is and the harvest 
 comes ? " Behold, I-say to-you, Lift-up the eyes of-you and be- 
 hold the fields that w^hite are-they unto harvest 
 
 36. Already the-(one) reaping reward receives and gathers 
 fruit unto life eternal, that tlie-(one) sowing together may- 
 rejoice and the-(one) reaping. 
 
 37. In for this the word is true, * " Another is the-(one) sow- 
 ittg and another the-(one) reaping." 
 
 .38. I sent you to-reap (on)-which not ye-have-labored ; oth- 
 ers have-labored^ and ye into the labor of-them have-come-in. 
 
 39. From moreover the city that many believed on him of-the 
 Samaritans on-account-of the word of-the woman hearing-witness, 
 * " He-said to-me all-things which I-did."
 
 LITERAL TRANSLATION. 327 
 
 40. When therefore came unto him the Samaritans, they-were- 
 asking him to-ahide with them; and he-abode there two days. 
 
 41. And much more believed on-accouut-of the word of -him ; 
 
 42. To-the also woman the^^-were-saying, * " No-longer on- 
 account-of the thy speaking we-believe ; ourselves for we-have- 
 heard and we-know that this is truly the tSaviour of-the world." 
 
 43. After moreover the two days he-went-forth from-thence 
 into [the] Galilee. 
 
 44. Himself for Jesus bore-witness that (a)-prophet in the 
 Jtls-own country honor not has. 
 
 45. When therefore he-came into [the] Galilee received him 
 the Galilceans, all-things haviitfj-seen as-many-as he-did in Je- 
 rusalem in (at) the feast ; and themselves for came unto the 
 
 46. He-came therefore again unto [the] Cana of-[the] Galilee, 
 where he-did (made) the water wine. iVnd there-was (a)-certain 
 king's-officer of-whom the son was-sick in Capernaum. 
 
 47. 'J'his-(one) having-heard that Jesus is-come out-of [the] 
 Judiea into [the] Galilee departed unto him and was-asklng 
 that he-would-descend and would-heal of-hira the son, he-was- 
 about for to -die. 
 
 48. Said therefore [the] Jesus unto him, If perchance not 
 (except) signs and wonders ye-should-see, not in-any-wise would- 
 ye-believe. 
 
 49. Says unto him (he king's-officer, Lord (Sir), descend 
 (come-down) before to-die the cliild of-me. 
 
 50. Says to-him [the] Jc^sus, Go-thy-way ; the son of-thee 
 lives, lielieved the man (he word wliich said to-him the [Jesus], 
 ami lhc-W(is-ijoln.ii-h'is-iC(iy. 
 
 51. Now moreover of-liim dcscendlvg (when he is descending) 
 the servants of-him met him saying that the child of-him 
 lives, 
 
 52. He-inquired iherofore the hour from thom in which better 
 he-had- libv self (w:\^). They-said therefore In him, * "Yesterday 
 ( the)-honr seventh left him the fever."
 
 328 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD. 
 
 53. Knew therefore the father that (it was) at-that the hour 
 in which .said to-him [the] Jesus, The son of-thee lives ; and he- 
 believed himself and the house of-him whole. 
 
 54. This moreover again (the)-second sign did [the] Jesus, 
 having-come out-of [the] Judaia into [the] Galilee.
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 'APpad|x, o (Ilcb.), Ahrahain. 
 d-ya96s, -t), -ov, (/ood ; used oi both 
 
 persons ami things. 
 dfyaXXidoixai., In rcjoici: ; 1 iior. iiiiil. 
 
 riyaWiaad/xT}!', f(jllo\veil l>y 'iva 
 
 (sul)j.), viii. 5() ; 1 aor. inf. pass. 
 
 with a mid. signif., with tV (dat.), 
 
 V. oO. 
 
 d-yairdw, -co, -^o-oi, lo Inn., (jr. § 114. 
 
 dYa-TTT], -T/s, ri, low. 
 
 dy-yeXia, -as, tj, message, 1 .Jolni i .5, 
 ill. 11.* 
 
 d-yY*^^"") 1 i""". ^7'7fiAa, iv. 51 (T), 
 /-; (iiiiiDiime, XX. LS. (jr. § 124, ]* 
 
 HyytXci, -ov, 6, messcni/rr ; s|)i't'. of 
 Ciod's messengers to Mien, r/ze/'/ 
 
 ayt-oX^ui, -(Tw, to si-l iipait from couunuii 
 iiM' ; III i)itii/i/, mntfli/i/. 
 
 dyios, -a, -ov, s< I iijiiiil fri)m iniiiiii'iii 
 iisi, Itiil 11 ; irvdifia ayiov, lln: JJ"/'/ 
 S/>>nl. 
 
 ayvit^u), (Tw, III cleanse, purij}/, xi. 55. 
 
 UYopdl^w, (TW, III inii'liii.se, liui). 
 
 dyu, -i^w, 'I aor. ^yayoi/, trans., Inliml , 
 biiiiij; with irpov (ac<;.), e/s, of des- 
 tination; used intrans. in siihj., 
 arfitifxtv, li-l IIS i/o! (Jr. f{ 124, 2. 
 
 d-ywyl^oiiai inipf i]yijivi(^i'iixT)v, xviii. 
 ijlj ; a (h|i. ndd. verh; In iimUnil 
 witii an adversary, y<V//i/. 
 
 d8(X<t>T|, -^j, ^, sislir. 
 
 d8(X<|>6s, III', '5, liriillii'f. 
 
 dSiKCa, -OS, ^, irniiii/ { towards man or 
 (Jod), iiini'ilih 'iiisiii \s, vii 18. 
 
 d-0«T£a», -w, -riiToo (Of- as in riOrifxi), lo 
 sel at miuf/ht, i. e. persons, to dcsjiise, 
 reject, xii. 48. 
 
 aiYiaXos, -ov, 6, the shore, beach, 
 xxi. 4. 
 
 aiifia, -Tos, to, blonil. 
 
 Alvwv, 7/ (llel).), ^Kiion, iii. 23.* 
 
 ailpw, (l) to iiiki' ufi, lift, v. 8-12 ; hcnee 
 (with ^vxhi') lo keep in sus/ietise, 
 X. 24; (2) to remove by death, imp. 
 o/pe, apou, ,lwai/ with ! i.e. to exe- 
 cution; (3) tu take away s\n, of tlie 
 redeeming work of Christ, 1. 2U; 
 i .John iii. 5. Gr. § 124, r,. 
 
 aiitu>, -ft), 11(701, 1 aor. j'/Tjjau, pf. j/ttj- 
 ica, lo (is/i, /"'"'/; with two aces., 
 or aec. of thing, and av6 or Trapa 
 (gen.) of person; mid. lu ask Jnr 
 one's self. Gr. 124, 7. 
 
 ciiT^a, -as. ri, cimai for wliieli one is 
 worthy of piniisliinent, rrime, xviii. 
 'M, xix. I, (}. 
 
 attov, -wvus, o, rimtiimiiHs duration, iii/n ; 
 lliiu iiiihiiiiled, the in/i' n/ eteriilli/, — 
 ('/) past,as ix. ;i2; (A) future, vi. 51, 
 especially in tiie following phrase: 
 lis rhi/ alwixx, for ever, with nega- 
 live adv. never. 
 
 aluvios, -inv, jier/iclual, of unlimited 
 dur.'ilion, elenial,everlaslinii. Jolm 
 nst'S it 17 times in (Jospel, jiiid .al- 
 ways with (|a)T), ilirnid life. 
 
 dKuvOa, -j/s, 7/, Ihiirn, xix. 2. 
 
 UKdvOivos, of, iiitidi o/ ihnnis, .\ix. 5.
 
 gLko^ 
 
 330 
 
 avaoTcuris 
 
 dKO^, -rjs, v {cLKovo)), hearing, the thing 
 heard, a report, xii. 38. 
 
 OLKoXovOib), -u, --qaw, impf. r\Ko\o6dow, 
 1 aor. r)Ko\ovQr\<ia, to accompany, 
 follow, with dat., especially of the 
 disciples of Christ, viii. 12 ; so, 
 met., to imitate, xii. 26, xxi. 22. 
 
 UKOvw, -era) or -a-Q/jiai, pf. aKtiKoa 
 (Gr. §124, 8); (1) without object, 
 i. 40, xii. 34; (2) with object (ace. 
 or gen.), iii. 8, x. 3; to hear, under- 
 stand. 
 
 dXal^ovla, -as, rj, boasting, vain-glori], 
 1 John ii. 16. 
 
 d\Et<{>o>, -^w, 1 aor. ^Atti|/a, to anoint, 
 xi. 2, xii. 3. 
 
 dX€KT(i>p, -opos, 6, a cock, xiii. 38, 
 xviii. 27. 
 
 dX.TJ6(i.a, -as, v, truth. Jesus is called 
 the Truth, xiv. 6. 
 
 dXi]6T|s, -€S (d, Ao9- in KavQdvw, un- 
 concealed), true, truthful. 
 
 i.\i]9iv6s, -T), -6v, real, true, genuine, 
 contrasted with the fictitious, as 
 i. 9 ; with the typical, as vi. 32. 
 
 dXiiOws, adv., trull/, in truth. 
 
 dXiEvo), -tvaai, tojish, xxi. 3.* 
 
 dXXd, hut, an adversative particle. 
 
 a\\ax<i9<v, adv., from elsewhere, x. 1.* 
 
 iXXf|Xa»v, reciprocal pron,, gen. plur. 
 (Gr. § 60), one another, each other. 
 
 4LXXo)j.ai (dep.), to leap up, hubhk up, 
 as water, iv. 14. Gr. 124, 10 
 
 dXXos, -11, -o, other, another ; oi &K\oi, 
 the others, the rest. 
 
 aXXorpios, -ia, -lov, belonging to an- 
 other, X. 5. 
 
 dXoT], -Tjs, v, the aloe, xix. 39.* 
 
 afxapravto, -ri]<Tw, 2 aor. ifiixaprov, pf. 
 i]/j.dprriKa, to mi.'is a mark, to sin ; 
 with cogn. ace. afiapriav, to sin a 
 sin, 1 John v. 16. 
 
 afiapTCa, -as, ^, (1) dn, as a quality 
 of actions or a principle of human 
 nature ; (2) a sin, sing., as 1 John 
 iii. 4, John viii. 34, 46 ; plur., spec. 
 
 in the phrase d(pievai rets afiaprias, 
 
 to forgive sins, xx. 23. 
 d)iapTa>X(S$, -6v, (1) sinful, espec. 
 
 habitually and notoriously; (2) 
 
 substantively, a sinner. 
 d|if|v, Amen, a Hebrew adjective, 
 
 true, faithful, used as an adverb at 
 
 the beginning of a sentence, verilj/, 
 
 trull/. John uses the word 25 times, 
 
 repeating it each time. 
 dfjLvos, -ov, 6, a lamb ; figur. of Christ, 
 
 i. 29, 30. 
 d|J.-ir€Xos, -ou, fi, a vine, figur. as 
 
 XV. 1, 4, 5. 
 dv, a particle, expressing possibility 
 
 or condition. 
 dv, contr. from idy, if, xii. 32, xiii. 20, 
 
 xvi. 23, XX. 23.* 
 dvd, prep., lit. up ; with numerals 
 
 used distrihutively, dvh fifrprjras 
 
 5vo fj TpcFs, two or three measures 
 
 apiece, ii. 6. 
 dva-Pa(vo>, -fiTjcrofxai, 2 aor. dvf^r\p 
 
 (Gr. §124, 12), to ascend, espec. to 
 
 Jerusalem, on board ship (xxi. 3), 
 
 to heaven. 
 dva-pX^TTw, to recover sight, ix. 11, 
 
 15, 18. 
 dv-av-yeXXw (Gr. § 124, 1), to tell, to 
 
 declare openly. 
 dva-Yivcio-Kw, to know again ; to read, 
 
 xix. 20. 
 dvd-K£i|xai., dep., to recline at a meal, 
 
 to sit at meat; 6 dyaKiifievos, one 
 
 who reclines at table, a guest, 
 
 vi. 11, xii. 2, xiii. 23, 28. 
 dva-KVTTTU), /() raise one's self from a 
 
 sloopiiiij jiosliire, viii. 7, 10. 
 dv-a(JidpTT]Tos, -Of, ivithout blame, fault- 
 less, viii. 7.* 
 dva-irCirTw, 1 aor. dyetrfcra (Gr. §124, 
 
 see irivTu), to sit down, vi. 10; to 
 
 rrrlinr at table, xiii. 12; to lean 
 
 bark, xiii. 2.5, xxi. 20. 
 dvd-o-Tao-is, -eois, r/, ri.'iing. as from 
 
 death or the grave, irsurredion.
 
 dva<rTp«(}Ki) 
 
 331 
 
 d-irwXcta 
 
 dva-crTpc<{>w, to turn up, overturn, 
 
 ii. 15. 
 dva-xwpt'wf -Hi, to depart, withdraw, 
 
 vi. 15. 
 'AvSptas, -ov, 6, Andrew. 
 dvejios, -ov, 6, the wind, vi. 18. 
 dv-tpxofxai., 2 aor. dvrjKdoi', to (jo up, 
 
 vi. ii. Gr. § 124, 78. 
 dvT|p, avhpos, 6, (1) II man; (2) a hus- 
 
 Ixmd ; (o) a person generally. 
 dv6pttKi.d, -as, V, a heap of live coals-* 
 dvOpwTTO-KTovos, -ov, 6, a murderer.* 
 dvOpuiiros, -ov, 6, a man. 
 dv-i<rTT)jj.i (Gr. § 121, see Xar-riixi), to 
 
 raise up from deatli, vi. 39, 40, 14, 
 
 54 ; to rise a(jain from tlie dead, 
 
 xi. 23, 24, XX. 'J ; to rise, stand up, 
 
 xi. ;5i. 
 "Avvas, -a, 6, Annas, xviii. 13, 24. 
 dvoi-yw, -|(B (Gr. § 124, 14), to open ; 
 
 ititrans. in 2 pf. dvfwya, to be open. 
 dvrC, prep., gen., instead of, for, 
 
 i. 16. 
 dvTi-Xt'Yco, to sptak against, oppose, 
 
 >i.\. 12. 
 'Avri-xpio-Tos, -ov, m., opposer <f 
 
 Chnsi, Auliihrisi, 1 .John ii. 18, 22, 
 
 iv. :j, 2 Joiiii 7.* 
 dvrXtu), -ci, 1 aor. ^vrXrjaa, J)f . fivr\T\- 
 
 Ka, to draw frcjni a vessel, ii. S, 'J, 
 
 iv. 7, 16.* 
 dyrXiiiitt, -Toy, to, a hucht, iv. 11.* 
 dvu, adv. (at/a), up; iws &v<ti, up to 
 
 the. brim, ii. 7 ; upwards, xi. 41 ; 
 
 TO (lvw, hiaren, as viii. 'I'-'t. 
 dvwOtv, adv. (6,vw) of place, ./''-"/' 
 
 altfwe, as iii. 31, xix. 11 ; with prep. 
 
 iK, from the lop, ah .xi.x. 2;) ; in iii. 
 
 4, 7, ar/ain, or perhaps liere also, 
 
 from aliove. 
 &^-ios, -I'a, -tov, adj., worth ji, dcsermini 
 
 if; with 'Iva,, i. 27. 
 dir-a'Y7<^Xcu, to report, make knoum, 
 
 die/nre, xvi. 2.'".. ((Jr. § 124, 1.) 
 OTr-dYto, lo leail or lake awai/. 
 d-TTciOcii), -a), to refuse belief, iii. 36. 
 
 d-n--cpxo|iak (Gr. § 124, 78, see tpxo- 
 /j-ai), to I/O aicai/, depart. 
 
 d-iTi(rTos, -Of, not believing, faithless, 
 XX. 27. 
 
 dird, prep. gen. ,yrom. See Gr. § 125 ; 
 and for the force of the prep, in 
 composition, § 125. 
 
 ttiTo-Paivw (for j3oiW, Gr. § 124, 12, 
 flit. -firiffo/jLai) , to ijo or come out of 
 as from a shij), xxi. 9. 
 
 d-rro-BvTurKu) (dird, intensive, the sim- 
 ple dvijffKw is rare), (Gr. § 124, 
 100), to die (1) of natural death; 
 (2) of spiritual death. 
 
 dTro-KttXvTTTw, to uncover, bring to light, 
 reveal, xii. 38. 
 
 diro-KOirTw, 1 aor. airiKo^a, to smite or 
 cut ujf, xviii. 10, 26. 
 
 dTro-Kpivo(iai, 1 aor. nud. 3 pers. sing. 
 airiKpivaro, v. 17, 19, xii. 23; 1 aor. 
 pass. d.TrtKpidriv, to answer ; to begin 
 to speak, ii. 18, v. 17. 
 
 diro-Kpio-is, -tws, 7), an answer, reply, 
 i. 22, xix. 9. 
 
 diro-KTtCvw, -fvS>, to put to death, kill. 
 
 d-ir-oXXviii ((ir. § 123, 13), to destroi/, 
 lo bring to nought, to put to death ; to 
 lose; mid., pass, (and 2 perf.), to 
 perish, die ; to be lost. 
 
 diro-Xv«, to release, let go, to send 
 awaij. 
 
 d-TTOptw, -w (irSpos, resource), only 
 mid. in N. T., to be in doubt, to be 
 perplexed, xiii. 22. 
 
 d-iro-o-TeXXo) ((Jr. § 124, under o-TfA- 
 Aai), tij send Jbrth, send, as a mes- 
 senger, etc., spoken of prophets. 
 It ache rs, and other messengers. 
 
 diro-o-ToXos, -ov, 6, a mes.<ieni/er, xiii. 
 10. 
 
 diro-o-vvd-ywYOS, -ov, excluded from the 
 si/niiij"i/iii , I reiiminunicati il, ix. 22, 
 xii. 42, xvi. 2.* 
 
 dtfTio, mid., toiiiurh, XX. 17. 
 
 dirciXtia, -as, 17 {air6\\ufii), destruc- 
 tion, of persons ; perdition, xvii. 12.
 
 aptCTTOS 
 
 332 
 
 ^ao'ra.ffi* 
 
 dpeo-TOs, -ii, -6v, acceptable, pleasing to, 
 
 viii. 29. 
 dpi.0|Ji6s, -ov, 6, a number, vi. 10. 
 'Api|ia0€ta, -as, v, Arimathaa, xix. 38. 
 dpitTTdw, -w, -■^irai, to take the mornimj 
 
 meal, xxi. 12, 15. 
 dpK€(o, -w, to be sufficient for, vi. 7, 
 
 xiv. 8. 
 dpv€0|J.ai, -ovfxai, fut. dpvr}(Toij.ai, 1 aor. 
 
 Tjpz/Tjtra/UTji/, /o (/«?!//, disclaim, disown. 
 dpviov, -ou, TO, a /iV?/e lamb, xxi. 15. 
 ipird^w, -a(ra>, 1 aor. ripiracra, to snatch, 
 
 take by force, vi. 15, x. 12, 28, 29. 
 dptt<}>os, -ov, not seamed or sewn, xix. 
 
 23.* 
 dpTi, adv. of time, now; with other 
 
 particles, as ews dpn, till now ; 
 
 air' &pTi, from now or henceforward. 
 dpTos, -ov, 6, bread, loaf, food. 
 dpxTJ, -rjs, f., a beginning. Adverljial 
 
 piirascs, air' dpxvs, from the begin- 
 ning ; ev dpxfi, in the beginning ; 
 
 e| dpxv^- from the beginning or from 
 
 the first ; rr\v dpxh^, altogether, viii. 
 
 25. 
 dpx-irCpcvs, -4a>s, 6, (1) the high priest ; 
 
 (2) a chief priest, i. e. tiie head priest 
 
 in his class. 
 dpxi-TpiK\ivos, -ov, 6, a president of a 
 
 fast, ii. 8, 9.* 
 dpx.w, mid., to begin, often with infill., 
 
 xiii. 5 ; dp^anivos dir6, beginning 
 
 from, viii. U. 
 &p)(wv, -ofTos, 6, prop, part., ruler, 
 
 prince. 
 dpa)|j.a, -ros, to, spicerg, xix. 40. 
 dcrOe'veia, -as, i] {d priv. and aOivos, 
 
 slrewjUi), bodily infrmili/, sickness, 
 
 V. 5, xi. 4. 
 utrBtvt'co, -u), impf. ricrdevovv, to be sick. 
 aTifid^u), (TO), <o dishonor, viii. 49. 
 avXr|, -^s, ^, 'HI o/^»en space, court or 
 
 /uz// of a liouse, as x viii. 15 ; a sheep- 
 
 fold, X. 1, 16. 
 au^dvoi, intrans., to grow, increase, 
 
 iii. 30. 
 
 ovTOS, ■fi, o, pron., he, she, it ; in noni. 
 always emphatic. Properly de- 
 monstrative, self very ; joined with 
 each of the persons of the verb, 
 with or without a pers. pron., J my- 
 self thou thyself; with the article, 
 the same. 
 
 aiiTov, -TJs, -ov, pron. reflex, (contr. 
 for eaurof'), of himself, herself, etc. 
 T and Tr exclude these forms 
 from the N. T., everywhere read- 
 ing avTov, aiir^, etc. ; but WH 
 have introduced the aspirated 
 form " nearly twenty times." In 
 John it is found ii. 24, xiii. 32, 
 xix. 17, XX. 10. 
 
 avTO-cfxdpos, -01/ (<pwp, a thief), in the 
 very act, viii. 4, neut. dat. with eirj.* 
 
 d<{>-(T)|xi (see Gr. § 122, 2), to send 
 away; (1) to forgive (dat. pers.), 
 XX. 23; (2) to permit, concede, witii 
 inf., as xi. 44, xviii. 8, or S,va, subj., 
 xii. 7 ; (3) to leave, depart from. 
 
 B. 
 
 PaOvs, -€70, -V, deep, iv. 11. 
 
 Patov, -ov, TO, branch, xii. 13.* 
 
 pdXXo), fiaAw, ^f^\-r)Ka, i^aKov (Or. 
 § 124, 28), to throw, cast, put (wilh 
 more or less force, as modified by 
 the context) ; of liquids, to pour, 
 xiii. 5. 
 
 PairTtto), -o-&>, of the Christian ordi- 
 nance, to baptize, to immerse. 
 
 Pdirrw, ;8ai|/&), to dip, xiii. 26. 
 
 Pap-appds, -a, 6, Burabbas, xviii. 40. 
 
 Pao-iXcta, -as, v, « kingdom. 
 
 Pao-iXcvs, -^ois, &, a king. 
 
 Pao-iXi,K6s, -v, -ov, adj., belonging to a 
 kinq, roi/al ; nobleman, iv. 46, 49. 
 
 Pao-Td^w, -daw, 1 aor. t^daracra, to 
 lif, lift n/i; thus, (1) lo carry, a 
 burden, as xix. 17 ; {2) to take (m 
 one's self xvi. 12 ; (3) to take away, 
 xii. 6.
 
 BcO-av(a 
 
 333 
 
 yiviaa-Ka 
 
 B<0-av(a, as, i], Bethany, " liouse of 
 
 dates." There were two places of 
 
 tlie name: (1) xi., etc.; (2) on the 
 
 Jordan, i. 28. 
 PT|6-5a0d, -as, T], Bethesda, " house of 
 
 compassion," v. 2.* 
 Pt)0-X€<(i, t], Bethlehem, " house of 
 
 bread," vii. 42. 
 Pti8-crai8d, ij, Bethsalda, " lioiise of 
 
 hunting " or " fishing." 
 Pii|ia, -T09, t6 (j3a- in 0a'tvct>), ihione, 
 
 jiKlf/iiieut-seat, xix. 13. 
 PipXCov, -ov, TO, lioof:, volume, xx. 30, 
 
 xxi. 20. 
 PiPpuo-Ku, (/3po-), pcrf. $e$puKa, to 
 
 tat, vi. l;J.* 
 pCos, -ov, 6, (1) life, 1 John ii. IG ; 
 
 (2) i/oods or priijiertij, 1 John iii. 17. 
 pXa<r4)T]fita>, -a>, to lihisjiheine, x. 36. 
 p\aa-<|>Ti(i{a, -as, r}, hUispheiitff, x. 33. 
 pXc'iTu, -^<t>, to see, to have the jmwer of 
 
 seeiwj, to look at. 
 Podu, -u, to /mhtitih openly, to cry aloud, 
 
 i. 23. 
 pooTKO), -ficTO), to lend, to feed, xxi. 15, 17. 
 PouXcvh), (TO), to adrise, N. T. mid. 
 
 oidy ; wilii ha, xi. Ti;!, xii. 10. 
 PoiiXop.ai, to he willintj, xviii. 3'J. 
 Pous, 0u/ti, 6, ri, (III or, a cow, ii. 14, 15. 
 fipa.\(,<iiv, -ovos, 6, the arm ; met., 
 
 jiower, 8tren(/th, xii. 38. 
 Ppa\uSi -<■<"<», -v, fliort, little; fipaxv t(, 
 
 vi. 7, of «iuantity, a little. 
 PpovT^, -r)s, 7}, thunder, xii. 29. 
 ppufia, -Tos, r6 (see 0ifip(u(TK(i>). food, 
 
 iv :'.!. 
 ppuais, -fo.?. 7), fiioil, meal. 
 
 raPPaOtt, 7/ (Mil), f'hald. form), 
 (i'iiIiIiiiIIki : (lu elerated fihice or In- 
 liiitidl, xix. ]"•* 
 
 Ya^o-4»vXdKiov, -ov, t6, (I Ireasiin/, a 
 |i;irt of the tirnpic so (called, viii. 20. 
 
 TaXiXata, as, r) (fromHeb.), (Jalilee. 
 
 FoXiXaioSi -aia, -a'iov, of or belonging 
 to Galilee, iv. 45. 
 
 ■ydfios, -ov, 6, a marriage fast , ii. 1, 2. 
 
 ■ydp, " truly then," a causal particle 
 or conjunction, yor, introducing a 
 reason for the thing previously 
 said. It is post-positive. 
 
 ■^i, an enclitic particle, post-positive, 
 indicating emphasis, at least, in- 
 deed ; Kairoiyf, though indeed, iv. 2. 
 
 •^tlruv, -ovos, 6, r), a neighbor, ix. 8. 
 
 -yc)i({(i), -(TO), lofll, with ace. and gen., 
 ii. 7, vi. 13. 
 
 ■y€V€TTJ, -^$, 7), birth, ix. 1.* 
 
 'ycvvdcd, -co, -■{)ac», to be(jet ; pass., to be 
 begotten, burn (often, in John, of 
 si>iritual renewal). 
 
 'Y^puv, -ovTos, It, an old man, iii. 4.* 
 
 •ytvw, only mid. in N. T., to taste, ii. 9, 
 viii. 52. 
 
 -ycup-yds, -ov, 6, a husbandman, a vine- 
 dresser, XV. 1. 
 
 Y^ii 7^s. V, contr. for yta or ya7a, 
 land or earth, as (1) land, as op- 
 posed to sea ; (2) earth, as opposed 
 to heaven ; (3) region or territory. 
 
 ■yr^pdcrKii), or yrjpdui, -d(ru), to become 
 old, xxi. 18. 
 
 'Y(vo|iai, for ylyvofxai. See Or. § 124. 
 y(vi](Toixai, tyfyoftt}!' and iyivi]6r)v, 
 yeyova (with pres. force) and 7?- 
 yivri^iai, to become, as (1) to begin to 
 be, used of persons, to be lioni, 
 viii. 58 ; of tlie works of creation, 
 to be made, i. .3, 10 ; to be changed 
 into, ii. '.) ; (2) tohap/iin, frequently 
 in the phrase koI ^yfi'tro, and it 
 came to pass. 
 
 ^ivuo-K(i), for yiyvilxTHdi (see (ir. 
 § 124), yvtiiTofjiai, 2 aor. tyvdiv (im- 
 J)er. yvwOt), perf. tyvoiKa, (1) /» be- 
 ciniie iiuiueof to perceice, with ace ; 
 (2) to Icnow, perceive, understand, 
 with a<'<;. or 8ti, or ace. and intin., 
 or Ti interrog.; (3) specially /o/xomi 
 God, Christ, and divine things.
 
 ^Xu>O-O'6-K0|l,0V 
 
 334 
 
 8ia-8(8(i>fii 
 
 -yXbxro-o-Ko^ov, -ov, to, a little box oi' 
 case for money, xii. 6, xiii. 29.* 
 
 'yvup^tM, -iffoj, to make known, to de- 
 clare, XV. 15, xvii. 26. 
 
 ■yvwo-Tos, -i), -ov, verb, adj., known, 
 xviii. 15, 16. 
 
 ■yoYYutw, -vaoi, to murmur in a low 
 voice. 
 
 ■yo-yY^o-nos, -ov, 6, mutterinr/, vii. 12. 
 
 roXYoOd (Heb., Chald. iform), Gol- 
 ticlha, " the place of a skull " 
 (probably from its shape) ; Cal- 
 vary, xix. 17. 
 
 Yovtus, -f'ois, 6, (yfv- in yivofxai), a pa- 
 rent ; only in plural, ol yovth. 
 
 'ypd|tp.a, -Tos, to (ypd.<p(t>), (1) « nrit- 
 ing, such as the Scriptures, v. 47 ; 
 (2) plur., literature, learning gener- 
 ally, vii. 15. 
 
 -ypafifiaTCtis, -60)9, it, a scribe, viii. 3. 
 
 •ypa(j)T|, -7)j, v, (1) a writing ; (2) spec, 
 ^ ypuKp'fi or a( ypa(\>ai, tlie Scri/i- 
 turcs, writings of the O. T. 
 
 'Ypdi{>oi, -)|/a), yeypafpa, to grave, unite, 
 inscribe. iypa.<p7\, yeypainat, or ye- 
 ypanfifvov iari, a formula of quo 
 tation. It is written. 
 
 'Y^ixvos, -^, -Of, naked, having only an 
 inner r/arment, xxi. 7. 
 
 ■yuvTi, Yui'aiKos, voc. yvvai, r), a woman. 
 The voc, as a form of address, is 
 often used in reverence and honor. 
 Compare ii. 4 and xix. 26. 
 
 8ai|xov(to|jLai, to be possessed by a 
 
 demon, x. 21. 
 8ai(ioviov, -lov, rS (orig. adj ), a 
 
 demon or fit"// spirit. Satix6i>iov 
 
 fX«»*'i to have a demon or to be a 
 
 demoniac. 
 SaKpviw, -(TO), to weep, xi. 35 * 
 BaKTiiXos, -ov, 6, a finger. 
 AavetS, 6 (Heb.), David, vii. 42 
 
 Z(, an adversative particle, post- 
 positive, but, now, moreover. 
 
 Sci, impcrs. (see Gr. § 116), // needs, 
 one must, it ought, witli in fin. 
 
 8cCKvup.i. and 8(iKviiw (see Gr. § 123), 
 to present to sight, to show, to teach 
 (ace. and dat.). 
 
 SciXidco, -to, to .shrink for foar, to be 
 afraid, xiv. 27.* 
 
 Stiirvov, -ov, TO, the chief or evening 
 meal, supper. 
 
 8€Ka-ir€VT€, Jifteen. 
 
 8eKaTos, -Tj, -ov, ordinal, tenth, i. 40. 
 
 8t^ids, -£», -ov, the right. 
 
 Sepb), to scourqe, to smite, so jvs to flay 
 off the skin, xviii. 23. 
 
 8£vpo, adv., used only as an impera- 
 tive, come hither ; SeiJpo e|w, come 
 forth, xi. 43. 
 
 SfvTt, adv., as if plur. of Sevpo (or 
 contr. from SeCp' ire), come, come 
 hither, iv. 29, xxi. 12. 
 
 SevTcpos, -a, -ov, ordinal, second in 
 number, iv. 54. Sevrepov, adver- 
 bially, the second time, iii. 4, xxi. 16. 
 So iK Sevrepov, ix. 24. 
 
 8€xo[iai, 1 aor. iSe^dfit)", dep., to take, 
 receive, iv. 45. 
 
 H(o, to want. See SeT. 
 
 Sid), 1 aor. fSrjo-a, perf . SeSeKo, pass. 
 5fSf/ia«, to swathe dead bodies for 
 burial, as xi. 44, xix. 40 ; to bind 
 persons in bondage, xviii. 12, 24. 
 
 ATj(iT|Tpi,os, -ov, 6, Demetrius, 3 John 
 12. 
 
 8T]vdpiov, -101/, TO, properly a Latin 
 word, denarius. 
 
 8id, prep., through; (1) with gen., 
 through, during, by means of; (2) with 
 ace, through, on account of for the 
 I sake of 
 
 I 8idpoXos, -ov, o, an accuser, a slan- 
 derer. 6 Sta^uAoi, the accuser, the 
 devd, equivalent to the Hebrew 
 Satan. 
 
 8ia-8C8a>p.i, to distribute, divide, vi. 11.
 
 8ia-(wvvv|ii 
 
 335 
 
 'EPpaio-TC 
 
 Sia-^(dVW|Li, to ijircl, to gird up, xiii. 
 
 4, 5, xxi. 7* 
 SiaKovcw, -w, to serve or wait upon, 
 
 especially at table, to minister, 
 
 xii. 2 ; serve, xii. 26. 
 8idKovos, -ov, 6, a sercant, ii. 5, 9 ; one 
 
 in (loil'd service, xii. 26. 
 SiaK^o-wi, -at, -a, card, num., two 
 
 ImndreiL 
 Zia.-Xo-^LXp^o.i, ilep. mid., to reason, to 
 
 ponder, to reflect, xi. 50. 
 8ia-|icp(^(d, to divide, to distribute, 
 
 xix. 24. 
 Zia-a-KOpvllu, to scatter, disperse, 
 
 xi. 52. 
 8ia-o-Tropd, -ay, ri, dispersion. Used of 
 
 the Jews as scattered among llie 
 
 Gentil(,s, vii. 35. 
 8ia-T£ or 8id ti ; ( WH) wherefore ? 
 iia-Tpl^ot, to spend {xp^fov or rjfifpas), 
 
 to tarn/ ; abs., to sojourn, iii. 22, 
 
 xi. 54 (T). 
 8iSaKT(5s, -■<}, -<$»', taufjht, instructed, 
 
 vi. 45. 
 8i8aa-KaXo9, -ou, b, a teacher; often 
 
 in voc. as a title of address to 
 
 Clirist, Master, I'eacher. 
 8i8da-Kw, flit. SfScf^o), to teach, to he 
 
 a teacher, abs.; toleaih, witli ace. 
 
 of pers., generally also aec. of 
 
 tiling. 
 8i8axT|, -^s, V, doctrine, teachimj, vii. 
 
 10, 17, xviii. I'J. 
 Al8u|ios, -7j, ov, double, or twin ; a sur- 
 name of 7 /((/m«s the apostle, xi I'i, 
 
 XX. 21, xxi. 2.* 
 8t8<op,i, tof/ire (Gr. § 121), (aeo, and 
 
 dat ). Tlie purpose of a gift may 
 
 be cxprc-si'd i)y inf., iv. 7. 
 Zi-tydpO), loirrite, as the 8ca by the 
 
 wind, vi. IK. 
 8i-^pX,OH'<^>'i I" /"">'■' throui/li, with Sid 
 
 (g.-n.), iv. 4. 
 SUaio;, -aid, -oc, just, ritjht, rii/liteous. 
 SiKaioo-iivi), -7)S, V. riijhleousness. Jus- 
 tice, xvi. H, 10. 
 
 8(ktuov, -ov, t6, a Jishing-net, xxi. 
 6, 8, 11. 
 
 Aio-Tp€<J>T|s, -ovs, 6, Diotrephes, 3 John 
 9.* 
 
 8i4/oLb>, -w, -fiffw, to thirst for, to desire 
 earnesdij, acc. ; or abs., to thirst. 
 
 8iwKo), -|ai, to persecute, v. 10, xv. 20. 
 
 8oK€u, -w, h6^w, (1) to think, acc. and 
 inf.; (2) Soks?, impers., it seems. 
 
 SoXos, -ov, 6, deceit, guile, i. 47. 
 
 86|a, -rjr, t], from SoKfu, ( 1 ) honor, re- 
 nown, V. 41, 44 ; and very fre- 
 quently (2) the mauijestation (fthat 
 irhich calls forth praise, — so espe- 
 cially in the frequent phrase r; 5o'|a 
 TOO &€uv, glory. 
 
 So^d^o), -au), to ascribe glory to, to honor, 
 glorify. 
 
 SovXeva), -(TO), to be a slave, in bondage, 
 viii. 33. 
 
 8ovXos, -ov, 6, a seriHint (opp. to 
 Kvpies). 
 
 8vvaHiai, dep. (see Gr. § 122, 11), to 
 he able, abs., or with inf. or acc. ; 
 to hare power to do. 
 
 8uo, numeral, indecl., except dat , 
 Svffi, two. 
 
 8w8«Ka, num., indecl., tweliw. oi Sw- 
 SfKa, the tuelue, i. e. the Apostles. 
 
 Scoped, -(ir, r}, a free gift. 
 
 Supcdv, acc. of preceding, as an adv., 
 without cause, xv. 25. 
 
 E. 
 
 tdv or 4v, conj. (for 6* &v), if; usually 
 coiistruc(l with verb in subjunctive. 
 
 tavTou, pi'iiM., reflex., I'd pcrs., n/dne'i 
 self; used also in 1st (lilur.) and 
 2d persons. (See Gr. § 59, 1, 2.) 
 Genitive often for possess, pron. 
 
 K|38o|U>9, -r), -itv, ord. numb., seventh, 
 iv. 52 
 
 'EPpaio-Tt (WFl 'E), adv , in the 
 Hebrew or Aramwan language.
 
 ifyvs 
 
 336 
 
 cXavivco 
 
 t'yyus, adv., near ; used of both place 
 and time. 
 
 iyiipio, iyepu), pass. perf. iyiiyepnai, 
 to rtiisf up, as a saviour; to end, 
 as a l)uilding; mid., to rise up, as 
 from sleep, or from a recumbent 
 posture, as at table. Applied to 
 raisiuij the dead. 
 
 e-yK-. In words beginning tiius, T and 
 VVH generally write ivK-. 
 
 (yKdlvia, -iwv, rd, a dedication, X. 22.* 
 
 6-yw, pers. pron., / ; plur. itfj-fh, we. 
 See Gr. § 57. 
 
 cOcXo). See fltXai. 
 
 t9viK(is, -■h, -^v, niitiomd, of Gentile 
 race, heathen, 3 John, •?. 
 
 ?9vos, -ovs, t6, a nation, r^ tQv-r), the 
 nations, the heathen world, the Gen- 
 tiles. 
 
 Mos, -ovs, t6, a usar/e, custom, xix. 40. 
 
 €1, a conditional conjunction, //; 
 since, thouijh. ei fii), unless, e.ccept. 
 ti Si fi'f], hut if not, otherwise, xiv. 
 2,11. 
 
 ftSov, to see. See hpatii, olSa ; also 
 Gr. § 124, 64. 
 
 elSos, -ovs, t6, outward appearance, 
 form, aspect, v. 37. 
 
 €)!koo-i, num., indecl., twenti/, vi. 19. 
 
 ti\kl (Gr. § 122, 16), a verb of exist- 
 ence, used (1) as a predicate, to he, 
 to exist, to hdjipen, to come to pa.'ts ; 
 (2) as the copula of subject and 
 predicate, simply to he. 
 
 itjii, to I/O, in sonie MSS. for f}/.u, in 
 vii. 34, 36 (not critical editions). 
 
 iltrov (Gr. §124, 68), (WH. fUa), 
 from obs. iirai or flVa), to saij ; in 
 reply, to answer; in narration, 
 to tell, to call one or sti/le one, x. 35, 
 XV. 15. 
 
 €ipifjvTi, -T)s, ri, peace. 
 
 eis, prep, governing ace., into, to, unto. 
 
 tls, /xi'o, eV, a card, num., une. 
 
 eicr-d'ya), 2 aor. dffiiyayov, to bring tn, 
 xviii. 16. 
 
 €l<r-e'p)(^ojJiai, 2 aor. eiV^Aflo;/, to come 
 
 in, to enter, (ir. § 124, 78. 
 lira, adv., tlien, afterwards. 
 €K, or, before Ji vowel, ey, :i prep. 
 
 governing gen., from, mil of (the 
 
 interior). 
 ^Kacrros, -•>?, -ov, each, every one (witli 
 
 partitive gen.). 
 eKUTOv, card num., a hnndred. 
 6K-pdXXio ((Jr. § 124, 28), to cast out, 
 
 send oat ; to send awai), dismiss, 
 
 reject. 
 €K€i, adv., there, thither. 
 eK€i0£v, adv. ,y)ow that place, thence. 
 tKeivos, -7), -o, ju-on., demonst., that 
 
 one, that une there. 
 tK-Ktvrioi, -a), to pierce throui/h, to trans- 
 
 ft, xix. 37. 
 6KK\T|crta, ds, ?j, the assembly of he- 
 
 li( Vers, the Church. 
 eK-Xe-yw, mid. in N.T., 1 aor. e|tAe|a 
 
 fiT)!/, to choose out for one's sell', 
 
 to elect. Gr. § 124, 128. 
 €K-[Ad<To-a), -^60, to wipe, to wipe dry, 
 
 xi. 2, xii 3. xiii. 5. 
 «K-v£to (lit. swim out), or *Kveua) (lit. 
 
 turn by a side motion), 1 aor. 
 
 f^ivevaa, to withdraw, v. 13.* 
 eK-iropeiJoiAai., dep., to go out, to pro- 
 ceed from, V. 20, XV. 26. 
 fK-relvb), fut. fKTci'w, 1 aor. e^^retva, 
 
 to stretch out tiie hand, xxi. 18. 
 ^KTos, -7j, -01', ord. numb., sixth, iv. fi, 
 
 xix. 14. 
 €K-x€<o, 1 aor. i^exea (Gr. § 124, 71). 
 
 to pour out, as money, ii. 15. 
 sXafa, -ds, ?;, an olire tree; ri) opos toov 
 
 fKatwv, the Mount of Olives, viii. 1. 
 «\d<rora>v, -ov, compar. of eXaxt's for 
 
 fjLiKp6s, less; in quality iiwse, ii. 10 
 
 (ace, -o) contracted for ova). 
 tXaxToro, -a), to make louder or inferior ; 
 
 pass., to decrease, iii. 30. 
 tXaiivo) (tenses from fAaoi), 4\d<rw, 
 
 fXT]\aKa, to drive a ship, to row, 
 
 vi. 19. (Gr. §124, 72.)
 
 ikata 
 
 337 
 
 «ir-aY'Y«XCa 
 
 IXdo). See iXaivta. 
 
 *^*YX'*) "l'^« '" convict, reprove. (Gr. 
 
 § 124.) 
 ?X€os, -ovs, t6, intern/, 2 John 3. 
 cXcuOcpos, -d, -oy, free, viii. 33, 36. 
 (XcuOcpou, -w, to set free, viii. 32, 36. 
 ^1-yp.a, -ros, to, (/ roll, xix. 39 (WH, 
 
 text).* 
 cXkvci), -<ra», to drmj, to draw, a net, 
 
 xxi. 6, 11 ; a sword, xviii. 10; to 
 
 draw over, to persuade, vi. 44, xii. 32. 
 "EXXt^v, -rjvos, a (Jreeh, as distin- 
 
 guislied from 'Iou5a?os, Jew, as 
 
 vii. 35. Used for Greek proselytes 
 
 to .Tmlaisni, xii. 20. 
 ' EXXTjvKTTi, adv., in the Greek lan- 
 guage, xix. 20. 
 iXiril^w, Att. fut. eAirial, 1 aor. ^Air(flra, 
 
 J)f. ^KiriKa, to iliriit /ut/ie towards 
 
 (e»s, eVt, acc), V. 45. 
 €fiavTov, -Tjs, -ov, (>fiiii/.-<tlf, a rofle.xive 
 
 I)ron., found oid) in the f^on., dat., 
 
 and acc. cases, dir' tfiavrov, from 
 
 mysflf. 
 i[i-^a.Lv(a, 2 aor. *V-fj8»ji/, jiart. e/x-fias, 
 
 logo Ufion, into (eh), always of enter- 
 ing a sliip. (Gr. § 124." 12.) 
 ffi-PaTrTu), to dip into, xiii. 26 (not in 
 
 critical editions). (Gr. § 124, .'^(t.) 
 i\i.-^\iiT<ji, If look tin dlfi, i. 36, 42. 
 <p.-ppip.do)iai, -bijuai, dep., lo lie moved 
 
 with indii/naliiin, xi. 33, 38 (li.V. 
 
 niar<:.) 
 ^fios, -17, -/tv. mine. 
 i\j.-TTi-n\r]\ii and -irKaw, ffni\ri(Tu), ivt- 
 
 Tf\r\na. In /ill ii/i, lo nali.s/'i/, as with 
 
 food, vi. 12. 
 {^-Trdpiov, -ov, Tii, enijioriuni, a /tiari' 
 
 /iir Iradini), ii. Ki.* 
 Jffi.-Trpoo-6(v, adv., Iw/ore ; as prip. 
 
 (y^cn.), Iit/iiir, in iirf'scncc of, x. 1 ; 
 
 liffiiif. in dignity, i. 1.^, .'!(>, 
 ^^^.-<^av^t,<i^, iiTu, lo make tnanifesl (acc. 
 
 .ind <!,it.), \iv.21, 22. 
 {p.-(|>u<rdbi, -i, 1 aor. dvKftvarfaa, lo 
 
 hreallii u/iun, acc, XX. 22 * 
 
 Iv, prep. gov. dat., in, generally as 
 being or resting in; within, (tmong 
 (see Gr. § 125). iv- in composition 
 has the force of in, ujion, into. 
 
 ev-Od-Se, adv., hither, iv. 15, 16. 
 
 tviavTOs, -oil, 6, a i/ear, xi. 49, 51, 
 xviii. 13. 
 
 (VKalvia., -Iwv, TO, a dedication, x. 22.* 
 
 tv-raefud^ti), lo prepare for Imriid, 
 xix. 40. 
 
 €v-Ta<|>iao-(i.6s, -ov, 6, the preparation of 
 a corpse for huriid, xii. 7. 
 
 €V-T€XXop.ai, dep. mid., fut. mid. iine- 
 \ovfxai, 1 aor. ivireiKd.fJiit)v, to charge, 
 to coiimunid. 
 
 ivnvQiv, adv., hence ; repeated xix. 18, 
 on this side and that. 
 
 €VtoXtj, -rjs, 7], a charge, command- 
 ment. 
 
 iv-Tv\i(r<ro), pf. pass. part. fVTfTv- 
 Kiyfievos, to irrap up, roll up, xx. 7. 
 
 tvuTTiov, prep., with gen., he/ore, in 
 sight or presence of, xx. 30. 
 
 *?) prep. See iit. 
 
 ?^, caril. numb.,-s?'.r. 
 
 ii-dyo), to lead out, x. 3. (Gr. § 124, 2.) 
 
 ^^-Cl|ll {ftfxi). See f^eCTTl- 
 
 i^-(p\o\iai (Gr. § 124, 78), to go or to 
 come out of (with eV, dtru, irapd] ; 
 to go awai/, go fnrth ; of a I'luuor, 
 lo 1)*' spread ahroad. 
 
 tiforri (inipers., from t^fi/xi), it is law- 
 ful, v. 10, xviii. 31. 
 
 l^-(Ta.X,u), lo inquire, to ask, xxi. 12. 
 
 t^-Tj'ytofj.ai, -oi'/iai, di'p. mid.,/(if/rc/rnv', 
 erfiiiuiid, as a teacher, i. IK. 
 
 l^-oxicrta, -as, v (e^fffTi), (1) pnwi r, 
 uliilili/, as xix. II ; (2) lili(rli/, right, 
 as X. 18 ; (3) anllnoili/, as v. 27. 
 
 ii^-virvllot, 1 aor. suhj. -au, to wake 
 /'nun slrrp, xi. 11.* 
 
 li,fa, adv., ahs , or as prc|> with f;en., 
 withiml, outside. 
 
 topTT), TJT, r/, a siilrmn f asl or fcstirnl. 
 
 iir-ayytkla, dj, i), n message, 1 John 
 i. 6, ii. 25.
 
 eir-a-yY*'^^w 
 
 338 
 
 €v-o86(i) 
 
 iiT-ayyiKKoi, mid., to promise, with 
 
 cognate ace, 1 John ii. 25. (Gr. 
 
 § 124, 1.) 
 fv-aCpta (Gr. § 124, 5), to lijl up, as 
 
 the eyes, the heel against. 
 tTT-dvw, adv., or as prep, with gen., 
 
 nhove, iii. 31. 
 €ir-dpaT09, -Of, accursed, vii. 49.* 
 €7r-avpiov, adv., on the morrow, rp 
 
 {rj/xepa) t-wavpiov, on the next day. 
 £ir-avTo-({>tdpb). See avT6-(piM>pos. 
 lireC, conj., since, because, xiii. 29, 
 
 xix. 31. 
 ^Tr-€iTa, adv., thereupon, then, xi. 7. 
 tir-€v-8vTTjs, -ov, 6, an upper (jarment, 
 
 xxi. 7.* 
 eTr-cptoxdu, -w, to question, ask, xviii. 7. 
 tirl, a prep, governing gen., dat., or 
 
 ace. General signification, upon, 
 
 on. 
 liri-pdXXw, to lay upon, as a hand, 
 
 vii. 30. 
 €iri-Y£ios, -ov, earthly. to iiriyna, 
 
 earthly things, iii. 12. 
 €iTi-8€xo|iai, to receive kindly, 3 John 
 
 9, 10.* 
 €iri-9v|iCd, -dy, j;, desire, generally in 
 
 a bad sense, hist. 
 eTr£-K€ijiai, to lie upon (dat.), xi. 38, 
 
 xxi. 9. 
 tiri-Xe'-yu), in pass., to he named or 
 
 adli'd, V. 2. 
 €tri-(x^vo), continue, to be persevering in, 
 
 viii. 7. 
 €iri-irCirTw, to fall back upon, xiii. 25 
 
 (T). 
 €Trt-o-Tp^<}>«, <o turn about, xxi. 20. 
 €iri-Ti6T)n,i, to put, place, or /a// upon, 
 
 ix. G, 15, xix. 2. (Gr. § 120 ; 
 ^ § 122, 1.) 
 
 ciri-rp^iro), to (dtow, permit, xix. 38. 
 «ri-xpi<^, I aor. firf'xpiffa, «/i(ij/(?, smear 
 
 upon {Sni, ace), ix. 6, 11.* 
 Iir-oupdvios, -ov, adj., //frtfcn/(/ ; neut. 
 
 plur., TO iirovpavia, heavenly things, 
 
 iu. 12. 
 
 ?iru. See e/7roi' and Gr. § 124, 
 
 68. 
 
 epavvdci), -w, -fia-w, to search diliqentl ij , 
 V. 39, vii. 52. 
 
 cp-yd^Ofiai., -crofiai, dcp , pf. tXpyaafuu ; 
 pass., (1) abs., to work, to labor, 
 v. 17 ; (2) to accomplish, do, vi. 28 ; 
 (3) to acquire by labor, vi. 27. 
 
 2pYov, -ov, t6, a work, a deed ; a mii' 
 acle, vii. 3, 21. 
 
 cpcvvdbt,- uJ. See ipawdw. 
 
 ^pT)}ios, -ov, deserteil, desolate ; used in 
 the fern, as a subst., desert, wilder- 
 ness, — 7} (pTjiiios, tlie desert in which 
 tlie Israelites wandered. 
 
 ip\ir\vevo>, to interpret, translate, 1. 
 42, ix. 7. 
 
 ^pxo^iai ( Gr. § 124, 78), to come, to go ; 
 to come, after, before, to, against, 
 etc., as determined by the preposi- 
 tion which follows. 
 
 (pbirdo), -a>, to ask, to request, to be- 
 seech. 
 
 i<r\a.ros, -t), -ov, the last, the e7id of whsLt 
 is spoken of, e.g. the feast, vii. 37 ; 
 the last (day), i.e. the day of judg- 
 ment. 
 
 'icroi, adv. of place, within, xx. 26. 
 
 ^T€poSi -epd, -epov, distrib. pron., other, 
 another, xix. 37. 
 
 €Ti, adv., yet, still, even. 
 
 (TOifjid^b), -daw, topref)are, make ready, 
 xiv. 2, 3. 
 
 ^Toi|i09, -1) or -OS, -ov, ready, prepared, 
 vii. 0. 
 
 ^Tos, -our, TO, (( year. 
 
 ev9^(i>;, adv., immediately, straightway. 
 See (vdvs. 
 
 (vBvvot, to make straight, i. 23. 
 
 evOvs, adv. of time, straight, i.e. im- 
 mediately, as eufleoiy. 
 
 cv-XoY^ci), -cJ, -7\iT<t), to bless ; hence 
 pass. pf. part. ev\oyr]fj.fvos, blessed, 
 favored of God, xii. 13. 
 
 €u-o8dci), -M, pass, only, to >><■ made 
 prosperous, 3 John 2.
 
 tvpLa-Kut 
 
 339 
 
 6cpur)i6s 
 
 (iipCvKot, euprffTu), tvpriKa, (vpov, evpe- 
 er)v (Gr. § 124, 8!», (1) to find, to 
 discover, to liglil upon ; (2) to ascer- 
 tain, to find hy examination, as a 
 judge. 
 
 ti-y^apicrriiii, -u, to thank, (jive thanks. 
 
 eii\o\i.a\., to /iraif, 3 John 2. 
 
 'E4>patji., u, K]ihiaini, a place, xi. 54.* 
 
 tX.Ot's, adv., yesterdafi, iv. 52. 
 
 'i\u>, 'i^iAi, iinjif. eixov, 2 aor. etrxov, 
 (Gr. § 124, 89), tn have or jiossess. 
 
 '^«s, adv., (1) of time, ^7/, until, used 
 as conj , also as prep, with gen. 
 eus ou or ews Utov, until when ; 
 (2) aslonij as, while, ix. 4 ; (3) wilii 
 particles, — tuts Upri, until now ; 
 teas iroTf ; how loni/ / X. 24; ews 
 ivu, up to the brim, ii. 7. 
 
 t,6M, -to, Cfis, (^, fut. C'firrw or -oftai, 
 (Gr. § 124, r«J), to live, as (1) ^o /x- 
 alive ; jjurt. 6 (i^v, the Livimj One, 
 a descrijjtion of God, vi. 67 ; (2) to 
 receive li/i-, iv. 50; (.3) to live, in tlie 
 highe.st sense, to possess spiritual 
 and eternal life, v. 25; (4) met, 
 as of water, livlni/ or fresh, opposed 
 to stagnant, iv. 10. 
 
 Z(p(8aios, -ou, (i, Zihidee, xxi. 2. 
 
 I^^Xos, -on, ft, u-al, in a good sense, 
 ii. 17. 
 
 Xv^rim, -u>, ■i)rTut, {\) to seek, absolutely, 
 as vi. 24; (2) to seek for (ace.), 
 V. 30; (.■>) to desire, to wish for, 
 V. 18. 
 
 l^f|TT)(ris, -€<ijs, ri, question, dehati , 
 iii. 25. 
 
 l^u»^, -7)1, 71, lift , literal, spiritual, eter 
 mil. (lA)^ ai'ui'io;, eternal life. 
 
 \il)v\ry>y.\. or -vvuu (Gr. § 123, 7), '" 
 <l>ril, xxi. IK. 
 
 |uo-TroUui, -u), -■f](Tit), to niiiLt nhri , to 
 cause to live, to quicken, v. 21, vi. 03. 
 
 H. 
 
 V\, a particle, — disjunctive, or; in- 
 terrogative, preceded b3' Trdrfpoi', 
 ittrum . . . an, whether . . . or, vii. 
 17; or comparative, than, iii. 19; 
 ^Trep, than at all, xii. 43. 
 
 fjSr], adv. of time, now, already. 
 
 ■f^Kw, -^u>, to be come, to be present. (Gr. 
 §124,93) 
 
 'HXtias or 'HX£as, -ov, d, Elijah. 
 
 T)XiK(d, -ds, 7), age, full age ; TjAiKiav 
 eX". he is of age, ix. 21, 23. 
 
 TJXos, -ov, 6, a nail, xx. 25.* 
 
 fi|X€is, gen. rinuv, dat. vfi7v, ace. ^/uos, 
 plur. of tyu. 
 
 f|)ji€pd, -as, ri, a day. 
 
 T||i6Tepos, -d, -ov, our, our own. 
 
 i/\'irtp, than at all, xii. 43. 
 
 'Ho-a(as or 'Ho-atas, -ov, i, Isaiah. 
 
 0. 
 
 9dXa(r<ra, -tjj, ?;, the sea. 
 
 Bdvaros, -ov, 6, death. 
 
 Qapcrlu, -u, to be of good cheer. Only 
 
 in iniper., Odpati, Oapaelre, take 
 
 courage, xvi. 33. 
 Oavfid^u, -(Tu), to wonder. 
 Oaujiao-TOs, -Ti, -iv, niarvellons, ix. ^lO. 
 6cdo|xai, -wfxai, (li']i., 1 aor. iOeaaa.fir)v, 
 
 pf. TfO^Ufiai, to behold, to conleni- 
 
 jtlate. 
 0^T)|ia, -Toy, t6, wilt, desire. 
 Oikut, impf. ^OeAoi/, 1 aor. ^OtKricra, 
 
 to wish, d<'li(/ht in, to will. 
 0€6s, -oC, li, (1) God, — A Sf6s, the 
 
 revealed (Jod, i. 1 ; (2) a g(Hl, generi- 
 
 eally, x. 31 
 0«o-<rtpf|s, -fs, (iod-worshipping, di- 
 
 runt, ix. Iii.* 
 Bcpaircvu, fvaui, to heal, v. 10. 
 Ocpll^u, law, to ntip iir i/ather, iv. .'Ui-38. 
 OcpKriids, -oij, 6, harvest, the gathering- 
 time, iv. 36.
 
 Ocpfiatvo) 
 
 340 
 
 KaOapt^A) 
 
 Qtpiialvtii, only mid. in N. T., to warm 
 
 one's self, xviii. 18, 25. 
 6€(i)pcb>, -w, to Ik'/ioI(I, to see. 
 OtJKt), -1)5, y {riOrj/iii), u receptacle, as a 
 
 shcatli, xviil. 11.-* 
 6\li|/iS, -foos, f), affliction, tribulation, 
 
 xvi. 21, 38 Tr accents flArifis. 
 0VT|crKa), in N.T. only pf. TtByrjKa, 
 
 til lie (had. 
 Op€[i,|j,a, -Tos, TO (rpecpco), the youmj 
 
 of nittk, iv. 12.* 
 9pT)V€u), -o), abs., to wail, lament, 
 
 -xvi. 20. 
 
 ^P^ii Tpixt^J. 'lat. plur. 0p«|/, 7], a hair, 
 
 xi. 2, xii. 3. 
 fluYCtTTjp, -Tpo's, -^, a daughter, xii. 15. 
 9upa, -as, 1}, a door. 
 6vpo)pds, -oil, 6, 7), a door-keeper, porter, 
 
 X. 3, xviii. 16, 17. 
 9u(i>, -aw, to slufi, x. 10. 
 Gupds, -a (from Heb. =: hihvuos), 
 
 Thomas. 
 
 'laKiip, 6 ( Hob. ),./aco6. 
 
 ldo|xai, -uiyutti, Idaofiai, dep., mid., 
 it) //pr//. 
 
 i:8€ (flSop), imper. act. as interj., 
 behold ! 
 
 l8ios, -la, -oy, one'x own, x. 12; hence 
 TO IfSio, one'a oum things ; oi fSioi, 
 one's own people, friends, companions, 
 neut. ami masc. contrasted in i. 11. 
 
 ISov (comp. f5e), imper. mid. as in- 
 terj., /o .' behold ! 
 
 Upcus, -/ois, 6, a priest. 
 
 i€pdv, -ou, r6, a place consecrated to 
 ( iikI, the temple. 
 
 'I«po(r6X.U|jia (WH 'I.), -wv, rd, Je- 
 rusalem. 
 
 'lepoo-oXxjp^TTjs, -ov, 6, one of .Terusa- 
 lem, vii. 25.* See critical texts. 
 
 'Itjo-ovs, -ou (see Gr. § 37, 6), Jesds, 
 the Saviour. 
 
 IXao'p.ds, -ov, S, a propitiation, atoning 
 
 sacrifice, 1 John ii. 2, iv. 10.* 
 \-\Ld.<i, -dvros, 6, thonr;, latchet of a shoe, 
 
 i. 27. 
 IfidTiov, -iov, t6, (1) clothing; {2) the 
 
 outer garment. 
 i|iaTi(r|ids, -ov, 6, clothes, raiment, 
 
 xix. 24. 
 "iva, conj., that, to the end that ; Hva 
 
 fj.ri, that not, lest. 
 'lopSdvTjs, -ov, 6, the Jordan. 
 'lovSaCd, -as, t) (really adj., fern., 
 
 sc. yrj), iii. 22, Judaa. 
 'lovSaioSi -Old, -aiov, helonginq to Ju- 
 
 dah, Jewish. Often in plur. with 
 
 subst. understood, ul 'lovSa7oi, the 
 
 Jews. 
 'louSas, -d, 6, dat. a, ace. -av, {\)Jude, 
 
 the apostle, xiv. 22; (2) Judas Is- 
 
 cariot. 
 'Ia-KapiuTt)s, -ov, 6, Iscariot, i.e. a man 
 
 of Kerioth. 
 ia-0%, -ri, -ov (or laos), like, equal to 
 
 (dat.), V. 18. 
 'Io-paT|X, 6 (Heb.), Israel. 
 'I<rpaT)\£Ti]s, -ov, d, an Israelite. 
 \;<rTT]pi ((Jr. § 122, 4), trans, in 
 
 1 aor., to place, viii. 3 ; intrans. in 
 
 pf., plupf., and 2 aor., to stand, 
 
 to stand firm, to endure. 
 iayypos, -o, -6f, strong, 1 John ii. 
 
 14. 
 l<r\va), -vffw, to be strong, to be able 
 ^ (inf.). 
 
 Ix8«s, -i5os, &, a fish. 
 'Ia)dv»lS, -ov, 6, John. 
 'Iwa-f\^, 6 (Heb.), Joseph. 
 
 K. 
 
 Kd'yw (Ka^it), contr. for koI iyd) (kci 
 
 ffi/), and I, I also, even I, 
 KoA-aipoi, -apu>, to cleanse, to clear by 
 
 pruning, xv. 2. 
 KaOapi^W; to cleanse, 1 John, i. 7, 9.
 
 KoOapurfios 
 
 341 
 
 K^jiros 
 
 Ka9api(r|x6s, -ov, 6, cleansing, purifyinij, 
 ii. 6, iii. 25. 
 
 Kadapos, a, -6v, clean, pure. 
 
 KaOt'Jontti, to stl down ; eV or ini, rlat. 
 
 KaO-eis, adv., one by one, viii. 9 
 (WH, Ka.e' ds). 
 
 Kd0-T|(xai (Gr. § 122, 17), to be seated, 
 to sit down, to sit. 
 
 Ka0l]^(o, -i<rw, intrans., to seat one's self; 
 lo sit doirii. 
 
 KaS-iis, adv., according as, even as, as. 
 
 Kat, coiij., and, <dso, even. 
 
 Kaid<j>as, -a. b, i'aiophas. 
 
 Ka(v, <J (Heb.), Cain 
 
 Kaivds, -■>), ■6v, new. 
 
 Kaipds, -ov, 6, time, season. 
 
 Kaio-op, -pos, &, Casar. 
 
 KaC-Toi, conj., nevertheless, thougii in- 
 deed ; SI) KaiToiyt, iv. 2. 
 
 Ktti'w, to burn, v. :j5 ; xv. 6. (Gr. § 124, 
 W.i). 
 
 KoiKei (koJ iKfl), and there. 
 
 KOLKcivos, -17, -0 (koI ^K(7i>os), and he, 
 she, it. 
 
 KUKO-iroiecu, -w, to do evil, 3 Joliii 11. 
 
 KaKO-iroios, -6y, as siiljst., a« evil-doer, 
 mull factor, xviii. 30. 
 
 KUKos, -i}, ■6v, evil, wicked ; rh kukov, 
 wickedui'ss. 
 
 KaKus, adv , wiongly, xviii. 23. 
 
 KdXa|xos, -ov, d, a pen, 3 John 13. 
 
 KoX^u, -<2), -((Tw, ]<f. K(K\r)Ka, 1 aor. 
 pass. iKhT\tir)v, lo cull; litiicf, to 
 name, i. 43 ; to invite, ii. 2. 
 
 KuXds, -i}, -6v, good. 
 
 KaXuis, atlv., "•'-//, rightly. 
 
 Ka.|U. Sl'i- Kuyw. 
 
 Kdv (ku! f6.v), and if. 
 
 Kttvd, j) (Heb ), Cana. 
 
 KopBCa, -as, i), ihi- heart. 
 
 Kopirds, ov, 6, frnit. 
 
 Kurd, prep., Kov. tbo gen. and accus. 
 cases, down ; licncc, f^en., doicn 
 from, against ; acc, according to, 
 against. (See Gr. § 125, 2, d). 
 
 Kari^r]v, to ijo or come down, descend. 
 
 (See Gr. §124, 12.) 
 Kara-PoXri, -^s, ^, a founding, ,xvii. 24. 
 Kara-'yi'Vwo-Kw, to condemn, gen. of 
 
 l)ers., 1 John iii. 20, 21. (Gr. 
 
 §124,45.) 
 KaT-d-yvujii, fut. Kared^w, to break, to 
 
 break in pieces, xix. 31-33. 
 KaTa-'Ypd<j)«o, write, draw, mark.* 
 KaTd-K€i(iai, to lie down, as the sick, 
 
 V. 3, G. (Gr. §122, 15.) 
 KaTa-Kp(va>, -vu, to give judgment 
 
 ai/ainst, to condemn, viii. 10, 11. 
 
 (Gr. §124, 121.) 
 KaTa-\a|i|Bdv(o, -Ari/jL^ofxai, to gra.sp, to 
 
 overtake, to comprehend, to apprehend. 
 
 (Gr. § 124, 125. 
 Kara-XtCirw, -rpw, to leave remaining, 
 
 viii. 9. (Gr. §124, 120.) 
 KaTa-4>d'Yb>. See KaTtaOiw. 
 KaT-ta-Qlfj), fut. KaTaipdyofjLai (ii. 17), 
 
 to eat up, to devour entirely. (Gr. 
 
 §124,80.) 
 KttT-iTYopfw, -w, -■(jaw, to accuse, to 
 
 speak against. 
 KaT-T]-yop£a, -ds, v, an accusation, a 
 
 charge, xviii. 2'.). 
 KaT-TJ7opos, -ov, d, an accuser, viii. 10. 
 Kdrw, adv., downwards, down, beneath, 
 
 viii. G, 8, 23. 
 Ka(]>apvaoii|i., i), (Ileb.), Capernunm. 
 Kt'Spos, -ov, r], II cedar, xviii. 1, j>rol)- 
 
 ably a niisluken reading for fol- 
 lowing.* 
 KiSpwv, 6 (Ileb., dark or turbid), Ce- 
 
 dron, xviii. 1.* 
 K€lp.ai. {('>r. § 122, 15) ; to lie, to recline, 
 
 to lie laid. 
 K€ip(a, -as, V, a bund of linen, xi. 44.* 
 Ktpjxa, -To$, T({, '/ small piece ofmonei/, 
 
 ii. 15.* 
 Ktpn.arnTT'fis, -oi), 6, a money-changer, 
 
 ii. II.* 
 K((|>uX'^, -^i, 7;, the head. 
 Kfjiros, -ov, 6, u garden, xviii. 1, 26; 
 
 xix. 41.
 
 KT]irovp6s 
 
 342 
 
 XtVTlOV 
 
 Ki^ir-ovpds, -ov, 6, a gardener, xx. 15.* 
 Ki]((>dsi -a, 6 (Aramaic, a rock or 
 
 siDtw), Cephas, i.e. Peter, i. 42. 
 K\a(b>, -avaai, to wail, to lament, weep. 
 
 (Gr. §124, 114.) 
 K\d(r|j.a, -Tos, to, a piece broken oJf\ a 
 
 fragment, vi. VI, 13. 
 kXcio), -ffo), to shut, close, xx. 19, 20. 
 
 (Gr. §124, 116.) 
 KXtiTTtjs, -OV, 6, a thief. 
 kX^ittw, -ij/o), to steal, x. 10. 
 K\f)p.a, -TOS, TO (fcAoo)), a branch, a 
 
 shoot, of a vine, xv. 2, 4, 5, 6.* 
 K^t^pos, -ov, 6, a lot, xix. 24. 
 Kkivia, -vi, to bow, in death, xix. oO; 
 
 to incline. (Gr. § 124, 117.) 
 KXtoirds, -a, 6, Clopas, xix. 25.* 
 KoiXtd, as, r). (1) the womb, iii. 4 ; (2) 
 
 fig., the inner man, vii. 38. 
 Koi(j.dw, w, pass., to be asleep in death, 
 
 xi. 11, 12. 
 KoC)i.i]o-is, -fws, v, sleep, repose, xi. 13.* 
 KoivwvEu, -w, to have common share in, 
 
 to juirtalce in, 2 John 11. 
 KOLvuvCd, -as, ■>), communion , fellowship , 
 
 1 Jolm i. 3, 6, 7. 
 KOKKos, -OV, 6, n kernel, a grain, xii. 24. 
 KoXacris, -iois, r), punishment, 1 John 
 
 iv. 18. 
 KoWxiPio-T^S, -OV, 6, a money-changer, 
 
 ii. 15. 
 koXttos, -OV, 6, tile bosom. 
 KoXufi.P'^Opa, -as, ri, a pool.* 
 KO|j.x|/6Tcpov (conip. of K'ojUL\pos), bitter, 
 
 of convalescence, adverbially with 
 
 fXo, iv. 52.* 
 Koiridctf, -i, to be fatigued, iv. 6 ; to 
 
 labor, iv. 38. 
 Koiros, -OV, d, labor, iv. 38. 
 K6<r|j.os, -OV, d, the world. 
 Ko'<{)ivos, -OV, 6, (I basket, vi. 13. 
 Kpdparros, -on, o, a roiich, a liqht bed, 
 
 v. 8-12. 
 Kpdjw, -4ft), locrif out. (Gr. § 124, 120) 
 KpavCov, -ov, r6, a skull ; Kpauiuv 
 
 T^TTos, Greek for FoAyued, xix. 17. 
 
 KpaT€(i>, -w, -4\ffit), to lay strong hold on ; 
 
 to retain, of sins, xx. 23. 
 Kpavyd^w, -o-co, to cri/ out, xi. 43. 
 KpCBivos, -7j, -ov, made of barley ; dproi 
 
 KpiOivoi, barley loaves, vi. 9, 13.* 
 Kp£|Aa, -TOS, TO, a judgment, condem- 
 nation, ix. 39. 
 Kp(v(i>, -vw, KiKpiKa, to Judge, to sit in 
 
 judgment on. (Gr. § 124, 121.) 
 Kpio-iSi -eeos, 7), judgment, condemnation. 
 KpviTTds, -7), -ov, verbal adj. (Kpvirrw), 
 
 hidden, secret. 
 KpuTFTO), -i|/w, 2 aor., pass., inpi^rfv, to 
 
 hide, conceal. (Gr. §124, 122.) 
 kvkXow, -w, to encircle, surround, x. 24. 
 KVTTTw, -(((CO, to bend, to sloop down, viii. 
 
 0, 8. 
 KvpCd, -d$, ri, a lady, 2 John i. 5 ; or 
 
 Kvpla, Cyria, a proper name.* 
 Kvpios, -too, 6, (1) rt lord, sir, title of 
 
 respect ; (2) the Lord. 
 KwXvw, -aw, to restrain, forbid, 3 John 
 
 10. 
 Kwp.T|, -7JS, 7), a village. 
 
 Xayxdvo), abs., to cast lots, to draw lots, 
 n(pi, gen., xix. 24. (Gr. § 124, 123.) 
 
 Ad^apos, -ov, 6, Lazarus, of Bethany. 
 
 Xd9pa (WH \depa), secrctb/, xi. 28. 
 
 XaXtw. -w, -riffu, {I) to speak, declare. 
 
 XaXid, -as, ^, (1) speech, viii. 43; (2) 
 report, iv. 42. 
 
 Xap.pdvu, ATjyuiJ/o/xat, f'(\r]<pa, eAajSoc, 
 (Gr. § 124, 125), to take, receive, ob- 
 tain. 
 
 Xa|i.Trds. -aSos, v, " lamp, a torch, 
 xviii. 3. 
 
 Xaos, -oii, 6, a people. 
 
 XarptCd, -ds, v, worship, xvi. 2. 
 
 Xt'-yw, only pros, and impf. in N. T., 
 to speak, saij, tell, call. (Gr. § 124, 
 128.) 
 
 Xt'vTiov, -ov, t6, a napkin or tinvel, xiii. 
 4,5.*
 
 Acvc(Tr|s 
 
 343 
 
 |iC(ros 
 
 A«v€(T-r]s, -ov, 6, a Levile, i. 19. 
 
 XevKos, -Tj, -oV, uhite, iv. 35 ; xx. 12. 
 
 XD<rT^Si -ov, 6, (I robber, x. 1,8; xviii. 
 40. 
 
 Xtav, adv., veri/ much. 
 
 Xi0d{(i>, -ace, to stone, to execute by 
 stonini], 
 
 XCOivoSi -17, -ov, made of stone, ii. U. 
 
 Xl9os, -ov, 6, (t stone. 
 
 Ai0o'-o-TpwTov, -ov, TO (prop, adj., 
 strewed with slums), the Pavement, 
 part of a Koman court of justice, 
 xix. 13.* 
 
 XCrpd, -as, r), a pound weight, xii. 3 ; 
 xix. ;J9.* 
 
 Xo-yC^o^ai, -crofiai, dep. with mid. and 
 pass, aor., to reckon, to thinic, xi. 50. 
 (Gr. §124, 130). 
 
 Xo'yos, -ov, 6, (1) II word ; whether (2) 
 n comnum sdi/in;/, iv. 37 ; or com- 
 mand, viii. 55. A6yos is used by 
 John as a name of Christ, tiie 
 woKD of God, i. 1, etc. 
 
 ^*>"YX^) ■'''' ^' ^ lance, a spear, xix. 
 34* 
 
 XoiSop^w, -&, to revile, to rail at, to re- 
 firofich, ix. 28. 
 
 Xovw, -rro). to Imthe, to toush, xiii. 10. 
 (Gr. §124, 131.) 
 
 XtiKOS, -ov, d, <l UH)I/, X. 12. 
 
 Xvir^w, -w, to t/riein-; pass., to be tjrirrrd, 
 to be .sorrowful, xvi. 20; xxi. 17. 
 
 Xwij, -T)y, 7), grief, sorrow. 
 
 Xvxvos, ov, 6, n biniji ; used of Jolm 
 the IJaplist, v. :]b 
 
 Xvo), (Tw, to loosen, as (1) lit., to un- 
 bind, I. 27 ; (2) /" nnnnl, vii. 23 ; x. 
 3;'); (.')) to dislrof/, e.g. ijif temple, 
 
 ii in. 
 
 M. 
 
 Ma-ySaX-qvfj, rj^, f), Mugdalent , i. <,. a 
 
 woin.'lli of M;i(;d;ilti. 
 (laOrjT'^S) -oil, f> { navOiivw) . n disi iph ; 
 
 n't na(lr}Tal, s|iei.ially , '/« twelve. 
 
 l^aCvo^ai, dep., to be mad, to rave, x. 
 
 20. 
 |j.aKdptos, -id, -lof, happij, blessed, xiii. 
 
 17 ; XX. 29. 
 |jiaKpdv, adv., afar, afar off] xxi. 8. 
 p.dXXov, adv., more, rather. 
 MdX\os, -ov, 6, Malchus, xviii. 10.* 
 |iav0dv(tf, nadT](Totxai, 2 aor. e^uaWoc, 
 
 perf . fiffxadriKa, to learn, to undt r- 
 
 stand, to know. (Gr. §124, 134.) 
 p.dvva, TO, manna. 
 MapOd, -^s, 77, Martha. 
 Mopld, -as, or Maptdfi (iiidecl., Heb., 
 
 Miriam), ri, Mary. 
 ppaprupcu), -cD, -Tjfrw, to be a witness, abs., 
 
 to testify (irepi, gen.), to give testi- 
 mony {to, dat. of pers. or thing). 
 IxapTvpCd, -as, tj, I< stiuiioiy, witness. 
 liao-ri-You, -w, -uxrw, to scourge, x\\. 1. 
 (iidxaipa, -as, rj, a sword, xviii. 10, 
 
 11. 
 fi.dxo|xai, to contend, dispute, vi. 52. 
 (i^Yas. ixtydXt], fiiya, comp. fxii^Mv, 
 
 sup. fXfyicrros, great : (ityaKr) it/nipa, 
 
 a high day, xix. 31. 
 |ieO-ep)ji.T]V€vco, to transbtte, to interpret, 
 
 pass, oidy, i. 38, 41. 
 |i.(6vo-K<>), to r/el drunk, ii. 10. 
 Hit^tov, comp. of ntyas, which see. It 
 
 has itself a comparative, fiei^iirfpos, 
 
 3 John 4 (see Gr. §52, 4). ' 
 p.€Xav, -avos, t6 {fifKas), ink, 2 John 
 
 12 ; 3 John 13. 
 |ji€Xas, -aiva, -av, blaik. 
 (jtcXti, iini)ers., it ronnrns, x. 13; .\ii. 0. 
 (jicXXfti, -170-ai, to be about to do. (Gr. 
 
 §124, 137.) 
 (WV, antillietic imrticle, truly, indnd. 
 \i.fV-oiiv, conj., mmrover, therefore, but. 
 ^v-Toi, conj., y<t truly, nerrrthi less. 
 \Uv<it, fiffw, ffidva, to remain, to abide. 
 
 (Gr. 124, 138.) 
 p.^pos, -ous, r6, a part, fillowship, 
 
 •xiii S. 
 y.lvo'i, -71, ov, middle, in the midst of 
 
 (gen.), i. 20 ; xix. 18.
 
 ixecrow 
 
 344 
 
 V€KpOS 
 
 |ji,e(r6b>, w, to be In the middle or midtit, 
 vii. 14.* 
 
 Mttraias, -ov (i'roin Heb., anointed), 
 Messiah, tlie same as Gr. Xpiaros, 
 i. 41, iv. 25* 
 
 |i£<rT6s, T], -6v, full, filled with, gen. 
 
 |A€Td, prep., gov. tlie gen. and aecus. : 
 gen;, with, amony ; acc, a/lcr (Gr. 
 § 25, 2, d). 
 
 [i6Ta-Pa(.vw, to (JO or fiass over, v. 24 ; 
 to dipiirt, vii. 3; xiii. 1. (Gr. §124, 
 12.) 
 
 ptera-^u, {avv or ^vv), adv. of time, 
 nu.iiiurhik, iv. 31. 
 
 |j.€Tpi]TT|s, -OV, 6, "a measurer," a 
 liquid measure (72 sextarii) con- 
 taining nearly eight and a halt'Eng- 
 lish gallons, firkin, ii. 6.* 
 
 (AtTpov, -ou. TO, « measure ; iidv. phrase, 
 tK ^irpovhij measure,sparinijlij , iii.o4. 
 
 (tTJ, a negative particle, not, lest. In- 
 terrogatively it is used when a neg- 
 ative answer is expected, as iii. 4, 
 etc. ; oil fX7\, not at all, by no means. 
 
 IXTjSe, compare ouSe, generally used 
 after a preceding fi.{], and not, 
 neither, nor yet, iv. 15 ; xiv. 27. 
 
 |xi]8cis, ftTjSeftio, fx-t]^4v (efs), differing 
 from ovOiis as jur; from oy ; no< orte, 
 no one, nothiiuj. 
 
 |*T]K€Ti, adv. (e-ri), no 7«o)e, ho longer, 
 V. 14 ; viii. 11. 
 
 (ji,T|vva), '" show, declare, xi. 57. 
 
 |j.T|-TroTe, conj., tuhether indeed, vii. 20. 
 
 (j.T)TT]p, -rpos, rj, a mother. 
 
 \t.r\ri, adv., interrogatively used, is it ? 
 whtd/ii r (it nil ? 
 
 fi.TJTis ii-i-v 'tis), pron. interrog., has or 
 ;s am/ cne ? whether any one ? iv. 33 ; 
 vii. 48. 
 
 |ji(a, fern, of efj, one. 
 
 (iiaCvw, -avS>, to stain, pollute, defile, 
 xviii. 28. 
 
 |xi-Y|J.o, -Tos, TO, a mixture, xix. 39.* 
 
 |j.iKp6s, -a, -Of, little, small, time, vii. 33 ; 
 xii. 3v>. 
 
 pii.p.to|xai., -ov/xai, dep. mid., <o imitate, 
 to follow the example of 3 John 11.* 
 
 |j.i|jLVTicrKw (fxva-), mid., with fut. in 
 pass, form fxvriffOr^aoiJiai, 1 aor. 
 iixvt](r07]v, to call to mind, to remem- 
 ber, ii. 17, 22 ; xii. 16. (Gr. § 124, 
 139.) 
 
 |j,i(r€ttf, -w, -rjaoi, to hale, to abhor. Used 
 in antitli. with aya-rrdoa, to love less, 
 to slight, xii. 25. 
 
 |i.i(r06s, -ov, 6, wti(/es, recompense, iv. 
 36. 
 
 (iicrGwTOs, -ov, 6, a hired servant, one 
 who serves for wages, x. 12, 13. 
 
 |i,vdo|j.ai. See fjiifiviitTKu. 
 
 |i.VT]|X6iov, -ov, TO, (t tomb, a grave. 
 
 |xvi]|J.ovev(o, to remember, recollect, call to 
 mind. 
 
 \i.oi.\tCd, -as, 7j, aditlleri/, viii. 3. 
 
 p.oi.x<v(o, -ffw, to commit adultery, viii. 4. 
 
 |i0VT|, -rjs, y, a place of abode, a dwell- 
 ing-place, xiv. 2, 23.* 
 " p.ovo--Y£VTis, -«s, gen. ovs, only beqotten, 
 i. 14, 18 ; iii. 16, 18 ; 1 John iv. 9. 
 
 |idvov, adv., only. 
 
 p.6vos, -Jj, -ov, only, alone, forsaken. 
 
 [ivpov, -uu, t6, a perfumed ointment. 
 
 Mwvo-fjs, -fois (§ 42, 3), 6, Moses. 
 
 N. 
 
 Na^aper, t), Nazareth. 
 
 Na^topatos, -ov, 6, a Nazarene. 
 
 Na6avaT|X, 6, Nathaniel. 
 
 vttt, adv., affirming, yes, xi. 27 ; xxi. 
 
 15, 16. 
 vadSf -ov, 6, the temple, ii. 20 ; used of 
 
 Jesus Christ, ii. 19, 20. 
 vdpSos, -ov, 7j, nard, spikenard, a costly 
 
 ointment, xii. 3. 
 VEavCo-KOS, -ov, 6, a young man, 1 John 
 
 ii. 13, 14. 
 vcKpos, -a, -6v, dead ; oi vtKpol, the 
 
 dead.
 
 VEOS 
 
 345 
 
 opaci) 
 
 vt'os, -a, -Of, noHwj ; compar., vtumpos, 
 
 o^u), intraus., ?o s^m^-, be offensive, 
 
 i/ouiii/cr, xxl. 18. 
 
 xi. 39.* 
 
 Viio}, -aw, io nod ; so, to beckon, xiii. 
 
 60€V, adv., whence, of place or source. 
 
 21. 
 
 oOoviov, -ov, TO, a lintn swathe, a band- 
 
 vtwTtpos, -a, -OX' (conip. ul reus, wliicli 
 
 aije. 
 
 see), yoHiKjir, xxi. 18. 
 
 ol8a, I know (§ 124, G4, 11.). 
 
 viKaw, -w, -Tiara), pf. viviKrjKa, to conquer, 
 
 oiK^a, -ds, 7], a hoiisi . 
 
 overcome (ace), xvi. 33. 
 
 olKo-8o|x£'ctf, -a), to build, ii. 20. 
 
 viKT), -7) J, ^, victor'/, 1 John v. 4.* 
 
 oIkos, -ov, 6, II house. 
 
 N i.k6-8i)|aos, -ou, 5, Nicoi/iiinis, iii. 1. 
 
 olixai. See utofiai. 
 
 vi-TTTTip, -^pos, d, a basin for washing. 
 
 olvosi -ou, 6, wine. 
 
 xiii. 5* 
 
 ol'ojiat and ol|j,ai, tn think, to suppose, 
 
 vi'iTTw, -i((a>, ^0 wash (acc), niiJ,, to 
 
 xxi. 25. 
 
 wash one's self. 
 
 oiw. See (ptpw. 
 
 vo£(o, -w, -i\(T(ji, to understand, to perceive. 
 
 oKTw, num., indecl., eight. 
 
 xii. 40. 
 
 8Xos, -7), -Of, all, the whole. 
 
 vofJiT|, -7JS, f), ]ntsturagc, x. 9. 
 
 6\i.oios, -old, -oiov, like, similar to. 
 
 vofios, ov, !>, II law, the Mosaic cconomif ; 
 
 o\x.oi<i)<s, in like wanner, likewise. 
 
 tin: ( )l(l Testament fjenerally, x. ol. 
 
 6(xo-Xo'yettf, -w, -i\aui, 1 aor. iifio\6yr)(Ta, 
 
 vvp.<j)T), -7/y, f), II bride, iii. 29. 
 
 to speak the same thing ; lifiice, {\) to 
 
 vvn«j)Cos, -00, 6, a bridegroom, iii. 29. 
 
 confess, generally with '6ri ; (2) to 
 
 vvv. adv., now, just now, even now. 
 
 profess, or acknowledi/e openli/, acc, 
 
 vv^, vvKTos, T], the nii/ht, niijht-time. 
 
 ix.' 22. 
 
 vvvtru), -|a», to stab, to pierce, xix. 34.* 
 
 ofiov, adv., together, iv. 36 ; xx. 4 ; 
 
 
 xxi. 2. 
 
 
 S|i<DS, adv., i/et, nevertheless; with 
 
 H- 
 
 ixtvroi, notwithstanding, xii. 42. 
 
 
 ovdpiov, -lov, t6 (dim. of uvoi),a young 
 
 {,ivos, -av, 6, II stranger, 3 Jolin v. 
 
 ass, an ass's colt, xii. 11.* 
 
 ^TfpaCvw, -avii, 1 ;inr. act., c^-fipdua ; 1 
 
 6vo(J.a, -aros, to, a name. 
 
 aor. pass., i^TipdvOrjv, to dn/, to make 
 
 6vos, -ov, f), an ass. 
 
 diif, to irilhi r, xv. G. 
 
 fivTws, adv. (ui>, iKMit. ])art. of eiVO- 
 
 ^Tlpds, -a, -iv, ilrij, withered; of a use- 
 
 reallg, in verg deed, viii. oO. 
 
 less limb, V. 3. 
 
 6^os, -oi;?, TcJ, vinegar. 
 
 
 6ir((ra), ail v., bihind, offer, back; «ij 
 
 
 Ta oTTiVoi, backward, xviii. (i. 
 
 0. 
 
 oirXov, -ou, TO, "w instrument ; lience, 
 
 
 plur., arms, armor, xviii. 3. 
 
 o, T). T({, tlic flefinite article, '/" , ori^n- 
 
 oirov, adv of place, where, whither. 
 
 naily (IcMioiiKtralivc. 
 
 tfiTTa), onriifiai. See Apd'M 
 
 66-T]Y^w, -a>, -^fto, til li'iiil, til conduct, tu 
 
 8ir(i>s, conj., ^; the end that, so that. 
 
 i/uide, xvi. 1.'!. 
 
 xi. r,7. 
 
 68oi-Trop((X, dj, 7), '/ journri/, a jmir- 
 
 6pd(o, -(5, !)\fiii/iai, iiipaKa, flSuv ((Jr. 
 
 niying, iv. t). 
 
 !}124, 147), (1) ^> see, generally: 
 
 i8(5s, -oC, i), a nai/: ij.scd of (.'jirist 
 
 (2) to Itmk. upon; (3) to see, and so 
 
 liimself, the Way, xiv. 0. 
 
 to participate in, iii. .'j(5.
 
 opYTi 
 
 346 
 
 ■irapa-'y(vo)iat 
 
 6p-yT|i -f;5, 7it onfjer, wrath. 
 
 6p0pos, -ov, iiiasc, vioiniiif/ twilnilil. 
 (uiii/ dawn, viii. 2. 
 
 6poS; -ovs, TO, (( miiinitdin. 
 
 6p<|>avus, -7), -ui>, bdtaved, "orphan," 
 xiv. 18. 
 
 fis, t), '6, relative jtronoun, ivlw, wkuli 
 (see Gr. § 64, 1). 
 
 6crp.T|, -TJs, ri, an wlur, savor, xii. 3. 
 
 8o-os, Vy -ov, relat. prou., how much, 
 how many, as manij as. 
 
 6<rTtov, coutr. oarovv, -ov, to, a bona, 
 xix. ?jQ. 
 
 <Jo--Ti.s, 'i-ris, on, compound relat., 
 irhusocvi'r, whichsoever, whatsoever 
 (see Gr. § 66, 2). 
 
 OTov {(ire, &v), rel. adv., when, when- 
 soever ; always with subj. 
 
 oT(, rel. adv., wlieii. 
 
 OTi, conj., (1) that, after verbs of de- 
 claring, etc. ; (2) because. 
 
 OTOV (gen. of oVtis), eus Urov, until, 
 ix. 18. 
 
 ov {ovK before a vowel, ovx if the 
 vowel is aspirated), no, not. 
 
 ov-8e, conj., disj. neg., but not, neither, 
 nor, not even. 
 
 ov8-tCs, ouSe-fxia, ov5-ev {ovSe e?s), neg. 
 adj., )iot one, no one, now, nothin;/. 
 
 ov8e-TroT€, adv., not ever, never, vii. 
 40. 
 
 ov8e-irw, adv., 7tot ever i/ef, not j/rf, 
 never. 
 
 ovK-€Ti, adv , HO more, no longer. 
 
 ovK-ovv I .adv., not so then ? an affirm- 
 ative adverb, therefore; interroga- 
 tive, xvii. o7, art thou then a kin;/ > * 
 
 ov p.^, an emphatic negative, see jutj. 
 
 ovv, conj., therefore, then. 
 
 oii-iro), adv., not yet. 
 
 ovpav6<s, -ov, 6, heaven, (1) the visible 
 heavens; (2) the .spiritual heavens, 
 the abode of God and holy beings. 
 
 oii-n, conj., and not ; neither, nor, with 
 a negative preced. ; oCt6 . . . otjrt, 
 neither . . . nor. 
 
 oCtos, avrrj, tovto, demonstr. pron., 
 this (near). 
 
 otiTios (and before a consonant some- 
 times ouToi), adv., thus, in this wise, 
 
 so. 
 
 ov\l, adv., (1) an intensive form of 
 oi), xiii. 10, by no means, no; (2) 
 mostly interrog , as xi. 9, expect- 
 ing an affirmative answer. 
 
 6<)>e{\a), to be under obliyation, oiir/ht, 
 xiii. 14; xix. 7. 
 
 64>0a\p.6s, -ov, 6, an eye. 
 
 6^lS, -eojs, o, a serjicnt, iii. 14. 
 
 oxXos, -ov, 6, a crowd, the multitude, 
 plur. crowds. 
 
 6i|>d.piov, -ov, ri, a little fish, vi. 9, 11, 
 xxi. 9, 10, 13.* 
 
 (Sil'ios, fa, -lov, late ; as subst., r) dij/ia, 
 evening. 
 
 8\j/iS, -etos, 7), the aspect, the countenance, 
 xi. 44 J external appearance, vii. 24.* 
 
 n. 
 
 ■7rai8a,piov, -iov, rS (dim. of iraTs), a boy, 
 a lad, vi. 9. 
 
 irai8iov, -iov, r6 (dim. of 7ra?s), a little 
 child, an infitnt. 
 
 iraiSierKT), -r/s, i) (fem. dim. of iraTs), a 
 yoxmy yirl, a female slave, xviii. 17. 
 
 •trais, -rraiSoi, 6, a child, a boy, iv. 51. 
 
 iraCci), -(Tw, to strike, to smile, with a 
 sword, xviii. 10. 
 
 iraXaios, -d, -ov, old, former. 
 
 TrdXiv, adv., aya.in, back, anew. 
 
 TrdvTOTt, adv., always, at all times, 
 ever. 
 
 •TTttpd, prep. gov. the gen., the dat., 
 and accus., beside. With a gen 
 (of person), it indicates source or 
 oriyin ; with a dat., it denotes pres- 
 ence with. 
 
 •7Tapa-'y£vo(Aai., to come near, come, iii. 
 23.
 
 irap-a-yw 
 
 347 
 
 irCvw 
 
 irop-d-yw, to jmns by, ix. 1 ; to puss 
 away, iiiiil., only 1 Jolin ii. 8, 17. 
 
 Trapa-6C8b)|xi, ace. and dat., to cUlivtr 
 over, as to prison, judgnitnt ; '" 
 betiai/, spec, of the betrayal by 
 Judas (§122, 3). 
 
 irapd-KXiiTos, -ov, 6, (1) an advocate, 
 iulerccssor, 1 John ii. 1 ; (2) a coti- 
 solcr, comforter, hel/nr, John xiv. 
 IG, 26 ; XV. 26 ; xvi. 7 ; " para- 
 clete."* 
 
 irapa-KViTTw, -t^oi, to stoop down, xx. 5, 
 11. 
 
 Trapa-Xofipdvw, -\i]^).^ofxai, 2 aor. irop- 
 (Ka^ov, to nrtivc, to uckiioa:led</e, to 
 take cufilive. 
 
 irapa-|iv6^op.ai, -oD/ioi, dep. mid., to 
 speak kitidli/ In, to cheer, to cow/ort, 
 
 xi. 19, ;ji. " 
 
 irapa-o-Kfv^ , -^s, v, ^ preparation, i.e. 
 the time immediately before a Sab- 
 bath or other festival, the eve, the 
 Preparation (R V), xix. 14, 31, 
 42. 
 
 •irdp-dpi (ti/uO. ''^ ^^ "«^'' ''.'/> ''^ ^^ 
 
 ]iri si-nt, to have come. 
 irap-((rTT]p.i (Gr. §122, 1), infran.s., 
 
 perf., 2 aor., to stand hy, xviii. 22 ; 
 
 xix. 26. 
 -irop-oiixCd, -d;, rj, a jirorcrli, an cuh/ma. 
 
 xvi. 2.'"), 2'.( ; a parahle, x. (i. 
 TTttp-oucrfa, -dj, 7/ {ti/ii), a comiiii/, ail- 
 
 vent, of the second coming of 
 
 Clirist, 1 John ii. 28. 
 •rrappTurCd, d$, ij, freedom, openness; 
 
 wapprjiria. if irapprfffla, Imldti/, /ri i ly. 
 irds, TTuira. rruv, all, the whole, enri/. 
 TTtto-xa, r6 ( I lei) , ill (/liahl form), ihi 
 
 paschal lamh, the pnssorer fast 
 irariip, rpAs, 6, a father. 
 irarpCs, -(5m, i), one's na/in plun^ 
 
 fatherland, iv. 44. 
 iTtiiu, wdaai, to persuade, to rendi r 
 
 trnnrpiil, 1 John iii. VJ. 
 ircivdw, -w, -drra, to he hiin<ir>/, vi. 
 
 3G. 
 
 Treipd^w, (TCD, to make trial of, to 
 prove. 
 
 ii€|j,-iro), -1^01, to send. 
 
 iTEvOtpds, -ov, o, a father-in-law, i. e. a 
 wife's father, xviii. 13.* 
 
 TrevTaKto--x£\ioi, -ai, -o, uuai. Jive thou- 
 sand, vi. 10. 
 
 vivTi, num., indccl.^ye. 
 
 irevrfiKovTa, num., iiidecl.,^/>y. 
 
 ■ntp, an enclitic particle, only found 
 joined to pronouns or particles fur 
 intensity of meaning, as ^^f^, than 
 at all, xii. 43. 
 
 irtpav, adv., over, on the other side, be- 
 yond. 
 
 iTtp(, a prep., governing the gen. and 
 aecus. With gen., about, i.e. con- 
 cerning or respecting a thing; with 
 aei'iis , about, around. 
 
 irtpi-pdWo), -$a\w, -0(0\riKa., to cost 
 around, to clothe, xix. 2. 
 
 TTtpi-Stu), to bind round about, pass, 
 pliip., xi. 44.* 
 
 •7r€pi-t(rTT|p,i (Gr. §122, 4), to stand 
 around, xi. 42. 
 
 •!r€pi-iraT£'to, -w, -iiaoi, to walk, to conduct 
 one's self, to live accordin;/ to. 
 
 ir<pi<r<r€vw, to be left over, vi. 12, 13. 
 
 iTfpicro-rfs", -<J, oV, abundant, x. 10. 
 
 •ntpitrrtpa., -as, fj, <i dore. 
 
 iT€pi-Ttp.vu), to rircu incise, vii. 22. 
 
 TVipi-TLOT\\i.\., to jilace, xix. 2!'. 
 
 TTipi-To\i.{\, -^y, t), cirrunirision, vii. 22, 
 23. 
 
 IltTpos, -OV, 6, I\t<r (Cliald. Krjcfiua, 
 rock), i. 42. 
 
 vr\y(\, -ris, r\, a fountain, well. 
 
 •irtiXos, -ov. It, clay, mire, ix. 0-15. 
 
 •irfjxus, ews, 6, a cubit, xxi. 8. 
 
 TTid^w, (Tw, to take, as in fishing, xxi. 
 ."'. ; to take, arrest, vii. 30. 
 
 FluXdros, -ov, (5, I'lluli'. 
 
 TrCp.TrXi](ii (ttAi ). See irKr^Dw. 
 
 irlvoi, flit, niiifxat, -ttrai, -fTO( ; perf. 
 irfwwKa: 2 nor. tirioi/ (inf. ttcFc), 
 to drink (§124, 157).
 
 iriirpacrKw 
 
 348 
 
 1TOT7]piOV 
 
 arni-pdo-Kw (irpa-), perf. iriirpaKa; 1 
 aor. pass. itrpaei]v ; perf. pass, ttc- 
 npa/xai, to mil; pass, to be sold, 
 xii. 5. 
 
 irtiTTw (Gr. §124, 159), to fall, to fall 
 prostrate. 
 
 TTio-TtvcD, to believe, hace confidence ni, 
 trust. 
 
 TTioTTiKOs, v, -oV, genuine, pure, of 
 ointnu'iit, xii. 3. 
 
 TTio-Tis, -ews, 1), faith, 1 Jolin v. 4. 
 
 iTi(rr6s, -V, -o", filtlful, believing, xx. 
 
 irXavctoj, -ui, -tJcto), <o /eac/ astray, to de- 
 ceive, vii. 12. 
 
 irXdvi), -7)s, ^, deceit, error, 1 Jolm 
 iv. G. 
 
 irXdvos, -01', deceitful; as subst., an 
 impostor, deceiver, '2 John 7. 
 
 irXetwv, -iiov, compar. of iroXis, more, 
 greater; ir\uov, as adv., mo7-e, xxi. 
 15. 
 
 irX.tKw, -|to, ^0 weave together, to plait, 
 xix. 2. 
 
 irXfupa, -OS, ^, </ie side of the human 
 hodi/, xix. 34. 
 
 irX^w. See irXiidw. 
 
 ■irXiiOos, -ous, T($, a multitude, crowd, 
 V. 3; xxi. 6. 
 
 irXfiOo) (ur TTiij.Tr\7]ixi), ir\-f)(Ta), to fll, 
 xix. 2!). 
 
 itXtjv, ailv., but, except, viii. 10. 
 
 ■TrXT|pT]s, -is,full, i. 14. 
 
 irXtjpow, -(i, -corro), <o _/i7/, _/?// h;!, com- 
 plete ; pass., to be fulfilled, made full, 
 complete, or perfect. 
 
 •TrXT|pw|Aa, -oTos, t6, fulness, i. 16. 
 
 •7TXT](rtov, adv., 7iear, near 6y, with 
 gen., iv. 5. 
 
 irXoidpiov, -iov, t6 (dim. of ir\o7ov), 
 a small boat. 
 
 irXotov, -ou, t6, a ship, a vessel. 
 
 •n-vev|xa, -aros, t6, (1) the wind, iii. 8; 
 hence, (2) the human spirit ; (3) spir- 
 it, God, the immaterial One, iv. 24 ; 
 (4) THE Holy Spibit, i. 33. 
 
 irvc'w, -ivaw, to blow, as the wind. 
 iro6€v, adv., interrog., whence 'f how? 
 iroUu), -ui, -Tjcrw, (1) to make, i.e. to 
 
 form, to bring about ; to declare to be, 
 
 viii. 53 ; (2) <o do, generally ; to do, 
 
 i. e. habitually, to perform, to execute, 
 
 to exercise, to practise. 
 iroi|xaCv<o, -avi), to be shepherd of, to 
 
 ioid, to feed, xxi. 16. 
 •iroi.p.T|V, -evos, 6, a shepherd. 
 •iroip.vT), -TJX, 7/, a flock, of Christ's fol- 
 lowers, X. 10. 
 •iroios, TToid, irolov, an interrog. pron., 
 
 of what kind, sort, species'/ what? 
 irdXis, -6«s, 7], a city. 
 •jToXXdKis, adv., many times, often, 
 
 xviii. 2. 
 ■iroXvs, TToWri, iroXv (see Gr. § 49), 
 
 many ; iroWd, much, very much. 
 iroXv-Tl(Jios, -Of, of great value, very 
 
 costly, xii. 3. 
 •jrovT)pds, -a, ^v, evil, bad, of things 
 
 or persons. 6 Trocrjpos, the Wicked 
 
 One, i. e. Satan ; rh ttovt}p6v, evd, 
 
 xvii. 15. 
 ■jTopevofiai, -trofiai, dep., with pass. 
 
 aor. 4iropiv07]v, to go, to go atvay, to 
 
 depart, to journey. 
 ■nopvila., -as, tj, fornication, viii. 41. 
 irop4>vp€os, -ovs, -a, -ovv, purple or 
 
 crimson, xix. 2, 5. 
 TTOcris, -ews, i], drink, vi. 55. 
 iroTaixds, -ov, b, a river. 
 iroTttirds, -i], -ov, adj., interrog., o/" 
 
 what kind ? how great ? 1 John iii. 1. 
 •n-oTe, adv., interrog., ivhen ? till when ? 
 
 how long ? vi. 25, x. 24. 
 Tfori, enclitic, at some time, at onetime, 
 
 ix. 13. 
 ir6T€pos, pron., interrog., which oftht 
 
 tivo ? N. T. only neut. as adv., 
 
 ivhether, correlating with fj, or, 
 
 vii. 17.* 
 ■rroTTJpiov, -iov, r6, n drinking-cup, the 
 
 contents of the cup ; fig., the portion 
 
 which God allots, xviii. 11.
 
 vov 
 
 349 
 
 'Pappovvt 
 
 irov, adv., interrog., where ? whither ? 
 
 TTOus, iroSos, b, the foot. 
 
 irpaiTcipiov, -iov, to (from Lat. prittor), 
 
 thf pdlace at Jerusak'iii, xviii. ^b,oii, 
 
 xix. 9. 
 irpd(r<ra>, -|o>, to do, perform, accom- 
 plish, iii. 20, V. 2!>. 
 irpso-puTcpoSi -Tfpa. -rtpov (used as 
 
 subst.), ddcr, in age, viii. \). 
 irplv, adv. of time, before; as conj. 
 
 in N. T., sootier than ; generally 
 
 with ace. and inf., iv. 4'J, viii. 5S, 
 
 xiv. 29. 
 TTpo, prep., gov. the gen., before, i.e. 
 
 of [)hice, time, or superiority. 
 irpo-aYu), iutrans., to go before, to lead 
 
 the ifdi/, 2 John 9. 
 irpoPaTiKos, -TJ, -Of, /lertaitiiiiij to sheep, 
 
 v. 2.* 
 irpopdriov, -ov, rS, dim. of ■irp6^aTov, 
 
 <i shctp, x.xi. 10, 17.* 
 7rp6(3aTOV, -ov, to, a sheep ; fig., a fol- 
 
 loinr of ( 'hrist. 
 TTpo-irtixirw, to send forward, to briiiij 
 
 one on his wai/, ?> .John G. 
 irpos (see (ir. § 125), prep., governing 
 
 gen., dat., and aecus. eases, general 
 
 signifieation tomtrds. 
 irpotr-aiTt'w, -u, to bn/, to ask eanieslh/, 
 
 ix. 8.* 
 TTpo(r-aCTT)s, -ov. 6, <i l»</<iar, i.\. 8. 
 irpo<r-cpxo|iai. (Or. ?} 124, 78), to come 
 
 or to (JO to, xli. 21. 
 •irpocr-KoirTw, to strike iha foot arjainst , 
 
 to stHinlilc, xi. 9, 10. 
 vpo<r-Kvv^(», to how down, to worship. 
 irpotr-KUvtjT'f|s, -ou, h, a worshipper, 
 
 iv. 2;^.* 
 
 •frpoo--(^u"ytov, -ou, td. iiv\fthiiuj enl<n 
 iiiih lii'iid, as fisli, iiirat, xxi. f>.* 
 
 irpo(r-(^pii>, to liriiii/ to (<lat.), xvi. 2, 
 xix. 29, 
 
 TTpdrcpov or tJ» Trp^rtpov, an adv., 
 '" /"'"'', form' rhj . 
 
 irpo-rp^X"! -^ !""■• TrpotSpafioy, to run 
 
 Ijifoii-, XX. '1. 
 
 ■Trpo-«})0(ris, -ecus, t}, a pretext, an ex- 
 cuse, XV. 22. 
 ■Trpo-4>'riTtvw, -ffw, to prophesy, xi. 51. 
 ■rrpo-(f)'i^TT]s, -ou, o, a piophil. 
 irpwi, adv., early in ihr monnmj, at 
 
 dawn, xviii. 28, xx. 1. 
 -irpwios, -I'a, -ov, of tlie morning ; fem. 
 
 (sc. o6po), mornini], xxi. 4. 
 irpwTOS, -7?, -ov (superl. of irpo), first, 
 
 in place, time, or order, like ■np6- 
 
 repos with following gen., be/ore, 
 
 only i. 15, 30 ; with gen., biforr, 
 
 XV. 18; rh wpwrov, at the first, x. 40. 
 TTTtpva, -7JS, T], the heel, xiii. 18.* 
 irTvcrp.a, -tox, to, spittle, salira, ix. 0.* 
 TTTvo*, -aw, to spit, ix. 6. 
 TrToi\6s, -"ft, -ov, poor, distitute. 
 iTuv9dvo|iai, 2 aor. iirvtiofniv, to ask, 
 
 ask from [irapa., gen.), to im/uire, 
 
 iv. 52. 
 iTup, irvpos. r6,frc, xv. 6. 
 iruptTOS, -ov, d, a fever, iv. 52. 
 TTii, an enclitic particle, even, yet, used 
 
 only in composition. See oiiirw, 
 
 ov8tir«. 
 •rruXtw, -S), -ijffoii, to sell, to trade, 
 
 ii. 14, 16. 
 •rrwXoSi -ou, 6, afonl or colt, xii. 15. 
 irw-TTOTt, adv., at any time, used only 
 
 after a negative, 7iot at any time, 
 
 never. 
 TTwpdw, -u>, -aw, to harden, xii. 40. 
 irciSi adv., interrog., how '> h\ what 
 
 niannirY by irhal means f Also in 
 
 exclamations, as xi. liti. 
 
 P. 
 
 'Pappd (Hell), " Kuhhi," my mastn; 
 
 a title of respect in Jewish Hchuuls 
 
 of learning. 
 'PaPPowC or 'PuPPovvtf (FIeb.),like 
 
 'PaPPi, hut of higher honor, my 
 
 great master, xx. IG.
 
 pairio-iia 
 
 350 
 
 (TVKTl 
 
 pdiricrixa, -tos, to, a blow with the open 
 
 hand, xviii. 22, xix. 3. 
 pew, pevcrw, tojhnv, vii. 38.* 
 pew (see <t>i1(<-^, tlirov). From tliis 
 
 obs. root, to sui/, are iliTiveil. — 
 
 act. pf. dpj}Ka, pass, etprjfxai. 
 pfj|i.a, -TOS, TO, a thing spoken, a word 
 
 or sayinij of any kind. 
 'Pwpiaios, ov, 6, a Ixomitn, xi. 48. 
 'Ptojiaio-rC, ail v., in the Roman or 
 
 Latin tongue, xix. 10.* 
 
 2. 
 
 <rdppaTov, ov, to (from Heb.), the 
 
 sabbath. 
 'Zo.\(l\i, 7), Salim, iii. 23.* 
 Sa|J.dptia, -aj, ^, Samaria. 
 2a|i.ap£CTT]s, -ou, 6, a Samaritan. 
 SafiapeiTis, -i5oj, ^, a Samaritan 
 
 troman, iv. 9.* 
 (rdp|, aapKos, ii, flesh. 
 2aTavds,-a, the Adversaria, Satan, the 
 
 Heb. proper name for the Devil, 
 
 Std0o\os, xiii. 27. 
 o-tavroC, -^s, -oD (only masc. in N.T.), 
 
 a reflex, pron., of thi/self ; dat. 
 
 creouTip, ^0 thyself; accus. fftavTov, 
 
 thyself. 
 ari]]ia(.v»», -apw, to signify, intimate. 
 <rr]|i€tov, -ov, TO, a sign, that by which 
 
 a thing is known ; hence especially 
 
 a miracle. 
 Zi\wd(J., b, Siloam, ix. 7, 11. 
 SCpiWV, -wvos, S, Simon. 
 <riTOS, -ov, 6, wheat, corn, xii. 24. 
 Siwv, 6 or TO, Zion, xii. 15. 
 o-KavSaX-C^w, -iVeo, ^o cause ?o stumble, 
 
 vi. Gl, xvi. 1. 
 o-K^Xos, -ovs, TO, the leg, xix. 31-33.* 
 JTMVOS, -ovs, r6, a vessel, xix. 29. 
 (TKiivo-iriry^d, -dj, ri (lit. tent-fixing), 
 
 the feast of tabernacles, vii. 2.* 
 o-Kiiv<5w, -«e, -dxru, to spread a tent ; 
 
 met., to dwell, i. 14. 
 
 o-kXt^pos, -a, -oV, /(art/, stein, severe, 
 vi. Go. 
 
 (TKopirfJw, -(TO), ?o disperse, to scatter 
 abroad, as frightened sheep, x. 12. 
 
 crKOT(d, -as, rj, darkness. 
 
 crKdros, -ovs, to. darkness, iii. 19. 
 
 cr|Jivpva, -7IS, 7), myrrh, xix. 39. 
 
 SoXo(j.wv, -i»vos, Solomon. 
 
 o-os, ai), aov, a poss. pron., thy., 
 thine. 
 
 crovSupiov, -t'ou, t6, (Lat.), a napkin, 
 handkerchief, xi. 44; xx. 7. 
 
 (Tirtipa, -as, v, a banel of soldiers, 
 a military guard, xviii. 3, 12. 
 
 (TireCpw, <o sow or scatter as seed, 
 iv. 30, 37. 
 
 o-irtpjJia, -Tos, TO, a seed, offspring, 
 posterity, vii. 42, viii. 33, 37. 
 
 <nti]Kaiov,-ov, to, a cave, xi. 38. 
 
 o-TrXd-yx^tt. ■<"*', Tct, bowels, the affec- 
 tions, co?npassion, 1 John iii. 17. 
 
 o-iro-y-yos, -ov, d. a sponge, xix. 29. 
 
 (rrdSiov, -ov, to, plur. (ttcCSioi, ot, a sta- 
 dium, the eighth part of a Roman 
 mile, xi. 18. 
 
 (TTttvpds, -ov, 6, a cross. 
 
 o-xavpow, ■&, -(i<Tai, to fix to the cross, 
 to crucify. 
 
 (TTt'Aavos, -ov, 6, a crown, a garland. 
 
 o-TTjOos, -ovs, TO, the breast. 
 
 (rr-f]Kw, to stand. 
 
 (TTod, -as, 17, a portico, a porch. 
 
 a-Td|AO, -tos, to, the mouth, xix. 29. 
 
 (TTpttTiwTTjs, -OV, 6, a soldier. 
 
 (rTp«(j)w, -^f/w, 2 aor. pass. f(TTpa<pr]i', 
 to turn ; mostly in pass., to turn 
 ojws self XX. 14. 
 
 o-v, <Tov, (Toi, Of, plur. vfifTs, thou, ye, 
 the pers. pron. of 2d person. 
 
 o-vyy-. In some words commeming 
 thus, the critical editors prefer the 
 unassimilated form (xvvy-. 
 
 (rvy--y€vijs, -«'s, akin ; as subst., a kins- 
 man, xviii. 26. 
 
 OTfKfj, -vs, T) (contr. from -to), a Jig- 
 tree.
 
 croXX- 
 
 351 
 
 T€(r(rapcs 
 
 aT)X.\-. Ill some words coniniencing 
 
 tlius, critical editors prefer the un- 
 
 assiiiiilated form avv\-. 
 (TvX-XapPdvcD, 2 aor. awiKa^ov, to 
 
 seize, to take, xviii. 12. 
 (ru|i-PovX£V(u, to udvise (dat.), xviii. 
 
 14. 
 irv\L-^piii, generally intrans., and 
 
 often iinpers., to conduce In, to be 
 
 pnijituble to, xi. 50; xvi. 7; xviii. 
 
 14. 
 <niv, a prep, governing dat., with. 
 a-vv-ayut, to brimj lorjether, to gather ; 
 
 pas8., tu be assembled, to come to- 
 
 ijtlhcr. 
 «r\ivaYwyf|, -^s, rj, a syrnKjoijue. 
 (Tvv-t'Spiov, ov, TO, a council, xi. 47 ; 
 
 specially '/« K>au/iednn. 
 (ruv-€io--€pxo(Jiai, to go in or come in 
 
 with anij one (dat.), xviii 15; to em- 
 
 hiirk with, vi. 22.* 
 <rvv-€f>Yo's» -^fj co-workinij ; as a 
 
 subst., a joint-helper, a co-v!orker, 3 
 
 .lolm 8. 
 <rvv-ipxo\Mi (Gr. § 124, 78), to come 
 
 or 'I" ii'illi ; to come tugtthir, xi. 88. 
 o-uvf|9«ia, -as, t?, custom, xviii. .'3!*. 
 <rvv-pLaOT|Tf|s, -ov, 6, a fellow-disciple, 
 
 xi. in.* 
 <rvv-<rTavp6(«>, -w. to cnicifi/ toijether 
 
 with, xix. 32. 
 <ruv-TCO-ri(j.i, in mid. to set or place lo- 
 
 <liih<r, UH in agreement between 
 
 two or more persons, to agree, 
 
 xi. 22. 
 (Tuv-Tptpw, y\iw, to break by crtishing, 
 
 xix. '-'A'). 
 (rvv-)(pdopLai, -cli^ioi, to havejillowship 
 
 or il,,iliiii/s with (dat.), iv. 9.* 
 (Tvpu, /" draw, to drag, xxi. H. 
 trvtr-. In some words conimencing 
 tliUH, critical editors i)refer tlie un- 
 
 (■f)nfractfii form rrvvrr-. 
 Hvxdp, 7), Si/rhar, iv. 5* 
 <T^la, -{«, to kill by violence, to slag, 
 1 John iii. 12. 
 
 <r<|>pa'YC|i(i>, -icrw, to seal, to set a seal 
 upon, iii. 33, vi. 27. 
 
 (T^iju), -Icrco, to rend, to divide asunder, 
 xix. 24, xxi. 11. 
 
 <rxlcr(j.a, -tos, ro, a division, a dissen- 
 sion, " schism." 
 
 <r\oiviov, -ov, TO, a cord, a rope, ii. 15. 
 
 (Tto^w, (Tw<Ta>, to save; to heal, xi. 12. 
 
 (Tw^a, -TOS, TO, a body. 
 
 crcoTTip, -fipos, 6, a saviour, deliverer, 
 iv. 42. 
 
 cwTTipioi, -dj, -^j deliverance, salvation, 
 iv. 22. 
 
 Tapdcr(ru>, -|aj, to agitate, as water in 
 
 a pool, V. 7 ; to stir up, to disturb in 
 
 mind. 
 Tavra. See oiros. 
 Tox^ws, adv. (Taxi's), hastily, xi. 31. 
 Taxvs> -*'". -o, quick, swift .• rax^, 
 
 i/uickly, xi. 29; comp. raxftov or 
 
 rdx'ov, swiftly, quickly, xiii. 27. 
 ri, conj. of nimexation, and, both 
 T€Kv£ov, -OV, ro (dim. of TiKvuv), a little 
 
 child, xiii. 33. 
 TCKvov, -OV, TO (t(«t&i), tj chdd, a de- 
 
 scindant. 
 TtXeios, -ila, -fiov, perfect, 1 John iv. 
 
 IK. 
 TcXtiooj, -ei, -w<ra>, (1) to complete, to 
 
 Jinish ; (2) to accomplish, as time 
 
 or prediction, xix. 28. 
 TtXcvrdw, -a>, to end, to finish, e.g. life ; 
 
 so, to die, xi. 3'.l. 
 TiX^Ctf, -u, -fcro), TtTfAfXa, TfTtAfrr^ai, 
 
 iTtKi(T0T)v, (1) til end, to Jinish ; 
 
 (2) In I'lil III, to accomplish. 
 T^\o9, -ov^, tA, an end. 
 ripa.%, -aros, to, a ironder ; in N. T. 
 
 only in pliir., and joined with 
 
 rrriixtla, sii/ns and wonilirs, iv 4H. 
 T«<ro-apdKOVTO, forty, ii. 20. 
 T^<ro-ap«s, T^airapa, gen., -wv, four.
 
 TfTapraios 
 
 352 
 
 v(r<rwiros 
 
 TCTapraios, -aia, -a7ov, of the fourth 
 (day) ; nrapToids tarty, he hath 
 been dead four dai/s, xi. 39.* 
 
 T€Tpd-|i7)vos, -ou, of four months ; sc. 
 Xp^fos, a period of four months, 
 iv. 35* 
 
 TijpCd), -tD, -Vj(ra», to guard ; to keep or 
 reserve ; to observe, keep. 
 
 TiPepids, -aSos, v, Tiberias, vi. 1, 23, 
 xxi. 1.* 
 
 T(0tjp,i (see Gr. § 121), to place, set, 
 lay ; mid., to put for one's self, 
 appoint. 
 
 T^KTtu, to bear, to bring forth ; to be in 
 travail, xvi. 21. 
 
 Tip,d<i>, -w, -iiffai, to honor, to reve- 
 rence. 
 
 Tip.^, -Tis, 7), honor, iv. 44. 
 
 tIs, tI, gen. riv6s (enclitic), indef. 
 pron., any one, some one. 
 
 tCs ; rl ; gen. rlvos ; an interrog. 
 pron., who ? which ? ivhat ? 
 
 t£tXos, -ov, 6, (Lat.), title, superscrip- 
 tion, xix. 19, 20.* 
 
 To£, an enclitic part-, truly, indeed. 
 See Kairotyf, fiivTOt. 
 
 Tot-Y«i althouijh (in KafTot76), iv. 2. 
 
 TOiovTOS, Toiavrri, toiovto, denionst. 
 denoting quality, of .such a kind, 
 suck, so, used either with or with- 
 out a noun. 
 
 ToX|xd<<>, -w, -itcra), to dare, tu have 
 courage, xxi. 12. 
 
 Toiros, -ov, 6, a place. 
 
 Too"OVTOs, TocravTTi, roffovro, demonst. 
 pron. denoting quantity, so great, 
 so much, so long ; plur., so many. 
 
 TOTt, demonst. adv., then. 
 
 TowTo, neut. of ovros, which see. 
 
 Tpdirtja, -7JS, ■^, a table, ii. 15. 
 
 Tptis, rpia, three. 
 
 Tpt'xw, to run, xx. 2, 4 (§ 124, 192). 
 
 TpidKOvra, indecl., thirty. 
 
 Tpia-Kocrioi, -01, -o, three hundred, 
 xii. 5. 
 
 TpCs, num. adv., thrice. 
 
 rpUos, -v, -Of, ord. num., third, ii. 1 ; 
 
 rb rpirov, the third time, xxi. 17. 
 Tpo(|>'f|, -TJj, 7}, food, iv. 8. 
 Tpw-yw, to eat, vi. 54-58, xiii. 18. 
 Tviros, -ov, 6, a mark, an impression, 
 
 XX. 25. 
 TV(|>X6s, --f), -ov, blind. 
 TV(|>X6(o, -w, -tia-w, fig., to make blind 
 
 or dull of apprehension, xii. 40. 
 
 r. 
 
 vYiatvw, to be in health, 3 John 2. 
 VYt^s, -4s, sound, whole, in health. 
 vSpCa, -OS, 7), a icater-pot, ii. 6, 7 ; iv. 
 
 28.* 
 iiSwp, vharos, t6. 'cater; tiSaip (wu, 
 
 living or running water; fig., of 
 
 spiritual truth, iv. 14. 
 wtos, -ov, (5, a son. 
 v(i(is, plur. of (TV, which see. 
 vfiercpos, -d, -ov, possess, pron., your. 
 vtz-aym, to go away, to take one's self 
 
 away. 
 viT-avrdw, -«, -i)<T(D, to meet (dat.). 
 inr-dvTT)0-is, -e«s, rj, a meeting, xii. 13. 
 virep, prep., gov. gen. and accus. : 
 
 with gen., over, for, on behalf of. 
 {nr-T)p^TT)$, -ov, 6, a servant, attendant, 
 
 specially an officer. 
 iSirvos, -ov, 6, sleep, xi. 13. 
 {fird, prep., gov. gen. and accus., 
 
 under ; with gen., 6^, generally sig- 
 nifying the agent, x. 14; xiv. 21 ; 
 
 with accus., under, beneath, i. 48. 
 vird-Sci'Yp.a, -ros, to, an example for 
 
 imitation, xiii. 15. 
 {iir6-8T||Jia, -ros, r6, a .tandal, shoe. 
 VTro-Kdrw, adv., underneath (as prep. 
 
 with gen.), i. 50. 
 {rrro-Xa|xpdvb>, to receive, welcome, 3 
 
 John 8 (§ 124, 125). 
 viro-piip.v'ilWKw, {nrop.v(]aiii, to remind. 
 itrtruiros, -ov, tj, hyssop, xix. 29,
 
 VOTTCpCW 
 
 voTtpiu, -w, -riffiD, to be lackinrj, to full 
 short, ii. o. 
 
 (ioTtpov, adv., afterwards, xiii. 36. 
 
 v<J)ovt6s, -7j, -ov, icoan, xi.x. -o.* 
 
 \n)>oii>, -(i, -waw, to raise on hujh, to ele- 
 vate, as the brazen serpent, and 
 Jesus on the cross. 
 
 ()>d-Y(>>, only used in fut., (pdyofxat, 
 
 ami 'J aor., ^(payov. See iadl'j^. 
 (Jjaivw, intrans., to shine, to yive li<jlit, 
 
 i. 5 ; V. oJ. 
 <j)av€pds, -a, -6v, ajipareiit, manifest, 
 
 1 Jolin iii. 10. 
 <|>avcpo(ti, -t5, -(jiffai, to make apparent, 
 
 to mnnifist ; pass., to he manifested, 
 
 mad'' manifest. 
 «j>avtpu>s, adv., puhlicly, vii. 10. 
 <(>av6s, -ov, 6, fi torili, a lantern, x viii. 3.* 
 4>api(ratoSi -ov, 6 (froin the Ikb. 
 
 verb, to sejiarate), a Pharisee. 
 (^avXos, -t;, -ov, vile, wicked, base, iii. 
 
 '2u, V. ;in. 
 
 4)tpa>, utatt), ijvfyKP., T]i'('xOri'' (§ 124, 
 
 I'JG), lo bear, as (I) ^' prodwe 
 
 fruit; (2) to carry, as a burden; 
 
 (',j) to hrin'f ; to brin;/ forward, as 
 
 charges, xviii. 20. 
 ^fvyo},-^ofxai, to flee, to escape, X. 5, 12. 
 <J)tj(i(, iinpf fc^Tji/ (fi)r other tenses, si < 
 
 tlirov), lo say, i, 2:{, ix. 38. 
 <j)iX€u», -«, -■(jaw, lo lore. 
 'tCXnriros, -ou. 6, Philip. 
 «j)i\o-TrpwTtuiu, to tore the first plar.i , 
 
 3 John 9 * 
 <|>(Xos, -t;, -oc, «'ither aet. loritirj, or 
 
 pass. '/pa» ,- in N.T. as subst., a 
 friend, a loved r.omjianion. 
 <{>\uap^u, -S), to firale, to tidk idli/ 
 
 against any one (ace.), 3 Jdhii 10. * 
 <J)oP^<i>, -ii, iitjui, til make n/rnid : in 
 
 N. T. (inly passive, to br afraid. In 
 
 he terrified. 
 
 obo )^i\£apxos 
 
 4)6^09, -ov. u, fear, terror. 
 
 ^oLvii,, tKos, 6, a palm-tree, a palm 
 branch, xii. 13. 
 
 4>opc(D, -w, -((Toi), to urar, xix. 5. 
 
 <|)pa-y€XXiov, -iov, r6, a scourge, a whip, 
 it. 15.* 
 
 (j)p<ap, <Ppi(nos, r6, a well, iv. 11, 12. 
 
 4>v\aKf|, -^s, Tj, a prison, iii. 24. 
 
 i|)v\dtr(ru>, -|a), ( 1 ) lo kcf p in safety ; 
 (2) to obserre, as a jirecept. 
 
 (JKuvt'w, -w, -7)110), (1) to sound, lo utter a 
 svunil or cry ; espec. of cocks, to 
 crow, xiii. 38; (2) to call to, to in- 
 vite (ace.) ; {2) to name, to call, ace. 
 (noni. of title), xiii. 13. 
 
 <j>a>VTJ, -^s, T), a r(uri , a cry. 
 
 <|>u>s, (}>un6s, TO, contr. from <pd.os {(pa.-, 
 to show, whence (paivui, (pij/J-i), lit-, 
 
 lirjht ; li>r., litjht, i. 4, 5. 
 
 4>ujt(|^ui, tu tnliijhtcn, to shed light upon, 
 i. [). 
 
 X. 
 
 Xatpu), x'^P'TI'^ofiat, 2 aor., 6xop')*'> ''^ 
 
 rejoice, to be joyful, to be glad ; imp., 
 
 Xaipt, hail ! 
 X.a|xa{, adv., on or lo the ground, ix. 6, 
 
 xviii. 6.* 
 Xapd, -as, rj, joy, gladness. 
 Xdpis, -iTos, ai!C. X'*/'"'' Vy grace ; ^o- 
 
 piv, adverbially used, with K'^n., 
 
 for the sake of, on aceounl of, 1 .John 
 
 iii. 12. 
 xdpTT]s, -on, 6 (F>at. chaita), paper, 
 
 2 Jr.lm 12.* 
 Xc^pioippos, -ov, 6, a slinni-brook, a n-in- 
 
 try lorrenl, xviii. 1 * 
 XCijxuv, -(M)vn<i, &, winlir, the rainif 
 
 Si asnv, x. 22 
 X«tp, (Jv, 7], a lianil. 
 Xc^ptov, ov, cnmjiar of Kaxi^t (which 
 
 .see), worst, v. 14. 
 
 XiXt-opxos, '10, d, " einnmander of a 
 thnusiiiiit men. a initilari/ trdntne, 
 xviii. 12. 
 
 ^
 
 XlTO)V 
 
 354 
 
 w<)>e\c<o 
 
 XiTwv, -uvos, 6, a vest, an inner <jar- 
 
 mrnt, xix. 23. 
 )^o\dw, -», to he angrji, to he incensed 
 
 at (dat.), vii. 23* 
 Xoprd^w, to feed, to satisfy, vi. 20. 
 \6pT0S, -ov, 6, fjrass, herha(je, vi. 10. 
 )(pc(a, -ax, r), use, necessity, need; fx^ 
 
 Xp^iav, to need. 
 ■)^pi<r\ia,, Tos, r6, an anointinij, an 
 
 unction, 1 John ii. 20, 27.* 
 Xpio-Tos, -of', 6 (prop, verbal adj. 
 
 from XP'"")) '''t" Anointed, the Mes- 
 siah, THE Christ. 
 Xpdvos, -ov, 0, time. 
 \i))X6s, -17, -Sy, lame, v. 3. 
 Xwpd, -as, T], the country, dist. from 
 
 town ; ^iXmy., fields, iv. 35. 
 Xwpco, -w, lit. to make room ; to receive, 
 
 contain, ii. 6, xxi. 26; to have free 
 
 course, viii. 37 (see K. V. and 
 
 niarg.). 
 \o}plov, -ov, TO, a place, afield, iv. 5. 
 XwpCs, adv., separately, by itself, only 
 
 XX. 7 ; as prep. gov. gen., apart 
 
 from, without, i. 3, xv. 5. 
 
 *. 
 
 i]/€v8o(j,ai., 1 aor. i\\>i:v(Taixr]v, dep., to 
 lie, to speak falsely, 1 Jolni i. G. 
 
 t|/€v8o-irpo<j)'<iTT|s, -ov, 6, a false prophet, 
 
 1 John iv. 1. 
 \}>ev5os> -ovs, t6, falsehood, a lie, viii. 
 
 44. 
 i)/€v8to. See \f/ivSofiai. 
 x|/ev(rTT)S, -ov, d, a deceiver, liar. 
 «j/T]\a({>d(i>, -w, to touch, to feel, to handle, 
 
 1 John i. 1. 
 'I'vXTii -vs, V, soul. 
 ^v\os, -ovs, r6, cold, xviii. 18. 
 t{;bip.Cov, -lov, a bit, a morsel, xiii. 26- 
 
 30.* 
 
 a 
 
 w8€, adv., of filace, hither, here. 
 
 oipd, -as, ■)), an hour. 
 
 (OS, an adv. of comparison, as, like as, 
 
 about; as particle of time, when, 
 
 as soon as. 
 'flo-avvd, intcrj., Uosanna! (Heb., 
 
 Ps. cxviii. 25) Save now! a word 
 
 of joyful acclamation, xii. 13. 
 (iicr-irep, adv., just as, as, v. 21, 26. 
 dj(r-T€, conj., .so that, iii. 16. 
 tirdpiov, -lov, r6, an ear, xviii. 10. 
 wtCov, -lov, t6, an car, xviii. 26. 
 co<j>eX€b>, -ft), ■■fiacD, to profit, to benefit, 
 
 vi. 63, xii. 19.
 
 LISTS OF WORDS. 
 
 LIST 1. 
 
 Verbs occurring more than fifty times. 
 
 1. 
 
 dYaTTttu, /yfe. 
 
 28. 
 
 2. 
 
 (Lyot, bring, lead, go. 
 
 29. 
 
 3. 
 
 aKpw, take «;>, fccwr. 
 
 30. 
 
 4. 
 
 alrcco, ('.5A:. 
 
 31. 
 
 5. 
 
 dKoX.ov9t«u, foUovj. 
 
 32. 
 
 G. 
 
 diKovw, hear. 
 
 33. 
 
 7. 
 
 dvaPaCvb), go up, come up, ascend. 
 
 34. 
 
 8. 
 
 av-CcTTTifii, raise up, arise, rise up. 
 
 35. 
 
 9. 
 
 avoiyw, open. 
 
 36. 
 
 10. 
 
 dTr-€pxo|Aai, go, depart. 
 
 37. 
 
 11. 
 
 dTTo-Ov^o-Ko), die, perish. 
 
 3«. 
 
 12. 
 
 diTo-Kp(vo|j.ai, answer. 
 
 39. 
 
 13. 
 
 diro-KT€(v«, kill, put to dxa'h. 
 
 40. 
 
 14. 
 
 diT-dX\u(ii, destroij, perish. 
 
 41. 
 
 15. 
 
 d"n-o-\vci), ;»<< avuiy, send awnij. 
 
 42. 
 
 
 release. 
 
 43. 
 
 16. 
 
 d"To-<rTA.Xw, send forth. 
 
 44. 
 
 17. 
 
 ApXofiui, //>v/m. 
 
 ir>. 
 
 18. 
 
 d<j>-£T)|ii, suffer, leave, forgive. 
 
 40. 
 
 19. 
 
 pdXXiD, om/, put. 
 
 47. 
 
 20. 
 
 pairxt^w, hnjttize, immerse. 
 
 4H. 
 
 21. 
 
 PX^TTU, /'/'<^■ «)!, .!<■«. 
 
 4!». 
 
 22. 
 
 ^(vvdw, '"^y'^^ '" /"■ horn , hrgotlen. 
 
 50. 
 
 23. 
 
 Ylvofiai, hcaimr, be. 
 
 51. 
 
 24. 
 
 'YivucTKu, know. 
 
 r>2. 
 
 25. 
 
 Ypd4>w, iirilr. 
 
 53. 
 
 26. 
 
 8«i, ?V vrcdi, one must, onghf. 
 
 5 J. 
 
 27. 
 
 S^XOfiai, receive. 
 
 55. 
 
 SiSdo-Ku, tctich. 
 
 S(8b))ii, give. 
 
 8oKtu, think, seem good. 
 
 hoifuXio, glorify. 
 
 8vva|iai, &£ able. 
 
 iytlpo), arise, raise tip. 
 
 flSov, see. 
 
 €l(i£, be. 
 
 tlirov, say. 
 
 €lo--€'pxo|Aai, enter, come in. 
 
 €K-pdXXw, cast out. 
 
 €|-cpxop,ai, come out, go out. 
 
 ^ir-cp(tiTdb>, ask. 
 
 ipi<ii, >rill say. 
 
 ^pXop.ai, come. 
 
 ipcordw, ask, beseech. 
 
 (<r0((i>, flit. 
 
 tv-a-YY'^'t"» I'^Mch the gospel. 
 
 ivpivKu, Jind. 
 
 l\y>, have. 
 
 X,a.oi, Hve. 
 
 Xr\Tito, seek. 
 
 diXu, will, desire, ivish. 
 
 duopilo, /lillii/i/. Six. 
 
 'i<rTT)p,t, sill lid, I slnblish. 
 
 KdO-T]piai, sit. 
 
 KaX{iD, rail. 
 
 Kara-PaCvu, descend, come doivn.
 
 356 
 
 LISTS OF WOKDS. 
 
 5(3. 
 
 KTjpwo-o-ttf, j)rcach, prociaim, 
 
 pub- 
 
 n. 
 
 TruTTeifco, believe. 
 
 
 hsh. 
 
 
 76. 
 
 ir\r]p6<i>, fill, be fulfilled. 
 
 57. 
 
 Kpd^to, cry out. 
 
 
 77. 
 
 iroit'co, do, make. 
 
 58. 
 
 Kp{vci>, judge, esteem. 
 
 
 78. 
 
 iroptvojAai, 7", d.epart. 
 
 59. 
 
 XaXt'u), speak. 
 
 
 79. 
 
 7rpoo--6'pxo|Aai, covie unto, draw 
 
 60. 
 
 Xafxpdvw, take, receive. 
 
 
 
 near. 
 
 61. 
 
 Xiyo, say, spmk. 
 
 
 80. 
 
 •Trpo(r-€»ixo|iai, jjray. 
 
 62. 
 
 |jiapTvp€(i>, ivitness, hear witness. 
 
 81. 
 
 'irpo(r-Kvvtco, imrship. 
 
 63. 
 
 (le'Wo), about to he. 
 
 
 82. 
 
 irpoo--<|)tp<o, bring, offer. 
 
 64. 
 
 p,ev(o, abide, remain. 
 
 
 83. 
 
 (TTreCpw, soio. 
 
 65. 
 
 <(4>o|j.ai, ivill see, appear. 
 
 
 84. 
 
 o-vv-dyw, gather together. 
 
 66. 
 
 6pd(o, see. 
 
 
 85. 
 
 o-ji^oj, save. 
 
 67. 
 
 -irapa-8^S(op.i, deliver, betray, 
 
 com- 
 
 86. 
 
 TT]pe(i), keep, observe. 
 
 
 mit. 
 
 
 87. 
 
 TtOt]p,i, put, lay, make. 
 
 68. 
 
 irapa-KaXew, beseech, exhort, 
 
 com- 
 
 88. 
 
 vndyo), go, go avxiy. 
 
 
 fort. 
 
 
 89. 
 
 virdpxu), be, have. 
 
 69. 
 
 ■irapa-\a|i.pdvw, take, receive 
 
 . 
 
 90. 
 
 «j)ttYO(xai, will eat. 
 
 70. 
 
 irtCOu), persuade, trust. 
 
 
 91. 
 
 <)>avcpd(d, manifest. 
 
 71. 
 
 irtfiiro), send. 
 
 
 92. 
 
 4>fp(o, bring, bear. 
 
 72. 
 
 irtpi-iraTtw, walk. 
 
 
 93. 
 
 <J)i1|a£, say. 
 
 73. 
 
 irCvco, drink. 
 
 
 94. 
 
 (f>oP('o|j,at, fear, he afraid. 
 
 74. 
 
 irtiTTw, fall, fall dovm. 
 
 
 95. 
 
 Xatpw, rejoice. 
 
 LIST II. 
 
 Verbs occurring ten to fifty times. 
 
 96. d-yaWidw, rejoice, exult. 
 
 97. dyid^oi, sanctify, purify. 
 
 98. a.yvoi<a,notundcrstand, notknoiv. 
 
 99. aYopd^w, buy, pxircliase. 
 
 100. dSiK^co, do wrong, hurt. 
 
 101. d9tT€ti), reject. 
 
 102. dp-ttprdva), sin. 
 
 103. dva- pXtiroi, ?oo^ m;;, receive sight. 
 
 104. dv-tt-yycXXa>, /«7', declare. 
 
 105. dva-YiVM«rKci», ret«/. 
 
 106. dv-dyw, /catZ m/j, bring; [)ass. 
 
 st< .s«/i7. 
 
 107. dvaipcttf, stoy, kill, put to death. 
 
 108. dvd-Kctp.ai, sit at meat, be a 
 
 guest. 
 
 109. dva-Kp(vw, examine. 
 
 110. dva-Xajipdvoi, receive up, take 
 
 up. 
 
 111. dva-Trailw, jiw resi; mid. take 
 
 rest.
 
 LIST II. 
 
 357 
 
 ]]2. 
 113. 
 
 114. 
 
 11.0. 
 
 lit;. 
 
 117. 
 
 lis. 
 iiy. 
 i-jii. 
 
 121. 
 
 122. 
 12::!. 
 124. 
 125. 
 I2t;. 
 127. 
 12.S. 
 12'J. 
 1 :',(!. 
 l;jl. 
 
 r.2. 
 
 !:;■',. 
 i;t. 
 
 ]:;7. 
 l:'.s. 
 \:v.>. 
 
 1)0. 
 
 1 II. 
 ) 12. 
 1 i:;. 
 II). 
 
 1 \r, 
 
 1 )<;. 
 
 117. 
 
 1 \^. 
 1 )'.• 
 
 dva-irCirTu), sit down. 
 dva-o-Tp^iJMo, uvcrthrow, return, 
 
 beluivc one's self. 
 6iva-\<t)pii», depart. 
 dv-txop.ai, bear with, endure. 
 dv6-i(rTT]jii, re.sist, vntJistecnd. 
 dir-a-y-ytXXu), tell, declare. 
 a.iT-6.y(ji, lead, lead away. 
 dTT-apvcopAi, (kny. 
 d-TTdOtu, disiihry, he disobedient. 
 dir-^X."i have, receive, abstain. 
 airo-SCSufn,, recompense, render. 
 dTTo-KaXu-irTu, reveal. 
 diro-Xa^iPdvu, receive. 
 6.1TTU, touch. 
 dpto-Kw, please. 
 dpvtop.ai, deny, refuse, 
 dp-n-d^w, snatch, take by force. 
 do-Ocvcw, be sick. 
 acriTaX^o^tai, salute. 
 artviXti), look steadfastly, fasten 
 
 on. 
 au^dvu, (jrow, increase. 
 uJ^ i(rTT)p,i, di'jiart, fill away. 
 Pacrav(I(», torment. 
 PacriXcvbi, reign. 
 PatTTd^w, tiritr, carry. 
 pXaa-(^T]p^<i>, hlasplmnc, rail. 
 PouXoixai, vdsh, vrill, desire. 
 -yap^itf, marry. 
 Y^jiu, lie full. 
 -ycuoixai, taste. 
 -yvupll^u, make known. 
 ■ypT|-yop/(»>, inifch. 
 8ui(iov(^o|xai, //(■ possessed with a 
 
 d.ril. 
 8((KvtJ|ii, shoii\ 
 8/op.ai, pray, heseech. 
 8/phi, liraf. 
 
 8/<j», III ml. 
 
 SiQKov^u, minister, serve. 
 
 150. 
 151. 
 152. 
 153. 
 154. 
 155. 
 156. 
 
 157. 
 
 159. 
 If.O. 
 161. 
 162. 
 163. 
 164. 
 165. 
 166. 
 167. 
 168. 
 16!). 
 17'i. 
 171. 
 172. 
 173. 
 174. 
 175. 
 176. 
 
 177. 
 17.S. 
 179. 
 180. 
 181. 
 182. 
 183. 
 184. 
 185. 
 
 186. 
 
 8ia-Kp(v(o, discern, doubt. 
 
 8ia-X^Y°K'''') '"'Cison, dispute. 
 
 8ia-koyC'[^o\Lai., reason. 
 
 8ia-ji,apTvipop.at, testify. 
 
 8ia-(i€pi5aj, divide, part. 
 
 8ia-Td<r(rta, command. 
 
 &ia-4>^p(i>, be of more value, differ 
 from, carry. 
 
 8i-cpxop.ai, pass throuyh, go 
 over. 
 
 SiKaidb), justify. 
 
 8nj/do), thirst. 
 
 8itiK«D, persecute, follow after. 
 
 8oKi(id5«, prove, approve. 
 
 8ovX€Ub>, serve. 
 
 cdu, suffer, leave. 
 
 iy^i\<j), draw near, be at hand. 
 
 €lo--d'y«, briny in. 
 
 ci(r--iropEvo|jiai, go in. 
 
 iK-K6-nr<it, hew doion, cut off. 
 
 iK-\iyo^a.\., choose. 
 
 i.K-itlirT<a, fall. 
 
 «K-irXT|cr<rw, astonish. 
 
 ^K-iroptviop.ai, go out, })roceed. 
 
 ^K-T((vb>, stretch forth. 
 
 iK-x^fn, ]>our out, spill. 
 
 ^K-xvivop.ai., he shed, he poured. 
 
 tXt'YX") reprove, convict. 
 
 ikdta, have vierey, have compas- 
 sion. 
 
 tKirCX^o), hofic. 
 
 i\L-^alvut, niter (a sliiji). 
 
 ()i-pX^irb>, behold, look upon. 
 
 iy.-Tra.lX}!>, mock. 
 
 {v-8t(Kvu(ii, show. 
 
 lv-tpyl<i>, work. 
 
 ^v-T^XXo^ai, charge, command. 
 
 i(^-6.y(ii, li (III nut, hring out. 
 
 i^-ano-<rrl\\iit, sntil away, send 
 forth. 
 
 <{«aTi, he lawful.
 
 358 
 
 LISTS OF WORDS. 
 
 187. 
 
 133. 
 189. 
 190. 
 191. 
 192. 
 193. 
 194. 
 195. 
 196. 
 197. 
 198. 
 199. 
 200. 
 201. 
 202. 
 203. 
 
 204. 
 20f.. 
 200. 
 207. 
 208. 
 209. 
 
 210. 
 211. 
 
 212. 
 213. 
 214. 
 
 216. 
 217. 
 218. 
 219. 
 220, 
 221, 
 222, 
 223 
 
 i|-(o-Tt)|ii, he amazed, he beside 
 
 one's self. 
 €|-op.oXo-yc(i>, confess. 
 t^-ovQtvi()>, set at naught, despise. 
 tTr-a-yytX-Xcjiai, jiromisc. 
 cTT-a^pu, lift up. 
 eTr-aitrxvvo|iai, he ashamed. 
 €iri-pdXX&), put OH, lay on. 
 ^-rri-'yivwo-Kw, kvow, perceive. 
 ciri-8(8(«|ii., give, deliver. 
 ivi-Xryrlia, seek after. 
 tiri-6\)|Ji^w, desire, lust, covet. 
 {iri-KoX^w, call upon, appeal to. 
 ciri-XaiJiPdvcd, take hold of. 
 iiTi.-\Liv<», continue. 
 iwi-TTlirTtaifall upon, press upon. 
 €ir£-o-Ta|iai, understand, know. 
 liri-<rrpt^(i), turn, return, con- 
 vert. 
 
 Itti-tCOtiiii, lay upon, put upon, 
 
 (iri-Tipdw, rchuke, charge. 
 
 firi-Tpfirw, sniffer, permit. 
 
 tpYdl^op.ai,, ivork. 
 
 iroi^a-Xta, make ready, prepare. 
 
 cv-8oK^w, he well-pleased, have 
 pleasure. 
 
 tv-\o-^lu>, hless. 
 
 (v-^paiva, he merry, rejoice. 
 
 tv-\a.pia-ri(ji, give thanks. 
 
 €(J>-(<rTTjfii, stand by, come upon. 
 
 'i;t\K6u>, desire earnestly, he jeal- 
 ous. 
 
 ^wo-iroUo), quicken, made alive. 
 
 T|7^o|iai, he chief, think, count. 
 
 {JKw, come. 
 
 Gavardu, put to death, mortify. 
 
 GdiTTw, hury. 
 
 Oaujid^o), marvel, wonder. 
 
 Ocdofiai, see, hehold. 
 
 6tpaiT€v(i), heal, cure. 
 
 0(p((w, reap. 
 
 224. Ovirjo-K<i>, die. 
 
 225. 9v(i>, kill, sacrifice. 
 
 226. Idojxai, heal. 
 
 227. lo-x,v<», he ahle, prevail, he strong. 
 
 228. KaOapC^w, make clean, cleanse. 
 
 229. Ka9-tti8(i>, be asleep, sleep. 
 
 230. KaOt^w, sit down. 
 
 231. Ka8-£<rTT)|ii, set, appoint. 
 
 232. Katw, hum. 
 
 233. KttT-a-yytXXw, proclaim. 
 
 234. Kar-dYOj, liring doum. 
 
 235. KaT-ai<rxvv<i), put to shame, dis- 
 
 honor. 
 
 236. Kara-Kaita, hum up. 
 
 237. Kard-KCifiai, lie down, sit at 
 
 meat. 
 
 238. KUTa-Kpfvo), condemn. 
 
 239. Kara-XaiiPdvco, take, perceive, 
 
 apirrchcnd. 
 
 240. Kara-XtCirw, leave. 
 
 241. Kora-Xvo), destroy, throw doum. 
 
 242. Kara-vo^w, consider, behold. 
 
 243. Kar-avrdw, came to, attain. 
 
 244. KaT-apY^d), make of none effect, 
 
 abolish . 
 
 245. Kar-aprf^w, mend, restore, per- 
 
 fect. 
 
 246. KaTa-erK€vdtci), jwepare, build. 
 
 247. KaT-€p7dto(iai, tvork, do. 
 
 248. KaT-^pxo|iai, come down. 
 
 249. KaT-ex<«, ^'t^"*", ^"'^'^ /"■^^ ^"S- 
 
 scss. 
 
 250. KttT-Ti7op^, accuse. 
 
 251. KaT-oiK€w, dwell. 
 
 252. Kavxdop.ai, gloi-y. 
 
 253. K«i|iai, lie, be laid. 
 
 254. KtXevw, command. 
 
 255. K€p8alv«, gain. 
 
 256. KXa(o>, vjeejh 
 
 257. KXdw, break (bread). 
 
 258. KXeCw, shut.
 
 LIST II. 
 
 359 
 
 260. 
 261 
 262, 
 263. 
 
 264. 
 265. 
 266. 
 267. 
 268. 
 26!*. 
 270. 
 271. 
 272. 
 273. 
 274. 
 275. 
 276. 
 277. 
 278. 
 279. 
 280. 
 281. 
 282. 
 283. 
 284. 
 285. 
 286. 
 287. 
 288. 
 289. 
 290. 
 291. 
 292. 
 293. 
 29 ». 
 295. 
 
 296. 
 297. 
 
 KX«''7rTw, steal. 
 kXt]povo|jl.c(ii, inlurit, 
 Koi.fidop.ai, sleep, fall asleep. 
 Koiv6ia, dcjile, make common. 
 KoXXdo|Mi, cleave to, join note's 
 
 self. 
 Ko^iit^dt, receive. 
 Koiridw, toil, labor. 
 Kparco), lay hold on, take. 
 KpviTTtoi, hide. 
 ktIX,ii), create. 
 KiiiXxita, forbid. 
 XaTptuo), serve. 
 Xo-yi^oiiai, reckon, account, 
 X\nr«u>, he sorry, grieve. 
 Xvu, loose. 
 p,av6dv(i>, learn. 
 fi€p£^w, divide. 
 |i(pip.vd<o, he anxious. 
 |iCTa-Pa(vw, dijiart, pass otit. 
 |i(Ta-vo^b>, repent. 
 liifiv-^o-Kw, remind, rememler. 
 ^\.<rlii>, hdle. 
 p,VT]|iov(v(a, remember. 
 |M>ixcv<i>, commit adultery. 
 vt\irT(i(it,f(ist. 
 viKdw, overcome. 
 vliTTw, wash. 
 
 voldt, perceive, understand. 
 vop.(i^u, think, suppose. 
 |«v(l^(j), lodyc, cntirtain. 
 |r]pa(vw, wither, dry up. 
 olKo-8op^w, build, edify. 
 dp.vv(ii, sircar. 
 op.oi6w, he like, liken. 
 b\Lo-\oy{u, confess, profess. 
 6(\>t(.\iii, owe. 
 irai8(vw, cluislisc, cluisten, in- 
 
 tlnirt. 
 
 irop-ayy^Xw, charge, command. 
 irapa-'Y^vofiai, come. 
 
 298. frop-aiT^oiiai, make excuse, re- 
 
 fuse. 
 
 299. irapa-Tiftr^ni, set before, commit. 
 
 300. irdp-cifii, be present, have come. 
 
 301. irap-^p\op.ai, pass airay, }mss by. 
 
 302. iTap-i\(i>, give, bring, show. 
 
 303. irap-fo-TTijii, stand by, prrsent. 
 
 304. irdo-xu), suffer. 
 
 305. -iravopiai, Icwvc off, cease. 
 
 306. ircivdw, be hungry. 
 
 307. TTcipd^w, tempt, prove, try. 
 
 308. ircpi-pdXXw, cast around, clothe, 
 
 array. 
 
 309. irepio-o-cvw, exceed, abound. 
 
 310. ircpi-T^pivw, circumcise. 
 
 311. irid^b), take. 
 
 312. TrXavdb), lead astray, err, be de- 
 
 ceived. 
 
 31 3. itXtjOvIvw, multiply. 
 
 314. Tr\-(]eu,fill, be fulfilled. 
 
 315. irXouT^w, be rich, become rich. 
 
 316. "iroipiafvw, /ecc?, be shepherd, rule. 
 
 317. iroT^l^w, give to drink, water. 
 
 318. Trpdo-oro), do, ]>ractise, commit. 
 
 319. irpo-d-yw, go before, bring forth. 
 
 320. •irpoo--8^x°H'**'» look for, receive. 
 
 321. irpoo--8oKd<i>, look for, wait for. 
 
 322. irpocr-^x.**! '"^'^ heed, give heed, 
 
 beware. 
 
 323. irpo(r-KaX^o)iai, rail to one's self. 
 
 324. •jrpoo--Xap.pdvop.at, take, receive. 
 
 325. ■irpo<r-T£6T]p.i, tidtl, increase. 
 
 326. irpo4>T]T«i(u, prophesy. 
 
 327. iruvBdvopiai, inquire. 
 
 328. TTuX^u, sell. 
 
 329. ^vo|iai, deliver. 
 
 330. o-aXcuw, shake. 
 
 331. oraXirfl^u, sdund a trumpet. 
 
 332. triunaitt, hold one's peace. 
 
 333. o-Kav8aX£jco, crtx.w <(j stumble, 
 
 offend.
 
 360 
 
 LISTS OP" WORDS. 
 
 334. 
 
 o-ir\aYXvf?o|iai, ic moved infh 
 
 356. 
 
 Tuy\a.va, obtain, happen. 
 
 
 covipassioii. 
 
 357. 
 
 TVTTTw, strike, smite, beat. 
 
 33f). 
 
 trirov8d([io, give diligence. 
 
 358. 
 
 vyialvto, be whole, be sound. 
 
 336. 
 
 (TTaDpow, crucify. 
 
 359. 
 
 vTraKovii), obey. 
 
 337. 
 
 o-TTipi^o), estubiisk, stablish. 
 
 360. 
 
 {nro-ixtvo), endure, abide. 
 
 338. 
 
 «rTpt(j)u, turn. 
 
 361. 
 
 {iiro-orTp6<})<«>, return, turn hack. 
 
 339. 
 
 <rvX-Xa|ipdva), seize, conceive. 
 
 362. 
 
 vitro-Tdo-<rw, put in subjection, 
 
 310. 
 
 (rup,-(j>ep(d, he profitable, crpe- 
 
 
 subject. 
 
 
 dicnt. 
 
 363. 
 
 vKTrtptu), lack, fall short. 
 
 311. 
 
 <n)v-^pXO|iai, come together, go 
 
 364. 
 
 v<|/d<i>, exalt, lift up. 
 
 
 ivith. 
 
 365. 
 
 (]>a(v(d, shine, appear. 
 
 342. 
 
 (rvv-€xw, press, be held fast. 
 
 366. 
 
 (|>€v'Y<o, ficc. 
 
 343. 
 
 avv-CT)p.i, undcrstavd. 
 
 367. 
 
 4>iXtu>, love, kiss. 
 
 344. 
 
 <rvv-£<rTT|p.i, eommcnd. 
 
 368. 
 
 (j>ovei)b>, /,///. 
 
 34.'^. 
 
 o-<j>pa"yC5<i), set a scat, seal. 
 
 369. 
 
 <|>pov(b>, mind, think. 
 
 34(3. 
 
 a-\ll<D, rend, divide. 
 
 370. 
 
 <}>vXda-(ra), observe, keep, guard. 
 
 347. 
 
 TaiTnv6i3i, humble. 
 
 371. 
 
 <{>VT€va>, plant. 
 
 348. 
 
 Tapd<rcro>, trouble. 
 
 372. 
 
 <|>(i>v€(i>, call, cry. 
 
 349. 
 
 Tt\i\,6ut, fulfil, ((ccomplish. per- 
 
 373. 
 
 4><»t£^w, give light, enlighten. 
 
 
 fect. 
 
 374. 
 
 Xapl|^op.ai, give freely, forgive. 
 
 350. 
 
 T^Xevrdo), die. 
 
 375. 
 
 XopTalu, fill, feed. 
 
 351. 
 
 rtXio), fin ish, accomplish, fulfil. 
 
 376. 
 
 Xpdofiai, use. 
 
 352. 
 
 tCkto), bring forth, bear. 
 
 377. 
 
 X<Dpit,<», put asunder, sejmrate, 
 
 353. 
 
 Tipidb), honor. 
 
 
 depart. 
 
 354. 
 
 ToX^db), dare. 
 
 378. 
 
 «)/tv8op.ai, lie. 
 
 355. 
 
 Tpi\i)), ru7i. 
 
 379. 
 
 b>4>£X6'b>, profit. 
 
 LIST III. 
 
 Verbs occurring five to ten times. 
 
 380. dYaBo-Troiew, do good. 
 
 381. d7avaKTt&), he indignant. 
 
 382. aYvt^o), purify. 
 
 383. a^tJv^^oiiai, strive, fight. 
 
 384. a8oi, sing. 
 3S5. alv^b), praise. 
 
 386. alcrxvvop.ai, be ashamed. 
 
 387. dXe^cJxi), anoint. 
 
 388. dXXdo-o-o), change. 
 
 389. dp.eX€v<>, neglect, disregard. 
 
 390. dva-yKa^b), eonstrain, compel. 
 301. dva-KX(i/a), sit doum, recline.
 
 
 LIST III 
 
 392. 
 
 dva-Kpd^u, cry out. 
 
 425. 
 
 393. 
 
 dva-(ii(iVT|o-K<i>, put in rcmfm- 
 brance; pass, call to remcm- 
 
 420. 
 
 
 b ranee. 
 
 427. 
 
 394. 
 
 dva-irXripdw, fu/Jil, supply. 
 
 4-28. 
 
 395. 
 
 dva-TtXXw, rise, spi-ing up. 
 
 429. 
 
 396. 
 
 dva-4>ep(i>, hriiig, offer up. 
 
 430. 
 
 397. 
 
 dvT-airo-8t8a)|j.i, recompense. 
 
 431. 
 
 398. 
 
 dvTi-K€i)iai, appose, he an ad- 
 
 
 
 versary. 
 
 432. 
 
 399. 
 
 avTi-Xt-yo), contradict, speak 
 
 433. 
 
 
 aijainsl. 
 
 434. 
 
 400. 
 
 dvTi-Td«roro|iai, oppose, resist. 
 
 435. 
 
 4(11. 
 
 aif.6ti>, think worthy. 
 
 436. 
 
 402. 
 
 dir-avrdft), meet. 
 
 437. 
 
 403. 
 
 &ir-€ip,i, lie ahsent. 
 
 438. 
 
 404. 
 
 dir-cK-St'xoiiai, wait for. 
 
 439. 
 
 40.5. 
 
 d7rio-T«'u), disbelieve. 
 
 440. 
 
 406. 
 
 diro-8e)(Ofiai, receive, welcome. 
 
 441. 
 
 407. 
 
 diro-S-qixtu), (JO into another cuun- 
 
 442. 
 
 
 try. 
 
 443. 
 
 408. 
 
 diro-8oKip.dl^a), reject. 
 
 444. 
 
 409. 
 
 diro-KaG-ioTTTiiii, restore. 
 
 445. 
 
 410. 
 
 dTro-KoiTTo), cut off. 
 
 446. 
 
 411. 
 
 diro-KpuiTTw, hide. 
 
 447. 
 
 412. 
 
 dTro-Xtfiru, leave, remain. 
 
 448. 
 
 413. 
 
 diro-Xo-yeojiau, answer, make u 
 
 449. 
 
 
 defence. 
 
 450. 
 
 414. 
 
 d-tropco|iai, he jierplexed, be in 
 
 451. 
 
 
 llnlll,t. 
 
 452. 
 
 41 r>. 
 
 diro-o-Ttpcui, defraiid. 
 
 453. 
 
 416. 
 
 diro-(rTpt'(})u), turn away. 
 
 454. 
 
 417. 
 
 diro-Tdo-o-ui, lake leave of. 
 
 455, 
 
 418. 
 
 d-n-o-T(9T]|ii, i>Ht away. 
 
 4.56. 
 
 419. 
 
 olito-^1[hii, carry away. 
 
 457. 
 
 420. 
 
 d-irwB^u, IhrtiHt avmy, ca.it off". 
 
 458. 
 
 421. 
 
 dpK^oj, /"' fsv/Ticient, be eonlcnt. 
 
 450. 
 
 422. 
 
 dTi|idlf(i>, dishonor. 
 
 46(1. 
 
 423. 
 
 d4)-aipta), take away. 
 
 461. 
 
 424. 
 
 k^oLvLXjo, disfujure, consume. 
 
 462. 
 
 
 vanish . 
 
 463. 
 
 3G1 
 
 d4)-op£5'», separcdc. 
 
 Papco|iai, be heavy, weighed 
 
 down. 
 P(Paid(i>, confirm, stublish. 
 Podu, cry out. 
 poT|6e<i>, help. 
 
 ^OITKtOtfccd. 
 
 PoiiX(vo|iai, tak: counsel, be 
 
 'minded.. 
 Ppexto, send rain, rain. 
 ^aptij^o), give in ■marriuyc. 
 •yejit^a), fill. 
 ■yo-yyu^w, 'murmur. 
 Sairavdw, .'<pcnd. 
 8r]X6a>, declare, signify. 
 8ia-8l8a>(ii, divide, distribute. 
 8ia-(i€vci>, remain, continue. 
 Siavoi'ytd, open. 
 8ia-tr€pda>, cro.'is over. 
 8i.a-iropcvo}iai, go through. 
 SiaTTopeai, be perplexed. 
 8i.appT|-yvv|ii, rend. 
 Sia-o-Kop-irtJ^u), sculler. 
 8ta-aT«XXo|iai, charge. 
 8ia-crTp€()>(i), pervert, turn aside. 
 Siacru^b), .save, escape. 
 Sia-TtGrjiii, ajipnint, vnike. 
 8ia-TpiP(i>, tarry. 
 8ia-4>06(.p(i>, destroy, decay. 
 8i€Y«fpti>, II wake, arise. 
 8i€pp.T]vciiu>, interpret. 
 8i-T)-Y(0|iai, declare. 
 SouXdto, lie in bmulage. 
 cY-KaX^co, accuse at court. 
 iy-KOiTa-XdiTa), forsake, leave. 
 iy-tuvrpiX^m, grafl. 
 (■y-KOTTTco, hinder. 
 (Icr-aKovu, hmr (prjvyer). 
 il(r-(^^p(i>, liriiKj in. 
 iK-ya^iLx^ut, give in marriage. 
 iK-hlyija^a.\., wait for.
 
 362 
 
 LISTS OF WORDS. 
 
 464. 
 
 €K-8iK^(o, avenge. 
 
 500. 
 
 ciri-ovo-a, following, coming 
 
 465. 
 
 €K-Sv(i>, strip, take off. 
 
 
 after. 
 
 466. 
 
 €k-5t)t^w, seek after, require. 
 
 501. 
 
 €Tri-iro6^w, long after. 
 
 467. 
 
 tK-KaKtm, faint, be iveary. 
 
 502. 
 
 €iri-o-K€irTO(iat, visit. 
 
 468. 
 
 CK-Xvw, faint. 
 
 503. 
 
 ctri-o-Kid^o), overshadow. 
 
 469. 
 
 €K-p.d<ro-w, wipe. 
 
 504. 
 
 €iri-<rov-dYw, gather together. 
 
 470. 
 
 CK-Tpeirojiai, turn aside. 
 
 505. 
 
 €iri-Tdo-(rw, command, enjoin. 
 
 471. 
 
 (K-(|>€p(a, bring forth, carry 
 
 506. 
 
 €iri-T€X€'«, complete, perfect, ac- 
 
 
 out. 
 
 
 complish. 
 
 472. 
 
 €K-<J)«vY<'>, escape. 
 
 507. 
 
 €iri-\opTj-y^w, supply. 
 
 473. 
 
 €X.avvb>, drive, ro\v. 
 
 508. 
 
 cir-oiKoSoiicd), haild upon, build 
 
 474. 
 
 cXtvOepdu, make free. 
 
 
 up. 
 
 475. 
 
 cXkvw, draw. 
 
 509. 
 
 cpavvdo), search. 
 
 476. 
 
 {|jb-ppi|idopiai, charge strictly, be 
 
 510. 
 
 (pT]p.da>, make desolate. 
 
 
 iiiurid with indignation. 
 
 511. 
 
 €<5xop.ai, pray. 
 
 477. 
 
 i\k-iTl\Ltr'KM]fii, fill. 
 
 512. 
 
 ^i]Hid<i», forfeit, suffer loss. 
 
 478. 
 
 t[k-tritTriit, fall into. 
 
 513. 
 
 ■i[crvyji\ii>, rest, he silent. 
 
 479. 
 
 f\L-'KTvu>, spit upon. 
 
 514. 
 
 Oapp^u, be of good courage. 
 
 480. 
 
 i^-^avLXfa, make manifest, in- 
 
 515. 
 
 6apo-^<o, he of good cheer. 
 
 
 form, appear. 
 
 516. 
 
 OcpcXidw, lay foundation, found. 
 
 481. 
 
 cv-8\iva|id(i>, he strong, strengthen. 
 
 517. 
 
 'Ocp^xaCvoftai, warm one's self. 
 
 482. 
 
 cv-Svu, put on, clothe. 
 
 518. 
 
 OT]Xd^(o, give suck. 
 
 483, 
 
 €V-(o-TT](ii, be present. 
 
 519. 
 
 6r\travplX,<i>, treasure U]), lay 
 
 48i. 
 
 €v-KaK^aj, faint, he iveary. 
 
 
 up. 
 
 485. 
 
 ev-oiK^w, dwell in. 
 
 520. 
 
 8X(p<i>, throng, afflict. 
 
 486. 
 
 Iv-Tp^irw, put to shame; mid. 
 
 521. 
 
 Ka0-aip^w, take down, destroy. 
 
 
 to ri'vercnce. 
 
 522. 
 
 Kadit^o^ai, sit. 
 
 487. 
 
 iv-Tvyx&voi, make stiit, make 
 
 523. 
 
 KaKdu, enti'eat evil, afflict. 
 
 
 intercession. 
 
 524. 
 
 KaXviTTw, cover. 
 
 488. 
 
 €|-aip^w, pluck out, deliver. 
 
 525. 
 
 Kapiro-({>op^w, hear fruit. 
 
 489. 
 
 ki,-o.\tL^ia, blot out, wipe away. 
 
 526. 
 
 Kara-XaX^b), speak against. 
 
 490. 
 
 €|-aTraTdw, beguile. 
 
 527. 
 
 KaT-aXXdtrorw, reconcile. 
 
 491. 
 
 €|-iTy€0(iai, declare, rehearse. 
 
 528. 
 
 Kara-iraT^u, tread upon, trample 
 
 492. 
 
 eir-aiv^u), commend, praise. 
 
 
 on. 
 
 493. 
 
 tir-^pXoiAai, come upon. 
 
 529. 
 
 Kara-irCvw, swallow, devour. 
 
 494. 
 
 iTr-i\(j», mark, give heed to. 
 
 530. 
 
 KaT-apdo|jLai, curse. 
 
 49.'>. 
 
 €iri-Pa£vw, go ujmn, come to. 
 
 531. 
 
 KaTa-(|>d-y(o, devour. 
 
 496. 
 
 €7ri--Ypd4)a), write upon. 
 
 532. 
 
 KaTa-<|>iX^b>, kiss. 
 
 497. 
 
 ^iri-Sc^Kvvfii, show. 
 
 533. 
 
 Kara-^ipov^u, despise. 
 
 498. 
 
 lTr£-K€tfiai, lie upon, lay upon. 
 
 534. 
 
 KaT-€o-6(w, devour. 
 
 499. 
 
 £iri-Xav6dvo|jiak, forget. 
 
 535. 
 
 KaTTjx.^w, instruct, teach, infwtn.
 
 LIST III. 
 
 863 
 
 336. 
 
 Kcvow, make void, empty (one's 
 
 569. 
 
 
 selO. 
 
 570 
 
 537. 
 
 Kivc'w, move, wag. 
 
 571 
 
 .538. 
 
 kX^vw, lay down, bow down, de- 
 
 572 
 
 
 cline. 
 
 573 
 
 539. 
 
 KOivuWu, communicate, be par- 
 
 574 
 
 
 taker. 
 
 575 
 
 540. 
 
 Koka^Ltfa, buffet. 
 
 576. 
 
 541. 
 
 KoirrUfCut dovra, mourn, bewail. 
 
 577 
 
 542. 
 
 Koa■^Uu^, garnish, adorn. 
 
 578 
 
 543. 
 
 Kpavyd^w, cry out. 
 
 579 
 
 544. 
 
 Kpc(idvvup.i, hang. 
 
 580 
 
 545. 
 
 Kpovu, knock. 
 
 581 
 
 546. 
 
 KTaofiai, get, win, obtain. 
 
 582 
 
 547. 
 
 k\)k\6(i), compass, come round 
 
 583 
 
 
 about. 
 
 584 
 
 548. 
 
 Kvpicvw, have lordship, June 
 
 585 
 
 
 dominion. 
 
 586 
 
 549. 
 
 XdiiiTdt, shine. 
 
 587 
 
 550. 
 
 XavOdvw, be hid. 
 
 588 
 
 551. 
 
 Xifirw, he wanting, be lacking. 
 
 589 
 
 552. 
 
 XiOd^w, stone. 
 
 590 
 
 553. 
 
 XiOo-^oX^w, stone. 
 
 591 
 
 554. 
 
 Xov<u, u;iish. 
 
 592 
 
 555. 
 
 ^a(vop.ai, be mad. 
 
 593 
 
 556. 
 
 p.aKpo-9v)iiw, luive patience. 
 
 594 
 
 
 atiffi r long. 
 
 595 
 
 557. 
 
 (j.aam-y(Sw, scourge. 
 
 
 558. 
 
 |u-yaX\iv(i>, e'nlargc, magnify. 
 
 696 
 
 559. 
 
 |u6-<p)iT]V(v<i>, interpret. 
 
 597 
 
 560. 
 
 |MO-((rTT]|ii, remove. 
 
 598 
 
 561. 
 
 )m6uw, /" drunken. 
 
 599 
 
 562. 
 
 |tiX(i, it is a care. 
 
 600 
 
 .563. 
 
 p4Ta-8(8up.i, impart, give. 
 
 601 
 
 564. 
 
 |i(Ta-Xap.pdv<ii, take, partake. 
 
 602 
 
 .565. 
 
 p,tTa-(iAojiai, rejient one's self, 
 
 
 
 regret. 
 
 603 
 
 566. 
 
 lura-ir/fiiroiitti, •<aid for. 
 
 604 
 
 567. 
 
 p.«Ta-(rxT)p.aTiJti», fashion one's 
 
 605 
 
 
 self, transfer. 
 
 606 
 
 568. 
 
 |MTa-Tt9T]p.i, change, translate. 
 
 f;o7 
 
 |ieT-^co, partake. 
 
 IxcTpe'b), measure. 
 
 p,ia(v(i>, defile. 
 
 |ioix.do|iai, commit adultery. 
 
 VTJ(|>(i), be sober. 
 
 vovOcTc'd), admonish. 
 
 68-T)7^<i>, guide. 
 
 oIk^w, dwell. 
 
 ovciS^^u, reproach, -upbraid. 
 
 6vop.d)^(i>, name. 
 
 6p-y((op,ai, be angry, wroth. 
 
 bpLXiji, determine, ordain. 
 
 6pp.db>, rush. 
 
 iraiu), smite. 
 
 ■jrap-dYWf pass by. 
 
 irapa-8€)(0(iai, receive. 
 
 irapa-K-uTTTw, stooj), look into. 
 
 irapa-iTopevopiai, pass by. 
 
 irapa-TTjpcbi, watch. 
 
 irap-pT|o-idl^o|iai, speak boldly. 
 
 iraxdo-aw, s)iiite. 
 
 iraT^w, tread. 
 
 ir€v6€aj, mourn. 
 
 irtpi-dYw, go about, lead about. 
 
 7r€pi-pX^irai, look round about. 
 
 ■irtpi-l^iivvujii, gird one's self. 
 
 •7rtp£-K(ip.ai, hang about, be en- 
 compassed. 
 
 ir(pi-TC6r]^i, put on, put about. 
 
 TTfpi-i^ipti), cfirry about. 
 
 imrpdcrKa), sell. 
 
 irXtovd^o), nliiiund, increase. 
 
 ■n\^ov^Kri^a, take advantage. 
 
 ttX/o), m/(7. 
 
 7rXT)po-(t>op/(i>, fulfil, be fully as- 
 sured. 
 
 irvi<i>, hlov). 
 
 7roX«p./o>, nuike war. 
 
 ■tropvtvoi, commit fornication. 
 
 irpitrti, it brrnmcs. 
 
 TTpo-^aivw, go on.
 
 364 
 
 LISTS OF WOKDS. 
 
 608. 
 609, 
 
 610. 
 611. 
 612. 
 
 613. 
 614. 
 615. 
 
 616. 
 617. 
 618. 
 619. 
 620. 
 
 621. 
 622. 
 623. 
 624. 
 625. 
 
 626. 
 627. 
 623. 
 629. 
 630. 
 
 631. 
 632. 
 633. 
 634. 
 635. 
 636. 
 637. 
 638. 
 639. 
 640. 
 641. 
 64?.. 
 
 irpo-"ytV(io-Kai, foreknow. 
 
 Trpo-c'pxojiau, go before, go for- 
 ward. 
 
 irpo-to-Ttiiii, rule, -maintain, 
 
 irp(i-K€ip,ai., set hefore. 
 
 "irpo-KoiTTfti, increase, proceed 
 farther. 
 
 irpo-opC^ci), foreordain. 
 
 irpo-irt'iiiro), bring on the way. 
 
 ■7rpo(r-KapT€p^u), continue stead- 
 fastly, wait on. 
 
 irpo(r-K6'jrT(i), stumble. 
 
 ■jrpoo--|A£vft), continue with, tarry. 
 
 irpo<r-Tr£irTw, fall down before. 
 
 'irpo(r-Ta<r(r(i), 
 irpoo--<j>(dvefa>, 
 
 tmto. 
 
 "TTTalw, stumble. 
 
 command. 
 
 call unto, speak 
 
 keep 
 
 ■rrup6op,ai, burn, be on fire. 
 
 TTupdd), harden. 
 
 pT|Yvv(ii, rend, burst. 
 
 plirria, cast down, cast out, 
 
 scatter. 
 o-pevvvp.1, quench. 
 ccpoixai, worship. 
 <r(Cu>, quake, make tremble. 
 crT|p,a(v<>>, signify. 
 (Ti-yao), hold one's peace, 
 
 silence. 
 irKi]v6oi, dwell. 
 tTKXTjpuvo), harden. 
 o-Koirib), look, mark. 
 a-KOpiritfi), scatter. 
 tTKOT^^ofiai, be darkened, 
 o-ircv8(i>, make haste. 
 crrtvatfit, sigh, groan. 
 o-TTJKO), stand, standfast. 
 «rToi)(/a), walk. 
 OTparevonai, war. 
 trrpbtvvio), spread, furnish. 
 o-jY-KaXto), call together. 
 
 643. a-vy-xa'pW) rejoice with. 
 
 644. a-My-\\ivf>> , confound. 
 
 645. (Tv^TjT^to, question, dispute. 
 
 646. cruX-XaXe'w, talk, speak with. 
 
 647. o-vX-Xt'-yto, gather. 
 
 648. iTvp.-^a.ivia, happen. 
 
 649. (rvp,-pdXX<i), jiondcr, confer, en- 
 
 counter. 
 
 650. (rv|i.-Pipd^<i), knit together, prove, 
 
 conclude. 
 
 651. OTjfi-PovXevo), take counsel to- 
 
 gether. 
 
 652. <rup,-irv£'Y<o, choke. 
 
 653. (rup,-(fi(i>v<(d, agree with. 
 
 654. o-vv-avd-K€i}tai, sit at meat, re- 
 
 cline. 
 
 655. o-uv-avrdw, meet. 
 
 656. o-Dv-tpY^w, work together. 
 
 657. <ruv-€o-9£a), cat ivith. 
 
 658. o-uv-€i)-8oK^(a, consent to. 
 
 659. a-vv-Tfkiu, end, finish. 
 
 660. (rvv-rpl^<a, break in pieces, 
 
 bruise. 
 
 661. trvpu, dracf, draw. 
 
 662. o-u-tTTa-updw, crucify with. 
 
 663. o-<})d5a), slay. 
 
 664. (r(d(f>po v4ci>, be of right, sober mind. 
 
 665. Tdo-o-o), appoint, ordain. 
 (^(i&. Tpcifici), feed, nourish. 
 G67. TptoYw, cai. 
 
 668. vPpt^o), cfiitreat shamefully. 
 
 669. {nravrdoi, JM.ee^. 
 
 670. {nrtp-pdXXa), surpass. 
 
 671. viro-BefKVVfii, warn, shoto. 
 
 672. v7ro-|ii(ivTJ(rKw, ^«^ in remem- 
 
 brance. 
 
 673. 4><(So|iai., spare. 
 
 674. <J>0dvci), co?/ic, attain, precede. 
 
 675. <j)9€£pa), destroy, corrtipt. 
 
 676. <j)i(i($u>, ;)K< <o sileyice, muzzle. 
 
 677. <})op^a), ?i'(;«r.
 
 LIST IV. 
 
 365 
 
 678. «|>^o-i6co, puff up. 
 
 679. x°-^°,"> ^^t doion. 
 
 680. XPTJl'*'! fi^f^^ need. 
 
 681. xP^K-^tC^Wi warn (by God). 
 
 682. XP^''' aiioiiU. 
 
 683. xp°*''l"'> '"'■'■y* 
 
 684. x^P*'", receive, contain. 
 
 685. t|/d\Xa», sing. 
 
 686. i|»tv8o-p,apTvp€«o, bear false wit- 
 
 ness. 
 
 LIST IV. 
 
 Nouns, Adjectives, and Adverbs, occurring more than 
 
 fifty times. 
 
 1. dYttWs, (pod. 
 
 2. aYaiTT), t|, love. 
 
 3. d'yairr^Tds, beloved. 
 
 4. <xyytKo%, 6, aiuiel, messenger. 
 
 5. fi-Yios, hd/i/. 
 
 6. d8cX<(>6s, 6, brotlver. 
 
 7. alfia, TO, blood. 
 
 8 alwv, 6, inirld, age. 
 9. aluvios, rfniial. 
 
 10. dXT)6(ia, T|, triUh. 
 
 11. dXXd, but. 
 
 12. dXX-<i\&iv, o«r ov'ifher. 
 
 13. dXXos, another, other. 
 1 I. d|JiapTCa, T|, .9171. 
 
 l.*). dp.f|v, verily, amen. 
 
 16. dv^p, 6, man, husband. 
 
 17. dvOponros, o, man, one of the 
 
 human race. 
 
 18. diroo-ToXos, 6, apostle, messenger. 
 
 19. dpTos, 6, braid, loaf. 
 
 20. dpx^, T|, beginning, rule, ruler. 
 
 21. dpxicpcvs, o, chiif priest, high 
 
 priest. 
 
 22. auTos, he, self, the same. 
 
 23. avTov, 'f himself, lierself, itself. 
 21. Pao-iXtfa, r\, kill 'ji lorn. 
 
 25. PaaiX«vs, o, king. 
 
 26. y% T|, land, earth, ground. 
 
 27. •yXwao-a, f|, tongue. 
 
 28. ■Ypa|j.|iaT€VS, 6, scribe. 
 
 29. -ypa^)^, t|, ivriting. Scriptures. 
 
 30. ■yuvTi, T|, woman, wife. 
 
 31. 8aip.6viov, t<J, devil, demon. 
 
 32. 8€|ids, rigr/i/! (haml). 
 
 33. 8i8do-KaXos, 6, master, teacher. 
 
 34. 8CKaios, ./'^•'•/, righteous. 
 
 35. 8iKaio(rvvT], f|, righteousness. 
 
 36. 86^a, T|, gl'iri/. 
 
 37. 8ovXos, o, servant. 
 
 38. 8vva(iis, t|, power, mighty work. 
 
 39. 8vo, <MW. 
 
 40. 8w8cKa, twelve. 
 
 41. tauTov, (f one's self. 
 
 42. tYw, /. 
 
 43. Wvos, T<5, ?i((/?0M; ])lural, Gentiles 
 
 44. tlp^ivTi, T|, pi ace. 
 
 45. tls, fi(a, ilv, ojic. 
 
 46. (^Ktto-Tos, crtc/t one. 
 
 47. 4Kti, tlicre, thither. 
 
 48. «Ktivos, //(('^ thai one. 
 
 49. ^KKXT)tr(a, t|, church. 
 
 50. ^XirCs, T|, /k(;;(;. 
 
 51. ifios, mine. 
 
 52. ?p.Trpo(r9€V, before.
 
 366 
 
 LISTS OF WORDS, 
 
 53. evToXr), f|, commandment. 
 
 64. cvuiriov, in siijht of, in presence of. 
 
 55. t^oucrCa, f|, authority, power. 
 
 56. ^|ft), without, out. 
 
 57. €ir-a-yy<^'«» tJi 2^rc»?nwe. 
 
 58. tirrd, scve7i. 
 
 59. ?pYov, TO, i<;or^. 
 GO. ?<r)^aTOS, last. 
 
 61. ^Tcpos, other, another. 
 
 62. ?Ti, ?/('<, any more. 
 
 63. 2tos, to, year. 
 
 64. €v-tt7-y€\iov, to, gospel, good tid- 
 
 ings. 
 
 65. «v0ta)s, straightway. 
 
 66. ^ws, <jW, until. 
 
 67. tw^, T|, Zi/c. 
 
 68. ^ii\, noiv, already. 
 
 69. T||j.^pa, t), A/y. 
 
 70. 6d\ao-o-a, t|, sea. 
 
 71. GavaTos, 6, f^ea^A.. 
 
 72. Of\'i]|j,a, TO, will. 
 
 73. Beds, 6, God. 
 
 74. Opdvos, 6, throne. 
 
 75. tSios, ojic'.9 oww. 
 
 76. l8ov, behold! 
 
 77. itpdv, TO, temple. 
 
 78. i|j.dTiov, T(5, garment. 
 
 79. I'va, <7i«/, <o </ie end tha,t. 
 
 80. Ka0-ws, according as, even as. 
 
 81. Ka£, and, also, even. 
 
 82. Kaipds, 6, tifne. 
 
 83. KaXds, f/ow^. 
 
 81. KapSla, T|, heart. 
 
 85. Kapirds, 6, fruit. 
 
 86. KaTa, down, against, according to. 
 
 87. Kt^aKi), f|, Aijffic?. 
 
 88. Kdcr(xos, 6, irorld. 
 
 89. Kvpios, 6, Lord. 
 
 90. Xads, 6, people. 
 
 91. X(0os, 6, s<K?tc. 
 
 92. XoYos, 6, word. 
 
 93. }ia6TiTT|s, 6, disciple. 
 
 94. p.dXXov, ?hh?y;, rather. 
 
 95. fttYtts, fifydXi], (itYa, great. 
 
 96. (».€V, truly, indeed. 
 
 97. p.€o-os, midst, among. 
 
 98. p.cTd, iti7A, o/Ker. 
 
 99. fiTJ, not, lest. 
 
 100. |ii]8e', 7io?- yet, neither. 
 
 101. |iT]8€{s, 5(0 one. 
 ,102, |i.T)8tv, nothing. 
 
 103. (XTJTi^p, f|, mother. 
 
 104. (idvov, o«^y. 
 
 105. vcKpds, (^tY«^. 
 
 106. vd|j.os, 6, law. 
 
 107. vCv, notu. 
 
 108. vv^, f|, ',i,ryA< 
 
 109. 6, i\, t6, the. 
 
 110. 68ds, ■p, iy«7/. 
 
 111. oUCa, T|, house. 
 
 112. oIkos, 6, house. 
 
 113. 8Xos, ft^/, ?f/io^e. 
 
 114. ovofxa, Td, name. 
 
 115. oirov, v^hcrc, whither. 
 
 116. Situs, so <A-a<. 
 
 117. cipos, TO, mountain. 
 
 118. 8s, <i, 8, irho, lohich. 
 
 119. 8o-os, how much, hoiv great, 
 
 whatsoever. 
 
 120. 8o-Tis, ^JTis, 8ti, i/;Ao — which 
 
 — u'Jmtsocvcr. 
 
 121. 8Tav, whc7i, lohcnsoever. 
 
 122. 8t€, when. 
 
 123. 8ti, //irt/, because, 
 121. ov, ovK, ovX( wo, not. 
 
 125. ov8€, neither, nor. 
 
 126. ov86(s, »io o?ie, nothing. 
 
 127. ovK-^Tt., ?(,o ?>?o?r, no longer. 
 
 128. o£v, therefore, then. 
 
 129. ovpavds, 6, heaven. 
 
 130. oi!-T€, neither, nor. 
 
 131. OVPTOS, aUTT), TOVTO, <Aw.
 
 LIST IV. 
 
 307 
 
 132. ovTo), ovTws, thus, so. 
 
 133. ovx', not. 
 
 134. 6<^6aXfi6s, o, eye. 
 
 135. 8x^°s, 6, multitude. 
 
 136. iraiBCov, to, youinj child. 
 
 137. irdXiv, aijain. 
 
 138. irapa,, froui , vnlh, against. 
 
 139. irds, irdaa, -n-dv, all, every, the 
 
 whole. 
 
 140. irax^p, o, father. 
 
 141. irtpf, about, concerning. 
 
 142. ttCo-tis, TJ, /rtzYA. 
 
 143. tixfrroi, faithful. 
 
 144. irXffwv, Hfor**, greater. 
 
 145. irXoiov, to, 6oa/. 
 
 146. irv(v)ux, T<5, spirit. Spirit, 
 
 wind. 
 
 147. iroXis, T), ci'^y. 
 
 148. iroXws, iroXX^, TroXti, many, 
 
 great, much. 
 
 149. irovTipos, evil. 
 
 150. -n-ovs, ii, foot. 
 
 151. irpta-pvTtpos, 6, cW-cr. 
 
 152. irpiis, 'o, unto, with. 
 
 153. ■rrp6wmov,r6, face, presence. 
 
 154. irpo-«j)T|rT)s, o, ^>ro7>»Ac<. 
 
 155. irpufTOS, f rst . 
 
 156. irp&Tov, first. 
 
 157. irvp, T<}, y?rc. 
 
 158. TTjisi /""'-'.' 
 
 159. p^H-^, TO, /wrrf. 
 
 160. o-dppaTov, TO, Sabbath day. 
 
 161. <rdp^, r\, Jli.sh. 
 
 162. «rt)(Miov, TO, s(V/?i. 
 
 63. o-o4>{a, T|, u-isdom. 
 
 64. o-TofAa, TO, mouth. 
 
 65. o-v, <AoM. 
 
 66. o-vv, (/.'(Y^. 
 
 67. o-vvo'y<i)Y''i) i) synagogue. 
 
 68. awfia, to, 6orfj/. 
 6'.t. Tt, "«(/, both. 
 
 70. TtKVOV, TO, f^iVo?. 
 
 71. Tip.f|, T|, honor. 
 
 72. t\s, Ti, any one, some one. 
 
 73. tCs, t£, !'.'Ao.? 
 
 74. TOIOVTOS, swA. 
 
 75. ToiroS) o, place. 
 
 76. TOTC, //(C?(. 
 
 77. Tptis, Tp(a, three. 
 
 78. Tp^Tos, third. 
 
 79. Tv(}>Xds, blind. 
 
 80. vSwp, TO, irater. 
 
 81. vios, 6, ion. 
 
 82. 1)^.(15, )/(/M. 
 
 83. vir€p, above, for, over. 
 
 84. viro, by, under. 
 
 85. 4>6pos, 6, fear. 
 
 86. <t>wvf|, T|, voice. 
 
 87. 4*u»s, TO, /)V/A<. 
 
 88. xapd, T|, joy. 
 
 8'.». x°4*^5, T|, rpacc, favor. 
 
 90. x*'p> 'Hi l>"nd. 
 
 91. xpo**©?, o, //?«c. 
 
 92. \|/vx^, T|, soul. 
 
 93. sJSt, /j(»r, hitfier. 
 
 94. tipa, T|, /<«/n-. 
 
 95. (is, f'.9, about, when. 
 
 96. wOT€, .«" //t<»/, wherefore.
 
 368 
 
 LISTS OF WORDS. 
 
 LIST V. 
 
 Nouns, Adjectives, and Adverbs, occurring ten to fifty times. 
 
 197. 
 198. 
 199. 
 200. 
 201. 
 202. 
 
 203. 
 204. 
 20rj. 
 206. 
 207. 
 208. 
 209. 
 210. 
 211. 
 212. 
 213. 
 211. 
 215. 
 216. 
 217. 
 218. 
 219. 
 220. 
 
 221. 
 
 222. 
 223. 
 224. 
 
 22.''.. 
 226. 
 227. 
 
 228. 
 
 a-yiao-fios, 6, snnctijication. 
 aYopd, T|, market-place. 
 d-ypds, 6, field, country. 
 d8€\<f>TJ, T|, sister. 
 " AiST\s,o,Hccdcs, the lower world. 
 dSiK^a, f|, iniquiti/, unrighteous- 
 
 ness. 
 &-81KOS, unjust, unrighteous. 
 dSuvaros, impossible. 
 alrCa, t), eause, accusation. 
 dKa6apo-ia, t|, uncleanness. 
 dKaOapTos, unclean. 
 dKavOa, f|, tliorn. 
 dKOT|, T|, report, hearing. 
 dKpopixTTia, T|, imcircumcision. 
 dXeKTwp, 6, cock. 
 d\T|0TJs, true. 
 d\t]6iv6s, true. 
 dXT]6cos, truly. 
 
 dWoTpios, stranger, another. 
 d|j.apTbiXos, 6, sinner. 
 d|i.u€\wv, 6, vineyard. 
 d|j.4)dT€poi, both. 
 dyd^KT], T|, necessity, need. 
 dvd-o-Tao-is, T|, resurrection, ris- 
 
 in,<i up. 
 dvtt-crrpocj)^ , t|, manner of life, 
 
 lirhariiir. 
 dvaToXri, f|, east. 
 dvepios, o, vHnd. 
 dvo|iia, Tj, iniquity. 
 d^ios, irorthy. 
 diro^, once. 
 diras, all. 
 dirio-rfa, t|, unbelief. 
 
 229. 
 230. 
 231. 
 
 233. 
 234. 
 235. 
 236. 
 237. 
 238. 
 239. 
 240. 
 241. 
 242. 
 243. 
 244. 
 245. 
 246. 
 247. 
 248. 
 249. 
 250. 
 251. 
 
 252. 
 253. 
 254. 
 255. 
 256. 
 
 257. 
 
 258. 
 259. 
 
 diricTTOs, faithless, unbelieving. 
 
 dTro-KdXv\|fis, T|, revelation. 
 
 dirwXda, T|, destruction, perdi- 
 tion, ivaste. 
 
 dpYvpiov, TO, money, piece of 
 silver. 
 
 dpi6p,6s, 6, mimber. 
 
 ojpvLov, TO, lamb. 
 
 dpxaios, old. 
 
 dpxwv, 6, ruler, prince. 
 
 do-Ge'vtio, T|, infirmity, weakiuss. 
 
 dcrOeviiSi sick. 
 
 do-Kos, 6, wine-skin, bottle. 
 
 do-TT|p, 6, star. 
 
 avXr), T), court, fold. 
 
 aOpiov, to-murrow, the morrow. 
 
 d,<{>Eo-is, T|, remission, forgiveness, 
 
 d({>p(i>v, foolish. 
 
 PdirTKrua, to, baptism. 
 
 PairTioT-/|s, o, the baptist. 
 
 pf)p.a, TO, judgment-seat, throne. 
 
 PipXCov, TO, book. 
 
 pcpXos, 6, book. 
 
 pCos, 6, life, living. 
 
 pXa(r()>T]p(a, f|, blasjihcjny, rail- 
 wig. 
 
 povX'^, T|, counsel. 
 
 PpovTT|, T|, thunder. 
 
 Ppw^a, TO, food, meat. 
 
 Pp(oo-is, TJ, eating, meat, rust. 
 
 "ydfJios, 6, marriage feast, mar- 
 riage. 
 
 ■Y€'«vva, T|, hell, Gehenna. 
 
 ■yevtd, T|, (jeneratiori. 
 
 •ytVos, TO, kind, race.
 
 LIST V. 
 
 369 
 
 260. 
 
 ■yewpYos, 6, hushandrnan. 
 
 293. 
 
 €l!8u)Xov, TO, idol. 
 
 201. 
 
 Yviinris, T|, knowlcdije. 
 
 294. 
 
 tiKoeri, twcntij. 
 
 262. 
 
 YvwoTos, known, one's acquaint- 
 
 295. 
 
 t'lKwv, f|, image. 
 
 
 ance. 
 
 296. 
 
 €KaTdv, a hundred. 
 
 263. 
 
 yoviis, yoviis, o, parents (only 
 
 297. 
 
 cKaTovTdpxiS, 6, centurion. 
 
 
 in plural). 
 
 298. 
 
 €K€i0tv, thence. 
 
 264. 
 
 •yovv, TO, hnce. 
 
 299. 
 
 tKXtKTos, chosen, elect. 
 
 265. 
 
 ■ypd)ip,a, TO, letter, writimj, 
 
 300. 
 
 ^KTos, sixth. 
 
 
 bond. 
 
 301. 
 
 eXata, fj, Olives, olive tree. 
 
 266. 
 
 yvjivos, nulyd. 
 
 302. 
 
 ?Xaiov, TO, oil. 
 
 267. 
 
 SoiKpv, TO, tear. 
 
 303. 
 
 tXdxwjTOS, leasf, very little. 
 
 268. 
 
 86T10-IS, f|. supplication. 
 
 304. 
 
 tKtr\\t.ov{3vr\, i\, alms. 
 
 269. 
 
 Sci-iTvov, TO, supper, feast. 
 
 305. 
 
 ^Xeos, TO, mercy. 
 
 270. 
 
 8^Ka, ten. 
 
 300. 
 
 eXtvOcpla, f|, liberty. 
 
 271. 
 
 8€v8pov, TO, tree. 
 
 307. 
 
 eXtvO«pos, free. 
 
 272. 
 
 Btafiios, 6, prisoner. 
 
 308. 
 
 "EXX-qvts, ol, Greeks. 
 
 273. 
 
 8to-p.6s, 6, hmuL 
 
 309. 
 
 t|AavTov, ()/ myself. 
 
 274. 
 
 ScvTc, covie (adverb;. 
 
 310. 
 
 ^vcKa, becnuse of, for sake of. 
 
 275. 
 
 8tvT€pos, second. 
 
 311. 
 
 ivtKiv, because of , for sake of. 
 
 276. 
 
 8T]vdpiov, TO, denarius. 
 
 312, 
 
 cviavTos, 6, year. 
 
 277. 
 
 8idpoXos, 0, devil, accuser. 
 
 313. 
 
 fVTtvOtv, licnce. 
 
 278. 
 
 SiaO^KT]. T|, covenant, testament. 
 
 314. 
 
 % six. 
 
 279. 
 
 SiaKovla, T|, ministry, ministra- 
 
 315. 
 
 ^|<i>9€v, lodsidr, outwardly. 
 
 
 1 i'lit. 
 
 310. 
 
 €opTT|, i], feast. 
 
 280. 
 
 8idKovos, 6, minister, servant. 
 
 317. 
 
 ^iraivos, 6, praise. 
 
 
 deacon. 
 
 318. 
 
 tTrdvo), over, upon. 
 
 281. 
 
 SiaXoYio-fids, o, thoiiffht, reason - 
 
 319. 
 
 €ir-avpiov, the morrow. 
 
 
 iii'j. 
 
 320. 
 
 tir((, because, seeing. 
 
 282. 
 
 8idvoia, T). mind, understand- 
 
 321. 
 
 tir€i8^, because, seeing. 
 
 
 iwj. 
 
 322. 
 
 iirtiTa, t/iin. 
 
 283. 
 
 StSao-KoXCa, t|, leaching, doc- 
 
 323. 
 
 t'ir£--yva)<ris, t|, knowledge. 
 
 
 trim-. 
 
 321. 
 
 itri-Bv\i.ia, T|, ilisirr, lust. 
 
 284. 
 
 8i8ax^, T|, teachiuf/. 
 
 325. 
 
 firi-o-ToX^, T), letter, epistle. 
 
 285. 
 
 8(ktvov, to, fiskinijnrt. 
 
 320. 
 
 (TTOvpuvios, liiavenly. 
 
 2«G. 
 
 8dXos, 0, dt lilt, iiuile. 
 
 327. 
 
 ipyaTr\s, 6, laborer. 
 
 287. 
 
 SpdKwv, i, ilrar/on. 
 
 328. 
 
 {pTjpios, T|, wildemrss. 
 
 288. 
 
 Bvvards, ttiiijlitt/, possible. 
 
 329. 
 
 ?pT)|ios, adj., drsrrl. 
 
 280. 
 
 8iopid, T), ipfl. 
 
 330. 
 
 lo-biBcv, within , inwardly. 
 
 290. 
 
 8u>pOV, TO, '/(//. 
 
 331. 
 
 ifToifios, ready, prr}iarcd. 
 
 291. 
 
 (•yYVS, iii'lli, at /mild. 
 
 332. 
 
 txi-XoyCa, f|, blessing. 
 
 202. 
 
 {Oos, t6, cii.itom. 
 
 333. 
 
 «v-(r^P«ia, V|, godlinrss. 
 
 24
 
 370 
 
 LISTS OF WORDS. 
 
 334. 
 
 €v-xapi<rT(a, t|, thanksgivimj. 
 
 375. 
 
 335. 
 
 «X6p°s, o, enemy. 
 
 376. 
 
 336. 
 
 ^riXos, 6, zeal, jealousy. 
 
 377. 
 
 337. 
 
 X,v^T\, T|, leaven. 
 
 378. 
 
 338. 
 
 ^toov, TO, liviwj creature, heast. 
 
 379. 
 
 339. 
 
 TJ'Ycp.wv, 6, governor. 
 
 380. 
 
 340. 
 
 TJXios, 6, sun. 
 
 381. 
 
 341. 
 
 Oe)i(Xios, 6, foundation. 
 
 382. 
 
 342. 
 
 Oepio-jJios, o, harvest. 
 
 383. 
 
 343. 
 
 e»]p(ov, TO, wild beast. 
 
 384. 
 
 311. 
 
 6inraupo5, 6, treasure. 
 
 385. 
 
 345. 
 
 OXi(j/is, T|, tribulation, affliction. 
 
 
 34(3. 
 
 epC|, f|, hair. 
 
 386. 
 
 347. 
 
 6uYttTT]p, f|, daughter. 
 
 387. 
 
 348. 
 
 0vnds, 6, ivrath. 
 
 388. 
 
 349. 
 
 9vpa, f|, door. 
 
 389. 
 
 350. 
 
 Ovo-la, f|, sacrifice. 
 
 390. 
 
 351. 
 
 6u«riao-T^piov, to, altar. 
 
 391. 
 
 352. 
 
 18€, behold! 
 
 
 353. 
 
 Upcvs, 6, priest. 
 
 392. 
 
 354. 
 
 iKavos, ivorthy, many, much. 
 
 393. 
 
 355. 
 
 ^liriTos, 6, horse. 
 
 394. 
 
 356. 
 
 Itrxupos, mighty, strong. 
 
 395. 
 
 357. 
 
 l<r\vs, T|, strength, might. 
 
 396. 
 
 358. 
 
 IxOvs, 6, fish. 
 
 397. 
 
 359. 
 
 KaO-dircp, cve7i as. 
 
 398. 
 
 360. 
 
 Kaivos, 7ieiv. 
 
 399. 
 
 361. 
 
 KciKci, and there. 
 
 400. 
 
 362. 
 
 KciKeJOtv, and thence. 
 
 401. 
 
 363. 
 
 kcLkcivos, and he. 
 
 402. 
 
 364. 
 
 KaK(a, f|, wickedness. 
 
 403. 
 
 365. 
 
 KaKos, evil. 
 
 404. 
 
 366. 
 
 KaKcus, badly, ill. 
 
 405. 
 
 367. 
 
 KaXafios, 6, reed, pen. 
 
 406. 
 
 368. 
 
 KoXws, rightly, well. 
 
 
 369. 
 
 K&v, and if. 
 
 407. 
 
 370. 
 
 KaTTVos, 6, smoke. 
 
 408. 
 
 371. 
 
 KaTa-PoX^, T|, foundation. 
 
 409. 
 
 372 
 
 KavxT)(xa, TO, glorying. 
 
 410. 
 
 373. 
 
 KttvxTiris, % glorying. 
 
 
 874. 
 
 K(v6s, empty, vain. 
 
 411. 
 
 Kcpas, TO, horn. 
 
 kXcISos, 6, branch. 
 
 KXtTTTTjs, 6, thief. 
 
 KXr]povop,(a, f|, inheritance. 
 
 kXt)pov6|i.os, 6, heir. 
 
 kXtjpos, 6, lot, inheritance. 
 
 kXtjo-is, t|, calling. 
 
 kXtitos, called. 
 
 KoiXla, T|, belly, ivomb. 
 
 Koivds, common, defiled. 
 
 KoivwvCa, Tj, fellowship, com- 
 m union. 
 
 Koivwvos, 6, 2)artaker, jiartner. 
 
 KOTTos, 6, labor. 
 
 KpdppaTos, 6, bed. 
 
 Kpd.Tos, to', strength, dominion. 
 
 KpeCacrwv, better. 
 
 KpCfia, TO, judgment, condemna- 
 tion. 
 
 Kptcris, T|, judgment. 
 
 Kpiri\s, 6, judge. 
 
 KpvJTTos, hidden, secret. 
 
 ktCctis, t), creation, creature. 
 
 Kw|iT), t], village. 
 
 KW({>6s, dumb. 
 
 XtwKos, white. 
 
 Xf|o-T^S, 6, robber. 
 
 XCav, exceeding, greatly. 
 
 X(|AVT), T|, lake. 
 
 Xi.|i.6s, 6, famine. 
 
 Xoiirdv, now, finally. 
 
 Xoiirds, rest, other. 
 
 XvTTT], f|, sorrow, grief. 
 
 XvxvCa, T|, candlestick, lamp- 
 stiind. 
 
 Xvxvos, 6, lamp. 
 
 liaKolpios, blessed, happy. 
 
 (xaKpoOcv, afar off, from far. 
 
 |iaKpo-6v|j;(a, t|, long suffering, 
 jKiticnce. 
 
 fidXicrra, especially, most of all.
 
 LIST V. 
 
 371 
 
 412. 
 
 |iapTvp(a, i], wit7iess, testi- 
 movi/. 
 
 450 
 
 413. 
 
 (jLofTvpiov, TO, testimony, wit- 
 
 7USS. 
 
 451 
 
 414. 
 
 (tdprvs, 6, a loitiiess, martyr. 
 
 452 
 
 415. 
 
 (idxaipa, T|, sword. 
 
 453 
 
 416. 
 
 (xtl^cDv, ijrealer. 
 
 454 
 
 417. 
 
 (icXos, TO, member (of the body). 
 
 455 
 
 418. 
 
 (itpos, TO, part, portion. 
 
 456 
 
 419. 
 
 p.tTd-voia, T], repentance. 
 
 457 
 
 420. 
 
 jACTpov, TO, measure. 
 
 458 
 
 421. 
 
 lii'xpi, (it'xpis, tmto, until. 
 
 459. 
 
 422. 
 
 |it]K€'ti, ?io more, no longer. 
 
 460 
 
 423. 
 
 ]ii)v, 6, month. 
 
 461. 
 
 424. 
 
 \i.^\-iTOT(, lest haply. 
 
 462. 
 
 425. 
 
 p.f|7r(i)s, /isl by any m^ans. 
 
 463. 
 
 426. 
 
 |i^t€, neither, nor. 
 
 464. 
 
 427. 
 
 (iiKpds, little, small. 
 
 465. 
 
 428. 
 
 fiiaOds, 6, rcivard, hire, wages. 
 
 466. 
 
 42!t. 
 
 fivT)p.(loy, to, tomb. 
 
 467. 
 
 430. 
 
 |idvos, alone, only. 
 
 468. 
 
 431. 
 
 (ivpov, to, ointment. 
 
 469. 
 
 432. 
 
 jivo-TTipiov, TO, mystery. 
 
 470. 
 
 433. 
 
 pA»p6s, fool, foolish. 
 
 471. 
 
 434. 
 
 val, yea, even so. 
 
 472. 
 
 435. 
 
 vads, d, sanctiuiry, temple. 
 
 473. 
 
 430. 
 
 vtos, new. 
 
 471. 
 
 437. 
 
 vi^O<y\, y\, cloud. 
 
 475. 
 
 438. 
 
 vcutTcpos, younger. 
 
 476. 
 
 430. 
 
 v^irtos, l>a.be, child. 
 
 
 440. 
 
 vdo-os, d, disease. 
 
 477. 
 
 tn 
 
 vovs, d, mind, under slatiding. 
 
 478. 
 
 412. 
 
 vv^^i.0%, d, hridegruom. 
 
 479. 
 
 •» »:',. 
 
 wv£, niiir. 
 
 48(1. 
 
 411. 
 
 |«vos, d, stranger. 
 
 481. 
 
 i\:,. 
 
 ^vXov, TO, 7r()(;rif, <rcr, .t/ff,^. 
 
 
 44»;. 
 
 d8«, <^8«, Td8«, this, that. 
 
 482. 
 
 447. 
 
 dSovs, d, /'/(////. 
 
 483. 
 
 448. 
 
 86€v, whcnrf, wliereforc. 
 
 484. 
 
 iVJ. 
 
 olKo-8«<nrdTTis, d, housi/ioldcr. 
 
 48.0. 
 
 
 master uf the house. 
 
 486 
 
 olKO-Sop,^, 1], building, edifica- 
 tion. 
 
 olKovp.evr), r\, world, inhabited 
 earth. 
 
 olvos, d, wine. 
 
 olos, such as. 
 
 dX^Yos, few, little, small. 
 
 d^o-OvpiaSdv, tvith one accord. 
 
 8p.oi,os, like. 
 
 dp,oCa>s, in like manner, likewise. 
 
 dirCcTft), after, behind. 
 
 {ipajia, Td, vision. 
 
 6pyf\, TJ, wrath, anger. 
 
 dpia, Ttt, borders. 
 
 ov, where. 
 
 oval, ujoc. 
 
 ov8^-'TroT€, never. 
 
 oO-ircj, not yet. 
 
 ovs, Td, ear. 
 
 64)is, d, serpent. 
 
 di|;Ca, T|, evening. 
 
 irdOrifia, to, suffering, passion, 
 
 ■Kai&ia-Kt], TJ, maid, handmaid, 
 
 iTttis, d, boy, servant. 
 
 iraXaids, old. 
 
 iravTOTt, always. 
 
 Trapa-PoXyj, t|, parable. 
 
 irapd 8oo-is, t|, tradition. 
 
 irapd kXtjo-is, t|, consolation, 
 rritnfiirl. 
 
 irapa-XuTiKds, sick of the palsy, 
 
 TrapdTrTiop,a, Td, trespass. 
 
 irapa xP'nM^°'i immediately. 
 
 Trap oucrCa, t|, vnmiug, presence. 
 
 TrappT]o-(a, ij, boldness, openly, 
 /i/aiiihi. 
 
 Trdo-xa, TO, pa-isover. 
 
 7r(ipao-|i 's, d, tnnptalion, trial, 
 
 irivTt, firr. 
 
 iripav, I" i/'inil, on the nlhrr siilr. 
 
 iripio-o-oTtpos, more abundant.
 
 372 
 
 LISTS OF WORDS. 
 
 48r. 
 
 -jrepuro-oTtpws, more abundantly. 
 
 527. 
 
 iTwXos, 6, colt. 
 
 488. 
 
 ir€pi-TO|j.T|, r\, circumcision. 
 
 528. 
 
 ■mos, by any meatus. 
 
 489. 
 
 iTtxeivov, TO, bird. 
 
 529. 
 
 'Papp€£, liabbi, Master. 
 
 490. 
 
 ttirpa., i|, rock. 
 
 530. 
 
 pdpSos, r\, staff, sceptre, rod. 
 
 491. 
 
 ■^r\y<\, T), fountain, well. 
 
 631. 
 
 pCla, r\, root. 
 
 492. 
 
 irXii-yri, r\, stroke, stripe, plague. 
 
 532. 
 
 o-dXiri-y|, TJ, trumpet. 
 
 493. 
 
 irXiiOos, TO, multitude. 
 
 533. 
 
 o-eavTov, of thyself. 
 
 494. 
 
 irXfiv, howbeit, nevertheless, but. 
 
 534. 
 
 o-€io-p.ds, 6, earthquake. 
 
 495. 
 
 irXriptis, full. 
 
 535. 
 
 o-T||i€pov, to-day, this day. 
 
 490. 
 
 Tr\T|pu)|Aa, TC), fulness. 
 
 536. 
 
 o-iTos, d, wheat. 
 
 497. 
 
 ttXt^o-iov, 6, neighbor. 
 
 537. 
 
 o-Kdv8aXov, to, stuvibliiifi-l l,:iJ,-. 
 
 498. 
 
 irXovo-ios, rich. 
 
 538. 
 
 0-K6V0S, TO, vessel, goods. 
 
 499. 
 
 ttXovtos, o, riches. 
 
 539. 
 
 <rKr\vr\, i], tabernacle. 
 
 50U. 
 
 •irv«vp.aTiKOS, spiritual. 
 
 540. 
 
 o-KOT^a, 1], darkness. 
 
 501. 
 
 Trb0€v, whence .? 
 
 541. 
 
 o-KOTos, TO, darkness. 
 
 502. 
 
 iroiKiXos, divers. 
 
 542. 
 
 ads, thy. 
 
 503. 
 
 iToi|j.T|v, 6, shepherd, pastor. 
 
 543. 
 
 o-o<})ds, tvise. 
 
 504. 
 
 TTotos, what? 
 
 544. 
 
 o-TTf'piia, TO, seed. 
 
 505. 
 
 •n-6X€|Aos, 6, war. 
 
 545. 
 
 o-irXdYxva, Ta, bowels, affcctiuvs. 
 
 506. 
 
 iroXXciKis, oft-times, many times. 
 
 
 compassion. 
 
 507. 
 
 TTOpveia, ■f\, fornication. 
 
 546. 
 
 o-itovStj, 1], haste, diligence. 
 
 508. 
 
 TTopvT], Tj, harlot. 
 
 547. 
 
 o-Tavpds, d, cross. 
 
 509. 
 
 iToo-os, hoiv great i how much? 
 
 548. 
 
 aTe'(j>avos, d, crown. 
 
 
 hoio many? 
 
 549. 
 
 o-TpaTiioTT)s, d, soldier. 
 
 510. 
 
 iroTafios, 6, flood, river. 
 
 550. 
 
 o-vy-"y6VT|s, d, kinsman. 
 
 511. 
 
 iroTc, afuretime, in time past. 
 
 551. 
 
 o-vKTj, T], fig-tree. 
 
 512. 
 
 iroTS, when? 
 
 552. 
 
 o-vv-€'8piov, TO, council. 
 
 513. 
 
 iroTTipiov, TO, cup. 
 
 553. 
 
 on)v-€C8T)o-is, % conscience. 
 
 514. 
 
 irov, irhcrc? whither? 
 
 554. 
 
 o-uv-ep-yds, d, fellow-worker. 
 
 515. 
 
 Trpd^iia, TO, thing, matter. 
 
 555. 
 
 o-(j)d8pa, exceeding. 
 
 516. 
 
 irpLv, before. 
 
 556. 
 
 o'<J)pa'yts, y\, seal. 
 
 517. 
 
 irpd, before. 
 
 557. 
 
 o-wTT|p, d, saviour. 
 
 518. 
 
 irpoPaTov, TO, sheep. 
 
 558. 
 
 o-u)TT)p£a, 7], salvation. 
 
 519. 
 
 Trpo-Otais, T], purpose. 
 
 559. 
 
 TdXavTov, TO, talent. 
 
 520. 
 
 irpoo-tvXTI, •»], prayer. 
 
 560. 
 
 Tttxv, quickly. 
 
 521. 
 
 TrpoTcpov, before, former. 
 
 561. 
 
 TtXtios, perfect. 
 
 522, 
 
 •jrpo-(J>i]T€£a, 1], i^i'ophecy. 
 
 562. 
 
 riK<i)}n\%, 6, publiain. 
 
 523. 
 
 ■irpwC, early, in tJie morning. 
 
 563. 
 
 Ttpas, TO, wonder. 
 
 524. 
 
 TTTcoxos, poor. 
 
 564. 
 
 Tto-o-apdKovTa, forty. 
 
 525. 
 
 irvXt], T], gate. 
 
 565. 
 
 Tt'o-o-apts, four. 
 
 526. 
 
 •rrvXwv, 0, gate, porch. 
 
 566. 
 
 Ti|iios, jirecious. 
 
 %\
 
 LIST VI. 
 
 373 
 
 567. 
 
 too-oOtos, so great, so much, so 
 
 589. 
 
 <^vio-is, Tj, nature. 
 
 
 lomj. 
 
 590. 
 
 Xdpio-p.a, TO, gift, free gift. 
 
 568. 
 
 Tpdirel^a, t|, table. 
 
 591. 
 
 \(lpo>v, worse. 
 
 569. 
 
 TpidKovra, thirty. 
 
 592. 
 
 XT|pa, T|, iridow. 
 
 570. 
 
 Tpis, //trice. 
 
 593. 
 
 XiXUapxos, 6, chief cajHain. 
 
 571. 
 
 Tpoiros, 6, manner, ivay. 
 
 594. 
 
 \i\ias, i], thousand. 
 
 572. 
 
 Tpo(j>T|, f|, food. 
 
 595. 
 
 X^X-ioi, thousand. 
 
 573. 
 
 Tviros, 0, figure, example, type. 
 
 596. 
 
 XiTwv, 6, coat. 
 
 574. 
 
 \i-^\.i\%, ii-hole, sound. 
 
 597. 
 
 Xoipos, 6, pig, .swine. 
 
 575. 
 
 inraKOT), t|, obedience. 
 
 598. 
 
 XopTos, 6, grass, blade. 
 
 576. 
 
 {nrt\p{rxys, 6, servant, ojfficer. 
 
 599. 
 
 XpiCa, T|, need, necessity. 
 
 
 mi II isli r. 
 
 600. 
 
 Xpvo-Cov, TO, gold. 
 
 577. 
 
 {i-iro-KpiTTJs, 6, hypocrite. 
 
 601. 
 
 Xpuo-6s, 6, gold. 
 
 578. 
 
 v-iro-|i,ovT|, T|, patience. 
 
 602. 
 
 XpvTotis, gohlen. 
 
 579. 
 
 iia~rtpov, lufitly, afterward. 
 
 603. 
 
 X^Xos, lainc, halt. 
 
 580. 
 
 v^fTiXds, high. 
 
 604. 
 
 Xupa, T|, country, region, fi,eld. 
 
 581. 
 
 v»}>ia-TOs, hig/iest. 
 
 605. 
 
 Xwp's, wiUvoul, beside. 
 
 582. 
 
 <)>avcp6s, known, manifest. 
 
 606. 
 
 «J»€v8o-irpo<|»T)TT)s, 0, false prop f let. 
 
 583. 
 
 «})idXT], f|, bowl. 
 
 607. 
 
 y\>iv8os, TO, lie. 
 
 584. 
 
 4>{\os, 6, friend. 
 
 608. 
 
 y\nv<rTr\s, 6, liar. 
 
 585. 
 
 4kSvos, 6, murder. 
 
 609. 
 
 <5, Of 
 
 586. 
 
 <j>p6vi|xos, tvi,se. 
 
 610. 
 
 'flo-avvd, Hosanna/ Save noiv.f 
 
 587. 
 
 <j)v\aKf|, T|, jrrison, watch. 
 
 611. 
 
 uia-il, as, about. 
 
 588. 
 
 ^\)\i\, T|, tribe. 
 
 612. 
 
 ojo-TTtp, as. 
 
 LIST VI. 
 
 Nouns, Adjectives, and Adverbs occurring five to ten timea 
 
 i)l:». dPvKTcros, T|, abyss. 
 
 '114, dYa\X(a<ris, i], '/lailucss. 
 
 i\\'>. d-ytXri, r\, Jfiir/r, herd. 
 
 iil'i. ayv6% pure, cheis/^. 
 
 617. aYwv, 6, CAinfliet , fi/jkl. 
 
 618. d8<5Kt|ios, reprobate. 
 
 619. dtf, always. 
 
 620. d«Tds, d, eagle. 
 
 621. &l^vp.os, ludcavened. 
 
 622. d^p, T|, air. 
 
 623. al-yioiXdsi 6, beach. 
 
 6'24. aipto-is, r^, sect, heresy. 
 
 625. alcrxvvt], t|, shame. 
 
 626. dKapiros, unfruitful. 
 
 627- d-KaTa-o-Tao-£o, tumult, con 
 fusion. 
 
 628. dKpi.pws, carefully, accurately. 
 
 629. AXas, Td, .salt. 
 
 630. dXwvs, 6, fisherman. 
 
 631. dXvo-is, TJ, cluxin.
 
 374 
 
 LISTS OF WORDS. 
 
 632. 
 
 ci|ia, tvith, together with. 
 
 667. 
 
 dpxt-oTJvdYwyos, 6, ruler of a 
 
 633. 
 
 a|j.dpn]|ia, r6, sin. 
 
 
 synagogue. 
 
 6:31. 
 
 &fi€|iirTos, blameless, fiiuUless. 
 
 668. 
 
 do-e^eia, i], ungodliness. 
 
 635. 
 
 d.|ifios, Tj, s'lnd. 
 
 669. 
 
 do-cPris, ungodly. 
 
 636. 
 
 &(fTr€X.os, ij, vine. 
 
 670. 
 
 do-tX-yeia, r\, lasciviousness, wan- 
 
 637. 
 
 dpiwp.os, loilhout blemish. 
 
 
 tonness. 
 
 638. 
 
 dva-yKaios, necessa,ry. 
 
 671. 
 
 do-n-ao-fios, 6, salutation. 
 
 639. 
 
 dvaOcp-a, to, anathema, accursed. 
 
 672. 
 
 do-TpaiTTi, ij, lightning. 
 
 640. 
 
 ovdiravo-is, ■f\, rest. 
 
 673. 
 
 do-vv€Tos, without U7idersla)ul 
 
 64L 
 
 dv-e^KXTiTos, blameless, unre- 
 
 
 ing, senseless. 
 
 
 jiiwaMlc. 
 
 674. 
 
 do-<{>aX^S, certain, sure, safe. 
 
 642. 
 
 dvcKTos, tolerable. 
 
 675. 
 
 dTi|i£a, ij, dishonor. 
 
 643. 
 
 dv€<ris, 1], relief, rest, indulgence. 
 
 676. 
 
 d(t>6ap(rla, i], incorruption. 
 
 644. 
 
 dvOpuirivoSiAMmaw, belonging to 
 
 677. 
 
 d(|>OapTos, incorriq}tible. 
 
 
 man. 
 
 678. 
 
 di^opp.-^, ij, occasion. 
 
 645. 
 
 dvOtHraros, Of proconsul. 
 
 679. 
 
 pdOos, TO, deep, depth, deepness. 
 
 646. 
 
 dvoTjTos, foolish. 
 
 680. 
 
 pdpPapos, 6, barbarifiM. 
 
 647. 
 
 dvo|i.os, transgressor, lawless, 
 
 681. 
 
 pdpos, TO, burden, weight. 
 
 
 without law. 
 
 682. 
 
 PapvS) iveighty, grievous. 
 
 648. 
 
 dvrCSiKos, d, adversary. 
 
 683. 
 
 Pa(ravi(r(Jk6s, o, torment. 
 
 649. 
 
 dvT{-xpto-Tos, d, antichrist. 
 
 684. 
 
 Pao-iXiKos, royal, nobleman. 
 
 650. 
 
 dv-wird-KpiTos, without hypoc- 
 
 685. 
 
 pdTos, 6, bush. 
 
 
 risy, unfeigned. 
 
 686. 
 
 pScXvYfia, TO, abomination. 
 
 651. 
 
 d|(us, worthily. 
 
 687. 
 
 pt'Paios, sure, st,eadfast. 
 
 652. 
 
 ddparos, invisible. 
 
 688. 
 
 Pc'PtiXos, profane. 
 
 653. 
 
 diropx^i, r\, firstfruits. 
 
 689. 
 
 ^\<i.'a-^'(\^%,blasphe.mous, railer. 
 
 654. 
 
 dirdTTi, •»!, deceit, deceitfulncss. 
 
 690. 
 
 Povs, ox. 
 
 655. 
 
 dircCOcia, ij, disobedience. 
 
 691. 
 
 Ppaxvs, a little. 
 
 656. 
 
 direifr^s, disobedient. 
 
 692. 
 
 Ppc<|>os, TO, bahe. 
 
 657. 
 
 dirXoTtjs, 1], singleness, liber- 
 
 693. 
 
 PpvYH^os, 6, gnashing. 
 
 
 ality. 
 
 694. 
 
 Puo-o-ivos, fine linen. 
 
 658. 
 
 dtroO^KTj, 11, garner, barn. 
 
 695. 
 
 'Ya^o-(|>vXdKi.ov, to, treasury. 
 
 659. 
 
 dTro\o7£tt, 1], defence, answer. 
 
 696. 
 
 ^dXa, to, milk. 
 
 060. 
 
 diroXvTpciMTis, 1], redemption, de- 
 
 697. 
 
 •yao-T^p, r\, i/.mnb. 
 
 
 liverance. 
 
 698. 
 
 ■ycvco-ts, 1^, generation, birth. 
 
 661. 
 
 apyos, idle. 
 
 699. 
 
 ■y^vvT)|Aa, Td, offspring, fruit. 
 
 662. 
 
 dp-yxipos, 6, silver. 
 
 700. 
 
 -yvwiJiT), •t\, judgment, mind. 
 
 663. 
 
 dpiT-(\, TJ, virtue. 
 
 701. 
 
 -ywvCa, r\, corner. 
 
 664. 
 
 &pira|, ravelling, extortionate. 
 
 702. 
 
 8a(p,«>v, 6, dycvil, demon. 
 
 665. 
 
 AppoxTTos, sick. 
 
 703. 
 
 SdKTvXos, 6, finger. 
 
 666. 
 
 dpo-Tjv, male. 
 
 704. 
 
 8cKa-T^(ro-apcs, fourteen.
 
 LIST VI. 
 
 375 
 
 705. 
 
 StKTos, I'C^'ptahlc. 
 
 744. 
 
 (vvca, nine. 
 
 700. 
 
 SeaiTOT-qs, 6, vuiskr, lord. 
 
 745. 
 
 ^voxos, 171 danger of, guilty. 
 
 707. 
 
 8<vpo, coinc hither (adverb). 
 
 74(5. 
 
 ?v-Ttp,os, precious, honorable. 
 
 708. 
 
 SiaKoo-ioi, two hutrdred. 
 
 747. 
 
 (|-aC(f)VT]s, suddenly. 
 
 70"J. 
 
 SidXcKTos, r\, fanguage, dialed. 
 
 748. 
 
 €|-auTTJs, forthwith. 
 
 710. 
 
 Sia-travTos, alwai/s, continiudly. 
 
 749. 
 
 t|T|KOVTa, sixty. 
 
 711. 
 
 8ia(|>9opd, tj, corruption. 
 
 750. 
 
 €|tjs, next (day). 
 
 712. 
 
 SiKalwpia, rd, ordinance, right- 
 
 751. 
 
 i-rrC-yiios, earthly, terrestrial. 
 
 
 eous act. 
 
 752. 
 
 iiri-ypa^i], t\, superscription. 
 
 713. 
 
 SiKaCws, justly, righteously. 
 
 753. 
 
 €-n-i-€iKf|S, gentle. 
 
 714. 
 
 8£s, twice. 
 
 754. 
 
 tirt-o-Koir^, •»], visitation, office (f 
 
 715. 
 
 h\.u>yy.6%, 6, persecution. 
 
 
 overseer. 
 
 716. 
 
 867[ia, TO, ikcree. 
 
 755. 
 
 tirC-cTKO'Tros, 6, overseer, bishop. 
 
 717. 
 
 8oKi(xr|, r\, probation, proof. 
 
 756. 
 
 i.it\,-fTT6.Tt\s, 6, master. 
 
 718. 
 
 86ki|los, approved. 
 
 757. 
 
 iir\.-Ta.yi\, y\, comvuindment. 
 
 71!t. 
 
 8ok6s, 11, hcam. 
 
 758. 
 
 (Tri-(}>dvcia, i], apiJcaring, mani- 
 
 72<t. 
 
 SovXtCa, r\, bondage. 
 
 
 frstation. 
 
 721. 
 
 8p«iravov, to, sickle. 
 
 759. 
 
 ep'yao'Ca, •i\, work, gain. 
 
 722. 
 
 8v<r|xa(, al, west. 
 
 760. 
 
 epiOcCa, r\, faction. 
 
 723. 
 
 8upia, TO, house-top. 
 
 761. 
 
 2piS, r\, strife. 
 
 724. 
 
 iiitptav , freely, withotU cause. 
 
 762. 
 
 to-e^s, % apparel. 
 
 725. 
 
 cP8o|i^KovTa, seventy. 
 
 763. 
 
 tvio, within, inner. 
 
 726. 
 
 2p8o)ios, seventh. 
 
 764. 
 
 tC, veil. 
 
 727. 
 
 tlSos, t6, form, appearance. 
 
 765. 
 
 tv-dpto-Tos, acceptable, well- 
 
 728. 
 
 €l8o*\6-6uTos, sacrificed to iilols. 
 
 
 pleasing. 
 
 729. 
 
 (l8(»Xo-XdTpT]s, 6, idolater. 
 
 766. 
 
 (v-8oK{a, 11, good-jileasure, de- 
 
 7:}o. 
 
 tlK-[], (/( VllUl. 
 
 
 sire. 
 
 731. 
 
 €t«ro8os, i), entering, entrance. 
 
 767. 
 
 cvOvs, adj., straight. 
 
 732. 
 
 €K-8£Kt)(rts, T\, vengeance. 
 
 768. 
 
 (v6vs, adv., straightway. 
 
 733. 
 
 eKXo-yf|, ■f\, election. 
 
 769. 
 
 (v-KoirwTfpos, easier. 
 
 731. 
 
 ?K-o-Taa-is, ■i\, amazement, tranci. 
 
 770. 
 
 tv-Xo-yiiTos, blessed. 
 
 735. 
 
 iKr6i, iinlJunU, except. 
 
 771. 
 
 fvvovxos, o, eunuch. 
 
 736. 
 
 ?p.-Tropos, o, merc/mnt. 
 
 772. 
 
 tv-'irpdo--8tKTos, acceptable. 
 
 737. 
 
 ^pL-(|>oPos, <i/lri(fhtcd. 
 
 773. 
 
 €v-o^^p.t>>v, liiDiorablf, seemly. 
 
 738. 
 
 €VttVT£os, "iiiinny, Ofjainst. 
 
 774. 
 
 tvwvupos, left (Imml). 
 
 739. 
 
 ifv8(Ka, eleven. 
 
 775. 
 
 ^-dTra|, once for all. 
 
 710. 
 
 ?v8vp.a, T<5, raiment, clothing. 
 
 776. 
 
 'iyjipo., ij, enmity. 
 
 
 ifornii ti/. 
 
 777. 
 
 ?X.i8va, 11, viper. 
 
 741. 
 
 (v-cpY(ia, r\, working. 
 
 778. 
 
 \r\\i>>-r'l\<i, zeahms. 
 
 742. 
 
 ^v0d8(, here, hilJier. 
 
 779. 
 
 ^^nipia, T<$, ipiestum. 
 
 713. 
 
 ivvaroi, ninth. 
 
 780. 
 
 jV)TT](ri.$, r\, uncstioning.
 
 376 
 
 LISTS OF WORDS. 
 
 781. 
 
 IJiJdvia, rd, tares. 
 
 821. 
 
 K\avOp,ds, 6, weeping. 
 
 782. 
 
 ^v-yds, 6, yoke. 
 
 822. 
 
 K\t£s, r\, key. 
 
 783. 
 
 JwVTj, r\, girdle. 
 
 823. 
 
 kXCvi], 1], bed,. 
 
 784. 
 
 i]8cwst (jladly. 
 
 824. 
 
 KOKKivos, scarlet. 
 
 785. 
 
 YJSov^, r\, pleasure. 
 
 825. 
 
 KOKKos, 6, grain. 
 
 786. 
 
 i]X.iK(a, 1], a^e, stature. 
 
 826. 
 
 KoXiros, 6, bosom. 
 
 787. 
 
 t])i.6T«poS) our. 
 
 827. 
 
 KoXv|jiP^6pa, \\, pool. 
 
 788. 
 
 fjnio-us, half. 
 
 828. 
 
 KOviopTds, 6, dust. 
 
 780. 
 
 Oavnao-Tos, marvelous. 
 
 829. 
 
 Kopdo-tov, TO, damsel. 
 
 790. 
 
 Oeiov, TO, brimstone. 
 
 830. 
 
 Kd(j>i.vos, 6, basket. 
 
 791. 
 
 OviiTos, mortal. 
 
 831. 
 
 KpderirtBov, to, border. 
 
 79'J. 
 
 Oopv^os, 6, tumult. 
 
 832. 
 
 Kpav-yri, ij, cry, crying. 
 
 793. 
 
 0v|j.(a|Jia, TO, incense. 
 
 833. 
 
 kvkXu, round about. 
 
 794. 
 
 laTpds, b, physicia7i. 
 
 834. 
 
 Kvp,a, to, wave. 
 
 795. 
 
 l8iwTt]s, 6, ignoraM, itnleamed. 
 
 835. 
 
 Kiiwv, 6, T|, dog. 
 
 796. 
 
 i|i.aTio-pi6s, 6, raiment, vesture. 
 
 836. 
 
 Xapnrds, t|, lamp, torch. 
 
 797. 
 
 ivot{ ; wherefore f why ? 
 
 837. 
 
 XafiLirpos, gorgcoiis, bright. 
 
 798. 
 
 I'o-os, equal, like. 
 
 838. 
 
 XaTpeCa, r\, service, worship. 
 
 799. 
 
 Ka9api,o-|i.<$s, 6, cleansing, purifi- 
 
 839. 
 
 X«iToup-yla, Tj, service, ministry. 
 
 
 cation. 
 
 840. 
 
 XtiTovp-yds, 6, minister. 
 
 800. 
 
 KaOapds, pure, clean. 
 
 841. 
 
 Xcirpos, 6, leper. 
 
 801. 
 
 Ka0-e|t)s, in order. 
 
 842. 
 
 Xt'cov, 6, lion. 
 
 802. 
 
 KttO-oTi, because that. 
 
 843. 
 
 Xt]v6s, TJ, loinepress. 
 
 803. 
 
 KaC-irep, thotigh. 
 
 844. 
 
 XiJkos, 6, loolf 
 
 804. 
 
 KaKO-TToids, 6, evil-doer. 
 
 845. 
 
 |xd-yos, 0, wise man, sorcerer. 
 
 805. 
 
 Kdp.T)Xos, 6, 1], camel. 
 
 846. 
 
 IJiaKpdv, afar off. 
 
 806. 
 
 Kavwv, 6, rtUe, 2>rovince. 
 
 847. 
 
 |xaKpds, long, far. 
 
 807. 
 
 Kdp({>os, T<J, mote. 
 
 848. 
 
 p.dvva, T<J, 7nanna. 
 
 808. 
 
 KaTd-iravo-is, tI], rest. 
 
 849. 
 
 \i,apyapirr]s, o, pearl. 
 
 809. 
 
 KaTo--ir^Taa-(i.a, to, veil. 
 
 850. 
 
 p.do-Ti|, 1^, 2>l(igue, scourge 
 
 810. 
 
 KttTdpa, 1], curse, cursing. 
 
 851. 
 
 p,dTaios, vain. 
 
 811. 
 
 KaT-6vavTi, over against, before. 
 
 852. 
 
 ficXas, black. 
 
 812. 
 
 KaT-€v«Triov, before. 
 
 853. 
 
 p,^VToi, yet, howbeit. 
 
 813. 
 
 KaT-VJYopos, 6, accuser. 
 
 854. 
 
 p.ept.|iva, T|, care. 
 
 814. 
 
 Kdrci), down, beneath, bottom. 
 
 855. 
 
 |A«pfs, i\,part. 
 
 815. 
 
 K€VTpov, T<$, goad, sting. 
 
 856. 
 
 H€<r£TT]s, 6, mediator. 
 
 816. 
 
 Kfjiros, 6, garden. 
 
 857. 
 
 (i.taT<5s, /«//. 
 
 817. 
 
 KTJpv-y|Aa, T<5, preaching. 
 
 858. 
 
 p.€Ta|v, bctivee7i, meamvhile. 
 
 818. 
 
 KiPcoTos, ij, ark. 
 
 859. 
 
 pitToxos, 6, partaker, partner. 
 
 819. 
 
 k(v8vvo$, 6, peril. 
 
 860. 
 
 ji^Twirov, t6, forehead. 
 
 820. 
 
 K\do-pa, T<5, broken piece. 
 
 861. 
 
 \i\,\i.r\T'(]s, o, imitator.
 
 
 
 LIST VI 
 
 862. 
 
 |ivd, T|, mina, pound. 
 
 
 900. 
 
 863. 
 
 fiviia, T|, nnncmbraiicc, mention. 
 
 901. 
 
 864. 
 
 \Lvr\\i.a, TO, tomb. 
 
 
 902. 
 
 865. 
 
 p.oi\aX(s, r\, adulteress, adulter- 
 
 903. 
 
 
 ous. 
 
 
 904. 
 
 866. 
 
 (ioXis, with difficulty, scarcely. 
 
 905. 
 
 867. 
 
 p,ovo--Y€VTJs, only begotten. 
 
 
 906. 
 
 868. 
 
 (M)<rxos, 6, tj, calf. 
 
 
 907. 
 
 86J). 
 
 (ivOos, 6, fable. 
 
 
 908. 
 
 870. 
 
 (ivXos, 6, millstone. 
 
 
 909. 
 
 871. 
 
 )j.vpids, T|, myriad, innume 
 
 rable 
 
 910. 
 
 
 number. 
 
 
 911. 
 
 872. 
 
 puopCa, T|, foolishness. 
 
 
 912. 
 
 873. 
 
 vtav^as, 6, young man. 
 
 
 913. 
 
 S7i. 
 
 vcavCo-Kos, 6, young man. 
 
 
 
 875. 
 
 Vi6rr\<3, f|, ymith. 
 
 
 914. 
 
 876. 
 
 vy\<ro^, f|, ishiuil. 
 
 
 915. 
 
 877. 
 
 VT)«rT€£a, T|, fisting. 
 
 
 916. 
 
 878. 
 
 voTipia, TO, mind, tfiought, device. 
 
 917. 
 
 87'.t. 
 
 vofiiKos, 6, Idivyer. 
 
 
 918. 
 
 880. 
 
 voTos, 6, simth. 
 
 
 919. 
 
 881. 
 
 v^\i^r],-i],(l.<nirfhlcr-in-law,bridc. 
 
 920. 
 
 882. 
 
 |T]p6s, vnlhered, dry. 
 
 
 921. 
 
 883. 
 
 67800S, eighth. 
 
 
 922. 
 
 884. 
 
 o8t]Yos, 0, guide. 
 
 
 
 88.'). 
 
 606vi.ov, T<}, linen cloth. 
 
 
 923. 
 
 886. 
 
 olKovofiCa, T|, steivardship, 
 
 dis- 
 
 924. 
 
 
 pt »sii/liin. 
 
 
 92.''). 
 
 887. 
 
 olKo-v6p.os, 6, steward. 
 
 
 926. 
 
 888. 
 
 olKTi.p(j,ds, 6, inrrry. 
 
 
 927. 
 
 880. 
 
 OKTli, < "//'/. 
 
 
 928. 
 
 8!)0. 
 
 dXiYo-iTio-Tos, ';/ littli fvith. 
 
 
 929. 
 
 891. 
 
 6fio(<i)|ia, Td, likeness. 
 
 
 930. 
 
 81)2. 
 
 6p.oXo-y{a, t|, confession. 
 
 
 931 . 
 
 8»:5. 
 
 6vap, TO, dream. 
 
 
 932. 
 
 891. 
 
 6v(i8ia'|j.6s, 6, rijrroach. 
 
 
 933. 
 
 89.'). 
 
 fivos, 0, f|, IISS. 
 
 
 934. 
 
 S96. 
 
 fivTws, liiilird, certainly. 
 
 
 935. 
 
 897. 
 
 tf^os, T<J, vinegar. 
 
 
 
 898. 
 
 o^ws, sharp, siHft. 
 
 
 936. 
 
 899. 
 
 6irio-6€V, hehitul, after. 
 
 
 937. 
 
 377 
 
 87rXa, ToL, tveapons, instruments. 
 
 oiToios, of what sort or manner. 
 
 SpKos, 6, oath. 
 
 5o-i05, holy. 
 
 6o-pLT|, f|, odor, savor. 
 
 6o-T€ov, TO, bone. 
 
 6o-<j)v)s, T|, loins. 
 
 ovSc'irci), not yet, never yet. 
 
 ovipd, T|, tail. 
 
 ovpdvios, heavenly. 
 
 64)€iX€TT]s, 6, debtor. 
 
 64)dpiov, TO, fish. 
 
 Travis, T|, snare. 
 
 iraiSeCa, t|, chastening, instruc- 
 tion. 
 
 irdXai, long ago, of old. 
 
 irav-ovpYCa, t|, craftiness. 
 
 TravTa\ov, ivcrywhcrc. 
 
 iravTo-KpdTci»p, Almighty. 
 
 •rrdvTios, wholly, by (ill means. 
 
 Trapd-^ao-is, t|, transgression. 
 
 Trapa-pdTT]s, o, transgressor. 
 
 irap-ayyeXfo, t|, charge. 
 
 irapd-KXiiTos, 6, comforter, advo 
 cafe. 
 
 irapa-XcXvixtvos, palsied. 
 
 iTapa-a-K£VTJ, f|, preparation. 
 
 TraptfipoXri, f|, castle, camp. 
 
 irapOt'vos, T|, virgin. 
 
 iTap-oi|i(a, T|, proverb, parable. 
 
 iraTp^s, TJ, one's own country. 
 
 irtvGtpd, f|, mother-in-law. 
 
 iT^vOos, TO, mourning. 
 
 irtvTaKio-xfXioi, five Ihotisand. 
 
 ■Tr€in-f|KovTa, ffly. 
 
 Tr€7ro£9t]ais, t|, eonfidence. 
 
 ircpf-Xtnros, crxceding .sorrovfnl. 
 
 •ir€pi-Tro£T)o-is, i], obtaijiing, gain- 
 I iig, /Kissi wfiion. 
 
 7r(p(o-cr(vp,a, t<5, abundanc):. 
 
 irtpiao-ds, abundant.
 
 378 
 
 LISTS OF WORDS. 
 
 038. 
 93'J. 
 
 940. 
 941. 
 942. 
 943. 
 944. 
 945. 
 946. 
 947. 
 948. 
 949. 
 950. 
 951. 
 952. 
 953. 
 954. 
 955. 
 956. 
 
 957. 
 958. 
 959. 
 960. 
 961. 
 
 962. 
 
 963. 
 964. 
 965. 
 966. 
 967. 
 968. 
 969. 
 970. 
 971. 
 972. 
 973. 
 974. 
 
 irepnTTcpa, f|, dove. 
 
 ■Ktp(.\wpos, T|, region round 
 about. 
 
 nr]\6%, 6, clay. 
 
 ■n-^pa, tj, wallet. 
 
 ir£va|, 6, charger, platter. 
 
 •irXdvT), T|, error. 
 
 irXdvos, o, deceiver. 
 
 irXarcia, f|, street. 
 
 ■irX€0V€|(a, TJ, covetousncss. 
 
 irXivpd, T|, side (of human body). 
 
 irXoidpiov, Tc, little boat. 
 
 ■noii\rr\%, 6, doer, poet. 
 
 rroiiLVf], v\, flock. 
 
 iro(|jivi.ov, TO, flocTc, little flock. 
 
 irovTipCa, f|, ivickedness. 
 
 ir6pvos, 6, fornicator. 
 
 'irop(|>vpa, f|, jmrjile. 
 
 iroTtt'irds, rvhat manner? 
 
 trpaiTMpiov, r6, palace, Prwto- 
 rium. 
 
 ■irpa|is, 'i\, deed,, doing. 
 
 irp<j.<5TTjs, i\, meekness. 
 
 irpavTTis, T|, meekness. 
 
 irpo-Ov^la, 'i\, readiness of mind. 
 
 ■!rp6<r-Kaipos, /or.a while, tem- 
 poral. 
 
 irp6<r-Ko^|j.a, to, stumbling- 
 block, offence. 
 
 irpo(r-i)>opd, f|, offering. 
 
 •jrp6-«{>aa'is, t|, pretence, excuse. 
 
 irpwTo-KXio-ta, t|, chief seat. 
 
 irpwTo-TOKos, first-horn. 
 
 iTT€pv|, f|, wing. 
 
 TtrSi^o., TO, carcase, dead body. 
 
 irvptTOS, o, fever. 
 
 •n-w-iroTc, at any time. 
 
 pop.<t>a(a, T|, sword. 
 
 o-airpos, corrupt. 
 
 (TopKiK^s, carnal. 
 
 (rt\i\vr], T|, moon. 
 
 975. a-\.hr]povs, of iro7i. 
 
 976. o-(va'!ri, to, mustard-seed. 
 
 977. o-iv8wv, T|, liiien cloth. 
 
 978. o-Kid, i\, shadow. 
 
 979. (tkXtjpos, hard. 
 
 980. wKopirtos, 6, scorpion. 
 
 981. (Tireipa, t|, band, cohort. 
 
 982. o-ir^Xttiov, to, den. 
 
 983. o-iropos, o, seed. 
 
 984. trirvpts, r\, basket, 
 
 985. o-TdSiov, TO, furlong. 
 
 986. o-Tdo-is, T|, insurrection, dissen- 
 sion. 
 
 987. o-Tdx^s, 6, ear of corn. 
 
 988. o-Tii9os, T<J, breast. 
 
 989. «rToix*io, ^d, rudiments. 
 
 990. o-ToX^, T|, robe. 
 
 991. <rTpdTtv|i.a, Td, arwy. 
 
 992. o-TpoTTiYos, 6, captain, magis- 
 trate. 
 
 993. «rv|i,-PovXiov, t<5, counsel. 
 
 994. <rvv-8owXos, h, fellow-servant. 
 
 995. <rvv€0-is, t|, understanding. 
 
 996. o-vv-WXtia, t|, end, consumma- 
 
 tion. 
 
 997. <r\lvp.a., to, rent, division, 
 schism. 
 
 998. Td|is, T|, order. 
 
 999. Taircivds, loivly, humble. 
 
 1000. Taireivo-cjjpocrvvT), t|, lowliness 
 
 of mind, humility. 
 
 1001. Td<})OS, 6, sepulchre. 
 
 1002. Tttxc'cos, quickly, shortly. 
 
 1003. Tdxos, TO, quickness, speed. 
 
 1004. Ttixos, TO, wfflW. 
 
 1005. TfKvCov, Td, little child. 
 
 1006. T^Xos, TO, end, custom. 
 
 1007. TiTapTOs, fourth. 
 
 1008. TtTpaKio-x^Xioi, fotir thousand. 
 
 1009. r pa\y\\o%, 6, ncek. 
 
 1010. Tpdp.os, o, trembling.
 
 LIST VI. 
 
 379 
 
 1011. iitTos, 6, rai7i. 
 
 1012. vio-9e(r(a, r\, adoption. 
 
 1013. vptTtpos, yoicr. 
 
 1014. virtp-PoX^, T|, exceeding great- 
 
 ness. 
 
 1015. wirvos, 6, slccj}. 
 
 1016. {nrd-8ti-y|i.a, to, exajnple, copy. 
 
 1017. vm-o-8T)na, to, shoe. 
 
 1018. viro-KttT«, under. 
 
 1019. inro-Kpio-is, rj, hijpucrisy. 
 
 1020. viro-iroSiov, to, fiio/MooL 
 
 1021. viro-o-Tao-is, tj, confidence, sub- 
 
 stance. 
 
 1022. v(rripr]\ia, to, wan-^. 
 
 1023. v4>os, TO, height. 
 1021. <{>avXo$, ?//, cvtV. 
 102.0. 4)9apT6s, corruptible. 
 102t). ({>06vos, 6, cjjtjy. 
 
 1027. <t>6opd, i], corruption. 
 
 1028. (|>i\a8(X<(>Ca, f|, love of the breth- 
 
 ren. 
 
 1029. i|>(Xti|i.a, TO, kiss. 
 
 1030. «i»Xdt y\,fia,me. 
 
 1031. <j)ovevs, 6, ?>iit?rferer. 
 
 1032. «J)opTCov, TO, burden. 
 
 1033. <|>pc'ap, TO, ercZ/, /Ji,<. 
 
 1034. 4>"XX.ov, TO, leaf. 
 
 1035. ({>vpa|ia, to, lump. 
 
 1036. <})toTeiv6s, bright, full of light. 
 
 1037. x^Xkos, 6, brass, money. 
 
 1038. x°^0'7l''S ■'■<'> fnark. 
 
 1039. X'^-P'''') because of, on account 
 
 of 
 
 1040. x<^Xos, TO, ^?7;. 
 
 1041. x<*'H'-"^> ^> winter, foul weather. 
 
 1042. x*''Po-''''O^Tos, made with 
 
 ha7ids. 
 
 1043. XP1F^**» '^°i riches, money. 
 
 1044. xP1<'"''ds, ki7i,d, gracious. 
 
 1045. xPT'"''<>TTis, T|, goodness, kind- 
 
 ness. 
 
 1046. x"P'ov, TO, 2^lnce, field, land. 
 
 1047. \|/a\|i.6s, 6, psalm. 
 
 1048. «|/vxiKds, natural, sensual. 
 
 1049. w8^, T|, song. 
 
 1050. «t(ov, to, car.
 
 380 
 
 LISTS OF WORDS. 
 
 LIST Vll. — Table of Correlative Pronouns, 
 
 
 Demonstra- 
 tive. 
 
 Relative. 
 
 lUTERROOATIVE. 
 
 Indef. 
 Relative. 
 
 Indefinite. 
 
 Simple. 
 
 ode. 
 this(,heTe). 
 
 OVTOS, 
 
 this, that. 
 
 eKeivos, 
 
 that (yonder). 
 
 6s, 
 who, which. 
 
 Tls; 
 
 who ! which ? 
 
 what ? 
 
 '6(!TiS, 
 
 whoever, 
 whichever. 
 
 Th, 
 
 some one. 
 
 de'iva, 
 
 such a one. 
 
 flOMPAR- 
 
 ative. 
 
 ertpos, 
 
 theothcroftwo. 
 fKaaros, each. 
 
 
 irdrepos ; 
 
 which of two f 
 
 
 dWos, 
 
 another 
 
 Quan- 
 tity. 
 
 rocovTos, 
 
 so much, 
 so maiiij. 
 
 offos, 
 
 as much as, 
 as many us. 
 
 irbaos ; 
 how much .' 
 how many .-' 
 
 
 
 Quality. 
 
 T0i6crdf, 
 
 TOIOVTOS, 
 
 such. 
 
 olos, 
 
 of what sort, 
 such as. 
 
 TTOtOS ; 
 
 of what kind.' 
 
 oirolos, 
 
 of whatever 
 
 sort. 
 
 
 Age or 
 Size. 
 
 TrfKlKOVTOS, 
 
 so large. 
 
 i]\lK0S, 
 
 of which age,size. 
 
 Trr)\lKos ; 
 how large ? 
 
 
 
 LIST VIIL — Table of Prepositions. 
 
 Genitive 
 
 ONLY. 
 whence ? 
 
 dvTl, 
 
 instead of, 
 over against. 
 
 dw6, 
 
 from, 
 away from . 
 
 from, 
 out of. 
 
 irpb, 
 
 before. 
 
 
 
 Dative 
 
 ONLY. 
 
 where ? 
 
 in, 
 
 among. 
 
 (TVV, 
 with, to- 
 gether with. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Accusative 
 
 ONLY. 
 
 whither ' 
 
 dvd, 
 
 lip to, 
 
 up along. 
 
 els, 
 
 info, unto, 
 in order to. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Genitive 
 
 AND 
 
 Accusative 
 
 whence .^ 
 
 and 
 
 whither .' 
 
 did, 
 G. through, 
 hi/ means of. 
 AcC. on ac- 
 count of. 
 
 Kara, 
 
 G. down 
 
 from, down. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 through, 
 
 among, 
 
 according to. 
 
 fXfTd, 
 
 G. among. 
 
 toqether 
 
 with. 
 
 Ago. 
 after. 
 
 ITtpL 
 G. about, 
 concerning. 
 
 Acc. 
 
 around, 
 about. 
 
 iiwep, 
 G. on be- 
 half of, for 
 sate of. 
 
 Acc. 
 beyond, 
 above. 
 
 vw6, 
 
 G. by {the 
 
 agent). 
 
 Acc. 
 
 under, in 
 
 power of. 
 
 Oknitive, 
 Dative, 
 
 and 
 
 Accusative. 
 
 v-henee ? 
 
 where ? 
 
 whither ' 
 
 enl, 
 
 0. upon, 
 
 over, in 
 
 presence of. 
 
 D. upon, in 
 
 addition to, 
 
 on account of. 
 
 Aco. upon, 
 
 up to, 
 
 towards. 
 
 irapd. 
 G. from be- 
 side. 
 D. with, 
 
 near. 
 
 Aoo. near. 
 
 contrary to, 
 
 above. 
 
 ■wpos, 
 G. pertain- 
 ing to. 
 D near, 
 close by. 
 Aco. unto, 
 
 towards, 
 
 in reference 
 
 to. 
 
 

 
 LIST X. 
 
 381 
 
 LIST IX. — Table of Correlative Adverbs. 
 
 
 DuMONsra.^- 
 
 TITE. 
 
 Relative. 
 
 Inteeroqative 
 
 Indefinite 
 Relative. 
 
 Indefinite 
 
 Time. 
 
 rbre, 
 
 then. 
 
 VVV, vvvi, 
 
 note. 
 
 are, 
 
 when. 
 rivlKa, 
 when. 
 
 irdre ; 
 when ? 
 
 ovdre, 
 
 when. 
 
 TTOri, 
 at some lime. 
 
 Place. 
 
 avTov, 
 
 here. 
 uiSe, 
 here. 
 
 ov, 
 
 where. 
 
 TToO ; 
 where ? 
 
 Sirov, 
 
 where. 
 
 TTOIJ, 
 
 someirhere. 
 
 ivreddev, 
 hence. 
 
 iKeWev, 
 thence. 
 
 6eev, 
 whence. 
 
 ir66ev ; 
 whence / 
 
 
 
 ^Kei, thither. 
 iKiiai, thither. 
 tvOdoe, hither. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Manneb 
 
 oStw{s), 
 thus, so- 
 
 (US, 
 
 as 
 
 how .' 
 
 Situs, 
 
 how. 
 
 7ra)(s), 
 
 somekuu . 
 
 LIST X. — Table of Conjunctions. 
 
 Copula- 
 tive, 
 
 Kal, 
 
 and, also, 
 even. 
 
 rl, 
 
 and, also. 
 
 W . . . Kal, 
 
 both . . . and. 
 
 Kal . . . ri, 
 fiiith , . . anil 
 
 Ti. .. ri, 
 both . . . and. 
 
 Kal... Kal, 
 
 both . . . and. 
 
 DlsJONC- 
 TIV«. 
 
 or. 
 
 either , . . or. 
 
 iJTOl .. .ij, 
 either . . .or. 
 
 ftre. . . elre, 
 whether. ..or. 
 
 
 AllVKIlSA- 
 TIVE. 
 
 iNPKHICN- 
 TIAL. 
 
 5/, 
 
 hut, and. 
 
 ixiv . . . U, 
 on the one 
 
 hand . . . on 
 the other 
 
 hut. 
 
 
 
 
 dfia, 
 accordini/lt/. 
 
 Si6, 
 
 wherefore. 
 
 olv, 
 therefore. 
 
 TOiyapovv, 
 accordingly. 
 
 TOIVVV, 
 
 then. 
 
 &ffTe, 
 so that. 
 
 Oaijsal. 
 Ki:«AL 
 
 liri, 
 that, liecnu.ie 
 
 fur. 
 
 OlflTl, 
 hccau.ie. 
 
 iircl, 
 
 since. 
 
 
 
 iva, 
 
 in (trder that. 
 
 $0 that. 
 
 Sttus, 
 
 so that. 
 
 lest, that not 
 
 
 
 I'llNI.lTIliN- 
 AL. 
 
 OOMPARA- 
 TIVI. 
 
 'I, 
 >f 
 
 Its. 
 
 elyt, 
 
 if at least 
 
 (firef), 
 if at all 
 
 /(iv, 
 
 l/(|IClHHlllly) 
 
 
 
 ibairtp, KaOdii, 
 just as like as 
 

 
 ELEMENTS 
 
 OF 
 
 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK GRAMMAR.
 
 PREFATORY NOTE. 
 
 In the " Elements of New Testament Greek Grammar " an 
 attempt is made to present in a simple and concise form all the 
 important facts and principles necessary to an understanding of 
 the Orthograiihy and Et3'mology of the language of tlu; Greek 
 Testament. The work is intended to be a sufficient guide for 
 those who have not studied classical Greek, and at the same 
 time to be of service to those who have made some progress in 
 classical studies, but who desire to pay special attention to the 
 study of New 'i'estament Greek. 
 
 In Orthograjjli}' the spelling of the critical texts has been 
 followed; and all who are interesteil in this subject arc referred 
 for further information to Thayer's "Greek Lexicon," and espe- 
 cially to tlir valuable "Notes on Orthogi*aphy " a]i])('ii(l((l to 
 the second volumt- of AVestcott and Hort's " Greek Testauieiit " 
 ri)p. 143-1 7:J). 
 
 In Etymology, Hadley-Allen's treatment of the substantive 
 and verli (which is sidistiintially the same as that of (Joodu in) 
 h:is been followed; ;iiid on arcouiit ot the concise forms of ex- 
 pression employed in holb of tlicse widely used L;ranim;irs, if h;is 
 been decme(l best, in many cases to adopt their \( i\ Imnis of ex- 
 pression. Tlie list of Irregular Verbs occurring in tlie New 
 
 Testament li:is I n drawn up with great care; ami I'oi' Ibe I'mII 
 
 list of compodiids given under each verb the authors are ni:iinly 
 indebted to 'JMi;iyer's "(Jreek Lexicon," a work wbii-h every 
 stnrjent III till' Greek Testament ongbt to procure. 
 
 'I'be lliird and niosi im|iorl:inl part, tlie Syntax of New Testa- 
 ment (Jreck, is in (oiirsi- ot jprepiiration, and will appear in a 
 separate vobnne. 
 
 26
 
 PART I. 
 
 ORTHOGRAPHY. 
 
 1. The Alphabet. 
 
 
 Form. 
 
 Equivalent. 
 
 Name 
 
 Numerical Valua 
 
 1. 
 
 A 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 "AXcfta 
 
 Alpha 
 
 1 
 
 2. 
 
 B 
 
 P 
 
 1) 
 
 B^Ta 
 
 Beta 
 
 2 
 
 3. 
 
 r 
 
 y 
 
 g 
 
 FayM/iia 
 
 Gamma 
 
 3 
 
 4. 
 
 A 
 
 S 
 
 (1 
 
 AcAra 
 
 Delta 
 
 4 
 
 5. 
 
 E 
 
 € 
 
 e 
 
 E xf/lXov 
 
 Epsildn 
 
 5 
 
 6. 
 
 Z 
 
 C 
 
 z 
 
 Zrjra 
 
 Zeta 
 
 7 
 
 7. 
 
 H 
 
 ^ 
 
 e 
 
 'Hra 
 
 Eta 
 
 8 
 
 8. 
 
 
 
 ^, l'^ 
 
 th 
 
 (s>7Ta 
 
 Theta 
 
 9 
 
 9. 
 
 I 
 
 ( 
 
 i 
 
 'I<3Ta 
 
 Iota 
 
 10 
 
 10. 
 
 K 
 
 *C 
 
 c 
 
 KaTTTTtt 
 
 Kappa 
 
 20 
 
 11. 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 1 
 
 AdfL/SBa 
 
 Lambda 
 
 30 
 
 12. 
 
 M 
 
 H- 
 
 m 
 
 Md 
 
 Mu 
 
 40 
 
 13. 
 
 N 
 
 V 
 
 n 
 
 NC 
 
 Nu 
 
 50 
 
 14. 
 
 H 
 
 i 
 
 X 
 
 Hr 
 
 Xi 
 
 60 
 
 15. 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 5 
 
 *0 fUKpoV 
 
 Omicr6n 
 
 70 
 
 Ifi. 
 
 n 
 
 TT 
 
 I' 
 
 m 
 
 Pi 
 
 80 
 
 17. 
 
 p 
 
 P 
 
 r 
 
 'Pw 
 
 Rhd 
 
 100 
 
 18. 
 
 2 
 
 tr, 9 
 
 8 
 
 Siy/ia 
 
 Sipjma 
 
 200 
 
 10. 
 
 T 
 
 T 
 
 t 
 
 Tar> 
 
 'ran 
 
 300 
 
 20. 
 
 Y 
 
 U 
 
 .y 
 
 Y tf/l\oi' 
 
 TFp.siliju 
 
 400 
 
 21. 
 
 ^ 
 
 «/> 
 
 ,.h 
 
 'P7 
 
 Thi 
 
 500 
 
 22. 
 
 X 
 
 X 
 
 ch 
 
 XI 
 
 Chi 
 
 000 
 
 23. 
 
 * 
 
 '/' 
 
 ps 
 
 *r 
 
 Psi 
 
 700 
 
 24. 
 
 n 
 
 (jj 
 
 6 
 
 n /x€ya 
 
 Orauga 
 
 800
 
 388 ORTHOGRAPHY. 
 
 1. The Greek Alphabet has twenty-four letters. The word 
 alpliahet is formed from the names of the first two letters. 
 
 2. Sigma at the end of a word has the form ?, elsewhere the 
 form (T. Thus, o-(j?, thy ; o-kotos, darkness ; koV/xos, world. 
 
 3. a. When letters are used as numerals, the mark ( ' ) is 
 placed over them ; beneath, it denotes thousands. Thus, a' 1, 
 ^a 1000 ; f' 5, e 5000. 
 
 h. Three obsolete letters [F or <;, Vau, equal to V, C; 9, 
 Koppa, the same as Q, 90; 'It), San, S, 900) are also 
 used as numerals. Thus, ip 12, p/iS' 144, x^g 6GG (Rev. 
 xiii. 18, T. R.). 
 
 4. All manuscripts of the Greek Testament before the tenth 
 century are written with capital letters. The small letters then 
 came into use. 
 
 5. Two or more letters are often united, except in recent 
 editions of the Greek Testament, into one character, called a 
 ligature (tie). The most common are a for ov, and g for a-r. 
 
 ' 2. The Vowels. 
 
 b. Short vowels. 
 
 
 1. a 
 
 . Long 
 
 vowels. 
 
 d 
 
 as 
 
 a 
 
 in 
 
 father. 
 
 1) 
 
 as 
 
 e 
 
 in 
 
 'prey. 
 
 I 
 
 as 
 
 i 
 
 in 
 
 machine 
 
 (X) 
 
 as 
 
 
 
 in 
 
 prone. 
 
 V 
 
 as 
 
 u 
 
 in 
 
 tuhe. 
 
 a as a 
 
 £ as e in pet. 
 n \yit. 
 
 I as 1 
 o 
 
 n papa. 
 
 V 
 
 as in obey. 
 as u in pidl. 
 
 1. a. The vowels are a, €, r], i, o, w, v; of these, 
 €, o, are always short, 
 rj, 0), are always lonrf, 
 a, I, V, are doubfftd, i. e., short in some words, long 
 in others. 
 h. The short vowels have the same sounds as the long 
 vowels, but are pronounced shorter.
 
 DIPHTHONGS. 
 
 389 
 
 2. Open and close vowels. 
 
 Least open. 
 
 Least open. 
 i» 
 
 The vowels are open or close. 
 
 mi 1 f a, tt (the most open). 
 
 Ihe open vowels are \ ; ^ ^ 
 
 ( e, -q, o, w (less open). 
 
 The close vowels arc i, I, v, v. 
 
 3. Diphthongs. 
 
 ttl 
 
 as 
 
 ai 
 
 in 
 
 atsle. 
 
 et 
 
 as 
 
 ei 
 
 in 
 
 lie/ght. 
 
 01 
 
 as 
 
 oi 
 
 in 
 
 oil. 
 
 av 
 
 as 
 
 ou 
 
 in 
 
 house. 
 
 cv] 
 
 r as 
 
 eu 
 
 in 
 
 ieud. 
 
 ov 
 
 VI 
 
 2. a 1 
 
 w } 
 
 as 
 as 
 
 as 
 
 ou 
 ul 
 
 in gro?/p. 
 in (\uit. 
 
 respectively. 
 
 The (liplithongs are 
 at, ei, 01, 
 a, Xf, a>. 
 
 av, 
 
 €U, ou, 
 
 rfv, on), and VI. 
 
 They an- formed l)y the union of an niien and a close vowel, 
 except m, which i.s formed of two close vowels. 
 
 2. a, »/, oj are called iwjiro]tcr diphthongs, h(!cuuso their first 
 vow<;] is long. Their second v(»wcl, i, is written hdow 
 the first, and is calhid iota subscript. With capitals, 
 however, it is writtiii in the litir; it is md pronounced, 
 whether written hel<»w the letter, or in the line. 
 
 NoTK. In tlio earlier fililiuiis of the N. T. tliu iotAt subscript was too fre- 
 quently introduced.
 
 390 ORTHOGRAPHY. 
 
 4. Breathings. 
 
 1. d-et a-ei, always ; h, in ; 6-Sos ho-dos, way / o, 17 ho, he, the. 
 
 2. isXiliv ai-on, aye • alfxa hai-ma, blood ; a8>;s, Ha-dC'S. 
 
 3. vSwp hy-dor, ivater y uto's hwi-os, so?t • vno hy-po, by. 
 
 4. 'Pw/at; RhO-me, i^owe ; pT^/xa rhe-ma, word y dpprjTO'i ar-rhetos, 
 uyispeakable. 
 
 1. There are two breathings, the soft, spiritus lenis ('), and 
 the roufjh, sjilritus asper ('). The first has no practical vahie, 
 the second denotes a strong emission of the breath, like the 
 English h. 
 
 2. One of the breathings is placed over every initial vowel. 
 In diphthongs (except the improper a, j/, w, in which t never 
 takes the breathing, even when it stands upon the line) the 
 breathings are written over the second vowel. 
 
 3. An initial v always has the rough breathing. 
 
 4. An initial p is generally written with the rough breathing. 
 When p is doubled, in the middle of a word, the first p often has 
 the smooth breathing, and the second the rough. 
 
 5. Interchange of Vowels. 
 
 Tp4(f)(i), I notirish ; Tpoi/)r/, nourishment ; Tc^^a/x/xeVos, hamng 
 been nourished. 
 
 TreiOw, I persuade, Gal. i. 10 ; TreVoi^tt, / trust, Phil. ii. 24. 
 (TTreuSo), / hasten y a-7roii8r/, haste. 
 
 The open short vowels («, c, o) are often interchanged in the 
 formation and inflection of words. So sometimes 7; and w, but a 
 close and open vowel are rardy interchanged. See § 2, 2. Such 
 interchange extends to diphthongs, as €t and 01 in root-syllables, 
 and €u and ov. 
 
 N
 
 CONTRACTION OF VOWELS. 
 
 391 
 
 6. Lengthening of Vowels. 
 
 1. Tifidw, I honor ; n/x^a-w, I shall honor. 
 
 2. ix€Xa{v)^, /xiXas, black ; \v6i{vT)%,Xv6i.i%, dismissed ; Si8o(vt)?, 
 SiSov's, giving. 
 
 1. A short vowel is sometimes lengthened in the inflection 
 and formation of words. This may be vAiWuA formative lengthen- 
 ing. The long vowel is regarded as the short vowel doubled. 
 
 By this, a, c, I, o, V, Become rj, >/, i, w, v. 
 
 2. A short vowel is sometimes lengthened to make up for 
 the omission of a following consonant. This is comjiensative 
 lengthening. 
 
 By this, a, £, I, o, V, Become d, «, I, ov, v. 
 
 7. Contraction of Vowels. 
 
 a 
 
 e 
 
 o 
 
 followed by 
 
 
 a= d 
 
 = 77, u 
 
 = w 
 
 € = d 
 
 — £1 
 
 = ov 
 
 7^=d 
 
 = V 
 
 — O) 
 
 t = ai 
 
 = CI 
 
 = 01 
 
 — W 
 
 = nv 
 
 = ov 
 
 0) — (1) 
 
 = w 
 
 = w 
 
 V = nv 
 
 = cr 
 
 = ov 
 
 followed by 
 
 ai = (11 
 
 = v 
 
 = at 
 
 £1 = (I 
 
 — CI. 
 
 = 01 
 
 V ='.^ 
 
 = ?/ 
 
 = ot 
 
 01 = II) 
 
 - ot 
 
 = Ol 
 
 0) = OJ 
 
 = OJ 
 
 = <o 
 
 ov = 0) 
 
 = ov 
 
 = ov 
 
 1. Two Hticceasive vowels, or a vowpI arnl a iliphthong, aro 
 often contracted uiio a single long vowel or a diphtliong. 'I'liis 
 contrai^tion takes place in three ways: (1) V>y simple union; 
 (2) by union with fircrcssion ; (3) by dbsnr/ifion. 
 
 'Z. In tlie tabh- ihi- most coininon cimtractions are given. 
 Irregular contractions will be noticed as fhcy occur. 
 
 Note. Contraction, where uaual, is rnn-ly ncglrctril in C. T.
 
 392 ORTHOGRAPHY. 
 
 8. Diaeresis. 
 
 TTpwi, early ; AaviS, David ; Mwuo-^s, Moses. 
 
 Diaeresis (separation) is a double dot ("), sometimes written 
 over the second of two vowels, to show that they do not form .a 
 diphthong. 
 
 9. Crasis and Elision. 
 
 1. Kciyoj for Ktti iyw, and I ; kuv, koI idv, and if • kolku, koX iKei, 
 and there y KUKeWev, koI iK^lOev, and thence y KuKctt'os, koI ckcivos, 
 and he y Ktifxe, koL e^e, and me y tovvuvtiov, to Ivavriov, the con- 
 trary y once rowo/xa, for to ovo/xa, the name, Matt, xxvii. 57. 
 
 2. a. TovT co-Ti, that is, Rom. ix. 8 ; x. 6, 7, 8 ; etc. 
 
 b. OLTT dpxtj'i, from the berj'mining, John xv. 27 ; St' aWov, 
 
 by him, John i. 3 ; dAA.' iVa, hut that, John i. 8. 
 
 c. ufO' ow, because (instead of which), Luke i. 20j 2 Thess. 
 
 ii. 10 J etc. ; d<^' kavTuv, from himself, John vii. 18. 
 
 1. a. Crasis (mingling) is the contraction of a vowel or diph- 
 thong at the end of a word with one at the beginning of the 
 next word. The two words are written as one, with a coronis (') 
 over the contracted syllable, unless the first vowel has the rough 
 breathing, which is then retained. The first of the two words 
 is generally an article, a relative pronoun, or Kai. 
 
 h. Crasis generally follows the rules of contraction. 
 
 Note. In N. T. crasis occurs on the whole but seldom, and only in par- 
 ticular forms of frequent occurrence. 
 
 2. a. Elision is the cutting off of a short final vowel when the 
 next word begins with a vowel. An apostrophe ( ' ) marks the 
 omission. 
 
 Note. Elision is of much rarer occurrence in the N. T. than in classical 
 Greek.
 
 ADDITIONAL VOWEL CHANGES. 393 
 
 b. Only the prepositions Sltto, 8id, iwi, -n-apd, /xtra, and the 
 
 conjunction tlAAu, regularly suffer elision ; iIvtl only 
 before wv. 
 Note. The ItSS. and editions vary iu many cases. 
 
 c. When the vowel of the second word has the rough 
 
 breatJihirj, a smooth mute (tt, t) changes into its cog- 
 nate rough mute (c/), 0). 
 
 10. Movable Consonants. 
 
 1. t) yeyoi'tv, that hath been made, John i. 3 ; oh KareXa^ey, it 
 aj)prt!hended not, John i. 5 ; e8(DK€i' airots, Ac gave to them, John 
 i. 12 ; axrnq cVtiV, this is, John i. 19. 
 
 2. oiItws e'o-Ti TTu-, .""'o /s every one, John iii. 8; ouk l^ at/xaTwv, 
 
 7ioi of blood, John i. 13. 
 
 NoTK. fj-ixp'-^ °^i until, Mark xiii. 30; /nifxp' 'Iwdwu, until John, Luke 
 \'vi. 10 ; dx/Ji ^s riiiipas, until the dny, IMatt. xxiv. 38 ; otx/^'s ou T Tr, itnt/il, 
 lloin. xi. 25 ; irKirtvaioaiv Si ' ayroP, .John i. 7. 
 
 1. Most words ending in <n, all verbs of the third person 
 singular en<ling in f, and eVjTi is, annex v when the next word 
 begins with a vowel. This is called v movcdjle, which may also 
 be abided at the end of a sentence. 
 
 '1. When the next word begins with a vowel, ovru), fJ^ixP^^ '^"'^ 
 d)(j)i, as a rule add s, ov becomes uvk, and ck becomes t^. 
 
 NniE. In tlie Itust MSS., Imwcver, wu have /ii*'xp' '""1 '^XP' invariaMy, 
 even before vowels ; but ix/"* o6 prejiondcratcs. The N. T. text is by no 
 iniMiis nnilniiii. WU inviiri;ilply umiI 6.xi>i- oii, except in Ilib. iii. 13; Gal. 
 iii. ]'J. VVc often lind v muvable even before consonants. 
 
 11. Additional Vowel Changes. 
 
 1. (7i'(K(i', because, Luke iv. 18; bi/ reason of, - Cor. iii. 10. 
 So critical editions. 
 
 2. ixOt^i x^''*^) i/es/crd(iij, .J(din iv. 52. 
 
 3. TraTi']i), TTuT^ios" (for irnjif)<>%), nf till' father, John i. 18 ; uko?/ 
 for oKuvrf, hearing (report), John xii. 38.
 
 394 ORTHOGRAPHY. 
 
 1. Instead of eveKcv, we have twice the Ionic form civckcv. 
 
 2. A 2^1'othetic vowel appears at the beginning of some words 
 wliich furmerly began with two consonants. 
 
 3. A short vowel between two consonants, or even a close 
 vowel between two vowels, is sometimes dropped (syncojjc). 
 
 12. The Consonants. 
 
 1. a. Observe that k sounds like c in coo, y like (/ in go, a like 
 s in so, T like t in to. 
 
 h. uyy€Ao9, ang-gelos, angel, viessenger, John i. 52 ; tyy^'^, 
 eng-gus, near; t^idpay^, pha-ranx, valley; iyxp^w, eng- 
 chri-o, / anoint. 
 
 c. ^^apTos, phthar-tos, corruptible. 
 
 2. a. Semivowels, a- (sibilant), A, /n, v, p (liquids) /a, v, y-nasal 
 (nasals). 
 
 Smooth. Middle. Rough. 
 
 h. Mutes: Labials . . . . tt /? <^ 
 
 Palatals . . . k y ;( 
 
 Linguals . . . t S 6 
 
 c. Double consonants . . . ^ ^ \f/ 
 
 1. a. The consonants are sounded, for the most part, as we 
 sound the English letters used to represent them. See Alpha- 
 bet, § 1. 
 
 b. Gamma (y) before k, y, ^, and £, has the sound of n in 
 
 ink, anger; <f>, 0, x, as in graj^Aic, thin, and the German 
 Buc/i. 
 
 c. Every consonant is sounded. 
 
 2. Among consonants we distinguish (1) semivowels, (2) 
 mutes, and (3) double consonants. 
 
 a. The semivowels are A, /u., v, p, cr, and y-nasal. 
 
 b. The mutes are of three classes, (1) labial or tt mutes, (2) 
 
 palatal or k mutes, (.3) lingual or t mutes. 
 
 c. The double consonants are ^ (^o-), ^ (ko; ycr, xo"), and {p 
 
 (ttct, (i(T, 0cr).
 
 THE EUPHONY OF CONSONANTS. 395 
 
 13. The Euphony of Consonants. 
 
 1. yiypatrrai for ytypat^rai, it is written, John viii. 17 ; SeScK- 
 Ttti for 8€8e;(-Tai, he had received, Acts viii. 14. 
 
 2. lo-Tc for tS-rc, ye know, Heb. xii. 17. 
 
 3. yeypa/x/xevos for yiypa<f>-fj.tvo^, lurittCJl, John ii. 17 ; TrcVctcr- 
 
 /xut for iTiiTu6-iiai, I am persuaded, Rom. viii. 38. 
 
 4. lypai/fcv for (ypaff)-a-€r, he ivrote, John v. 46 ; </)A,d^ for <^Aoy9, 
 Jiame, Rev. i. 14 ; cAttis for cAttiSs, Ao/je. 
 
 5. a. ifj.(3X({l/as for cv-/?Aei/'as, having looked, John i. 36. 
 6. o-vyyevT/s for o-vv-yei'?/?, tt kinsman, John xviii. 26. 
 
 c. o-vAAuAovi/T£s- for o-uiz-AuAoui/re?, talkinr/ with, Matt. xvii. 3. 
 
 d. fiiXds for /x€'Au(i')s, black ; ttus for 7ra(j'T)s, aZA 
 
 e. a-vaa-rj/jLov for a-vvarjfJLov, a token, Mark xiv. 44 ; (TVfjjpo<^i) 
 
 for o-ui/-o-Tpo0^, concourse, Acts xix. 40. 
 
 Many of the changes which the consonants undergo are of the 
 nature of assimilation, i. e., of making one consonant like the one 
 next to it. This assimihition may be total or jmrtial. 
 
 All these changes, for convenience, may be summed up under 
 the following rules : 
 
 1. A labial (v, (i, 4>) or palatal mute («, y, i() before a lingual 
 (t, h, 6) must \n; ui the same order. 
 
 2. A lingual mute (t, 8, 6) before another lingual is changed 
 
 to (T. 
 
 3. Before /x, a labial mute (tt, (i, <f)) becomes p., 
 
 a [)alatal mute (k, y, )() becomes y, 
 a lingual mute (t, 8, 6) becomes a. 
 
 4. Before «t, a labial mute (tt, ft, (ft) forms ip (= mr), 
 
 a palatal mute («, y, ^) forms ^ (= f t), 
 a lingual mut(! (t, 8, 6) is drf)pped. 
 
 5. a. V before a labial (tt, fi, (f>, p., ip) becomes // ; 
 
 b. I bf^forc a palatal (k, y, ;(, ^) becomes y nasal ; 
 
 c. »' before A, p, is assimilated ;
 
 396 ORTHOGRAPHY. 
 
 d. V (also VT, \\ vQ) before cr is dropped, and the preceding 
 
 vowel is lengthened. 
 
 e. In composition : 
 
 Iv before p, o-, is not changed ; 
 
 avv (1) before cr with a vowel, becomes uvtr- ; 
 
 (2) before o- with a consonant or before 4, becomes err-. 
 Note 1. The rule with reference to avv (,2) is ofteu disregarded in the 
 
 N. T. 
 
 Nunc 2. The oldest MSS. often omit the assimilation of v in the two jirep' 
 ositions aiiv and eV before labials and palatals, sometimes also before A and <r. 
 
 6. (SdX.Xu), least; ijiki]0>f, he is cast, John xv. 6. 
 
 7. rl(/)' kavTov for (iTTo eauToiJ, of (from) himself, John v. 19. 
 
 8. Tt^j?/At for Ot-Oii-fii, I lay down, John x. 15 ; ddirTw, I bury, 
 €Ta</)i/, he was buried, Luke xvi. 22 ; 6',)i^', plural Tpi'xes; Aair. 
 
 9. Aur/ for Xveaai in the ending of 2d pers. sing., pass, and 
 mid. The contraction -eo-at, -eut, -€i is very rare in N. T. But 
 we have €i for y in /SouAct, Luke xxii. 42. 
 
 10. av»;/3, gen. drepos, dvSpos, o/o- 7??a/i. 
 
 11. Ma^^aios, Matthew, Mtt6'6^uT, Matthat. 
 
 12. Exceptions. — ipd-n-Lcrav, Matt. xxvi. 67 ; ipa/B^ia-Orjv, 2 Cor. 
 xi. 25 ; ipva-aro, 2 Tim. iii. 11. (So all critical editors.) 
 
 13. Exceptions. — eK, froin ; ovk, not. 
 
 6. A vowel and a liquid are often transposed by metathesis. 
 
 7. A smooth mute (tp, k, t) before a vowel with the rough 
 breathing is changed into its corresponding aspirate. (See § 9, 
 
 2, c). 
 
 8. When two consecutive syllables of the same word begin 
 with an aspirate, the first often loses its aspiration. But pre- 
 fixes and suffixes generally lose their aspiration in preference to 
 the stem. 
 
 9. Any consonants which make a harsh sound may be dropped 
 in the formation or inflection of words. This often occurs in the 
 case of <r in the inflection of the verb, and of the third declension 
 of nouns.
 
 SYLLABLES. 397 
 
 10. Sometimes a consonant is inserted in inflection {ej^enthe- 
 sis) to assist the sound. 
 
 11. A rough mute (0, x> ^) is never doubled. 
 
 IS'uTE. But the critical tiliturs (Lacliiniiiiii, Tisth. Treg. WH.), fuUowiug 
 the older M8S., write 09 instead of rO, in several proper names. 
 
 12. Initial p is doubled when by inflection or composition 
 a vowel is brought before it. After a diphthong, however, it 
 remains single. 
 
 NuiE. But this rule has sometimes been neglected in the MSS. ul the 
 N. T. 
 
 13. The only consonants which can stand at the end of a 
 Greek word are v, p, o-, f, ij/, the last two being compounds of cr. 
 Other consonants at the end of a word are droj^ped. 
 
 14. Syllables. 
 
 1. t-ye'-i e-TO , 2. Ka-re-Xa-fiev ; 3. a. A<J-yos ; b. a.-Tr€-aTa\'fi€-vo% ; 
 C. av-6pw-Tr(j)v ; //.ap-rr-pt-av , d. i$-ov-cri-av. 
 
 4. Trposj Ad-yos ; C^^Vt aKo-ri-a. 
 
 1. A Greek word has as many syllables as it has separate 
 vowels or diphth<tiigs. 
 
 2. The lust syllable is calltd tlic tiJ/lni'itr, the one next to the 
 last the /)e?ndf, tlic out; before the p(Miult, the antepenult. 
 
 3. Uules in dividing a word into syllables: 
 
 a. A single consonant is connected with the following vowel ; 
 
 b. Combinations of consonants which cau begin a word are 
 
 a.ssigiie(l to llie following vowel ; 
 
 c. Other coiiiliinalions of consonants an; divided ; 
 
 d. ConipouiKln fornietl without clis!o?i. are divided into thc^ir 
 
 original parts. 
 
 4. A vowel preceded by a consonant stands in an imjmre 
 syllable; preceded by a vowel or diphthong it forms a jmre 
 syllable.
 
 398 ORTHOGRAPHY. 
 
 15. Quantity of Syllables. 
 
 1. aU-ToC, Kttl, ^v, C^-TJ- 
 
 2. ap-xfj} av-0i)(j}-7ro<i. 
 
 3. Tt-Kva, ru-</)Ads. 
 
 4. a. c^ws, ov, t,w-rj. 
 
 h. Ad-yos, aKo-rt-a, ira-pd. 
 
 c. viKO';, victory, irvp, fire, Kav for koL iav, John viii. 14. 
 
 1. A syllable is long by nature when it has a long vowel or a 
 diphthong. 
 
 2. It is long by position when a short vowel is followed by 
 two consonants or by a double consonant. 
 
 3. When a vowel, short hy nature, is followed by a mute and a 
 liquid, the syllable is common, i. e., it may be used as lon^ or 
 short, at pleasure. 
 
 4. The quantity of most syllables can be seen at once. 
 
 a. r) and w, and all diphthongs are long by nature. 
 
 b. € and o, before a vowel or single consonant, are short by 
 
 nature. 
 
 c. The vowels a, i, v, may be known to be long : 
 
 (1) When they have the circumflex accent; 
 
 (2) When they arise from contraction. 
 
 16. The Accents. 
 
 1. 6 Xdyos rjv Trpos toi/ Oeov. 
 
 2. ovTOS rjXOev. 'AtSr/?, a8r)s. 
 
 3. KariXafSfV, aKoria, t,wi] ; ckcii/os, apxi) ; V ^w^ V^- 
 
 4. Oeos, Adyos, eyeVcTO. 
 
 5. iv avTta ; outos r/XOfv. 
 
 6. dv^pwTTOs, TTuvra, Kocrfios.
 
 GENERAL RULES OF ACCENT. 399 
 
 1. There are three accents, the acute {'), the grave ("), and 
 the circumflex (~). 
 
 2. These marks stand over the vowel of the accented syllable. 
 In a diphthong tlie accent stands over the second vowel. But 
 the iini>roper diphthongs (a, r;, and w) take it upon the first 
 vowel, even when the i is written in the line. 
 
 3. The acute can stand only on one of the last three syllables 
 of a word, the circumflex on one of the last two, and the grave 
 only on the last. 
 
 4. A word which has the acute 
 
 on the ultima is called oxytone (s harp-toned) y 
 on thii 2je7iult " ^^aroa-ytoJic; (Trapa, wear), 
 on the antepe7iult " ^^roj^a/'oa-ytowe {-n-po, before). 
 
 5. A word which has the circumflex (^) 
 
 on the ultimate is called 2>crispomenon (draum arotind), 
 on the penult " 2^?'o/y(;r/.s/>o???,eMow (Trpo, before^. 
 
 6. A word which has no accent on the ultima is called bary- 
 tone (fiapv<;, heavy). 
 
 17. General Rules of Accent. 
 
 1. a. iy(.vtro ; b. rtKva, Xoyos ; C. ovtos ^X^ei' ; d. 6f.ov, xoipCs ; 
 e. avOpioiruiV, pjipTVprj(rr) ; f. apXV^ deov, ^wt;. 
 
 2. TT^OS TOI/ 6(6l/. 
 
 3. 01 rStoi ; Bviuarrai., Luke i. 9. 
 
 \. A word with a short^ vltimo, if accented 
 a. 'Ill the antepenult, has the acute; 
 h. on a short penult, has the acute ; 
 c. on a long penult, has the circumflex ; 
 (I. on th(! ultima, has the acute. 
 A word with a long ultima, if Mccented 
 
 e. f»n the penult, has th(! acute ; 
 
 f. on the ultiytia., has either the acute or the circumflex. 
 2. An oxytone changeH its acute to the gravf hnfon; other words, 
 
 1 In these rulfs the wonb hmi/ and shurt ih'iidtc (he nnhinil (|iiantity of vowels.
 
 400 ORTHOGRAPHY. 
 
 3. Final at and ol (except in the optative) bave the eifect of 
 short vowels on the accent of the penult and antepenult. 
 
 Note 1. Rules for accent, so far as it is connected with inflection, will be 
 given in the Grammar. 
 
 Note 2. The accent of words must be learned, mainly from the lexicons, 
 and by observation in reading. 
 
 Note 3. In the majority of words the accent is thrown back as far as the 
 rules permit, and a word is then said to have the recessive accent. This is 
 especially the case with verbs. 
 
 18. Accent as affected by Contraction, Crasis, 
 
 and Elision. 
 
 1. Tifjidw(Ti, TtfjiwcTL, John V. 23. 
 
 2. ecTTaws, ccttws ', Tifxam, rifiS), John viii. 49 J ^tAe'ci, <^iAe?, 
 John V. 20. 
 
 3. Kayw for koI lyw ; kolv for Kat idv. 
 
 4. dir ifxov ; aXK 6. 
 
 1. For a contracted ^7e?i?«?^ or antepenult, the accent is regular. 
 
 2. A contracted ultima receives the acute, if the ultima had it 
 before contraction, otherwise it takes the circumflex. 
 
 3. In crasis, the accent of the first word is lost and that of 
 the second remains. 
 
 4. In elision, oxytone vrepositions and conjunctions lose their 
 accent. (See § 9, 2.) 
 
 19. Proclitics. 
 
 1. a. o Aoyo9, 1^ Cw>7> 01 iSioi. 
 
 b. iv a.p)(rj, (Is fiapTvpiav, €k Oeov. 
 
 c. el ravra Troiei?, John vii. 4 ; ws fiovoycvovs, John i. 14 ; 
 
 cjpa rjv 0)5 SfKOLTrj, John i. 39. 
 
 d. ovK ctfu, KOL aireKpiOrf Ov, John i. 21. 
 
 2. €1 Tts Oikei.
 
 ENCLITICS. 401 
 
 A i^rocUtic {leaning forivard) is a word which has no accent, 
 and is pronounced as if it were part of the following word. 
 
 1. The proclitics are: 
 
 a. The forms of the article o, t), ol, al. 
 
 b. The prepositions ci's {k), into ; e'l, in; i$ {Ik), from. 
 
 c. The conjunctions el, if ; ws, as, that. 
 
 d. The adverb ov (ovk, oi'x), not, which at the end of a 
 
 sentence takes the acute accent. 
 
 2. A proclitic takes an accent, when followed by an enclitic. 
 
 20. Enclitics. 
 
 1. a. o oTTt'croj /Aou, John i. 15; e^tii'ds /aoi ciTrev, i. 33; 6 7rc'/y.«//a<j 
 /At (iaTTTi^fw, i. 33 ; tou oIkuv troti, ii. 17 ; on elTroi' o-oi, i. 50 ; 
 elBov (T€, i. 50. 
 
 6. SwuTUt Ti aya6'oi' cii/at; John i. 4G ; Tai'Ttt TIV€S ^tc, 1 Cor. 
 V. 11; Toi' TTfrre tu</>Ao»', ix. 13; ei ttws t/St; 7roTe, Eoin. 
 
 i. 10. 
 
 c. c'yoi ci/Ai, John iv. 2G ; vi. 20, 35, 41, 48, 51; Kai 4,7j(tiv i 
 
 evvovxu<i. Acts viii. 36. 
 
 d. KuiToi. ye Ir/rrous, iv. 2; tix t£ irpoftaTa Koi tovs /Sous', ii. 15; 
 
 /u,aAAoi/ ^ TTc^j T^i/ So^ui/ ToO ^coO, xii. 43. 
 
 2. a. €yw ci/u.1. 
 
 b. Tov iri/xij/aPTus /xe, iv. 34 ; kukcivo? /;i€ uTrco-TtiAci', vii. 20. 
 C. tl yc tVt/xeVcTc t^ ttutth, Col. i. 23; ei rts <?cAn, Matt, 
 xvi. 21. 
 
 3. Tl c'/Aot Kill iriii, ii. 4; Kayoj tV f/oi', xvii. 21; e'yw ovk ti/xi 6 
 ;(/UfrTds, 1. 20. 
 
 4. OVK ci/xi, I am, not, i. 21 ; uju, f r/n. n's; t!.s. 
 
 All enclitic (/cjuhln;/ on) is a woni wlii( li Iohcs i(s own accent, 
 and iH pronounced as if it wctc part of (he preceding' word. 
 1. The enclitics are : 
 
 a. The prMiiMiins of tli.' lir.st person, fim; /xot, /At, of the 
 second, a-ov, vol, iri.
 
 402 ORTHOGRAPHY. 
 
 b. The indefinite pronoun tis, rt, in all its forms. Also the 
 
 indefinite adverbs, ttov, ttotc, ttw, ttojs- 
 
 c. The present indicative of ci/ai, be, and of f^rffii, say, except 
 
 the second person singular, e?, <^rf<;. 
 
 d. The particles yi, ri, toi, nip. 
 
 2. The word before an enclitic, 
 
 a. preserves its proper accent, and does not change an acute 
 
 to grave ; 
 
 b. if projmroxytoue or properispomenon, adds an acute on 
 
 the ultima ; 
 
 c. if proclitic, takes an acute. 
 
 3. The enclitics in some cases retain their accent, especially 
 in the case of em2?hasis, and after elision. 
 
 4. Some particles are distinguished by the accent. 
 
 Note. The laws with reference to the enclitics have been carried out con- 
 Bisteutly in the N. T. 
 
 21. Punctuation. 
 
 Kai iiTTav awToJ Mt; Kai r]fxei<; Tvi^Xot i<Tfx€v ; cittcv avTOis (6) 'lyycovs 
 Et Ti)0Aoi T/T€, ovK av et;^€T€ oLfJLapTLav • vvv 8c Aeyere 6ti BActto/xcv ' 
 r] afiapTia vfiojv fxivn, ix. 40, 41. 
 
 The comma and the period are the same as in English. 
 The Greek has a colon (•), a point above the line, which is 
 equivalent to the English colon and semicolon. The mark of 
 interrogation (,) is the same as the English semicolon. 
 
 Note. Jolin ix. 40, 41, exhibits all the marks of punctuation, of breath- 
 ings, and illustrations of all kinds of accent, with examples of proclitics and 
 enclitics. 
 
 22. Transference of Greek Words into English. 
 
 1. "Avi/as, Annas ; ©w/Ltas, Thomas. 
 
 2. 'lo-aaK, Isaac ; Nt»co87//«,os, Nicodemus.
 
 TRANSFERENCE OF GREEK WORDS. 403 
 
 3. a. Kai'a, Cana } Krjfftas, Cephas; Kalaap, Ccesar. 
 h. 'Fafxa, Mama ; 'Pa;(?/A, Rachel. 
 
 Exce2)tions. — 'Po8»7, Rhoda ; 'Po'Sos, Rhodes. 
 C. KoLcrap, Ccesar ; AlyvrrTus, Egypt. 
 
 d. ^oL/3rj, Phcebe ; $oi'vi^, Phoenix. 
 
 e. AaoSiKfia, Laodicea; ©vdrtipa, ThyatJra ; ScXcv/ceta, Se- 
 
 leucia. 
 
 f. 'Idcriov, Jason ; 'Iepet;^oj, Jericho. 
 
 1. Most proper names, and a few other words, are literally 
 transcribed into English. 
 
 2. For the most part the Greek letters are rej^resented by the 
 equivalents given under the alphabet (§ 1). 
 
 3. A few explanations must be made, and some exceptions 
 noted : 
 
 a. K is always c. Where c would be soft in English pro- 
 nunciation it is generalli/ so in Greek names. 
 
 h. The initial P, always aspirated in Greek (§4, 4), is geTir 
 eralljj without the aspirate in English. 
 
 r. The (liplithoiig in becomes fe ; sometimes simply e. 
 
 d. The diplithoug m becomes on. 
 
 e. The diphthong ct becomes e or ^; sometimes, although 
 
 incorrectly, i. 
 
 f. The iuitial I before a vowel becomes J.
 
 PART II. 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 I. mTEODUCTIOK 
 
 23. Definition of Etymology. 
 
 1. Xoyos, 9(.6<i, Oeov, iv, 6, tov, rrj, eAa/3ov, KariXafiiv, irapiXa^ov. 
 
 2. (jiws, t,*^rj, KOfTfios, ovofia, (rape ; eytVero, (^aiVct, yjXOiv ; TravTa, 
 d\y9iv6v; 6, rj, to; ovTOSf avroi), avTW. 
 
 3. a. (TKOTi-a, (TKOTi-a, <f>aiv-ei, iyiv-ero. 
 
 b. Oco-s, av6pu)iro-<;, ^lo-i^, Xdyo-Sj v6fio-s ; aapK-os, ;^a'ptT-os, OeX^ 
 
 fiaT-os, dv8p-6<; (ave/j), Trarp-os (iraTip). 
 C. 6i6<i, 6f.6v ; TTavra, ttuvtcs ; avTOv, avrw ; Trpwros ; iyivcTO, 7/v. 
 
 4. dXrjOcLa, i. 14 ; dXr;^?;?, iii. 33 ; uXt^^ii/o's, i. 9 ; dXrjOws, i. 47 ; 
 ^XafSoVf KaTeXajSifj Trap4Xa/3ov. 
 
 1. Etymology treats of the classification, infiection, and 
 formation of words. 
 
 2. Words are classified into parts of speech. These are the 
 same in Greek as in other languageSc More important than 
 the other parts of speech are the Noun and the Verb. Closely 
 connected with the Noun are the Adjective, the Article, and the 
 
 P7'0}l0U7l. 
 
 3. o. Inflection is a change in the form of a word to express 
 its different relations to other words. A word which is inflected 
 has two parts; (1) the fundamental part called the stem, and 
 (2) the inflective part calltMl endings, whicli are added to the 
 stem to form cases, tenses, persons, and numbers.
 
 NUMBER AND GENDER. 405 
 
 b. The last letter of the stem, as marking its character, is 
 
 called the stem-characteristic. A stem ending in a 
 vowel is called ^Jwre, in a consonant, imjmre. Impure 
 stems if they end in a mute (labial, lingual, palatal) are 
 called mute (labial, lingual, palatal) stems, if they end 
 in a liquid, are called liquid stems. 
 
 c. Inflection includes declension (nouns, adjectives, and 
 
 pronouns), comparison (adjectives and adverbs), and 
 conjugation (verbs). 
 4. The formation of words includes their derivation and their 
 composition. 
 
 24. Number and Gender. 
 
 1. avBpiiyiTO<;, avOpiimoiv ; irdvTa avOpunrov, TravTf? ; aurw, auTOts. 
 
 2. a. o A.oyo?, o KofT/xos ; rj ^w?;, 7; rrKoria ; to cfiu><;, to ovofjia. 
 
 h. Trat?, iv. 51 ; r) Trat?, Luke viii. 54; >} dX^Tn}^, Luke xiii. 
 32. 
 
 c. TO ^ois ; 7) tpr]fio<;, i. 23 ; y oSo?, i. 23. 
 
 d. (1) 6 uvOpujnro^, 6 ttutt/p, o uvyp } o dvf/io?, VI. 18 ; 6 Trora- 
 
 fi()<;^ o IopS(Ivvj<; ; o /jh^c. 
 
 (2) 17 fJiyT'ip, ii. 1 ; 1} ywr;, iv. 9 ; /; ctuk^, i. 48 ; 1) yrj, iii. 
 22, 31 ; 17 TToAt?, i. 44 ; r) i/iyo-o?, Acts xxviii. 1 ; y ^W7/, 
 
 rj c'^owfria, i^ ctkotih, y (i\yO(Ui. 
 
 (3) to crufcov ; TO Trat^ioi', to "Ayap. 
 
 The Greek distinguishes in its usage, 
 
 1. Three nuinhers : tin; singular (referring to one object), the 
 plural (to more than one), and the dual (to two only). 
 
 NfiTE. As tli<: Ihia! is not found in tin' r!n'<k Tcsbimcnt, wo will not 
 notice it in the dcclon.sion ot nouns, nor in the conjugation of vcirbs. 
 
 'J. Three r/enders : masculine, feminine, and neuter. 
 
 a. To indicate the gend<T of nouns, forms of tlie article are 
 used; o, ior masculine; y, U)r feminine; to, l<>r nrufer.
 
 406 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 h. Nouns wliich may be either masculine or feminine are 
 said to be of the common gender. Names of animals 
 which include both sexes, but have only one grammati- 
 cal gender, are called epicene. ' 
 
 c. The gender may often be known from the form of the 
 
 word, but must generally be learned bj^ observation. 
 
 d. The following rules, however, are of general application : 
 
 (1) Masculine are names of males, and of winds, rivers, 
 
 and months. 
 
 (2) Feminine are names of females, and of trees, lands, 
 
 towns, and islands; also most nouns denoting 
 qtiality or condition. 
 
 (3) Neuter are names of fruits, and most diminutives, 
 
 even when designating males or females ; also 
 verbal nouns, with indeclinable nouns generally. 
 
 e. Other rules are given under the declensionso 
 
 25. Cases. 
 
 1. 6 Xoyos, Taiv avOptoTrwv, ev t^ CTKOTia, Trpos Tov ^eov, SiSatrKaXc, 
 
 i. 39. 
 
 2. TO <f>u)<; Twv dvOpuyTTiDv, the light of men; eSwKcv airois, he 
 gave to them. 
 
 3. a. S6$a, a glory (nom.) ; So^a, glory (voc). avOpwiroi, men 
 (nom.) ; avOpoiiroi, men (voc). 
 
 b. Sing.: nom., ace, voc, o-vkov ; plur. a-vKa. But yevrj for 
 yeVfa in 1 Cor. xii. 10, 28; xiv. 10; ra ru^r) for Tet;^£a 
 in Heb. xi. 30. 
 
 C. ap)(fj, auTw, CTKOTia, v^tari, irvevfiaTi. 
 
 d. Twv avOpioiriiiV, ai/xuTwv, Tajf <i>apLcraiO)V, twv fiadrjTU)V. 
 
 1. There are five cases : the nominative (the case of the sub- 
 ject), the genitive (possessive, implying motion from, the whence 
 case), the dative (implying rest in, or connection with, the where
 
 THE NOUN OR SUBSTANTIVE. 407 
 
 case), the accusative (objective, implying motion totvards, the 
 whither case), and the vocatioe (employed in direct address). 
 
 2. A convenient English rendering of the genitive is by the 
 preposition o/, and of the dative by to. This rendering is used 
 merely for the sake of distinction, and is not always the most 
 correct or even the usual translation of these cases. 
 
 All the cases, except the nominative and vocative, are called 
 oblique cases. 
 
 3. Several particulars, applicable to all nouns, adjectives, and 
 pronouns, it is important to remember: 
 
 a. The vocative, in the singular, is often like the nomina- 
 
 tive ; in the plural it is always so. 
 
 b. In neuter words, the nominative, accusative, and vocative 
 
 are always alike; and in the plural end in a, except 
 when contracted. 
 
 c. The dative singular alwaj's ends in t, which is subscript 
 
 when a long vowel precedes. 
 
 d. The genitive plural always ends in wv. 
 
 II. THE NOUN OK SUBSTANTIVE. 
 26. Stems of Nouns. 
 
 1. 0(0-':, Bio-V ; av6punro-<;, avOpunro-v. alfiaT-oiV, O(.\r]fiar-o<;. 
 
 2. (TKOTia, fiapTvpia-v ; Xoyo-s, Koaiiu-v ; uiTOKpuri-v, lx6v-uiv ; ^wt- 
 o<r, crapK-o?, )(ii.pi-T-o^- 
 
 1. Changes in the form of nouns are made by adding different 
 rase-endinr/s to a common stem. 
 
 2. The stems of Greek nouns end in 
 
 a. The open vowels d and o, 
 
 b. The close vowels i and v, 
 
 c. Conaonanta.
 
 408 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 27. Declension and Case-endings. 
 
 1. u\7j6€La<;, B6ia-v ] ^eo-s, A.oyo-s ; <f>oyr-6^, dvSp-09, TrvevfiaT-i, 
 
 TToXl-V. 
 
 2. a. Vowel Declension. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Masc. Fern. 
 
 Neut 
 
 N. s or none 
 
 V 
 
 G. s or 10 
 D 1 
 
 
 A. V 
 
 
 V. none 
 
 V 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 KV. t 
 
 a 
 
 G. u>v 
 
 
 D. , la-i 
 
 
 A. vs 
 
 a 
 
 b. Consonant Declension. 
 
 
 Smgtdar. 
 
 
 
 Masc. Fern. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 N. 5 
 
 or none 
 
 none 
 
 G. 
 
 0? 
 
 
 D. 
 
 I 
 
 
 A. 
 
 V or a 
 
 none 
 
 V. 
 
 none 
 Plural. 
 
 
 N.V 
 
 ■ cs 
 
 a 
 
 G. 
 
 uiv 
 
 
 D. 
 
 cri 
 
 
 A. 
 
 V? or as 
 
 a 
 
 1. There are three declensions of nouns : 
 
 a. The A declension, as the stem ends in a, commonly called 
 
 First declension. 
 
 b. The O declension, as the stem ends in o, commonly called 
 
 Second declension. 
 
 c. The Consonant declension, for stems ending in a conso- 
 
 nant or close vowel (t or i;), commonly called Third 
 declension. 
 
 2. These three declensions may be arranged under two : 
 
 a. The Vowel declension, for stems ending in an open vowel 
 
 (d and o). 
 
 b. The Consonant, declension, for stems ending in a conso- 
 
 nant or close vowel (» and v). 
 
 3. On comparing the two sets of case-endings (of vowel and 
 consonant declension) we see that they agree in many points.
 
 FIRST DECLENSION. — FEMININES. 409 
 
 4. Under tlie three declensions of nouns will be given the 
 principles which are common to adjectives, participles, and 
 substantives. 
 
 28. Accent of Nouns. 
 
 1. 8u$a, 86^uv ; u\i^6eia, aXrjOeia^. 
 
 2. TLflT^, TLfirj^, '^'■H-Vt Tt/Aai?. 
 
 3. a. ^wpaJv, oo^itiv, irpocfyqriov. 
 b. aXqdeia, aX-qOf.ia<i. 
 
 1. The accent of a noun, as far as the general laws of accent 
 allow (§ 17), remains on the same syllable as in the nominative 
 singular. 
 
 2. An accented ultima, in general, takes the acute, but in 
 genitive and dative of both numbers, a long ultima, if accented, 
 takes the circumflex. 
 
 3. a. The genitive plural of first declension is always perispo- 
 menon, because an/ is contracted from u-wi/. 
 
 b. The nouns in a always have recessive accent (§ 17, note .3). 
 
 c. AtfTTTOTa, vocative of Sco-ttott^?, master, has irregular 
 
 accent. 
 
 29 First Declension. — Feminines. 
 
 1, 2. ij (TKOTlii, Tj OIKiU, Ty i^OlKTUl ] Yj llpX^'l, t} 4''^'/ J 17 OOQO., Ij 
 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 3. a. Sinr/. N. 
 
 Xo'ipa 
 
 -r'^M 
 
 h. 
 
 flX'^Oeia 
 
 S6$a 
 
 G. 
 
 ^<iY»as 
 
 Tl/iY/? 
 
 
 (/X?yptiu9 
 
 80^7;? 
 
 J). 
 
 x<:>i>a 
 
 tZ/itj 
 
 
 (WljOtia. 
 
 fin^r) 
 
 A. 
 
 Xii'ix'iv 
 
 T7/i,;.' 
 
 
 iWi'jOdtiv 
 
 8o^a»' 
 
 V. 
 
 X^^pa 
 
 TifliJ 
 
 
 aki'idtia 
 
 So^a
 
 410 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 Plur. N. V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 
 TLfxai 
 
 TlfJiWV 
 
 Ti/xais 
 Ti/ids 
 
 dA,7y^€ius 
 
 
 4. ■^ (TKOTid, 7] fxapTvpid, T] rjfiepd, rj CTKia. 
 
 1. Stems of this declension end originally in d ; this is often 
 moditied into rj in the singular, and sometimes shortened into a 
 in the nominative, accusative, and vocative singular. 
 
 2. Nouns of this declension are mostly feminine, and end in 
 a, a, or 7). The masculines end in ds or t^s. 
 
 3. Femi nines are divided into two classes : 
 
 a. Those which have a lonr/ vowel (d or ij) in the final syl- 
 
 lable throughout the singular, and are then declined 
 like x^P^9 land, and tI/a>J, honor ; 
 
 b. Those which have short a in the nominative, accusative, 
 
 and vocative singular, and are then declined like aXrjOeia, 
 truth, and 8o^a, glory. 
 
 4. Long d becomes tj throughout the singular, unless preceded 
 by €, I, or p. 
 
 30 Masculines. 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 vcdvids 
 
 6 irpocf)il]Tr]^ 
 
 N.V. 
 
 Vfdviai 
 
 -n-pocfirjTai 
 
 G. 
 
 vcdviov 
 
 irpoffi-qrov 
 
 G. 
 
 vcdi/iwv 
 
 ■7rpo<fir]TCi)V 
 
 D. 
 
 vedvid 
 
 L 
 
 7rpo(JiriTr) 
 
 D. 
 
 vcaviais 
 
 irpo<fir)Tai^ 
 
 A. 
 
 vedvidv 
 
 7rpocfiijTr)v 
 
 A. 
 
 vcdvids 
 
 7r/)o0r/Tds 
 
 V. 
 
 vedvid 
 
 TrpoffirjTa 
 
 
 
 
 1. Masculines in ds and t]<; are declined like vfavtds, young 
 man, and irpotfi-qTr]^, 'prophet. 
 
 2. The vocative singular takes a short when the nominative 
 ends in Trj<; ; in other words in »/?, the ending is rj.
 
 CONTRACT NOUNS OF FIRST DECLENSION. 411 
 
 31. Terminations of the First Declension. 
 
 1. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Masc. 
 
 N. 
 
 a 
 
 V 
 
 as r;s 
 
 G. 
 
 us or ?ys 
 
 rji 
 
 ov (for ao) 
 
 1). 
 
 a or j; 
 
 V 
 
 9- 
 
 A. 
 
 av 
 
 W 
 
 dv r]v 
 
 V. 
 
 a 
 
 V 
 
 a a or >; 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 Masc. and Fem 
 
 N.V. 
 
 ai 
 
 G. 
 
 uiv (for tiwy) 
 
 D. 
 
 ais 
 
 A. 
 
 ds (for avs) 
 
 1. The terminations of the cases of the first declension con- 
 sist of the final a (or tj) of the stem (§ 29, 2) united with the 
 case-endings (§ 27, 2, a). 
 
 a. The genitive singular of masculines originally ended in 
 
 a-to, which became ao, as the close vowel i is often 
 dropped between two vowels. The ending ov is wholly 
 irregular. 
 
 b. The I of the dative singular is always iota subscrijyt. 
 
 c. The genitive jjlural Qyv is contracted from i-wv. 
 
 d. The older ending in the dative plural was aitri. 
 
 e. In the accusative plural us stands for u-vs. 
 
 32. Contract Nouns of the First Declension. 
 
 1. Sing. 
 
 N. 
 
 c 
 
 (/XKzu) 
 
 jivd ,/ 
 
 ((TVK(a) o-vKTJ 
 
 
 G. 
 
 
 (/ij/uus) 
 
 iLvas 
 
 (cruKt'as) o-uKTis 
 
 
 D. 
 
 
 (//Kid ) 
 
 iivq. 
 
 (avKta) a-uK^ 
 
 
 A. 
 
 
 {fivdav) 
 
 fivdv 
 
 [<n)K(av) (rvKTJv 
 
 
 V. 
 
 
 (fivila) 
 
 )ivd 
 
 {(rVK(ll) (TWKTJ 
 
 Plur 
 
 N. 
 
 V 
 
 (fj.vi'uu ) 
 
 fivat 
 
 ((rvK(at) (Tvttal 
 
 
 G. 
 
 
 (fjLydCii) 
 
 jiViuv 
 
 {rrvKHiii) (TVKuv 
 
 
 D. 
 
 
 (fjivaai<:) 
 
 (ivats 
 
 .(rvKfui ) o-uKais 
 
 
 A. 
 
 
 (/Avrius) 
 
 jivds 
 
 [<niKtll\) O-VKOS
 
 412 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 ]. Most nouus in aa and ea are contracted, and are declined 
 like (/x,ma) /xva, mmci, and (avKea) (TVKTj, jig-tree. 
 
 a. The syllables contracted have the circumflex in all the 
 
 cases. 
 
 b. Irregular contraction. In contracts of the first declen- 
 
 sion (also second), a short vowel followed by a, or by 
 any long vowel sound, is absorbed. But in the singu- 
 lar, ea, after any consonant but p, is contracted to q. 
 
 33. New Testament Usage. 
 
 1. a"7r€Lprj<;, Acts x. 1, etc.; 7rp<jpr;s, Acts xxvii. 30; /laxaipT/s, 
 -7/, Heb. xi. 34, Acts xii. 2, etc. ; SaTrr^cipjj, Acts v. 1. 
 
 2. Kava, fBrjOfftayrj, Vokynda, 'Pafia. 
 
 3. 'Iwva, Matt. xii. 39 ; KXwTra, xix. 25 ; K-qcfia, 1 Cor. i. 12 ; 
 Saravu, Mark i. 13. But 'AvSpe'ov, John i. 45 ; 'Ho-aiov, Matt, 
 iii. 3. 
 
 4. -a5, -a, -a, -av, -a ; -rjq, -q, -rj, -qv, -rj. 
 
 5. TraTpLiipx'q'i, Terpdpx'q'i, TroXiTupxq^, idvdpxq'i, do-iap^^r;?. 
 
 1. The rule that after p the genitive ends in a? (§ 29, 4) is 
 sometimes disregarded. 
 
 2. Many Proper Names that might have been declined ac- 
 cording to the first declension are indeclinable. 
 
 3. Masculine proper names in a? form the genitive in a, ex- 
 cepting when preceded by a vowel. 
 
 Note. But the MSS. and critical editions vary in the usage of particular 
 words. 
 
 4. The terminations of the cases of many foreign names and 
 words may therefore be arranged under two classes, a and rj. 
 
 5. Greek word.s in apxo?, in the Greek Testament, generally 
 are of the first declension, and end in apxr)?.
 
 TERMINATIONS OF SECOND DECLENSION. 413 
 
 34. Second Declension. 
 
 1. A.dyo-s, Koafio-s j AttoXAo)? \ ^py^- 
 
 2. 6 aStXcfjo'if 6 vojio^, 6 i^6p6<;, 6 u(f>0a\fji,6s f to Swpov, to tpyov, 
 TO irpojiaTOV \ rj vrjao';, r) oStis. 
 
 3. Sing. 
 
 N. 
 
 O 
 
 Uf^pCOTTOS 
 
 rj 6S(k 4. TO Swpov 
 
 
 G. 
 
 
 avOptjiTvov 
 
 oSov 
 
 8o')pov 
 
 
 D. 
 
 
 dvdpwn<^ 
 
 68(1) 
 
 8it)pio 
 
 
 A. 
 
 
 dvOpoiTTov 
 
 oSof 
 
 Bwpov 
 
 
 V. 
 
 
 dvBpuyjTi 
 
 68e 
 
 8u)pov 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 V. 
 
 di'dpuyrrot 
 
 68oi 
 
 Swpu 
 
 
 G. 
 
 
 avOpoiTTwv 
 
 oSwv 
 
 SatpcDf 
 
 
 D. 
 
 
 avdpo'moi^ 
 
 oSots 
 
 8<opOK 
 
 
 A. 
 
 
 iLVupoiirovi 
 
 68oi;s 
 
 8wpa 
 
 1. Stems of this declension end in o, which is sometimes 
 lengthened to w. It becomes e in the vocative singular, and a 
 in the nominative, accusative, and vocative plural of neuters. 
 
 2. Nouns of this declension arc chiefly masculine and neuter, 
 with a i(}yi feminine s. The feminines may he known in part by 
 the general rules (§ 24, 2, d), but must be learned mainly by 
 observation. 
 
 3. The masculines and feminines have os- in the nominative 
 singular, and are declined like 6 dvdp<,y7ro<;, man, and ?} 6809, nunj. 
 
 NoTB. The iiorniiialivc in os is somutiines used for the vocative in t. 
 
 4. The neuters end in ov, and are declined like to hUtpov, gift. 
 35. Terminations of the Second Declension. 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 
 
 Masc. F.'in. Neut. 
 
 Masc. Fem. Ncut. 
 
 N. 
 
 OS ov 
 
 N. V. 01 a 
 
 G. 
 
 ov (for 00) 
 
 (jr. o»v (for owv) 
 
 D. 
 
 0) rfor 01) 
 
 TV Ot9 
 
 A. 
 
 ov 
 
 A. Otis (for ovs) a 
 
 V. 
 
 c ov 

 
 414 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 1. The terminations of the cases of the second declension 
 consist of the final o of the stem united with the case-endings 
 (§ 27. 2, a). 
 
 a. The genitive singular ended in o-io, thence comes o-o 
 
 (§ 31, 1, a), and by contraction, ov. 
 
 b. In the dative singular the stem vowel o appears as w. 
 
 c. In the vocative singular of masculines and feminines o of 
 
 the stem becomes e. 
 
 d. In the genitive plural o of the stem is dropped before 
 
 the case-ending wv ; o is also dropped before a of the 
 neuter plural. 
 
 e. The older ending of the dative plural was ouri. 
 
 f. In the accusative plural ous is for o-vs. 
 
 36. Contract Nouns of the Second Declension. 
 
 
 
 
 
 1. Sing. 
 
 N. ( 
 
 Voos) vows 
 
 
 G. ( 
 
 [voov) vov 
 
 
 D. ( 
 
 Vow) VW 
 
 
 A. ( 
 
 [voov^ voCv 
 
 
 V. ( 
 
 ^vde) vov 
 
 Plur. 
 
 KV. ( 
 
 Vooi) vol 
 
 
 G. ( 
 
 vc'wi/) vwv 
 
 
 D. ( 
 
 Vooi?) vois 
 
 
 A. ( 
 
 Voovs) vovs 
 
 TO 
 
 Sing. K. A. V. {oa-Ttoi') do-rovv 
 
 G. (oCTTCOu) do-TOV 
 
 D. (oCTTt'o)) do-TU 
 
 Plur. N. A. V. (oo-Tta) do-Td 
 
 G. (6a"T€(Dv) do'TiilV 
 
 D. (oo"T£Ois) do-Tois 
 
 1. Words which have stems in oo, eo, suffer contraction, and 
 are declined like o (coo?) voCs, mind, and to (rJaTeoi/) oo-tovi', bone. 
 
 2. The contraction takes place according to the rules in § 7, 
 and § 32, 1, 6.
 
 NEW TESTAMENT USAGE. 415 
 
 37. New Testament Usage. 
 
 1. Tj Ai/xos, Luke XV. 14, Acts. xi. 28; o At/xrk, Luke iv. 25; 
 if ySttTos, Luke xx. 37, Acts vii. 35 ; 6 /^aros, Mark xii. 20 ; to 
 (TKOTO<i ', TO cAeos ; TO itXovto';, 6 ttAoitos. 
 
 2. 1) 8ecr/u,ds, ot 8£o-/Ltot, only Phil. i. 13, to. ^ecrfui, Luke viii. 
 29 ; (Ta/SfSoLTOV, -o), Toi a-df3(3aTa, cra/?/3ar(r)r, (idfSjSaaLV. 
 
 3. Kvpie, SiSacTKaAc, '^aptcrali ; vto?, ^eck. 
 
 4. Sing. : N. 'AttoAAws, G. 'AttoAAw, D. 'ATroAAoi, A. 'AnuWwv 
 or 'AttoAAw (irreg.), V. 'AttoAAoj. 
 
 5. Tou voos /U.OU, Rom. vii. 23; rw /x€v voi, Rom. vii. 25. So 
 also jtAoos (gen. of ttAoCs), Acts xxvii. 9 ; oo-TtW, Matt, xxiii. 27 ; 
 ofTTea, Luke xxiv. 39. 
 
 6. x^. '\i]<T<)v<;, G. 'It^ctov, D. Itjaov, A. 'l7^o"ovi', V. 'Ir/crov. 
 
 1. Gender. Several substantives in o? occur in the N. T., now 
 as masculine, now nfi feminijie ; some words which are masculine 
 in Attic Greek are used in the neuter, or both as masculine and 
 neuter. 
 
 2. There are several cases of metaplasms, i. e. we have forma- 
 tions of nouns from nominatives which do not exist. 
 
 3. The vocative in e of words in os is very common in N. T. 
 (§ 34, 3, note). The form in os, however, is not rare. In con- 
 trast with Attic usage, we have Oet in Matt, xxvii. 46, as also in 
 the LXX. 
 
 4. The Attic dfcli-nsion in oj scarcely ever occurs in the N. 'V 
 To it, however, we may refer some nouns in w?, like the proper 
 names, 'AttoAAojs, KcTk;. 
 
 6. Contracts. The regular forms (if flic genitive and dative 
 of fops (I'oJ), yw) (\'> not occur in the N. T., nml llif lictcroclitic 
 (irregular in declension) forms of the third declension (toC vciU, 
 TO) vol) are the only ones in use, ()i ('xttdw (John xix. .')(»), in the 
 plural only the unconlraclcMl forms utTTta, nirrttDv occur (j 36, 1). 
 
 6. 'Ii/frofN, Jesus, is the only Proper Noun of the second de- 
 clension ending in ovs.
 
 416 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 38. Third Declension. 
 
 2. 6 al<j')v, 6 i€pcv5, 6 aVT^py 6 TraTrjp ; r/ adp^, tj X'^P'-^t V Si^Va/xis ; 
 TO ovofxa, TO uikrjfxa, to (^cu?. 
 
 1. Stems of this declension end in a co7isonant or a cZose voivel 
 (t, v). The stem may generally be found by dropping the end- 
 ing OS (or a>s) of the genitive singular. 
 
 2. Nouns of this declension are masculine, feminine, or neuter, 
 and the gender must be learned mainly by observation. 
 
 39. Formation of Cases. 
 
 1. 
 
 
 Miisc. 
 
 
 
 Neut 
 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 V. 
 
 alwv 
 
 aiuJi/-es 
 
 (jCifia 
 
 
 awjxar-a 
 
 G. 
 
 
 alwf-os 
 
 atojv-wf 
 
 (TOjp.aT-OS 
 
 
 (ru)fiaT-u)v 
 
 D. 
 
 
 alwiz-i 
 
 aloxTi 
 
 crco/xaT-i 
 
 
 awfjiaai 
 
 A. 
 
 
 alu)i/-a 
 
 alwv-wi 
 
 awfia 
 
 
 <roifxaT-a 
 
 a. (Twfxa (^awfiaT-) , cTTOfxa (o-TOftaT-), ovofia (ovo^aT-). 
 
 Hote. Tepas (TcpaT-), <^a-s ((f>wT-), Trepas (mpaT-), (ftpmp 
 
 (^pCUT-). 
 
 b. aapK-os (o-apKs) o-ctp^; ;(apiT-os (x«P't?) X'^P'-'^'j Toip-ef-o?, 
 
 TTOLfxriv ; 7raTp-05 (TraTep-), irarrfp ; pijTop-os (prjTop-) prjTwp ; 
 
 AeovT-os, Xiiiiv. 
 C. iXiris, i\.in8-a ; ttovs, 7ro8-a ; Trais, 7ratS-a ; iroiixrjv, iroifiiv-a ; 
 
 TToXts, TToAi-v ; tx^''^' IxOv-v ; Swa/iis, Svi/a/At-v. 
 (?. TTot/xip', alo')v', Baifior, Nom. Saifxoiv'y vdrcp, Nom. irarijp. 
 
 1. The cases are formed by adding to the stem the case- 
 endings of the consonant declension (§ 27, 2, h), as in the declen- 
 sion of o aiwv, ag6) and to a-a>p,a, body.
 
 PARADIGMS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 417 
 
 a. In neuters, the nominative, accusative, and vocative sin- 
 gular are generally the same as the stem. Final t is 
 dropped (§ 13, lo). 
 
 Note. A few neuter .stems in t chanrje t to <r in the nominative, 
 and a few to p. vbarp (u5ot-), water, ha.s irregularly w for a in nomina- 
 tive, accusative, and vocative singular. 
 
 h. The nominative singular of masculines and feminines adds 
 o- to tlie stem, and makes the needful euphonic changes 
 (§13, 4). But stems in v, p, a, out, reject the ending s 
 and lengthen a preceding c to r}, and o to w. 
 
 c. The accusative singular of masculines and feminines adds 
 
 a to consonant stems, and v to vowel stems. 
 
 d. The vocative singular of masculines and feminines is 
 
 generally the same as the nominative. But in many 
 cases it is the same as the stem. 
 
 40. Paradigms of the Third Declension. 
 1. Stems ending in a Labial or Palatal Mute. 
 
 1. 
 
 Simj. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N.V. 
 
 A^jui/' 
 
 "Apapts 
 
 tr(xA.7rty^ 
 
 crdATTiyyc? 
 
 G. 
 
 "Apa/Jos 
 
 ApdfSwv 
 
 cruATTiyyos 
 
 craATTtyyoji/ 
 
 D. 
 
 'Apaftt 
 
 Afmif/i 
 
 (ra\7riyyt 
 
 (TaXirty^i 
 
 A. 
 
 'A/ja/Sa 
 
 "A/ju/Jav 
 
 traATTtyytt 
 
 (TuATTiyyas 
 
 So o Kripv^, r/ (rdp$, n (fti'Kn^, rj 6pi$ (Tpix-<'>';), y <^Ao^\ 
 
 There being many varieties of stems of the tliini declension, 
 the paradigms m.-iy he tahcn iij* in llic following order: 
 
 1. Stem.s ending in a lal.ial (tt, ft, <f>) or jtalatal mute (k, y, x), 
 as a'Apayf/f the Arabian, and »} craATriy^^, the trumpet
 
 418 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 2. Stems ending in a Lingual Mute. 
 
 2. Sing. 
 
 N. 
 
 cAtti's 
 
 Xttpts 
 
 o-w/u,a 
 
 
 G. 
 
 eATTtSos 
 
 ;(apiTos 
 
 (TOJ/AaTOS 
 
 
 D. 
 
 cAttiSi 
 
 XapiTt 
 
 tr cu/xari 
 
 
 A. 
 
 e'ATTiSa 
 
 Xaptf (xaptTa) 
 
 croip-u. 
 
 
 V. 
 
 cAtti 
 
 Xapi 
 
 awfxa 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N.V. 
 
 eATTiScs 
 
 Xuptres 
 
 aujfiara 
 
 
 G. 
 
 cATTtSwi' 
 
 XapiTwv 
 
 aMflOLTOiV 
 
 
 D. 
 
 cAttio-i 
 
 XaptO"t 
 
 aiufiaa-L 
 
 
 A. 
 
 cATTioas 
 
 X^ptTas 
 
 cTM/xaTa 
 
 So 17 cpis, 17 vv'^, 17 Aa/ATTas, o Atwi/, 6 1^ Trais, to ovofxa. 
 
 2. Stems ending in a lingual mute (t, 8, ^) ; as 17 cATrt's, hojye, 
 7) X'^P'-'^y fff(^ce, TO (TUifxa, body. 
 
 3. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 iTotiJ.rjv 
 
 TTOt/AcVoS 
 TTOl/AcVt 
 
 7rotp,£va 
 
 TTOlflT^V 
 
 3. Stems ending in a Liquid. 
 
 P^wr. <Sm^. PZwr. 
 
 TTOi/xevcs ?/ye/xoji/ i^ycp,oi/cs 
 
 TToi/xei/oji/ rjy^fxovos i^ye/xovcuv 
 
 TTOifjbecn rjyt/xovi rjyefjioaiv 
 
 iroijxivas rjycfxova yye/xovas 
 
 TToi/McVts r}y€fJMV rjyeixoves 
 
 So 6 /xtJv, 6 At/j(,»;v, 6 dywv, 6 crcoTr/p, 6 aAs (dAo?) only stem in A. 
 Note. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 irarrfp 
 
 TTttTtpeS 
 
 G. 
 
 TTttTpOS 
 
 7raT€po)v 
 
 D. 
 
 irarpi 
 
 TrarpaaL 
 
 A. 
 
 nartpa 
 
 TTOTCpaS 
 
 V. 
 
 TraTcp 
 
 TTttTCpCS 
 
 Sing. 
 
 dvYjp 
 
 dvSpo^ 
 
 dvBpi 
 
 dv8pa 
 
 dvtp 
 
 Plur. 
 
 avSpcs 
 
 di/Spwi' 
 
 dvSpdo'i 
 
 di'Spas 
 
 dvSpcs 
 
 So fir'iTTjp, OvyaTr/p, yaxTTi'jp.
 
 PARADIGMS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 41!) 
 
 3. Stems ending in a liquid (A, v, p) ; as, 6 iroifxrfv, the shep- 
 herd, and 6 //ye/Ltwr, the governor. 
 
 Note. A few words iu ep are syncopated, i. e. they drop e of the stem in 
 the genitive and dative siiiguliir, and accent tlie case-ending. In the otlier 
 eases tliey retain e atid accent it. They are declined like d TrarTjp, father. 
 6 avfip, man, follows the analogy of irar^p, but inserts 5 between c and p. 
 
 4. Stems ending in a (ecr and a<r). 
 
 4. Si7ig. Plur. Sing. Plur. 
 N.A.V. ytvos (ycVe-u) yeVvy Kpcas (Kpe'a-a) Kpia 
 G. (yeVe-os) yeVous (ye»'€-aji/) yevwv (Kpea-os) Kp^o)<; (Kpea-wf) Kpiwv 
 I). (yeVe-i) ycVet yeVecrt (Kpta-i) Kpc'at Kpiaat 
 
 So TO eiSos, TO opos, TO Itos. 
 
 Note. ai8o(o-)os, ai8o-os, aiSows- 
 
 4. Before all case-endings a- of the stem falls away, and con- 
 traction then takes place. The neuter stems in ccr have o? in 
 the nominative, accusative, and vocative singular. Words end- 
 ing in these stems are declined like to yeVos, i'ace, and t6 Kpeas, 
 flesh. 
 
 Note. There is one stem in ocr-, fi alS<is, sluime, which has no plural, and 
 it is found in N. T. only in the genitive singular. 
 
 5. Stems ending in / and v. 
 
 Plur. yHhig. f'/iir. 
 
 (ttoAc-e?) TroAets i)(Ov<i i^Ov-e'; 
 
 TroAc-'Di/ i)(Oi!-o^ i^6v-Mv 
 
 TToAt-rri l)(dv-l l)(0\l-(TI. 
 
 TToAets lx9v i\Ov-t<; 
 
 So Tj 8i;V«//.is, t) (TTwis, <> T^VX^"^' ■'■" ""'VaTrt (only »ing.), o o<^is. 
 Note. 7roA(t)i-<»s, Trokt-us, 7roA€-ti>s; 7roA(c)i-£s, TToAc-ts, TToAcisj 
 
 5. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 N. 
 
 TToAt-q 
 
 G. 
 
 TTOAC-WS 
 
 1). 
 
 TroAei 
 
 A. 
 
 TToAl.C 
 
 V. 
 
 TToA/
 
 420 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 5. Stems ending in a simple close vowel (i or t-) ; as 17 ttoAis, 
 city, and 6 i)^6v<i,fish. 
 
 Note. The final « or u of the stem always appears in the nominative, accu- 
 sative, and vocative singular. In other cases most t stems and sonn' v stems 
 insert an e before the t or u, and then the latter drops out. In the dative sin- 
 gular and the nominative plural contraction then takes place. The accusative 
 plural of stems in 1; has vs (for wfv), in N. T. mainlj' v-as. After e the genitive 
 singular has ws instead of oj, hut the accent is not affected by the long vowel 
 CO in genitive singular and plural. 
 
 6. Steins ending in a Diphthong. 
 
 6. Si7i(j. PLur. 
 N. jSaaiXiv-'i /SacriAeis 
 Gr. /JacriXc-ojs paaiX^-wv 
 D. /JacrtAet (SacnXcv-crt 
 A. ^aaiXi-d ^acriXcts 
 V. jSao-tAev ^acrt\cts 
 
 So 6 yovevs, 6 icptvs. 
 
 6. Stems ending in a diphthong (tw, av, ov) ; as, 6 /SawiXcus, 
 king, r/ va9s, ship (only Acts xxvii. 41), 6 ^ /Sous, ox, cow. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 ^OVS 
 
 /3d-tS 
 
 vav^ 
 
 v^-es 
 
 Po-6<i 
 
 fio-ixiv 
 
 V€-ok 
 
 vtwv 
 
 (3o-c 
 
 (3ov-(ri 
 
 vrj-i 
 
 vau-tri 
 
 (3ovv 
 
 ((36-as) /Sous 
 
 vavv 
 
 vai's 
 
 fiov 
 
 )8o'-cs 
 
 vav 
 
 J-lJ-CS 
 
 41. Irregular Nouns of the Third Declension. 
 
 1. yovv, G. -yoruT-os, A. plur. yovara \ yvvrj, Gr. yvcatKos, D. yi^ 
 vaiKi, A. yui/aiKa, V. ywai ; plur. yuvatKcs^ etc. ', Zeus, G. Atds, 
 A. Ata ; Kvwv, G. Kuvds, etc. ; plur. N. Kvve<;, D. KV<ri, A. kiWs ; 
 fidprv?, jxaprvpo';, etc. ; plur. /xaprupes, dat. /xapTva-i ; opi/is, opvi^os j 
 ovs, wTos, ojri, etc. ; plur. wra, wTwv, oicrt, etc. ; v8(x}p, vSaros, vSari, 
 etc. ; vSara, vSdTOJV, ilSacrt J ydAa, ydAaKTos. 
 
 1. The nouns of the third declension are irregular chiefly in 
 the nominative. The most important of these are to yovv, knee, 
 Tj yvvTj, woman, 6 Zcu?, Jupiter, 6 (Jj) kvwv, dog, 6 fidprv^, witness, 
 6 (17) op VIS, fowl, TO ovs, ear, t6 vSwp, water, to ydXa, milk-
 
 NEW TESTAMENT USAGE. 421 
 
 42. New Testament Usage. 
 
 1. ^fxicrv, r)fJA(rov? (for T//xicreos) ; A. [ilur. roi's apxif^p€L<;, tovs 
 ypaitfjMTU.'i, Toi's- yoi'ers, tov^ Upeis, tovs iTrn-ci-, ; G. plur. twv opimv. 
 Rev. vi. 15; Kapvov ;^€tAtwf, Heb. xiii. 15. 
 
 2. TTjv KAeir, Rev. iii. 7 ; rijv (cAtida, Luke xi. 52 ; ras kAcis, 
 Rev. i. ] 8 ; ras kAciSu?, Matt. xvi. 19. 
 
 3. N. Mwvfrrj<;, G. Mwuo-c'ws, D. MwufTfi or Mwvcttj, Acts vii. 44 ; 
 A. Miava-r/v or Mwucrea, Luke xvi. 29; 'lepoaoXvfia, neut. plur. 
 2(1 declen. (i. 19) ; ' UpoaoXviJia (fern. sing, only in Matt. ii. o) ; 
 'lepova-aKy/x indeclinable. 
 
 1. Rare forms occur in declension. 
 
 Singular. In ]\Iark vi. 23, we have the genitive ^/xtVous, half, 
 from the neuter, ypMrv. 
 
 Plural. In the accusative of contracts in cvs we always have 
 CIS instead of cus (§ 40, 6) ; tlio genitive of the neuter nouns to 
 npn<i mountain, and to x"^os, lip, remains uncontracted (§ 40, 4). 
 
 2. Anomalous nouns. 
 
 Of r; kXci's, ke^, we have two forms in the accusative singular 
 and plural. 
 
 ?>. In the declension of Proper Names of this declension much 
 irregularity exists. The word o Mow(rrj<;, Moses, is decilined in 
 two w;tys. The name of Jcrusiilrm, is found in a threefold form. 
 Many llr-brew I'roper Names which might have been inllected 
 according to the third declension are used in the LXX, and in 
 the N. T. as indeclinable.
 
 422 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 III. ADJECTIVES. 
 43. Declension of Adjectives. 
 
 dya^os, -r;, -6v ; dSiKOs, -os, -ov ; aXrjOrj'i, -t;?, -e's } awtfypwv, -wv, -ov ; 
 yAuKus, -eta, -i' ) ttSs, Trucra, ttSv. 
 
 Adjectives are inflected as substantives. In respect to form, 
 adjectives are divided into three classes : 
 
 1. Those of the^rs^ and second declensions ; 
 
 2. Those of the third declension ; 
 
 3. Those of the^;'s^ and thi7'd declensions. 
 
 The first class comprises adjectives of the Vowel-Declension 
 (§ 27, 2, a), and classes two and three comprise adjectives of the 
 Consonant-Declension (§ 27, 2, b). 
 
 44. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions. 
 1. Sing. 2. Sing. 
 
 N. 
 
 o-oc^-ds 
 
 
 -ov 
 
 G. 
 
 cro<^oG 
 
 -^s 
 
 -ov 
 
 D. 
 
 o"0(^(3 
 
 ■V 
 
 -iO 
 
 A. 
 
 (TOf^OV 
 
 -tJv 
 
 -ov 
 
 V. 
 
 aocft-e 
 
 Flur. 
 
 
 -ov 
 
 N. 
 
 (ro<f)-oi 
 
 -ai 
 
 -a 
 
 G. 
 
 (TOffj-WV 
 
 -ii)V 
 
 SiV 
 
 D. 
 
 (TO(f>-oi<; 
 
 -ais 
 
 -ots 
 
 A. 
 
 aoffy-ov^ 
 
 -d^ 
 
 -a 
 
 V. 
 
 (TO(fi-OL 
 
 -ai 
 
 -a 
 
 8t'»cai-os 
 
 -a 
 
 -01' 
 
 hiKai-ov 
 
 -as 
 
 -ou 
 
 8iKai-w 
 
 -a 
 
 
 8lKaL-0V 
 
 -av 
 
 -ov 
 
 SlKaL-C 
 
 -a 
 
 -ov 
 
 Plur. 
 
 
 SiVat-oi 
 
 -at 
 
 -a 
 
 ZiKai-wiV 
 
 -mv 
 
 -cov 
 
 StKat'-ois 
 
 -ais 
 
 -ois 
 
 8tKat'-ous 
 
 -as 
 
 -a 
 
 SiKat-oi 
 
 -at 
 
 -a 
 
 3. ap-)(6ix€vo%, yevd/i,evos, ipxofJ-tvo^, aTrctrTaX/xevos. 
 
 4. dStKos, -OS, -ov ; dSoK t/AOS, -OS, -ov ; dSvvaros, -os, -ov J d/cd^apros, 
 -OS, -ov. 
 
 1. This is the most numerous class. The masculine and 
 neuter are of the second declension, and the feminine, usually
 
 ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 423 
 
 of the first. Thus the nominative singular ends in -os, -rj, -ov ; 
 as, (ro(f>6s, (TO(f)ri, (Toffiov, wise. 
 
 2. Stems eiading in a vowel or p have the feminine nom. in 
 -d; as, SiKatos, SiKaia, Si'icaioj/, just. 
 
 3. All participles in -os are declined like cro^os. 
 
 4. Some adjectives in -os, especially compounds, have the same 
 ending in the feminine as in the masculine. They have only 
 two endings, -OS and -w, and are declined like (ro(/)ds, omitting the 
 feminine. 
 
 45. Contracts of the First and Second Declensions. 
 
 Sinff. Plur. 
 
 N. ;^ucr-ovs -rj -ovv 
 
 G. ^jvcr-oO -^s -ov 
 
 D. yj)V<T-iO -j] -iO 
 
 A. ;(pucr-orii' -TJv -ovv 
 So (dpyt'peos) dpyvpovs ; (aTrXdos) (iTrXovs ; hut (rrep-cos -ect -cov. 
 
 1. Adjectives in -tos and -oos are contracted, hut they occur 
 very seldom in the N. T. They are declined like (xpvcnos) xp"- 
 o-ous, (^)V<T€u) )(f)varj, ()(pv(Ttoi') xpvaovv, (joldeil. 
 
 No IE 1. Tlie final syllalilo of these adjectives, when contracted, is cir- 
 cuniflcxed throughout. 
 
 NoTK 2. In Kev. i. 13, we have in the accusative singular XP*"^^" ^^^ 
 Xpvtrfiv. 
 
 46. Adjectives of the Third Declension. 
 
 ^va-OL 
 
 -a I 
 
 -a 
 
 )(pvcr-wv 
 
 -{JJV 
 
 -u>v 
 
 )(pv(r-ot<; 
 
 -ats 
 
 -ois 
 
 )^va-ovs 
 
 -as 
 
 -a 
 
 1 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 2. Sing. 
 
 
 
 Masc. & Feui. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 Masc. & Fem. 
 
 Neut, 
 
 N. 
 
 a\r]6rj<i 
 
 -es 
 
 atoffipow 
 
 -ov 
 
 G. 
 
 aKr]0(i()';)ov^ 
 
 -ovs 
 
 (Tii)(f)pnvo% 
 
 -OI/OS 
 
 D. 
 
 ('i\r)0(ii)f.t 
 
 •ti 
 
 fTlltff)pOVl 
 
 -OVl 
 
 A. 
 
 aXr)0(i<i)rj 
 
 f 
 
 aii'ttftpova 
 
 -ov 
 
 V. 
 
 ,L\r}ei': 
 
 f 
 
 -«5 
 
 <Tw<f»pov 
 
 -OV
 
 424 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. V. dXrjO(4(s)€h -(ca)^ 
 
 G. dXrj6(^iwv)wv -wv 
 
 D. aXr^uiiTi -ecrt 
 
 Plur. 
 
 (T<i)<f)pov€s -ova 
 
 au}tf}pov(j)v -ovtav 
 
 (r(j)<f)poaL -otri 
 
 ao)(f>povas -ova 
 
 1. These are of two endings, the feminine being the same as 
 the masculine. Most of these end in -ri<; and -e<s, or in -wv and -ov. 
 Thej are declined like oAt/^j/s, aXrjOts, true, and criixftptuv, (rwfftpov, 
 sober-minded. 
 
 47. Adjectives of the First and Third Declensions. 
 
 1. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 o^vs 
 
 -eia 
 
 -V 
 
 G. 
 
 ofe'os 
 
 -etas 
 
 -cos 
 
 D. 
 
 o^€t 
 
 -6ia 
 
 -ct 
 
 A. 
 
 o^vv 
 
 -ctav 
 
 
 V. 
 
 o|v 
 
 -cia 
 Plur. 
 
 -V 
 
 N. 
 
 ofcis 
 
 -ciai 
 
 -ea 
 
 G. 
 
 
 -ctwv 
 
 -eW 
 
 D. 
 
 ofccrt 
 
 -€tais 
 
 -e'cri 
 
 A. 
 
 o^cis 
 
 -cias 
 
 -ea 
 
 V. 
 
 o^eis 
 
 -Etai 
 
 -ea 
 
 2. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 TTaS 
 
 iraa-a 
 
 TTav 
 
 TravTos 
 
 Trao-Tjs 
 
 TravTos 
 
 Trai/Tt 
 
 iracrr} 
 
 TravTt 
 
 iravra 
 
 iraaav 
 
 Trai* 
 
 nav 
 
 Tracra 
 Plur. 
 
 TTttV 
 
 TravTcs 
 
 Tracrai 
 
 Travra 
 
 iravTOiv 
 
 iraa-wv 
 
 TTttVTWV 
 
 TTaCTL 
 
 irdcraLs 
 
 Tracrc 
 
 TravTtts 
 
 Trao^as 
 
 TTcivra 
 
 Travres 
 
 Tracrai 
 Plur. 
 
 Trai/ra 
 
 /oie'Aavcs 
 
 fifXaivat 
 
 p-iXava 
 
 jneXafajv 
 
 fifXaivwv 
 
 etc. 
 
 p-eXdvwv 
 
 Sing. 
 N. /u.e'A.as /neAaiva p-iXav 
 G. /lAeXavos p.(Xaivq<; p.€Xavos 
 etc. 
 
 1. Some adjectives of this class end in -us, -€ia, -u, and are 
 declined like o^, o^eia, o^v, sharp. 
 
 2. Two end in -ds, ttos, a^^, and /u,e'Xas, black. Participles in 
 -as are declined like Tras.
 
 DFXLENSION OF PARTICIPLES. 
 
 425 
 
 48. Declension of Participles. 
 Sing. Flur. 
 
 N. 
 
 Xv-u)V 
 
 Xv-oucr-a 
 
 Av-ov 
 
 Ai'-oiT-es 
 
 -outr-ai 
 
 -ovT-a 
 
 G. 
 
 Xv-OVT-)<i 
 
 Xv-ovcr-T^S 
 
 A)>-OVT-OS 
 
 \v-niT-(j)V 
 
 -OV(T-OiV 
 
 -OVT-WV 
 
 D. 
 
 Au-OfT-l 
 
 Au-ovct-t; 
 
 Al^-OrT-l 
 
 Xv-mj-at 
 
 -oi'(7-ats 
 
 -uv-a-i 
 
 A. 
 
 \v-ovr-a 
 
 Ar-oi>rr-ai' 
 
 Ai'-oi/ 
 
 Xv-Ol'T-IIS 
 
 -oi'cr-as 
 
 -ovT-a 
 
 2. 
 
 
 Shi'J. 
 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 tlLO-OV^ 
 
 -ov(Ta 
 
 -ov 
 
 S18-OVTCS 
 
 -oflfTttl 
 
 -ovra 
 
 G. 
 
 ht6-6vTO<; 
 
 -ovcrr]<; 
 
 -OVTO% 
 
 SiS-ovrwi/ 
 
 -oucrwv 
 
 -OVTiJiV 
 
 3. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 Kvd-tk 
 
 -eio-a 
 
 -ev 
 
 Au^-eVrts 
 
 -ua-ai 
 
 -ivra 
 
 G. 
 
 X-vd-ivTos 
 
 etc. 
 
 -cVtos 
 
 Au^-cVtwi' 
 
 -eUTwv 
 etc. 
 
 -iVTlOV 
 
 4. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 SeiKf-vs 
 
 -DcTtt 
 
 -vV 
 
 SeiKV-VKTCS 
 
 : -vtrai 
 
 -vvra 
 
 G. 
 
 OUKV-llVTO^ 
 
 ; -i'o-t;? 
 
 -iVtos 
 
 SciKlz-UI/TCJl/ -UO-(7jV 
 
 -vvTtav 
 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 5. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 A«AvK-(os 
 
 -ma 
 
 -OS 
 
 AcAvK-orcs -vi.at 
 
 -OTtt 
 
 G. 
 
 XtAuK-OTOS 
 
 -uta? 
 
 -tiros 
 
 XtXvK-OTWf -VIWV 
 
 -OTWV 
 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 6. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 TifJL-fnv 
 
 -tixra 
 
 -(7)1/ 
 
 Tifi-wvTt<; 
 
 -wtrai 
 
 -MVTa 
 
 G. 
 
 TifX-U)VTO'i 
 
 etc. 
 Sing. 
 
 -WfTOS 
 
 Tlfl-tUVTIDU 
 
 -(JXTMV 
 
 etc. 
 Plur. 
 
 -(jWTUiV 
 
 ^. 
 
 (jxk-'itV 
 
 -nvira 
 
 -0?>V 
 
 (f)iX-<)WTiS 
 
 -uv(jai 
 
 -orjfT'jt 
 
 G. 
 
 <f>L\-OVVTO<i 
 
 ; -<}v<rr]<; 
 dr.. 
 
 -OUfTO? 
 
 (fuX-om/Titw 
 
 ■ -«uo-<7ji/ 
 etc. 
 
 -OUfTWI' 
 
 7. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 ifTT-liKi 
 
 -CiHTa 
 
 -OS 
 
 arTi~>T(<; 
 
 -UKTIU 
 
 -<7jTa 
 
 (;. 
 
 tr/T-0/TO? 
 
 etc. 
 
 -loTiJS 
 
 i(Tr-ij}Tu>v 
 
 -tlHTUIV 
 
 etc. 
 
 -<i»TO)|/
 
 42G ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 1. Participles in -oji/, -ovaa, -ov, are declined like Xvujv, loosing. 
 
 2. Participles in -ovs, -ovcra, -ov, are declined like StSoi's, giving. 
 
 3. Participles in -tis, -tiaa, -ev, are declined like Av^et's, loosed. 
 
 4. Participles in -us, -ucra, -vv, are declined like 8eiKi/us, showing. 
 6. Participles in -ws, -uia, -os, are declined like AcAvkws, having 
 
 loosed. 
 
 6. Participles in -awi', -eW, and -doji/, are contracted into u)v, as 
 (rifidwv) Tifjiwi'i honor i7ig, (cfuXiwv) (^tAwi', loving, (^8rjX6wv) St/Awv, 
 shoiving. The u7icontracted forms are declined like Ikwv (§ 48, 1) ; 
 the contract form St^Awi/ is declined exactly like (fnXwv. 
 
 7. The participle co-tws (from laTrjjjn), having stood, is irregular. 
 
 49. Irregular Adjectives. 
 
 1. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 liiya<i 
 
 fieydXr] 
 
 fuya 
 
 TToAus 
 
 TToXXrf 
 
 TToXv 
 
 G. 
 
 fxeydXov 
 
 /M€yaA77s 
 
 /xcyaAou 
 
 TToAAou 
 
 TToAAl/S 
 
 TToAAoD 
 
 D. 
 
 fifyaXw 
 
 fiiydXji 
 
 /xeyaAo) 
 
 TToAAw 
 
 I 
 
 TToAA^ 
 
 TToAAw 
 
 A. 
 
 /xc'yav 
 
 fjLcydXrjV 
 
 fxiya 
 
 TToAui/ 
 
 ttoAAt^i/ 
 
 TToXv 
 
 V. 
 
 ixiya 
 
 ficydXr] 
 Plur. 
 
 ixiya 
 
 TToXv 
 
 ttoAAt; 
 Plur. 
 
 TToXv 
 
 N. 
 
 fi^ydXoL 
 
 /xeyaAat 
 etc. 
 
 /xeyaAa 
 
 TToXXoi 
 
 TToXXaC 
 etc. 
 
 TToXXd 
 
 1. Some adjectives are irregular in the singular; as, ju,£'yas, 
 great, and ttoAus, much, many. 
 
 50. New Testament Usage. 
 
 1. cTTpartas ovpaviov, Luke ii. 13. 
 
 2. CIS ^wr]v aldiviov, iv. 14. 
 
 3. r/ cAttis fSe/Saia, 2 Cor. i. 6 ; ra TcVva t^s e'p^/xou, Gal. iv. 27 ; 
 ai (TOLjxoi, Matt. XXV. 10 ; eis (TWTrjpiav ctoi'/at^v, 1 Pet. i. 5 ; oatous 
 j^cipas, 1 Tim. ii. 8 ; Tpis o/xoiosj Rev. iv. 3.
 
 COMPAEISON OP ADJECTIVES. 427 
 
 1. Adjectives of three terminations, particularly those in -to?, 
 are used as adjectives of only two terminations. 
 
 2. Aiwi/ios has usually but two terminations, the exceptions 
 are 2 Thess. ii. 16, and Heb. ix. 12. 
 
 3. Contrary to general Attic usage, /Se/Satos has three endings, 
 while ipijixos has but two ; €toi/u,os fluctuates between three end- 
 ings and two ; there is also one example of oo-tos and of o/ioios, 
 with two terminations. 
 
 51 Comparison of Adjectives. 
 
 1. TTICTTOS faithful, TrtfTTO-rfpOS -T€pa -TepOV, TTLCTTO-TaTO'i •TaTrj 
 
 -rarov ; oXtjOt]^ (a\r]Oi(T-) true, a\r]6^<T-T€pos -ripa -rtpovy a\r]6^<;- 
 
 TaT09 -TOLTr] -TaTOV. 
 
 2. fro«^os Wise, rro^oj-repos -repa -rcpov, crot^w-raTO? -rarr; -rarov ; 
 a$ios worthy, d^toWcpos -repa -rcpof, afioVrarDS -TUTr) -rarov. 
 
 3. Ta;^»'5, Ta;^toji', Ta;^io-Tos } p,£yas, p.ct^wi' (for /atyiwi/), fiiyiaros ; 
 aitrypos, a•XT)^L(DV, alayiaro^. 
 
 a. Sing. Plur. 
 
 Masc. & Fciii. Neut. Masc. & Fein. Nciit. 
 
 N. fLu'Cfjiv fJ-f^C^v N.V. iiei^oves or /xti^ou? /xii^ova or /xu^u) 
 
 A. jJiuCpva or /xct'^oj fi^l^ov A. /xct^oi'a? Of /(acinous fi€i^ova or /u.€i^w 
 
 1. Most adjectives form the comparative degree by adding 
 -T£pos, -T£pf7, -Tepoi/ to the s^em, and the superlative by adding 
 
 -TttTos, -TdTT], -rarov. 
 
 2. Adjectives in -09, wiV/t short penult, lengthen o to w. 
 
 (X. These forms are declined exactly like adjectives of the 
 first and s(!con<l declensions (§ 44, 1,2). 
 
 3. A much less fr('(|uent ending of the comparative is -Iwv, -lov 
 (stem -loi/); of the su ptirlat i ve, -trrro?, -tfrT?;, -uTTOf. Thoue endings 
 are added to the root of the word, not to the stem. 
 
 a. Comjjaratives in -unv an- (Iccliticd like adjectives of the 
 third declension (§ 46). Hut the terminations -nva, -ovcs; 
 -ovas, may drop r, and be contracted into o» and ou?.
 
 428 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 52. Irregular Comparison. 
 
 2. 
 
 From Comp. Super. 
 
 avoj, up df<0Tepos (avwraTOs) 
 
 ta-(ii, within €crwTepos (ecrwraTos) 
 
 KUTW, down /CaTWTtpOS (KaTWTaTOs) 
 
 TTpd, before irp6T€po<i Trpwros 
 
 v(rT€f}Oi (varaTO's) 
 €<r\aTOS 
 
 1. 
 
 Posit. Comp. Super. 
 
 d-ya^ds /ScAtiwi/ (^cAticttos) 
 
 dya^d? Kpeiaawv Kpa.TKTTO'i 
 
 KttKOS \Up(aV (^ilpUTTO'i) 
 
 KaKOS tJ(7(TWV (ifKltTTOs) 
 
 lUKpo^ eAucrcroji/ eAa^^icTTOs 
 TToAvs TrAeiwt' or TrAetcrTos 
 
 TrAewi/ 
 KaAds KaAAtwi/ ((cdAAtcTTos) 
 
 3. KaXov i(TTtv avTw /xaWov, Mark ix. 42 ; p,aKdptdv ccrrtv fxaXXov 
 StSdvat ^ Xafx/3dv£iv, Acts XX. 35; p,dAtO"Ta yv(i)(TTr]v (?), Acts 
 xxvi. 3. 
 
 4. /xei^oTtpos, 3 John 4 ; eAa;^tcrTdT€pos, Eph. iii. 8. 
 
 1. Some adjectives are irregular in their comparison. The 
 more important are dya^ds, (/ood, Kaxds, bad, fjuKpo^, small, KaAds, 
 beautiful, and ttoAus, much, many. 
 
 2. There are a few adjectives that are defective in their com- 
 parison, being without the positive. 
 
 3. For the comparative and superlative may be used fxaXkov, 
 more, p-dAto-ra, most, with the positive. For participles this is 
 the only mode of comparison. 
 
 4. Two examples of double comparison occur in the N. T. 
 
 
 
 53. 
 
 Numerals. 
 
 
 1. 
 
 
 Cardinal. 
 
 Ordinal. 
 
 Num. Adverbs. 
 
 1 
 
 a 
 
 CIS, p.ta, (.V 
 
 TrpwTos, first 
 
 uTra^, once 
 
 2 
 
 P 
 
 hvo 
 
 8€VT€pO<; 
 
 Si's 
 
 3 
 
 y 
 
 Tpeis, Tpia 
 
 TptTOS 
 
 Tpt's 
 
 4 
 
 8' 
 
 Ttacrapes, Tco-crapa TcrapTos 
 
 TtrpaKts 
 
 5 
 
 t 
 
 TrtfTe 
 
 TTC/ATTTOS 
 
 TTtl'TdKlS
 
 CARDINAL NUMBERS. 
 
 429 
 
 
 
 Cardinal. 
 
 
 Ordinal. 
 
 Num. Adverbs. 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 u 
 
 
 CKTOS 
 
 c^a/ci? 
 
 7 
 
 r 
 
 £7rTa 
 
 
 l/38o/ios 
 
 eTTTaKis 
 
 8 
 
 v 
 
 s / 
 
 OKTlit 
 
 
 oy8oos 
 
 OKTriKl? 
 
 9 
 
 0' 
 
 ivvea 
 
 
 £»'aTOS 
 
 CI'tlKl? 
 
 10 
 
 I 
 
 SeKa 
 
 
 ScKaros 
 
 8£KU(C19 
 
 11 
 
 la 
 
 cvScKa 
 
 
 evStKaros 
 
 CI'StKClKtS 
 
 12 
 
 t^ 
 
 8it)6eKa 
 
 
 SwSc'/faTO? 
 
 SwSeKa/ci? 
 
 13 
 
 'V 
 
 TpitTKaihcKa 
 
 TpKTKaiStKaTO? 
 
 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 20 
 
 / 
 K 
 
 eiKoa-i(v) 
 
 
 tlKOCTTOg 
 
 €iK0fra/ci9 
 
 30 
 
 X' 
 
 TpiuKovra 
 
 
 TpiUKO(rTO? 
 
 TplaKOVTaKl% 
 
 40 
 
 
 T€(T(TapaKOVTa 
 
 TccrcrapaKOo-Tos 
 
 Tfo-frapaKOVTciKis 
 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 .100 
 
 p 
 
 CKarov 
 
 
 CKaTO(rTo5 
 
 C/CttTOVTaKtS 
 
 200 
 
 a 
 
 HiaKoa-ioi, 
 
 -ai -a 
 
 StuKocriocrro? 
 
 SiuKO(ria»cis 
 
 300 
 
 1 
 
 T 
 
 TpiULKOaiOl 
 
 -ui -a 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 1000 
 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 ^lAioi, -ai 
 
 -a 
 
 ;(iAio(rros 
 
 ;(iXitt»ci? 
 
 2000 
 
 .P 
 
 8tcr;(iA('it, • 
 
 ■at -11 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 10000 
 
 I 
 
 flVfiUH, -Hi 
 
 -a 
 
 /AVpiOCTTOS 
 
 /xiJpiaKt? 
 
 1. riin words wliidi (^xjjres.s iiumlxT are divided into cardinal 
 and ordinal nuiiifr;il mljiM-.tives and numeral adverbs. The most 
 important are given in the accompanying table, although not all 
 of these are found in the N. T. 
 
 54. Cardinal Numbers. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 
 A. 
 
 one. 
 
 fjLKi ty 
 
 three. 
 Tpcis Tpia 
 
 TpiCiV 
 
 rpiai 
 Tpi7<; Tpia 
 
 1. The cardinal numbers frnm 1 to 4 .'hc dfrlinabbs The 
 rest are in<leclinalilc up to 200, which, with tiio <4hcr hundrt'ds 
 
 ft? 
 
 Ivo': fiiu.<; (i/o<; 
 
 rt't ptu CVl 
 
 »/ / »/ 
 
 (I'd jlAdV tV 
 
 fmir. 
 TCtrtrapc? rtwaapa 
 
 Ttrrauputv 
 
 Tttrcraptrt 
 Tfcrtrapa? rtaaapa 
 
 rpl
 
 430 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 and all the ordinals, are declined like the plural of adjectives of 
 the first and second declensions (§ 44, 1). 
 
 Note 1. Like th arc dficlined its compounds oi/Sels, no one (absolutely), 
 and yur/Sf/j, no mie (liyiKjtlu'tic;illy). 
 
 Note 2. Sio is maiidy used without inflection. The dative Sual occurs 
 nine times in N. T. 
 
 Note 3. Both is expressed by antpirepoi, -a», -a, always plural in N. T. 
 
 55. Compound Numbers. 
 
 1. Bpovoi UKOCTL Terrora/ic?, Rev. iv. 4 ; rerrn-cpaKovra Kal t^ eTCanv, 
 John ii. 20 ; eKUTov TrevrryKOVTa rptuJi/, John xxi. 11 ; St/ca Kal 
 oKToj eTT], Luke xiii. 16. 
 
 1. In compound numhers like 24, 46, the larger is placed 
 Arst, and the smaller follows, with or without the conjunction 
 Kai and. 
 
 6. Distributives and Multiplicatives. 
 
 1. Swo Svct, Mark vi. 7 ; dva Swo, Luke j. 1 ; Kara Si'o, 1 Cor. 
 xiv. 27 ; CIS Kara els, Mark xiv. 19. 
 
 2. dirXov^, simjyle • SittXoIjs, double ; /capirov tKaTovTa-TrXao-iova, 
 fruit a hundredfold, Luke viii. 8, TroXXairXaa-iova, manifold, 
 Luke xviii. 30 ; koI icfteptv eU rpiaKOVTa Kal iv k^rjKovTa koI iv 
 tKarov, Mark iv. 8 ; koL ttoiu o fxev ckotov o St i^TjKOVTa o Se rpici- 
 KovTa, Matt. xiii. 23. 
 
 Note, rfj Be fiiS. twv cra/3^uT(uv, John xx. 1 ; ry fiia o-ay3/3aTwv, 
 John XX. 19. 
 
 From the numeral stems are formed several other classes of 
 numeral words : 
 
 1. Distributives. In the N. T. the repetition of a number is 
 variously expi*essed, (1) sometimes by repeating the cardinal 
 number, (2) sometimes by adverbial constructions. 
 
 2. Multijilicatives. These end in (a) -ttXoDs and (h) -n-Xao-iW, 
 or (c) are expressed by circumlocution with a preposition, after
 
 PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 431 
 
 the manner of distributives, and (d) even sometimes by the sim- 
 ple cardinal. 
 
 Note. In expressing the day of the week, th is always used for the ordinal 
 numeral, irpwTos. This use is borrowed from the Hebrew, and is common in 
 the LXX. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. PRONOUNS. 
 
 57. Personal Pronouns. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 N. 
 
 
 (TV 
 
 avT('i<; 
 
 avTt) 
 
 auTo 
 
 G 
 
 (fiov, fiov 
 
 aov 
 
 avTov 
 
 avTrj<; 
 
 avTov 
 
 D. 
 
 ift-Ol, fJLOl 
 
 aoi 
 
 avTw 
 
 avTfj 
 
 » ^ 
 
 auTu» 
 
 A. 
 
 f/X£, fl€ 
 
 
 avToy 
 
 Plural. 
 
 avTrji' 
 
 avTO 
 
 N. 
 
 I^/XCIS 
 
 vfi€i<; 
 
 avToi 
 
 avrai 
 
 avra 
 
 G. 
 
 Ij^UiV 
 
 VflUiV 
 
 avrCyv 
 
 awToii' 
 
 avTtlv 
 
 D. 
 
 yifTLV 
 
 VfllV 
 
 auTois 
 
 aurais 
 
 auTOis 
 
 A. 
 
 >>U5 
 
 vfiaq 
 
 avroi's 
 
 aira? 
 
 airrd 
 
 Note, auro? yap iyivoia-Ktv., ii. 25 ; a auros Troift, V. 20 ; avT05 
 8e y/v xrrro^o)i>(jn' iv tu?? fpr;/xot?, Luke V. 16 ; Ka\ awTo? IfV Siodcr/cwi', 
 
 Luke V. 17. 
 
 IJndfir Pronouns we consider tlic various kinds of pronouns, 
 H) f)ersonal, (2) intensivt;, (3) nifbixive, (4) reciprocal, (5) pos- 
 sessive, (()) demonstrative, (7) relative, (8) interrogative, (9) in- 
 definite, and (10) distributive, togcfther with (11) the article. 
 
 1. Till- /icrsonal i)ronouns an- fy(i'», /, and <ti', thou. In the 
 o1)lirp)e cases, the intensive pronoun tirrus, himself, serves as a 
 personal j)ronouii of the third [xtrson, him, her, it. 
 
 NoTK. 'l'\u- noTiiiiiativc nf aur6s, wlirii iiHccl in tin; j)orHonal sense, never 
 .statids fur tlu' iiiit'ni|ihatic: hr (as Huttiiiaun nmintainH), inasmiieh lut it is al- 
 ways in sudi n rase, accorrliiif^ to VVini-r, used eithc^r (1) for .[(miis in contrast 
 with bis iU3ci|ilt's, or ('.ij witli a certain emiihauiH, or (3) in definite antithesis.
 
 432 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 58. The Intensive Pronoun. 
 
 T^j x^^a Tfj a^T^, 
 
 1. Tov avTov Xoyov etVoV, Matt. xxvi. 44 ; iv T-jj x*^ 
 Luke ii. 8 ; on iv t<2 avrti) Kpifiari el, Luke xxiii 40, 
 Note, on ravTa iirdOeTe, 1 Thess. ii. 14. 
 
 1. The intensive pronoun airo?, self, preceded by the article 
 means the same, and can then be regarded as a demonstrative 
 pronoun. 
 
 Note. In some editions of the G. T. (non -critical), we find the neuter 
 phiral TouTa, a contraction for to avrd, which must not be confounded with 
 TaCro, these. 
 
 59. Reflexive Pronouns. 
 
 1. 
 
 Tnyself. 
 
 G. 
 
 ifiavTOv -Y]<; 
 
 D. 
 
 ifxavTio -Tj 
 
 A. 
 
 efjLavTov -r/v 
 
 
 ourselves. 
 
 G. 
 
 yjltuiv avTuiv 
 
 D. 
 
 I'lfjLv auTois -ats 
 
 A. 
 
 7lfJiu<; auTOvs -as 
 
 himself, herself, itself. 
 
 eavTuv -rj<s 
 eavT(o -y 
 iavTOV -rjv -o 
 
 themselves. 
 
 €auTOts -ais 
 
 iavTov<; -as -a 
 
 thyself. 
 (reavTov ~rj<; 
 (reavrH} -^ 
 (FcavTov -rjV 
 
 yourselves. 
 
 vfiCjv avTwv 
 v/Atv auTOts -ais 
 v/i.as avTovi; -as 
 
 2. avTov ii. 24 ; iv avT<2, xiii. 32 ; fSacTTdCiDV avTw tov (TTavpov, 
 xix. 17; Trpos avToJs, XX. 10. (WH.) 
 
 3. Tr]v aydirrjv tov deov ovk (X^Te iv eavToU, V. 42 ; ovk ex^Te ^Oirjv 
 it' tawrots, vi. 53; ry/xcts /cat auroi iv cauTots crTevd^ofier, Eom. 
 viii. 23. 
 
 1. Tlie reflexive pronouns are formed from the stems of the 
 personal pronouns compounded with atuo's. They occur only in 
 the oblique cases, and in the plural of the first and second per- 
 sons the two words are written and declined separately. 
 
 2. In some editions of the G. T. the different forms of iavTov 
 are often contracted into avTov. But Bengel, Lachmann, Tischen- 
 dorf, and Tregelles, have everywhere substituted avTov, from
 
 THE ARTICLE. 433 
 
 which it can he distinguished only by the aspirate. Westcott 
 and Hort have introduced the aspirated form al>out twenty times. 
 3. The reflexive of the third person {kavrov) sometimes takes 
 the place of the reflexive of i\\fi first and second persons. 
 
 60. Reciprocal Pronouns. 
 
 1. cAeyov ow ot fiaurjTai Trpos aXA7/Aoi(?, iv. 33 ; So^av Trap' <iA./\»/- 
 Awv XdfjifidvovTi'i^ V. 44; €av aya.irqv ^XV"^ *'' ''A.\7)A.oi?, xiii. 35. 
 
 1. Of the recijyroeal pronoun, meaning each other, used only 
 in the olili(pie cases of the plural, the forms dWryXoiv (genitive), 
 uA\r;Xot9 (dative), and dXXv/Aou? (accusative), are found in the 
 N. T. 
 
 61. Possessive Pronouns. 
 
 1. £/i,o?, e/i^, ifjLOv ; rjfi€Tfpn<; -a -nv ; fro?, aiQ, crov \ v/iercpos -a -ov. 
 
 2. Tryv' So^ai/ aurov, i. 14; (u fiaOrfral avTOV, ii. 2; ry fiijTrjp avTOv, 
 ii. 5; eavToiv tu, Ifidria, Matt. xxi. 8; to.? kafiirdSwi iavTm', Matt. 
 XXV. 1 ; TO rt£ tpyov fttVToi', Gal. vi. 4. 
 
 The possessive pronouns are formed from the stems of the 
 personal pronouns; t/if-, ifjAx;, my ; ere-, (xiU, thy. 
 
 1. Tliese arc di'cliiied like adjectives of the first and second 
 declensions (§ 44, 1, 2). 
 
 2. The possessive pronouns of the first person are «/i,os, my, 
 and yfi.tT€fKK;, our ; of the second person, (nis, /////. and vfi€Tepn<;, 
 your. There is no possessive pronoun in tlic N. T. of flic fliird 
 person, the genitive case of aurrk or of tuwTou being used instead. 
 
 1. 
 
 
 
 62. 
 
 The 
 
 Article. 
 
 
 
 
 
 SllKJ. 
 
 
 
 t/ur. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 o 
 
 c 
 
 TO 
 
 * 
 
 <i'i 
 
 Td 
 
 G. 
 
 jnv 
 
 
 Toi) 
 
 ruiv 
 
 Ti'itV 
 
 TWl' 
 
 ]). 
 
 TUI 
 
 T?7 
 
 TW 
 
 Tl>7s 
 
 Tfu<; 
 
 TOl? 
 
 A. 
 
 TOl' 
 
 Tf/I' 
 
 TO 
 
 TOl'V 
 
 Td's- 
 
 Ta 
 
 1. Thf! article o, //, to, fh*", is closely allie<l to the demonstra- 
 tive pronoiuiH, heing still demonstrative in o /xii . . . <> 8c, the 
 one . . . the other.
 
 434 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 63. Demonstrative Pronouns. 
 
 OVTOt 
 
 avrat 
 
 rairra 
 
 TOVTOiV 
 
 TOVTOiV 
 
 TOUTOJV 
 
 TOUTOIS 
 
 TawTttlS 
 
 Tovrots 
 
 TOUTOUS 
 
 Tttura? 
 
 Tai;Ta 
 
 1. /Sm,7. P/t^r-. 
 N. ouTO? ai)T>; toCto 
 
 G. TOVTOV TaVTT]'; TOVTOV 
 D. TOUTO) TaVTT] TOVTU> 
 
 A. ToGrov ravTTjv tovto 
 
 2. Kui T^Sc ^v d^eXffy-q, Luke X. 39; raSc Xtyti, Acts xxi. 11. 
 
 3. ovK r]i' cKcivos to (/>(?>?, i. 8 ; ti]v 17/AEpav tKUvrjv, i. 39. 
 
 4. Tov atiTov Aoyov', Matt. xxvi. 44 ; 6 auro? Kvpio?, 1 Cor. xii. 5. 
 
 5. too"oi)tos Tocrawrrj rocroDro ; roiovros TOiavrr) tolovto ; ttjAikoi^to? 
 Tr]XLKavT7] ttjXlkovto. 
 
 1. The most important demo7istrative pronouns are : 
 
 oSf, ry8c, ToSe, <Ais (here). 
 oStos, avri;, toOto, #Ai's (near). 
 cKcivos, lK€Lvrj, eKelvo, that (yonder). 
 6 auTo?, •i^ avTi'i, Tu avTo, the same. 
 
 2. oSe is formed from the article, and is declined like it (§ 62), 
 with -St added to each form. 
 
 3. eKfti/os is declined like airos (§ 57, 1). 
 
 4. 6 auTos is the intensive pronoun awros, self, with the article 
 (§62,1). 
 
 5. The demonstrative pronouns of quantity, too-oSto?, so great, 
 of quality, toioCto?, smcA, and of degree, TrjkiKovTo<;, so great, are 
 declined like oSro?. 
 
 64. Relative Pronouns. 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 OS 
 
 V 
 
 t 
 
 
 ot 
 
 ai 
 
 G. 
 
 ov 
 
 v^ 
 
 ov 
 
 Sv 
 
 wv 
 
 D. 
 
 
 V 
 
 (1> 
 
 ok 
 
 at? 
 
 A. 
 
 Of 
 
 
 
 
 ovs 
 
 Ss 
 
 2. olos -a -ov ; ocros ->^ -oi' ; ^Aikos -■>; -oi'. 
 
 a 
 
 f 
 
 tUl' 
 
 01?
 
 INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 
 
 435 
 
 1. Tlie relative pronoun is os, rj, o, who, which. 
 
 2. The derivative relative pronouns of quality, oloq, such as, 
 of quantity, oo-o?, so great as, of number, oo-oi (plural of otroi;), .so 
 many as, of degree, ryXiVo?, of what a size, are declined like ad- 
 jectives of the first and second declensions (§ 44, 1, 2). 
 
 
 M. F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 Tt's 
 
 / 
 
 Tl 
 
 (r. 
 
 TiVos 
 
 
 D. 
 
 TtVl 
 
 
 A. 
 
 TlVu 
 
 Tl 
 
 65. Interrogative Pronouns. 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 TtVf; TiVa 
 
 TiViDl' 
 
 Ti'trt 
 
 Tiva? Tiva 
 
 2. TTOtrO? -1^ -OV j TTOIO?, TTOIU, TTOLOV J OTTOIOS, OTTOtO, OTTOtOl/ j TTTfjXl- 
 KO? -t; -OV. 
 
 1. Tlie interrogative pronoun is ti<;, rt, who? which? 
 
 a. The acute accent of rk, tl, interrogative, never changes 
 to the grave. 
 
 2. Other interrogative pronouns, denoting quantity, ttoo-o?, 
 hotr great? quality, ttoio?, of what kind? inroio^, of what kind? 
 number, ttoitoi, how many? degree, tty^XiVo?, how great? are all 
 declined like adjectives of the lirst and second declensions (§ 44, 
 1,2). 
 
 66. Indefinite Pronouns. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 
 M. F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 N. 
 
 Tl? 
 
 Tl 
 
 Tll'CS" Tim 
 
 (;. 
 
 TlVO? 
 
 
 TIVMV 
 
 1). 
 
 TlVl 
 
 
 Turi 
 
 A. 
 
 rivi'i. 
 
 Tl 
 
 Tims Tiyii
 
 430 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 2. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 
 Plv/r. 
 
 
 
 M. 
 
 ¥. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 OCTTIS 
 
 ^TtS 
 
 Tl 
 
 OlTlVtS 
 
 a'Tti/cs 
 
 ttTtva 
 
 G. 
 
 OVTtVOS 
 
 i^OTlVOS 
 
 OlJTtVOS 
 
 WVTtVWV 
 
 JjVTtI/<OI/ 
 
 (LvTlVtOV 
 
 D. 
 
 WTIVI 
 
 rJTivi 
 
 wnvt 
 
 oto-Ticri 
 
 aifTTio-t 
 
 oIo-TKri 
 
 A. 
 
 OVTLVa 
 
 ■nvTiva 
 
 Tl 
 
 ouo-Tivas 
 
 ao-Ttvas 
 
 anva 
 
 a. eojs oTov iifiwvrjcrav rows yovct? airoD, ix. 18. 
 
 3. virdyere €ts t^v ttoXiv Trpo? tov Seiva, Matt. xxvi. 18. 
 
 The indefinite pronouns are ti?, tI, any one, some one, the in- 
 definite rehitive, octtis, ryn?, o rt, whoever, whichever, and Sava, 
 «McA a one. 
 
 1. The indefinite rts, ti, is declined like the interrogative tc'?, 
 Tt', (§ 65, 1), hut is enclitic. 
 
 2. ocTTis is formed by uniting the relative os with the indefi- 
 nite Tis, each being separatel}^ declined. 
 
 a. The genitive masculine singular is sometimes written 
 oTov, used in the N. T. only in the adverbial phrase, 
 co>s OTOV, until. 
 
 3. Seii/a is used with the article and occurs in the N. T. only 
 once. 
 
 67. Distributive Pronouns. 
 
 1. aXXos, aXXif], aX\o. 
 
 2. €T€pO^ -d -OV ; CKaCTTOS -nr) -ov. 
 
 3. fir] TO. eauToiv cKacTTOt ctkottovvtcSj dWa kol to. IripuiV cKacTToi, 
 Phil. ii. 4. 
 
 The distrihiitive pronouns are (iXko<;, another (numerically^), 
 plural aAAru, others; cT(po<;, other (different), plural tVfpoi, others ; 
 e/caoTTOs, each. 
 
 1. aXAos is inflected like aiVo? (§ 57, 1). 
 
 2. hef)n<; and €Ka(rTo^ are declined like adj(^ctives of the first 
 and second declensions (§ 44, 1, 2). 
 
 3. cKtto-Tos in the N. T. is used only in the singula?', with two 
 doubtful exceptions.
 
 COKRELATION OF PRONOUNS. 
 
 437 
 
 68. Correlation of Pronouns. 
 
 
 ISIEEBOGATIVE. 
 
 Indefinite, 
 
 Demonstrative. 
 
 Relative. 
 
 SiMFLB. 
 
 Tis, taho ? 
 
 tW, some one. 
 (oo-Tis, vihoecer) 
 hilva., such a one. 
 
 6ie, this (here). 
 ovTO's, this (utai) 
 eiceii/09, that (youilti). 
 6 auTos, the same. 
 
 bt, who. 
 oiTTis, which. 
 
 COMPARA- 
 TIVB. 
 
 iTOTepo?, which of 
 two/' 
 
 (oAAo?, another.) 
 
 cTEpos, the other. 
 (eicatrTO?, each) 
 
 
 yUANIlTY. 
 
 TTocro?, hvw much .' 
 hiiw many ? 
 
 
 TO(70uTO?, so much, 
 so miiny 
 
 bao?, as much as, 
 as many as. 
 
 QUALITT. 
 
 irotov, of what kind ' 
 
 
 Towaie, such. 
 ToioOros, such. 
 
 olos, such as. 
 onolo^, of such kind. 
 
 Deobee. 
 
 ir>)A(Kot, how large.' 
 how great ? 
 
 
 ttjAikoCtos, so large, 
 so great. 
 
 riKiKOi, how great, 
 huw little. 
 
 The table given above shows the correspondence, in form and 
 meaning, of the most important correlative pronouns that occur 
 in the N. T.
 
 438 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 V. THE VERB. 
 
 69. The Voices. 
 
 1. Act. Xvti>, I loosen; mid. Xvo/Aat, I loosen myself; pass. 
 Xvofxai, I am loosened. 
 
 2. Middle dejjonents : avuKeifjcai, to recline at table; Be^oixaL, 
 to receive, 1 aor. litiiavro, iv. 45. Passive dej^netits : ftov\ofj.ai, 
 to wish, 1 aor. i(3ov\rj0r], Matt. i. 19 ; SiW/xai, to be able, 1 aor. 
 
 ■))8vvr]dr](rav. Matt. xvii. 16. 
 
 1. The Greek verb has three voices, active, middle, and passive. 
 
 2. Many verbs are used only in one voice. Those verbs 
 that have no active voice are called dejjonent, and they may be 
 either middle or passive in form. If the aorist (sometimes fu- 
 ture) is of the middle form, they are called middle deponents j 
 if of the passive form, passive deponents. 
 
 70. The Moods. 
 
 1. Ind. : Koi TO <^(US Iv Tjj (TKOTLO. C^ttlVci, i. 5 ; OVTOS rfXBiV eis 
 
 fiapTVf)ia.v, i. 7. 
 
 Sicbj. : TTod^v dyopacrw/ACf aprous iva (fidywaiv ovtol , vi. 5 ; cdv tis 
 4>oyr) Ik tovtov toi) apTOV t,rjaf.L eis tov auava, yi. 51 | iva fiapTvprjarj 
 
 TTCpi TOV </)WTOS, iva TTOIVTCS Tn(TT€VaW(TLV 8t avTOV, 1. 7. 
 
 Op<. : Koi SteXoyi^cTo TroraTros ct?; 6 Sairacrfxos ovtos, Luke i. 29 ; 
 TO Ti ai/ OiXoi Ka\f.i(T6aL avro, Luke i. 62. 
 
 Imper. : tyw ci/xi, /x^ tfioftelade, vi. 20 ; TraTcp, o-wo-ov p-t e/c t^s 
 wpas TauTT/?, xii. 27. 
 
 2. /n/l : TTpo Tou (re ^iA-ittttov (fioyvrjrraL, i. 48. 
 
 Part. : av^pwTros aTrco-TaXp-cVos Trapa ^cor), i. 6 ; o <^toTt^£i iravra 
 avOpuyirov Ip^^pixtvov tts Tof KO(rp.ov, i. 9. 
 
 There are five moods, the indicative, subjunctive, optative, im- 
 perative, and infiyiitive. To the moods must be added ^aj'^icj'p^es 
 of all the principal tenses.
 
 THE TENSES. 
 
 439 
 
 1. The first four moods are called finite moods. The Indica- 
 tive asserts simply or absolutely, the Subjunctive asserts condi- 
 tionally, the Optative is a more vague and less distinct form of 
 expression than the Subjunctive (it is in fact the Subjunctive of 
 the historical tenses), the Imperative commands. 
 
 Note. Iu their inllection, the finite moods in the N. T. distinguish two 
 numbers, singular and plural, and three persons, first, second, and third. 
 
 2. The Infinitive and Participle partake of the nature of 
 nouns, the infinitive being an indeclinable substantive, and the 
 participle an adjective of three endings. 
 
 71. The Tenses. 
 
 
 i.vdekinite 
 Action. 
 
 Continued 
 Action. 
 
 Completed 
 Action. 
 
 Present 
 time. 
 
 
 Present, 
 
 yiiufjiii), 
 
 I am writing. 
 
 Perfect, 
 y€yi>a(f>a, 
 
 I have written. 
 
 Past 
 time. 
 
 Aorist, 
 (ypuipa, 
 
 I wrote. 
 
 Imperfect, 
 
 iyfinfftm', 
 
 J was ivriting. 
 
 Pbtpcrfect, 
 
 cycy/)a</»€(i', 
 
 1 had written. 
 
 Future 
 timi'. 
 
 Future, 
 / shall tvrite. 
 
 
 Future Perfect, 
 
 yiypii^trai. 
 
 It will have 
 
 been, written. 
 
 1. lixmv \n present, past, 'Awd futun, \m\ in (Jrcck tlie tense.s 
 do not merely di.stinguiHh time, hh in lOnglish. An action in 
 relation to it.'* own progroHS may In- rcg.irdi'd as indrjinifr {i. e.
 
 440 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 as simply brought to pass), as continued or imperfect (i. e. as 
 going ou), or as completed or perfect {i.e. finished). Of the 
 nine possible tenses the Greek language has seven as indicated 
 in the table. 
 
 72 General View of the Tenses. 
 Active. 
 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Pakticii'LE. 
 
 Pies. 
 
 I am believing. 
 
 ■jrlctTiVi, 
 believe (contin- 
 uously). 
 
 TTKTrei/eiJ', 
 to be believing. 
 
 TTlCTfOWy, 
 
 believing. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 iirlcTTevov, 
 I ivas believing. 
 
 
 
 
 Fut. 
 
 nicrevaii), 
 I shall believe. 
 
 
 ■WKJTe'uceiv, 
 
 to be about to 
 
 believe. 
 
 TTiaTfmwv, 
 about to believe. 
 
 1 Aor. 
 
 2 Aor. 
 
 iirlarevaa, 
 I believed. 
 
 fKiirov, 
 I left. 
 
 irldTevcrov, 
 
 believe (at once). 
 
 X/7re, 
 
 Jea,vc thou 
 
 (at once). 
 
 iriaTevaat, 
 to believe. 
 
 Xiireij', 
 
 to leave. 
 
 TTKTTfVffaS, 
 
 luiving believed. 
 
 \nrwv, 
 having left. 
 
 Perf. 
 2 Perf. 
 
 ireiricTevKa, 
 I have believed,. 
 
 \i\onra, 
 I have left. 
 
 TTfTTi.(TT(VKe 
 
 have believed 
 (permanent). 
 
 ireiriffrevK^vai, 
 to have believed. 
 
 XeXotTreVat, 
 to have left. 
 
 having now 
 believed. 
 XeXoiTTws, 
 
 having now 
 left. 
 
 Plup. 
 2 Plup. 
 
 [e)irein<jTe{>Keiv, 
 I had believed. 
 
 I luid left. 
 
 

 
 INFLECTION AND THE VERB-STEM. 441 
 
 1. The general meaning and use of each tense is shown in the 
 table. 
 
 2. Of the seven tenses, the iynperfect ^\\A i^luperfect are found 
 only in the indicative, and the future perfect belongs regularly 
 to the passive voice. 
 
 3. The meaning of the various forms of the subjunctive and 
 optative are not given because they cannot be fully understood 
 until the constructions are explained in the Syntax. 
 
 4. The future and future perfect are wanting in the subjunc- 
 tive and imperative. 
 
 5. Those tenses of the indicative {present, future, perfect, and 
 future perfect) which oxjiress present and future time, are called 
 jjrimari/ or princijial tenses; the tenses {Imperfect, aorist, and 
 pluperfect) which express past time are called secondary or his- 
 torical tenses. 
 
 G. No Greek verb has all these tenses. Many verbs have 
 tenses known as the second aorist (all voices), the second jjcrfect 
 and pluperfect (active), and the second, future (passive) ; but very 
 few verbs have both the first and second form of the same tense. 
 
 73. Inflection, the Root, and the Verb-Stem. 
 
 1. From the root n- we have riw, rtVw, rifxaw, Tifir), ri/xtos, rt- 
 
 2. Pros. \i'-fii, I loosen ; imp. l-\v-or, I was looseninrj ; fut. Xi'-fro^, 
 I shall loosen ; aor. t-Xw-rra, I loosened; pi-rf. At-Ai-K.i. I have loos- 
 ened; pliipcrf. l-\i-\v-K(.iv, I had loosened ; fut. perf. Xt-Xv-a-ofxai, 
 I shall have been loosened. 
 
 3. 4>aiv-u., i. 5; i-t^av-i]. Matt. i. 20; K<ii).pav-ui\ iii. 27; 
 l-\a(i-„v, i. 12. 
 
 4. Au-o), Ti'-o), TriTTCu'-ir), ftnvXtv-u), SouAfu-o», flxon-oi, iriiu'lirjTa-ij), 
 rifJ.d-o>, 0iAc-o>, I'lyand-w, ulrt-ui, Otn-<iiiai, TTfue'-w ; fiXiv-u), KpuTTT-oi,
 
 442 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 Tp€<fi-ui ; ay-w, €x-o), Aey-co ; itu6-w, i/'evS-oyu.ai ; dyycW-co, fidXX-w, 
 Kf)Lv-(o, (fiaiv-w. 
 
 In the inflection of verbs we distinguish between (1) the root, 
 (2) the vtrh-stem, (3) the aurjment, (4) tlie rediqdication, (5) the 
 tense-stem, (6) the mood suffixes, and (7) the endings which mark 
 the persons and numbers. 
 
 1. A root is the fundamental (primitive) part of a word. 
 
 2. The verb-stem is often identical with the root, but generally 
 consists of a root with a suffix added. 
 
 3. The stem which is the basis of the present and imperfect 
 is often not the same as the stem which appears in some of the 
 other tenses. In such cases the simpler and most primitive stem 
 is called the simple stem. 
 
 4. Verbs are called vowel-verbs {pure), mute-verbs (including 
 labial., 2)alatal, and Ungual verbs), or liquid-verbs, according as 
 their stems end in a vowel, a mute, or a liquid. 
 
 74. The Augment. 
 
 1. cycvero \ ifxaprvprjcTcv ] (rvv-tTedcivTo, ix. 22. 
 
 2. tXa/Sov, l(TKr)Via<Tf.v, e/JaTrrt^cv ; rfyaTrrjaev, iii. 16, ^Koucrev, iii. 
 32, ^yayev, 1. 42. 
 
 3. ipva-aro, 2 Tim. iii. 11, ipvaOrji', 2 Tim. iv. 17. 
 
 4. ^/AcXXcv, iv. 47, tjxeXXfi', vi. 71. rj^ivvam, ix. 33, cSwVaTO, xi. 
 37. e/?ovXcTO, Acts XV. 37, iftovXrjd-qv, 2 John 12. 
 
 5. SeStoKCKrav, xi. 57, TrtTroiT/Kcicrav, Mark xv. 7, 7r£7ri(rTcuKCt(rav, 
 Acts xiv. 23. 
 
 6. dyaTrao), rjyairria-iv, iii. 16. cyeipci, V. 21, iqyupiv, xii. 1. 
 6/AOiow, wfJiOL<j)dr]v. av^dvfir, iii. 30, rjv^avev, Acts vi. 7. 
 
 7. KardyvvfJii, 1 aor. Karta^ar, xix. 32, 33. dvoiyw, 1 aor. dv€wia, 
 ix. 14, also rjveio^fv (WH), ix. 17, 32. taw, 1 aor. eiao-a. Matt. 
 Xxiv. 43. exo), impf. €t;(or.
 
 THE AUGMENT. 443 
 
 8. (vBoKYjo-a and yjvSuKrjcra, 1 Cor. X. 5. ev)^apicrTr](Ta and 
 r]v)(api(TTr](ru, Rom. i. 21. €VKaipovv (impf.), Mark vi. 31; and 
 rjvKaipovv, Acts xvii. 21. 
 
 9. avafjuivu), 2 HOT, dvifSrjv ; eicrcp^o/xut, 2 aoi". cicrrjkuov. tirpo- 
 «/)7/TCTj(ra ; Kadi^w, 1 aor. tKaOura ; Ka0ev8o), impf. iKuOevSuv. ui/oiyw, 
 1 aor. TjuoL^a, also dfcoj^a, ix. 14, also ^i/ecu^u, ix. 17, 32. dTro- 
 Ka6-L(jTr}fjii, 2 aor. a-mKaTfo-Trjv, Mark viii. 25 ; 1 aor. pass. dirtKa- 
 Tto-Tu^T/i', Mark iii. 5. 
 
 10. £7rato-;(iVo/xat, 1 aor. iTnjrr)(vv6r)v, also eTrato-^^ui'^r/i/, 2 Tim. 
 i. 16. dnY'^ow, 1 aor. avoipOuiira, 1 aor. pass. arwpOwOrjv, also 
 
 avopdw6r]v, Luke xiii. 13 (iu critical editions, but not WH). 
 
 1. The augment is the sign of past time. It belongs, there- 
 fore, to the historical tenses (imperf., aor., pluperf.), in the ind. 
 
 2. There are two kinds of augment, the syllabic, made by 
 prefixing c- to verbs beginning with a consonant, and the tempo- 
 ral, made by lengthening the first syllable of verbs beginning 
 with a vowel or a diphthong. 
 
 3. The doubling of p after the augment, which is so common 
 in classical Greek, has sometimes been neglected in the N. T. 
 
 4. With fj.iWisi intC7id, and 8i''va/^.ai am able, botli kinds of aug- 
 ment are used. But ftovX-ofiaL wish (in critical texts) always 
 uses the simple augment. 
 
 5. For the most part the syllabic augment is dropped in the 
 pluperfect. 
 
 6. The temporal augment lengthens the initial vowels a and c 
 into r/, and t, o, v become i, w, v, while the diphthongs lengthen 
 their ^rs^ vowel. 
 
 7. A few verbs beginning with a vowel take the .•syllabic aug- 
 ment. Tliis with c is contracted into ci. 
 
 8. Verbs beginning with tw have sometimes tv and at times r/v. 
 
 9. In compound verbs, the augment follows the pr('i)osition. 
 Tn a few verbs the augment, however, is placed before, and some 
 have both augments. 
 
 10. A ff)w virbs onjit the temporal augment.
 
 444 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 75. Reduplication. 
 
 1. XvM, Ac-AuKa, ypdffxa, y4-ypa<fia. Oeiio/iai, perf. reOeafxai, i. 32. 
 (f)av€p6w, pass. perf. rrifjiapepoyfxaL, Rom. ill. 21. ^api^ofxaL, mid. 
 
 perf. K()(^iipL(rfxai, 2 Cor. ii. 10. 
 
 2. aTrjpi^o}, pass. perf. la-Ty)piyp.ai, Luke xvi. 26. ^rfpaivta, pass, 
 perf. 3 pers. sing, l^ripavrai, Mark xi. 21 ; piiTTw, pass. perf. 3 pers. 
 sing. IppiTTTai, Luke xvii. 2, pass. perf. part. cpi/Ae'io?, Matt. ix. 
 36 ; but pass. perf. part. pepavTia-fxevoL, Heb. x. 22. 
 
 3. eA.7rt^oj, perf. ^\7rtKa, V. 45. alpu), perf. -^pKo, Col. ii. 14, pass, 
 perf. part, rjp/ievo'i, xx. 1. 
 
 4. cLKovo}, perf. aKrJKoa, iv. 42 ; iXavvio, perf. part. iXrjXaKw'i, vi. 
 
 19 ; aTT-oAAu/ixi, 2 perf. act. part. dTroAwAw?, Matt. x. 6. 
 
 5. XaixfSiiiw, perf. uXr](f)a, part. (iX7]<f)w<;, pass. perf. 3 pers. sing. 
 £t\j;7rTai, viii. 4 (margin) ; perf. uprjKa, I have said, vi. 65 ; plu- 
 perf. dprjKf.iv, xi. 13. 
 
 6. fxifivrjaKd), perf. fiifjLvrjfiai. 
 
 The rechqdication is the sign of completed action. It belongs 
 therefore to the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect, in all the 
 moods (see § 72), in which these tenses are found. 
 
 1. Verbs beginning with a consonant repeat that consonant 
 with e, but a rough mute becomes smooth in reduplication. 
 
 2. Verbs beginning with two consonants (except a mute and 
 a liquid), a double consonant {t,, $, ij/), or with p, in reduplication 
 omit the consonant and simply add the syllabic augment e. 
 
 3. In verbs beginning with a vowel, the reduplication has 
 the same form as the temporal augment, i. e. it lengthens the 
 vowel. 
 
 4. A few verbs beginning with a, €, or o, in reduplication pre- 
 fix their first two letters to the common temporal augment. This 
 is called the Attic redup>lication. 
 
 5. In a few verbs the reduplication has the form of ei. 
 
 6. The irregular forms which a few verbs take are given in 
 the Catalogue of Verbs.
 
 THE TENSE SYSTEMS. 
 
 445 
 
 76. The Tense-Systems. 
 1. Present System. 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Av-o), 
 
 Kv-ofxai. 
 
 AciV-w, 
 
 AeiTT-o^ttt. 
 
 «^au-oj, 
 
 (fiULl'-OfJ.aL. 
 
 Imperf. 
 €-Au-ov, i-Xv-6fj.r]v. 
 
 e-keiTT-ov, i-keLTT-o/xrjv. 
 t-fftuiv-op, i-i^aLV-ofxrfv. 
 
 2. Future System. 
 Fut. Active. Fut. Middle. 
 
 Ai'tr-w, 
 
 Act: 
 
 Ac 
 
 ITT-cr-O), ) 
 
 <f>avw, ) 
 
 \v(T-ofiai. 
 
 AciTT-O- 
 
 Aei 
 
 <f)ai'-€-ofx.aL. ) 
 cfiavovfiaL. ) 
 
 UTT-fT-OfiaL. ) 
 illp-O/XUl. ) 
 
 3. 1 Aor. System. 
 
 1 Aor. Active. 1 Aor. Miildle. 
 c-Aucr-a, i-Xvcr-dfjiiiv. 
 i-(j)r]v-a, i-<^rjv-ufirjv. 
 
 4. 2 Aor. System. 
 
 2 Aor. Active. 2 Aor. Middle. 
 t-AtTT-ov, i-\nr-ofirfv. 
 
 5. 1 Perf. System. 
 
 1 Perf. Active. 1 riu{>. Active. 
 
 Ae'Av-K-a, e'-AcAu-K-eiv. 
 
 n€(f)av-K-a, ^ i-Tr€(f)ixv-K-€if. ^ 
 Tr€(f}ayKa, ) e-Tret^uyKtic. ) 
 
 6 2 Per/. System. 
 
 2 Perf. Active. 2 Plup. Active. 
 
 At'AotTT-u, e-AcAoiV-civ. 
 
 Tri<f)r)v-a, €-7^t<^»;^/-£l^'. 
 
 7. Perfect Middle System. 
 
 Perf. 
 AcAu-^at, 
 AcA€t7r-/xtti, 
 AcAet/X'/xai, 
 7r€</>tt(j')cr-/xui, 
 
 1 
 
 I, > 
 
 rinjierf. 
 t'-AcAu-^T^j/, 
 
 (-X.fKtlTT-fJLTjl', ) 
 
 €-AtAce'/i.-/«.T;i', ) 
 €-7re0u(»')ir-/j( t^i'. 
 
 Flit. Perf. 
 AcAu-tr-o/Aat. 
 AcAei7r-o"-o/tJttti. 
 AtAeii/'o/xui. 
 
 8. J Passive System. 
 1 Aor. I'iWHivc. 1 Fut. Passive. 
 €-Au^(€)t;-i', \v6yj'(T-Ofj.ai. 
 
 i-\(i.nO{()ri-i\ } \(nrOi]-(r-ofiui. \ 
 
 i-(l)dvO{()rj-v. 
 
 9. 2 Passive System. 
 
 2 Aor. I'iisHJve. 2 Fut. Passive. 
 
 i-'f)di'{f)r)-v, (fiavrj-(T-o^ai
 
 446 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 In the Greek verb we distinguish nine tense-systems : — 
 
 1. The present system, including the present and imperfect of 
 all voices. 
 
 2. The future system, including the future active and middle. 
 
 3. The first aorist system, including the first aorist active and 
 middle. 
 
 4. Tlie second aorist system, including the second aorist active 
 and middle. 
 
 5. The first perfect system, including the first perfect and 
 first phqjerfect active. 
 
 6. The second perfect system, including the second perfect and 
 second ^jluperfect active. 
 
 7. The perfect middle system, including the perfect, pluper- 
 fect , ax\^ future perfect middle. 
 
 8. T\\Q first passive system, including ihe first aorist ^ndi first 
 future passive. 
 
 9. The second passive system, including the second aorist and 
 second future passive. 
 
 Notes. 
 
 
 
 Xuo), 
 
 ActTrw, 
 
 tJMlVW, 
 
 Avtrw, 
 
 \eiil/(o. 
 
 (f}avw, 
 
 ikvaa. 
 
 (XlTTOV, 
 
 tfjiriva, 
 
 XiXvKa, 
 
 XeAotTra, 
 
 iriffiayKo., 7 
 ■n-i(f)r]i/a, ) 
 
 XiXvfiai, 
 
 At'Aet/xftat, 
 
 TTcc^ao-fiai, 
 
 i\vOr}v. 
 
 ik€L<f}Or)v. 
 
 i(})dv6r)v, ) 
 ididvvv. ) 
 
 Note 1. Most verbs have only six of these 7iine systems ; many have less 
 than six, and no verb occurring in the N. T. is used in all nine systems. 
 
 Note 2. The principal parts of a verb are the first person singular indica- 
 tive of every system used in it. 
 
 Note 3. Each tense-system has a separate stem, called a tense-stem.
 
 GENERAL VIEW OF PRESENT STEM. 
 
 447 
 
 77. The Tense-Stem. 
 
 1. \v-u> XtiV-o) ^aiv-tu 
 
 \v<x-iiy Xeiip-ij} (pav-lj) 
 
 l-Avo--a e-AtTT-ov l-i^i-qv-a 
 
 2 Xv-o-ix€v Xu-o>-/<,cv 
 
 A.U-€-T€ \v-rj-Ti 
 
 1. The tense-stem is generally formed from the simple stem 
 of the verb, when this differs from the present stem. 
 
 2. The final vowel uf a tense-stem is said to be variable when 
 it is o or w in some of the forms and e or ?/ in others. The sign 
 of the variable vowel is °|e in the indicative, and "I,, in the sub- 
 junctive. Thus Xv°\t is to be read " \vo or Aut." 
 
 78. General View of the Present Stem. 
 
 1. 
 
 Verbs 
 
 in u). 
 
 
 
 1. 
 
 Stem unchanged. 
 
 Xty- 
 
 Xcy-O) 
 
 2. 
 
 Lengthened stems. 
 
 <i)vy- 
 
 (f)tvy-oi 
 
 3. 
 
 Tau Class. 
 
 /3ac^- 
 
 (iaiT-Tio 
 
 4. 
 
 Iota Class. 
 
 irpay- 
 
 ■jrpa<T(TO} 
 
 5. 
 
 Nasal Class. 
 
 \a(3- 
 
 Xu/u/Sui/w 
 
 C. 
 
 Verbs in -(tkw. 
 
 tvp- 
 
 iVpiiTKtji 
 
 7. 
 
 E Class 
 
 8o(c- 
 
 OOKCO) 
 
 8. 
 
 Mixed Class. 
 
 Irregular 
 
 verbs. 
 
 Verbs i 
 
 in fti. 
 
 
 
 9. 
 
 First Class. 
 
 ^a- 
 
 4>r}-pi 
 
 10. 
 
 Second Class. 
 
 8tlK- 
 
 StlK-WflL 
 
 1. i lie I'rcsctit stem i.s the stem of the present .iiiil iiiijierfert 
 in all tlie voices. This stem is generally an enlargt il fnrni of 
 the simple stem of tlie verl). With referenee fo the fnrnial ioti 
 of the present stem from the simple stem, wc distinguish eight 
 classes of verbs in '.». and two classes in pi.
 
 448 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 79. First Class. {Stem unchanged^ 
 
 Simple stem, Xcy- 
 
 Present stem, Aey-^ 
 Present Ind. Xe'y-o 
 
 ypa(fi- 
 
 ypa(f)-"\f 
 
 yf)a<j)-<D 
 
 0t\c-°|e 
 
 <^iA.e-(j) 
 
 1. In the first class, the present is formed directly from the 
 simple stem by adding the variable vowel "le- The first sing, 
 pres. ind. act. lengthens the suffix vowel o to w. 
 
 80. Second Class. 
 
 {Lengthened 
 
 stems.) 
 
 Simple stem, 
 
 fj)vy- 
 
 Xltt- 
 
 mO- 
 
 Present stem. 
 
 (f>ivy-% 
 
 XeiTT-' 0- 
 
 nete-'l- 
 
 Present Ind. 
 
 <})€vy-(a 
 
 XeiTT-O) 
 
 TTCl^-U) 
 
 Simple stem, 
 
 ttKv- 
 
 TTVV- 
 
 pv- 
 
 Length, stem. 
 
 ttXcu- 
 
 TTVfU- 
 
 pev- 
 
 Present stem, 
 
 7r\€-*lo- 
 
 TTVC-' 0- 
 
 H\o- 
 
 Present Ind. 
 
 ttXc'oj 
 
 TTvew 
 
 t / 
 
 pco) 
 
 Compare pcva-ovaiv, vii. 38. 
 
 1. All verbs with mute simple stems form the present stem 
 by lengthening a, i, v of the simple stem to rj, et (i), cu (ii), and 
 adding the variable vowel "If. 
 
 2. A few verbs which originally lengthened v to ev, lose the 
 vowel V in the present stem. 
 
 81. Third Class. (Tau Class.) 
 
 1. Simple stem, 
 
 Present stem. 
 Present Ind. 
 
 Simple stem. 
 Present stem. 
 Present Ind. 
 
 d<^ (3a(f)- 
 
 d7r-T°|t- /?a7r-T°|e- 
 
 (iTr-Tw (Sd-TT-TO), xiii. 26. 
 
 Ta«/)-, Luke xvi. 22. Kpvft-, viii. 59. 
 
 Oair-T°\e- Kpu7r-T°|e- 
 
 OaTT-TUi Kpvir-TU)
 
 FOURTH CLASS. 
 
 44l» 
 
 1. Simple stems ending in a labial mute (tt, /?, (/>) add -T°|e- and 
 thus form the present. The simple stem cannot be determined 
 from the jjresent, but only from the second aorist, or from some 
 other word from the same sim[)le root. 
 
 82. Fourth Class. {Iota Class.) 
 
 1. a. Simple stem, (fjvXaK-, xii. 25. Trpay-, 
 
 e xxiii 
 
 Luk 
 John V. 29. 
 
 .15. 
 
 Present stem, ff}v\aK-i°\t- 
 
 becomes, «/)i;Aao-o--°|e 
 
 Present Ind. <j>v\d<Ta-(D 
 
 uavfiia.?)- 
 
 irpay- 
 
 vii. 21. 
 d. <f>av- 
 
 <f)aivw, i. 5. 
 
 crwo- 
 
 ■3rpacra-°|e- 
 irpdcraw, iii. 20. 
 
 C. ayyeA- /^aA-, vii. 44. 
 
 dyyt\-L%- ^uA-i^lt- 
 
 <rw^-%- dyycAA-"!,- f3aXX-°\,- 
 
 crcM^oj, dyyeAAw, f3uW(o, 
 
 fut. in xii. 47. xx. 18. xiii. 5. 
 
 dp- e. Kuu-, Hcb. xii. 18. kAuw-, xi. 31. 
 
 dp-i°|,- Kaw-i''|t- kAuij-i''|(- 
 
 ULf)-%- KaL-°\(- KAat-"!,- 
 
 alpw, i. 29. Kaiti), XV. 6. KAatw, XX. 13. 
 
 1. To form the present stem, -i"]*- is added, but this always 
 causes important euphonic changes. 
 
 a. Sinij)lr stems in k, ;(, t, 0, and sometimes y, unite with i 
 
 rind l>('(f)me rrtr. 
 
 b. ?t, and sometimes y, unitfs witli i to form ^. 
 r. Sinijtie stoniK ir) A with inMiil i liccome AA. 
 
 d. Siiiiplf stems in y and p, \vIii;h -i"|e- is added, triiMsptisc t 
 
 to llic preceding syllable where it unites witii tlie vowel 
 of tbe stem. 
 
 e. Two verbs with stems in nv drop the v before the suf- 
 
 fix -r|,-.
 
 450 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 83. Fifth Class. {Nasal Class.) 
 
 1. a. <f)6a- b. dfjiapr- c. fiaO-, vi. 45. Aa)8-, i. 12. 
 
 <f>6a-v''\f- afxapT-av°\f- fj.avO-av°\f- Aa/u,/S-av°|f- 
 
 (fiOdvw dixaprdvo), V. 14. /lavOdvw Xafxfidvo), iii. 27. 
 
 1. To some simple stems a suffix containing v is added. 
 a. -i/°|c-. 
 
 b. 
 
 -av 
 
 
 
 c. -ayole- with an inserted nasal, if the last vowel of the 
 simple stem is short. 
 
 84. Sixth Class. ( Verbs in o-kw.) 
 
 1. apt- €vp-, ii. 14. a. yy)pa.-, xxi. 18. b. p.va- 
 
 dpc-o-K°|e- ivp-i(TK%- yr]pa-(TK''\^ iinivrj-<TK\- 
 
 t I 
 
 dp€(TK(ti, £vpto-K(o, yr)pa(TK(o ixifivr]a-K(j), 
 
 Rom. XV. 1. i. 42. Heb. ii. 6. 
 
 1. In this class, the suffix -(tk^Ic-, after a consonant, -utk'']^, is 
 added to the stem, but the vowel before (tkw is usually made 
 long. 
 
 a. This class is sometimes called inceptive, because a few 
 verbs belonging to it have the sense of beginning or 
 becoming. 
 h. Several presents have the reduplication, and often 
 lengthen the vowel of the stem. 
 
 85. Seventh Class. (E Class.) 
 
 1. 80K- 
 
 SoKCO), V. 39. ya/u-tw 
 
 ya/x- 
 
 a. 
 
 (piAf- 
 
 TTOIC- 
 
 ya/x-t"!,- 
 
 
 </)lX€-°|c- 
 
 7rote-''|f- 
 
 yafjitw 
 
 
 J^lXt'oD 
 
 ■JTOICO)
 
 TENTH CLASS. 451 
 
 1. In a few verbs, to form the present, -€°|t- is added to the 
 simple stem. 
 
 a. Most verbs in -ew belong to the first class with stem 
 unchanged. 
 
 86. Eighth Class. {Mixed Class.) 
 1. aipc'd), yivofj.ai, Idoi, ctSov, ilirov, ep;^o/xat, iadiu), tx*^> opato, ttu- 
 
 O^O), TTtVo), TriTTTO), Tpi)(<Ji, (jiefXi). 
 
 1. This class includes the few irregular verbs, whose tense- 
 stems are so peculiar in formation, tliat they cannot be brought 
 under the preceding classes. The full forms of these verbs will 
 be given in the Catalogue, of Verbs. 
 
 87. Ninth Class. {First Class in //.t.) 
 
 1. <^a- crra- So- 6'c- 
 
 «^i;-/xi, i. 23. l-iTTypfii for ?)i-()(,)-fii Ti-Ort-fii for 
 
 o-i-crT»7-/At, viii. 3. i. 17;iii. 34. 6t-0r}-fx.i, ii. 10. 
 
 1. Some verbs ending in -rjiu. and -o)p.i reduplicate the simple 
 stem in the present and iinj)erfect by jiretixing its initial conso- 
 nant with I. These simjile steins end in «, e, and o, which are 
 lengthened before the suffix /ai. 
 
 88. Tenth Class, {fiecond Class in /u.) 
 
 SeiK-i/v/xi, V. 20. (Tftc-vi^f-iu 
 
 (T/Sivvvfii, Marlv ix. 48. 
 So ('fivvfjn, Trriyvviu, Heb. viii. 2, (t^yvvin, fiiyvv/n. 
 
 1. Some stomH add -n» (aftf-r a vowtd, -vuv). By tlu-ir formation 
 thf'y also belong to tlu' fiff/i r/ass (nasal class) of verbs in «>, 
 aiKi !^ome of them use tlie present in wut.
 
 452 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 89. The Future Stem. 
 
 1. TLfid-o), TLixrj-ao), xii. 26 ; nou-u), ttoitJ-ctw, iv. 34. 
 
 But veAato, ycAdcrw ; kuAcoj, KaXecrto. 
 
 2. ypdcfio), ypai/'o) } ttAckoj, TrAe'cW J ntiOu), ttcictw. 
 
 3. KptVw, Kpivc'co, Kpivw, xii. 48 ; /?aX-, /3dX\w, /3aAea), (3aXw. 
 
 4. KOjxiCiji, KOfiL-tofxai, KOfJuovfiai, 1 Pet. V. 4. 
 
 eXTTi^w, cATTi-ca), cAttuu, Matt. xii. 21. 
 
 The Future Stem is the stem of the future acitve and middle, 
 and is formed by adding -o-''|e- to the simple stem. 
 
 1. In vowel stems a short vowel is generally lengthened. 
 
 2. In mute stems, a labial {n, (i, (ft) with a forms ij/ ; a palatal 
 (k, y, x) ^^^^^ "■ foJ^J^s ^; a lingual (t, 5, 6) before o- is dropped. 
 
 3. Liquid stems (ending in A, /u,, v, p) add e in place of o- to 
 form the future stem. 
 
 4. Verbs in -i^w (stem i8-) usually drop the o- and insert t, and 
 contract. This form is called the Attic Future. 
 
 90. The First Aorist Stem. 
 
 1. Ti/Attoj, 1 aor. act. i-rifirj-aa, 1 aor. mid. i-ri/jirj-crdfiriv } ttoicw, 
 i-iroLrf-aa, i-Trotrj-crdfxrjv ; ypd(fn>}, t-ypa^pa ; ir€i6w, e-Trcicra. 
 
 2. /xcF-, £-/A€ti/-a ; crTrcp- £-cr7rctp-a ; dp-, (i-dp-a) rjp-a. 
 
 3. 0(- {TL-dr]-fjii), t-6r)-Ka; So- (8t-8w-/xi), £-8a>-Ka ; i- (irjiu), dtjt-irjfii, 
 d(fi-fj-Ka. 
 
 The i^iVsi Jori's^ AS^e/w- is the stem of the first aorist active and 
 middle, and is formed by adding -(ra- to the simple stem. 
 
 1. The rules for the future of voivel and mute verbs (§ 89) 
 apply also to the first aorist. All verbs of the second class (§ 80) 
 have the strong form of the simple stem in the first aorist, as 
 well as in the future. 
 
 2. Liquid verbs reject rr in the first aorist, and lengthen the 
 vowel of the stem in compensation for it. 
 
 3. Three first aorists have the suffix -Ka-.
 
 THE FIRST PERFECT STEM. 453 
 
 91. The Second Aorist Stem. 
 
 1. XtTT-, pres. ActTT-w, 2 aor. act. €-\nr-ov, 2 aor. raid. i-\nr-6fir)v ; 
 \a)8-, Xa/x/Jdi/w, e-\a(3-ov. 
 
 2. (TTa-, i(TTi]fJLi, 2 aor. act. i-a-rrj-v. 
 
 The Second Aorist Stem is the stem of the second aorist active 
 and middle. 
 
 1. In the eight classes of verbs in w, the second aorist is 
 formed by adding -"le- to the simple stem. 
 
 2. In verbs in -/ai the second aorist has for its stem the simple 
 theme, but the linal vowel of the stem is made long iu the active 
 before a single consonant. 
 
 92. The First Perfect Stem. 
 
 1. TTLfTTevW, Tre-TTKTTfV-Ka. 
 
 2. Kf)u^u), K€-Kfjaya, i. 15. 
 
 3. TTOie'w, Tre-iroirf-KU. 
 
 4. aTTO-rTTcXXaj, <lTri-rrTa\-Ka, Acts xvi. 36 ; Kpivoy, Kc-Kpi-ica ; 
 (dii.K\to, fii-jiX-q-Ka. 
 
 5. KpiVUi, Kf-Kfil-K€lV ; TTlfTTEVW, TTf-TTtO'Tfl'-KCtl'. 
 
 The J^irst Perfect Stem is the stem of the first perfect, and 
 first pluperfect active. 
 
 1. The lirst perfect is formed )>y ;id<liiig -ku- to the rt'.du|ili- 
 cat«'d Himple stem. 
 
 2. A lingn;d mute (t, r^, 0) is dniiijird In-fore -Kn-. 
 
 3. Vowel-verhs usiiall}' Icii^thiii tlic vowel liefore -kh-. 
 
 4. Liquid stems of one syllalile change c to a, reject v in some 
 verbs, and in some cases suffer transposition. 
 
 5. The first pluprrfert is tlie same as the first perfect, with 
 ■Krf- (or -K<i-) sulistituted for -»ca-.
 
 454 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 93. The Second Perfect Stem. 
 
 1. ypdcfiii), y£-ypa(f>-a. 
 
 2. TTaa)^(j) {ircvB-), ire-irnvO-a ; TreiOu) (tti^-), Tri-iroiO-a ] Kpd^n) 
 («^)ay-), K€-Kpdy-a, i. 15. 
 
 3. i-irt-TToiO-eiv, Luke xi. 22. 
 
 The Second Perfect Stem is the stem of the second perfect and 
 second pluperfect active. 
 
 1. The second perfect is formed by adding -a- to the redupli- 
 cated simple stem. 
 
 2. An € in the simple stem becomes o, and lengthens other 
 short vowels (a to t;, but after p to «, t to ot, v to «;). 
 
 3. The second pluperfect is the same as the second perfect 
 with -nif- or -ct- substituted for -a. 
 
 94. The Perfect Middle Stem. 
 
 1. ypd(ft(D, (y€-ypa<^-/xai) yeypafifiat ; Tria-Tev-u), ire-Tria-Te-v-fiai. 
 
 2. TreiOd), (Tre-TreiO-afJiai), TrtTr€i(Tp.ai ; rifidui, t£-ti/x?j-/a£vo? ; ttoicw, 
 Trc-7roi7j-fjLeuo<;, 
 
 3. aTTo-CTTeXXw, oiTre-crTaX-fiai | Kpivu), K€-Kpi.-fiai. 
 
 4. ^a\Xw, y3£-/?Ary-/xai, l-^i-(iXr)-p.'qv. 
 
 5. KeKpd^ofiai, Luke xix. 40. 
 
 The Perfect Middle Stern is the stem of the perfect, pluper- 
 fect, and future-perfect middle. 
 
 1. The stem of the perfect and pluperfect middle and passive 
 consists of the simple stem with the required reduplication or 
 augment prefixed. There is no suffix, but that of the personal 
 ending. 
 
 2. Some vowel stems add a, and a short final vowel is gener- 
 ally lengthened. 
 
 3. Some liquid stems change £ to a, and a few in v drop v, and 
 others change v to o- or to /ji before -jxai.
 
 THE SECOND PASSIVE STEM. 455 
 
 4. Transposition of letters also sometimes occurs. 
 
 5. The future perfect stem adds -a^\ - to the tense stem of the 
 perfect middle. There is but one instance of the future perfect 
 iu N. T., and that is not accepted by the critical editors. 
 
 95. The First Passive Stem. 
 
 1. TTicrTevw, i-TTKTTeu-dqv ; TiBqfJLL {Oe-), i-Te-6r)v ; Kpivu), i-KpC-Oi]p. 
 
 2. /5uAA.(u, l-ftki'j-Bi]v ; ireiBut, i-Treia-Oip'. 
 
 3. J3dX.X.w, (^krj-Oya-ofiaL ; ivuOu>, 7reto'-6'r;o--o/i,ai ; Kpivio, Kpt-Oya- 
 ofiai. 
 
 The First Passive Stem is the stem of the first aorist ami first 
 future passive. 
 
 1. The stem of the first aorist is formed by adding -Be- to the 
 simple stem, which becomes -dr}- before a single consonant. 
 
 2. The same changes, in general, occur in the simple stem, as 
 in the formation of tht; perfect middle stem (§ 94, 2, 3, 4). 
 
 3. The stem of the first future is formed by adding -(t%- to 
 the first aorist passive stem. 
 
 96. The Second Passive Stem. 
 
 1. ypd<fiu), i-ypi'Kfir-rji' ; (/>aiVai, c-<^uv-7/V. 
 
 2. (rTpi<fni), i-<TT ptu^-qv . 
 
 3. <\nuv<ii, (l>av-ii(T-i)p.(u. 
 
 The Second Passive Stem is the stem of the second aorist and 
 seen ml future pas^ivf. 
 
 1. 'I\» form this .stciii -«- is added to tbi' theme, which becomes 
 -If- before a single ((insonant. 
 
 2. In the second aorist, an c ot tbe stem becomes a. 
 
 3. The second future passive iidils ,t to the stem of the second 
 aorist passive.
 
 456 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 97. The Mood Suffixes. 
 
 1. Indicative. — Present system, °|e or none ; future, °|e ; first 
 aorist, a; second aorist, "je or none; first perfect, a, ry, or a; sec- 
 ond perfect, a, -q, or ci ; perfect middle, none or "l^ ; first passive, 
 none or °|f ; second passive, none or "je. 
 
 a. Present Indicative. — Au-o/xcv, Xw-erc 
 
 b. Present Suhjicnctive. — Xv-iniiev, Xv-rp-e. 
 First Aorist Suhj. — A.i;o--ai/xEv, A.iJcr-7jTc. 
 
 c. Present Optative. — kv-onnv, Xv-oue. 
 First Aorist Opt. — A-Jcr-ai/Aev, Xva-avre. 
 
 d. ora-, larrjfii) lorat'jjv ; Be-, TiOr/fju, TiOci-qv \ So, SiSwfiif StSotiji'. 
 
 1. Tlie Mood Suffixes, or the original connecting vowels be- 
 tween the tense-stems and the personal endings, are, properly 
 considered, a part of the tense stem, and have been so presented 
 in the foregoing sections, as the variable vowel in the indicative. 
 
 a. In these suffixes of the indicative, the variable vowel -°|e- 
 
 appears as o before /x or v, otherwise as e. 
 
 b. The subjunctive puts the long variable vowel -"|,- in the 
 
 place of the final vowel of the tense-suffix, or adds it to 
 the tense-stem. 
 
 c. In the optative the mood-suffix -(-, or -ly)-, is added to the 
 
 variable vowel of the tense-stem of the indicative (but 
 -°|e- always appears as o). 
 
 d. The form -L-q- in the optative is used only before active 
 
 endings, and in the singular of tenses which have the 
 -/Ai inflection.
 
 USE OP THE ENDINGS. 
 
 457 
 
 98. Personal Endings of the Indicative, Subjunctive, 
 
 and Optative. 
 
 1. Active. 
 
 Priu. Tenses. Hist. Tenses. 
 
 Sluf/. 1. 
 
 -fii 
 
 2. 
 
 -s 
 
 3. 
 
 -<ri 
 
 ur. 1. 
 
 -/i.€V 
 
 2. 
 
 -T€ 
 
 3. 
 
 -I'cri 
 
 -V 
 
 -fl€V 
 -T€ 
 
 -I', -crar 
 
 Passive and Middle. 
 Priu. Tenses. Hist. Tenses. 
 Sinfj. 1. -/nai -/iiji' 
 
 w. -(Tat 
 
 3. -rat 
 I'lur. I. -fieOa 
 
 3. -I'TUt 
 
 -cro 
 
 -TO 
 
 -fitOa 
 -aOe 
 
 -VTO 
 
 1. The fiidings of the finite moods are called personal end- 
 ings, because lliey Lave difterent forms lor the three persons. 
 
 2. There are two forms of endings, one for the active voice, 
 and another for the middle and passive. The aorist passive, 
 however, has the endings of the active voice. 
 
 3. \\ <• have two clas.ses of endings under each form, one end- 
 ing comnnjn to the ^/r</Hrtr// or princiftal tense.s, and another 
 common to the secondarij or historical tenses (iiii]>erfeet, aorist, 
 and plapcrfeci) (§ 72, 5). 
 
 4. The subjunctive has the endings of the principal tenses; 
 the optative of the historical tenses. 
 
 1. 
 
 99. Use of the Endings. 
 Plur. Sinrj. 
 
 2. o('So)<; 
 
 3. 8i6<ixrt 
 
 UTTIlflfV 
 UTTIlTt 
 
 ifTTatri 
 
 Plur. 
 
 8('8(i/t€r 
 ?)i?iuT( 
 
 OlOOlKTl 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Z(TT-lffLl 
 KTTIfi 
 
 •». arrrjat 
 
 2. Si/H/. 1. Xi'o), 2. Ai'fiq, 3. Aijft. 
 
 3. J'lur. 1. \v<>fi(y, 2. Ai;fTf, 3. Ai'owm for kMovm. 
 
 4. l*lur. 1. AtAi'Ka/xcv, 2. AtAi^KaTc, .'». AcAi/Kmn, Icrra 
 tfrTavtrt. 
 
 trri 
 
 lor
 
 458 
 
 
 
 ETYiMOLOGY. 
 
 
 5. 
 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 1 ^or. Imperf. 
 
 2 Aor. 
 
 Plur 
 
 1. 
 
 i\\jofiev 
 
 iXv(rafi€v Laraficv 
 
 eaTr/fjLev 
 
 
 2. 
 
 cXvere 
 
 iXvaare I'o-TUTe 
 
 carrp-e 
 
 
 3. 
 
 IA.VOV 
 
 eXva-av Laraaav 
 
 t-aTfjo-av 
 
 6. 
 
 
 
 Pres. Middle. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 1. 
 
 Xvofiai 
 
 Sing. 1. 
 
 larafxai 
 
 
 2. 
 
 Xvji or Xw'ti 
 for Xve((r) 
 
 2. 
 at, Av(ca)i 
 
 iCTTao-ai 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Xvcrai 
 
 3. 
 
 icTTaTai 
 
 1. These personal endings are most distinctly preserved in 
 verbs in fii. 
 
 2. Verbs in w do not use the active endings fxi and ai in the 
 first and third person singular, indicative. 
 
 3. In the third person plural -vai always drops v and lengthens 
 the preceding vowel. 
 
 4. The perfect indicative active of all verbs, and the present 
 indicative active of verbs in /xi, have ucri for avai in the third 
 person plural. 
 
 5. Verbs in w, in the third person plural of the historical 
 tenses, have -v, verbs in fii have -o-av. 
 
 6. In verbs in to the middle endings -aai and -cro drop a, and 
 are contracted except in the optative (§ 13, 9) ; but in verbs in 
 fi'., a is usually retained, except in the subjunctive and optative. 
 
 100 Personal Endings of the Imperative. 
 
 
 
 Active 
 
 
 Middle 
 
 and Passive. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 Si-ng. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 2. 
 
 -Oi 
 
 
 -re 
 
 2. -cro 
 
 -a-Oe 
 
 3. 
 
 -Til) 
 
 
 •roio-av or 
 
 -VTdiV 
 
 3. -(tOuj 
 
 •irOdxrav or
 
 THE INFINITIVE ENDINGS. 
 
 459 
 
 2. Present. 
 
 1 Aor. Act. 
 
 3. 
 
 2 Aor. Imper. 
 
 S. 2. kve 
 
 kvaov 
 
 kve 
 
 (tt7)6l, Luke vi, 8. 
 
 3. AweVoj 
 
 KvaraTw 
 
 for 
 
 from 
 
 P. 2. Xv(T€ 
 
 \v(raT€ 
 
 (XveOi) 
 
 IcrTrjfMi 
 
 3. X.v6vT(DV 
 
 XvaavTu>v 
 
 
 
 1. The personal endings of the Imperative have two forms, — 
 one for the active, and another for the middle and passive. 
 
 2. The regular mood-suffix of the imperative is -"l^-, hecoming 
 o before v. In the aorist active and middle it is a. 
 
 3. In verbs of w, the ending -9i is omitted ; in verbs of fii, it is 
 sometimes retained. 
 
 101. The Infinitive Endings. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Aueiv 
 
 for 
 
 Xvetv 
 
 Fut. 
 Xvcreiv 
 
 for 
 Xvfreey 
 
 Infin. Act. 
 
 1 Aor. 
 Xucrai 
 
 Inf. Mid. Pres., XvurOai. 
 
 2. 
 
 Pre.f. Tiif. Act. 
 Pres. Inf. Pass. 
 
 [(TTavni 
 uTTnirBiu 
 
 Peif. 
 XiXvKtvaL 
 
 
 1. In V(!rb9 of ui tlie endin).^ of the infinitive in the active ia 
 -€v ("contracted with the pncffling i to av) or -viu. In the middle 
 and pasnive, tlu- ending is -nOai. ('I'lie aorist active, however, 
 ends in -«t.) 
 
 2. V^erbs in //(. in the .ictivt; add -mt, iu the middle and pas- 
 sive, -(tOui, to the tense stem.
 
 460 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 102. The Participle. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 
 
 Pres. Act. 
 
 
 ]sr. 
 
 Al>-(DV 
 
 Xv-nv(Ta 
 
 Xv-ov 
 
 G. 
 
 Aw-OVTOS 
 
 Xv-ov(Tr]<i 
 etc. 
 
 Perf. Act. 
 
 Au-OVTO? 
 
 N. 
 
 XiXvKMq 
 
 XeXvKvia 
 
 AfAuKos 
 
 G. 
 
 AeAuKOTOS 
 
 XtXvKvia^ 
 etc. 
 
 Pres. Mid. 
 
 AeAvKOTOS 
 
 N. 
 
 Xvofievo^ 
 
 Xvofitvrj 
 etc. 
 
 Auo/ievov 
 
 N. 
 
 SiSous 
 
 SiSova-a 
 
 StSov 
 
 G. 
 
 (ilS6vTO<S 
 
 etc. 
 
 SlSoyTOS 
 
 3. yvwcTTos, xviii. 15 ; 6vr]T6<;, Rom. vi. 12 ; /SAv^tco?, Luke v. 38. 
 
 1. The participle forms its stem by adding to the tense-stem, 
 in the active, -vt- (perfect active -ot-), in the middle and passive, 
 -fievo-. 
 
 2. Active participles of verhs in w, with stems in -ovt-, make 
 the nominative singular masculine in -wv ; of verbs in fii, in -oi)?. 
 
 3. The verbal adjectives in -to? and -re'o? are like participles, 
 but used almost like ordinary adjectives. The former, in -to?, is 
 often equivalent to a perfect passive participle, and sometimes 
 expresses capahllify, the latter, in -rco?, is equivalent to a future 
 passive partici[)le, and expresses Axxtj. 
 
 4. For the declension of participles, see § 48.
 
 INFLECTION OF THE PRESENT ACTIVE. 
 
 461 
 
 103. The Synopsis of the Present Tense. 
 
 2. Act. 
 
 
 Mid. and Pass. 
 
 Ind. Xv-(o 
 
 
 
 Au-o/xai 
 
 Su/ij. Xv-o) 
 
 
 
 Au-w/xai 
 
 Opt. Xv-oifxi 
 
 
 
 Xv-OlflYjV 
 
 Lnp. Xv-e 
 
 
 
 Xv-ov 
 
 Lif. Xv-tiv 
 
 
 
 Xv-€a-6ai 
 
 Part. Xv-oiv 
 
 Act. 
 
 
 Xv-oixevo<; 
 
 (rt/xtt-) 
 
 (</>tAe-) 
 
 
 (877X0-) 
 
 Ind, (rt/xaw) Ti/xw 
 
 (^fpiXiix)) </»tAa» (SrjXow) 8r)X(a 
 
 Subj. (jifi-dtii) Ti/xw 
 
 (JjiXC) 
 
 
 8r)Xo) 
 
 O^jt. (ri/XttOl/At) Tl/AW/Xt ( 
 
 or <f>LXoLIXl 
 
 or 
 
 SrjXulfjii or 
 
 {rifxaoi-qv) Tifjiwrjv 
 
 (jiiXoiriv 
 
 
 Sr;Aoi7;i' 
 
 Imp. {rifj-at) Tifxa 
 
 <f)iX(L 
 
 
 S^Xov 
 
 Inf. (Ti/txaeif) Ti/xav 
 
 (fiiXiiv 
 
 
 hrjXovv 
 
 I'art. (jifxmov) Tifjiwv 
 
 <^iA,a>i/ 
 
 
 orjXCiu 
 
 1. Ill accordance witli tlio ])rinciples already presented we 
 herewitli j^ive the .synopsis of the piresent tense of verbs in oj, 
 in the three voices, in th(; various moods and participles. 
 
 2. The personal endiiif^s have the forni in which they ai)pear 
 when united by the variable vowel to the tense stem. 
 
 .'3. All the eight classes of verbs in «r) have the same form, and 
 the only seeming exception are contract verbs in -aw, -coi, -ow, in 
 the present and imperfect, of all voices. 
 
 104. Inflection of the Present Active. 
 
 
 IihI. 
 
 Siilij. 
 
 Opt. 
 
 Iinj). 
 
 a. 1. 
 
 kv-<n 
 
 Xv-il} 
 
 Xi'-diji 1 
 
 
 2. 
 
 Av-€IV 
 
 Xv^ 
 
 AiVoiv 
 
 AO-e 
 
 3. 
 
 Av-ci 
 
 Xv-ij 
 
 Xv-oi 
 
 Al>-€T<i<
 
 462 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 P. 1. Xu-0/X€V 
 
 2. Au-€TC 
 
 3. \v-OV<TL 
 
 Xu-W/X,€V 
 
 A.i5-r;r£ 
 Au-wcri 
 
 All-Ot/LtCV 
 Av-OtTC 
 
 Au'-CTC 
 
 Ai^-eTctxrav or 
 Av-ovTcov 
 
 PariJ. 
 
 G. 
 
 Note. Av-eVa), 
 
 Av-(ov Xv-ov(Ta 
 
 Av-OVTOS AlMJllcr>79 
 
 etc. (§48.) 
 Au-€Te. 
 
 Aij-oi' 
 
 Au-OVTOS 
 
 The inflection of the personal endings of the present tense, 
 active, with the proper contractions and euphonic changes, is 
 as given in the tables. 
 
 Note. As a general rule, the accent stands as far as possible from the 
 end of the word (recessive accent, §17, note .3): on the penult, when the 
 ultima is long by nature ; otherwise, on the antepenult. 
 
 105. Inflection of the Present, Middle and Passive. 
 
 Mid. and Pass. 
 
 
 
 Ind. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Opt. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 s. 
 
 1. 
 
 Xv-ofxai 
 
 Xv-wfxai 
 
 Xv-oifj.riv 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 Xv-ij, Au-ct 
 
 Xv-rj 
 
 Xv-oto 
 
 Au-ou 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Au-€TUl 
 
 Xv-rjTUL 
 
 Xv-OITO 
 
 Xv-icrOu} 
 
 p. 
 
 1. 
 
 Xv-ofiiOa 
 
 Xv-o)fJi€Oa 
 
 Xv-oifjbcBa 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 Au-Ecr^e 
 
 Xv-rjo-df. 
 
 Xv-oinrdt 
 
 Xv-eadc 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Ai5-ovrai 
 
 Xv-uivrai 
 
 Xv-ULVTO 
 
 Xv-ldOwcrav 
 or Xv-ea6(x)v 
 
 Part. Xxj-o/jLivo^, -ofx^vrj, -ofjifvov, etc. (§ 44, 3). 
 
 The inflection of the personal endings of the present in the 
 middle and passive, in the various moods, is given in the accom- 
 panying tables.
 
 SYNOPSIS OF FIRST AORIST. 
 
 463 
 
 106. Inflection of the Imperfect. 
 
 Imp. Act. 
 Sing. Plnr. 
 
 1. £Ai;-ov cAu-o/Mcv 
 
 2. (Xv-€<; €/\.l;-€T€ 
 
 6. lAu-€ iXv-ov 
 
 Imp. Mid. and Pass. 
 
 Sing. riur. 
 
 1. lkv-6fir]v i\v-(Jix(.6a 
 
 2. ikv-ov eAi'-eo-^c 
 
 3. i\v-iTO t'Au-OVTO 
 
 The imperfect is found only in the indicative, and takes the 
 augment. 
 
 107. The Synopsis of the Future Tense, and its 
 
 Inflection, 
 
 
 Act. 
 
 Mid. 
 
 Pass. 
 
 Ind. 
 
 Ai5-o-(u 
 
 \v-(TOfiai 
 
 Kv-OinrofxaL 
 
 Opt. 
 
 At'-fTOl/Xl 
 
 X.v-<Toifir)v 
 
 Xv-OrjfToifxrjv 
 
 Inf 
 
 XxMIUV 
 
 Xv-aiirOaL 
 
 \v-Ot')rr ta^ai 
 
 Part. 
 
 \\l-iJUiV 
 
 \v-a^ufiei/o<i 
 
 \v-Oij<r()fxtvoi 
 
 1. The future wants the subjunctive and imperative. 
 
 2. The iiiHection of Avo-w is like th;it of Auoi, of Xvcrofiai and 
 kvOr'irroiJLai liki" Xvo/iai, the optatives like Auot/xi and Auoi/Aryr, and 
 tlie participles like the present participles. 
 
 108. The Synopsis of the First Aorist, and its 
 
 Inflection. 
 
 
 Art. 
 
 Mid. 
 
 /V.S-.S-. 
 
 hid. 
 
 cAi -fru 
 
 iXv-vdfJ.qy 
 
 iXv-07}v 
 
 Sill,}. 
 
 \\hirti) 
 
 \v-<T<i)/llU 
 
 Xv-0(ji 
 
 Opt. 
 
 Xv-iTai/n 
 
 Xv-iraiflTfu 
 
 Xv-6iir)v 
 
 Imji. 
 
 Xi-irov 
 
 Xi>-<Tai 
 
 Xv-Oryn 
 
 Inf 
 
 Xi-<rai 
 
 Xv-(Ta(TOni 
 
 X\)-9rfV(U 
 
 Part. 
 
 AiMras 
 
 Xv-<TnfJ.€VU<i 
 
 Xv-Oii-i
 
 464 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 
 Ind. Act. 
 
 Ind. Mid. Ind. Pass. 
 
 Subj. Pass. 
 
 S. 1. cAu-o-a 
 
 iXv-(rdfir]V iXv-OrjV 
 
 (Au(^coj) Xv-0(i) 
 
 2. £Ai;-cras 
 
 iXv-aw 
 
 eAi;-6'//s 
 
 Xv-6rj<i 
 
 3. lAw-trt 
 
 iXv-aaro iXv-Orj 
 
 Xv-Ofi 
 
 J^. 1. iXv-(Tafi^v 
 
 eAu-cra/u-i 
 
 iOa iXv-Orj/jLCv 
 
 Xv-OwfXiV 
 
 2. cAi'-craTe 
 
 iXv-craai 
 
 de iXv-OijTe 
 
 Xv-6r}T€ 
 
 3. f.\.v-(Tav 
 
 iXv-aavTO iXv-Hrja-av 
 
 Xv-6wa-t 
 
 Opt. Act. 
 
 
 Opt. Mid. 
 
 Opt. Pass. 
 
 S. 1. Xv-aaifii 
 
 
 Xv-(TaifJLr]v 
 
 Xv-Ou>]v 
 
 2. Au-crais or 
 
 -crcias 
 
 Au'-aato 
 
 Av-^ctT;s 
 
 3. Xv-crai or (TCtc 
 
 Au-craiTo 
 
 Xv-6€ir] 
 
 ^. 1. Au-(rai)U,€v 
 
 
 Xv-crai/jLcOa 
 
 Xv-Otir]fji€V 
 
 2. Au-cratTt 
 
 
 Xv-a-aicr6€ 
 
 Xv-OcirjTe 
 
 3. Au-o-aitv or -crciav 
 
 Xv-aULVTO 
 
 Xv-OciTjo-av 
 
 Imper. Act. 
 
 Imper. Mid. 
 
 Imper. Pass. 
 
 S. 2, Xv-aov 
 
 
 Xv-crai 
 
 Xv-0r}Ti 
 
 3. Xv-adru) 
 
 
 Xv-a-da-dft) 
 
 Xv-OrjTia 
 
 P. 2. Xv-aaT€ 
 
 
 Xv-a-acrOe 
 
 Xv-Or/re 
 
 3. Xv-crdrwaai' or 
 
 Xv-(jdij6wcrav OV 
 
 Xv-drfTwaav or 
 
 -advTuyv 
 
 
 -adfrOwv 
 
 -divTUiV 
 
 1. In the first aorist the augment is found only in the 
 indicative. 
 
 2. The subjunctive active and middle is conjugated like Auw 
 and Xmofiat of the subjunctive present. 
 
 3. The participles are declined like adjectives. 
 
 4. The inflection of the other forms of the first aorist is given 
 Lu the accompanying tables.
 
 SYNOPSIS OF THE PERFECT. 
 
 465 
 
 109. The Synopsis and Inflection of the Perfect. 
 
 Ind. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Opt. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 Inf. 
 
 PaH. 
 
 Act. 
 AeAu-Ka 
 AcAu-KO) 
 AeAu-Koi/z-i 
 AeAi;-K€ 
 AeAw-K£i'ai 
 AeAv-Kcos 
 
 Mid. & Pass. 
 
 X(.\v-f.taL 
 AcAu-ju-cVos w 
 AtAw-ymcvos tirjv 
 AeAu-o"o 
 AtAu'-cTPat 
 XtXv-fX€Vo<; 
 
 Ind. Mkl. & Pass. 
 
 S. 1. AcAi)-/t/,ai 
 
 2. AeAu-erai 
 
 3. AeAv-Tai 
 P. 1 . XcXv-fjiiOa 
 
 2. AtAu-cr^c 
 
 3. XiXv-vrai 
 
 Subj. Mid. & Pass. Opt. Mid. & Pass. Imp. Mid. & Pass. 
 
 S. 1. XtXv-fJiivo<; ui el-qv 
 
 2. XiXv-fx^i/us 7JS ciT^s AcAv-cro 
 
 3. XcXv-fj.ivo<; y eir; AcAu-cr^w 
 
 ^. 1. AcAu-/[X€Voi W/XCf — 
 
 2. AeAv-zxcVoi ^TC — 
 
 3. XiXv-fJL€VOL W(Tl — 
 
 eirjufv or ci/xcv 
 
 eiT^TC or ClTf 
 
 €ir]aav or eici/ 
 
 AeAt«r^€ 
 AtAu-c^orrai/ 
 or XiXvtrOwv 
 
 1. The perfect lias the reduplication in all the moods. 
 
 2. The iiillcctioii of Ae'AuK-a is the same at* that of the 1 aor. 
 lXv(T-(t, save that in the [lerfect 3d pcrs. plur. the ending is -d(ri 
 instead of -uv. 
 
 '.i. The other inood.s in the active are inflected like the forms 
 in the prestait. 
 
 4. Thf! i)articipleH are inflectcfl :is adjectives (§ 48, 5; 44, 3). 
 
 5. Thi- subjiinctivf iiiid optative in the niii/. ami fxiss. ;irc 
 expressed by the perfect partici])!)' with a form of tifii, urn 
 (§ 122. 16). 
 
 30
 
 466 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 110. The Inflection of the Pluperfect. 
 
 Act. Mid. and Pass. 
 S. 1. eAeAu-Ktiv iXeXv-fJirfv 
 
 2. cAeAu-KCis eAc'Au-cro 
 
 3. cAeAv-KCi cAeAu-TO 
 P. 1. eAeAu-Kci/xtv iXcXv-fxcOa 
 
 2. cAcAv-KciTt eAe'Aw-o-^c 
 
 3. iXeXv-Kicrav or -Kcicrav eAcAv-VTO 
 
 1. The pluperfect has the reduplication and the augment, 
 which latter, however, is mainly omitted in the N. T. 
 
 2. The pluperfect is found only in the indicative. 
 
 Note. As there is no example of the future-perfect in a critical text, wo 
 need not give the inflection. (See § 94, 5. ) 
 
 111. Synopsis and Inflection of the Second Aorist. 
 
 Act. Mid. 
 
 Ind. IXiTT-ov iXnr-o/xrjv 
 
 Subj. XlTT-W AtTT-W/Attl 
 
 Opt. XiTT-oLfjii Xnr-oifji.r)v 
 
 Imp. Ai7r-€ Xnr-ov 
 
 Inf. XiTT-eiv XiTT-ia-Oai 
 
 Part. XiTT-wv Xnr-6fievo<; 
 
 Some verbs have tenses known as the second aorist, the second 
 perfect, and the second pluperfect. (For eAiTroi/ see § 124, 129.) 
 
 1. The inflection of the 2 aor. in the act. ind. is like the im- 
 perfect active ; in the other moods it is like the present active. 
 
 2. The inflection of the 2 aor. middle in the indie, is like that 
 of the imperfect middle ; in the other moods it is like the present 
 middle.
 
 SYNOPSIS OF 2 AOR. AND 2 FUT. PASS. 467 
 
 112. Synopsis and Inflection of 2 Perfect and 2 
 Pluperfect Active. 
 
 
 2 Perf. 
 
 
 2 Phiperf. 
 
 Ind. 
 
 AeAoiTT-tt 
 
 S. 
 
 1 . eAeXoiTT-cir 
 
 Subj. 
 
 XeXoiTT-w 
 
 
 2. eAeAoiTT-cis 
 
 Opt. 
 
 AeAoiTT-Ol/Al 
 
 
 3. cAeAotTT-et 
 
 Imp. 
 
 XeXotTT-e 
 
 P. 
 
 ] . eAeAoi'TT-ti/xEV 
 
 Inf. 
 
 AcA-oiTT-tVai 
 
 
 2. eAeAoiTT-etTC 
 
 Part. 
 
 AeAotTT-ws 
 
 
 3. eAcAoiTT-ea'ai/ or -citrav 
 
 1. The inflection of the 2 perfect is the same as the 1 perfect. 
 
 2. Tlie 2 pluperfect is inflected like the 1 pluperfect, and oc- 
 curs only in the indicative active. 
 
 113. Synopsis of 2 Aorist and 2 Future Passive. 
 
 
 2 Anr. Pass. 
 
 2 Fut. Pass. 
 
 Ind. 
 
 i(^ai-rjv 
 
 f^av-i)(rofxaL 
 
 Sllhj. 
 
 rj)av-<^> (<^ai/-£0)) 
 
 
 Opt. 
 
 (f)av-(ir]v 
 
 <f>av-ri<T(jiix.r)v 
 
 Imp. 
 
 rj)ai'-r]Oi. 
 
 
 Inf. 
 
 (fxii'-rfvai 
 
 (ftav-T^fTirrOai 
 
 Part. 
 
 (f}av-(is 
 
 <^a\-ij(TUft.tvo<; 
 
 1. Tri ((unplctc the pariidi^iii of the vcrl) in id, wo will :hI( 
 i«ynopsiH of ffmino, shov, in thewe two tenses. 
 
 2. TIh' f-n-in- lire iiillc(t(<l likr 1 a'.T. ami 1 fut., pas-sivc 
 
 til
 
 468 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 114. Contract Verbs. 
 
 Active. 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Ind. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (rifjidu) 
 
 (0, 
 
 ;Ae'w) 
 
 (ST/Xdw) 
 
 
 s. 
 
 ]. 
 
 -w 
 
 Tl'J.-Q 
 
 </" 
 
 :/\-cj 
 
 6?;X-w 
 
 -0] 
 
 
 2. 
 
 -ets 
 
 
 
 -ets 
 
 -ots 
 
 -v^ 
 
 
 3. 
 
 -et 
 
 -? 
 
 
 -6? 
 
 -oi 
 
 ■V 
 
 p. 
 
 1. 
 
 -o/xeu 
 
 -Qfiev 
 
 
 -oO^tteJ' -oC/ie«' 
 
 -OSfltV 
 
 
 O 
 
 ^1. 
 
 -ere 
 
 -are 
 
 
 -etre 
 
 -OUT€ 
 
 -TjTe 
 
 
 3. 
 
 -OUfft 
 
 -wtrt 
 
 
 -oDcrt 
 
 -OV<TL 
 
 -wai 
 
 Pres. Suhj. 
 
 (ri/xdw) (^((/iXew) (5j;A6a)) 
 
 TlfX-U) (j>l\-U) dT]\-W 
 
 -q,s -gs -ois 
 
 -^ -5 -oT 
 
 -Qfjiev -wfieu -w/xej' 
 
 -ore -rJTe -Qre 
 
 -Qffi -wffi -wfft 
 
 Pres. Opt. 
 
 (rifidotixi) ((piXioifii) {drjXdoifii) 
 1. -OI./.U Tifx-C^i (piX-olfu drfK-ol/xi 
 
 or {TLjxaol-qv) ((piXeolrjv) (dTfKooirjv) 
 -oLriv Tiix-i^rjv (piK-oiijv drjX-oirjp 
 
 2. 
 
 -OlS 
 
 -ws 
 
 -aiis 
 
 -oii 
 
 -olrjs 
 
 -WS 
 
 -ol-qs 
 
 -oLtjs 
 
 3. 
 
 -01 
 
 
 -01 
 
 -oi 
 
 •oiri 
 
 -vv 
 
 -olr) 
 
 ■oil) 
 
 1. 
 
 -OlfXfV 
 
 -UlfjLfV 
 
 -olfxev 
 
 -OlflfV 
 
 -ol-qixev 
 
 -cprj/xev 
 
 -olriixiv 
 
 •oLrifjLep 
 
 2. 
 
 -01T€ 
 
 -(^e 
 
 -01T€ 
 
 ■OLT€ 
 
 -oLrjre 
 
 ■4)yiTe 
 
 -oiTjre 
 
 -olijre 
 
 3. 
 
 -oiec 
 
 •(fey 
 
 -olev 
 
 -oiev 
 
 -olrfaav 
 
 -ifrjaav 
 
 -olriaav 
 
 -oliqaav 
 
 Pres. Imp. 
 
 (ri/JLae) {(plXee) (SriXoe) 
 S. 2. ■£ ri/x-a (f>LX-ei driX-ou 
 
 3. -era; -dTCi) -elro} -ovru} 
 
 P. 2. -ere -are -eire -oOre 
 
 3. -^Twaaf -dTuiaav -elrwaav -ovTwaav 
 ov or or or 
 
 •dvTWP -ihvTUV -oivTujv -OVVTCaV 
 
 Pres. Inf. 
 
 (^Tifjidea') (tpiXieiv') (57;\6eii') 
 Tifiav (piXeiv dTjXovv 
 
 Pres. Part. 
 
 {Tifidiov) ((^tXe'coc) (^orjXowv) 
 TijjLwv (piXQv 8r)XCiv 
 
 Imperfect Active. 
 
 
 
 
 Mn(aov) 
 
 i<plX(eou) 
 
 edriX(ooi') 
 
 s. 
 
 1. 
 
 -ov 
 
 Mfi-wv 
 
 i(plX-ow 
 
 cStiX-ovv 
 
 
 2. 
 
 -es 
 
 -OJ 
 
 -eit 
 
 -ovs 
 
 
 3. 
 
 -e 
 
 -a 
 
 -ei 
 
 -ov 
 
 p. 
 
 1. 
 
 -onev 
 
 -Qfiev 
 
 -ovfxev 
 
 -ovfiep 
 
 
 2. 
 
 -ere 
 
 -are 
 
 -eiTe 
 
 -OVT€ 
 
 
 3. 
 
 •ov 
 
 •wv 
 
 -ovy 
 
 -ow
 
 CONTRACT VERBS. 
 
 469 
 
 Middle and Passive. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 (jiixdofxai) ((pt\€Ofj.ai) {SyXoo/xai) 
 -o/xai Ti/i-wfUii <pi\-oi'fiai. dr)\-ovfxat 
 -TJ or -ei -q. -y or et -oi 
 
 -erai -arat -(Irai -ovTai 
 
 -ofxtda -<^fj.(6a -ov/j.f6a -ovfifOa 
 -€<r0e -dcrt'e -elade -ovcde 
 
 -ovrai -CivraL -ovvrai -ovvTat 
 
 Pres. Subj. 
 
 {Tiixdcj/xai) ((pi\euiiiai) (5j/\6a'yuat) 
 
 -(j}fiai Tifx-wfiai (piX-wfiai oijX-w/xai 
 
 ■V -? -V -<" 
 
 -rjTat -drai -fJTat -QraL 
 
 -wfifda -wfxeOa -w fie 6a -u'fjxtla 
 
 -Tjade -dade -rjcOe -Qcrth 
 
 -wirrai. -Givrai -Qprai -wfrai 
 
 Pres. Opt. 
 
 (TtfjLaoifiTjv) ((f>i\(oin.rii>) {5r]XooltJLr]i') 
 -oiiJLrjv Tin-(ffj,r]V (piX-oi/xriv 8r]\-olfirfv 
 
 ■010 
 
 -<M 
 
 -010 
 
 •010 
 
 OITO 
 
 ■(pro 
 
 -OtTO 
 
 ■OtTO 
 
 oi/j-tOa 
 
 -yue^a 
 
 -oifjieOa 
 
 -oi/x(0a 
 
 oiffOe 
 
 -ucOf 
 
 ■oiffOe 
 
 -olcde 
 
 OIVTO 
 
 -CfVTO 
 
 •olvTO 
 
 ■olVTO 
 
 Pres. Imp. 
 
 (rifxdov) {(piXeov) (dr)\6ov) 
 
 -OV TlfJL-Q ^i\-ov dij\-ov 
 
 -eaOti} -dff6(j} -daOw -ovaOw 
 
 •eaOt -d(j0€ -etaOi -ovaOe 
 -faOwaav -daOuicrav -tlaOuffav -ovaOwaav 
 
 or or or or 
 
 -i(j6wv -dcrOwv -daduiv -ovaOwv 
 
 Pres. Infin. 
 
 (jiixdtadai) {<pi\^((T0ai) (orfSdeffOai) 
 TtfidffOai <f>i\iiaOai orfKomOai 
 
 Pres. Part. 
 
 (ri/naiVfo?) (0i\f6//ei'os) {orj\o6ix(vo%) 
 Tinivfievos <j)iKovfiivos Sr]\ovfievos 
 
 Tmperf. Mid. and Pass. 
 
 
 (irtfiaiiixrjv') 
 
 (i<pi\(6n-ijv) 
 
 (fSri\o6li.rjl/') 
 
 ■Sunu 
 
 irift-ih^rjv 
 
 i(Pi 
 
 \-oi''ii.ri<' 
 
 iori\-i»'fiLr\v 
 
 OV 
 
 -U) 
 
 ». 
 
 -OV 
 
 -OV 
 
 fro 
 
 ■dro 
 
 
 •tiTO 
 
 -OVTO 
 
 ■6iiff)a 
 
 -(hfi'Oa 
 
 
 •avi^Oa 
 
 ■of'iiiPa 
 
 orflf 
 
 -dirOf 
 
 
 -fitjfir 
 
 • wuOf 
 
 ■OVTO 
 
 ■WfTO 
 
 
 •OVVTO 
 
 -ovtrro 
 
 1. VtrliH in fioi, (i>\ aiifl iu,t arc lontniitfd in tlic prfHcnt and 
 impfffoct, and arc infl(!rtcd like n/xao), honor, (jaX-lu), lone, and 8/;- 
 \i')ii), jrHiMifest. lint linir vi'fhs in -ao) (8ii/'uu>, ^ouu, Trcivuo), ;^Kio/i.a() 
 
 takf! q instead of n in the (UMitract forms.
 
 470 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 115. Synoptical Table of Verbs in 
 Active Voice. 
 
 
 Ind 
 
 SUBJ. 
 
 Opt. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 Inf. 
 
 Part. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Tifid- 
 neld' u 
 
 pi-ITT- 
 
 (palv- 
 
 -w 
 
 -OlfU 
 
 -el 
 
 -etc 
 
 -OJV 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 iwlffTev- 
 Mfia- 
 iirnd- ov 
 
 ipplTTT- 2 
 
 ^(paiv- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Flit. 
 
 iricrreva- 
 Ti/xria- 
 ■Kile- w 
 plf. 
 tpav- w 
 
 
 -Olfll 
 
 -oirfv, -ol/M 
 
 
 -etv 
 -etv 
 
 -dJV 
 
 -Qv 
 
 1 Aor. 
 
 fTrlffTiva- 
 irlixTja- 
 i-Kiia- a 
 ippiyp- 
 ^<priv- 
 
 ■KlffTiVff- 
 
 Ti/xricr- 
 
 i>i)V- 
 
 -aiui 
 
 ■ov 1 
 
 -at 3 
 
 -ds 
 
 Pcrf. 
 
 ■Ki-KlarevK- 
 
 TiTlnT)K- 
 TT^TTiLK- a 
 
 eppi(p- 
 ■KitpayK- 
 
 a;l 
 
 -OI/Xl 
 
 -e 
 
 -^vai^ 
 
 -ws 
 
 Pluperf. 
 
 eTre-KiffTiVK- ^ 
 ^TiTip,-r)K- 
 eimrilK- fiv 
 ^ppt(fy- 
 ine(f>ifiv- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 Note the ehange of accent. 
 
 2 Note the double p. 
 
 3 The 1 aor. act. inf. accents the penult. 
 * All infinitives in -vai accent the penult. 
 
 5 Augment generally omitted in pluperfect, in the N. T.
 
 SYNOPTICAL TABLE OF VERBS IN w. 
 
 471 
 
 Middle Voice. 
 
 
 Ind. 
 
 Sl'BJ. 
 
 Opt. Imp. 
 
 Ink. 
 
 Paut. 
 -6p.fvos 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Tlfxd- 
 
 wtlO- op.ai 
 
 plirr- 
 
 <paJ.v- 
 
 ■ufiai 
 
 ■oip.y)v 
 
 -ov 
 
 -fadai. 
 
 Impf. 
 
 (irt<TT(V- 
 
 irifia- 
 
 iirftO- dfiTju 
 eppiiTT- 
 itpaiv- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fid. 
 
 n.(TT(V(T 
 Tlixr,9. 
 
 irtla- ofiat 
 
 pl^p. 
 
 (pav-OL'fiai 
 
 
 -oiixjjv 
 
 
 -tcOai 
 -etffOai 
 
 •SfJLCVOi 
 
 -oi'ifxevoi 
 
 lAor. 
 
 ippif- 
 
 TTKJTtVU- 
 
 Ttfiriff- 
 irelff- Ufiai 
 
 IpTIV- 
 
 ■alp.r)v 
 
 ■at 
 
 -aaOai 
 
 -dpitvos 
 
 rerf. 
 
 TTtirlffTtV- 
 
 rtrlp.r)- 
 W(irti(j- p.a.1 
 
 fppi/X- 
 
 ixivoi C 
 
 •/i^voi (t-qv 
 
 -ao 
 
 eppt\lo 
 ir4<pavio 
 
 TTfirtiTTtvrrflai 
 
 TrTiftijaOni 
 
 irrirri(TOat 
 
 ^PptiftHai 
 
 irftpdiOai 
 
 •piivoi 
 
 Plupf. 
 
 iwtlTKTTtV- ' 
 
 ipplfi- 
 
 lwt<fli.<T- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' .Aiij^rrifiil yru'■^■■l\\\ niijiiiicl in )>liijicrfcct, \\\ tin- N. T,
 
 472 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 Passive Voicb.^ 
 
 
 Ind. 
 
 SUBJ. 
 
 Opt. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 Inf. 
 
 Part. 
 
 
 TTKTTeU- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fut. 
 
 TlfJ.7]C- 
 
 
 -drjaoiixrfv 
 
 
 -dy)<Teadai 
 
 -driadpLevo? 
 
 2 Fut. 
 
 pi(p- 
 (pav-rjaofxai. 
 
 
 -r]aoip.r]i> 
 
 
 -i]cea6ai 
 
 -r)a6p.€i'0S 
 
 
 iirtarev- 
 
 ITKTTeV- 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 Aor. 
 
 (TlfXTI- 
 
 inda- driv 
 
 ipplrp- 
 
 €(pav- 
 
 TIIXT]- 
 
 7ret(7- dw 
 
 pi<p- 
 
 (pav- 
 
 -edT)v 
 
 -(?r,Tta 
 
 -drjvai. ^ 
 
 ■0ds 
 
 1. For comparison we here give the synopsis of five verbs in 
 o) : (1) of TTio-Tciiw, believe or trust, because it is a characteristic 
 word of the N. T., and all its forms contain the unaltered stem ; 
 (2) of Tt/xaoj, honor, a pure verb ; (3) of ttuOo), persuade, mid. 
 obey, and (4) ptTTToj, throw, mute verbs ; and (5) of ^aivw, show, 
 appear, a liquid verb. 
 
 2. It is not to be supposed that all these forms occur in actual 
 use, but they are here given for the sake of comparison. 
 
 116. Impersonal Verbs. 
 
 Ind. Pres. Set 
 
 Suhj. Pres. her} 
 
 Inf. Pres. Setv 
 
 Part. Pres. (neuter) Scov 
 Imj^erf. tSci 
 
 First. Aor. 
 
 Trpetru 
 
 irpeirov 
 
 CTrpCTTC 
 
 bOKEL 
 
 OOKOVV 
 
 [xiXei 
 
 efxcXcv 
 
 €?)0^( 
 
 1 The present, imperfect, perfect, and pluperfect are the same as in the 
 middle voice. 
 
 2 Note the chanfre of accent. 
 
 ' AU inf|i)itive.s in -f«i accent the penult.
 
 VERliS IN iJ-i. 473 
 
 2. TOiovTos yap ifjjlv koX tirpiTrcv dp\up€ts, Hel>. vii. 2G. 
 
 1. Impersonal verbs art- used ouly in tln' third j'erson simju- 
 lar, and are generally rendered into English with tlie ijronoiin 
 it. The chief impersonal verity are Set, it is necessary, xry, it is 
 
 fitting, James iii. 10, wpeTrei, it becomes, Sokci, it seems, /xe'Aci, it is 
 a care, e^eo-rt, it is lawful. 
 
 2. Some of these impersonal verhs are also found personally. 
 
 117. Defective Verbs in oj. 
 
 ip)(6fi€yo<i, 1. 15, rjhOtv, i. 7 5 (fyeptre, i^veyKav, ii. 8. 
 i 
 
 There are a large number of verbs in the N. T. that are defec- 
 tive or anomalous, i. e. some of the tenses are not used, or their 
 forms are taken fnini different roots. All such verbs will be 
 given in the Catalogue of Verbs (§ 124). 
 
 118. Verbs in /u.i. 
 
 (o-ra-) (0,-) (80-) (8«K-) 
 
 T<rrr}iLi TiOijpL ?\i?i(nfn ^tLKw/xi 
 
 set put give shoio 
 
 1, Vcrlis in -pi. ari' of tlir nintli mikI fciitli cla.sses (if vrrbs 
 (§87,08). 
 
 2. Verbs an- cithir inllcrti'd according fn fbe (» furni, or mc- 
 cording to the pi. form. 
 
 ?t. Tt is called (he pi f..riii, Imc.misc tlie ]>resent indicative act- 
 ive, 1 perw. sing, ends in //'. 
 
 4. The peculiar inflection of verl>s in pi affects oidy tin (eiise.s 
 forirn<l from the j. resent jiri'l 2 -.u^r. stems, and in .1 few verhs, 
 those formed from tlie 2 jierfect stiin. Otlierwise (liey follow the 
 inflection of verbs in m. 
 
 5. Vr-rbs of the tenth cbiss (§8H) in -ir/;( or -ivvpi sijcloni 
 occur in the N. T., with the exception of SciKi'iy/ii, s/imr, and 
 dTToWvfxi, destroy.
 
 474 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 119. Synopsis of Present and Second Aorist Systems. 
 
 Active. 
 
 
 Ind. 
 
 StJBJ. 
 
 Opt. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 Inf. 
 
 Part. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 
 riOG} 
 
 8(lKVV(j} 
 
 i(XTaiT]v 
 
 iCTT, 
 
 dioov 
 delKvv 
 
 [(TTavai 
 TLdevai 
 didovai 
 dtiKuvfai 
 
 lardi 
 TiOds 
 didovs 
 
 Impcrf. 
 
 iriOrji' 
 (dldovv 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 Aor. 
 
 eaTTjv 
 wanting. 
 
 
 (TTalriv 
 
 ed-qv 
 
 Ooirjv 
 
 arijOi 
 
 eh 
 
 56? 
 
 (TTTJUaL 
 
 Oetuai 
 dovvai 
 
 aids 
 doOs 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Middle and Passive. 
 
 
 Ind. 
 
 SUBJ. 
 
 Opt. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 Inf. 
 
 Part. 
 
 rres. 
 
 tffrafia.1 
 rldtfiai 
 
 IffTUflaL 
 
 8i.5u>/j,aL 
 
 laraliJLtjv 
 TiOelfiTfv 
 
 8nKvvoltir)v 
 
 i'crratro 
 rlBcao 
 8l8oao 
 
 8dKVV(T0 
 
 'i(TTa<T0ai 
 rWeaOai 
 8l8oa0ai 
 8(lKvv<j0ai 
 
 Ti.0lixevo$ 
 8i86n€t'oi 
 deiKVi'fitvoi 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 IcrTd/jLiji) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 Aor. 
 Mid. 
 
 wanting, 
 wanting. 
 
 8u>ixai 
 
 0ftfxr)v 
 dolfnjv 
 
 00V 
 
 Sov 
 
 0i<j0ai 
 86ff0ai 
 
 04fievoi 
 S6/i.evos 
 
 ^ The 2 aor. sing, iml of three vcrb.s, riOrjfii, Sl8u/ii, and t-rjfii, is wanting, 
 and is supplied by the 1 aor. in -/ca (§ 90, 3).
 
 INFLECTION OF VERBS IN fJui. 
 
 475 
 
 For the sake of comparison, we herewith give a synopsis of 
 four verbs in fxi (representing the two classes) in the present and 
 second aorist systems. 
 
 120 Inflection of Verbs in /mi. 
 
 Active. 
 Present Indicative. 
 
 S.I. 
 
 L(TT-r]IJLl 
 
 riO-rjixL 
 
 8t6-wfj.L 
 
 SilKV-VfXL 
 
 2. 
 
 -»/s 
 
 -r)s 
 
 -ills 
 
 
 -DS 
 
 3. 
 
 -rjCTL 
 
 •rja-i 
 
 -wai 
 
 
 -vcri 
 
 F. 1. 
 
 -dfj-ev 
 
 f-fXiV 
 
 -OfJL€V 
 
 
 -V/Ji€V 
 
 2. 
 
 -are 
 
 -€TC 
 
 -ore 
 
 
 -UT€ 
 
 3. 
 
 -acri 
 
 -c'do-i 
 
 -ddo-t 
 
 
 -vd(ri 
 
 Present Subjunctive. 
 
 S 1. 
 
 ICTT-ft) 
 
 TiO-ia 
 
 StS-W 
 
 8ciKj/i5-w 
 
 2. 
 
 17? 
 
 •v^ 
 
 -^s 
 
 
 -r/9 
 
 3. 
 
 -V 
 
 ■V 
 
 -V 
 
 
 -?/ 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 -utfiev 
 
 -tl>/JL(V 
 
 -wfiev 
 
 
 -lO/XfU 
 
 2. 
 
 -rfT€ 
 
 -iJTf 
 
 -one 
 
 
 -r)T( 
 
 3. 
 
 •W(Tl 
 
 -dxTl 
 
 -wot 
 
 
 -wrrt 
 
 Present Optative. 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 IfTT-fll'i;!/ 
 
 Ti/)-iir)v 
 
 8i8-ot»;i/ 
 
 2. 
 
 -air)<: 
 
 -(tr}<: 
 
 -oij;'; 
 
 3. 
 
 -diT} 
 
 -n'r) 
 
 -oi't; 
 
 /'. 1. 
 
 -ii.irjii.iv or 
 
 -iirjfid' or 
 
 -oLTjfuv or 
 
 
 -njfjxv 
 
 -et/Act/ 
 
 -«t^«f 
 
 2. 
 
 -aiiyri or 
 
 -«i'»/Tf or 
 
 -oiT/Tc or 
 
 
 -filTf 
 
 -CITC 
 
 -OITC 
 
 3. 
 
 -ui'rfduv or 
 
 -UTfrrnv or 
 
 -oirjirav or 
 
 
 -ate J' 
 
 -trfv 
 
 -oiei' 
 
 -01 
 
 -oiei'
 
 476 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 Present Imperative. 
 
 s. 
 
 2. 
 
 la-TTi 
 
 
 Tl^Cl 
 
 
 8i8ou 
 
 
 SciVfU 
 
 
 3. 
 
 lO"TaTW 
 
 
 Tl^CTO) 
 
 
 SlSoTW 
 
 
 SeiKl/UTO) 
 
 p. 
 
 2. 
 
 IfTTaTC 
 
 
 tlOctc 
 
 
 St'SoTt 
 
 
 SfiKwre 
 
 
 3. 
 
 icTTttTwcrav 
 
 or 
 
 
 or 
 
 OtOOTOMJaV 
 SlSoi'TtOI' 
 
 or 
 
 SilKVVV 
 
 Imperfect Indicative. 
 
 s.\. 
 
 lO-T-T/V 
 
 irid-rjv 
 
 eSiS-ow 
 
 eSetKiz-uv 
 
 2. 
 
 -17s 
 
 
 -j^s or -€ts 
 
 -ovs 
 
 
 -us 
 
 3. 
 
 -V 
 
 
 -rj or -£i 
 
 -ov 
 
 
 -V 
 
 P.I. 
 
 -afiev 
 
 -€/A£J/ 
 
 -OfJ.€V 
 
 
 -vfiev 
 
 2. 
 
 -arc 
 
 
 -tTC 
 
 -OTC 
 
 
 •VTt 
 
 3. 
 
 -acrav 
 
 -ccrav 
 
 -OO'ttl' 
 
 
 -vaav 
 
 
 
 2 Aor. Ind. 
 
 2 Aor. Subj. 
 
 ^. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 
 ( -7O 
 
 (eS-tfJv) 
 
 ( -ws) 
 ( -) 
 
 ar-ta 
 
 6-0) 
 
 8rU> 
 
 S-ws 
 
 P. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 -r]fi€V 
 
 -rjT€ 
 
 -rjaav 
 
 -ere 
 -etrav 
 
 eS-o/xcf 
 
 -OTC 
 -OO-ttV 
 
 -U)fl€V 
 -U)T£ 
 
 -iocri 
 
 6-u)fiev 
 
 6-oiTe 
 
 6-wai 
 
 8-W/1A6V 
 
 8-ojTe 
 S-wai 
 
 2 ^or. pp«. 2 Aor. Imp. 
 
 S. 1. (TT-airjv 6-iiTqv ?>-oir)v S. 2. arrjOi ^cs 00s 
 
 3. 0"TT;T(0 ^ctw ootw 
 
 As in Pres. Opt. P. 2. o-t^tc ^eVc Sore 
 
 3. (TT-qTO)(rav Oirwcrav Sdrwcrav 
 or or or 
 
 (TTOLVTOiV BivTOiV hoVTWV
 
 INFLECTION OF VERBS IN /At. 
 
 4hrrT 
 
 Passive and Middle. 
 
 Present Indicative. 
 
 SI. 
 
 lOT-afiai 
 
 rid-tfiai 
 
 bib-ofiai 
 
 SeiKV-Vfiai 
 
 ') 
 
 -acrat 
 
 -eaai 
 
 -oarai 
 
 
 -vera I 
 
 3. 
 
 -arai 
 
 -€Tai 
 
 -oral 
 
 
 -VTUt 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 -lifjLfda 
 
 -ifieOa 
 
 -6fit6a 
 
 
 -vfitBa 
 
 2. 
 
 -aaOe 
 
 -etrOe 
 
 -oirOe 
 
 
 -vcrBe 
 
 3. 
 
 -avTui 
 
 -euTUi 
 
 -OVTUL 
 
 
 -wrat 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 s.i. 
 
 la-T-dfirfv 
 
 (TiO-i^-qv 
 
 tSiS-o/xiyv 
 
 iSeiKv-vfirjv 
 
 2. 
 
 -a (TO 
 
 -((TO 
 
 -ocro 
 
 
 -vao 
 
 3. 
 
 -UTO 
 
 -€T0 
 
 -OTO 
 
 
 -VTO 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 -dfieOa 
 
 -ifieOa 
 
 -OfiiOa 
 
 
 -vfie6a 
 
 2. 
 
 -aaOf. 
 
 -eade 
 
 -otrOi 
 
 
 -vaOe 
 
 3. 
 
 -avTo 
 
 -CVTO 
 
 -OVTO 
 
 
 -Vl'TO 
 
 Present Subjunctive. 
 
 s-i. 
 
 2. 
 
 [(TT-uj/iat 
 
 -r? 
 
 TiO-Cjfiai 
 -0 
 
 
 -«2 
 
 SeiKi/v-oi/xat 
 
 3. 
 
 -y)Tni 
 
 ■^Tdl 
 
 
 -(7)Tai 
 
 -i^rat 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 -<!)fi.cua 
 
 -u>fJitOa 
 -fj(rOe 
 
 
 -uaOe 
 
 -(ofteda 
 
 3. 
 
 -Civriu 
 
 -ioVTai 
 
 
 -utvTai 
 
 -IDVTdl 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 Op\ 
 
 tative. 
 
 
 S 1. 
 
 [(TT-ILlflrjV 
 
 TlO-f.lfl7)V 
 
 
 Cn^t-oifiqv 
 
 SeiKvv-oifirjv 
 
 2. 
 
 -fUO 
 
 -fir) 
 
 
 -(jitt 
 
 -OLO 
 
 3. 
 
 -(UT» 
 
 -tlTO 
 
 
 -(UTO 
 
 -OtTO 
 
 /* 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 HiirrOe 
 
 -f'urdf 
 
 
 -lltfLtftn 
 
 -iiiftfOa 
 •nurOt 
 
 3. 
 
 -aii'TO 
 
 -uvro 
 
 
 -OIKTO 
 
 -OLVTO
 
 478 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 ^.2. 
 
 3. 
 
 KTTOXJO or 
 
 i(rTacr6'a) 
 
 KTTaaae 
 
 Oi 
 
 Present Imperative. 
 
 Ti$€(To or 
 
 TiOoV 
 
 8i'8ocro or 
 
 Si8oo"^(o 
 8iSo(r^€ 
 
 8ct< 
 
 ciKvvcro 
 
 htiKVVudia 
 
 laTilaOuiaav OX TiOecrdwcrav or 8i86a6(j)(rav or S€iKVi!o-6'(Dcrav 
 lO-Tcio-^wi' TiOea-OiDV SiSoaBiov oxSeiKvwOtDV 
 
 2 Aor. Mid. Ind. 
 
 S.l. 
 
 iO-ejxrjv 
 
 iB-6fir)v 
 
 2. 
 
 -ov 
 
 -ov 
 
 3. 
 
 -iTO 
 
 -OTO 
 
 F.l. 
 
 -ifieOa 
 
 -ofieOa 
 
 2. 
 
 -taOe 
 
 -oaOe 
 
 3. 
 
 -evTO 
 
 -OVTO 
 
 2 Aor. Mid. Subj 
 
 Owfiai 
 
 Bu)fiaL 
 
 Ov 
 
 8a> 
 
 OrJTai 
 
 8a>Tai 
 
 $o)^eOa 
 
 SojfieOi 
 
 eijaOe 
 
 BwcrOe 
 
 Oiovrai 
 
 Stovrai 
 
 2 Aor. Mid. Opt. 
 
 S. 1. Oeifjiiiv 8oLfir]v 
 
 
 2. 
 
 Oe^io 
 
 Soto 
 
 
 3. 
 
 OtLTO 
 
 SotTO 
 
 P. 
 
 1. 
 
 OeifieOa 
 
 8oifieOa 
 
 
 2. 
 
 eelaOe 
 
 8o7aOe 
 
 
 3. 
 
 OetvTO 
 
 SoiVTO 
 
 2 Aor. Mid. Imp. 
 
 $ov 
 OeaOu) 
 
 dov 
 SocrOio 
 
 BeaOe SoaOe 
 
 OeaOiocrav or SoaOiMrav or 
 6ea0(x)v 86a6<x)v 
 
 The forms peculiar to verbs in /u are inflected as in the accom- 
 panying tables.
 
 SYNOPSIS 0F» VERBS IN /it. 
 
 479 
 
 121. Synopsis of Verbs in yui 
 
 
 Set. 
 
 
 Place. 
 
 Oive. 
 
 
 Show. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 la-TrjfjLi 
 
 
 TlBqfXL 
 
 8l8iDfJLl 
 
 
 StlKVVfll 
 
 lm/>e.rf. 
 
 laTfjv 
 
 
 iTidyv 
 
 i^iSovv 
 
 
 iBflKVVV 
 
 Fat. 
 
 (TTljtTU} 
 
 
 OrjiTU} 
 
 oojcrto 
 
 
 Sci^uj 
 
 Aor. 
 
 1. iCTTrjcru, 
 
 set. 
 
 Wi]Ka 
 
 cSwKtt 
 
 
 ^Sei^a 
 
 
 2. t(TT7]v, stood. 
 
 Wefiev (plur 
 
 .) (Fiofiev 
 
 (plur.) 
 
 
 Perf. 
 
 1. earrjKa 
 
 
 Tideixa 
 
 behojKa 
 
 
 8e8€L)(a 
 
 2. iarafjLev (plur.) 
 
 1. icTTrjKeiv or tTfOeiKdv iSeSwKfiv cScSci' 
 Pluperf. elaryKcLv 
 
 2. Itna^iv (plur.) 
 
 U)(€IV 
 
 
 
 Middle. 
 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 '(TTa/xai 
 
 TiOefiai 
 
 SiSo/ittt 
 
 8(iKWfiai 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 [(TTUfi-qv 
 
 (Tiuefxrji' 
 
 tSlSo/il/V 
 
 iStiKvufirjv 
 
 Put. 
 
 aTr'irrofiai 
 
 Oqaofxai 
 
 -Sioao/JLai 
 
 -S(i$ofiai 
 
 1 Aor. 
 
 ((TTYjcrufirjv 
 
 i6r)Kufir]i' 
 
 
 (8fi$ufii]V 
 
 2 Aor. 
 
 
 Wifiqi' 
 
 -tOO^TJV 
 
 
 Perf. 
 
 (<rTufJLai 
 
 TeOdfAUl 
 
 8t()oiJ.ai 
 
 SeScty/xai 
 
 Pluperf. 
 
 
 fTeOfifJirjv 
 
 e8t8('ifir)v 
 
 f8t8tiyffrjv 
 
 Passut;. 
 Pres., imperf, perf, plupicrf, as in Middle. 
 
 Aor. iiTTi'ifiijv 
 
 Put. <rTaOi'jiT(>fL<n 
 
 Put. Perf urTj'i^Dfiiu 
 
 (TahjV (8i'>0i}l' 
 
 TfOi'i(T(>fiai ft(iOi'i(r()ii(u 
 
 (fiiL^^Oyy 
 8{i^(h'i<ri>fini 
 
 For furtliir coinpiirisfni we also ^ivo a full synopsis of the in- 
 dicativr, nf tliftse tour vcrlis in all llic voicrs.
 
 480 ETYiMOLOGY. 
 
 122. List of Verbs of the First Class in /xt {Ninth 
 Class, §87) occurring in N. T. 
 
 I. With Reduplication. 
 
 1. TiOrjfjLi (^e-), put. dva-, Trpoa-ava-, d/ro-, 8(u-, uvTi-Sia-, ck-, 
 fTTi-, (Tur-fTri-, Kara-, aw Kara-, /lera-, irapa-, Trcpi-, Trpo-, irpocr-, aw-, 
 iTroTiOrifii (17). (See § 120.) 
 
 2. (-tVj/xi []c-] send.) di'-, d<^-, Ka^-, Trap-, crw-irjfiL (5). 
 
 ^c^. /wcZ. Pres. 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 
 
 acpirjiJii 
 
 rj(f>iov 
 
 Fut. 
 
 d^rycro) 
 
 -iijs or -eis 
 
 -l€S 
 
 1 ^on 
 
 d^^Ka 
 
 -irjcrt 
 
 -le 
 
 
 
 -Ufiev 
 
 
 Pass. Pres. 
 
 a.(f)iefiai 
 
 -Utc 
 
 
 1 yior. 
 
 a<fie6r)v 
 
 -Lum or toCm 
 
 
 Pw^. 
 
 d<f>€6^(rofiai 
 
 (Inflected mainly like 
 
 s TiOrjfii.) 
 
 
 
 3. 8i8(jj/xi (So-), ^iwe. di/a-, dTTO-, dvT-aTTO-, Sta-, ck-, ctti-, /itra-, 
 eapa-, Trpo-St'Soj/Ai (9). (See § 120.) 
 
 4. irrTTyp-i (crra-), se^ ?<J9. dv-, eir-av-, €t,-av-, av6-, dc^-, 8i-, ci'-, £^-, 
 i<^, KaT-ecff, (Tvv-€<fi-, KaO-, avTi-KaO-, aTro-KaO-, /Atp-, Trap-, 'Tept-, Trpo-, 
 n^v-ia-TTjfiL (19). (See § 120.) 
 
 5. oviurjfJLi (ova-), profit. 
 
 Mid. pres. ovtVa/xai ; 2 aor. cjvrjfirfv ; opt. dvaifirjv. 
 
 6. TTipTrXrjpL {TrXa-^,Jill up. ep-TriirXr]fi.i. 
 
 Act. 1 aor. €TrXr](Ta. Pass. 1 fut. TrXrjn-Orja-o/xai ; 1 aor. eTrXij- 
 
 7. TTinTrprffii (Trpa-), bum. 
 
 Pass. pres. inf. TrL/xTrparrOai, Acts xxviii. 6. 
 
 8. KL^-qpi (xP*!")? ^^wi. 
 
 Act. 1 aor. imp. xPW^^y Luke xi. 5.
 
 VERBS OF FIRST CLASS IN fii IN N. T. 481 
 
 II. Without Reduplication. 
 
 a. Themes in -a-. 
 
 9. (fyrjfii (<^a-), say. crJ/w,-</>i;/xt. 
 
 F)'es ind. Imperf. hid. 
 
 <^Tjs (pari €(})i](TOa or £<^7;s ttfiare 
 
 ({>-i]ai cfiucrC €(f>i] e<f>aaav 
 
 10. XPV (XP"')' *^ behooves. Imitersonal. Only in James 
 iii. 10. 
 
 11. ovyafjiui (?>wu-), can, he able. {Deponent, inflected like 
 the middle of uttt/^i.) 
 
 Imperf. iSvi'dfirjv and i]8vpdfir)i: Fut. Bvvi^a-oixai. 1 aor. r]8v- 
 vrf6y]v and rjBvpdaOrjV. 
 
 12. iiTLcrTafiai (ara-), know. (Inflected as Bvvafiai.) 
 
 13. Kftifiafiai (Kpcfia-), hang. Middle of Kf)ifi<xvvvfu, which see 
 (§ 123, 2). th-Kfti^a^ui. 
 
 Iiuperf. (ieKpefjLdfxrjv, Luke xix. 48, where, however, T and 
 Wri I'ead l^eKfiifi-fTo instead of -aro. 
 
 b. Themes in -i-. 
 
 14. (-(tfj-i [i-], yo.). dir-, eitr- i^-, ctt-, (rvv-eLfii (5). 
 
 Pres. Ind. Inij>f. Ind. Fres. SubJ. Pres. Opt. 
 
 loirjf or loifu 
 
 V 
 
 reg. 
 
 etfU 
 
 lyu or Qdv 
 
 
 1 
 
 cT 
 
 ^cjs or jjttfr^'a 
 
 
 '!h 
 
 curt 
 
 ^ci or J5fl^' 
 
 
 reg, 
 
 I/ICV 
 
 fl/XCl' 
 
 
 
 ITC 
 
 WT< 
 
 
 
 laai 
 
 TfjiTUf or j^;«:(rai' 
 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 P 
 
 res. T 
 
 W, 
 
 w 
 IT( 
 
 
 1 ' 
 
 (€1'(U 
 
 1T(I< 
 
 lOVTIif 
 
 
 
 lull'
 
 482 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 15. Keifiai. (k£1-), lie. dvd-, (fvv-avd-, uvtl-, utto-, iirc-, Kara-, Trafid-, 
 Trepi-, TTpo-Keifjiai (9). 
 
 Pres. Ind. Imperf. hid. 
 
 Kclfiat KeifieOa €K(.t.^-qv iKcifxeOa 
 
 Kelrai KelvTac ckcito tKevro 
 
 c. Themes in -a--. 
 
 16. elfii (eo--), avi. dir-, ep-, (e^-eari), irdp-, crvfi-irdp-, <rvv-eifiL (6). 
 
 Pres. Ind. Imperf. Ind. 
 
 eifii 
 
 ecTfiev 
 
 ■» 
 
 iare 
 
 COTt 
 
 > / 
 €«rt 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Subj. S), reg. 
 
 Pres. hnp. 
 
 1<t6l 
 
 eo-TC 
 
 t(TT(ji 
 
 (.(TTUiv or 
 
 
 ccTToJcrav 
 
 ■r)iJ.r}v 
 y/ada 
 
 T^re or ^o-t€ 
 
 TjV 
 
 Tyo-av 
 
 Pres. Opt. 
 
 er/^v, reg. 
 
 Pres. Inf. elvai 
 Part. wV) o'cra, ov 
 
 Put. Icrofiai icroifirjv Icrccrdai iao/jievo^ 
 
 17. KaO-y^fiai (^rjrr-), sit down. (Tvy-KdOrjfiai. 
 
 Pres. ind. Kdd--qpai^ -ij for -i/rrai, Acts xxiii. 3, -r^rai, etc. 
 
 Iinperf. iKaBt'ip-qv. Fut. KaO/jcrofiai. Pres. imp. /ca^ou for 
 KdOrjcro. Inf. Kad'^crOai. Part. KaOi'iix€vo<i. 
 
 123. List of Verbs of the Second Class in /il (Tenth 
 Class, § 88) occurring in N. T. 
 
 a. Themes in -a-. 
 
 1. KepdvpvfjiL (K€/)a-), mix. (Tvy-Kepawv/xi. 
 1 aor. tKepaa-a. Pass. perf. KiKipaa-p-ai. 
 
 2. Kpep.dvvvp.L (/cpt/u-a-), hang up. 
 
 1 aor. cKpepaaa. Pass. 1 aor. iKpep-ddOi-jv. Mid. pros. Kpc- 
 pafiai (see § 122, 13).
 
 VERBS OF SECOND CLASS IN ^ll IN N. T. 483 
 
 3. iK-TreTavvv/JLi (^vera-), expand. 
 1 aor. t$eireTa(Ta, Horn. x. 21. 
 
 b. Themes in -c-. 
 
 4 'ifi(^i-€vwfii (f-), clothe. 
 
 Pass. pert'. i)fi(fiieafxai. 
 
 5. Kop€Pvvfii (ko^>€-), satisfy. 
 
 Pass. 1 aor. part. Kopecr6ei<;, Acts xxvii. 38. Perf. part, kc- 
 Kopeafievo'i, 1 Cor. iv. 8. 
 
 6. rrfth'vvfii (ar/3e-), extinguish. 
 
 Fut. rrfifcro). 1 aor. urftaTa. Pass. pros. n-fiii'wixaL. 1 fut. 
 rrpaTOi'icrnixai. 
 
 c. Themes in -o>-. 
 
 7. ^(jjvi'u/i.t (^<ii-), (//^'t/. dva-, Sia-, irtpi-, vTro-t,'!)yi'vpi (4). 
 Fut. ^(j'ltrw. Mill. fut. Trepi-l^uxrofiui. 1 aor. imp. ^(Lcrai. 
 
 8. pwvwp.1 (/(CJ-), strenfjthen. 
 
 Pass. perf. tpp^fiui. Perf. iniji. tppuxrOe, fare ye ivell, Acts 
 XV. 29. 
 
 9. (TTpiovvufii (iTTpu)-), spread. Kara-, vird-a-Tpm'i^fii (2). 
 
 Act. imperf. ia-Tputvvvov. 1 aor. lo-TpuHra. Pass. 1 aor. 
 -ffrT/noOiju. 
 
 d. Themes cndiiifj in a consonant. 
 
 10. Kin-iiypvfii (ay-); break. 
 
 Fut. KaTfii.$<i>. 1 aor. KdTtn^a. Pass. 1 aor. KUTtii^Oiji- ; 2 
 aor. KaTd'tyijv. 
 
 11. ^KiKwiLi (^(iK ), shoUK Ill/a-, uvd-, €1-, (Vi-, vTr(>-?)(iKvvfii (H) 
 (S<:c § 120.) 
 
 12. piyvDiu (piy-), mix. rrvi'-di'n-fiiyi'Vfii. 
 
 1 ;u»r. tiLitii. Pass. perf. part. /yr/ziy/yeVov. 
 
 1.'}. (/TT-'jAXij/it ('lA-), distniif, I(ts<'. irvv-airoWvpt. 
 
 Fut. (IttoAcVo) aiitl uTToAo). 1 ;i(tr. rl7r«i)A*(Ta. 2 pfpf. j>art. 
 «7roA<»A(i»<;. Mill. pros. fiTroAAu/ini ; fut. fiTroAor/iai j 2 .aor. 
 aTTOjAo/xr^i'.
 
 484 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 14. ofivvfii (o/x-), swear. 
 
 Pros. inf. ofivvvai, Mark xiv. 71. Forms its tenses fi»om 
 
 ofxuu). 1 aor. u)fjin(Ta. 
 
 15. IT t'lyvvfjii (rray-)., fasten, fix. Trpoa-Trr'jyvvfiL. 
 1 aor. hriqt,a. 
 
 IC). f),'iyvvfj.i (t>ay-), rend, break. 8ia-, -n-epi-, irpoa-pT^yvifiL (3). 
 Fut. pr/^o). 1 aor. tpprj^a ; Trpoa-ip-q^a. 
 
 124. A List of the Irregular Verbs occurring in 
 New Testament. 
 
 The following list exhibits the principal parts, in use in the 
 N. T., of all verhs occurring in it, save those of the first and 
 fourth classes, which are entirely regular. Although in alpha- 
 betical order, their classification in eight classes (according to 
 the formation of the present, § 78) is indicated. All the verbs 
 of the ninth and tenth classes have alread}^ been given (§ 122, 
 123). All compounds are given under the simple stem. 
 
 1. dyyeXXtx) (IV.), announce. av-, «7r-, 8i-, i^-, iir-, Trpo-€ir-, kut-, 
 TTpo-KaT-, irap-ayyeWix) (9). Inflected like (jtaivut. 
 
 Imperf. yjyyeWoi' ; fut. dyyeXw; 2 aor. 7]yyeL\a. Mid. perf. 
 -r/yyeXpiu ; 1 aor. -yyye LXdfirjv. Pass. 2 aor. -rjyytXtjv. 
 
 2. ay(o (I.), lead. nv-, iir-av-, ciTr-, avv-uTr-, ^i-, ha-, -rrap-eio--, 
 i.c,-, eTT-, KdT-, /ifT-, Trap-, Trtpi-, tt/jo-, irpoa-, aw-, (Tri-avv-, vTr-dyw 
 
 (18). 
 
 Imperf. 'yyoi/; fut. a$o) ; 1 aor. y^a ; 2 aor. ■^yaym', inf. dya- 
 yeli'. Pass. pres. dynfiat ; imperf. yyop-qv ; 1 aor. yxO^jv ; 
 1 fut. d)^Or'janfiai. 
 
 3. alveo), -ut (I.), Jjraise. eV-, TTup-atveo) (2). 
 
 Imperf. 3 pers. sing, -n-aprfvu ; fut. -aiveVw ; aor. -^veo-a. 
 
 4. arp€(i), -(?) (VIII.), take, mid. choose. Av-, u(f)-, St-, e^-, »ca^-, 
 Trepi-, Trpo-aipew (7). 
 
 Fut. -aiprjau) and -eXo^ ; 2 aor. -aXor. Mid. pres. -aipovfxai ; 
 fut. <upqaop.aL ; 2 aor. ttX('ifjL)ji' and elXdfirjv.
 
 IRREGULAK VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 485 
 
 6. aifjM ( IV.), b'ft up, raise. air-, i^-, in-, /ACT-, (TVV-, VTTtp- 
 atpii) (6). 
 
 Flit. dfiCu ; 1 aor. juja ; imp, apov ; iuf. apai ; perf. rjpKu. 
 Pass. 1 aor. rjpOrjy ; perf. 7/^j/xai ; 1 fut. dpOrjaopui. 
 G. airOdvoixai (V.), perceive. Deponent mid. 
 
 2 aor. yjcrOo/JLrjy. 
 
 7. atT£w, -cij (I.), ask. (ITT-, i^-, iir-, Trap-(^-fiai) , Trpotr-uiTeo) ( ■')). 
 Fut. aiTr'nTij) ; 1 aor. j/rr/tru ; perf. rirrjKu. Mid. pres. ahovfiai ; 
 
 iniperf. t/toi'/at/i/ ; fut. airr/tro/xut ; 1 aor. rJTTiirdp.rjv. 
 
 8. aKoiw (I.), hear, hi-, ela-, eV-, 7ra/i-, vrpo-, vn-aKovw (6). 
 Imperf. ^kouoi' ; fut. aKouo-o/iai and cIkovo-w ; 1 aor. t^kovctu j 
 
 perf. aKrjKou. Pass. 1 aor. -fjKOVcrOrjv. 
 
 9. dXXunT(TO) (IV.), exchange. dn-, St-, Kar-, diro-Kar-, /XCT-, 
 crw-aAAao'crw (6). 
 
 Fut. dWdiw ; I aor. r]XXa$a. Pass. 2 fut. dWay^o-ofxai ; 
 perf. inf. -rfWuxOuL ; 2 aor. -r;AXay»;i/. 
 
 10. dAAo/[Aui (IV.), spiring up. i^-, e<^-uAXo/xat (2). 
 Imperf. r]W<'>fiijv ; aor. rjKd/irjv and r]\6p.r]v. 
 
 11. i'ifji.apT<iv(i> (V.), err. Trpo-afxafiTdvo). 
 
 Fut. dp.apTr'i<r(j) ; 1 aor. r/ixdpTrja-a ; 2 aor. r)p.ap7ov ; ptrf. 
 rifj.ufmjKa. 
 
 12. uva-(iaLVw, (IV.), yo W^ (fttiLiw, go). npoa-ava-, avv-ava-, 
 
 UTTO-, OlU-, tV-, €//-, KUTU-, /liTa-, TTitpn-, TTpi)-, (TVp-filUVU) (11). 
 
 Imperf. -ifiuaov ; fut. -^r/o-o/xai ; perf. -(•ji(h]ha ; 2 aor. c/Sr/r, 
 /y<Ti, (iiuqv, jiijOi, (iijviu, /?ds. 
 
 l.'j. fU-fxAttTKO) (VI.), ron.fume. kut-, Trptxr-avaKiaKO). 
 
 1' ut. rli/uXoWoj 5 1 aur. di'ryAdxra aud i/i'dAoHra. Pasa. 1 aor. 
 rli'7jA(i')6'r;j'. 
 
 14. <tc-oiy'i) (I.), ojii'U. fii-iivitiyiii. 
 
 Fut. dcfu'^oi ; 1 aor. i^coi^a aud di't'io^d, ix. 14, also rjiiw^n, ix. 
 
 17, 32 ; ii J)(?rf. dccwya. I'aSH. 1 at»r. dytw^Oyji', »)i'€<j»y'y»;i', 
 and yjvoi^^Orjy ; 2 aor. ijvoiyrjv ; 1 fut. dt'oi^fhiini/iiii -^ 2 flit. 
 dv()Lyi'](ri>p.iii ; pf-rf. p.'irt. rli'ciijy^icVos an<l ijvtwypu'os (r/voiy- 
 /btcVos Acts ix. .S. 'i').
 
 486 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 15. di/-op66(o, -to (I.) set tqj. 
 
 Fut. avopOwaw ; 1 aor. avwpOwaa. Pass. 1 aor. dvo}p6(ji)0rjv 
 and dvopOwdip', Luko xiii. 13, T Tr. 
 
 16. dnu-KTiivoi (IV.) also -mivvw (T Tr), kill. 
 
 Fut. (ATToKTei/oj ; 1 aor. airiKTuva. Pass. pres. inf. diroKrivvt- 
 aOai, Rev. vi. 11 ; 1 aor. aTrtKTuvdrjv. 
 
 17. aTTTio (111.), faste)l, mid. touch, dv-, KaO-, Trepi-diTTw (3). 
 
 1 aoi". rjxl/a. Mid. imperf. yTTTOfxrjv ; 1 aor. rjij/ufLriv. Pass. 
 1 aor. T](fi67]v. 
 
 18. uTT-to^cw, -w (VII.), tltrust away. ii-wOeo}. 
 
 1 aor. i^-waa. Mid. pres. dn-uidio jxai (-oGyLtat) j 1 aor. aTr-uxra- 
 
 19. dpiiTKU) (VI.), please. 
 
 Imperf. rjp^a-Kov ; fut. dpio-oj ; 1 aor. ^ptaa. 
 
 20. dpK^w, -ix) (I.), suffice. iir-apKeiji. 
 
 1 aor. T]pKi(Ta, Pass. pres. apKOv/xai ; 1 fut. apK^aOrjaofxai. 
 
 21. dpviop.ai, -ovjxai (1.), dent/. Pass, deponent, dir-apviopai. 
 Imperf. {jpvovfjirjv ; 1 aor. ypvyjcrd/xriv ; perf. rjpvrjfiai. Pass. 
 
 1 fut. -apvridrjcrofJiai. 
 
 22. dpTTu^oj (IV.), seize. 8i-, aw-apTrd^w. 
 
 Fut. tlpTracroj ; 1 aor. rjpTTacra. Pass. 1 aor. rjpirda6r]v ; 2 aor. 
 ripndyrjv j 2 fut. dpTrayycrofxai. 
 
 23. apx<^ (^Oj ^i*^<^) mid. beyin. cv-(-/xai), 7rpo-cv-(-/tx.at) vtt-, 
 Trpo-UTT-ap^to (4). 
 
 Imperf. ^px"''' Mid. pres. dp^^ofxai; fut. dp^ofxat', 1 aor. 
 
 24. auAt'^opttt (IV.), Zo(/<7e. Deponent. 
 
 Imperf. rjiiXi^npr^v ; 1 aor. rfvXladqv. 
 
 25. au^ui'oj (V.), increase, aw-, virep-av^duM. Written also 
 av^w, Eph. ii. 21, Col. ii. 19. 
 
 Imperf. 7/i!^avoi ; fut. av^rja-w ; 1 aor. rjv^qaa. Pass. 1 aor.
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IX N. T. 487 
 
 26. oLffj-iKViofjiai, -oifiaL (V.), arrive at. 6i-j €</)-tKieo/xui. 
 2 aor. affjiKofjLYjv. 
 
 27. (3aaw, for compounds of, see di a-^aiVw. 
 
 28. /3d\\w (IV.), throw. u/u.<^i-, ui'a-, avn-, diro-, 8ta-, eV-, ifx-, 
 
 TTUfj-ffX-, CTTl-, KttTU-, /i,€TU-, TTUfja-, TTipl , TTpO-f (TVfl-, VTTtft-, Vn(J-l3u.W(Ji 
 
 (17). ^ 
 
 Fut. /5uAw ; perf. fte/SXrjKu ; pluperf. -fSffiXyjKttv ; 2 aor. efta- 
 \(n' (3 pers. plur. IjiaXov in Luke xxiii. 34 ; once t/iaXdv 
 in Acts xvi. 37). Mid. 2 aor. -tfSaXofj.rjv. Pass. 1 aor. 
 (^\y]6r}i' ; 1 fut. (S\r]Or]<T<>iJ.uL ; pcrf. (iiftXrffiai ; plupt'lf. 
 
 29. ftaTTTi^u) (IV.), baptize (wash, Mark vii, 4 ; Luke xi. 38). 
 Inipcrf. fftd-TTTLCov ; fut. /iaTrruroj ; 1 aor. ifSdima-a. Mid. 1 
 
 aor. ifSaimadfirjv. Pass, imperf. i/SaTTTiCdf/.tjv ; perf. part. 
 /ScySaTTTtcr/xeVos ; 1 aor. i(SairTi<T6r)v J 1 f ut. fSanTurOrjirDfjiai.. 
 
 30. ftdiTTM (ill), rfi}>, immerse. ifj-l^dnTw. 
 
 Fut. ftd[po>, John xiii. 2G ; 1 aor. ifia^a. Pass. ]»erf. part. 
 
 (Stfiafjifiti'U'i- 
 3L (iaftiui, -o> (I.), weigh down. Simple verb only in passive. 
 eVi-, KOTa-fiiifttw (2). 
 
 Act. 1 aor. KiiTifidfirjaa, inf. iiriftaprfrrai. Pass. pres. part. 
 ftapovfuiui ; iiiiper. ftapiurOo) ; 1 aor. iftapr'jOiji' ; 2)erf. part. 
 (i((iapijp.iv(><;. 
 
 32. fSatTKaivii) (V.), slander. 
 1 aor. iftdiTKiiva. 
 
 33. [iaardiiti (IV.), carry. 
 
 Fut. ftiKTrdtTti) ; 1 ;i<)r. tfiiurracra. 
 
 34. (hfipdurK,., (VI.). eat. 
 Perf. /yc7V.)K,«, vi. 13, 
 
 35. /;^(.r;(r), -.',. ( I ), ///•«. 
 
 1 ;u»r. inf. fiuninn, 1 I'ct. iv. 2. 
 
 30. jiXdiTTw (III ). //^/r/:. 
 
 Fut. /iA.i'i//f,. ; I -inr. «ft\aij/n.
 
 488 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 37. ftXaa-rdvu) (V.), sprout. 
 
 Pres. subj. 3 pers. sing. /JAacrra (from /JAatrTuw), Mark iv. 
 27 ; 1 aor. ifiXda-T-qa-a. 
 
 38. /?Ac7rw (I.), see. dva-, d-rro-, 8ia-, ifi-, ivi-, irepi-, Trpo-^AcVw (7). 
 Imperf . «/3Ac7rov ; fut. jSKiipw ; 1 aor. e/^Aci/^a. 
 
 39. (3ov\ofJLai (I.), wi7^, wisA. 
 
 Pres. 2 pers. sing. f3ov\ei for /SouAr/, Luke xxii. 42 ; imperf. 
 i/SovXoixrjv ; 1 aor. c/SovAt^^t/v, Matt. i. 19 ; 2 John 12. 
 
 40. Ppf^x^ (I')) *^^^' Impers. /3p€x", i^ rains. 
 1 aor. e/3p€^a. 
 
 41. yafxiw, -w (VII.), ^eac? tn marriage. 
 
 Imperf iydfxowf Luke xvii. 27 ; 1 aor. tyi/pu, Matt. xxii. 25, 
 and iydfxriaa ; perf. ytydfirjKa. Pass. 1 aor. cya/Ji-qSrjv. 
 
 42. ycAaw, -w (I. ), laugh. Kara-ycAaw. 
 Imperf. 3 pers. plur. KarcycAwv j fut. yeAao-w. 
 
 43. yi]f)d<TKij) (VI.) , grow old. 
 1 aor. iyrjpaaa. 
 
 44. yivofxai (I.), become, diro-, Sia-, cTTt-, irapa-f crvfi-irapa-, 
 wpo-yivofxat (6). 
 
 Fut. yevi]aofxai ; 2 aor. eyer'd/xt^v. Pass. 1 aor. iyivrfiyjv ; perf. 
 ytyei^rjfxai and ye'yova ; pluperf . 3 pers. sing. c'yeyovei, vi. 17. 
 
 45. ytiojcTKw (VI.), know, dva-, 8ia-, iiTL-, Kara-, Trpo-yivojo-Kw (5). 
 Imperf. tyiVwo-Kov ; fut. yvwo-o/Aoi ; 2 aor. eyvwv, subj. yvw (3 
 
 pers. sing, yrot for yiw, Mark v. 43, ix. 30 ; Luke xix. 15), 
 imper. yno^i, inf. ypwrai, part, yvovs; perf. cyvwKo, xvii. 7, 
 3 pers. plur. tyvwKav for tyi/okam ; pluperf. cyvwKtiv. Pass, 
 perf. lyvMCTfiai ; 1 aor. iyi'wcrdrjv ; fut. yvoxrOrjaofiai. 
 
 4(>. ypu</)w (I.), write. aTro-, cy-, c'tti-, Kara-, Trpo-ypd<f)w (5). 
 Imperf. eypa^ov ; fut. ypdxf/o) ; 1 aor. iypaijm ; perf. ytypa^a. 
 Pass. perf. yeypapp.u.L ; 2 aor. iypd(f)riv ; pluperf. 3 pers. sing. 
 eV-eycypaTTTO.
 
 IRKEGULAK VEKliS OCCURRING IX N. T. 489 
 
 47. SeiKVvo) and Scikiv^i (-X-)' (^^^ § 123, 11), show, dva-, aTro-, 
 
 iv; €7rt-, irTTU-BfLKVVfXL (5). 
 
 Fut. B(.L$(jj ; 1 aor. ISet^a. Pass. 1 aor. part. BuxOu^, Heb. 
 viii. 5. 
 
 48. Stomal (I.), ivant, ask. irpocr-Siofxai. 
 
 Imporf. 3 pers. sing. e'Se'cro or c'Seiro, Luke viii. 38 ; 1 aor. 
 i6er]0r]V. 
 
 40. ^tpu) (I.), flaij, beat. 
 
 1 aor. trteipa. Pass. 2 fut. SapT^a-oixui. 
 
 50. S4)^()[ji.ai (I.), take, receive, di'a-, (Itto-, 8ta-, tto--, £k-, aTr-CK-, 
 ev-, €7rt-, 7ra/)u-, Trpija-, vTro-rtt'^^o^ui (11). 
 
 Imperf. iSix,')pw > ^'^'t- oi^ofxat ; 1 aor. iSi^afxrjv ; perf. ^e- 
 8ey/xai, Acts viii. 14. Pass. 1 aor. -jrapihix^rjv, Acts xv. 4. 
 
 51. Seoj (I.), bind. Kara-, Trtpt-, rrui'-, v7ro-8e(o (4). 
 
 Fut. rtr/rrw; 1 aor. tSj^o-a ; perf. part. StScKok, Acts xxii. 29. 
 Mid. 1 aor. vTreSr/rrd/u,?;!'. I'as.s. perf. 8c8c/xat ; 1 aor. inf. 
 Se^jji/at, Acts xxi. 33 ; pliiperf. 3 pers. sing. TrepicSt'Stro. 
 
 52. hiaKoviui, -w (I.), minister. 
 
 Imporf. hirjKovovv ; fut. SiuKoi'i/froi ; 1 aor. ^trjKovrja-a. Pass, 
 pros. part. SiaKuvui'iJiivos ; 1 aor- iuf- SLaKovr]$rjvai, part. 
 
 53. S161JUTKO) (VI.), teach. 
 
 Imperf. ioLOturKov ; fut. 8i6afo) ; 1 aor. i^iSa^a. Pass. 1 aor. 
 €Oiod;(6'»;i'. 
 
 54. 6iOcjfi.i (IX.), (/twe. u^a.-, oltto-, avT-aTTO-, Sia-, £«-, eVi-, fitra-, 
 irafta-, npo-^ifxniii (*'). See 122, 3. 
 
 Pres. ind. 1 .sing, oner oift',> (as if fmni rtirtjioi), R.ev. ill. 0; 3 
 per.s. plur. ^i^dnfn, Kev. xvii. l.'J ; imperf. .'» pers. sing. t8t- 
 •Sor, 3 prr.s. plur. l?>i?>avv (Ijut t^trtiwrai', xix. 3); fut. hiltcTM) 
 1 aor. crtdiKit ; jM-rf. rt€rto)Ka ; jduperf. fMfti'oKiiv and St^f/jKeif, 
 .'5 piTs. |)liir. <Sc8(.')Kci<rai', xi. 57. I'asH. perf. 8to«/zai ; I 
 aor. fOnOip' ; 1 fut. ?)<>()Tf<r<>ii.ai.
 
 490 ■ ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 55. hif/du), -oj (I.), thirst. 
 
 Fut. Snj/rjav) ; 1 aor. tSiiprjo-a ; pres. subj. 3 pers. sing. 8ti//a, 
 John vii. 37, for 8itf/fj. 
 
 56. SoKCW, -Ol (Vll.), thhlk. £11-, CTDlz-er-SoKCW. 
 
 Iniperf. cSokouv ; 1 aor. eSo^a, cuSoKr/cra, and rjvdoKrjcra. 
 
 57. 8uVw and 8t;aj (I), enter. Ik-, d7r-£K-(-ju,at), eV-, iiT-iv-, nap-w;-, 
 €7rt-8ww (6). 
 
 2 aor. tSui'; 1 aor. tSvrra. Mid. 1 aor. -eSvcrdfi-qv. 
 
 58. idw, -S) (1.), permit. Trpucr-taw. 
 Imperf. €to)i' ; fut. eao-w ; 1 aor. eiaa-a. 
 
 59. iyyi^M (IV.), approach. TrptxT-eyyiCo). 
 
 Imjjerf. r^yyt^nv ; fut. eyyi'o-oj (lyyvui T Tr in James iv. 8) ; 1 
 
 aor. ^yyicra ; perf. -r^yyiKa. 
 
 60. e'yeifjoj (IV.), awake, raise up. 8i-, e'^-, ctt-, aw-eyeLpw (4). 
 
 Fut. cyepw ; 1 aor. -^yeipa. Pass. pres. iytipofxai, imper. 2 
 pers. sing, iyupov, Mark ii. 9, and cyetpe ; perf. iyrjycpfiaL ; 
 1 aor, r)y€p6r]v ; 1 fut. iy^pOijaofxai. 
 
 61. eSa</>t^w (IV.), ra«e. 
 Fut. i8a(fiiw, Luke xix. 44. 
 
 62. €6'i4oj (IV.), accustom. 
 
 Perf. part. dOia-p.ivo'i, Luke ii. 27. 
 
 63. e^w (VIII.), 6e accustomed. 
 
 Pres. obsolete. Perf. ctw^a ; pluperf. as imperf. ddyOtiv. 
 
 64. €i8(ij (VIII.), an obsolete present, supplied by opdw, which 
 
 see. 
 
 I. 2 aor. etSoi/, see. dtr-, in-, irpo-, (tvv-, virep-eiSov (5). Also 
 €i8a, Rev. xvii. 3, T Tr ; d8up.€v, Acts iv. 20, etc. ; 3 pers. 
 plur. £i8ai', i. 39, etc. Also t8oi/, T in xix. 6, etc. Subj. i'8oj ; 
 imp. ;!8e, 2 pers. plur. i8cTe; inf. l?)uv ; part. iSo'yv. 
 
 II. 2 perf. <Hi)a, know, ol8a<;, xxi. 15, ot8€(i'), oiSafXtv, ot8aT£ 
 (to-T£ a few times), oi8acri (once icracrt, Acts xxvi. 4) ; i)lu- 
 perf. ^Stiv, ^Scts, '^8ci, 3 pers. plur. ^Setcrai' ; ftit. eiSr/o-to, 
 Heb. viii. 11. The perf. has the signif. of a pres., the 
 pluperf. of an imperfect.
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 491 
 
 65. eiKw (VIII.), obsolete. 
 
 2 perf. toiKa with the force of a present, he like. 
 
 66. d[x.i See § 122, 16. 
 
 67. eT/mi. See § 122, 14. 
 
 68. ctTTOV, 2 aor. (VIII.), say. air-, an-, irpo-^lirou (3). 
 Subj. ciTroj ; opt. eiTToifiL ; imp. ctTre ; inf. ciTreii/ ; part, eittom'. 
 
 1 aor. tiTTM, X. 34, etc., 3 pers. phir. cZttuv (often), iinj). 
 elirov for Attic eiTroi/, but some regard dirov as imp. of 2 
 aor. ; fut. tpoj (from Epic pres. tifiwi) ; perf. dprjKa (from 
 pew), 3 per.s. j)hir. ei^ryKao-ti/, Acts xvii. 28, and etprjHav, 
 Kev. xix. 3, inf. dpr^Kivai, Ileb. x. 15. Pa.ss. perf. 3 pers. 
 sing, dprjraif part, upr^fxivov ; pluperf. (.ijnjKf.iv ; 1 aor. ippi- 
 difv and Attic iiifn'iOrjv, part. prjOd's. 
 
 69. iK-Tuvu) (IV.), stretcJi out. tV-, vntp-^K-ruvw (2). 
 Iinperf. e^eVcu'oi' ; fut. eVrei/oJ j 1 aor. i^iruva. 
 
 70. (K-TptTTo) (I-), ^wm aside. cV-, eTrt-TpcVw (2). 
 
 1 aor. trpcipii. Pass. 2 aor. i^fTpdirrjv ; 2 fut. iKTpain^(rop.ai. 
 
 71. iK-^to) an<l ck;^iVo) or ck^^im'I'oj (II.), pmtr out. ctti-, ciry-, 
 VTrtp-eK-;^?'!"*). 
 
 Pres. imp. plur. iK\Urf., Kev. xvi. 1, wliich some would have 
 
 2 aor. ; imperf. 3 per.s. sing, avii^wcv or awixy^'vtv, Acts 
 X. 22, 3 pers. plur. a-vvix,'^i>v (l)ut some 2 aor.) ; fut. cVp^eiT,, 
 Acts ii. 17 ; 1 anr. ($(xca, 3 pers. sing, cut'x*'' '"f- «'*^X*'*'' 
 Rom. iii. 15. I'ass. perf. iKKi^^ypai ; 1 aor. f^ex*'}V>iv ; 1 fut. 
 
 tKYwr/iropai. 
 
 72. cXarwi) (V.), (Irirr. air-, (Tvv-<.\a\'<ro) (2). 
 
 1 aor. -i'i\(i(ja ; pi'rf. })art. l\r)Xii.Ki'i)s. Pass. pres. cAatVo/xat ; 
 imj)erf. i^Xavvxpyp'. 
 
 73. cAf'yx'" (I-)) ''onrirt. i^-, Sia-K(iT-(-/x(u) (2). 
 
 Fut. fXtyv'ii ; 1 .KT. inf. c\ty(ui, imj». cAey^oi'. Pass, jtres. 
 (K(y\fipiiiy imperf. -ti\f.y\(')p.rjv. 
 
 74. cAk(i) (I.), (fnno. c^-cAk«i). 
 
 Imp»'rf. tlAKor, Acts xxi. 30; fut. cAkiVw ; 1 aor. eiAKuau, inf. 
 tAKvcTH', XX i. ♦).
 
 492 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 75. iX-rrL^io (IV.), hope, air-, irpo-tXirL^u} (2). 
 
 Imperf. r/A7rt^or ; Attic fut. e'ATrioi, Matt. xii. 21; 1 aor. ^A- 
 TTLfTa ; perf. yXmKa. 
 
 76. eV-Te'AAw (IV.), order. Deponent mid. 
 
 Pres. cvTeAAo/Aut ; fut. ci/TcAofjyutat ; 1 aor. cvcreiAa/xT^i' ; perf. 
 3 pars. sing. eVTCTaArai, Acts xiii. 47. 
 
 77. ipydloixai (I.), work. Kar-, Trept-, 7rpocr-epya^o/u,at (3). 
 Imperf, etpya^o/xr/i', also rfpyai^ofirji' ; 1 aor. elpyaa-dix-qv, also 
 
 Tjpyaa. ; perf. a.pyaap.ai in a pass, sense, iii. 21. 
 
 78. €p)(op.ai (VIII.), come. dv-, iTr-av, otTr-, 8i-, ttcr-, cTr-eicr-, 
 TTttp-cicr-, (Tuv-eKr-, ei-, ^t-e^"? t^") xar-, nap-, avTi-nap-, ntpi-, irpo-, 
 npocr-, <rvi'-ip^ofxai (18). 
 
 Pres. imp. f.pxov, ip^^ca-Oe ; imperf. Yip^ofirjv ; fut. iXeva-ofiai ; 
 perf. iXi]Xv6a ; pluperf . iXrjXvOuv ; 2 aor. ^X6ov and 7/A^u, 
 i. 39, iii. 26 ; iv. 27, xii. 9, etc. 
 
 i9. epondw, -w (I.), ask. 8i-, eV-cpwraoj (2). 
 
 Pres. inf. ipondv or ipwrav ; imperf. 3 pers. plur. rjpuyTwv, 
 Matt. XV. 23, and ijpwTuw ; fut. ipwryrrw ; 1 aor. r/pwrrja-a. 
 
 80. i(r6io) and tcr^w (VIII.), eat. Kar-, a-vv-€cr6i(i} (2). 
 Imperf. ^cr^iov ; 2 aor. £</>ayoi' ; fut. ^dyofiai. 
 
 81. evap€(rT€w, -w (I.), a/M tv ell-pleasing. 
 
 1 aor. inf. cuapeo-r^aut ; perf. inf. cui^pctrTTy/ccVat and cuaptaTT/- 
 Kaai, Heb. xi. 5. 
 
 82. eu-ooKew, -w (VII.), am well-pleased. auv-cu8oKew (see also 
 
 OOKt'w). 
 
 1 aor. evSoKT^cra and r^vhoKiqaa, 1 Cor. X. 5, etc. 
 
 83. (VKoxpfw, -u) (I.), Artwe ojjportunity. 
 
 Imperf. iwaipovv, Mark vi. 31, and rivKaipow, Acts xvii. 21 ; 
 
 1 aor. subj. txiKaipriaw. 
 
 84. evAoycw, -to (!•)> blsss. cv-, KOT-euAoycw (2). 
 
 Imperf. evAdyow and rjvXoyow ; 1 aor. eiXoyrjcra ; perf. €vA<>- 
 y^Kn.
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 493 
 
 85. iVpUTKli) (VI.), find. aV-€Vf)l<TKIJ}. 
 
 Imperf. nptaKov and »;v^ko-koi' ; fut. evp^]a-w ; perf. tvprjKa'] 
 1 aor. (vpijaa ; 2 aor. tvpur, 1 pers. plur. ^vpafxei; Luke 
 xxiii. 2, 3 pers. plur. u'pap, Luke viii. 35. Pass. pres. 
 (i'pLcrKofiai ; imperf. 3 pers. sing. T^vpio-Ktro ; 1 aor. ivptOt/i ; 
 fut. ii'p(.6i]iT0fxai ; 2 aor. mid. cvpoixr/v and ^vpdfjirjv, Heb. 
 ix. 12. 
 
 tS6. ev0p;.iVoj (IV.), pass, rejoice. 
 
 Pass. pres. ivfjipaiyofiai , imperf. €v(^patvo/x7;v ; 1 aor. ev<f}pdv- 
 drfv and r)v<f>pii.vdi]\' , Acts ii. 26 ; 1 fut. eu^pav^r/o-o/Ltai. 
 
 87. iV)(<ipia-rf.u>, -w (I. ), arn grateful,. 
 
 1 aor. €v\apia-rr](ra, Acts xxvii. 35, and ip-^apicrrTja-a, Rom. i. 
 
 21. Pass. 1 aor. subj. 3 pers. sing. ev)^apia-TT](Jjj, 2 Cor. 
 i. 11. 
 
 88. f.v\i>p.ai (\.), Jiray. irpo<T-€V)(pp.ai. 
 
 Imperf. ijvx<'>py\' and er;(o/u,7/v. ]Mid. 1 aor. opt. eviaifxrjv, Acts 
 XX vi. 29, but T has d'^dfj.qv (ind.). 
 
 89. f.)(i» (I.), have, dv-, Trpoa-av-, dm-, dir-, iv-, tV-, Kar-, fitr-, 
 Traf)-, TTipi-, TTfio-, Trpotr-, tjvv-, vir(f)-, vir-€)^i<t (15). 
 
 Fut. e^oj ; imperf. ct;(w, 1 pers. plur. eixn/xci', 2 John 5; 3 
 pers. plur. ei\<i.v, Mark viii. 7, Itev. ix. 8, and (.Ixoaay, xv. 
 
 22, 24 ; 2 aor. Itr^ov ; perf. la^\r]Kii. 
 
 90. ^<tw, -<ji (!•)> live, dva-, av-^do) (2). 
 
 Pros. t,o), ^^?, ^t;, inf. ^r/i' and (rjv, part, ^loi' ; imperf. i(,ow, 
 fut. ^»/(r(i), V. 25, vi. 51, 57, 58, etc., and t^ytTofxai ; 1 aor. 
 ((,r]<ra. 
 
 '.'L ^T/Tc'<», -iTj (I), .s';c/(/'. dia-, tK-, tVi-, itu-^t/tcw (4). 
 
 Imperf. .3 yurs. sing. (.(.i)tii, plur. t^j/rout' ; fut. t^ifTijiTM ; 1 aor. 
 it,ilTi}(Tii. I'a.sH. prcH. Oirovfini.; imperf. 3 pers. sing, i^rf- 
 TiiTii, Heb. viii. 7 ; 1 fut. t^rjrjjO-q'TnfXdi. 
 
 92. I'lytofxai, -oZ'ixai (I.), lead. Si-, cV-St-, «^-, irpo-rjyloixai (4). 
 Fut. -rjyi'funfiai \ iuipcrf. ijyiix'iLrfv \ 1 a<;r. jiyrjiTdfirfv ; porf.
 
 494 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 93. ^K(o (I.), have come, av-, KaO-rfKw (2). 
 
 Iniperf. ifKov ; fut. ijho ; 1 aor. r/^a ; perf . ?/»ca, Mark viii. 3 
 (but not WH). 
 
 94. Od-JVTM (IJI), bury. aw-OaTrTw. 
 1 aor. Waipa. Pass. 2 aor. irdfjiriv. 
 
 95. didufxai, -w/xat (I.), behold. Deponent verb. 
 
 1 aor. Wiaa-dfjirjv ; perf. rtOiafxai, Pass. 1 aor. iOedOrjv. 
 
 96. 0ekoj (I.), will. 
 
 Imperf. ^O^Xov ; fut. OeXrjaw ; 1 aor. i^Oikr^cra. 
 
 97. OifjiiXioo) {\.), found. 
 
 Fut. Oe/xcXiwrro) ; 1 aor. WeficXtotaa. Pass. perf. part. TtOe/xe- 
 Atoj/AcVos ; pluperf. 3 pers. sing. TeOifxtKiwrv, without aug- 
 ment, Matt. vii. 25. 
 
 98. Oiyydvfji (V.), touch. 
 
 2 aor. Wiyov. 
 
 99. 9Xlf3o, (1.), press, d-n-o-, aw-exiftm (2). 
 Imperf. -WXiftov ; perf. part. Te^At/x,/<.eVos. 
 
 100. 6vr)(rK(ti (VI.), die. dTro-, (Tvv-aTro-OvrjcrKijj (2). 
 
 Perf. rWvrjKa, inf. Ti6vdvai and TeOvrjKtvai, Acts xiv. 19, part. 
 
 T€Ovr]Kw<; j 2 aor. uTre^avov ; fut. d7ry6*ai/oi}/i*ai, viii. 21, 24. 
 
 101. ^vw (I.), sacrifice. 
 
 Imperf. Wvov ; 1 aor. Wvaa. Pass. pres. inf. Oviadai ; perf. 
 ]iart. T€Ovfitvos ; 1 aor. irvOtjv. 
 
 102. idojxai, -w/xat (I.), Aea^. Deponent verb. 
 
 Imperf. io)fir)v ; fut. Ida-ofiai ; 1 aor. mid. iarrd/irjv ; 1 aor. 
 pass. td^T^v ; perf. pass, ta/^ai ; 1 fut. laOi'jaofiai. 
 
 103. lo-TTj/At (IX.), 2>/ace, se^ i*p. See 122, 4. 
 
 104. icr;(vw (I.), be strong. Iv-, e'i-, eV-, KaT-KTXVW (4). 
 Imperf. ro-;^uoi/ ; fut. lo-^wVoj ; 1 aor. io-;(vtra. 
 
 105. KaOaifjij) (IV.), cleanse. 8iu-, iK-KaOalpn) (2). 
 
 1 aor. -iKaOapa, inf. -KaOdpai. Pass. perf. part. KfKaOapfi^vos-
 
 IRKEGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 495 
 
 106. KaOapi^ij) (IV.), cleanse. hia-Kadapt^i». 
 
 Attic fut. KUL^apiw, Heb. ix. 14 ; 1 aor. iKaddpicra. Pass. 1 
 aor. iKaHupitrOyv {iKaOtpidOq T \VH in JVIatt. viii. 3; Mark 
 i. 415) ; porf. passs. part. K^KaOapio p.ivo'i, Heb. x. 2. 
 
 107. Ka6y]fjLai (IX. ), sit down. See 122, 17. 
 
 108. KaOL^w (IV.), set, sit down, dva-, eVt-, napa-, irepi-, crvy- 
 KaOi'Qiii (5). 
 
 Fut. Kaduno ; 1 aor. iKaOiaa ; perf . KiKaOiKa. 
 
 10'.). K(U(o (IV.), l)Ur7l. €«-, Kara-Kaiio (2). 
 
 Fut. Kura-Kavcro} ; 1 aor. inf. Kara-Kaiio-ai. Pass. 2 aor. Kixre- 
 Kurju ; 1 aur. -iKuvOrji' ; 1 fut. KaraKuvdy^aop-ai ; 2 fut. KttTa- 
 Karjtrop.aL, 
 
 110. KuTopdop.iu, -wpML (I.), CMrse. 
 
 Pass. perf. part. KaTr]pap.ivo^. 
 
 111. KiiT-rixiio, -'<> (I.), instruct. 
 
 1 aor. KaT?/;^Tyo-u. Puss pros. KaTrf)(ovp.ai ; perf. KaTT^xrjpai ) 
 1 aor. KHTr]^r'j6r]v. 
 
 112. Kiphaivtrt (IV.), ^ai'ra. 
 
 Fut. K(pdy'i(r«i, JaTiK'S iv. l.'i ; 1 aor. iKepFirjrra, subj. xep^ai'w 
 (1 Cor. ix. 21 ; but Wll fut. Kipbavw). Pass. 1 fut. Kiphrf 
 Oryrofxai. 
 
 113. Kii't'w, -w (I.), move. p.tTa-, rrvy-Kii'td) (2). 
 
 Fut. KtfT/froj ; 1 aor. inf. KLurjirai. Pass. i)res. Ktiov/xai ; 1 aor. 
 iKit'TjOrji'. 
 
 114. kA(u'(ii (IV.), werp. 
 
 Iinpfif. cKAutui ; fut. KAar<r(,i, .lobii xvi. 20, etc.; 1 aor. 
 €KA(ii'(r(z. 
 
 115. xArto) (\.), hreii/c. tV , />fiT(t-KAi/(ii (2). 
 I ;iiir. «*A(/<r((. I'm.-'S. 1 ;i<ir. ixXmruTji'. 
 
 1 |(). h,\n'lit ( I.), s/ntt. IITT'-, cV-, Klirn-, ITiry-KXlUlt (4). 
 
 Kilt. KAcuro), Jviv. iii, 7; 1 ;inr. 'hXtinn. Pass. piif. ^tKAtc 
 trpm, {>art. K<KAtur^ti'«'s j 1 aor. iKKuiTOqv.
 
 496 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 117. kXlpw (IV.), incline, dva-, ck-, Kara-, Trpoa-KXivta (4). 
 Fut. kAivw ; 1 aor. IkXivu ; perf. KCKAt/ca. Pass. 1 aor. 
 
 iKXidrjv. 
 
 118. KOfjii^M (IV.), receive, c'k-, avy-KOfjii^u) (2). 
 
 Mid. 1 fut. Ko/Mio-o/xai, Eph. vi. 8, and Attic Ko/xiovixai, Col. 
 iii. 25 (but not WH), 1 Pet. v. 4 ; 1 aor. iKo/xicrdfjirjv. 
 
 119. KOTTTw (III.), cut. dva-, aTTO-, EK-, e'v-, Kara-, Trpo-, irpoa- 
 
 KOTTTW (7). 
 
 Imperf. 3 pers. plur. Ikotttov ; 1 aor. -tKoij/a. Mid. fut. koi/^o- 
 yu,at j 1 aor. iKoil/dfXTjv. 
 
 120. »fpd^u) (IV.), cry out. dva-Kpa^ou 
 
 Pres. part. Kpdi^ov ; imperf. tKpa^oy ; fut. Kpd^w, Luke xix. 40 ; 
 1 aor. (.Kpa^a (once cKe/cpa^'a, Acts xxiv. 21) ; perf. Ke/cpaya. 
 
 121. KpiVai {IV.), judge, dva-, diro-, dvT-airo-{fJiai) , 8ia-, cv-, tin-, 
 Kara-, (tdi/-, viro-{-fxai) , crw-UTro- (-/xai) (10). 
 
 Fut. Kpii/w ; 1 aor. eKptva ; perf. KtKpiKa ; pluperf. 3 pers. 
 sing. KtKpiKtt, Acts XX. 16, without augment. Pass. pres. 
 Kpivop,ai ; imperf. iKpivdp,fjv ; perf. KCKpifiai ; 1 aor. cKpi^i/v ; 
 1 fut. Kpidrforopai. 
 
 122. Wpr'TTTO) (III.), AtWe. aTTO-, ev-, ITipt-KpVITTUi (3). 
 
 1 aor. iKpv\f/a. Pass. perf. 3 pers. sing. KeKpuTrrai, part. k€- 
 Kpvp.fJi€vos ; 2 aor. iKpvfirjv. 
 
 123. Xayxttvw (V.), obtain by lot. 
 
 2 aor. lAa^ov. 
 
 124. AaAco), -w (I.) , speak. 8ia-, «-, Kara-, TTpocr-, cruX-AaXeoj (5). 
 Imperf. 3 pers. sing. iXdka., plur. eXciAow ; fut. \akrjij<x> ; 1 
 
 aor. iXdXrjrra ; perf. AcAdAr/Ka. Pass. pres. \aXovp.ai ; perf. 
 XtXdkrjfjiai ; 1 aor. iXaXyOrfv ; 1 fut. XaXrjOyjaofiai. 
 
 125. Aap,/3dvw (V.), toA;e. dva-, dvTi-, crvv-avTi-(-/>tai), aTro-, eVi-, 
 Kara-, fxera-, irapa-, avv-irapa-, Trpo-, npoa-, aw-, (rw-irepi-, irrro-Xa/j.- 
 /Sdvo> (14). 
 
 Imperf. iXdfjifSai'ov ; fut. Xi)ix\\iop.aL ; 2 aor. tAa/Sov, imp. Ad^t ; 
 perf (.lXr}({>a, 2 pers. (.lXr]<lia^ and iiXr](f)t^, Rev. xi. 17 WH,
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 497 
 
 part. €i/\ry</»ojs. Mid. 2 aor. iXulSu/x-qv. Pass. 1 aor. cXyii- 
 <ft67}v ; perf . 3 pers. sing. KUT-tiAT/Trrai, viii. 4 ; part, kut- 
 iiXrjixfjievus. 
 
 126. Aai'^ai'oj (V.), be hidden. Ik-, e7ri-(-/xai) (2). 
 
 2 aor. l\u.6uv. Mid. pcif. ih-XiXifcr /xat ; 2 aor. iw-(.Xa66fj.y)u. 
 
 127. AiuTKw (VI.), Intrst asunder. 
 1 aor. ikaKTjaa, Act8 i. 18. 
 
 128. Ac'yo; (I.), speak. di'TL-, 8iu-(-/xtti), ek-, eVt-, Kara-, irapa- 
 (-yxai), 7r/j(j-, crvA-Aeyo) (H). 
 
 Imperf. -e'Atyoi/ (3 pers. plur. tAeyav T in xi. 56. Mid. im- 
 perf. Si-eAeyo^T/r ; 1 aor. 3 por.s. sing. 8i-eAe'tWo, Acts xvii. 
 2. Pass. 1 aor. Si-eXixOrjv ; perf. part. cK-AtAcy/AeVos, Luke 
 ix. 35. 
 
 129. AtiVw (II.), leave, diro-, 8ia-, ck-, int-, Kara-, iv-Kara-, -Jrepi-, 
 xrwo-XuTTM (8). 
 
 Imperf. -t'ActTrov ; fut. -Att'i/zoj; 1 aor. -tXaipa ; 2 aor. -cAittoi/. 
 Pass. perf. part. -AeAti/z/xtVos (or AeAi/x/xtVos) ; 1 aor. -eAti- 
 
 130. Aoyi'^o/xai (IV.), reckon. dvu-, Sia-, -n-apa-, (ruA-Aoyi^o/xai 
 
 (4). 
 
 Imperf. cAf^yt^ri/xT/i/ ; 1 aor. eAoytcra/xr/i'. Pass. 1 aor. tAoyi- 
 
 (T6'r;i' ; 1 fut. XoyiaOr'iaiifJ-aL. 
 
 131. Aww (I.), wash. dmi-Xovo). 
 
 1 aor. €A(*i;aa. Mid. 1 aor. part. Xov(rdfx.fV(><; Pass. i)erf. 
 yiart. AfAov/Ac'cos and AeAoufr/AcVos, Hen. x. 23. 
 
 1.'»2. Ai'i.) (I.), loosen. <im-, uTrrj-, Sia-, in-, Ittl-, kutu-, ttu/ju-Aiw 
 (7). K<gul;ir. 
 
 133. iiiiKiifnOo (IV.), jironounce blessed. 
 
 Attic fut. fLnKiipitit. 
 V.W. fiaiOdi'io (V.), learn. KaTn-fiinOdfi,). 
 
 2 aor. ifinOnv ; perf. part. ini>aOrjKMs. 
 
 y,\r>. ii<ifui!r«\ (\'.), ii'iisir away. 
 PaHH. 1 fut. iiiifxivOr'iaofiai. 
 
 S2
 
 498 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 136. fJiapTvpefo, -w (I.), give testimony. eVt-, (rw-vni-, Kara-, 
 avix-fiapTvpiw (4). Regular. 
 
 137. fiiXXw (I.), be about. 
 
 Imperf. e/u.eAAov and ^/neAXov ; fut. /AeXXi/o-w. 
 
 138. fJi€V(D (I.), remain, ava-, 8ia-, iv-, iin-, Kara-, Trapa-, avv- 
 TTapa-, TTfpt-, TTpocr- viro-fxevw (10). 
 
 Imperf. lp.ivov ; fut. p.i}M ; 1 aor. €/xtiva ; perf. -fjLf/xivrjKa ; 
 pluperf. fxefxevrjKitv (without augment). 
 
 139. fJiip,vrj(TK(ji (VI.), reinind. di'u-, lir-ava-, VTTo-fxtixvi^a-Kw (3). 
 Fut. -/tAfT/o-oj. Pass, and mid. pros. /xt/xi'i^o-Ko/xat ; 1 aor. 
 
 ifjiVT]cr$r]v ; perf. fxifjivrjixai ; 1 fut. ixvj)(T6r)(rop.aL. 
 
 140. fjLuypaivoi (IV.), make foolish. 
 
 1 aor. ifxwpava. Pass. 1 aor. ifxo)pdv6rjv. 
 
 141. I'ucro-a) (IV.), fierce. Kara-i/uVo-to. 
 1 aor. evu^a. Pass. 2 aor. KaT-(vvyr]v. 
 
 142. ir^paivw (IV.), make dry. 
 
 1 aor. e^T/pava, Janies i. 11. Pass. 1 aor. l^pdvOrjv \ perf. 
 3 pers. sing, iirpavrai, Mark xi. 21 ; part. c^T/pa/M/xtVos. 
 
 143. fvpdoj, -uj (I.), shave. 
 
 Mid. pres. inf. ^vpda-Bai. Pass. perf. part. f.^vprjfxivo<;. 
 
 144. otKc'w (I.), dwell, i7lhabit. iv-, Kar-, iv-Kar-, nap-, vepL-, 
 (rvv-oiK€<D (6). 
 
 r ut. oiKrjtro) | 1 aor. -(oKrjrra. 
 
 145. oiKoSoftew, -a> (I-), build, dv-, iir-, a-vv-oiKohop.iw (3). 
 Imperf. wKoSdp.oui' ; fut. otKo8op,T;froj ; 1 aor. wKo86fjLrjrra (also 
 
 otK-, Acts vii. 47). Pass. perf. inf. olKnhop.rjcrOai, Luke vi. 
 48 ; pluperf. 3 pers. sing. (jIkoSo/at^to ; 1 aor. wKoSo/xj/^r/v 
 (also OtK- in ii. 20) ; 1 fut. oiKoSofjirjO^crofiai. 
 
 146. 6p.oid<i), -w (I.), make like. (i<^o/u,oiow. 
 
 Fut. bfxouj}a(x). Pass. 1 aor. wp.oiwdrjv and ofjLoiwOrjv ; 1 fut. 
 6)u,oiw^7;(ro/Aai.
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 499 
 
 147. opdw, -oi (VIII.), see. d<^, kuO-, -rrpo-opdoi (3). 
 
 Imperf. 3 pers. plur. iMpwv (T in vi. 2) ; perf. ewpa/ca and 
 iopaKa, 3 pers. plur. kwpdKaaiv and -Kav ; pluperf. 3 pers. 
 sing. ewpaKci, Acts vii. 44 ; fut. o\pofiai. Mid. imperf. Trpo- 
 (upoS/ijjv and irpo-upwfjiyjv. Pass. 1 aor. ux^drju ; fut. o^urj- 
 (TOfiai. 
 
 148. Trapapp€(j) {\\.^ , flow poSt. 
 Pass. 2 aor. subj. irapupywixev. 
 
 149. 7rd(r)((D (VI.), suffer, trpo-, crv/u,-7racrxw (2). 
 2 aor. iiradov ; perf. irlirovOa. 
 
 150. Traracrcrcj (IV.), strike. 
 Fut. Traravw ; 1 aor. cTrdra^a. 
 
 151. TTttTCO), -to (I.), tread down. Kara-, vepi-, ifM-nepi-iraTew (3)- 
 F"ut. 7raT?/frw. Pass. pres. part. Traror/Acvo? ; 1 aor. iiraTrjOrjv. 
 
 152. TTttuto (I.), aiu-j eV-ai/a-, cru»'-tti'a-(-/xai) , Kara-Trauw (4). 
 Fut. Trai'o-oj ; 1 aor. liruvaa. IVlid. imperf. iTravdp-rjv ; fut. 
 
 ■n-axjcrofjiai (but di/u-Tra^o-o/xai, Kev. xiv. 13, and €7rai'U-7ra»;(ro- 
 /xat, Luke X. G) ; [»erf. irinavftai ; 1 aor. iiravcrdfx-qv. 
 
 153. TTtiSd) {II.), persuoAle. ava-ir(f.6i3). 
 
 ImjM'rf. tTTitOov ; fut. ttciVoj ; 1 aor. lirtiaa ; 2 perf. viiroiOa ; 
 pluperf. iimToiOtLi', Luke xi. 22. Pass. perf. irtTrdtrfiuL ; 1 
 aor. iirtiaOrjv ; 1 fut. Tr(LaOr'i<Ti>p.(u. (See § 115.) 
 
 154. 7re//,Troj (I.), .sencZ. dj^a-, ck-, //era-, Ti^o-, avp.-irifin(i) (o). 
 Fut. TTifxxl/M ; 1 aor. iirfp.{pa. Pass. pres. 7re'/x7ro/xoi ; 1 ;ii>r. 
 
 iiript^Or^v. 
 
 155. iripi-rifivo) (V,), cirr.uwcise. 
 
 2 aor. 7rcpi-rrc//oi'. Pass. p<rf. ]»art. 7r€pi-T€T/XT7//,cVo? ; 1 .aor. 
 7rf/'(i-tT/xr/6'T;i'. 
 inO. TTiKpiuvo} (IV.), make hitter. irtipii-iriKpiuvu). 
 
 Kut. TTLKfKivut ; 1 aor. irup-fTriKpavii.. Pass. 1 aor. ctriKpdudrji'. 
 157. TTiVo) (V.), drink, kutu-, <nip--rri\'i>t (2). 
 
 Imperf. fTrii-oi' ; fut. ■kIoihu ; p<rf. ''» piTH. sinR. TreVwKf ami 
 some plur. TrcVjoxai', Kev. xviii. 3; 2 aor. tTrioc, imp. ttic, 
 Luke xii. 11) ; inf. Trieli' and Tretc, iv. 7, 9, etc.
 
 500 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 158. TnirpdaKdi (VI.), sell. 
 
 linperf. iiriTrpaa-Kov ; perf. iriirpaKa. Pass. perf. part, ircirpa- 
 fxevo'i ; 1 aor. iTrpdOrjv. 
 
 159. TTLTTTU) (I.), Jull. dva-, dvTi-, aTTo-, €/c-, iv, int-f Kara-, 
 ■jrapa-, vepL-, Trpotr-, crvfi-irtTTTw (11). 
 
 Imperf. ^imrTOv ; fut. ireaov/jLai ; 2 aor. hrtaov and cTrecra ; 
 perf. TrcTTTWKa, 2 pers. sing. TreVrtoKcs, Kev. ii. 5, 3 pers. 
 plur. TreTTTtoKav, Rev. xviii. 3. 
 
 160. TrAamw, -w (I.), ^ectt^ astray. dTro-irXavdw. 
 
 Fut. 7rA.ai/?/o-(u ; 1 aor. cTrA.ai'i^cra. Pass. perf. Tr^irXdvrjfiai j 1 
 aor. iirXavijdrjv. 
 
 161. -rrXeo) (II.), Sail. dtro; 8ta-, Ik-, Kara-, Trapa-, viro-irXew (6). 
 Imperf. -inXtov ; 1 aor. -tVAeucru, inf. -TrAeDcrai. 
 
 162. nXrjpow, -tu (I.), y^/^. d^a-, dvT-ava-, vpoa-ava-f ck-, (tu/a- 
 7rAr;po(o (5). 
 
 Imperf. 3 pers. sing. i-n-XT^pov ; fut. nX-qpwcrw ; 1 aor. lirXrjpwaa ; 
 perf. TvtirXrjpwKa. Pass. pres. TrXrfpovfxaL ; imj)orf. tirXrjpov- 
 /xrjv ; perf. 7r€7rAr^|)u)yu,ai ; 1 aor. iirXTjpdidrjv j 1 fut. nX-qpoiOrj- 
 aop.ai. 
 
 163. ttXvvu} (IV.), wash. diro-irXvvw. 
 Imperf. eirXwov ; 1 aor. eVAui/a. 
 
 164. TTi €0) (II.), blow. Ik-, iv-, vno-irvio) (3). 
 1 "Xor. cTTi/cutra. 
 
 165. TTviyiji (1,), vhoke. Atto-, iin-, cru/x-TTviyw (3). 
 Imperf. tTri/iyov ; 1 aor. iirvi^a. Pass. 2 aor. d-rr-eTrvLyriv. 
 
 166. TToie'oi, -w (I.), makef do, nepL-, -irpoa-TroUo) (2). 
 
 Fut. TToi^croj ; 1 aor. iiroirjcra, opt. 3 pers. plur. iroLrjcniav and 
 
 TToi^rraicv ; perf. ir^iroi-qKa \ plliperf. TreTrotjJ/ceii/ (without 
 
 augment). Mid. pres. Trotov/xat, imperf. tVotoi'/ixT^v ; fut, 
 
 TvolTjcrop.aL ', 1 aor. iTroirjcrdfirjv. 
 
 167. TTopevo) (I.), depart. 8ia-, el(T-(-p.ai), €K-(-/xat), iv-(-/iaL), 
 i7n-{-fiai), Trapa-(^fiai), Trpo-, 7rpoo--(-/Aai), crui/-(-/xat) (9). Regular.
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 501 
 
 168. irpdaa-o) (IV.), praetise. 
 
 Fut. Trpci^o); 1 aor. lirpa^a; perf. veirpaxa- Pass. perf. part 
 imrpayfievoi;. 
 
 169. TTvvOdvofLai (V.), inquire. 
 Imperf. tTruvOavopi-qv ; 2 aor. iTrvOojxrjv. 
 
 170. pa/SSi^o) (IV.), heat with rods. 
 Pass. 1 aor. ippafiBiaOrjv and tpafihiarO-qv. 
 
 171. pavriiiu (IV.), cleanse by sprinkling. 
 
 1 aor. ippuvTiaa and ipdvTiaa. Pass. perf. part. ippavTia-ixivo^ 
 (T pcpav-, WH pepav-)- 
 
 172. pew (II.),y?OM;. Trapappeu). 
 
 Flit. ptVCTW. 
 
 173. piTTTcu (III), throw, airo-, l-m-pLTTTM (2). 
 
 1 aor. tppti/'a (T WH lpL\pa). Pass. perf. 3 pers. sing. Ippi- 
 ■jTTat, part. ipip.iJi€yo<;. 
 
 174. pvofiai (I.), deliver. Deponent mid. veil). 
 
 Fut. pvaopai ; 1 aor. ipvauprjv. Pass. 1 aor. ippvaOrjv and 
 IpvtrBqv, 2 Tim. iv. 17. 
 
 175. <r£tw (I.), shake, tlva-, Sia-, Kara-a-euo (3). 
 Fut. aiiau) ; 1 aor. -ia-eiaa. Pass. 1 aor. ia-ua-drjv. 
 
 176. rrrifuuvui (IV.), </^W rt .s/r/w. 
 Imperf. an'ifiaivov :, 1 aor. icrr'ifiava. 
 
 177. fnrdij), -ui (T.), draw. rlva-, (Itto-, 8ia-, eTTi-, 7rfpi-o-7r(i<i) (5). 
 Fut -irWuru). Mid. 1 aor. fcnruiTiifjujt'. Pa.ss. imperf. .S pcis 
 
 sing. -trrTTuTo; 1 ;ior. -arTnurfhiy. 
 
 178. frTTflpd) (IV.), «rtW. 8m-, tITI-ITTTlipM (2). 
 
 1 aor. iinrtiftn. I^ass. perf. part, urvapfitvix; ; 2 aor. itrTrdpijv. 
 
 179. frrcAAo) (IV.), place, arraVf/e. nno-. i$-<nr<)-. ,rvi-<nr,>-. 
 Sia-, (TTi-, Kma-, frw(r)-, I'tro-o-TcXAoi (8). 
 
 Fut. -frrcA.!?) ; 1 aor. -firrftAd ; perf. -orTaAKd. .'i pers. pliir. 
 nTre'frTaAKfij', Aets xvi. .')<». Mid. imjterf. -firrtAAd/ty/i' ; 1 
 aor. -co-TctAa^Tji'. Pass. perf. -c'o-tuA/xui ; 2 aor. -ccrroAT/i'.
 
 i02 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 180. (TT-qpi^u) (IV.), strengthen. fTri-crTT^pi^o). 
 
 Fut. <TTr)pi$ii) and a-Trjpiao) ; 1 aor. icrrrifn^a and la-Ti'ipian. 
 Pass. pert, etrnypty/iai ; 1 aor. l(JT'qpi)(Bqv. 
 
 181. a-Tpiffnii (1), turn, ttva-, ttTTo-, 8ta-, ck-, ctti-, Kara-, /xera-, 
 (n;(i)-, vTro-arpeifiw (9). 
 
 Fut. -a-Tpeif/w ; 1 aor. £crTpc»/'a. Pass. perf. -ea-Tpafifiai, part. 
 -eaTpap.p.evo<; ; 2 aor. iarpdfftrjv. 
 
 182. cr^d^w (IV.), S^ay. KaTa-(r(fiii^(t). 
 
 Fut. o-cfia$(D, Rev. vi. 4 ; 1 aor. trrtfia^a. Pass. perf. part. 
 e<T(fiayix€vo<; ; 2 aor. kacfidyrjv. 
 
 183. crw^w (IV.), sa?;e. Sia-, iK-aM^M (2). 
 
 Fut. crworoj ; 1 aor. eo-wo-a ; perf. creatoKa. Pass. pres. o-w^o- 
 /xai ; imperf. f.(niii,up.i]v ; jierf. 3 pers. sing. o-ccrwo-Tat, Acts 
 iv. 9 (but T (Tto-wTai) ; 1 aor. lailyBiijv ; 1 fut. o-w^rycro/iat. 
 
 184. Tupucraoi (IV.), trouble. 8ia-, €K-Tapdaa(D (2). 
 
 Imperf. erdpaa-crov ; 1 aor. erdpa^u. Pass, imperf. eVapacro-o- 
 /LiT^v ; perf. rcrupay/Aai ; 1 aor. iTapd^Orjv. 
 
 185. Tao-o-w (IV.), arrange. dva-{-pai) , avri-, (Itto-, 8ia-, £7ri-8ia- 
 (-yuai), CTTi-, TTpo-, TTpoa-, (ri;v-, iiTro-Tutro-d) (10). 
 
 1 aor. €Ta^a ; perf. inf. TtTa;!^£Vat. Mid. 1 aor. eVa^a/iy;!' 
 Pass. perf. 3 pers. sing. TcVaKToi, part. Teruyp-e'vo? ; 1 aor. 
 
 part. -Ta;)^6£is ; 2 aor. part, -rayei;. 
 
 186. TcAt'co, -uj (1.), finish. avro-, Ota-, CK-, eVi-, crvv-TcAew (5). 
 Fut. -TfAeo-w ; 1 aor. tTtXcaa ; perf. reTfXeKa. 2 Tim. iv. 7. 
 
 Pass. pres. 3 pers. sing. TeXurai, 2 Cor. xii. 9 ; perf. 
 TeTtkeafiaL ; 1 aor. iTeXeaOqr ; 1 fut. TeXco-^ryo-o/iai. 
 
 187. Tc'AAw (IV.), only in dva-rcWw, aWse. 
 1 aor. dv£T€tAa ; perf. avareTakKa. 
 
 188. T-qpcoij -w (I.), A:eep, observe. Sia-, irapa-, (Tvv-Tfjpeui (3). 
 Imperf. irypovr ; fut. T-qp-qau) ; 1 aor. iTijprjcra ; perf. TeTy'iprjKa, 
 
 3 pers. plur. nrrjpqKav. Pass. pres. Tr}povp.aL ; imperf. eV)j- 
 povfiJiv ; perf. rcTr;p'»y/x.ai ; 1 aor. IrqprjOqv.
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 503 
 
 189. TiKTw (I.), bear. 
 
 Fut. TtiofiuL ; 2 aor. Itckov. Pass. 1 aor. (ri)(6riv. 
 
 190. ToXfiuo}, -w (I.), dare. aTro-roX/Auw. 
 
 Iniperf, 3 pers. sing. iroXfia, plur. iTuXfio)v ; fut. ToXfirjaw 5 
 1 aor. iTu\fi.i](Ta. 
 
 191. Tpt<f>w (I.), nourish, ava-, eV-, cv-rpc^w (3). 
 
 1 aor. iOpfipa. Mid. 1 aor. -eOptil/ufirjv. Pass. pres. Tp€</)o/xai ; 
 pert", part. riOpap.p(.vo<; ; 2 aor. -(Tpu<f>r]v. 
 
 192. Tf)t^w (VIII.), J'WJi. etff-, Kara-, irtpi-, npo-, Trpoa-, aw-, 
 iiTL-avv-, iTr(j-Tp(\w (8). 
 
 Imperf. cTp€;^oj' ; 2 aor. tSpap-ov. 
 
 193. Tvy;(dv(i> (V.), ha/ijjen, ohtairi. eV-, virtp-ev-, eVi-, irapa-, 
 (TW-Tvy^dvii) (6). 
 
 2 aor. £Ti;;(oi' ; perf. TeT£v;^a or riTv^a, Heb. viii. G, possibly 
 also TCTiJ^TjKa. 
 
 194. </iatV(u (IV.), shine. ava-cfxiivo). 
 
 1 aor. di'-£«/»ai'a, Acts xxi. 3, subj. 3 pers. sing, (fxivrj, Rev. 
 viii. 12. Pass. pres. ifiuivopuL ; 2 aor. cffnivrjv ; 2 fut. ^a- 
 Vfl<r<)p.ui and 1 P(!t. iv. 18, (pavovfiai, 
 19.'>. (fiei^opai (II.), spare, abstain. 
 
 Fut. <f>ti(T<}p(ii ; 1 aor. i<fi(uraniiy. 
 19G. (^cpG> (VIII.), carry, bear, uj/a-, utto-, Sia-, ctcr-, Trap-eia-, 
 CK-, tVt-, Kara-, irapa-, "rrtpi-, irpit-, irpoa-, rrvi>-, vTro-(f)ipw (14). 
 
 Imperf. 'if^tpov ; fut. oirro), xxi. 18; 1 aor. 'iviyHn, part, ci'c'y- 
 Kns ; 2 aor. -r'jViyKov, inf. eVtyKcrj/, Matt. vii. 18. Pass, 
 prfs. r\>ipitp(ii ; imperf. if^cpuprp' ; 1 aor. yye^Oiji, 2 Tct. i. 
 17, 21, inf. -(Vf^^Oriyai. 
 
 197. ffttvyui (II.), //rr. (I7rf>-, 8ia-, eK-, KnTn-(fi(i'yo> (1). 
 Fut. <f)(v^<ipai ; Jtcrf. fV-TTtf/jfiiya ; 2 aor. If^iryov. 
 
 198. (fihi'iyu) (\.), jtreretle. irpiftfjOi'n'O). 
 1 aor. if^Oatra ; perf. iff>OaKa. 
 
 199. (fiOfipui (IV.), rnmi/>t. ^la; KuTn-ff>0(i'p<i> (2). 
 
 F'ut. rf.Otpdi ; 1 aor. ((ftOapa. I'asH. pres. tfiOfipopm ; 2 aor 
 iffiddpr/v ; 2 flit <fiOuf)ii(rf>pui ; pert. Jiart. -((P0(ippii'u<;.
 
 504 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 200. ^pdacro) (IV.), dose up. 
 
 1 aor. ecfipa$u. Pass. 2 aor. subj. 3 pers. sing. <ftpayfj; 2 fut. 
 3 pers. sing. (^payrjtrtTai, 2 Cor. xi. 10. 
 
 201. ijivtii (I.), beget^ spring up. Ik-, avfi-cfivu) (2). 
 Pass. 2 aor. itjivrjv, part. <^i)eV. 
 
 202. </.aiTi^<o (IV.), shine. 
 
 Fut. «/)a)Ti(ra), Rev. xxii. 5 WH, but T Tr Attic (jmmil) ; 1 aor. 
 i(fi(!}TL(Ta. Pass. perf. part, -mf^unia-p^ivo^ ; 1 aor. iffnnriadriv. 
 
 203. x'^k'^ (IV-)> "rejoice, a-w-xaipu). 
 
 Imperf. txaipnv ; fut. ^ap^^o-o/xai, xvi. 20, 22. Pass. 2 aor. ixa- 
 pqv (as active). 
 
 204. x«^P*ToM"' (IV.), give freely. Depon. mid. 
 
 Fut. xapio-0/i.ai, Rom. viii. 32; peri". Kt)(api(Tp.ai\ 1 aor. c^"" 
 pi(rdfiy]v. Pass. 1 aor. e^upicr6'7ji' ; fut. xP'pKTOrjaop.aL. 
 
 205. ;)(pao/[Aai, )(pw{jiat (I.), borrow. 
 
 Imperf. 3 pers. plur. ixpotvTo ; 1 aor. tyjpW^l^W '■> perf- k^xPV' 
 /x,ai, 1 Cor. ix. 15. 
 
 VI. PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 125. The Use of Prepositions. 
 1. 
 
 rt. KarcAa^cv, i. 5 ; iraptXajinv, i. 11 ; aTrt'o-TeiXav, i. 19. 
 
 6. €V dpXji, TTpOS TO|/ ^eov, i. 2 ; TTtpi ToC ^WTOS, ot avTov, 1. 7. 
 
 2. 
 
 a. With the genit'we only. 
 
 1 . di'Ti, over again.'^t, instead of. In comp., against, instead. 
 
 2. diro, from, away from (exterior). In comp., from, aivay 
 
 from. 
 
 3. f\-, c'f, /rom, ow^ of (interior). In comp., out of 
 
 4. TTpu, before (time and place). In comp., before.
 
 THE USE OF PREPOSITIONS. 505 
 
 h. With the dative only. 
 
 1. Iv, in (time and place). In comp., in. 
 
 2. tjvv, ivith (co-operation). In comp., viith, together. 
 
 e. With the aeeusative only. 
 
 1. nvd, up among (rare in N. T.). In comp., tip, hack., 
 
 again. 
 
 2. €t?, into, to. In comp., into. 
 
 d. With the genitive and. accusative. 
 
 1. 8ia, through. Gen., through, hy means of. Ace, hy 
 
 reason of, on account of In com}*., through. 
 
 2. Kard, down. Gen., down, against. Ace, according to, 
 
 during. In comp., doum, against. 
 
 3. fi€T(i, with. Gen., together with, among. Ace, after. 
 
 In comp., with (.sharing, chanp^o). 
 
 4. Trefji, around (on all .siflos). (rcn., about, concerning, 
 
 on account of. Ave,., about, concerning. In comp., 
 round about, beyond. 
 
 5. {rn-if), over. Gen. for, instead of on account of. Ace, 
 
 beyond. In comp., above, beyond. 
 G. vTTo, under. Gen., by (of tlie efficient cause). Ace, un- 
 der, in thr power of. In com]>., under. 
 
 «. With the genitive, dative, and accusative. 
 
 1. eVi', upon. Gen., upon, over, before, at the time of 
 
 I)at., upon, upon the ground (f. in addition to. Ace, 
 upon, unto, over, in Comp., w^>ow, toward, up), 
 against. 
 
 2. TTdfin, near ( cldsc proximity). Gcu., from, beside (used 
 
 of persons). l>:ii., near, with (•>) ptr.son, cxti pt .\i.\. 
 2.'>). Ace, beside, beyond, on account of In comp., 
 beside, over, aside. 
 
 3. TTpoc;, at, ton-iirds. Gen., in favor (f (.'^o once in Acts 
 
 xxvii. 'M). Dat, at, near, on (six times in N. T.) 
 Ace, towards, in reference to. In comp., towards, 
 besides.
 
 506 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 3. 
 
 a/xa, together with. Matt. xiii. 29. /xcVov, in the midst of, Phil. ii. 15 
 
 aviv, without (3 times). /xera^', between. 
 
 arep, without, Luke xxii. 6, 35. /J-txph until. 
 
 ^XPh until. 07na6ev, ) ^^^ .^^^ ^^^^^^ 
 
 eyyJs, near. ottictw, ) 
 
 tiJLirpocrOev, before. 6\^i, late, Matt, xxviii. L 
 
 €i/avTiov, before. TrapairXija-iov, very near, Phil. ii. 
 
 lv(.Kcv, ) TrXrjv, excejjt. 
 
 IvMTTLov, before, m the sight of. TrX-qa-iov, near, iv. 5. 
 
 €^w, without. v7rc/j£K£tva, beyond, 2 Cor. x. 16. 
 
 cTravw, a^owe. X'^/^'*'» ^™ account of, for the sake 
 
 €(Tw, within, Mark xv. 16. of. 
 
 €(!«, as far as. x^p^^, without, apart from. 
 
 L The prepositions were originally adverbs, and have a 
 twofold use : 
 
 a. In composition with verbs. 
 
 b. As separate words, to connect nouns and show the rela- 
 
 tion of words in a sentence. 
 
 2. As separate words prepositions are connected with particu- 
 lar cases. The signification of prepositions in composition can 
 only be satisfactorily ascertained from the lexicon, but it will be 
 useful to know their loading meanings when so used. 
 
 3. There are certain adverbs used as prepositions, which are 
 not compounded with verbs. These are sometimes called im- 
 proper prepositions. All govern the genitive except a/xa, Matt. 
 xiii. 29, and TrapaTrXr/cnov, Phil. ii. 27 (but WH gen.), which take 
 the dative, as also eyyvs sometimes.
 
 THE FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 507 
 
 VII. ADVERBS. 
 126. The Formation of Adverbs. 
 
 1. StKttio?, just, 8t/caiw5, justly ; aXr]Or}<;, true, d\r]6u)<^, tt'uiy J 
 ra)(y<; (-co?), quick, Ta)^iio<;, quickly. 
 
 2. From TToAi!?, many, ttoXv and ttoXXo., much ; from Xotiro?, 
 the rest, to Aoittov, moreover, ?ie?iceforth ; from x'lp'?? f/racC;, favor, 
 ;^dpiv, for the sake of, on account of ; from dx/xr/, point, uk/xt/jv^ 
 eveii now, Matt. xv. IG. 
 
 3. ovpavoOev, from heaven, Acts xiv. 17, xxvi. 13 ; 7rat8io^fi', 
 from childhood, Mark ix. 21 ; ire'pvo-i (-o-t for -^t), last year, 2 Cor. 
 A'iii. 10, ix. 2 ; ivOd-hf, here, hither. 
 
 4. Si'?, twice y rpt?, thrice ; iTrra/cis, seven times ; ttoXXuki?, 
 many times ; ifiBofirjKovTOLKi';, seventy times. But uTraf, o?icc. 
 
 5. a. Sfvpo, hither, Stvre (jjlur.), come here. 'EAA-#;vio-ti, in 
 Greek, xix. 20; Acts xxi. 37. 'E/SpauTTi, in Hebrew, v. 2; xix. 
 13, 17, 20; XX. 16, etc. (but WII 'E/Spaiort ) . 
 
 b. From 'wd, dvu), iqnnards, whence aviaOiv, from ahove ; from 
 Kara, KOTii), (loumvmrds. So lo-w, within; t$w, without, whence 
 l^tiiOcv, from without. 
 
 1. Most adverbs are formed from adjectives, and end in -<,)?. 
 
 2. The accu.sative of an adjectiv(! (m'uti'r) or noun may be 
 used as an adverb. 
 
 3. Adverbs ma}' also be formed by adding the suffixes -Otv, -Oi, 
 and -8c. 
 
 4 Numeral adverbs frenerally end in -is-, -m?, <»r -a/ici<;. 
 
 .'). Some adverbs arc formed (n) tniru verbs, others [/>) from 
 prepositions. 
 
 T). Other forms of adverbs with vari«)us terminations will be 
 leiirned l>y prat^tice. 
 
 127. The Comparison of Adverbs. 
 
 1. 2. Positive, Tn\v or TayedK, qniikly ; rom])arative, Tn-)^iov 
 (WII rd^tiov), more quickly ; superlative, Taxio-ra, most quickly.
 
 508 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 Positive, ri8i(o<;, gladly ; superlative, rjkarTa, most gladly. 
 
 3. TTcpto-croTepws, more exceedingly. 
 
 4. (fidXa), fxaXXov, more ; /AaAio-ra, most. 
 
 1. For the comparative of adverbs the neuter sing. ace. of the 
 corresponding adjective is commonly used, 
 
 2. For the superlative, the neuter plural is used. 
 
 3. Some comparatives end in -rcpcu or -rcpws. 
 
 4. There are a few irregular comparatives and superlatives.
 
 THE PARTICLES. 509 
 
 128. The Pronominal Adverbs. 
 
 1. Some adverbs are formed directly or indirectly from pro- 
 nouns, and correspond to each other in form and meaning. 
 
 2. The table on page 508 gives the chief pronominal adverbs 
 found in the N. T. 
 
 3. The indefinite adverbs are all enclitic. 
 
 129. Improper Prepositions used as Adverbs. 
 
 For a list of the adverbs which may sometimes be used like 
 prepositions to govern nouns, on account of which they are also 
 called " improper prepositions," see § 125, 3. 
 
 130. Negative Adverbs. 
 
 ov, not ; ovSa/iiws, by no means ; ovScVoTf, 7iot ever ; ovSi-rrw, not 
 yet ; owiri, no lonyer ; ovkow, not therefore. 
 
 ixtj, not ; fjir)<)iLixo)<;, by no means ; firjStiroTe, never ; fj.rjSiiro), not 
 yet ; ixrjKtTi, 7tu lonyer ; /xt/ttotc, never ; fxrjirw, not yet. 
 
 The negative adverbs are ov and ^irj and tlieir compounds. 
 
 VIII. CONJUNCTIONS AND OTHER PARTICLES. 
 
 131. The Particles. 
 
 1-3. a. Conjunctions connectiny co-ordinate sentences : 
 
 Copulative. 
 
 Disjunctive. 
 
 
 Kai, and, also, even. 
 
 17, or. 
 
 
 T(, and, also. 
 
 ■^ ... 77, either . . . or. 
 
 
 tI . . . Kill, > 
 
 Kai • • ■ T€, f , , . 
 , /- both . . . ana. 
 
 T€ . . . Ti, 1 
 
 TfoL ... 17, either . . . or. 
 
 
 ciTt . . . tire, ivhethcr . . . 
 
 . or. 
 
 KUt . . . Kttt, ' 
 

 
 610 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 NEGATIVE. 
 
 oKiTf. . . . ovT€, neither . 
 firjTi . . . fjiT]T(, neither 
 
 NEOATIVE. 
 
 nor. oi8i . . . ovSe, not even . . . nor yet. 
 . nor. fxrjSe . . . f^rj^^, not even . . . nor yet. 
 
 Adversative. 
 
 St, but, and. 
 
 /xev . . . ^6, on the one hand 
 
 on the other. 
 dAAa, hut, yet. 
 fxiVTuL, but yet. 
 KaiTUL, a7id yet. 
 o)u.u9) y6t. 
 
 Inferential. 
 
 apa, accordingly, 
 ovv, therefore, 
 roivvv, therefore. 
 Sid, wherefore. 
 Toiyapow, wherefore then. 
 S)(TT€, wherefore, so then. 
 
 b. Conjunctions connecting a sitbordinate with the principal 
 sentence : 
 
 Final. 
 
 Iva, in order that. 
 d)9, so that. 
 oTTco?, So that, 
 (juiq, that not, lest. 
 wcTTt, .so that. 
 
 Causal. 
 
 on, because. 
 €7rei, since. 
 StoTi, because. 
 yap, for. 
 
 Comparative. 
 
 ws, as, 
 
 SxTTrep, just as. 
 KaOw, just as. 
 
 Conditional. 
 
 d, if 
 
 ciye, if at least. 
 fXTTtp, if at all. 
 iav, if (possibly). 
 €1 Kttt, although. 
 KoX (I, even if. 
 d fxij, unless. 
 ei irtin, if jwssihly. 
 
 Temporal. 
 
 eVet, when. 
 
 cTTttSr/, when now, Luke vii. 1. 
 
 /lAcxpt, till, Eph. iv. 13. 
 
 d)(pL<;, until. 
 
 irpiv, before that. 
 
 These are mostly relative 
 adverbs of time.
 
 THE PARTICLES. 
 
 )!! 
 
 4. The Intensive Particles. 
 
 ye'/ at least, even. drj-rrov, probahhj. 
 
 -7re)j/ very, indeed. ^ /at^v, assuredly. 
 
 8r],^ verily, in truth. toI,^ surely. 
 
 fjLty,'^ indeed. 
 vat, yes, even so. 
 V7J, surely. 
 
 5. The Interrogative Particles. 
 a. Direct 'piestions, b. Indirect. c. Altertiative. 
 
 apa, €1 
 
 ov 
 
 M 
 
 £t 
 
 apa 
 
 TTOTC/ioi/ . . . r; 
 ctTC . . . cire 
 
 6. The Interjections. 
 
 la, ah .' Luke iv. 34. 
 ova, ah ! Mark xv. 29. 
 
 Z,, O! 
 
 1. The term jj>«7^icZ<i6' includes the conjunctions; and otlicr in- 
 declinabh' words (sometimes even certain adverbs) which serve 
 to connect and show the relation of words. 
 
 2. This is not the place to discuss in full tlie use and jiower 
 of the particles in a sentence; so we will simply classify tlimi 
 and indicate their general iiieaiiing. 
 
 'Wxki^Ki yartlcles may he divided into (1) Ccmjunctive ])artioles, 
 (2) Intensive particles, (3) Interrogative particles, and (I) In- 
 terjections. 
 
 3. The conjunctions are partic^les used to loiniect sentences 
 or words. They are divided into classes, according fn tlnir 
 meaning. Sonic conjunctions Itclong to seviTal classes. 
 
 4. The intensive particles add cniph.'isis litlicr tn particular 
 words or to the whole sentence. 
 
 5. Interrogative partiili- ,iii' ii.-,cd to iiitrndiirc <|Uestions. 
 
 (i. Interjections an' ;^cn(r:illy Inil llic> I r.in-iTipt of a natural 
 instinctiv*; .sound, and c.in scar< <Iy l>r rankcij n-- Kelonging to 
 the "parts of si)ei'cli." 
 
 > l'oHt(Mi.sitiv<; Hinl tnclitic. 
 
 ^ I'iMtiMi.sitivc, (.<■. iilwiiyx I'lit .iftiT oiiu nr irmn wonl; in :i si'iitimr.
 
 512 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 IX. FORMATION OF WOEDS. 
 132. Simple and Compound Words. 
 
 te/jcu's ((ipx^/' 'f^C'^s). 
 
 A word is either simple, i. e. containing a single stem, or corn- 
 pound, i. e. containing two or more stems. 
 
 133. Primitives and Denominatives. 
 
 rimitive. 
 
 iJenom. 
 
 Primitive. 
 
 Denom. 
 
 ^fW'h 
 
 up^alo^. 
 
 8ov\os, 
 
 8ov\6(i). 
 
 KpiTr]<i, 
 
 KplTlKOS- 
 
 Tifiri, 
 
 Tlfldw. 
 
 Kpirrj<i, 
 
 KplTTjpLOV. 
 
 a\r)6i]<i, 
 
 aXi]6evw. 
 
 K|jtcris 
 
 
 iXnis, 
 
 cXtt/^o). 
 
 KfHfXa 
 
 
 tpyov, 
 
 kpyaipfiai. 
 
 Simple words may be either jjrimitives, i. e. formed immedi- 
 ately from a root, or denominatives, i. e. formed immediately from 
 a noun-stem. Substantives, adjectives, and verbs, which are of 
 simple formation, may be either ^^rimi^iVe or denominative' 
 
 134. Formation of Nouns. 
 
 
 a. ^KIMITIVE 
 
 IS. 
 
 gent : 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 -TTJp 
 
 -TTJpO^ 
 
 (Tonrjp, Saviour. 
 
 Masc. 
 
 -T(Dp 
 
 -TOpoS 
 
 pT^Twp, orator. 
 
 Masc. 
 
 -T>/S 
 
 -rov 
 
 KptTr'j<i, judge.
 
 FORMATION OF NOUNS. 
 
 513 
 
 2. 
 
 Action : 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fern. 
 
 -TIS 
 
 -T€WS 
 
 TTt'cTTt?, faith. 
 
 
 Fern. 
 
 -trts 
 
 -0"€WS 
 
 SLKai(t)(TiSyjustiJica(io7i. 
 
 
 Feui. 
 
 -cria 
 
 -trias 
 
 SoKt/xuo-t'u, jirovitKj. 
 
 
 Fern. 
 
 -/xa (/at;) 
 
 -/AT/S 
 
 Tiixr], ho7ior. 
 
 
 Fern. 
 
 -eia 
 
 -etas 
 
 TratStia, education. 
 
 
 Masc, 
 
 -/tAOS 
 
 -fJLOV 
 
 oSup/Aosj wailinij. 
 
 3. 
 
 Result : 
 
 
 
 
 
 Neut. 
 
 -fi.a 
 
 -/AttTOS 
 
 vrpay/xa, deed. 
 
 
 Neut. 
 
 -OS 
 
 -COS 
 
 etSos, appearance. 
 
 
 Fern. 
 
 -€ia 
 
 -tias 
 
 /JucriXaa, kbujdom,. 
 
 4. 
 
 Quality : 
 
 
 
 
 
 Neut. 
 
 -OS 
 
 -€0S 
 
 jSd^os, depth. 
 
 5. 
 
 Instrument : 
 
 
 
 
 Neut. 
 
 -rpov 
 
 •^pov 
 
 XvTpoVf ransom. 
 
 G. 
 
 General : 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -wv 
 
 -OVOS 
 
 ciKojv, image. 
 
 
 
 -avos 
 
 -ai/ou 
 
 oTc^ui'os, crown. 
 
 
 
 -ovi; 
 
 -or'T^s 
 
 T/Sovr;, pleasure. 
 
 
 
 6. Denominatives. 
 
 1. 
 
 Agent : 
 
 
 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 -£US 
 
 -£WS 
 
 itpti's, priest. 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 -TI7S 
 
 •ruv 
 
 oi«€TT;s, servant. 
 
 
 Quality : 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fcni. 
 
 -tt;s 
 
 -Tr)To<; 
 
 dyioVr;?, .'iavrfifg. 
 
 
 Feiii. 
 
 -utrui/T; 
 
 -utfvvr]<; 
 
 ayutxrvvrf, JidluiCSS. 
 
 
 Foni. 
 
 -tu 
 
 -tus 
 
 (luffiui, wisdom. 
 
 3. 
 
 I'Idce : 
 
 
 
 
 
 Neut. 
 
 -u)V 
 
 -tov 
 
 (Trf)u)av\ii)i, j>orrh. 
 
 
 Miwc. 
 
 -iav 
 
 -iOfOS 
 
 ufjLTTtXwi', vineyard. 
 
 4. 
 
 Dim.inuti^ies. 
 
 
 
 
 Neut. 
 
 -UIV 
 
 -tou 
 
 iTin.?)it,\', l.ittir hoy. 
 
 
 Neut. 
 
 -tiitinv 
 
 -«/not' 
 
 yi'i'uiKu/uoi', //V///' ironnni. 
 
 
 M.'IHC. 
 
 -urxos 
 
 -tfr/cov 
 
 vtav!(TKa<;, yontli. 
 
 
 Foni. 
 
 -IXTKTf 
 
 -tf/KT/S 
 
 TriuhnTKrj, darnsi:/.
 
 ]U 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 Nouns are formed by means of adding certain elements called 
 suffixes to the root. These suffixes or terminations generally 
 have some definite meaning. 
 
 135. Formation of Adjectives and Adverbs. 
 
 a. Primitives. 
 1. Quality: 
 
 -£ta 
 
 -77s 
 
 -us 
 -OS 
 ->;s 
 
 -V 
 
 -iiV 
 
 -€S 
 
 fiapvs, heavy. 
 /cttKos, bad. 
 i}/€vSrj<i, false. 
 
 2. Inclination 
 
 -<DV 
 
 3. Possibility (verbal) : 
 
 -TOS -T7J -TOV 
 
 4. Obligation (verbal) : 
 
 -Tcos -Tea 
 
 -T^OV 
 
 5. All participles 
 
 iXcrjfjiwi', merciful. 
 
 TttKTos, fixed. 
 
 (3\r)Teo<;, must be put, 
 Luke V. 38. 
 
 
 
 -wr 
 
 -ou(ra 
 
 -ov 
 
 
 
 -as 
 
 -acra 
 
 -av 
 
 
 
 -vs 
 
 -vera 
 
 -vv 
 
 
 
 -CIS 
 
 -utra 
 
 -ev 
 
 
 
 -tos 
 
 -Via 
 
 -OS 
 
 
 
 b. 
 
 Dexominatives. 
 
 1. 
 
 Attribute : 
 
 
 
 
 
 -lOS 
 
 -ta 
 
 -tov 
 
 Sixatos, ^MS^. 
 
 2. 
 
 Fitness or 
 
 ability : 
 
 
 
 
 -IKOS 
 
 -LKT) 
 
 -IKOV 
 
 KptTiKos, ft for judging. 
 
 
 -l/XOS 
 
 -l/XOS 
 
 -IfJiOV 
 
 So/fi/*os, aj)2)roved. 
 
 
 -tri/Aos 
 
 -(Tifx.r] 
 
 -(TlfJiOV 
 
 ^rjmfJLO'i, useful. 
 
 3. 
 
 Material : 
 
 
 
 
 
 -cos 
 
 -ea 
 
 -cov contracted to 
 
 
 -ous 
 
 -7 
 
 -ovv 
 
 )(pv(rov<;, golden. 
 
 
 -ivos 
 
 -tv>7 
 
 -LVOV 
 
 \i6tvos, of stone.
 
 COMPOUNDS. 
 
 516 
 
 4. All comparatives and superlatives : 
 
 -repos -repa -repov 
 
 -TttTos -Tarr} -rarov 
 
 1. Adjectives are also formed in the same way as nouns, by 
 adding suffixes to the root. These suffixes as a rule have 
 special meanings, and, like nouns, adjectives may he primitive 
 or denominative. 
 
 2. For the formation of adverbs, see § 126. 
 
 136. Formation of Verbs. 
 
 -aw 
 
 (state or action) 
 
 rifido), honor. 
 
 -eo) 
 
 ( 
 
 iC ii 
 
 ) 
 
 7ro\(fi€(ti, Jjyht. 
 
 -euo) 
 
 ( 
 
 it ii 
 
 ) 
 
 /Sao-iAcv'w, reign. 
 
 -OO) 
 
 
 {causative) 
 
 
 SouXdw, enslave. 
 
 -tttVW 
 
 
 ( " ) 
 
 
 arjfiaivw, signify. 
 
 -WW 
 
 
 ( " ) 
 
 
 ttXtjOvvw, multiply. 
 
 -a^w 
 
 
 
 
 ipyd^ofxai, work. 
 
 -l^W 
 
 
 (intensiva) 
 
 
 eXniifii, hope. 
 
 -(TKU) 
 
 
 {inceptive) 
 
 
 yrjixia-KO), (jrov' old. 
 
 -(TKW 
 
 
 {causative) 
 
 
 jj-iOviiKw, intoxicate. 
 
 -l^W 
 
 
 {factitive) 
 
 
 uyvt^oj, purify. 
 
 Verbs derived from the stoni of a noun or adjective are called 
 denomirialives. Tin; most imjjortant endings are given in tlie 
 accompanying table. 
 
 137. Compounds. 
 
 oVayytAioi/, good tidings ^ wpo-fp^^ufxiu, T go hefore. 
 Tn a roiiipoiiTid \vf)nl tbrcc tilings must bi- talfcn into consid- 
 eration : 
 
 a. The first part uf tlic compound, 
 
 h. Th») last part, and 
 
 r. The meaning of the compound.
 
 516 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 138. First Part of a Compound Word. 
 
 1. (ifjxj^, begin7iin(/ : upxT/*^?) author; apx-i.€p^v>i, high priest ; 
 aj))(L-voniriv, chief shepherd ; o.pyi-nwaytsyyo'i, ruler of a syna- 
 gogue; dpxL-TiKTU)v, master-builder ; apxi--T(Xu}vy]s, chief publioan. 
 
 2. dp.(j)L-€vvvpi, clothe ; uvd-KeLp.ai, recline at table ; dvTi-TriirTWf 
 fall against ; tt7ro-8tS<uyu,t, give back; hia-Kpivw, discern; eia-epxo- 
 p.ai, come in ; (k-Svu), unclothe ; iv-dvvw, clothe with ; £7rt-8t8(o/xt, 
 give up ; /cara-AeiTrw, depart from ; /xcTu-ySatVw, piass over ; irapa- 
 (3aivw, go aside ; Tre/jt-ySAcVw, look around ; TTpo-f.pxoiJ.a-i, go before ; 
 '7rpo(T-€pxopai, come to ; (Tvv-La-Trjfx.if Stand with ; virep-ix^, excel ; 
 vTro-^wj/i/u/At, undergird. 
 
 3. a-7ras, all together; dpTi-yevvrjTos, newly-born ; cu-ayycAtov, 
 good tidings ; TraXty-yei/ecrta, regeneration ; irav-ovpyia, skill ; 
 TrjX-avym, clearly, Mark viii. 25. 
 
 4. d-irciOcM, disobedience ; dv-vBpo<;, without ivater ; 8va-cpp,r}- 
 vEirros, ha7'd to be exp>lained ; 8v(T-v6r)To<;, hard to be understood ; 
 y]p.i-Bavri<i, half dead, Luke x. 30. 
 
 1. When a noun stands as thej^rs^ part of a compound word, 
 only its stem is used. .it 
 
 2. Verbs cannot be compounded with nouns, nor with any- 
 thing but prepositions. Verbs, however, may be formed from 
 compound nouns, and then are called denominatives. In addi- 
 tion to the prepositions given in § 125, d/A^t-, round about, is used 
 in composition with verbs in the N. T. 
 
 3. Certain separable particles are also used in composition, 
 such as a- (from dp-a, together) ; dpri-, lately ; ev-, well ; vaXiv-, 
 again ; irav-, all ; rr/Xe-, afar off. 
 
 4. Certain inseparaMe particles are also used as prefixes, such 
 as d- or dv- (called alpha 2)rivative) , Svs-, ill (opposed to ev, well), 
 and rj/u; half
 
 MEANING OF COMPOUND WORDS. 517 
 
 139. Last Part of a Compound Word. 
 
 1. <ipx-rjy6(;, author ; vw-yJKoo^, obedient ; i/^cw^-oivu/xos, falsely- 
 named. 
 
 2. (fiLX()-(f)pu)v, friendly^ninded y 7roXv-Ti/i,os, very costly. 
 
 3. cv-ycviys, well-horn ; ev-Xa/3»;?, devout ; €v-nei6-^<;, easily en- 
 treated ; cv-(Te(iii]<;, religious. 
 
 1. The beginning of the last part of a compound noun or 
 adjective is generally lengthened (a, c, to ?; ; o to w). 
 
 2. When a noun .stands as the last part of a compound, its 
 final syllable is generally changed. 
 
 3. Many compound adjectives end in -r;s. 
 
 140. Meaning of Compound Words. 
 
 1. a. u7ro-^t8<ij/Ai, give back ; iiri-hi^M^i, give up. b. upxi-iroi/i»;i', 
 chief shepherd i apXi-^eXwi'V^, chief piihlican. 
 
 2. av-i(TTrjfii, stand up ; avd-Ln-rrjfji, withstand ; atji-ifTT-qfiL, stand 
 off; h-uTTYjiii, stand apart ; (v-ia-Trjfii, stand near. 
 
 3. (,tKo-?itairf)Tr)<;, householder; otVo-So/i?/, building; f.?Ko-So/iui, 
 edification ; otVo-So/xo?, builder ; oiVo-vo/io?, house manager. 
 
 1. ^^'hen we discu.''.'* the meaning of compound words, we dis- 
 tinguish between parathetir and synthetic compounds. 
 
 2. In jiarathetic (compounds botli words retain llnir meaning, 
 and their form is only affected l»y the laws of eiijilioiiy. The 
 words are men.l}' placed side by sidr. In tlie N. 'i\, the iirst 
 I)art of a //arathetir (compound is ahnnst always a preposition or 
 an adverh, — never a vctrb. 
 
 ;». Ill synthetic compounds, tlie first part, wliidi is always a 
 noun or verb, loses .all inflection, iind generally mfxlilies or de- 
 fines the latter part of the conipoiinij. which geiier;illy lia.s the 
 leading significance.
 
 518 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 141. Synthetic Compounds. 
 
 1. x€Lpo-7roir]To<;, made with hands ■ KaKo-Troid?, doer of evil ; 
 KOK-oSpyo?, worker of evil ; vav-KXrjpo^, master of a ship. 
 
 2. if/€v8o-8t()dcrKa\o<;, false teacher ; )//€t;8o-Aoyos, false speaking ; 
 {j/cv^o-fidpTvp, false witness; ijjfv^o-fjLaprvpia, false testimony; 
 if/ev8o-7rpo(l)i'jTr]<;, false projihet ; \j/(v86-^i(tto^, false Ch7Hst ; \J/ev8- 
 oivvfio^, falsely named. 
 
 3. ixaKpo-xpovuy;, long-lived; fJL€ya\o-7rpf7r't]<;, excellent; /xovo- 
 
 ■yev>/s, only-begotten ; p.ov-6cf>$aX/xo<;, having but one eye. 
 
 Synthetic compounds are of three classes : 
 
 1. Objective, in which the first part defines the second part 
 in a sense which could be separately exj^ressed b}- an oblique case 
 of the noun. 
 
 2. Determinative, in which the first part of synthetic nouns 
 or adjectives qualifies the second part, generall}^ as adjective or 
 adverb. 
 
 3. Possessive compounds, which are adjectives, in which the 
 first part qualifies the second, but the whole compound denotes a 
 quality or attribute belonging to some person or thing. 
 
 142. Foreign Words in New Testament Greek. 
 
 Prom Hebrew : 
 
 'A(3a88uiv 
 
 ToXyoOd 
 
 pap.{iiva.<; 
 
 2a88ot)»(atos 
 
 'hfilia 
 
 'E^paio? 
 
 fidvva 
 
 Sarav 
 
 'AKtX8afid 
 
 eXwi or r)Xi 
 
 fiapdv aOd 
 
 Sarava? 
 
 dWrjXovia 
 
 Efjifiavov7]X 
 
 Mfo-o-tas 
 
 criKepa 
 
 af/LYfV 
 
 icf)(f)aud 
 
 Trd(r)(a 
 
 TaXtOa KovjXL 
 
 BteX^efiovX 
 
 lildviov 
 
 'VaPfii 
 
 ^apirraios 
 
 Boavrjpye^ 
 
 'lovSatos 
 
 pa/ca 
 
 Xepovftifi 
 
 Taftf^aOd 
 
 KopfBdv 
 
 (rafta<i)6 
 
 u)(ravvd 
 
 yeevva 
 
 Xa/Jid craPn^Bavi 
 
 rrd^/SaTOi' 

 
 NEW TESTAMENT PROPER NAMES. 519 
 
 From Latin : 
 
 
 
 
 hrjVTfpLOV 
 
 X^yiwv 
 
 /xoSios 
 
 Taftipvat 
 
 KTJvcro<; 
 
 XivTLOV 
 
 ^e'o-Tiy? 
 
 TtVAos 
 
 KohpavT7]<; 
 
 XifiepTLvofi 
 
 TTpaiTwpiOV 
 
 c^dpov 
 
 KoXiiivia 
 
 fXIXK^XkoV 
 
 aLKdpLo<; 
 
 (f>payeWiov 
 
 KOVCTTwSia 
 
 fxtfifipdva 
 
 (TTreKOvAaroDp 
 
 
 1. The foreign words in the Greek New Testament are mainly 
 borrowed from the Hebrew and from the Latin. (A full list 
 [Hebrew 57, Latin 30] is given in the Appendix to Tliayer's 
 **' Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament.") 
 
 2. The most important of these foreign words are given in the 
 accompanying lists. 
 
 143. New Testament Proper Names. 
 1. 
 
 a. A/3iovS b. IIAt'a? C. lepov<raX-)]fi and 'lepoaoXvfia, -wi' 
 
 Afipadfji 'H(Taia? Mapidfi and Mapia, -as 
 
 Irrpar/X Ic/jeyut'a? ^laKO)fS and TaKw^os, -ov 
 
 lepL)^di 'lr]<rnv<; 2aTav and Sararas 
 
 SaovA and SavAos, -ov 
 ^vfidov and Siftwv, -Oil/OS 
 
 2. The names of "the Seven" (in Acts vi. 5, 6) are all Greek. 
 
 3. TaftiOd and Ao^Kas ; ©w/aus and Af'Su/Ao? ; Krj<f)a<; and IleVpo?. 
 
 4. rieiAftToSj Knpvr]Xio<;, lovrrros, Td'io<;, MdpKO^, 'Pov</)os, KAai'^- 
 8ios, KXrjfjLr)';. 
 
 The personal names of the New Testament are of (1) Hebrew, 
 (2) Gretik, and (3) Latin origin. 
 
 1. Hebrew projxT nouns in the Greek text appear either 
 (a) ntialtrrcd, and arc then indeclinable, or (h) they receive a 
 Greek termination, and are tlien inflected, or (r) they appear m 
 finfh forms, the Hebrew iorni then always lir'ing indeclinable. 
 
 2. Pure Greek names are common in the N. T.
 
 520 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 3. When two names are applied to the same person, one is 
 often the Hebrew (Aramaic) form, and the other its Greek 
 translation. 
 
 4. Latin names are always Grecized, and occur chiefly in 
 letters written to or from Rome. 
 
 5. For the meaning of these various names a lexicon must be 
 consulted.
 
 University of California 
 
 SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 305 De Neve Drive - Parking Lot 17 • Box 951388 
 
 LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90095-1388 
 
 Return this material to the library from which it was borrowed. 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CAUI 
 AT . 
 LOS ANGELES 
 
 r.TRR APV
 
 3 1158 00187 8502 
 
 l]l_ ^ ,'_:H,u.' i;: 
 
 UITY 
 
 AA 000 410 072 
 
 
 ■'^' 
 
 '•• 
 
 ■♦ \
 
 u